st Arse
saws}
aa roree
presemeses
of
estat’
is eee
x
en ee ite al a
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
ut ST
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1880.
ra
COUNCIL.
Proressor W. H. Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., President.
Masor-Gen. Tur Lorp ABINGER,
C.B.-
Epwarp R. Atston, Esq.
Proressor Georce Busx, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Masor-Gen. Henry Crerx, R.A.,
E.R.S.
Rosert Drumnonn, Esq., T'rea-
surer.
Sir JosrpH Farrer, K.C.S.L.,
E.R.S.
Joun P. Gasstot, Esq.
Rear-Apmirat Tue Count
Guricuen, R.N.
F. DuCanz Gopman, Esq.
Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwry-AvstEn,
F.R.S.
Artur Grote, Esq., Vice-Pre-
sident.
Dr. Epwarp Hamttron, Vice-
President.
E. W. H. Horpsworra, Esq.
Rozrrt Hupson, Esq., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Proressor Huxtey, F.R.S., Vice-
President.
Proressor Mrvart, F.R.S., Vice-
President.
Henry Portock, Esq.
Lievt.-Cot. Str Cuartes Rus-
sELL, Bart., M.P.
Paruire Luriry Scrater, Esq.,
M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Tur Lorp WAtsIneHAM.
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P. L. Sctater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
W. A. Forsss, Esq., B.A., Prosector.
Mr. A. D. Bartierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Mr. F. H. Warternouse, Librarian.
Mr. W. J. WiritaMs, Chief Clerk.
ff
/
oo
ny ey
G ) ¥
LIST
OF THE
CON TREE UT O-R S,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
Page
AGassiz, ALEXANDER, F.M.Z.S.
Note on some Points in the History of the Synonymy of
RUAN ee cee Sears! tee Bib aly opie a a BG Aaa ew nek ya oe 33
Auston, Epwarp R., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of Tapirus
OWE. cose Ses MIP bs 6 Heels aus aid cee she bara ee OO 187
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a remarkable and little-
known Australian Marsupial (Antechinomys lanigera) .... 187
On Antechinomys and its Allies. (Plate XLV.)........ 454
Aston, Epwarp R., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., and Danrorp,
Cuar.rs G., F.Z.S.
On the Mammals of Asia Minor. Part II. (Plate V.).. 50
Aneas, GrorGe Frencu, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S., &c.
Further Additions to the Marine Molluscan Fauna of South
Australia, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plate XL.).. 415
Descriptions of three Species of Marine Shells from Port
Darwin, Torres Straits, discovered by Mr. W. T. Bednall,
and of a new Helix from Kangaroo Island, South Australia.
QU late sos a ware a oes Sie. 1/ SM LAER Shot anil Sie een elo
iv P
Page
Brppomr, Col. R.A., C.M.Z.8.
Description of a new Snake of the Genus Plectrurus from
Malabar .)..23..5'=» Seon a aeae eo a ae ieee aa
Bett, F. Jerrrey, B.A., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of
Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London.
On Paleolampas, a new Genus of the Echinoidea.
(Plate TY.) cc: cesa €8 olden ss a> pce eee JE ARE 43
On the Names to be applied to certain Echinoidea...... 220
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an immature specimen
of an Kehinbid ~ Se: enkie ee <s a te loin ale eee cine oe 356
Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea.—III. On
some Genera and Species of the Temnopleuride. (Plate XLI.) 422
BianFrorpD, W. T., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., &e.
Remarks upon the Himalayan Marmots now living in the
DGCISU VAN SAENOEHS cin cep mei acre siterrle Bar ete)aieie oa etal eee. 453
See also Husrecut, A. A. W.
Bovutencer, G. A., Aide-Naturaliste at the Royal Museum
of Belgium.
On the Palearctic and Aithiopian Species of Bufo.
Chlates Tei EE yer as Se ee ne Be Rieger att bapisicioce 545
Brown, ArtTHurR E.
Letters from, relating to the birth of an Elephant in a
menagerie at Philadelphia...... iar ees oases on ee 222
Butter, Arruur Garviner, F.L.S., F.Z.S8., Assistant Keeper,
Zoological Department, British Museum.
On new and little-known Butterflies from India. (Plate
KY.) eee Seiskteta wea wictee de ahs age San Nose oe oa aa,
Description of a new Species of Orthopteron of the Genus
Anostostoma from Madagascar..........+- SB ey pee
v
Page
On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Candahar. Plate
B.C.) 16. ©) | Aiken Aer Seater tA wed Wee cals. otic ses ee 403
On a second Collection of Lepidoptera made in Formosa
by dis By Hobson Bagi esd. aes. ve vs aigiare wlar SE eAS 666
Camprince, Rev. O. Prckarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem.
New-Zealand Institute.
On some new and little-kaywn Spiders of the Genus
Argyrodes, Sim. (Plates XXVIII.-XXX.) .........0.. 320
Craven, Aurrep E., F.R.G.S., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8.
Description of three new Species of Land and Freshwater
Shells from Nossi-Bé Island (N.W. Coast of Madagascar).
EIR SAI Ee EE ET Sere a 215
On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells made
during a short Expedition to the Usambara Country in
Fastern Africa, with Descriptions of seven new Species.
PERE Pains ite Ne ante a Pane eit ln coon 216
On a Collection of Land.and Freshwater Shells from the
Transvaal and Orange Free State in South Africa, with De-
scriptions of nine new Species. (Plate LVII.).......... 614
Description of three new Species of Land-Shells from Cape
Colony and Natal * (Plate VIL)... 2) 0. ee 618
Danrorp, Cuarues G., F.Z.S., and Aston, Epwarp R.,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
On the Mammals of Asia Minor.—Part II. CBlate Val. A apr O
Day, Francis, F.Z.S. &.
On the Fishes of Afghanistan ;.........c0+c-e2s. wate 224
On a new Entomostracon from Afghanistan .......... 392
Disrant, W. L., and Gopmay, F. DuCaneg, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Descriptions of five new Species of Rhopalocera from East
Africa. (Plate XIX.)
vi
Dosson, G. E., M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &e.
Exhibition of a new Megaderma, proposed to be called
M. gigas
Description of a new Species of the Genus Natalus (Ves-
Peruiltoundss POOL WAMACA 2 aoc. we cones ales crevices unre
On some new or rare Species of Chiroptera in the Col-
lection of the Géttingen Museum. (Plate XLVI.) ......
Exhibition of a malformed head of a Partridge ....
Ex.iot, Sir Warrer, K.C.S.I., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Notes on the Indian Bustard (Zupodotis edwardsi), with
especial reference to its Gular Pouch ............+-0.-
Finscu, Orro, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S., &c., late Director of the
Zoological Museum of Bremen.
A List of the Birds of the Island of Ruk, in the Central
Carolines ..
On two Species of Pigeons from the Caroline Islands . ..
Frower, Witiiam Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President
of the Society, Conservator of the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons, and Hunterian Professor.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a two-horned
Rhinoceros from sored) -cies acces chs ot aakeetes ee cine
On the Bush-Dog (Icéicyon venaticus, Lund). (Plate X.)
Remarks on the exhibition in London of an example of
the Lesser Fin-Whale ....
Forses, Witt1AM ALEXANDER, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Scholar
of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the
Society.
On some Points in the Structure of Nasiterna bearing on
its Affinities
Page
421
443
461
. 939
486
574
977
69
70
. 358
vii
Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part I.
On the Structure of the Stomach in certain Genera of Tanagers.
Notice of a Memoir on the male generative organs of the
SSHNIAUEAN APTI GECEOM Seiaeieny Re aisin'-:) mae sists» «06 «es ee a's oe. «
Remarks upon the cause of death of a Leopard in the
pnelenyes: Menaperio (eee cbc cces a ne ts i ne ne cladad ee =
Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part II.
On the Syrinx and other Points in the Anatomy of the
emprermmre ewe SUS ey tn te et tee eee Lot. ts
Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part ILI.
On some Points in the Structure of Philepitta, and its Posi-
HID, BOXORESE GHG EASHET OSS oon sais as oicliona Sard sicncrainises Sm qpel ts
On the Anatomy of Leptosoma discolor ..............
On two rare Ploceine Birds now~or lately living in the
Society’s Menagerie. (Plate XLVII.) ................
Note on a Specimen of Denham’s Bustard (Hupodotis den-
hts et Atte. 6.05 2 Sess gited asad laidas ces
Exhibition of drawings of the horns of the Prongbuck, and
remarks upon the shedding of the horns of this animal ....
On the External Characters and Anatomy of the Red
Uakari Monkey (Brachyurus rubicundus); with Remarks on
the other Species of that Genus. (Plates LXI.-LXIII.)..
Gopman, Freperick DuCane, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Distant,
W.L.
Descriptions of five new Species of Rhopalocera from East
Adeiens. (Dinte Ot e er ey oo... uc ar eee attails Hae aca
Gopman, Freperick DuCanr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Savin,
Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Descriptions of some supposed new Species of Butterflies
from New Gaines. (Plate DVE)2 2 Ac. vid. c0 Ge cessaces
Page
143
188
380
465
475
477
627
182
609
viii
Gopwin-AusteN, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.,
&e.
On the Land-Molluscan Genus Girasia of Gray, with Re-
marks on its Anatomy, and on the Form of the Capreolus of
Lister (or Spermatophore), as developed in Species of this
Genus of Indian Helicide. (Plates XXIV.-XXVII.) ....
Gopwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c., and
Nevix1, G., C.M.Z.S.
On the Anatomy of Ferussacia gronoviana, Risso, from
Mentone. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Ausren. Con-
cluding with a note on the Classification of the Genus and
its Allies, by Grorrrey Nevity. (Plate LXIV.) ......
Ginrner, Augert, M.D., Ph.D., F.RS., F.Z.S., Keeper
of the Zoological Department, British Museum.
Description of two new Species of Dwarf Antelope (Neo-
CE CUNY ro sane avalon vcreantny xe Tse a! vat were Rea at Bre gitinte Sen 17
Exhibition of a drawing of an example of Holacanthus
tricolor said to have been obtained on the coast of the island
EPR ees cotuath ap Shien ahaa ic Sib aie x oem na eta 23°
Note respecting the occurrence of Holacanthus tricolor in
the Westera Teles cos. cS nee enone seen peuaee ae 2 306
Notes on some Japanese Mammalia. (Plate XLII.).... 440
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of horns of
CEPI ET UUNUR EK arate occ Ta meh acne ick epee ae ia ciate 452
Notice of a Memoir on some rare Reptiles and Batrachians
now or lately living in the Society’s Menagerie .......... 648
Gurney, Joun Henry, F.Z.S.
Note on the Immature Plumage of Dryotriorchis specta-
bilés (Schley. )._. (Pinte UL Vilh.) ean = saw steee ms see al oe 621
Haast, Professor Jutius von, Ph.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Di-
rector of the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New
Zealand.
On Ziphius nove-zealandia, (Plate XXIII.).......... 232
Page
289
662
ix
Harrtine, James Epmunp, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Bartram’s
Sandpiper, supposed to have been killed in Lincolnshire... ..
Harruavs, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S.
On a new Species of Heron from Mohambo in Northern
Madagascar ......-+eceeee ce se rrec stent esteece ee
On some new Birds discovered and collected by Dr. Emin
Bey in Central Africa, between 5° and 2°.N. lat., and 31°
and 32°E. long. (Plate LX.)....--.+-- cesses eens nee
Heysuam, Col.
Extract from a letter, addressed to the President, contain-
ing remarks upon two cases of Elephants breeding in capti-
WILY a sss ae 4 ceiaysis a= Oe ee ED et AE Te Oe
Horrman, W. J., M.D.
On a supposed Instance of Hybridization between a Cat
RGA Su aia kn en 2-5 h-eens Mons sesic soe thee see:
Hoxpsworts, E. W. H., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.
Note on the Distribution of the Crayfish (Astacus) in
Spain ...- esse se eeeee a aap Stare STEN sal eetes aNee =
Husrecut, A. A. W.
On a Collection of Reptiles and Amphibians from Balu-
chistan made by Dr. C. Duke in April and May, 1877.
With a note by W. T. BranrorD, F.Z.S......-...+-+5-
Hvuxziry, Tuomas H., LL.D., Sec.R.S., V.P.Z.S.
On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the Canide....
On the Application of the Laws of Evolution to the
Arrangement of the Vertebrata, and more particularly of the
Mammalia .... 2... eesececereces Sr eee ee
Jacosy, Martin.
Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera.
(Plate XVIII.) ......---++- Fas anatie eens Pema Fee eye ==
Page
543
39
624
23
380
620
238
649
166
x
On a Collection of Phytophagous Coleoptera made by
Mr. Buckley in Eastern Ecuador. (Plates LIV. & LV.) ..
Lecce, Captain W. Vincent, R.A., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of specimens of
Little Ringed Plovers from Ceylon and Central India......
Litrorp, Tuomas Lytrieton, Lord, F.Z.S. &e.
Exhibition of some specimens of hybrid Pheasants......
On the Breeding of the Flamingo in Southern Spain....
Mivart, St. Groree, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., M.R.L., &ce.
Note on the Discovery of living Meduse in the Botanical
Society’s Gardens, Regent’s Park... 2.02.0... 000-0500
Moore, FrepeERIc, F.Z.S.
Notice of a Memoir on the Indian genera and species of
the Lepidopterous subfamily Ophiderine .............4+
Mosetey, H. N., F.R.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of
Beetroot Wordle: cai sma picinc ¢-ateias ie Un Boh in eee ioe
Mutvany, Dr. R. N.
Remarks upon the probability of a moulting of the horny
sheath of the beak of the Penguin ....................
Nevitt, Grorrrey, C.M.Z.S.
On the Land-Shells, extinct and living, of the Neighbour-
hood of Menton (Alpes Maritimes) ; with Descriptions of a
new Genus and of several new Species. (Plates XIII., XIV.)
Nevitt, Grorrrry, C.M.Z.S., and Gopwin-Austen, Lieut.-
Col. H. Hi, PRS ZS. &e.
On the Anatomy of Ferussacia gronoviana, Risso, from
Mentone. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Austen. Con-
cluding with a Note on the Classification of the Genus and
its Allies, by Georrrey Nevitu. (Plate LXIV.) ......
Page
588
421
446
454
24
41
94
662
* Page
Newton, Atrrep, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Zoology
and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam-
bridge.
Remarks on a specimen of the “ Needle-tailed Swallow ”’
of Latham shot near Ringwood, Hants.................. 1
O’Suavucunessy, A. W. E., Assistant in the Natural-History
Departments of the British Museum.
Description of a new Species of Uromastix. (Plate XLIII.) 445
Description of a new Species of Anolis, with Notice of
some other Species of that Genus from Ecuador. (Plate
URGES Spee Oe ee es BER DS I lee, 491
Owen, Prof. Ricuarp, C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
Notice of a Memoir on the new and little-known species
af Cephalapndae oq 4). arat kite bai Swen Ostintdiaann sa eeead 9 288
On the External and Structural Characters of the Male
Spirula australis, Lam. (Plate XXXII.) .............. 352
Parker, W. K., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the eggs and embryos of
BORDER MARR ete a hs oda hs Baty distr =the ahs do dele 186
Abstract of a Memoir on the structure of the skull in the
Seite NH chee eI icine Toso 512, BoA oie sis ge, Seay 188
Abstract of a Memoir on the development of the skull in
ie MMBC CUOLEBCIIANS 5 ure os os dane ab hoe eee tet ace 544
Power, WILFRED.
Field-notes on the Morroop (Casuarius bennetti) of New
Betas nig ah J sis deans Bw ed ae dak eles 493
Pryer, W. B.
Letter from, addressed to the Seerctary, containing remarks
on the animals of Sandakan, N. Borneo ........ecseeecee 68
xii
Ramsay, R. G.Warp.aw, F.Z.S., M.B.0.U., Lieutenant 67th
Regiment.
Contributions to the Ornithology of Sumatra.—Report on
a Collection from the neighbourhood of Padang. (Plate I.).
SaLvIn, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and GopMAn, Fre-
DERICK Du Cang, F.IL.S., F.Z.S.
Descriptions of some supposed new Species of Butterflies
from New Guinea. (Plate LVI.) .... 0.2... .0 2008: o--
Satvin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., F.ZS., are ScuaTer, P. L.,
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.
On new Birds collected by Mr. C. Buckley in Eastern
Ecuador. . (Plates XVI. & XVI.) 0. secre s ce sereue ee
Saunpers, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
On the Sea-birds obtained during the Voyage of Lord
Lindsay’s Yacht ‘Venus’ from Plymouth to Mauritius in
Scumipt, Dr. Max, Director of the Zoological Gardens,
Frankfort-on-the Main.
On the Duration of Life of the Animals in the Zoological
Garden at Frankfort-on-the-Main...........0cc csccsece
Scuater, Puinie Lutiey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
December 1879, and remarks upon two rare species of CAry-
sotis.. (Plate UE.) . ..its ie ore SPs pis oe wie 2 intel we db hatetetriaied
Exhibition of an egg of the Mooruk............0+00 +
Remarks on some Species of the Genus Tyrannus.
(Plate TH)" cess as sce weer eerete ss snc, Son eenaeemene ta
On a Fifth Collection of Birds made by the Rev. G.
Brown, C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island and its Vicinity.
(Plates WT VALE Vince x's eevee reece tt tte e were ee oases oeee
Page
13
609
161
299
xiii
Page
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
January 1880, and Exhibition of a drawing of an undescribed
Parrot of the genus Chrysotis living in the Society’s Gardens.
OT ia Oe ERR he Ore a eit i alae onceeniaa eli 67
Remarks upon the probable identity of Colobus palliatus,
Petem.with ©. angolensis, Selec uns. pecs sp succecs sieeh 4s 68
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
IF Renan ASSO cian Boe ea: ral ra nee ona lanl wn 186
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Morea 1S80) i gok fina sake aan a tng the epeeicaee ooo
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
PURAEU LOND, ..ceeee last hd es, «nm ih Spi aie tals ih ccace eens? ts 355
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an Ibis (Geronticus
COMATUS) i. ig Aetaeise eer aoa «sae So eter thc Oren ee
Remarks on animals observed in the Zoological Gardens
of Berlin, Hamburg, Amsterdam, The Hague, and Antwerp 420
Exhibition of a Spider of the Genus Tegenaria, forwarded
to him from Cape Town by J. H. Payne................ 42).
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May
1880, and description of a new Lemur (Lemur nigerrimus).. 450
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an apparently new Species
Bi antelepes A butte MAINE) oo io dscue socis Gs cease sinis 402
List of the certainly known Species of Anatide, with
Notes on such as have been Introduced into the Zoological
Gardens of Europe, and Remarks on their Distribution .... 496
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
June, July, August, September, and October 1880...... eae
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of Numida ellioti. 539
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Wovemmer [S80 (os eo isales tes vapors =) payee: cts ct 648
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an example of Pauzis
MONOMER rele we wiareis saat aaisiehas chet evebetehs nts etstere s, a/c srl .cieie . 648
xiv
Page
Scuater, P. L., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Sarvin, OsBERT,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On new Birds collected by Mr. C. Buckley in Eastern
Ecuador. (Plates XVI. & XVII.) .....-20.--+ eee eees 155
Smirn, Engar A., F.Z.S8., Zoological Department, British
Museum.
On the Shells of Lake Tanganyika and of the Neighbour-
hood of Ujiji, Central Africa. (Plate XXXI.) ........-. 344
Descriptions of twelve new Species of Shells. (Plate
SOLVES) eae 6 es he Sea Kalbe OE HUIS, tetale Saw ie 478
On the Genus Myodora of Gray. (Plate LIIL.).......... 978
Srert, Joun Henry, M.R.C.V.S., F.Z.S., Demonstrator of
Anatomy at the Royal Veterinary College.
Preliminary Notes on Individual Variation in Zguus asinus. 2
Taczanowsk!, L., C.M.Z.S.
Liste des Oiseaux recueillis au Nord du Pérou par
M. Stolzmann pendant les derniers mois de 1878 et dans
la premiére moitié de 1879. (Plates XX. & XXI.)...... 189
TrGreTMEIER, W. B., F.Z.S.
On the Synonymy of the Kaffir Crane.........0.....- 93
Tuomas, Ouprietp, F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological
Department, British Museum.
Description of a new Species of Mus from the Fiji Islmds. 11
res oie setiatsnaite aise nie EL
On Mammals from Ecuador. (Plate XXXVIII.) ...... 393
Description of a new Species of Retthrodon, with Remarks
on the other Species of the Genus ...........-- rie 691
On the Myowus elegans of Temminck
XV
Trimen, Rouanp, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Curator of the South-
African Museum, Cape Town.
On a new Species of Roller (Coracias) from the Zambesi.. 30
On an undescribed Laniarius from the Interior of Southern
Africa, (Plate LIX.) ..... SPR nitienik Sac wee om eS 623
WaA.tsinGHaAM, Tuomas, Lord, F.Z.S.
On some new and little known Species of Tineide.
(Ete SO ET Wot oi raisin Sanedeationitia tute (ae is 77
Warernovsr, F. H., A.L.S., Librarian to the Society.
On the Dates of Publication of the Parts of Sir Andrew
Smith’s ‘ Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa’ .... 489
Watson, Morrison, M.D.
Notice of a Memoir on the Female Organs of the Probos-
cidea as observed in a specimen of the Indian Elephant .... 288
Wesrwoop, Professor J. O., M.A., F.L.S., &e.
A Monograph of the Sawflies composing the Australian
Genus Perga of Leach. (Plates XXXITI.-XXXVII.).... 359
Wuiret, E. W., F.Z.S.
Notes on Chlamydophorus truncatus .... 6... .seeee eens 8
ERRATA.
A mistake has been made as regards the lettering of fig. 3 in
Mr. Forbes’s paper on Leptosoma (supra, p. 472). The figure is
therefore reprinted here corrected.
Vv Ww
Diagram of the arrangement of the deep plantar tendons in Leptosoma.
fil.h., the flexor longus hallucis; f.p.d., the flexor profundus digitorum,
Also, in the last line of the note on the same page, the inverted
commas should have been placed after instead of before the word
same (lege same “ blended”).
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
1880.
(PLATES)
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW,
. ‘A
ae
yest 5 he ree oo
> yrardg TPs 0d00m
> Kod ao Ae:
=
‘ae aie LOR
‘ es. Ee . a+ me
ve Ballin th. ox, Show
ay ere. “> are he Aa
4 > he
LISLE. OF «PLATES,
1880.
Plate Page
f.~ Mytophonets castameus, «9... « 5. 0% ps0 «sini 8 pithy yn 13
DR SRBOUSEUON YEAR UTE) coe oa gh eno neces ee
SLR ARBUS NIV ELGUIGTIS: rn esate es soe rane tn wah «loheyeyele' sds 28
Pate EabGIMUBTE CT OSEO Wein Wp ss base alud ng +3. syyoip iors 43
Viper uICOL AR UENULETEN ee acts incl te ats ha enh ohe -staihs leg es 50
VI. Megalurus interscapularis ead rat ore heat
Vil. Fig. 1. Pwcilodryas wthiops. Fig. 2. Munia melena> 65
PRAHA SERGREN [ho ia) ue aS eke eset aes bnsy aks
IX. Fig. 1. Chrysotis celigena. Fig.2. C.dufresniana.. 68
Moy Tetegon Penalicus’. wy es eee mre 0 Spo csi be 70
vy }New Species at Minelaneda + suishiithathdanes ekalse a — 2E
area Land-Shells, from Mentonran.\.e\ nian a... .0 fil. 94
Vee New Liidian’ Du tteriiesy «a. pias siaeteekos «choc fs. ye tevors 147
MVIEO Palockiorss buekley?, ad. etvpull. oo... s.. -e wcls «© 155
NOVIM Ee AG TAIL OMA CUGMOSSITN Oi seciere tie cis\cas syo'esthays) clols pea e4s,*
XVIII. New Phytophagous Coleoptera .......... 0.00008 166
XIX. East-African Rhopalocera ... 1.2.0. sseesemecnes 182
LONG LUN UST ITE NONE CUS mE Me ce rcteraiars e nieilel chat ne ates] nfs 189
MOR COnothraupts, SHCCUNGERM naw snc vsreacicle seein ss ws
XXII. New Shelis from Nossi-Bé Island and East Africa .. 215
RAM -Ziphius nove-cealandia® Gre cca se cess vnrss cee. 232
XXIV.
= The Land-Mollusean genera Girasia and Austenia 289
XXVI , te i
XXVII
XXVIII
XXIX.} Spiders of the genus Argyrodes ....... cece eee 320
XXX.
XXXI1. Shells from Ujiji and Lake Tanganyika ............ 344
ROM AmatOmycOl SPirUlar se wars saeh yo wien ey hese eie or aye take 352
Plate
XXXIII.
XXXIV,
XXXV.
XXXVI.
XXXVI.
XXXVIII.
XXXIX.
XLIX.
xviii
Page
Details of Australian Species of Perga.......
. 359
Australian Species of Perga ...2<css0essscsses ses
Bassarveyon GUENU-. Wises. scales oy cis says siale oysian oars 393
Lepidoptera from Candahar..............-.0+-00 403
New Shells from Port Darwin and South Australia 415, 418
ests iofeLemmoplenridae: t\<sis siasganste tee otters 422
Fig. A. Neiirotrichus gibbsii | 440
Fig. B. Urotrichus talpoides J *'"* "77
Uromastie princenss +.) tte ctcraate ci ais s sec ee eee 445
CLT AGCIOBRUSNOVOUUS crs. von <2 herstetaetare (irate oie a ste xeetarnlonate 452
ANTECHEROTNY SICUNIG ETA” sinicts (l-lslaverere alei hele «1a elect? ete 454
Magaderma gty ae, sx vnirics <> c's cse)s,xs\soieeiee ae 46]
Fig. 1. Vidua splendens| _ 476
Fig. 2. Pytelia wieneri |
New Species of Shells from various Localities ...... 478
FAMOUS OUCKLEY Bs ‘x e/sre olaheie isi ape) sis er<snicba aioe + oleae ens 491
UFO DUIS oes ei cpa tenon bn ahs ooo hea, ee reneik Seascale
SPU font Panis ao Ne en's ninrsjnue eye tesa viou econ ele | 545
RU OMT EINES re) ay com iotatare she Iovate soreneraee vraag
SSG ENO WL Ti BARRE Stee abla MID SON ied Ui 578
New Phytophagous Coleoptera.................... } 588
New Phytophagous Coleoptera..............-.0005
New Butterflies from New Guinea ..............+. 609
Beg A PeMRTO SNES 6.2 5 a'vie'ov Bian 0 veces oe ee 614
Dryotrionchts: spectauslis .:j<:anteis\s|srolareicisi, 61s ss sriase aie 621
TiGTAQTIUUS | GE OCLOCCUS, aie « s\n oj sitaetite) aja 'F ag ae ete 623
Fig. 1. Eminia lepida. Fig. 2. Drymocichla incana.. 624
BR ACKY UOUS TUDICUNGUS 1. eterna. 2pahe) sake jateniel meena
Head of Brachyurus rubicundus ........00 cee ee ses 627
Brachyurus melanocephalus ........ Sey RANA AETSE
Anatomy of Ferussacia gronoviana............ jece O62
LIST OF WOODCUTS.
1889.
Bight pes of Mus heegeltye. eves «0 ains w% vp sina s a asele«
Head QE MEDEA TMTIE ou x'ye suave aieln d apr:0,919 0/930°9,9 vie'9,s
Skull of Neotragus kirkit (side view) ...........000005
Skull of Neotragus ARR , Se oS ea. a,
Skull of Neotragus kirkii (upper view) ............05-
Upper view of facial bone of Neotragus saltianus .......
se) a, Se,
Aus ejeie Shese.s,
Fore part of skull of Neotr agus damarensis (side view) ....
Snout of Neotragus damarensis (upper and lower views).
Snout of Neotragus saltianus (lower view) ..........+
Posterior mandibulary molar of Neotragus saltianus.....
Posterior mandibulary molar of Neotragus damarensis .
Tail-end of Tyrannus albigularis.........0. cc. cece
Wing-end of Tyrannus albigularis ..... 0... cece eee
Wing-end of Tyrannus niveigularis 1.0.6... ce eee
Terminal portion of tail of Coractas spatulatus......,..
Desmophyllum lamprotichum oo cc cvvcccecccceececees
Ovis gmelini, from Erzeroom (front view).............
Ovis gmelini, from the Cilician Taurus (front views) ...
Ovis gmelini, from Evzeroom (side view) .........+..-
Ovis gmelint, from the Cilician Taurus (side views).....
Upper and lower molars of Arvicola guentheri .......
Sole of hind foot of Arvicola guenthert ............0..
Under surface of right fore foot of Icticyon ...........
Under surface of right hind foot of Icticyen ...........
@ acum o-lctecyan: Ach ena ered viet entail aaa
Liver of Zctieyon (upper and under surfaces) ......,....
Brain of Icticyon (upper surface and side view) .......
Stomach of Tachyphonus melaleucus .......+....45 oe
Stomach of Buphonia violacea.... 0... ccc cc cee
Anostostoma ORT ESRD PAR PACT RY Oe Te
eee eee eee
ay efel sa «| 90
wee wee
s.qie 0) evere ae
re
eee wee
re
niete.0 se 9! pig
ey
xx
Page
Lateral view of the skull of Cants azar@ ... 6. cece eee ne ees 242
Lateral view of the skull of Camis vulpes ........ 0s eseeeeernees 242
Crowns of the cheek-teeth of Canis azare and C. vulpes........-. 243
Longitudinal sections of the skulls of Canis azare and C. vulpes .. 246
Superimposed outlines of the casts of the cranial cavities of Canis
geur@iand CO. uwiged * Ta vat. me bod © sale del 0:4 Segetebe sete a lelene tes 247
Crowns of the cheek-teeth of Canis argentatus and C. littoralis.... 249
Upper and lower cheek-teeth of Canis lupus and C. azar@ ....++.. 250
Dorsal aspect of the right half of the skull of Canis azare ........ 251
Dorsal aspect of the left half of the skull of Canis hittoralis........ 251
The left ramus of the mandible of Canis azare, C. littoralis, and
CPLR 5 oes matics nfelagnchia estes mage ea Rta VORA eae 252
Dorsal view of the skull of Canis fulvipes ......00 0s sue cee eee ees 254
Dorsal view of the skull of Otocyon lalandit .........+-+seeeeeee 257
Lateral view of the skull of Otocyon lalandit.......6.. cece ee eeee 258
Lower and upper cheek-teeth of Otocyon lalandii .......+.+.+5. 260
Lower sectorial tooth of Otocyon lalandii, Canis zerda, and C. lupus 260
Right ramus of the mandible of Perameles, Procyon, and Otocyon 263
Side view of the skull of Icticyon venaticus ........0cce vee ee eee 268
Upper and lower cheek-teeth of Icticyon venaticus ........+.+... 269
TUDES Cy inal warrants rote dice tad ’o b olohici ino ipiaGamicciniogiclas & 355
Left foot of Cymbirhynchus macrorhynchus ...6. 60 cere eee 882
Syrinx of Zurylemus ochromelas «0... cece cee cee eee eens 384
Syrinx of Cymbirhynchus ..... ccc cee eet etna e nes 385
Palate of Philepitta castaned ... 0. cee ete e sete eee e cn ee teenies 388
Syrinx of Philepitta 00.0.0 cece eee cence nee nnencteonnenes 389
APUS GUITADUS (Oi 5. niloie's Fopoy ain Resi ener he set me ee eee PT 392
Sleulltof Bassaricyon Gent. 0 sales eset et vee oes Wane. vine 398
Upper jaw of Bassaricyon allent ... 10... cece eee cee cere eens 398
Lower jaw of Bassaricyon allent....... 0. cece eee ee cece eees 399
First upper tocth of Ursus japonicus and U. americanus.......... 442
Head of Natatus micropus ... 6... eee cc cee neces eee secesenres tt
eadsat Vere WiGcacn. connie came ec aanc tee hse ste ieeanete Ae tee 451
Head of Lemur nigerrimus 50.0. w ccs eet e ents ue ace eek: 451
Bones of fore limb of Antechinomys and Antechinus ............ 457
Bones of hind limb of Antechinomys and Antechinus ............ 457
Stomachs of Axntechinomys and Antechinus 1.0.0... eee ee ees 458
Laver of Ajtechinomys 0.06.00. see cc rene eee rss te eee ve 459
Right foot of Leptosoma 2... 0.0 cece ee eee ene e ees we, 466
Wing-muscles of Leptosoma ..... 6.0 e eee eect ee teen ees 470
Deep plantar tendons in Leptosoma ...-. 6. cece e eee eee eee ee 472
Syrinx of Leptosoma 6.1... cece eee teen eeee 478
Head of Prongbuck, showing the new pair of horns the day after the
shedding of the old ones ...... 06... cece eee eee ene ees 540
Horn of Prongbuck, drawn the day after the shedding of the old
MONG ageetrcaerareietrse sxe aie snes Ne See TOMES Fee eek me ere 541
Horn of Prowgbuck, one month after the shedding of the old horns 642
xxi
Page
Hand of Red Uakari, palmar aspect ....0.. sees eee e neces 630
Hoot-of Red Uskar , plantar aspect qo. cre. cess cca se see 631
Paveriof ted) Uakari: tromynbOveie ss aso aura sicts 6a tv cvs ofene esate asians 636
Paver olstved Walcart, from: DelOW Mei ccisies asses a Wed 600 cS amereee 637
Part of side walls of skull of a New-world Monkey (Brachyurus
APLOLCUDICES) sxc lois soho dois «TASTE RO Iago (o.0, Harv adehu ets syst. s ie aaa» 639
Part of side walls of skull of an Old-world Monkey (Cercopithecus
WPT ROMDCUS), ooo. coco Ne elae n a sles cle Moe a eclesenscessns soe 639
Brain of Red Ualkari, seen from above ..........-eseeeeeeeeees 642
Brain of Red Uakari, right half, seen from below ............-- 642
Brain of Red Uakari, left half; seen from the outside ............ 643
Brain of Red Uakari, seen from the inside ........-+--e ee eeeee 643
Map of part of the basin of the Amazons, to show the distribution of
GherUalsard Monkeyay. <a ces ccs disieistn oe mt cieivl stele’ iisivin's, eis 647
Right hind foot of Retthrodon alstont..........ccceee cece nen n nee 691
Siralltol -Pethrodon AstOnt 7... w\cite vie segs ee wiaicels vee vee were oe 692
Front part of skull of Reithrodon typicus ....... 6. cee e cence eens 694
EOIN OFLC ATOHOMIGELOTD < ./chlnicie wialaye Give obs a's Seed deaiaeleers 695
wrt vila ‘a
i
rouse iB BN 16%
oane PTL os ad
er ene ¥
ie oo d 2 iit the . b> ‘ antieats
os areal pote sooN |
i
ois wave zea’, Viele bier sy
biskias Gch sand intes aiid sult Kidpil bs
Per ald wns 3 mere t) (tere Pty Rat
4
aan
C. She teat §. oat) iy. dia S
Srudh ngiedes eyes us hated of
beer saggy! sYoks int th ad ort bait ue
ahs satay ia Nal
eles ee ‘Mhady To Palka A
- Donita > ibe it 10s
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
January 6, 1880.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Prof. Newton, M.A., F.R.S.,V.-P., drew the attention of the meeting
to a specimen of Chetura caudacuta (the ‘ Needle-tailed Swallow ”’
of Latham, Synops. Suppl. ii. p. 259), which had been intrusted to him
for exhibition by Mr. G. B. Corbin, of Ringwood, near which place it
had been shot on the 26th or 27th of July last. About the middle
of that month Mr. Corbin saw one evening two strange birds flying
over the river Avon in company with Swifts, and in the course of
the following week had better opportunities of observing at least one
ofthem. A few days after Mr. Corbin held in his hand the bird now
exhibited, which had been shot in the meantime, and was, he had
no doubt, one of those he had previously watched. Prof. Newton
stated that this example was the second of the species known to
have been obtained in this country—the first having been shot
in July 1846, near Colchester (Zool. p. 1492), and examined, before
it was skinned, by the late Mr. Yarrell and other naturalists of
authority. The species was described by Latham from a specimen
procured in New South Wales; and for a long time Australia was
thought to be its habitat. By degrees ornithologists learned that
it was only a regular visitant to that country from its real home
in Eastern Siberia, where it was first discovered by Steller, while
Pallas, not knowing it was identical with Latham’s Hirundo cau-
dacuta, redescribed it (Zoogr. R.-As. i. p. 541) under the name of
H. ciris. It has since been recorded from Nepaul, Sikkim, and
Proc. Zoox, Soc.—1880, No. I. l
2 MR. J. H. STEEL ON INDIVIDUAL [Jan. 6,
Bhotan, and is said to breed in the Himalayas; but the examples
which have reached England have most likely made their way
hither from Siberia. It isno Swallow, but a Swift, belonging to the
genus of Cypselide, to which, in 1826, the name Acanthylis (pro-
perly Acanthyllis) was applied by Boie, and Chetura by Stephens—
a genus which differs from Cypselus in the structure of its foot and
in the spine-like tips of its rectrices.
Dr. Mulvany, R.N., exhibited a specimen of a Penguin of the
genus Eudyptes, and read some remarks on it which tended, in his
opinion, to show that a moulting of the horny sheath of the beak
took place in this species.
The following papers were read :—
1. Preliminary Notes on Individual Variation in Hquus asinus.
By Joun Henry Steer, M.R.C.V.S., F.Z.S., Demon-
strator of Anatomy at the Royal Veterinary College.
[Received December 8, 1879.]
The remarkable uniformity in external characteristics which ages
of neglect and degradation have conferred upon the Ass of this country
contrasts so forcibly with the amount of variation presented by certain
of our domesticated animals that some have based upon it conclusions
of a general nature tending to the admission of essential differences be-
tween the effects of natural selection and those resulting from arti-
ficial influences. For proof that these views are untenable we need
simply refer to the fact that on the Continent, in the East, and even
through quite recent artificial selection in America external variation
in the Ass is very marked. With regard to modification of internal
structures, we believe the following are worthy of note as the out-
come of the large number of dissections made by ourselves and
‘by students under our supervision. We were hardly prepared to
observe so much variation, and were struck by many Ruminant affini-
ties of Hguus asinus. Our observations are not arranged in a statis-
tical form ; nor have we occupied our time with minute variations in
bulk, length, and capacity ; we have selected those characters which
are most striking and at the same time most instructive.
OsTEOLOGY.
Pertebre, Cervical. Atlas and Dentata: imperfect condition of
foramina for spinal nerves, due to arrested development.
Seventh vertebra, Prominens: vertebral foramen may occur in one
or both transverse processes.
Transverse process with costiform prolongation. This condition
is remarkable as showing a tendency to increase in the number of
the ribs. The process is invariably autogenous, and not unfrequently
sends a styloid prolongation downwards in the adult; but this is
1880. } VARIATION IN EQUUS ASINUS. 3
generally short, although we have seen it long and connected with
the first rib below the upper head of scalenus by an elastic band;
and in a specimen now before us the transverse processes are asym-
metrical, several inches in length, prolonged by well-marked elastic
bands to cartilaginous nodules appended to the prosternum in front
of the first sterno-costal articulations.
Dorsal and Lumbar.—The dorsal intervertebral gaps are some-
times truly intervertebral ; often each is wholly pierced through the
pedicle of one vertebra. The degree of separation of the costo-trans-
verse articulation from that for the head of the rib varies much in
the posterior dorsal vertebra of different individuals. The last ribs
also vary much in length, size, and degree of curvature. The pre-
sence of a so-called “floating rib,” making the series nineteen in
number, is frequently observable. This “floating rib” is generally
present only on one side. It is not a vertebral rib, but a sternal rib ; for
it is appended to the extremity of one or two lumbar transverse
processes, the homotypes of the vertebral coste of the dorsal region.
Often, when not represented by bone, it occurs as a portion of cartilage
or a band of white fibrous tissue, embedded in the abdominal mus-
cles in such a manner as to remind us of the homotypical concor-
dance of the intercostals and the abdominal muscles.
In the sacral region it is often difficult to define the extent of the
“false sacrum” backwards ; for coccygeal vertebrae become appended
by ankylosis, increasing apparently the ordinary number of five
sacral bones. The last lumbar, too, sometimes assists in the sup-
port of os innominatum; and in other respects the “true sacral
bones”’ are not always the same.
Coceygeal.—Vary in number, especially with age.
The peculiar modifications which we have noted in the seventh
cervical, the uncertainty observable in the anterior and posterior
parts of the lumbar and sacral regions, and the variation in the
number of ribs prominently bring to our mind the question “How
is the vertebral column becoming modified in the present day?” and
also, ‘© Will an examination of these points throw any light on the
remarkable preponderance of dorso-lumbar vertebra and coste in
Perissodactyla ungulata ?”
Skull.—Exhibits many minor variations, most of them probably
sexual or due to age.
Limbs, Fore-—Scapula: differences in figure, thickness ete.
Often, instead of the gradual disappearance of the spine inferiorly, it
terminates in a slightly prolonged process, a rudimentary acromion
similar to that seen in the Ox, but smaller. Medullary foramen
varies in position ; also glenoid cavity rownded or oval.
Humerus: synovial fossettes vary in size and form, as do those in
upper part of radius and ulna.. The ulna generally extends down-
wards only two-thirds of the length of the radius; but in the foetus it is
much longer in proportion, and in the adult we occasionally find it
passing downwards to the supero-external part of the knee to arti-
culate with os cuneiforme. If we examine the inferior extremity of
the radius of the foetal colt, we may note that at its external part is
1*
4 MR. J. H. STEEL ON INDIVIDUAL [Jan. 6,
a small ossific centre. Our cases of variation show us that we
must describe this as the inferior extremity of the ulna. The
value of this observation as illustrating the similarity of the forearm
of the Ass to that of the Ox is evident.
Carpus: os trapezium v. pisiforme generally present, but some-
times absent.
Metacarpus and Phalanges : major variations do not come under
our notice (in the Ass).
Hind.—QOs innominatum: form, size, and relations of auricular
facet of ilium vary.
Fibula varies similarly to ulna in fore limb. Often extends to
tarsus, occupying whole length of outer part of tibia. In other cases,
and generally, consists superiorly of a small button-shaped appen-
dage externally placed to upper part of tibia, tapering to a point
inferiorly, from which a white fibrous band extends downwards, be-
coming continuous with the inferior extremity of the tibia, the exter-
nal part of which is developed from a distinct ossific centre, the re-
presentative of the tarsal fibula of Ruminants.
Tibia and astragalus: synovial fossettes vary in development.
Smaller tarsal bones very frequently united by ankylosis into
a single mass, without any external indication of disease. This is
the condition known to veterinary surgeons as “occult spavin.”” We
are not yet prepared to attribute to it any morphological importance.
Cuneiforme parvum composed of one or of two portions.
SPLANCHNOSKELETON.
Ossification or calcification of the posterior portion of the sclerotic
occurs in old Asses. ;
Os hyoides presents between cerato- and stylo-hyal on each
side a bony nodule representing the epibyals, which are well deve-
loped in the Ox.
An os cordis has been observed in the Ass ; it is always present in
the Ox.
Myo.toey.
Head.—We generally observe muscular fibres which run from the
antero-external angle of orbicularis palpebrans beneath zygomaticus
to the outer surface of buccinator. These represent lachrymo-
labialis of the Ox, and are seldom seen in the Horse. They are
deficient in some Asses.
Retractor labii superioris sometimes has a supplementary por-
tion which runs from the common point of origin of the muscle to
the tendon of the nasalis longus labii superioris, which it draws
downwards, and also to spread out by some of its fibres over the
superior part of the “false nostril.”
The “false nostril,” the peculiar nasal pouch of Equide, undergoes
considerable variation at its extremity, sometimes presenting a slight
tendency to bifidity of its cul-de-sac. In the Ass it is seldom used ;
for the animals are never driven to such extremes of rapid progres-
sion as the horse. Hence we often find these sacs distended with
~
1880. ] VARIATION IN EQUUS ASINUS. 5
masses of laminz of epithelial débris. The dilatatores naris vary in
their arrangement in relation to this pouch ; thus, ordinarily a con-
tinuous series of fibres extends to it from above, behind, and below,
being the superior and inferior dilators. But we have seen excessive
development of the band against the cul-de-sac of the pouch and
deficiency of the other parts of the series. The posterior extremity
of retractor labii superioris has sometimes a muscular addendum
connecting it with the zygomatic ridge.
Mylchyoideus varies somewhat in being divided generally at its
anterior part into two distinct planes.
Geniohyoideus sometimes sends a small distinct band to genioglossus
at about the centre of the intermaxillary space.
Hyopharyngeus, in addition to its usual attachment to the inferior
part of internal surface of superior third of stylohyal, has often
another one, quite distinct from the inferior third. ‘We more fre-
quently see the latter in the Horse.
Hyoideus parvus sometimes absent.
Hyoglossus brevis sometimes attached to stylohyoid, generally
not.
Arytenopharyngeus is occasionally well marked.
Retractor oculi may form a complete investment of the optic
nerve, or consist of four bands corresponding with the recti.
The middle oblique muscle of the eye, as described by Strangeways,
occasionally occurs in the Ass.
The inferior opening of the lachrymal ductus ad nasum varies in
position ; generally it opens at the upper part of the anterior naris,
thus differing remarkably from the same structure in the Horse.
Neck.—Levator humeri never shows the fibrous band indicative
of the seat of the clavicle, which this muscle has in the Ox, Pig, and
other Ungulates ; but this information is conveyed in some subjects,
in which we have seen a small muscle running from levator humeri
around the anterior part of pectoralis anticus to the inner side of
that muscle, where it disappears.
Serratus magnus has sometimes a distinct rudimentary division
passing to second cervical transverse process, generally only extends
as far forwards as the third (see arrangement in Ox),
Scalenus : instead of terminating by each head at the first rib as
iu the Horse, the superior division may be prolonged to the third
rib or even further back (see arrangement in Ox) over serratus
magnus.
Longus colli we have seen attached only beneath the five an-
terior instead of the six anterior dorsal vertebrze,
Back.—Transversalis costarum posteriorly in some cases is large
and muscular and blended with longissimus dorsi in the lumbar re-
gion ; in others it is tendinous and inserted into first lumbar transverse
process.
Serratus posticus minor varies considerably in its development and
attachments.
Latissimus dorsi just before its insertion into the humerus varies
in its relations with scapulo-ulnaris. Sometimes serial muscular
6 MR. J. H. STEEL ON INDIVIDUAL [ Jan.
bands beneath the arches of the ribs run from one rib to another,
crossing two or three; these swbcostales vary in number, are some-
times continuous posteriorly with the psoze, and are covered by the
pleuro-costalis,
Transversalis abdominis varies in the degree of extension of its
tendon towards the internal abdominal ring. The rectus abdominis
has a variable number of transverse tendinous markings.
LiImBs.
Hind.—Sartorius superiorly is attached to the tendon of psoas
parvus, to the os innominatum with psoas parvus, or only to the
lumbar fascia, sometimes to two or even three of these points.
Flexor pedis perforans sometimes presents a distinct muscular belly
and tendon, probably a representative of the flexor longus hallucis
found in man.
Variations of pedal muscles less marked than in fore limb.
Fore.—Scapulo-humeralis posticus sometimes almost obsolete.
Teres externus sometimes divisible into teres proper and acromio-
humeralis, as in Ox.
Flexor brachii.—Superior tendon has a remarkable piece of red
muscular structure on its anterior part, which varies considerably in
size. Also the band which runs from this muscle to extensor me-
tacarpi magnus may often be separated nearly to the knee; careful
dissection shows that the inferier extremity of this muscle is some-
what divided into two parts similar to those seen in Dog &e.
Pronator teres is of frequent occurrence inside the elbow-joint,
arising from the internal inferior prominence of humerus, inserted
just below internal lateral ligament, crosses radial artery, vein, and
nerve. Generally this muscle is represented only by a small white
fibrous band.
Extensor pedis.—Thiernesse’s and Phillip’s muscles sometimes
distinct, ofteu imperceptible.
Lumbrici vary in number and size. The interossei of the large
metacarpal, which in the Equidee form the superior sesamoideal liga-
ment, vary in their amount of muscular structure and in their bulk.
NEUROLOGY.
Nerves remarkably uniform; sometimes the transverse metacarpal
branch is not immediately subcutaneous, but separated from the skin
by a longitudinal band of fibrous tissue.
SPLANCHNOLOGY.
Sometimes a third rudimentary circumyallate papilla a little behind
the two usually present. Position of parotid opening varies to a
slight degree.
Teeth.—Incisors: sometimes only four present in each series,
corner permanent incisors having never appeared. Occasionally the
upper incisor series has quite become lost—either a result of wear or
fracture. ‘The superficial resemblances of this condition to that
which occurs in the Ox is, of course, of no morphological value.
1880. } VARIATION IN EQUUS ASINUS.
“NI
Canines long or short, sexual variation.
Premolars : small ‘‘ Wolves’ teeth” occasionally present in front
of four anterior molars.
Stomach often presents a very marked central transverse constric-
tion where cuticular mucous joins the villous.
Cecum sometimes retains the form it presents in eight months’
foetus ; its apex sometimes very elongated and pointed.
Colon.—Longitudinal muscular bands vary in size and in number
at different parts of the bowel.
Liver.—Lobes vary in form and much in size. Ligaments differ
in degree of development, especially falciform ligament, which some-
times runs as far backwards as umbilicus, containing a pervious vein
in its thin free margin.
Parovarium.—On outer surface of broad uterine ligament, some-
times large, often obsolete.
Male mamme often extremely large.
Thyroid body varies much in form, especially in the size of the
band connecting its lateral masses. Conchial cartilages prolonged
downwards by small rounded band to lateral part of guttural pouch
and to posterior angle of stylohyal. A remarkable peritoneal band
sometimes runs from the cecum to the omentum major, reminding
us of a condition we have noted in one form of Macacus.
ANGIOLOGY.
Anterior aorta often entirely absent. Sometimes a large anterior
mediastinal branch passes downwards from this vessel. ‘The dorsal
and posterior cervical vary in their relations to each other. Generally
these vessels are united on the right side and distinct on the left ;
but this condition may be reversed. The cervical may become united
by a well developed subcostal with the sixth costal as given off from
the posterior aorta ; but this is not constant. The vertebral passes
through or below the seventh cervical transverse process. The.
submaxillary may arise directly from the carotid instead of from the
external carotid. External pectoral arises from internal pectoral, or
axillary.
Posterior aorta—Bronchial and cesophageal often arise by common
root, or are distinct. Renal may supply suprarenal capsules and
kidney ; or the former may be supplied directly by a branch from the
posterior aorta. Spermatics—one scmetimes considerably more an-
teriorly placed than the other, even given off by posterior mesenteric.
Between internal iliacs occasionally a small middle sacral arises. The
obturator, epigastric, and inguinal sometimes arise from external iliac.
The origins of the profunda and of the artery of the cord often
vary.
The medullary artery of the femur is sometimes given off through
the foramen at the anterior part of the bone instead of at the inter-
nal surface of the bone. The artery of the humerus is similarly
variable. The circumflex of the toe is variously formed in different
cases.
Thus from these examples we see the arteries are the most fre-
8 MR. E. W. WHITE ON CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. [Jan. 6,
quent subjects of variation. The veins also are not regular. These
differences are as numerous and as marked as those in man.
Our observations point to important affinities, and, we have reason
to believe, may direct attention to conclusions by no means as. yet
generally received. So we are in hopes that we have not over-
estimated the importance of our subject. Investigation of varietal
modification of domesticated animals should teach us the general
laws and methods of modification, and thus bear fruit in advancement
of the science of anthropology, in promoting the scientific manage-
ment of our animal servants, and in rendering our knowledge more
exact with regard to those forms which inhabited the earth in by-
gone ages.
2. Notes on Chlamydophorus truncatus.
By E. W. Wuite, F.Z.S. Lond., and F.Z.S. Reip. Arg.
[Received Dec. 9, 1879.]
During my recent travels through the western provinces of the
Argentine Republic, this beautiful little plantigrade aberrant member
of the Armadillo family enticed me, in the month of August 1879,
to undertake a ride of forty leagues from Mendoza and a diligent
search for six days in company with a large number of men, in order
to obtain a better knowledge of its habits.
The range of Chlamydophorus truncatus extends in latitude from the
valley of Sonda, province of San Juan, 31° S. lat., down to San Rafael,
seventy leagues S. of Mendoza, 34° S. lat., and in longitude from San
Luis to the Andes. In the same neighbourhood are found three
species of true Dasypodide.
I was fortunate enough to secure one living specimen of the Chla-
mydophorus, which, in spite of the utmost attention, survived capture
only three days; in fact, no instance has occurred of a longer sur-
vival than eight days in captivity.
The usual drawings of this animal in zoological works are erroneous
in more than one particular ; for instance :—
(a) The tail is represented as flexible and terminating in a some-
what flattened though, on the whole, solid pointed paddle—whereas
it is almost perfectly inflexible, the paddle at the extremity being
completely flattened and rounded at the vertex.
(2) The fringe attached to the inferior edge of the scute is de-
picted as continuous, and drooping from the outer margin of one
eye completely round to the outer margin of the other: the fact is,
whilst the silky fringe from the lateral surface of the scute is drooping
and inclined towards the tail, that issuing from the ultimate enlarged
ring of the dorsal carapace, uniting with that from the exterior
ring of the truncated extremity, forms a double somewhat bristly
fringe standing out pretty well at right angles to that truncated
extremity.
1880.] MR. E. W. WHITE ON CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. 9
(y) The lateral edges of the dorsal chitinous shield are represented
as though forming a continuous wave-line, whereas these lateral
edges are sharply serrated.
(6) In some drawings the body is figured as almost nude, or at
most covered only with scanty short hair; the truth is, the body is
covered throughout, even down to the extremities of the humerus
and femur, and beneath the dermo-skeleton to the dorsal ridge, with
a thick silky downy mantle.
(e) In all drawings that have come under my observation the eye
is delineated as distinctly visible—whereas, in nature it is rudi-
mentary, besides being completely covered by the intermingling of
the fringe and mantle.
(Z) In all published representations there is a general deficiency
of apparent solidity aud roundness towards the truncated portion;
the body is too much fiattened. The fact is, the basal rings of the
dorsal coat-of-mail increase in circumference until they coincide with
the outer edge of the truncated extremity, the sections gradually
rising from an elliptic to a circular form; further, the projection of
this slightly convex truncated extremity is very exactly a sector of a
circle, the centre of which is in the point whence issues the tail, the
whole of this truncated armour-plate forming a very hard, solid, bone-
like structure, which at once suggests the use to which, in my opinion,
it is devoted, viz. to act as a rammer to consolidate the sand and fill
up the entrance to its burrow from the inside and thus prevent the
ingress of its enemies.
(n) The nature of the ground frequented is generally represented as
rocky; nowa Chlamydophorus on a rocky eminence is an anomaly, as it
is only found on and in médanos (sand-dunes), or in their proximity,
the characteristic vegetation of which is low thorny brushwood and
cacti.
When walking, the Chlamydophorus plants both the fore and hind
feet on the soles, and not on the contracted claws, as is the case with
the Ant-eater, carrying its inflexible tail, which it has no power to
raise, trailing along the ground and much inclined downwards from
the body. As it commences to excavate, the fore feet are first
employed ; and immediately afterwards, supporting its body on the
tripod formed of these and of the extremity of the tail, both hind
feet are set to work simultaneously, discharging the sand with
incredible swiftness.
The burrows, which are never left open, usually have but slight, if
any, inclination to the horizon.
Although analogy and form would seem to indicate it, I never
could detect the tail aiding in the operation of excavation ; in fact,
its inflexibility precludes this idea: the only use of the flattened ex-
tremity appears to me to be, to furnish it with a more secure point of
support in the shifting sand.
Sluggish in all its movements except as a fodient, in which capacity
it perhaps excels all other burrowing animals, the Chlamydophorus
performs the operation of excavation with such celerity that a man
10 MR. E. W. WHITE ON CHLAMYDOPHORUs TRUNCATUS. [Jan. 6,
has scarcely time to dismount from his horse before the creature has
buried itself to the depth of its own body. With regard to its
movements within the burrow, these, as well as the structure of the
tunnel, seem to me to be governed by the general timidity of its
character. The tunnel is scooped out of the exact size of the trun-
cated extremity, so that whenever the animal feels inclined to quit
its subterranean dwelling, this must be accomplished in one of three
ways—either (a) by a retrograde motion, using the ram to burst
through a consolidated wall of sand, or (3) by turning its body
round and emerging from the entry head first, or (y) by tunnelling
in advance and emerging from a different hole. The third, in my
opinion, is the course followed by the Chlamydophorus; for, although
when put into a box, under suitable conditions, I observed that by
first inclining itself on one side, bringing the snout into close proximity
to the body and directed towards the tail, with a screw-like motion
the animal was able to wriggle itself round and effect a complete
turn, notwithstanding that at first sight the rigid tail would appear
to be fatal to such a movement; yet such a procedure is unnatural,
and must be productive of inconvenience, and would, of course, be
altogether impossible were it not that the dorsal scute, which is
only attached longitudinally along the dorsal ridge, is extremely
flexible—so much so, indeed, that it can be easily bent slightly up-
wards on the merest pressure from the fingers ; a further illustration of
this great flexibility is furnished by the fact that when laid on its
back, the animal quickly recovers itself.
The only sound I heard it utter was that of distinctly sniffing
like a dog; and this it always does when in search of a spot for
excavating.
So extremely sensitive is this delicate little burrower to cold that my
living example, after passing a night in a box of earth covered with
flannels, was found the following morning in a very exhausted con-
dition. Wrapped in warm clothing and placed near a fire it soon
revived. On taking it into my hand under a Mendozan midday sun it
shivered violently ; but whether through fear or chill it is impossible
to say. Its normal paradise seems to be when the temperature of its
residence is such as is produced by sand so hot as almost to scorch
the hand; and yet, if cold be unfriendly, no less so is wet; for
although its winter is spent beneath the earth, a fall of rain quickly
drives it from its retreat. During summer it leaves its burrow at
dusk to search for food ; and being truly nocturnal, moonlight nights
are very favourable for discovering it.
I placed my solitary specimen on the ground, first on brick and
then on wooden flooring ; but knowing that it could not excavate, it
merely walked round in circles—a further evidence that it cannot see,
or only very imperfectly at any rate, by daylight; but far different
was its behaviour on being transported to the soil, where after
a preliminary sniffle or two, indicating keen scent, it set to work
immediately to delve at a very rapid pace.
In the specimen I studied, the translucent dermo-skeleton and all
the exposed parts were, during life, of a delicate pink tint, the hair
1880. | MR. O. THOMAS ON A NEW MUS. Hy
a glistening snow-white and of silky consistency. The use of the
fringe surrounding the shield is, in my opinion, solely to prevent
the introduction of sand beneath it during excavation.
The light fine sand in which the Chlamydophorus truncatus burrows
proclaims unmistakably its presence, as well as that of even the
minutest animals, by the tracks left ; the fox, the beetle and the
spider are thus equally betrayed. The natives are apt observers of
these, and even from the saddle will decipher and distinguish at a
glance the various foot-prints, and unerringly detail the animals that
have passed any assigned spot during the night. With regard to
our elegant little friend there is no mistake ; besides the impressions
of the four feet, the inclined stiff tail leaves its deep central indented
line. Of course, after rain, which falls but seldom, the track is
accentuated ; and the only sure way of effecting a capture is to follow
it, as it leads directly to a small hillock of sand, by removing which,
the entrance to the tunnel is exposed to view ; and if the tracks were
numerous, the animal would no longer be rare; but it is a fact
that a year or more sometimes elapses without any trace of its
existence. In a few instances specimens have been unhoused by
the plough.
I could not succeed in discovering the nature of the food from
the solitary live specimens I obtained ; but I fed it on milk, which it
lapped like a cat. I then endeavoured unsuccessfully to entice it
with chopped meat, and only by artifice introduced some pieces into
its mouth, which it swallowed.
There are authentic cases of the Chlamydophorus being preyed
upon by other animals, especially by Foxes and Cats.
3. Description of a new Species of Mus from the Fiji Islands.
By Oxprretp Tuomas, F.Z.S. Assistant in the Zoological
Department, British Museum.
The subject of this description was obtained in October 1878, near
the village of Waitovu in the island of Ovalau, by Baron A. vonHiigel,
who resided for some years in the Fiji Islands, and who has pre-
sented his small collection of Fijian Mammalia to the British Museum.
This collection consists of specimens of Pteropus samoensis, Peale,
Notopteris macdonaldi, Gray, Emballonura semicaudata, Peale,
Mus decumanus, Pall., Mus exulans, Peale, and the specimen here
described.
The most noticeable point about this species is the character of
the fur, which is extremely long, soft, and silky. The only other
Rodent at all resembling it in this respect is the Hesperomys pana-
mensis of Gray’, which has a similar character of the tur, though in
a lesser degree.
1 Neomys panamensis, Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. p. 417.
12 MR. O. THOMAS ON A NEW MUS. [Jan. 6,
The muzzle is distinctly grooved from between the nostrils to the
upper lip. The ear is rounded, nearly as broad as long, and is
covered on both sides with short silvery hairs, which form a very
narrow fringe round the edge. The dorsal surfaces of the feet are
also covered with similar, but longer, hairs.
The length of the tail is rather less than that of the head and
body combined ; and it is sparsely covered with short brown hairs,
not Hiding the scales.
The palm-pads of the hind feet are six in number, arranged
as shown as in the accompanying drawing. The fore feet are too
much dried up in the type specimen for the shape of their pads
to be distinguishable.
The colour of the fur all over the body is of a light slate-colour
for seven eighths of its length. The terminal eighth is brown along
the centre of the back, becoming lighter towards the sides. On the
Right pes of Mus huegeli, enlarged.
belly the tips are quite white, and there is also a white ring round
the hairs at about halfway from the roots. The head is coloured
like the body.
The skull is that of a typical Mus, and presents no characters
worthy of special remark. In the type specimen the posterior
molars both above and below have not quite grown up into their
places ; so that it is not fully adult.
Measurements, in inches and tenths :—
Length of the head and body........ ......... 5°0
Ee seta, SOR AS ee Bete eae ie ees 4°3
5b) ae oi, a ONe 1OOte WiLhout Glaws omer cet. ZED
Ssh ye Sik OO e Se oeashe Mint © ose 11
ay es ccyes Sys ae kay (is
Skull’, from hinder edge of parietals to end of nasals 1°1
Nasal bones, length whey abit slags aims x 6 8 os 0-44
Breadth of hrain=Case see eerie. ke okscs as tess eee W263)
as between vorbitsisaS.gcs Saccrcc ween cle Bore = pO moes
Length of palate, from behind incisors...... pa ae 0°6
- lower jaw, from condyles to anterior end
of sytmplivetsyons ccs «seat s< 6s oan tise ot cece, SOE
The only other indigenous Fijian Mice hitherto described are the
The occipital portion of the skull and the zygomata have been unfortu-
nately broken away ; so that the full length and breadth cannot be given.
Hanhart imp
Js
ANE
ys
am
‘oil
CA
a
keg
TEU
TOI
10 f
MYIOPI
1880.] MR. RAMSAY ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF SUMATRA. 13
Mus exulans and Mus vitiensis of Peale':—the former about six
inches long, with hair like a Norway Rat ; the latter a house-mouse,
about three inches long.
I propose to name this species Mus Auegeli, after its discoverer,
who informs me that it does not frequent the houses of the natives,
but is found in long grass among rocks and sand in the mountains.
It is very probably the Rat which Mr. H. N. Moseley in his ‘ Notes
by a Naturalist on the ‘ Challenger,’’ mentions (p. 308) as having
been chased unsuccessfully among the undergrowth on the mountains,
when his party were at Levuka, Ovalau, in 1874.
4. Contributions to the Ornithology of Sumatra.—Report
on a Collection from the neighbourhood of Padang. By
R. G. Warvtaw Ramsay, F.Z.S., 67th Regiment.
[Received December 30, 1879.]
(Plate I.)
On the 9th August, 1878, Mr. Carl Bock, a Swedish naturalist,
arrived at Padang, on the west coast of Sumatra, with the intention
of penetrating into the mountains of the interior to investigate their
fauna for the late Marquis of Tweeddale, who had secured his services
for that purpose. Mr. Bock (in epist.) says that he was consider-
ably delayed by having to go to Batavia, in order to obtain passports
from the Governor-General of the Netherlands, India, and a permit
to import his guns and ammunition into Sumatra.
Losing as little time as possible, Mr. Bock started towards the
mountains, and spent three days at Ayer-mantcior with Dr. Beccari ’,
who had been collecting for several months in the neighbourhood ; he
then proceeded vid Tamar-datar and Boca to Mount Sago, which is
about seventy miles to the north-east of Padang. The summit of
Mount Sago is described as being about 8000 feet above the sea-
level, and clad with virgin forest ; but the highest point reached by
Mr. Bock was 5000 feet. He collected in three weeks about one
hundred specimens, although the weather was wet and unfavourable.
The bad weather having rendered a longer stay on this mountain
unadvisable, he moved southward to Sidjoendjoeng, where, after
collecting for some time, he proceeded by a tedious route to Paio in
heavy rain. In this locality Mr. Bock collected for about a month,
and then, towards the close of the year, again moved southwards
a distance of about 100 miles to Mocara-labo and Ayer-angat, near
the frontier of Korintzi territory.
At Ayer-angat he was much disappointed at the scarcity of birds,
1 U.S. Explor. Exped. viii. pp. 47-49, 1848.
2 The results of Dr. Beccari’s labours have been laid before the public in a
paper by Count T. Salvadori, Ann. Mus, Civ. Gen. 1879, pp. 169-253.
14 MR. R. G. WARDLAW-RAMSAY ON [Jan. 6,
having heard so good a report from the natives; but nevertheless
he obtained several species which had not been previously procured
by him. He was encamped in the midst of a virgin forest, where,
as he describes it, no human being was living. Here all his servants
got fever, and then he himself was seized ; and so he was obliged to
strike his camp and retire to a place called Lolo, at 3500 feet. This
latter place he made his headquarters for the remainder of his
sojourn in the island, and here formed a considerable portion of his
collections.
Mr. Bock, in his letters to Lord Tweeddale, much regretted not
having provided himself with small shot, as without it he was not
able to obtain good specimens of the smaller species. The absence
of small birds from the collection is remarkable, the interesting
family of the Timeliidz being, with the exception of the larger genera
Garrulax, Trochalopteron, &c., entirely unrepresented.
As I hope, when sufficient leisure is at my command, to treat the
subject more fully, I abstain from publishing at the present time a
full list of Mr. Bock’s collection, but take the opportunity of making
a few remarks upon it, and also of bringing to notice three apparently
undescribed species.
The collection forwarded by Mr. Bock was made between the
months of August 1878 and January 1879, in the same part of
Sumatra as that in which Dr. Beccari was working in the months of
June to September in the former year. One of its chief points of
interest is that it contains examples of several migratory species,
such as Turdus sibiricus, Pallas, and Phylloscopus borealis, Blasius,
which would only occur in the winter season, and would not, there-
fore, have been met with by Dr. Beccari.
Mr. Bock’s collection contains about 800 specimens, which are
referable to 166 species. Of these 32 are not included in the lists
of the Marquis of Tweeddale (Ibis, 1877, pp. 283-323) or of Count
T. Salvadori (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1879, pp. 169-253); they are
as follows :—
1. Neopus malayensis, Temm. ex Reinwardt.
. Accipiter stevensoni, Gurney.
. Milvus govinda, Sykes.
. Caloramphus hayi, J. E. Gray.
. Anthracoceros malayanus (Raffles).
. Hydrocissa conveva (Temm.).
. Merops philippinus, Linn.
. Cypselus subfurcatus, Blyth.
. Collocalia francica (Gmelin).
10. Eurylemus javanicus, Horsfield.
*11. Niltava grandis (Blyth).
*12. Xanthopygia cyanomelena (Temm.).
13. Bhringa remifer (Temm.).
14. Phyllornis media, Bonap. ex Miller MS.
15. Criniger gutturalis (Miiller).
16. Ividia squamata (Temm.).
*
*
oon aoo ss 03 bt
1880. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF SUMATRA. 15
17. Ividia leuecogrammica (Miiller).
*18. Turdus sibiricus, Pallas.
obscurus, Gmelin.
20. Lanthocinela lugubris (Miller).
21. Phylloscopus borealis (Blasius).
22. Erythrura prasina (Sparrm.).
23. Limonidromus indicus (Gmelin).
24. Analcipus cruentus (Wagler).
25. Carpophaga enea (Linn.).
26. Euplocamus vieilloti, G. R. Gray.
*27. Turnix pugnax (Temm.).
28. Rhynchea capensis (Linn.).
29. Hypotenidia striata (Linn.).
30. Bubulcus coromandus (Bodd.).
31. Ardetta cinnamomea (Gmel.).
32. Dendrocygna arcuata (Horsf.).
Out of this list seven species, to the names of which an asterisk
is prefixed, have, as far as I know, not been before recorded as oc-
curring in Sumatra. In addition to the above-named species are
three which appear to be new, viz. :—
DicRURUS SUMATRANUS, Sp. n.
This species seems to find its nearest ally in Dicrurus bimaensis,
Wallace!, from Lombock, Sumbawa, and Flores. It, however,
differs in having the plumage of the back pure black, without any
metallic gloss. It also resembles that species in the form of the
feathers springing from the base of the maxilla and covering the
nostrils ; but in the present bird these feathers are much lengthened,
reaching over nearly two thirds of the length of the bill. The rictal
bristles are also much exaggerated, projecting nearly as far as the
point of the bill. The Sumatran bird is also larger than D. b:-
maensis, having a wing of 5:9 inches length against 5°5 in British-
Museum examples of the latter species (Wallace gives 5°25, J. c.).
The tail is nearly square, one specimen only exhibiting a slight ten-
dency in the outer tail-feathers to curl at the tip.
The collection contains ten specimens of this Drongo, collected at
Ayer-angat, Paio, and Mount Sago.
Tris vermilion (Boch).
TurRDINUS MARMORATUS, Sp. Nl.
Reddish chocolate-brown, brightest on the flanks and belly, the
feathers of the head and back margined with black, giving those
parts a scale-like appearance. Beneath, the chin and throat and
upper breast white, each feather with a black terminal bar, which
becomes wider towards the breast; the lower part of the breast and
centre of abdomen as far as the crissum black, with a terminal or
subterminal bar of white across each feather; ear-coverts dark
1 PZ. 8. 1863, p. 492.
16 MR. RAMSAY ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF SUMATRA. ([Jan. 6,
rufous-brown, shading into bright chestnut on the hinder part, and
widening into a broad patch on either side of the neck.
Length about 7°5 inches, wing 3°6, bill +95, tarsus 1°25.
One specimen only of this new species is in the collection.
MYIOPHONEUS CASTANEUS, sp. n. (Plate I.)
Bright chestnut-brown, except on the head, face, throat, and
breast, which are dull purplish blue, and the forehead and lesser
wing-coverts bright cobalt.
Mount Sago, 3 September, 1878. Iris grey-blue (Bock).
In the British Museum I found an example of this bird, labelled
** Malacca,” but without a name. The locality is probably erroneous.
This specimen differs considerably from mine, both in dimensions and
colour, the purplish-blue head being overlaid with a tinge of chestnut,
and the lores and forehead being dusky chestnut-brown.
The dimensions of the two specimens are—
Wing. Bill fr. gape. Tail. Tarsus.
Sumatra (Bock) .... 57D : 3:8 yA
? Malacca (Mus. Brit.) 5°] 1:82 4 1-7
Of the 24 species described as new by Count Salvadori (J. c.),
only 8 were obtained by Mr. Bock, viz. :—
Chrysophlegma mystacalis. Pteruthius cameranoi.
Rhipidura atrata. Myjiophoneus dicrorhynchus.
Hemipus intermedius. Arrenga melanura.
Heterophasia simillima. Peloperdix rubrirostris.
Two of these I cannot admit as good species—Hemipus inter-
medius and Pteruthius cameranoi. ‘The former, of which I have
one good specimen, appears to me to be inseparable from examples
in the British Museum of Hemipus picatus (Sykes), collected at
Mahabaleshwar. The latter I have compared with a specimen in
the same museum of P. @ralatus, Tickell, from the Kachyen hills
in Western Yunnan, aud found to be identical.
Yet another of the species contained in the above list is, I should
say, of somewhat doubtful validity. Ahipidura atrata is very close
to, if not identical with R. albicollis (Vieill.) = R. fusciventris
(Franklin), of India. It differs, no doubt, in the shade of slaty black
of its plumage; but I have found specimens in the British Museum of
R. albicollis which nearly match the Sumatran examples, although
I am bound to say not quite. The difference, however, is so very
trifling that the Sumatran bird can, I think, be hardly regarded as
belonging to a distinct species.
1 Bill broken.
1880. j ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF NEOTRAGUS. 17
5. Description of two new Species of Dwarf Antelope
(Neotragus). By Dr. A. Gtnruer, F.Z.S.
[Received November 21, 1879.]
A Dwarf Antelope obtained by Dr. Kirk near Brava, in the South
Somali country, proves to be allied to, and the southern representative
of, Neotragus saltianus from Abyssinia. Dr. Kirk has sent the skin
of a female not quite adult and the head of an adult male; perfect
skulls have been extracted from both. I propose for the new species
the name of Neotragus kirkii.
With regard to size there seems to be no great difference between
the two species ; but N. Air/ii is somewhat smaller, and its coloration
is very distinct.
In the first place I have to draw attention to the peculiar form of
Fig. h.
WS
SS\\
Head of Neotragus kirkii.
the muzzle, which is much elongated, protruding beyond the mouth,
swollen along its upper profile, and very distensible, resembling in
some measure that of the Saiga Antelope. This peculiarity it has
most probably in common with the Abyssinian species, though, as
far as we can judge from dried skins, it is less developed in this
latter ; nor do I find it mentioned by any previous writer. I am
ignorant of the function in the animal’s economy to which it
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. II. 2;
18 DR. A. GUNTHER ON TWO [Jan. 6,
relates, unless it be the organ by which peculiar sounds are produced,
as mentioned by Brehm. It is not peculiar to the male, though
more developed in that sex than in the female. The hairs on the
crown of the head are prolonged, stiff, pointing backwards to between
the ears, forming a flat depressed crest, as in Neotragus saltianus.
The colour of the body of the animal is a brownish yellow, finely
grizzled with brown—this colour being produced by each hair having
two or three broad brown rings, the terminal ring forming sometimes
the tip of the hair, sometimes being somewhat remote from it. The
grizzly appearance gradually changes into a uniform light reddish-
brown, which occupies the whole of the fore and hind legs. The
upper part of the throat, the abdomen, and the inner side of the
fore legs and thighs are dirty whitish; lower part of the throat
tinged with brownish; the long hairs of the head brown, with broad
yellowish rings; snout and outer side of the ears brown; a white
streak above the eye.
The horns are very similar to those of Neotragus saltianus. They
are almost parallel, marked by strong, but rather irregular, sub-
reticulated annulations, which completely surround the horn ; these
disappear towards the middle of the length of the horn. The annu-
lated portion is also longitudinally rugose, the terminal third only
being smooth.
The following are the measurements of the female :—
in.
Length of. the head. s%3sctn aetna ante 43
3 99 CARS a ieee tres foreis 24
= oe body andmneeke eerie oes 13
i » fore leg (from the elbow-joint) 7+
3 » hind leg (from the knee).... 10
5 » hind foot (from the heel) .. 64
Measurements of the male :—
Lengtioh Cae Bete ge ee. oak were es 53
F, Seth, WHIRA(RMERUDAIG )° 25°. 500 'stateters os tats 24
I may add that the opening of the lacrymal gland is very
distinct, that the tail is very short, apparently composed of a few
vertebrz only, and that the spurious claws are as small as in the
Abyssinian species.
Any doubts which might have been entertained with regard to
the distinctness of this species disappear on comparison of the skulls
of the two animals. The lacrymal groove, which in Neotragus
saltianus is rather shallow, is so much deepened in the Somali
species as to receive easily the end of a man’s thumb. Secondly,
the lateral ramus of the intermaxillary is singularly curved in the
shape of an 8, very slender, and separated from the lacrymal bone
by a broad ascending process of the maxillary, which, therefore,
touches the side of the nasal bone (see fig. 2, p. 19). In the
Abyssinian species the intermaxillary is straighter and stouter,
extending to the lacrymal, with which it forms a suture (see fig. 4,
pty).
1880. ] NEW SPECIES OF NEOTRAGUS. 19
Thirdly, the nasal bones, the shortness of which is characteristic
of the genus, are still shorter than in Neotragus saltianus; and their
posterior margins form an almost straight transverse line, whilst in
Neotragus saltianus they form an acute angle (see figs. 5 & 6, p. 20).
Fig. 2.
Skull of Neotragus kirkii ; side view.
Fig. 4.
Skull of Neotragus saltianus.
Fourthly, the infero-posterior angle of the mandible (fig. 2) is
produced backwards, forming a projection beyond the hind margin
of the mandible; whilst in Meotragus saltianus (fig. 3) the hind
margin is only slightly excised. It must be remarked, however, that
this peculiarity is much less developed in the young female than in
the adult male.
Fifthly, the hindmost molar of the lower jaw has a small third
lobe developed behind with a single enamel fold, as in the species
from Damara Land (see fig. 12, p. 22); this lobe is entirely absent
in N. saltianus (see fig. 11, p. 22).
9*
20 DR. A. GUNTHER ON TWO [Jan. 6,
The peculiar conformation of the facial bones is clearly in relation
to the developed distensible nasal cavity of this animal. The roof
of the nasal cavity is supported by cartilage rather than by bone,
to admit of greater flexibility; hence the reduction of the nasal
Fig. 5. Fig. 6.
Fig. 5. Skull of Neotragus kirkii ; upper view.
Fig. 6. Upper view of facial bone of Neotragus saltianus.
bones in Neotragus is perfectly analogous to a similar structure in
the Saiga Antelope and in the Tapirs.
Since I wrote the preceding remarks Mr. Sclater has kindly
placed in my hands a specimen which he had received from Mr.
R. Trimen, Curator of the South-African Museum. It had been
obtained in Damara Land, and proves to be a third species of this
genus, for which I propose the name of Neotragus damarensis.
The specimen is the skin of an adult female, from which I have
had the skull extracted.
Externally this species resembles so much the Abyssinian NV.
saltianus that it might be taken for a variation of colour. The
crest of long cranial hairs is more decidedly black behind than I
have seen it in Abyssinian specimens, the majority of the cranial
hairs being broadly annulated with black and yellow. The back of
the trunk is finely grizzled with black and brownish yellow, the
latter colour being replaced behind by grey. The black rings of all
1880. ]} NEW SPECIES OF NEOTRAGUS. rl
the hairs are most distinct ; and the predominant grey colour of the
rump and of the outer side of the thighs may be regarded as a pecu-
liarity by which this species is distinguished externally from the
other two species. Its size is the same as that of N. saltianus.
The skin of the knees of the fore legs is bare of hairs and callous,
which I have not observed in any of the specimens of the two other
species.
The cranial characters prove unmistakably the specific distinctness
of the Damara-Land specimen.
1. As in WN. saltianus, the intermaxillary and lacrymal bones
form a suture together. But the lateral branches of the inter-
maxillary are much narrower than in that species, and altogether of
Fig. 7.
Fore part of skull of Neotragus damarensis ; side view(reduced).
the same shape as in NV. kirkii; and the entire prelacrymal part of the
snout is narrower than in N. saltianus, which is especially striking
in the lower view of the snout (figs. 9 and 10).
Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10.
Fig. 8. Upper view of snout of N. damarensis.
Fig. 9. Lower view of scout of NW. damarensis,
Fig. 10. Lower view of snout of WV. savtianus.
2. Also with regard to the form and size of the nasal bones the
new species 1s in some measure intermediate between the two other
species. The suture, by which the nasals are united with the
22 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. (Jan. 20,
frontals, forms a much more obtuse angle than in WN. saltianus, but
is not a straight transverse line as in N. kirkii. The size of these
bones is the same as in the Abyssinian species.
3. The hindmost molar of the lower jaw has a third lobe deve-
loped behind with a single enamel fold as in N. kirkii.
Fig. 11. Fig. 12.
es AS
Fig. 11. Posterior mandibulary molar of WN. saltianus.
Fig. 12. Posterior mandibulary molar of NV. damarensis.
The nasal cavity seems to be as distensible as in the Abyssinian
species.
I add the following extract from a letter addressed by Mr. Trimen
to Mr. Sclater regarding this animal (d. 20 Oct. 1879) :—
‘It was sent to me in March last from Damara Land by Mr.
Eriksson, who has lately presented to us a male specimen. The
Museum previously possessed a young male, also a Damara-Land
specimen, presented by the late Mr. James Chapman . . . The
colouring of the male and female is the same; but the adult male
has straight horns 23 inches long, with prominent irregular ridges
(seven in one example) circling their basal half. In the young male
that we have the horns are 1 inch shorter, and there are only three
undeveloped basal ridges.
« Mr. Eriksson informs me that this antelope frequents rocky
hills in the vicinity of Omaruru (about a degree north of Walvisch
Bay), but is not easily procured, owing to its great agility among
its stony haunts.”
The typical specimen has been presented by Mr. Sclater to the
British Museum.
January 20th, 1880.
Prof. Flower, LUL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The following report on the additions to the Society’s Mena-~
gerie during the month of December 1879 was read by the
Secretary :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of December 1879 was 54, of which 2 were
by birth, 24 by presentation, 19 by purchase, 1 by exchange, and
8 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period by death and removals was 138.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A young pair of Pronghorn Antelopes (Antilocapra ameri-
cana), purchased December 4, being the first pair of this interesting
ruminant that we have had together in the Gardens.
PZ5.1880 PI 1]
ISmit delet lth Hanhart imp
HRYSOTIS ERYTHRURA
‘al
~ il
1880.] CoOL. HEYSHAM ON THE BREEDING OF ELEPHANTS. 23
These animals are in good health and in fine condition, and
perfectly tame. The female is hornless. The male has apparently
lately shed his horns, as the pair which he bears were quite soft
when he arrived.
2. Examples of two rare species of Parrots of the genus Chrysotis,
namely Bodinus’s Amazon (C. bodini) and the Red-tailed Amazon
C. erythrura), purchased December 18, 1879.
Both these species are new to the collection.
Chrysotis bodini was first described in the Society’s Proceedings
for 1873 (p. 569, pl. xlix.) by Dr. Finsch, from an example formerly
living in the Zoological Gardens of Berlin. In May last year I
met with the first example I had ever seen of this species in the
Zoological Gardens of Amsterdam (see P. Z.S. 1879, p. 438).
Since then I have been fortunate enough to secure a specimen of
this Parrot for my collection, which I now exhibit. From the make
of this skin, it is probable that its patria is the Orinoco district of
Venezuela, which is rather singular, as the closely allied C. festiva
likewise occurs in the same country.
Chrysotis erythrura (Plate I1.), of which I likewise exhibit an
example, was described by Kuhl in 1821, from a specimen in the
French national collection, but is so rare that Dr. Finsch was unable
to examine an example when preparing his celebrated Monograph.
The first examples of it I ever saw were also at Amsterdam last year
(see P. Z.S. 1879, p.438). One of the pair there noticed happening to-
die, Mr. Westerman kindly sent its skin to me for my own collection.
The exact habitat of this CArysotis is still unknown.
Dr. Giinther exhibited the drawing of a fish, Holacanthus tricolor,
obtained on the coast of the island of Lewes, and communicated to
him by the Rev. George Gordon, who examined the specimen whilst
in a fresh state. Dr. Giinther stated that this was the first instance ~
of this fish (which is common in the West Indies) having reached the
British coast.
An extract was read from a letter addressed to the President by
Col. Heysham of the Madras Commissariat Staff, giving particulars
of two cases of Elephants breeding in captivity in which the period
of gestation was observed. ‘he first case was described by Col.
Heysham as follows :—
Towards the middle of December 1863, when at Thyetmyo, in Bur-
mah, it was reported to me that three wild Elephants (a male and two
females) were doing a great deal of damage near Muadung ; and on
the 18th of the month, having made all necessary arrangements, I
sent some of our Mahouts and Elephants across the river, to
try and effect a capture. The following day (the 19th December)
I received a report from the Jemadar, that the wild Elephants
had joined ours immediately they got near -them, and that
the male Elephant had covered the four females named in
Serjeant Heron’s letter. We several times succeeded in fastening ropes
24 MR. H. N. MOSELEY ON SOME CORALS. (Jan. 20,
round the male Elephant’s legs; but on each occasion he snapped
them like so much thread, but did not attempt to leave the place
until the 8th January 1864. On that date we got a very stout
rope fastened round his hind legs, and although he succeeded in
snapping it as he had done the others, he began to think he was in
danger, and made off for the jungles. He covered the four females
on several occasions between the 18th December 1863 and the day
on which he bolted (the 8th January, 1864). The female (Rowell
Kutlee) calved on the 3rd of August 1865, which gives nineteen
months as the period of gestation.
I very carefully watched these Elephants (knowing them to have
been covered), and for the first twelve months saw no such increase
of size or alteration of shape as would indicate pregnancy ; but in the
thirteenth month, 18th January 1865, Serjeant Heron reported to me
that two of the Elephants had milk in their breasts, and requested
that I would go and see them, as the Mahouts thought they must
be going to calve soon. I went and saw the Mahouts draw milk
from the two Elephants; and this was the first reason we had to
think they were pregnant ; but it seems to me to be extraordinary
and worthy of remark that the secretion of milk should have com-
menced so many as seven months prior to calving.
The second case took place at Bellary, in India, and was under the
observation of Col. Ostrichsen, when the period of gestation was
noted to be the same, viz. nineteen months.
Mr. H. N. Moseley, F.R.S., exhibited some specimens of sections
of Corals received from Dr. G. von Koch of Darmstadt, and prepared
by a method devised by him, and made the following remarks con-
cerning them and the results attained by them :—
“There has always been great difficulty in determining under the
microscope the exact relation of the various components in the cases of
animal structures which are composed partly of hard and partly of
soft tissues. We can easily prepare fine sections of the hard structures
alone by grinding, and we can also, in all cases where these structures
are rendered hard by carbonate of lime, decalcify the tissues with acids,
and, thus having removed the hard parts, prepare sections with a
razor of the soft tissue alone ; but we have not hitherto been able to
obtain sections in which both hard and soft structures are preserved
together in situ. The want of some method which should enable
such sections as these latter to be made is most strongly felt by any
one who is engaged in the investigation of the anatomy of corals.
Corals are so completely penetrated by an extremely hard calcareous
skeleton that it has hitherto been impossible to obtain sections in
which the exact relation of the soft tissues to the skeleton could be
made out. Dr. von Koch, who has devoted himself for some years
past to the study of coral-structures, has succeeded in devising a
method which, though somewhat laborious and tedious, yields exactly
what was desired.
‘His method was first described in 1874, in a dissertation on the
anatomy of the Organ Coral (Zubipora hemprichii), published at
1880. | MR, H. N. MOSELEY ON SOME CORALS. 25
Jena’; but it is only lately that he has succeeded in preparing sections
of corals so perfect as.those exhibited.
“ The method is as follows :—-The corals with all their soft parts a
situ having been hardened in absolute alcohol, are placed in a solution
of Canada balsam in ether, or in gum-sandarach in alcohol, or, better
still, of copal in chloroform. After they have become thoroughly
permeated by the resinous solutions, they are taken out and dried
slowly until the masses become perfectly hard. The hard masses cau
now be cut into sections with a fine saw, and then rubbed down in
the usual manner on a whetstone. The sections can be stained with
carmine after being thus prepared, even without the removal of the
resin ; but usually the tissues are stained in mass before being placed
in the resinous solutions. All the soft parts thus become deeply
tinged, and stand out in well-marked relief. The sections can then
be mounted in fresh Canada balsam’. The sections received from Dr.
von Koch certainly show a good deal which could not have been exhi-
bited before; and they are interesting, not only as illustrating a new
point in the anatomy of corals, but because the method by which they
are prepared seems to me to be likely to yield valuable results in the
case of many other questions of microscopic investigation. It will be
quite easy, for instance, by this means to prepare microscopic sections
of injected bone in which the injected capillaries will be shown in their
relations to the Haversian systems. Sections also could thus be pre-
pared of the internal ear in which the hard and soft tissues will be pre-
served together, and the latter would not have been subjected to the
deleterious action of the acids which are usually employed to decalcify
the cochlea before it can be sliced with a razor. Sections through
the undecalcified arms of starfish or crinoids prepared by this method
could not but yield most interesting results, and similarly in the case
of those Bryozoa which have a calcareous and opaque skeleton. I
have sent specimens of MiJlepora and other hydroid corals to Dr.
von Koch, and await with great interest the sections which he has
promised to cut from these. It is even possible that by this means
instructive sections for museum purposes of whole starfish or other
animals might be cut and mounted on glass.
“Tt has hitherto been supposed that the wall of all Madreporarian
coralla is developed within the mesodermal layer of the wall of soft
tissue of the animal. If this were the case, it would be expected that
a simple layer of mesoderm and ectoderm would be found lying
externally to the wall of hard tissue in transverse sections of a com-
plete simple coral. Dr. von Koch, however, in his sections finds
that this is not the case, but that there exist externally to the calca-
reous wall what he believes to be the continuation of the mesenteries,
and also a series of cavities which are the continuation of the interme-
senterial spaces. He thus comes to the conclusion that the wall of the
coral-cup is not developed, as supposed, by calcification of the middle
1 Anatomie der Orgel-Koralle (Zubipora hemprichii). Dissertation zur Erlan-
gung der venta docendi. Von Dr. G. yon Koch. Jena, 1874.
? For a detailed account of Dr. von Koch’s process see the ‘ Zoologischer
Anzeiger,’ Jahrg. 1, p. 36.
26 MR. H. N. MOSELEY ON SOME CORALS. [ Jan. 20,
layer of the body-wall of the animal, but that it is a secondary struc-
ture formed within the body-cavity by the gradual coalescence of the
outer extremities of the calcareous septa. In this conclusion he is
supported by the fact that in transverse sections of the coral-wall of
many species of corals suture-like lines are to be made out, separating
the calcareous tissue composing it into a series of masses which are
apparently nothing else than the swollen peripheral portions of the
septa themselves.
‘Dr. Koch, in a paper on the skeleton of corals, lately published
in ‘the Morphologisehes Jahrbuch’, exhibits his results in three
diagrams. The diagrams represent sections of the same coral, a Caryo-
phyliia, at various heights, and are believed by the author to exhibit
also the process by which the actual development of the hard
skeleton or corallum takes place. In the first the septa are seen quite
separate from one another and occupying the centres of the inter-
mesenterial spaces. In the second, the septa have coalesced by means
of lateral outgrowths, and a complete calcareous wall is formed with
the continuations of the mesenteries and intermesenterial spaces be-
yond it, these being shown much larger than in nature for the sake
of clearness. In the third section, taken towards the bottom of the
cups, the tissues external to the calcareous wall have perished and dis-
appeared—this perishing of the lower parts of the soft tissues on the
outside of the coral’s cup at its base as growth proceeds at the sum-
mit being a normal process in the case of many corals, but not by any
means in all.
“The calcareous parts are covered everywhere, both according to
Dr. von Koch’s observations and my own and those of other inves-
tigators, with a layer of mesodermal tissue, within the substance of
which doubtless they are deposited.
‘It will be seen that the outer chambers and mesenteries are found
by Dr. von Koch to exist only in the upper part of the coral. In
his first diagram there is nothing to be seen but what would have
been expected: the exsert calcareous septa rise above the wall of the
coral-cup ; and thence they only are cut across in a superficial section.
In order to explain what is seen in the second section, it may possibly
not be necessary to assume that the soft tissues in which the calca-
reous wall is embedded do not belong to the wall of the animal. What
seems to be the case is that the intermesenterial cavities lap over a
short distance beyond the edge of the coral-cup, and are thus exposed
in section beyond it when the entire coral is cut across. The soft
tissues of the disk are to be seen in a living expanded Caryophyllia
rising far above the summit of the corallum. No doubt, in specimens
preserved in alcohol, the tissues are drawn down to a certain abnor-
mal extent on the outside of the corallum as well as into its interior by
contraction. The soft tissues in which the calcareous wall is deve-
loped may perhaps still be regarded as derived from the body-wall,
although they do not quite coincide with the outer portion of it to-
wards the summit of full-grown corals. In many simple corals the
' “Bemerkungen iiber das Skelet der Korallen,” Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd. y.
p- 316.
1880. | MR. F. MOORE ON THE INDIAN OPHIDERINA. 27
outer layer of the body-wall persists as a covering all over the outer
surface of the fully grown coral. I have decalcified many such, and
never found any trace of mesenteries or intermesenterial canals on
the inner surface of this layer.
“The question is to acertain extent one of nomenclature. At all
events Dr. Koch’s results are very interesting ; and further research
by use of his method in the case of other corals must lead to valuable
results.
“‘With regard to the development of the coral-wall from out-
growths of the ends of the septa, it must be noted that Prof. Lacaze-
Duthiersfound, in the case of the Mediterranean coral Astroides cali-
cularis, that the wall is developed in the young coral from calcareous
spicules quite distinct from those composing the septa. Dr. Koch,
however, considers that the mode of development may be quite different
in the case of the Perforate Corals, to which group Astrozdes belongs,
from that occurring in Imperforata. Further, however, many very
young corals of the genus Flabellum were dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Chal-
lenger.’ In these the wall appears as very distinct from the septa, and
there can be little doubt that both the horizontal wall at the base and
the lateral wall are structures developed apart from the comparatively
insignificant septa. In F/abel/um the sutures in transverse sections of
the coral appear to correspond with the centres of the septa them-
selves, and 1iot with the intervals between them as in Caryophyllia ;
and in the young corallum the wall is seen to be doubled in as it
were opposite the lines of attachment of the septa to it.
** Corals are so difficult as subjects of investigation that our know-
ledge of them is as yet very imperfect indeed, and it becomes more
and more evident that the careful investigation of a few forms will
not suffice to elucidate the others ; they must all become the objects
of much patient research.”
The Secretary exhibited an egg of the Mooruk (Casuarius bennetti)
from the island of New Britain, sent to him for examination by
Capt. F. J. Evans.
The egg was obtained by Admiral Hoskins, late Commodore on
the Australian Station.
A communication was read from Mr. F. Moore, F.Z.S., contain-
ing an account of the Indian genera and species of the Lepidopterous
subfamily Ophiderine.
This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
28 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS TYRANNUS. [Jan. 20,
1. Remarks on some Species of the Genus Tyrannus. By
P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the
Society.
(Plate IIT.)
Mr. Ridgway has lately contributed to the ‘Proceedings of the
United-States National Museum’ an excellent paper on the genus
Tyrannus’. As I have a good series of examples of the species of
this genus in my collection, and have paid some attention to the subject
I beg leave to offer the following remarks on Mr. Ridgway’s paper.
Mr. Ridgway’s views as to the limits of the genus Tyrannus
coincide very nearly with mine as expressed in my ‘Catalogue of
American Birds’ and in the ‘ Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium.’
Mr. Ridgway allows 13 species of the genus Tyrannus, while Mr.
Salvin and I in the last-named work only recognized 11. Mr. Ridg-
way’s two additional species are Tyrannus apolites (Cab. et Heine)
and a supposed new species which he proposes to call Tyrannus lug-
geri. As regards the first of these, it was omitted from our list,
because it seemed probable that it might have been founded ona
young individual of one of the races of 7’, melancholicus. And after
again studying the original descriptions, I have no other reasonable
conjecture to offer on the subject. Concerning Z'yrannus luggeri,
however, I can give some more certain information, Mr. Salvin
having received from Mr. Ridgway in exchange an example of this
species, which I now exhibit. As will be seen, Tyrannus luggeri of
Demerara is identical with the bird called in my collection Myzo-
zetetes sulphureus (Spix)*, and is, I think, better referred to the
genus Myiozetetes, though a somewhat aberrant member of it, than
to Tyrannus.
There remain, then, 11 species of Tyrannus, which both Mr.
Ridgway and I acknowledge as veritable species of the genus ; and,
moreover, our names for them are fortunately the same, except as
regards Mr. Ridgway’s T. carolinensis and 7’. dominicensis, which in
conformity with the Stricklandian Code I call 7’. pipiri and 7’. gri-
seus. But Iam more fortunate than Mr. Ridgway in having in
my collection examples of 7’. albigularis and T. niveigularis, two
species which are unknown to him. A few words upon these some-
what rare birds may be useful to Mr. Ridgway and to other ornitho-
logists.
Tyrannus albigularis, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 465, though most
nearly related to 7’. melancholicus, is, I think, quite a distinct spe-
cies. My example of it is an adult male, obtained by Natterer near
Goyaz in Brazil, in July 1823. At first sight the pure white throat
and want of any greenish tinge on the yellow breast render it easily
distinguishable from 7. melancholicus. Above the plumages of the
two birds are more nearly similar, although the back of 7’. albigularis
is decidedly of a more yellowish olive. The tail (fig. 1), is also
‘ «Descriptions of new Species and Races of American Birds, including a Syn-
opsis of the Genus Tyrannus, Cuvier. By Robert Ridgway,” Proc. U.s. Nat.
Mus. i. p. 166 (1879).
2 Cat. Am. Birds, p. 220.
JSinit litk
TYRANNUS NIVEIGULARIS
e
a
4
a
1e)
1880. P11
Hanhart imp
1880.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS TYRANNUS, 29
more deeply forked than in 7’. melancholicus. The primaries are
acuminated, much as in 7’. melancholicus (see fig. 2); but the sixth
Pies tT.
Tail-end of T. albigularis, from above.
Fig. 2.
\\\
t
Ie i \
| \
Wing-end of 7. albigularis, from below.
primary is not quite so sharply pointed, and is shorter. The bill is
also smaller in 7’. albigularis.
As that most accurate observer Natterer designated this species
by a MS. name in his Catalogue!, I think there can be little doubt
of the validity of T. albigularis?.
Tyrannus niveigularis, mihi (P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 281), of which I
1 See Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 118. 2 Cf. Finsch, P. Z.8. 1870, p. 572.
30 MR. R. TRIMEN ON A NEW ROLLER. [Jan. 20,
exhibit the typical specimen (Plate III.), is not very nearly allied to
any other species of the genus, and must be pronounced to bea most .
distinct and well-marked member of the group of true Tyrannus. I
cannot much improve upon my published diagnosis of this bird, but
may add, in reply to Mr. Ridgway’s remark, that the tail-end is nearly
Fig. 3.
Wing-end of 7. nivetgularis, from below.
square, the two outermost rectrices being not more than ‘l inch
shorter than the middle ones. The cinereous plumage above is
tinged with olive. The tail is uniform black, with only very
narrow light margins at the extremities. The five outer primaries
(fig. 3) are slightly attenuated at their extremities, but not any thing
like to the extent that prevails in 7’. melancholicus and its allies.
Besides the single example of 7. niveigularis in my own collection
(obtained by Fraser at Babahoyo, Ecuador), I have only seen two
other skins. These are both in the collection of Messrs. Salvin and
Godman. One of them was procured by Mr. C. Buckley at Intaj
in Ecuador ; the other was purchased from a dealer, out of a collection
coming from the same country.
2. On a new Species of Roller (Coracias) from the Zambesi.
By Rotanp Trimen, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Curator of the
South-African Museum, Cape Town.
[Received January 9, 1880.]
_ Dr. B. F. Bradshaw, who has lately returned to Cape Town after
six years’ travel in the interior, formed a considerable collection of
bird-skins, chiefly in the neighbourhood of the Zambesi at the
junction of the Tschobe, and succeeded in bringing it down in good
condition. As he proposed to dispose of the collection, he permitted
1880. ] MR. R. TRIMEN ON A NEW ROLLER. 31
me to select for the museum a small series of the rarer species
represented ; and amongst these is a single specimen of a Roller
which appears to be very distinct from any of the described species.
I give the following description of this interesting new form, and
will append to it the notes on the bird which have been kindly
furnished to me by the discoverer.
CoRACIAS SPATULATUS, sp. nov.
g. Forehead and superciliary stripe rather broadly white ; top of
head, neck, and back dull pale greyish-green mixed with cinnamon-
brown, the latter colour predominating on the scapulars and lower
part of the back ; rump and upper tail-coverts ultramarine-blue, the
coverts richer and deeper in colour; chin and a spot at base of
lower mandible whitish; throat, breast, belly, thighs, and under
wing- and tail-coverts pale bright verditer-blue, varied on the lower
throat and breast by lilacine cinnamon-brown webs, leaving the shaft-
stripes of the blue; cheeks and ear-coverts mixed lilac and verditer-
blue; sides of neck coloured like the back; sides of breast dull
sandy-brownish with bluish-white shaft-stripes ; upper wing-coverts
ultramarine, except a short central band of cinnamon-brown lesser
coverts, which is edged on both sides by a few ferruginous-violaceous
feathers; primaries black on inner webs, ultramarine-blue on outer
webs, their basal portion on both webs (but only on the inner web
of the first primary) pale bright verditer-blue ; secondaries coloured
like the primaries, except the last three, which are cinnamon-brown.
Tail forked, the feathers increasing in length from the two middle
ones, which are the shortest ; the two outermost feathers are pro-
longed (their inner web being abruptly much narrowed) 23 inches
beyond the next feathers, and their extremity is rather broadly
spatulated by the gradual widening of the inner and abrupt widening
of the outer web; these spatulate feathers are light verditer-blue
as far as their sudden narrowing, and thence wholly black (including
the terminal expansion); the next feather on each side is verditer-
blue, broadly tipped with blue-glossed black, which extends a good
way along the inner web; the next is similarly coloured, but the
dark portion extends much further towards the base ; the following
feather is dark-blue throughout, except that its base and a very thin
edging of its outer web are verditer-blue; and the two middle
feathers are wholly black except for a slight gloss of blue on
each side of the shaft; on the underside of the tail the colouring
is paler, and the dark parts of the feathers are shot with bluish-
green. ‘Bill black; feet greenish-yellow; iris yellowish-brown”
(B. F. Bradshaw).
Total length in inches (including long tail-feathers) 153; length
of culmen 13, of folded wing 64, of central tail-feathers 54, of
outermost tail-feathers 83.
This fine Roller is in some respects intermediate between its two
nearest allies, C. caudatus, L., and C. abyssinicus, Bodd., but is at
once distinguished from them both by the spatulate form of the
elongated outermost tail-feathers. Apart from this peculiar character,
32 MR. R. TRIMEN ON A NEW ROLLER. [Jan. 20,
the tail differs markedly in form from those of the two species named,
being forked and having its two middle feathers the shortest, while
that of C. caudatus has the feathers generally of about equal length,
and in that of C. abyssinicus the two middle feathers are the longest.
This furcate shape of the tail makes the produced outermost feathers
of C. spatulatus look shorter than those of C. caudatus; but in
fact they are just about the same length. (The corresponding
feathers in C. abyssinicus are 24 inches longer.) The bill and feet are
A ee
VV
[
; /) \
y Wis ke, \
Usa)
Terminal portion of tail of Coracias spatulatus, nat. size.
comparatively slender, the former being rather shorter than in C.
caudatus. The upper-surface colouring much resembles that of C.
caudatus; but the head and neck are not nearly so green, being almost
uniform with the upper back ; the wing-coverts are ultramarine-blue
throughout except for a narrow cinnamon-brown bar, instead of
1889.] PROF. AGASSIZ ON THE SYNONYMY OF ECHINI. 33
ultramarine-blue at the top succeeded by verditer-blue ; the last three
secondaries are uniform sandy-brown instead of fuscous and sandy-
brown shot with greenish; in the tail the two middle feathers are
black instead of dusky bronze-grey, and the feathers next to them on
each side ultramarine glossed black instead of verditer-blue clouded
with blue-grey ; and the white forehead and eyebrows are very much
broader and more conspicuous. The under surface colouring is
deficient in the rich lilacine-purple which adorns the throat and
entire breast of C. caudatus, though it exhibits traces of a similar
hue on the sides. In comparison with C. abyssinicus, the upper
surface differs more markedly than it does from that of C. caudatus,
for in C. abyssinicus the head and neck are greenish-blue sharply
separated from the uniform rufous-brown back; but on the under
surface the coloration is the same, except that C. abyssinicus does
not present either the lilacine or brownish which vary the sides
of the face, throat, and breast in ©. spatulatus. The tail-feathers
(with the exception of the two middle and two outermost) have their
colours just reversed in relative position, C. abyssinicus presenting
pale-blue feathers with dark-blue bases, and C. spatulatus feathers
pale blue at the base, but blue-black at their extremities.
Dr. Bradshaw informs me that C. spatulatus was not seen far from
the Zambesi except once or twice, when he noticed it at about 80 miles
distance to the south of the river. The species chiefly frequents the
so-called “ Sand-veldt,’’ a tract of heavy sand-ridges, keeping about
the tallest timber. In the winter months it makes its appearance in
small companies of from four to ten or a dozen, but is out of plumage
and very scarce during the rainy season, wz. from November to
April. In flight and action these birds resemble the other Rollers,
and are usually difficult to approach. They have a most peculiar
harsh cry, which differs from that of the other species, and when
once heard is easily recognized on repetition. The male specimen
brought down was shot on the 23rd May, 1878, on the western
boundary of the Leshumo valley, through the whole length of which
water only runs during heavy rains. All the specimens seen had the
extremities of the long tail-feathers expanded into the battledore form.
I have never before seen any example of this Coracias in the
numerous collections made in the interior. The species is probably
limited in its range and may thus have escaped notice ; while it is not
unlikely that the less observant collectors may have passed it by
as C. caudatus.
3. Note on some Points in the History of the Synonymy of
Echini. By Atexanper Acassiz, F.M.Z.S.
[Received January 10, 1880.]
The ‘Proceedings’ of the Society for March, May, and June,
1879, contain three short articles on Echini, by Mr. F. J. Bell, of the
British Museum (see pp. 249, 436, and 655). As these articles are
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. III. 3
34 PROF. AGASSIZ ON THE SYNONYMY OF ECHINI. ([Jan. 20,
evidently the forerunners of others, it would be premature to enter
here into any discussion of the criticisms of Mr. Bell on the characters
of this or that species; yet the tone adopted by Mr. Bell from the
outset towards me calls for some counterstatement on my part, not
on matters involving difference of opinion, but on questions which
underlie the method I have adopted in the ‘ Revision of the Echini.’
In the first of the two articles (pp. 249 and 655) which alone
concern us at present, it seems unnecessary to notice such quibbling
as occurs on p. 252 in reference to the synonymy of Eehinus and
Brissus. When we come, however, to the omission of a synonym,
this is of course, as Mr. Bell says, a more serious matter. I am ac-
cused (p. 252) of omitting in the synonymy of Brissus unicolor the
name £. unicolor, Gmel., which I quote in the Chronological List,
while I introduce in the synonymy #. ovatus, Gmel.
This charge I will answer by quotations from the ‘ Revision’ (pp.
28 and 87) :—
“In giving the synonymy of species which have become historical,
..... it becomes a necessity to cull the long list of quotations
misnamed synonyms, and to separate what is merely bibliographical
from what constitutes the history of the name and the history of the
SPCCICSss ah astene
““Not to introduce too many doubtful synonyms, a general con-
cordance of all the names given to Echini, including MS. names
mentioned, is added, where doubtful synonyms will be found re-
corded by referring them to some species of this Revision.”
if Mr. Bell will read the first page (p. 87) of the synonymy of the
‘Revision,’ and then look in the Synonymic Index (p. 157) under
Echinus unicolor, he will find the very reference to the synonymy of
Brissus unicolor on p. 97, which he states I have omitted.
He next says, p. 252, “the date of the specific term wnicolor being
then 1788, whatis the date of curinatus?”’ Butthe date of unicolor
is not 1788; itis 1734. Mr. Bell will find in the Chronological
List, on p. 36, under “1734 Klein (continued),”’ Brissus unicolor !
This means, as Mr. Bell can ascertain from the Revision (p. 87), that
I had seen the original specimen of Klein’s Brissus unicolor ! [see
Introd. Revision Echini, p. ix]. On one side therefore we have the
statement of Mr. Bell that the date of wnicolor is 1788, and on the
other Klein’s original of B. unicolor dating back to 1734, which
leaves no choice of date.
I have throughout the Revision recognized the same principle with
regard to original or authentic specimens, and quote again from it
[‘ Revision,’ p. 13]:—“‘As far as the question of priority of the specific
name goes, the only guide I shall take is an original or authentic
specimen .... . the oldest name shall be preserved to the ex-
clusion of all others, if the change is based upon authentic specimens,
and not simply upon a figure, a guess, which may or may not be
true.” Carrying out the above views, I ascribed carinatus, of which
I had seen an authentic specimen, to Lamarck, and placed Echinus
carinatus, Gmel., in the Synonymic Index (p. 183), referring it to
Brissus carinatus, Gray (p. 96).
1880.] | PROF. AGASSIZ ON THE SYNONYMY OF ECHINI. 35
As regards the name carinatus, neither Mr. Bell nor any one else
can do more than make happy guesses until the original collection
of Leske, upon which Gmelin based his name, is found and iden-
tified.
Passing now to p. 655, Mr. Bell himself quotes the reasons which
have induced me to adopt Hipponoé, Gray, in place of Tripneustes,
Agass. I will only state again as my reason a part of what he
quotes on p. 656 :—‘‘ When specimens are accessible which have
served as basis for any systematic work, their results should be
accepted, when correct, even when they upset a nomenclature
generally recognized’’ (‘Revision of the Echini,’ p. 301). The
questions of spelling and of sense or nonsense in generic names it is
useless to discuss anew.
Professor Louis Agassiz himself suspected the identity of Hipponoé
and Tripneustes, and says that Gray’s name in that case should be
preferred to his. While at the British Museum I endeavoured to
trace the specimens on which Gray based his name Hipponoé.
Dr. Gray himself was kind enough to show me what he called
Hipponoé in 1840, the same species named by him Hipponoé
sardica in 1855"
On the same page (656) Mr. Bell further says :— In the Biblio-
graphical List ..... the only references: appended to the name
Lripneustes are ‘Int. Monog. Scut.’ (sic) and ‘C. R, Aun. Se. Nat.
vi’? He is quite astonished so easily to recognize the last refe-
rence, and, having assigned the first to the ‘ Monographie des Seu-
telles,’ concludes by saying that he has searched the pages of the
Introduction in vain for such a name. This statement he subse-
quently modifies by giving a bit of history about the second livraison
of the ‘ Monographies d’Echinodermes’ [Scutelles|, in which he says
there was published a “short essay ” entitled ‘Observations sur les
progrés récens de Vhistoire naturelle des Echinodermes.’
Mr. Bell does not state in what part of the second livraison this
so-called ‘short essay’ is placed, but leaves the reader to infer that
the second livraison was composed of a series of monographs, of
which the ‘ Monographie des Scutelles’ made one, instead of being,
as it actually was, the only one. In this introductory “ essay ’’ he
finds T'ripneustes, which antedates (July) its publication by Agassiz,
in the preface to the ‘ Anatomie du genre Zchinus’ (December); he
then goes on to say (p. 657):—‘“ I do not think that there is any
need to particularize such a methed of detailing the history of a
name in a work which is entitled a Revision; but I have thought it
right, while giving an account of Professor Alex. Agassiz’s method
of working out his subject, to give all the material necessary for
other naturalists who desire to investigate for themselves the matter
in question.” ;
It may not have occurred to Mr. Bell that I probably know as
well as any one what Professor Louis Agassiz himself thought of this
“short essay.’”’ As is well known to all students of Echinoderms,
the Monographies were issued in livraisons, each livraison having
a printed cover stating its contents; the general titlepage was issued
3%
36 PROF, AGASSIZ ON THE SYNONYMY OF ECHINI. [Jan. 20,
with the first livraison, containing the Salénies (1838). The special
titlepage of this first monograph was preceded by a Preface, with
separate paging in roman numerals. The cover of the second
livraison (1841) says “contenant les Scutelles ;” and nothing else
relating to the contents is printed on it.
The special titlepage of this second monograph (Scutelles) is, like
that of the first livraison, preceded by an Introduction, the “short
essay ”’ in question, headed “ Observations ....’’; this has, like the
Preface of the first monograph, a separate paging, but in arabic
numerals. The contents of this so-called essay, in spite of the
heading, show plainly enough that it was not considered at the time
as a special essay, but that it was simply an Introduction to the
livraison!. It was always so regarded by Professor Louis Agassiz ;
he invariably spoke of it as ‘I’Introduction de la Monographie des
Scutelles.’ Nor was he alone in so regarding it; all writers on
Echinoderms who have quoted these independent monographs (as I
have done in the Revision) without reference to the number of the
livraison, but entirely from the contents as printed on the cover,
always quote this “essay”? as ‘Monographie des Scutelles (Intro-
duction).’ I have only followed their example and"that of Professor
Agassiz himself.
It is, perhaps, unfortunate that this part of the ‘ Monographie des
Scuielles’ should be quoted in that way, on account of the Intro-
duction following the special titlepage and dealing with the group of
Scutella in general. But it does not justify Mr. Bell in assuming
that he corrects a grave error and gives information not to be found
in the Revision.
Mr. Bell states on p. 656 that he discovered only accidentally
the history of this ‘‘essay,’’ because he was fortunate enough to
obtain an unbound copy of the four parts of the ‘Monographies
a’ Echinodermes’ as originally published. It is rather strange that
so exacting a critic as Mr. Bell should be dependent for his infor-
mation (which is after all incomplete) upon a bookbinder.
Notwithstanding all Mr. Bell has said or may say, the fact still
remains that in July 1841 the name Tripneustes first appears, as is
stated in the Chronological List of the Revision, and that it did not
appear for the first time, as Mr. Bell maintains, in the Preface to
Valentin’s ‘ Anatomie du genre Echinus,’ published in the following
December.
Mr. Bell will perhaps learn as he goes on that Professor Louis
Agassiz omitted to recognize several of the genera first named by him
in this same Introduction to the ‘ Monographie des Scutelles,’ and
1 Separate copies of the Preface of the first livraison of the ‘ Monographies
d’Echinodermes’ were distributed as a prospectus, to obtain subscribers for the
work; the heading on the titlepage being ‘‘ Monographies d’Echinodermes
(Extrait de la premiére livraison de cet ouyrage, qui renferme une Mono-
graphie des Salénies vivantes et fossiles).”
In a like manner and for the same purpose separate copies of the “short
essay” (Observations ....) were also distributed with a corresponding head-
ing :—‘‘ (Extrait de la seconde livraison de cet ouyrage, qui renferme une
Monographie des Scutelles yivantes et fossiles).”
1880.] PROF. AGASSIZ ON THE SYNONYMY OF ECHINI. 37
that considerable confusion has arisen in the generic synonymy from
their omission at the time of the publication of the Catalogue
raisonné of Agassiz and Desor.
Mr. Bell’s reference to the ‘Nomenclator Zoologicus,’ March(1842),
in support of his position that Professor Agassiz believed he first
used the name Tripneustes in the Preface of the ‘Anatomie du genre
Echinus,’ only proves that it was not correctly quoted in the ‘Nomen-
clator.’ Of the genera mentioned for the first time in the Introduc-
tion to the Monographie des Scutelles we find Temnopleurus, Pleur-
echinus, Amb/ypneustes, Tetrapygus, and Agarites referred correctly
in the ‘Nomenclator’ to the 2nd livr. Monogr. d’Echinod. ; while
Mycrocyphus, Tripneustes, Toxopneustes, and Stomopneustes, which
accompany them and are designated in precisely the same manner
by reference to a well-known species, are all quoted in the Nom.
Zool. as 4th livraison, where they also occur as well as Sa/macis and
Holopneustes. The last two genera appear in the 4th livr. for the
first time ; yet Salmacis alone is correctly quoted in the ‘Nomen-
clator,’ while Holopneustes is omitted and is not found in the ‘ No-
menclator ’ at all.
On p. 657, Mr, Bell further says ‘the name variegatus is never
used by any writer on the genus Tripneustes subsequent to Leske
and prior to Alex. Agassiz.”
I must again refer Mr. Bell to p. 35 of Chronological List ; there
he will find that I had seen the original of Klein’s Cidaris variegata,
and naturally retained that name in preference to angulosus. It is
therefore obvious that, on the principles which have guided me in the
‘Revision,’ the name which | must use is variegata and not angu-
losus.
I am perfectly aware that many and very annoying mistakes (of
omission and commission) have crept into the ‘ Revision ’—which by
the way was published in 1872-74, and not in 1872-73 as is stated
by Mr. Bell on p. 249; no one will be more pleased to see them
corrected than myself, even when shown up so pointedly as is done by
Mr. Bell.
I fail to see that Mr. Bell has by his criticisms of the nomencla-
ture of the ‘ Revision’ established a single one of his points or supplied
any material not already there, though evidently it is not in a form
suited to his wishes. I wish therefore once for all to protest against
any further misrepresentations of the facts on his part.
As the Synonymy of the ‘ Revision’ is based upon specimens and not
upon names, I have endeavoured so to arrange the Chronological Lists,
Synonymy, and Synonymic Index as to leave Echinologists free to
adopt any name suited to their views of nomenclature and not to
force upon them my peculiar views. I have also attempted to
supply the materials necessary for independent investigation with a
minimum waste of time.
Judging from the criticisms I have thus far received from other
naturalists, I have no cause to complain of the time spent on the
‘Revision,’ although itis plain that I cannot hope the*Revision’ will be
of any use to one who, like Mr. Bell, is of opinion that “for the
38 CAPT. W. V. LEGGE ON LITTLE RINGED PLOVERS. (Feb. 3,
British naturalist, unfortunately Professor Agassiz’s method of no-
menclature prevents this desirable result.”
Having now examined at length these first articles of Mr. Bell, I
shall in future leave like criticisms from him to seek their own answer,
and close here, as far as 1 am concerned, this unprofitable discussion.
Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass:, Dec. 30, 1879.
February 3, 1880.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Captain W. V. Legge, R.A., exhibited a series of specimens of Little
Ringed Plovers from Ceylon and Central India; and remarked that
it had been a moot point as to whether there really were two species
of Little Ringed Plover in India, some writers referring all the
birds found in that country to one form—the Lesser Ringed Plover
of Europe, Zgialitis curonica. This, however (the larger form),
was a winter visitant, for the most part, both to the Peninsula and
to Ceylon, whereas the smaller form of Ringed Plover was, as far
as he could judge, a resident in the latter island, as he had found
it breeding there on the shores of the tanks in the northern
forests. -Jerdon had recognized two species of Ringed Plovers in
his ‘ Birds of India,’ the smaller of which (the one now exhibited)
he had called 4. minuta (Pallas). Jerdon had pointed out most
of the distinguishing characters of this species, viz. its smaller
size, the greater amount of yellow on the bill, and its smaller
legs and feet, as well as some other features which did not appear
to hold good. In addition to the smaller wing, which did not
attain a greater length than 4°3 inches, Captain Legge pointed
out the black loral band was narrower, and in many specimens did
not extend across the base of the bill at all, leaving the whole of the
forehead white; the black pectoral band was likewise narrower ; and,
in addition to these characters, the naked eyelid was very broad,
tumid and protuberant, and deeply corrugated, which did not appear
to be the case with the larger species, 2. curonica. Blyth also had
remarked, in a paper published in the ‘ Field’ of 28th May, 1870,
that the smaller Ringed Plover of Southern India was characterized
by its very much broader naked orbital ring; so there could be no
doubt that this was a peculiar feature of the bird in question. The
note of the species, as observed at its breeding-haunts in Ceylon, was
also different from that of the larger form.
Pallas’s title Charadrius minutus, had been given by that author
in the 2nd volume of his ‘ Zoographia,’ p. 145, to a bird found on
the lakes of the Barabinski steppes in Western Siberia; and the de-
scription was that of the young of Aigialitis curonica, which is found
in that region. ,Horsfield had applied the name of Charadrius pu-
sillus to a small Ringed Plover from Java ; but Mr. Harting had seen
1880. | DR. G. HARTLAUB ON A NEW HERON. 39
the type specimens, and was able to assert that it was the young of
Aigialitis curonica; and had in his possession a specimen from
Formosa, measuring 4°4 in the wing, which was the facsimile of
Horsfield’s type. As the smaller Indian Ringed Plover was without
aname, Captain Legge proposed that one should be given it, and, after
some discussion on the matter, agreed that it should be styled
4. jerdoni, in compliment to Dr. Jerdon, who had pointed out its
specific characters, although he had applied an erroneous title to it.
The following papers were read :—
1. On a new Species of Heron from Mohambo, in Northern
Madagascar. By Dr. G. Harriavs.
[Received January 20, 1880.]
ARDEA RUTENBERGI, 0. sp.
Pileo et nucha cristata nigro-eneis ; fascia postoculari rufe-
scenti-fulva, alteraque inferiore latiore et breviore pileo conco-
lori; collo postico et laterali, pectoris lateribus abdomineque
medio obscure cinerascentibus, nonnihil fulvo-brunnescenti lavatis ;
mento et gula albidis, maculis nonnullis rufescentibus longitudi-
naliter notatis ; collo antico superiore in fundo rufescenti-fulvo,
maculis obscurioribus irregulariter vario; inferiore, pectore et
epigastrio mediis ex aurantiaco fulvescentibus ; abdomine imo,
crisso et subcaudalibus eodem colore lavatis ; dorso, tergo,
uropygio scapularibusque (subelongatis et sublanceolatis) nitide
e@neo-viridibus, his strictissime et vix conspicue rufescenti mar-
ginatis ; alarum tectricibus omnibus eneo-virescentibus, dilute
rufescenti marginatis ; remigibus obsolete virescentibus, limbo
apicali strictissimo albido ; subalaribus albo et rufescenti variis ;
cauda virescente ; pedibus fuscis ; maxilla fusco-nigricante, man-
dibula flavido-pallida, tomiis obscuris. Long. rostr. a fr. 62
millim., ale 190, tarsi 57, dig. med. c. ung. 53.
This new Heron is a typical member of the Butorides group
(A. virescens, scapularis, javanica, etc.), and will take its systematic
position next to its nearest ally, Ardea atricapilla.
The differential characters of this new bird are very striking ones,
and such that to confound it with any of the congeneric species
seems out of the question.
The neck and sides of the head, which are of a pure and light
bluish grey in A. atricapilla, are of a dull brownish grey with an
indistinct rufous ‘hue in our new species. The marginal linings of
the wing-coverts, whitish in A. atricapilla, are of a fine light fulvous-
red in d. rutenbergi. ‘The underparts, pale bluish grey in A. atri-
capilla, are of a darker brownish grey with a conspicuous shade of
ochraceous, and the foreneck and middle of breast are rather of a
40 DR. O. THOMAS ON MYOXUS ELEGANS. [Feb. 3,
clear fulvous-orange; the same colour reappears in the hind part of
the abdomen and the under tail-coverts.
But the greatest difference between our new species and A. aéri-
capilla is to be seen in the structure and colour of the back-feathers
and the scapulars, these being very narrow, elongate and lanceolate,
and of a peculiar sea-green colour, with hoary margins, in A. atrica-
pilla; they are broader, shorter, much less lanceolate, and of a
pure and uniform bronze-green in A. rutenbergi.
The measurements in both birds are nearly the same.
The fine adult type specimen of A. rutenbergi, from which this
description is taken, is in the Hamburg Museum of Natural History.
I have named the species after my much-lamented young countryman,
Mr. Christian Rutenberg, who was murdered by the savage tribes of
the west coast of Madagascar. I see from his diary, that he had
been eager in collecting and preparing birds ; and it is certainly much
to be regretted that in all probability his collections are lost.
Dr. Rgichenow, of the Berlin Museum, to whose experienced eye I
have submitted this little Heron, fully participates in my opinion of
its being different from any of the congeneric species.
2. On the Myoxus elegans of Temminck. By OuprreLp
Tuomas, F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department,
British Museum.
[Received January 20, 1880.]
The British Museum has lately received a specimen of a small
Dormouse obtained by Mr. H. Pryer near Yokohama, which agrees
in every respect with Temminck’s Myorus elegans, described and
figured in the ‘ Fauna Japonica’ (1842). This name had, however,
been unfortunately preoccupied by Ogilby for a South-African
species', and now stands as one of the synonyms of Graphiurus
capensis, F. Cuv.2, I am therefore under the necessity of renaming
the Japanese form; and I would propose for it the name of Myowus
lasiotis, the tufts of hair at the base of its ears being its most
noticeable external character.
This animal by its external form appears to be, as Temminck re-
marks, very closely allied to the common European Muscardinus
avellanarius, agreeing more or less with that species both in size,
colour, and proportions; but on examining its viscera, I find that
there is no trace whatever of that extraordinary complication of the
stomach, unique among Mammalia, which has led to the retention,
by most recent zoologists, of Kaup’s genus Muscardinus, formed for
the reception of the common Dormouse,
The absence of this complication proves that Myorus lasiotis is
not so nearly allied to M. avellanarius as Temminck supposed,
a'P. ZS. 1838, p- 5.
2 Cf. Alston, P.Z. S. 1875, p. 317.
1880. ] MR. H. N. MOSELEY ON A NEW CORAL. 41
because it therefore belongs to the restricted genus Myowus, charac-
terized by a simple stomach and a bushy distichous tail. Its nearest
ally is M. dryas, Schreb., found in South-eastern Europe, Asia
Minor, and Persia.
Myvzus lasiotis is, according to Temminck, very rare in Japan:
his original specimens were obtained from the province of Awa, in
the island of Sikok; and I ean find no others recorded until the
arrival of this one from Yokohama.
Note.—Since writing the above I have discovered that this species
has been renamed M. javanicus by Schinz, in the appendix to his
‘Synopsis Mammalium.’ As this name is incorrect and misleading,
the species still requires a new name, in accordance with rule xi. of
the Stricklandian code.
3. Description of a new Species of Simple Coral.
By H. N. Mosetey, F.R.S.
[Received January 22, 1880.]
DrEsMOPHYLLUM LAMPROTICHUM, Sp. nov.
Corallum straight, conical, the upper third expanding much more
rapidly than the lower two thirds, moderately compressed. Wall
both externally and internally tinged with a madder-red colour, ex-
cepting at the base and close to the margin of the calicle. Probably
fixed by a narrow base (specimen broken at the base). External
surface of the wall covered entirely with a very glistening and trans-
parent epitheca, which is seen where broken towards the base to be
present in several successive Jayers investing one another. Coste
marked as fine strize over the entire outer surface; the primaries,
secondaries, and tertiaries equally developed and more marked than
those of lower order. Undulating accretion-lines present on the
upper part of the wall.
Calicle oval in outline, ratio of the axes about 86 to 100. Summits
of the longer axis slightly higher than those of the shorter. Margin
of the calicle nearly even, very slightly excavated opposite the
intervals between the septa of the first three orders, and minutely
denticulate in correspondence with those of lower order. Septa
regular, in six systems and five complete cycles. Primary and
secondary septa equal, far exsert, with evenly rounded upper margins ;
tertiaries much less exsert, with straighter free margins ; quaternaries
and quinaries proportionally very small, the quinaries not extending
to the margin of the calicle, the quaternaries reaching thus far only
occasionally. Septa white, thin and delicate, slightly sinuous at the
inner margins, with lines of granules on their faces. Fossa deep,
gradually narrowing inferiorly, bounded by the margins of the pri-
mary and secoudary septa.
42 MR. H. N. MOSELEY ON A NEW CORAL. [Feb. 3,
Extreme height of the corallum 35 millims.; extreme length of the
calicle 35 millims. ; extreme breadth of the calicle 26 millims.
The single specimen on which the species is founded was purchased
from a dealer, Mr. Cutter ; and its locality is unknown. It will be
placed in the British Museum. Its nearest ally is Desmophyllum
cailleti, Duch. & Mich., which was obtained during the United-
States deep-sea dredging operations from 100 fathoms off Barbadoes,
and also off Double-Headed Shot Keys from 615 fathoms’. From its
appearance the species might be supposed to come from rather deep
water; but its having found its way into the hands of a dealer is
against this hypothesis.
From D. cailleti the present species differs markedly in its colour,
Desmophyllum lamprotichum, of the natural size.
Fig. 1. View looking directly into the mouth of the calicle.
Fig. 2. The corallum viewed from the side.
its larger size, and in its rapidly expanding form, also in the very
smooth and glistening appearance of its epitheca. The fact that the
entire outer surface of the coral is covered with this shining epitheca
would seem to show that this entire surface of the corallum re-
mained covered with living tissue during the whole growth of the
animal.
It will probably be necessary to form a special genus for those
corals at present included in the genus Desmophyllum which are
straight and delicate in structure, have a shining epitheca, and never
form roots, like Desmophyllum crista-galli.
1 See Il. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, “ Deep-Sea Corals,” by L. F. de
Pourtales (Cambridge, Mass. 1871), p. 16.
1880.) MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. 43
4. On Paleolampas, a new Genus of the Echinoidea. By F.
Jerrrey Bett, B.A., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Com-
parative Anatomy in King’s College, London.
[Received January 27, 1880.]
(Plate IV.)
There is, perhaps, no experience which is more full of instruction
to the zoologist than the discovery of forms as recent that have been
previously regarded as extinct. In no group of the animal king-
dom have the explorations of the last few years reaped so large a
harvest as among the Echinoidea, as Salenia and Conoclypeus' would
suffice to bear witness, were not such forms as Phormosoma and
Asthenosoma still more remarkable. But there is yet another possi-
bility—possible, indeed, in the case of terrestrial animals, but infinitely
more probable in the case of deep-sea forms; it is this : we may at times
be fortunate enough to find examples of genera which, though hitherto
not registered as fossil, yet proclaim by their general aspect, structure,
and relations their archaic characters and the great length of time
during which they must have existed as distinct forms. Prime
among such creatures stands the remarkable Brisinga, which, though
“the most primitive and therefore the oldest of all Echinoderms,’’’
has not yet been known to naturalists for a quarter of a century’.
Very far from being either as important or as interesting as this
ancient Starfish, the irregular Echinid which I now propose to de-
scribe to the Society is of interest as filling a gap in our series of forms.
Nearly every naturalist who has seen it has at first thought that he
had seen it before; but further investigation has, in all cases, led to
the view that the form is different from any yet observed. To this
statement there is but one exception: Dr. R. H. Traquair, F.R.S.E.,
of the Museum of Science and Art in Edinburgh, informed me some
months ago that he had a specimen generically, if not specifically
identical, which had come into his hands when the collection of the
late Dr. S. P. Woodward was dispersed. Dr. Traquair most kindly
and generously offered to send me notes and drawings of this speci-
men ; but the arduous duties of his post at Edinburgh have been
hitherto an obstacle in his way; and while I regret that I have to
describe the specimen in the collection of the British Museum without
giving an account of the Edinburgh example, I have felt too much
sympathy with my friend and colleague to have pressed him too hardly
to add to hislabours. Some day, perhaps, in the future Dr. Traquair
will himself give an account of the form under his care.
The specimen now to be described came into the possession of the
Trustees of the British Museum so long ago as January 1852; but it
1 A, Agassiz, Bull. M. C. Z. v. no. 9, p. 190.
2 G. O. Sars, ‘Researches on the Structure and Affinity of the genus Brisinga’
(1875), p. 94.
3 «Fauna littoralis Norvegie,’ ii. (1856) p. 95.
44 MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. [Feb. 3,
w as not mentioned or described by the late Dr. Gray in his ‘ Cata-
lo gue of the Recent Echinida,’ published in 1855. It is much worn
and has much the appearance of a fossil specimen ; in the opinions of
Prof. Morris and of Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., however, the spe-
cimen is recent. It was bought at Stevens’s sale-rooms, and is, with
a doubt, reported to have come from India. To the accomplished
paleontologist just named I have to express my thanks for instructed
guidance through the cabinets under his charge ; and while I take
on myself all responsibility in describing this form, I would say at
once that it is the fact that it was unknown to Dr. Woodward which
has chiefly led me to regard it as new.
As we pass in review the edentulous forms of the Irregular Echi-
noidea, we are led irresistibly to the conclusion that the shortening of
the ambulacra and the arrangement of the pores in the mode which
has led Prof. Hickel to give to the group the name of Petalosticha’,
are structural changes which have gone hand in hand ; and, just as we
may say of the ungulate Mammalia that their limbs tend to become
modified by the reduction of the outer digits, and that, where success
is attained, this reduction is accompanied by concomitant changes in
the relations of the metacarpal or metatarsal bones to the carpus or
tarsus’, or of the Araneina that they have tended to limit their stig-
mata to two*, so may we say of the Petalosticha that the arrangement
of the ambulacral pores in straight parallel rows is more ancient than
that in which the greater number are set in petaloid fashion. So far
the generalization is borne out by the evidence of the paleontological
succession, while some of the observations of Alex. Agassiz seem to
support it on the embryological side. Perhaps we may go a step
further and say, with safety, that the longer, the more regular, and
the straighter are, step for step, older arrangements than rows of
pores less long, less regular, or less straight. It is obvious that all
kinds of stages may be found in this series if the regular and orderly
modification of the Echinoderm structure has taken place in the non-
saltatory fashion which it is now the mode to ascribe to the process
of Evolution ; but there is another possible process which it is, after
all, not so much more difficult to present distinctly to the imagination ;
and that is progression by leaps of varying breadth*. Prof. Agassiz
has drawn attention to the sudden transitions which he has observed
in the growth of an individual, and to the apparently sudden ap-
pearance of genera in their geological succession. Let us test these
two conflicting views by the evidence afforded by the new genus;
but before doing so, let us point out that, even if we shall find evidence
in favour of the sudden or, as we may call it, saltatory character of
the transitions, it is just what we seem to find also in the develop-
mental history of the individual; so that it affords us, just as well as
any more steady succession, quite as complete a demonstration of the
1 Gener. Morphologie, ii. p, Ixxiv.
2 Kowaleysky, Proc. Roy. Soc. 1873, p. 153.
3 Cf. Bertkau, Archiy fur Naturg. 1878, pp. 351 e¢ seq.
4 In the sense, of course, that the intermediate forms were so rapidly passed
oyer that the chance of their being preserved is practically nil.
1880.] MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. 45
aphorism ‘The “development of the individual is a compressed
epitome of the development of the race ;” and we may further look
for an explanation of the suddenness of the changes in the supposition
that between definite points in organization neither the larval form
nor the adult are enabled to maintain that equilibrium in the presence
of external forces which is necessary to the maintenance of existence’.
Whether this be so or not, neither the doctrine of Descent nor the
“fundamental principle of biogenetic development” has its truth in
any way affected thereby.
It is with considerations of this kind in our mind that we must,
as I think, address ourselves to the consideration of intermediate
forms ; for, in our times at least, it is only when observation is kindled
by the light of the doctrine of the Descent that the full value of
**inosculant forms” can be justly estimated.
Description of the Specimen.
Ambulacral system.—The paired arrangement of the ambulacral
pores does not extend beyond the ambitus, which is very nearly
reached by all the five sets, but most completely by the two postero-
lateral; the two rows of each are, in the case of the postero-lateral
and of the anterior ambulacrum, altogether equal; but in the antero-
lateral ambulacra the anterior row of pairs of pores is a little shorter
than the posterior, and this difference is best marked on the left side ;
the strictest parallelism is observed between the paired rows, which
incline so slightly towards one another that the diminution in breadth
of the intraambulacral space cannot be detected by the eye until the
pores come close to the central or apical system; here the pores
diminish considerably in size, but there is no bare space separating the
perforated ambulacral plates from the azygos radial plate, ordinarily
known as the ocular. The pores of the inner row in each pair are
still fairly circular ; those of the outer are more slit-like or comma-
shaped; and it is evident, so soon as several different pores have
been examined, that the specimen in question exhibits a commence-
ment of that union of the two pores by means of a connecting
furrow which is very much more, and quite distinctly, marked in
Echinolampas, and is even to be seen in Conoclypeus leskii, Goldfuss *.
The spacing-out of the ambulacral pores as they approach the
point at which the paired arrangement ceases to obtain is here but
barely marked ; and, indeed, it would be impossible to detect it at
all, were we not led to look for it from the marked degree which
it reaches in Echinolampas; so, again, while it is in some cases
possible to see that the terminal pores of the outer row of the
ambulacra are as completely circular as those of the inner row,
and so far to find an analogy with the much more marked simi-
larity in Echinolampas, yet in the cases of other rows on the same
1 The probability of sports leading to very considerable and remarkable changes
in organization has, comparatively lately, received support from the observations
of Mr. Bullar on the hermaphroditism of certain parasitic Isopoda (Journ. Anat.
& Phys. vol. xi. pp. 118-124).
3 * Petrefacta Cormancite? tab. xlii. figs. 1, a-c,
46 MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. [Feb. 3,
specimen the difference between the outer and inner pore can still
be observed, just as well as in the upper portion of the rows.
What, however, is more remarkable now remains to be noted:
the outer row of pores may be traced from the point where they
cease to be accompanied by the inner row as far as the actinal
region, and that with complete regularity of spacing, and in lines
which only here and there diverge from being completely straight ;
when they reach the phyllode they of course exhibit some modi-
cation ; but that is of no importance for the moment. What we
have here is the regular repartition of one row of pores from the
apical to the oral pole. In this, as in several other points, the
specimen under description approaches the genus Conoclypeus, the
existence of which in the present epoch has been lately signalized
by Prof. Alex. Agassiz’: in Conoclypeus sigsbei the paired arrange-
ment of the ambulacral pores does not extend over more than two
thirds of the abactinal surface, while C. anachoreta, Agassiz (L.),
is seen to retain the paired arrangement from the apical to the oral
area (see Desor, Echinides fossiles,. pl. xxxiil. figs. 5-7).
We may find, then: the following series :—
Conoclypeus enachoreta: pores in pairs extend over the whole of
the ambulacral area.
Palgolampas, nov. gen.: pores in pairs extend to the ambitus;
outer row extend to the peristome regularly.
Conoclypeus sigsbei: pores in pairs extend over part only of the
abactinal area; outer rows as in Pal@olampas.
Echinolampas: pores of corresponding paired rows unequal.
E. depressa: pores of outer rows extend regularly to actino-
stome.
E. oviformis: pores of outer row not regularly distributed on the
plates between ambitus and actinostome.
Neolampas: pores in single row (paired arrangement altogether
lost).
Whether the mass of their characters is not such as to justify the
union of C. anachoreta and C. sigsbei in a single genus, and the
generic separation of the new form (Paleolampas), is a point which
I will discuss later on. The table as here arranged, seems to throw
discredit on the union of EHehinolampas depressa and E. oviformis in
the same genus; but there are other points of importance in the
structure of the Echinoderm than the characters of the ambulacral
system, and these must have their due weight.
The bourrelets of the actinal system are distinct, but they do not
project into the buccal cavity ; they are well rounded, not pointed at
all, and may be said to be due rather to the development of the
phyllodes, which mark off the interambulacral periphery of the
actinostome, than to any modification in the interambulacral plates
themselves ; judging from the photograph of C. sigsbez, they are
less developed than in that new form, while they have no such
sharp projection as in Echinolampas oviformis ; the outer row of pores
bends slightly outwards, and then inwards so as to approach its fellow;
1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoology, y. no. 9, p. 190.
1880.] MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. 47
between these there are a few pores not very regularly or definitely
arranged, but apparently not so extensive as in C. siysbei.
The ocular plates are very distinct; but two of the pores, the
anterior median (which is almost obliterated), and the left postero-
lateral, are smaller than the rest ; those of the right side are both
interesting as exhibiting indications of their primitively double
character—a point to which Prof. Lovén has called attention in his
invaluable ‘ Etudes’ *, and which, as is well known, is so distinetly
marked in Pal@echinus among older forms ?.
Interambulacral system.—The interambulacral areze are composed
of large broad plates and are considerably wider than the ambulacral,
but there are no points of especial importance to be noted with
regard to them; the odd posterior genital plate has disappeared,
and the madreporic plate occupies the whole of the central portion
of the apical area. The two postero-lateral pores are a very
little more widely separated from one another than are the more
anterior pair; but the divergence is not in any way so marked as
it is either in Echinolampas or in Conoclypeus sigsbei (ef. fig. 2,
p. 190, ¢. c.): this may be taken as an expression of the greater
equality of the several genital ocular plates, and as, pro tanto, an
indication of a more archaic arrangement.
The anus is elongated from side to side, is of some size, and is
placed just below the margin of the test: in C. leskii the anus is
rounded; in C. sigsbei it would appear to be elongated transversely ;
but in the greater number of the members of the genus Conoclypeus
it would appear, from the definition of Agassiz and Desor—< anus
infra-marginal, allongé dans le sens du diamétre antéro-postérieur ”’
—to be elongated along the axis at right angles to that in which it
is elongated in our specimen.
The whole test is covered regularly by primary tubercles, all equal
in and of some size; the only region in which there is the very
slightest irregularity is in the intraambulacral region just in front
of the mouth, where the tubercles are a little less closely packed ;
this arrangement is exceedingly interesting when compared with
what obtains in Echinolampas. We have already had some examples
of the archaic characters presented by E. depressa; and when we
compare it on this point with Z. oviformis, we find that in the
former the tubercles are evenly distributed over the whole test, and
that there are no bare bands, while in the latter a tract free from
tubercles extends both forwards and backwards from the region of
the actinostome.
Coming now to the final consideration, we have to inquire into
the position of the apical system and of the actinostome. They have
both left their central position, but have proceeded a very slight
distance forwards ; and the distance from the centre of the test is
by no means so great as it is in the genera Echinolampas or Rhyn-
chopygus, though it seems to be greater than in Conoclypeus sigsbei.
1 Lovén, “ Etudes sur les Echinoidées,” Kongl. Syens. Vetensk. Handlingar,
Bd. ii. no. 7, p. 67.
* Dublin Quarterly Journal of Science, y. (1865), plate vii. fig. B.
48 MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. [Feb. 3,
The actinal surface of the test is completely plane; the abactinal sur-
face is obtusely pyramidal, the area around the ocular and genital pores
being flattened out to form what may be called an apical plateau.
I propose to call the genus to which this specimen belongs
Palzolampas, and to define it thus :—
A petalostichous Echinid in which the completely parallel ambu-
lacral pores remain paired as far as the ambitus, and in which the
tendency to the shortening of one of the two sets is only very slightly
indicated in the antero-lateral pair; the outer row of each pair of
pores is regularly distributed from the apical area to the actinostome.
Bourrelets feebly developed. Anus elongated transversely, infra-
marginal. Four genital pores ; ocular pores large. Tubercles all
primary, and equally distributed over the test. Test not very high.
Apical system and actinostome a little in front of the true centre of
the test.
PALHOLAMPAS CRASSA, noy. sp. (Plate IV.)
Test very thick, with a flattened apical plateau, pores of phyllodes
not very regularly arranged ; anus looks almost as much backwards
as downwards; in the antero-lateral ambulacra the anterior row of
pores shorter by three or four pairs than the posterior.
Hab. ? India.
The following are the more important measurements of the speci-
men described :—
millim.
Greatest length ....2. 60-6002 02 00s eee beaees 102
Aare berit ipyICLEED Siz teesine eisai ive le 12lb"~! « “alin lay for PiByeMale a webb Mie 96
Greatest height. 0.5.2.0 6. eee cee ete ee eee eens 46
Length of anterior ambulacra .......-.. 00.2 -+ +50 46
Length of antero-lateral ambulacra (right side) ...... 46:49
x we a. Geftisiie) ms neh 44:50
Length of postero-lateral ambulacra (right ride) ...... 62
ze (left side)ii. =...) v 63
3 ”
Distance from anterior edge of actinostome to edge of test 44
Distance from posterior edge of actinostome to posterior
edge of test. 22.6. eee eee et eee eee eeweee 50
Greatest antero-posterior axis of actinostome ........ 8
Greatest transverse axis of actinostome .............. 12
Greatest transverse axis of anus........ 5 A a eget
Greatest antero-posterior axis of anus .............. "a
Greatest antero-posterior axis of madreporic plate .... 7
Greatest transverse axis of madreporic plate.......... 7
Greatest intraambulacral width (from inner pores) .... 10
5 ~ 5, (from outer pores).... 14°5
It now remains only to discuss the systematic position of this
interesting form. It obviously falls into the edentulous division of
the Petalosticha, or into the Petalosticha as defined and limited by
Alex. Agassiz. From the highly modified Spatangide it is at once
distinguished by the absence of the plastron and of the semitee ;
[on 0 9G » OD
G08 [0086
2657500 SOo
PALA. OLAM.
Edwin Wilson, delet. lith
Pe: O26, PL IV.
OS OO GO
"O° a
269G OD o@,0? Gy
~ © Soe
@ a
© secoo
@ imek: DOBde
@ OO©@S8
Soe Pooeegat
3 522.8)
MinternBro® imp.
1880.] MR. F.J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. 49
from Hehinoneus it is distinguished by the fact that the paired pores
do not extend from apex to actinostome ; with the remainder of the
Cassidulids, however, it has considerable affinity. In several points
it presents resemblances to Rhynchopygus ; but this curious genus is
sharply distinguished by the position of its anus ; Weolampas has but
a double row of simpie pores’ in each ambulacral area; Echinolampas
has one of its two paired rows of pores considerably shorter than the
other in each ambulacrum; and Conoclypeus, with which Paleolampas
presents the greatest affinity, differs from it in having retained the
primitive position of the mouth, and in nevertheless having obtained
large bourrelets, as well as having the pairs of pores united by grooves’;
Conoclypeus also has the apical system specially modified into a pro-
jecting button-like piece, and has the ocular plates very small.
On the whole, then, Palgolampas seems still to retain in its
organization points of structure which show that it either diverged
from the Cassidulid stem rather earlier than Conoelypeus, or that
it stands in the direct line which connects this genus, first seen in
the Cretaceous epoch, with a still more generalized ancestor. As it
presents, therefore, a grade in development, we can only justly
recognize the value of the characters which it presents by forming
for it a special genus; and the name which is proposed seems to be
one that it is justified by the characteristics herein detailed.
Returning to the question with which we started, we find, I think,
that the existence of an intermediate form of this kind, continued on
for so long a period of the world’s history, as it is almost certain it
has been, must make us very careful as to accepting any statements
which seem to throw discredit on that principle of most modern
evolutionists, which ascribes the origin of species to the effects of
variations, not always seen by the unobservant eye. And while the
explanation suggested as to the instability of certain combinations
of anatomical characters may throw light on some of our difficulties,
it is hardly yet time for us to cease giving the proper weight to our
limited opportunities, and the imperfections of the records of the
past, or, on the other hand, to forget how species best adapted for
investigation are not always those that have most completely retained
an uneffaced record of their past changes.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IV.
Fig. 1. Palgolampas crassa: view of the abactinal surface, to show the dis-
position of the rows of pores, and the character of the plates of the
corona. Natural size.
2. P. crassa: view of actinal surface, to show the characters of the bour-
relets and phyllodes in the distribution of the ambulacral pores. Nat.
size.
3. P. crassa: profile view. Nat. size.
4. Abactinal system, enlarged, to show the size of the ocular and genital
plates, the characters of the ocular pores, and the position of the
madreporie plate.
’ See Wyville Thomson, ‘ Phil. Trans,’ vol. clxiy. pt. 2, p. 745.
2 In C. leskii the actinostome is some way in front of the centre; but it is a
question whether this species truly belongs to the genus Conoclypeus.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1880, No. LV. 4
50 MESSRS, DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [Feb. 3,
5. On the Mammals of Asia Minor.—Part II. By Cuartus G.
Danrorp, F.Z.S., and Epwarp R. Atston, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
[Received February 2, 1880.]
(Plate V.)
Three years ago we gave an account of the species of Mammals
observed and collected by Danford during a visit to Asia Minor in
the winter and spring of 1875-76, incorporating the statements of
the few previous writers on the fauna of that country!. The fol-
lowing pages contain the additional information which he obtained
during another visit in the winter of 1878-79.
On this second expedition Danford spent most of his time in the
extreme south-eastern provinces of Asia Minor. The principal
stations where he collected were :—the island of Rhodes ; the eastern
Taurus Mountains near Marash ; the valley of the river Pyramus
or Jihan, in the provinces of Marash and Adana; the Giaour-
Dagh, a northern continuation of the Lebanon range; and the
valley of the river Euphrates, at Biledjik. Thence his route took
him through part of the Palanga Plain near Albistan, and the Anti-
Taurus Mountains, over the central tableland of Asia Minor by
Kaisariyeh, Angora, Sivre-Hissar and Kski-Shehir, to Broussa, near
the Sea of Marmora’.
Although, as on his former trip, the time spent by Danford in
the country was limited to the colder months, still we are able to add
eleven species to our previous list, of which one appears to be new to
science. We believe, on the other hand, that ¢hree species of our
first catalogue were wrongly identified ; and we now recognize forty-
six species as being certainly represented in the fauna of Asia Minor,
besides nine or ten others of which the occurrence, though recorded,
is not fully authenticated. Much still remains to be done by future
explorers, especially among the Bats, Insectivores, and Rodents.
As in our previous communication, the species of which specimens
were brought home by Danford are marked with an asterisk; while
those of which the evidence of occurrence seems doubtful are not
numbered and are enclosed in brackets. References are given to
our former paper, and the species which were not included in it are
indicated by a dagger mark. The same authorities have been
consulted as to distribution of the species in the adjoining countries.
We must express our thanks to our friends Dr. Giinther and
Mr. Thomas of the British Museum, where most of the specimens
described have been deposited, and to Professor Alphonse Milne-
Edwards of Paris for assistance; also to Dr. Strauch of St. Peters-
burgh, who has kindly given us much information as to the Wild
Sheep of South-western Asia.
1. *VesPERUGO sEROTINUS (Schreb.). Danf. & Alst., no. 1.
1 P. Z.8. 1877, pp. 270-281, pl. xxxi.
? A map, showing Danford’s routes in his two expeditions, is given in his
“ Further Contribution to the Ornithology of Asia Minor,” Ibis, 1880, p. 81, pl. ii.
P.Z.5.1880.P1 V.
Smit lith Hanhart imp
ARVICOLA GUENTHERI,
y ts
SS Ce a ee 4)
mas
1 ¢ = ss
it
~ i>
1880. | THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 51
2. *+VESPERUGO KUHLI (Natt.).
Specimens of Kuhl’s Bat were taken at Marash from the wood-
work of a house, and others were shot at Room Kaleh on the
Euphrates. The species appeared to be common in both localities.
3. *CRocIDURA LEUCODON (Herm.). D.& A., no. 2.
4. ERINACEUS EUROP#US, Linn. D. & A., no. 3.
As on his former visit, Danford failed to obtain specimens of the
Asia-~Minor Hedgehog in a fit state for preservation ; but he found
one or two decomposing carcasses which were evidently referable to
this species.
[Feuis uncer, Schreb. D. & A., no. 4.
We introduced the Ounce into our first list on the authority of
our friend Mr. D. G. Elliot, who informed us that the type of
Valenciennes’s Felis ¢ulliana, now in the Paris Museum, was not
separable from F’, uncia, an opinion which had been already ex-
pressed by Blyth' and by Gray*. Mr. Elliot has since maintained
this identification in his magnificent work on this family *, whereas
Prof. A. Milne-Edwards regards F. tudliana as a distinct species *.
We regret that we did not ourselves examine the specimen when we
were last in Paris; but on finding that the Leopards obtained by
Danford on his second expedition were undoubtedly referable to F.
pardus, we have been led to a more careful comparison of M. Milne-
Edwards’s detailed description with M. de Tchihatcheff’s plate *.
This examination leaves no doubt on our minds that Valenciennes’s
specimen is perfectly distinct from F. uncia; and we believe that it
is really nothing but an unusually pale and long-haired variety of
I’. pardus, somewhat similar to the remarkable Persian Leopards
now living in the Society’s Gardens®. We therefore greatly regret
that we should have been led to endorse the existence in Asia Minor
of the true Ounce—an animal whose range is probably entirely
confined to the most elevated regions of Central Asia?.]
5. *?Fexis parpus, Linn. Kaplan.
As already stated the only Leopards obtained by Danford belonged
to this species; the specimens he preserved present considerable
variety in coloration and in proportional length of tail, but not
greater than has been observed in other localities. Though nowhere
common, the Kaplan appears to be generally distributed throughout
1 P. Z.8. 1863, p. 183. 2 Op. ett. 1867, p. 262,
3 Monogr. Felid, pt. 2. * Recherches Hist. Nat, Mamm. p. 214.
® Asie Mineure, 2"° partie, Zool, pl. i. ® Cf. P. ZS. 1878, p. 289.
‘ Since the above went to press we have received a letter from M. Milne-
Edwards, in which he says “ Le Felis tulliana, par les proportions de ses membres,
se rapproche beaucoup plus des Panthéres véritables que des Onces; les taches
de la robe sont plus grandes et plus annulaires, mais elles sont plus nombreuses
que chez Once. Je suis persuadé que le Felis ¢ulliana est une espeéce, ou an
moins une race fortement caractérisée, du Panthére.” Impressed as we are with
the great variability shown by many other of the Asia-Minor Mammals, we are
still of the opinion expressed above.
4*
52 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [Feb. 3.
the south and south-western mountains near the coast. An adult
female specimen, the skeleton of which is now in the British Museum,
was procured in the Giaour Dagh near Osmanieh on the 20th Jan. ;
it measured in the flesh :—
inches.
Length of head and body .............. 59
Dencthivor tail o. ges 5 «035-45 oen eee oe sates 37
ete Rt Ae SUOUIOET 4. sis ge sents oye = akep Ns vs ae 26
6. *Fruis carus, Linn. Yaban-kedi. D. & A., no. 5.
A Wild Cat from the mountains near Marash is strikingly dif-
ferent from the Zebil specimens described in our previous paper.
Instead of being of an unusually clear grey ground-colour, marked
with distinct dark spots, the present example is very tawny in
general tint, faintly but regularly brindled with a darker rufous-
grey. There is a distinct black stripe along the upper surface of
the tail, the rings of which are imperfect and interrupted, excepting
those near the tip. The Asia-Minor Wild Cats would thus appear
to be much more variable in coloration than any European speci-
mens which we have examined.
7. *?Fewis cuavus, Giild.
This species appears to be tolerably common near Marash, where
it inhabits the marshy districts known as the Plain of Bazardjik ;
skins from this locality do not appear to differ in any way from
North-African specimens. The Booted Cat is also found in
Southern Persia and in Palestine.
8. *FeLis LyNx, Linn. D. & A., p. 272.
In our first paper we introduced the F. dyna doubtfully, on the
strength of a skin purchased in Constantinople. Last year Danford
obtained a very fine specimen from the mountains near Albistan,
thus proving that the ranges of the Northern and South-European
Lynxes meet in Asia Minor. The Albistan skin differs much from
the Constantinople one, which was only obscurely spotted. Its
ground-colour above is a beautiful silvery rufous, the longer hairs
being largely tipped with white; and it is marked with numerous.
jet-black spots, which are linear in shape on the back and rounded
on the flanks ; on the thighs the spots show an inclination to group
themselves into rosettes, like those of the Leopard.
9, *FEeLIs PARDINA, Temm. shek. D. & A., no. 6.
10. *Feuis carAcaL, Linn. Kara-koulak. D. & A., no. 7.
[*+Fexis suBaTA, Schreb.
A skin of the Cheetah was presented to Danford at Biledjik, on
the Euphrates, by his host Sheik Mustapha, who stated that the
animal had been killed among the rocks near Sevi, a small village
about five hours down the river on the Mesopotamian side ; it was
the only specimen which he had ever seen. This Society has received
1880. ] THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 53
more than one specimen from Syria, and it is not improbable that the
species may be found in some parts of Asia Minor proper. Sheik
Mustapha also informed him that five years ago a Lion appeared
near Biledjik, and after destroying many horses was done to death.]
11. *Hyana striata, Zimm. Zyrtlan. D. & A., no. 8.
Not rare in the Euphrates valley, near Biledjik, where the
natives assert that it understands Arabic and may be taken in the
following way :—A man crawls into its den with a noosed rope, and
stroking the Hyzna, caressingly says, “ You are very nice and pretty
and quite like a Lion, indeed you are a Lion.” This so flatters the
Hyena that he allows the rope to be put round his neck, and is
forthwith dragged out.
[GrneTTA vuLearis, Less. D. & A., p. 273.
No further evidence of the supposed occurrence of the Gennet
was obtained. |
12. *HERPESTES ICHNEUMON (Linn.). Yer kiopek. D.& A.,
no. 9.
Ichneumons were very common in the Pyramus valley.
13. *Canis Lupus, Linn. Kurt, Yanovar. D. & A., no. 10.
Wolves were seen in the Anti-Taurus.
14. *Canis aureus, Linn. Schakal. D. & A., no. 11.
Jackals were very abundant at Adana.
15. *Canis vupes, Linn. Zelki. D. & A., no. 12.
In our previous communication we doubtfully identified an im-
perfect skin of a Fox as representing a pale long-haired race of C.
vulpes. A second specimen, from Marash, is darker, and redder
above and rather whiter below; the brush has a rudimentary white
“tag; and the fore legs are blackish, with hardly a trace of rufous.
The size is small ; but, the skull and long bones being unfortunately
wanting, we cannot give measurements. After careful comparison
we can find no characters by which it can be separated from some
South-European specimens of C. vulpes.
16. *Mruxs Taxus (Schreb.). Porsook. D. & A., no. 13.
[Icronyx zoritua (Thunb.). D. & A., p. 274.
As on his former expedition, Danford did not meet with the Zorille.]
17. *Marres Frorna (Erxl.). Samsar. D. & A., no. 14.
Appears to be very common on the hills near Marash, as a great
number of fine skins are exposed in the bazaar. Among these no
examples of M. sylvatica were observed.
18. *Musreta vuuearis, Erxl, D. & A., no. 15.
19. tMusreva sarMAmTica, Pall. D, & A., Disc Aoe
Of this species, which we formerly introduced doubtfully on the
54 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [Feb. 3,
authorities of Ainsworth and Kotschy, skins were seen in the bazaar
at Marash which came from Zeitoun, where they are said to be nu-
merous and very destructive to the orchards.
20. *Lurra vutearis, Erxl. Su-itti, Kundush. D. & A., no. 16.
21. *Ursus arcros, Linn. Aiyee. D. & A., no. 17.
22. Ursus syriacus, Ehrenb. Aiyee. D. & A., no. 18.
[Pxoca,sp.? D.& A. p.275.] _
23. *Susscrora, Linn. Domooz, Yaban-domooz. D. & A., no. 19.
24. *Cervus evapuus, Linn. Siyiin. D. & A., no. 20.
We are inclined to think that the Red Deer does not now exist in
the Taurus proper; but it still lingers in the Anti-Taurus, where,
however, it is fast dying out, perhaps owing to the advent of great
numbers of Circassians. Large heads of recently-killed animals
were brought to Danford, and he was well assured of their present
existence. These wild and thinly-populated mountains, abounding
in high grassy meadows and forests of juniper and other trees, are
well fitted to be the last refuge of the Red Deer of these regions.
In the northern districts of Asia Minor C. elaphus is much com-
moner ; and we believe that it is found throughout the whole range
of wooded hills bordering the Black Sea and the west coast at least
as far as Broussa, where Danford was shown skins which indicated
the great size which this animal attains in the forests of Olympus.
All the heads which we have seen from the Anti-Taurus are peculiar
in having the brow and bay tines united at the base, and appearing
like the bifurcation of one branch,
[At the village of Jarpuz, at the foot of the Bimboghas Moun-
tains near Albistan, Dantord obtained from a peasant a very remark-
able Deer’s antler, in either a subfossil or a greatly weathered con-
dition; and he saw another similar specimen in the same locality.
When he exhibited this antler at a meeting of the Society last year’
there was some difference of opinion as to whether it was or was not
an abnormal specimen of Cervus elaphus; but as we are ourselves
strongly of opinion that it cannot be referred to any known recent
Deer, we reserve its description for another opportunity. |
25. *Cervus DAMA, Linn. Yamoorcha. D. & A., no. 21.
In the central pine-wooded districts of Rhodes wild Fallow Deer
are not uncommon; but the animals appear to be rather small, as
might be expected from their insulated range. The following are
the measurements of a buck, of about four years old, killed at
Laerma in Rhodes on the 22nd December, 1878 :—
inches.
Length of head and body ............ 48-00
i tail, with hair ............ 14-00
a caudal vertebre............ 9:00
1 P.Z.8, 1879, p. 552.
1880. | THE MAMMALS OF ASTA MINOR. 55
inches.
Length, Of ReaG tiie acre o'k sac aeewsa pho UO
Fe GAT A rei yds once ours suite o O00):
Re of antlers along curve ...... 18°50
span of antlers: ?.<fpemime 3.52664 16°60
The general colour of this specimen was a dark greyish brown
above with a darker line running along the back; the legs were
fawn-coloured, and the belly pure white.
Both in Rhodes and on the mainland the wild Fallow Deer show but
faint traces of the white spots which are so characteristic of the park
breed. In the former locality the form of the antlers is very constant ;
but a series collected in the Giaour Dagh are of very irregular shapes,
extra points being commonly thrown out on the beam, and the pal-
mation being very much less marked than in the normal type.
26. *CAPREOLUS CAPR#ZA, Gray. Karadja. D. & A., no. 22.
Appears to be very rare in the south, though occurring in the
Giaour Dagh and in the neighbouring portions of the Taurus range.
27. *GazeELLA porcAS (Linn.) Jairan. D & A., no. 23.
Common all along the valley of the Pyramus, on the Plain of Ba-
zardjik, the stony oak-wooded uplands on the right bank of the
-Euphrates, and in many other localities. Another Gazelle, which was
reported to Danford as being found on the banks of the latter river,
will probably prove to be G. subgutturosa.
28. *Capra =caGrus, Gmel. Kayeek. D. & A., no. 24.
29. *Ovis emMELInI, Blyth. Kotch, Yaban-koyun. D. & A., no. 25.
Dr. Alexander Strauch, Director of the Zoological Museum of the
Imperial Academy of St. Petersburg, visited London in 1878, prin-
cipally to examine the specimens of the genus Ovis in the British
Museum, a group which he has made a special object of study. He
was much struck with the form of the horns of a Cilician Wild
Sheep’s skeleton, obtained by Danford on his first expedition, and
identified by us as O. gmelini. These horns Dr. Strauch considered
to be so peculiar as to indicate specific distinction from both the
Armenian O. gmelini and the Cyprian O. ophion ; and, at his sugges-
tion, we have been led to reconsider the question of its identity.
On comparing the horns of the skeleton in question, that of an
adolescent male (figs. 3, 6), with those of thetypes of Blyth’s O.gmelini,
also in the national collection (figs. 1, 4), the differences are, indeed,
so striking that it is difficult to believe that the animals can belong
to the same species. In the Cilician Sheep the terminal portion of
the horns are bent boldly upwards, so that their curves strongly re-
semble those of O. ophion. Their sculpture is large but ill-defined,
the fronto-nuchal and fronto-orbital edges’ are well marked but
rounded ; and both the orbital and nuchal surfaces are flat at the
base and then slightly concave.
‘ We employ these terms as defined by Sir Victor and Mr, Basil Brooke,
P. Z.8. 1875, p. 511.
56 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [Feb. 3,
Fig. 1.
Ovis gmeliyi, from Erzeroom (specimen 4 in list); front view.
Fig. 2.
Ovis gmelini, from the Cilician Taurus (specimen c in list); front view.
Fig. 3.
Ovis gmelini, from the Cilician Taurus (specimen ¢ in list); front view.
1880.] THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR,
o
ba |
Ovis gmelini, from the Cilician Taurus (specimen c in list); side view.
Ovis gmelini, from the Cilician Taurus (specimen ¢ in list) : side view.
58 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [Feb. 3,
But on examining two other pairs of horns from the same locality,
in Danford’s own collection, we find that they do not present the
peculiarities of the British-Museum skeleton, but agree excellently
with Blyth’s type. In these horns (one pair of which are represented
in figs. 2, 5) the terminal portion is only gently bent upwards, the
sculpture is small and sharp, the fronto-orbital edge is not distinct,
except at the base, and the orbital surface is strongly conver through-
out, so that towards the middle of the horn it runs almost insensibly
into the frontal surface.
As it is hardly possible that two closely allied species should be
found together on the Cilician Taurus, the above comparisons appear
to us to be of some importance, as illustrating the wide range of varia-
tion in the form of the horns in one species of Wild Sheep, and the
consequent necessity of examining a large series of specimens of such
animals before deciding as to their specific identity. When such
series are available from different localities, we suspect that some
of the recently described new species will prove to have been
founded on individual varieties. With a view to contributing to
such material, we have had the accompanying figures prepared, and
have drawn up the following list of the specimens examined, with a
table of their principal measurements.
a. An enormous head in the British Museum, presented by Mr.
W. Burckhart Barker, and said to be from “an eee in the Medi- ~
terranean”’ (!).
6. Skin with horns. Erzeroom, Dickson and Ross, in the British
Museum. One of the types of Blyth’s O. gmelini, the others being
a ewe and a lamb (figs. 1, 4, pp. 56, 57).
e. Horns, Cilician Taurus, in Danford’s collection (figs. 2, 5,
pp- 56, 57).
d. Horns, Cilician Taurus, in Danford’s collection.
e. Skeleton, Cilician Taurus, Danford, in British Museum (figs.
3, 6, pp- 56, 57).
MEASUREMENTS, a. b. C. d. e.
in. in. in. in, in.
Length of horn along curve of fronto-
michalved ey). cceneensessecanws eaas-et- 40:25 | 21:40 | 26:10] 24:40) 18-50
Circumference at base .............2.e0e0es 10°30} 10°25| 860) 10:00} 8-60
Circumference at one half of length ...} 9°20! 815} 7:50} 7:90| 6:30
Breadth of horns at widest portion, in
ayptraight lino (.-.0<veu-asxese-0s geen 25:00 | 23:80) 22:40 | 21:00} 17-00
Distance from tip to tip, in a straight
VANE | sccscsacn sia ccnsoasqdncnss ss qaeeeeeeeenee 5°30 | 21-00} 12:20) 12:80} 11-00
We have given a description of the colour &c. of Danford’s Cili-
cian examples i in our former paper; the typical skins of Blyth agree
perfectly with them. The males in both cases have no white saddle-
mark; and the females are hornless.
Dr. Strauch informs us that the original type specimen of S. G.
1880. | THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 59
Gmelin’s “Orientalische Schaaf’?! is still preserved in the St.-
Petersburg Museum. In his opinion it is quite distinct from 0.
gmelini, but agrees with specimens received from North Persia.
According to this view (as to which we have no material to found a
personal opinion upon), the synonymy of the Asia-Minor and
Cyprian Wild Sheep would appear to be as follows :—
Ovis GMELINI.
Ovis gmelini, Blyth, P. Z. S. 1840, pp. 69, 78 (descr. orig.) ; ejusd.
Journ. As. Soc. Beng. x. pt. 2, p. 886; Fraser, Zool. Typ. pl. xxi.
[Based on the Erzeroom specimens now in the British Museum ; but
Gmelin’s “ Orientalische Schaaf” is regarded as identical. |
Ovis anatolica, Valenciennes, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1856, p. 346
(deser. orig.); ejusd. Compt. Rend. Ac. Paris, xiii. p. 56 ; de Tchi-
hatcheff, As. Mineure, 2™° p"® p. 727, pl. iv.
Hab. Erzeroom (Dickson § Ross, Mus. Brit.); Bulgar Dagh
(Tchihatchef’, Mus. Par.); Cilician Taurus (Danford, Mus. Brit.).
OviIs OPHION.
Ovis musimon, var. B, orientalis, Brandt & Ratzeburg, Mediz.
Zool. i. p. 54, pl. ix. figs. 1 & a (descr. orig., 1828, nec Schreber).
Ovis ophion, Blyth, P. Z.S. 1840, pp. 73, 78 (ex Brandt & Ratz.) ;
ejusd. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. x. pt. 2, p. 887.
Ovis cyprius, Blasius, Siiugeth. Deutschl. p. 473, figs. 251, 252
(ex Br. & Ratz.).
Hab. Cyprus (v. Sack, Mus. Berol.).
We may remark that our national collection does not yet possess
a specimen of this latter Wild Sheep, which is supposed to be pecu-
liar to our “‘ youngest dependency.”
30. *Scturus syrtacus, Hemp. & Ehr. Dereek, Kallay. D.
& A., no. 26.
31. *SpERMOPHILUS XANTHOPRYMNUS (Benn.). drab-tauo-
chan. D. & A., no. 27.
Many more specimens were obtained of this little-known Souslik,
which was fully described in our first paper; those which were pre-
served show a remarkable uniformity both in proportions and colora-
tion. The species swarms over the whole barren district of the
interior, from Kaisariyeh to Eski-Shehir. A Souslik from Ok
Meidan, in European Turkey, obtained through the late Mr. Pearse
of Constantinople, proves to be S. cite//us (Linn.) ; probably the
Bosphorus is the limit between the ranges of the two species.
Other animals, apparently belonging to this genus, were observed
on the banks of the river Sakaria (Sangarius); these were grey in
colour, with pale-yellow breasts, but unfortunately no specimens
were procured,
1 Reise d. Russsl., iii. p. 486, pl. ly.; =Agoceros musimon, Pallas, Zoogr. Ross.
As. i. p. 280, pl. xix. fig. 7 (part. nee Schreber) ; =Ovis orientalis, Keyserling &
Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ. pp. v, 29 (part., 1840), Blasius, Saugeth. Deutschl.
p. 472, figs. 249, 250.
60 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [ Feb. 3,
[Arcromys, sp.? D. & A., p. 278.
Danford again failed to obtain any species of true Marmot,
either in the Taurus, where Ainsworth asserts their existence, or
elsewhere. |
{tCasror FIBER, Linn.
Very trustworthy authorities at Kaisariyeh told Danford that in
the marshes between that place and Indjesu there existed an animal
like an Otter, but which had a broad hairless tail. This description
points pretty directly to the Beaver, an animal which still exists in
the Euphrates near Aleppo', and in the rivers of the Caucasus’.
The species is included in Smarda’s list of the Mammals of Meso-
potamia*, and, though “ with some doubt,”’ in Mr. Blanford’s Fauna
of Persia‘. ]
32. *Myoxus pryas (Schreb.). D. & A., no. 28.
33. *fGERBILLUS ERYTHRURUS, Gray.
A Gerbille was obtained from the stony hill-sides at Kaisariyeh,
where the species is reported to be common, It agrees with Gray’s
types (though not with his description®) and with Major St. John’s
South-Persian specimens®, now in the British Museum, in all essen-
tials, but is of a darker and richer rufous above ; the lower parts are
strongly tinged with yellow; and the elongated hairs on the upper
surface of the tip of the tail are rather brown than blackish. The
measurements of this specimen, an adult male preserved in spirits,
are as follows :—
inches,
Length of head and body.......... 5°25
a tall =<. Sree Bede tani DET
= [7] Re SER RL Tarren aera °70
hind font nee eee ee SD
The skull is unfortunately much shattered; and the molars are
so worn that their pattern is somewhat indistinct. We do not feel
any doubt, however, of the identity of the specimen with this species,
whose range-appears to extend from Afghanistan, through Southern
Persia, to Asia Minor.
34. CRICETUS FRUMENTARIUS, Pall. D. & A., no. 33.
35. *CRICETUS NIGRICANS, Brandt. D. & A., no. 34.
[(? CriceTus accEDULA (Pall.). D.& A., no. 35.
In our first list we introduced this species on the faith of the re-
port on one of Dickson and Ross’s collections from Erzeroom, where
the house-haunting Hamster of Asia Minor is identified as C. aece-
dula?. The examination of a large series now proves, however, that
1 Travels of Dr. and Mme. Helfer (English ed., 1879), i. p. 221.
2 Bichwald, Nouy. Mém. Soc. Nat. Mose. vii. p. 36.
3 Geogr. Verbr. der Thiere, p. 408. * Hast. Persia, ii. p. 51.
> Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 266 (1842, deser. orig.).
® Cf. Blanford, East. Persia, ii. p.'70. 7 P.Z.S8. 1839, p. 122.
1880. | THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. : 61
it is referable to the next species; and there appears to be no other
evidence of the occurrence of C. accedula in Asia Minor. |
36. *?CriceTus pHa&uSs, Pall. Kara-guz.
Abundant in houses at Kaisariyeh. Those caught generally had
their pouches stuffed with dry pigeon-droppings. It was remark-
able that none of these Hamsters ventured into Danford’s traps until
the house had been cleared of Mice ; apparently the latter, in spite
of their smaller size, have the upper hand in the murine polity.
[Mus rattus, Linn. D. & A., p. 279.]
37. Mus pecumanus, Pall. D. & A., no. 29.
[Mus asporti, Waterh.
Under this name Mr. Waterhouse described a Mouse sent many
years ago to this Society from Trebizond by Mr. Keith E. Abbott’.
His type is not to be found in that portion of the Society’s collec-
tion which passed to the British Museum ; and we can only direct
the attention of collectors to his original description. The animal
is stated to have been smaller than a Harvest- Mouse (length of head
and body 1 inch 3 lines, of tail 1 inch 11 lines), and of a deeper
colour than Aus musculus. Had the description been given by any
less trustworthy writer, we should have had little hesitation in regard-
ing it as having been founded on a young individual of that species. }
38. *Mus muscutus, Linn. Sytchan. D. & A., no. 30.
Specimens of the common House-Mouse were olstained in various
towns and villages, including Oroul, near the Euphrates, where the
range of this species overlaps that of IZ. bactrianus. These vary
considerably in size and in intensity of colour—some, like the ex-
ample mentioned in our first paper, being very pale in tint, while
others are small and usually dark. Two House- Mice from a village
in the Giaour-Dagh are so peculiar in coloration that at first sight
they appear to belong to quite a distinct species, their upper parts
being of a light fawn which passes insensibly into the still paler and
more yellowish fawn of the belly. But we can find no structural
differences whatever ; and an English variety of JZ. musculus almost
identical in tint is preserved in the British Museum.
39. *+Mus pacrrianus, Blyth.
Of this species, which is probably, as Mr. Blanford remarks, “ the
House-Mouse of the extreme north-west of India, Kashmir, Afghanis-
tan, Baluchistan, and Southern Persia,” specimens were trapped
at Oroul, on the Euphrates, along with JZ. musculus, thus showing
that its range extends considerably further west than has hitherto
been supposed. Two examples which were preserved agree well with
Mr. Blanford’s excellent description and figure’, and with his Per-
sian specimens in the British Museum, only differing in having
slightly shorter tails. Measurements (in spirits) :—
P34: 8. 183iap iy. ? East. Persia, ii. pp. 56, 57, pl. v. fig. 2.
62 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [ Feb. 3,
inches. inches,
Length of head and body .... 3°50 3°00
4 atl eet chetrchete ae 2720) 2°63
a earoe. Dive *50 “45
ae hind) foot.diecmaeed 240 64
Dr. Severtzoff named the House-Mouse of Turkestan “Mus wag-
nert 2. major (M. tomak?, n. sp.?)”' without describing it; and
Mr. Blanford has separated the form found in the east of the same
country as MW. pachycercus*; both of these, if distinct, are certainly
closely allied to WZ. bactrianus.
40. *Mus syuvaticus, Linn. Yaban-sytchan. D. & A.,
no. 3l.
41. *Mus mystacinus, Danf. & Alst. Dagh-sytchan. D. &
A., no. 32.
Danford did not meet with this Mouse on his last expedition, not
having been able to collect in any suitable localities.
42. TARVICOLA SOCIALIS, Pall.
To this species we are inclined to refer two small Voles which were
sent by Messrs. Dickson and Ross from Erzeroom to this Society,
and which are now in the British Museum: they agree well both
in dentition and proportions with Keyserling and Blasius’s subge-
neric and specific diagnoses*, and fairly with Schreber’s description’,
although their tails can hardly be said to be white. The Arvicole
of Western Asia and Eastern Europe are so little known, either
from well-preserved specimens or accurate descriptions, that it is at
present impossible to clear up the relationship between 4. soeialis
and some other nominal species, such as A. micrurus (S. G. Gm.),
A. mystacinus, Ménétriés, and A. syriacus (Licht.). But when we
remember the variability of the better-known European and American
Voles, it appears not unlikely that these will prove to be merely races
or varieties of Pallas’s species.
43. *fARVICOLA GUENTHERI, sp. n. (Plate V.)
?Arvicola leucura, Severtzoff, Turkest. Jeyotnie, p. 82 (1873,
descr. orig., nec Gerbe).
It is not with a light heart that we venture to add to the long list
of described species of Arvicola ; but two specimens of a Vole, which
Danford found abundantly in the marshes below Marash, present
such striking characters that no choice is left tous. The following
is a detailed description of the animal, which belongs to Blasius’s
subgenus -Arvicola proper, characterized by the first lower molar
having nine and the second upper molar four cemental prisms ®.
1 Turkestanskie Jevotnie, pp. 61, 82; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4th ser.)
xvill. p. 53. DM. wagneri, Eversmann (Bull. Soe. Imp. Moscou, xxi. 1'* partie,
p. 191), is usually considered to be a synonym of M. minutus, Pall.
2 J. As. Soc. Beng. xliv. pt. 2, p. 108; 2nd Yarkand Mission, Mamm. p. 53,
pl. ix. fig. 2, pl. x.d. fig. 4.
3 Wirbelth, Hur. pp. 33, 34. * Saugth. iy. p. 682.
5 Saugeth. Deutschl. p.374.
1880. | THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 63
Ears moderate, well haired towards their margin, showing distinctly
above the fur. Tail hardly longer than the hind foot, and a little
more than one fifth the length of the head and body. Soles densely
haired almost to the roots of the toes; fore feet with five tubercles,
arranged three and two, besides the very small rudimentary thumb,
which has no nail; hind feet with five tubercles closely set, and ar-
ranged two, two, and one (fig. 7, ¢). ALamme 8. Birqucd +
Aerot ,
Fig. 7. nee
Arvicola guentheri.
«, upper molars; 4, lower molars (magnified six diameters) ;
ce, sole of hind foot (natural size).
Teeth very similar to those of A. arvalis, the molar pattern
being :—
Upper I. 5 prisms, 6 angles. Lower I. 9 prisms, 9 angles.
” 118 4 ” i) 9 +) Il. 4) +” 6 29
rove 1 SM ee ae ae $x UE ihe sg Be xe
But the posterior prisms of the first and second upper molars are
dilated behind, and that of the third is produced behind its inter-
nal projection. The first three prisms of the first lower molar are
imperfectly separated (fig. 7, a, 5).
Upper parts yellowish mouse-grey, the tips of the hairs being
either light fawn or black; on the flanks this colour passes insen-
sibly into the greyish white of the lower parts, which is slightly
washed with yellow on the belly. Feet greyish white. Tail rather
thinly clad with short white hairs; these are mixed on its upper
surface with dusky hairs, which are most conspicuous near the point.
Measurements (in spirits) :—
inehes. inches,
Length of head and body .... 4:00 4°25
ee GAT eysts poe Srna eee 82 oi
i CAL EN Me oes es ne “40 "42
% Hind foot: sc. sf oa “TD “7D
64 ON THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. [Feb. 3,
This Vole differs from all others with which we are acquainted in
the extreme shortness and peculiar colouring of the tail, and in
the density of the hairiness of the soles. It would appear to be
most nearly allied to A. arvalis, from which it is at once distinguish-
able by its proportions and by the number of plantar tubercules. In
general appearance it bears a stroug resemblance to A. stoliczkanus,
Blanford, from Yarkand; but that animal has not only a wholly
yellowish-white tail, but belongs probably to the subgenus Paludicola,
Blasius, the first lower molar having only seven cemental prisms".
It seems not at all improbable, on the other hand, that our animal
may be identical with the A. leucura of Dr. Severtzoff; his diagnosis
is not impertinent, although he says that the tail is one fourth the
length of the body, and white with a black tip*. But im any case
his name cannot stand, being preoccupied by the A. leucurus of
Gerbe *, which Blasius and Fatio have united with the A. nivalis of
Martins. We therefore propose to name our species in honour of
our friend Dr. Giinther.
44. *SpaLax TYPHLUS, Pall. Avor-sytchan. D. & A., no. 36.
[AuacraGa pecumaNa (Licht.). D.& A., p. 281.
The “Jerboa”? of Herr Kotschy and Mr. Curzon, which we
thought probably referable to this species, may have been Gerbillus
erythrurus. |
45. *Hysrrix cristatus, Linn. Kipri. D. & A., no. 37.
[Lepus syriacus, Hemp. & Ehrenb. D. & A., no. 38.
As will be seen below, we believe we were in error in the determi-
nation of the Asia-Minor Hare}. ‘
46. *+Lepus EvRoP&vS, Pall. Zauochan.
In our former notes we somewhat doubtfully identified two Hares
shot in the Taurus with the Z. syriacus of Hemprich and Ebren-
berg ; but on examining more specimens, we find them to agree best
with the East-European form named L. caspicus by the same writers.
We cannot find any characters, however, which would justify the
specific separation of that race from the Common Hare; and we
therefore follow Blasius in regarding it as a climatic variety of
LL, europeus.
1 Blanford, J. As. Soc. Beng. xliv. pt. 2, p. 107 (1875, descr. orig.) ; Second
Yarkand Mission, Mamm. p. 42, pl. vii. fig. 1, pl. x. B. fig. 2.
2 Turk. Jevot. p. 82; Ann. & Mag. N. H. (ser. 4), xviii. p. 52.
3 Rey. Zool. 1852, p. 260 (deser. orig.).
Se nee eee eee ee ———————— —
‘ SILV Tihcivit SEL AD SiS ee yy
dun y2eyquey “Wary? pap pag pf
bk. PA CILOUDRYAS A THIOPS
2 MUNIA MELANA.
PZ.5. 1880) Pivig
Hanhart imp
Gdn ite SaTlN ih Le ab
Ps
tr
vil ‘G
re ii Aan ae iT hy
PNAS thee ay "
c
Le
)
P.Z.8.1880. Pl. Vig
2 Hanhart amp (a
JSnat del et hth
RALLUS INSIGNIS. |
1880. } ON BIRDS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, 65
6. On a Fifth Collection of Birds made by the Rev. G.
Brown, C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island and in its
Vicinity. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,
Secretary to the Society *.
[Received January 30, 1880.]
(Plates VI.-VITI.)
I have again the pleasure of laying before the Society a collection
of bird-skins formed by the Rev. G. Brown, our Corresponding
Member at Duke-of-York Island. ‘The series on this occasion is
not large, but there are several specimens of interest in it.
The following is a list of the species represented in it. They are
all from Kabakadai, on the coast of New Britain.
1. Megalurus interscapularis, sp. nov.
2. Pecilodryas ethiops, sp. nov.
3. Myzomela cineracea, Sclater.
4. Munia melena, sp. nov.
5. Corvus orru, Bp.
6. Dendrochelidon mystacea (Less.).
7. Halcyon sancta, Vig. et Horsf.
8. Eelectus polychlorus (Scop.).
9. Falco severus, Horsf.
10. Rallus pectoralis, Less.
11. Rallus insignis, sp. nov.
12. Amaurornis moluccana (Wallace).
13. Nycticorax caledonicus (Gm.).
The new species may be described as follows :—
1. MEGALURUS INTERSCAPULARIS, sp. nov. (Plate VI.)
Supra terreno-brunneus, pileo antico rufescente ; interscapulio
nigro flammulato ; alis intis nigricantibus, remigum marginibus
externis pallidé rufescentibus et fusco obsolete transfasciolatis ;
subtus albus, lateribus et crisso in fuscum transeuntibus ; caudd
pallide fusca, e rectricibus rigidis et valde graduatis compositd,
harum scapis nigricantibus ; rostro corneo, ad basin albicante ;
pedibus corylinis. Long. tota 8, ale 2°8, caude rectr. ext.
1:9, med. 4°3, tarsi 1.
Hab. in ins. Nova Britannia (Brown).
This bird belongs apparently to the genus Megalurus, and is
allied to M. galactodes of Australia’; but is distinguishable by its
larger size, the want of superciliary stripes, and the body being white
below. I can only detect eght tail-feathers; but it is quite probable
that two external ones may have been lost.
+ See report on the first collection, P.Z.S. 1877, p. 96, second collection,
P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 289, third collection, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 670, and fourth collection,
B. Z.S. 1879, p. 446.
? Spheneacus galactodes, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pl. xxxv.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. V. 5
66 ON BIRDS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [Feb. 3,
2. PacrLopryas £THIOPs, sp. nov. (Plate VII. fig. 1.)
Nigerrima ; maculd scapularium utrinque, uropygio et crisso albis :
rostro et pedibus nigris ; caudd longiusculd, paululum rotundaté ;
remigibus tertio et quarto equalibus. Long. tota 5°2, ale 2°9,
caude 2°2.
Hab. in Nova Britannia (Brown).
This bird, which is quite new to me, is very recognizable by its
uniform black plumage only broken by the white patch on the
scapulars, and the white upper and under tail-coverts, and reminds
one of Pratincola caprata. Count T. Salvadori, to whom I sent
it for inspection, reminds me that it comes nearest to his P. bimacu-
lata of New Guinea.
4. MuNIA MEL&ENA, sp. nov. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)
Niger ; uropygio, caude tectricibus superioribus et rectricum
marginibus externis castaneis ; caudd acuminatd, rectricibus dua-
bus mediis quam catere longioribus ; ventre medio rufo, hypo-
chondriis nigro variegatis, crisso nigro ; alis extts et dorso postico
Suscescenti-nigris, subalaribus rufescentibus ; rostro crasso et
pedibus nigris. Long. tota 4°3, ale 2, caude 1°3.
Hab. in Nova Britannia (Brown).
This species is remarkable for its general black colouring varied
only by the chestnut upper tail-coverts and the broad rufous patch
on the belly. Its bill is stronger even than in M. forbesi.
11. Rauxus insi@nis, sp. nov. (Plate VIIT.)
Supra saturate fuscescenti-oleagineus ; pileo, capitis lateribus et cer-
vice posticd rufo perfusis ; subtus niger, fasciis angustis albis
usque ad medium ventrem instructus ; alis nigricantibus, albo
intus transfasciatis, secundariis externis dorso concoloribus ; rostro
nigro, pedibus carneis. Long. tota 12, ale 5°4, caude 1:3,
rostri a rictu 1°8, tarsi 2°7.
Hab. in Nova Britannia (Brown).
This fine large Rail is a southern form of K. (sive Hypotenidia)
celebensis, from which it differs in the want of any white markings
on the sides of the head, the rufous cap, the longer stronger bill, and
the want of any bars on the under tail-coverts. “I have compared it
with the types of R. sulcirostris, Wallace, P. Z.S. 1862, p. 345
(from the Sula Islands); but that is also a perfectly distinct species.
The tail is unfortunately imperfect.
Besides the skins, Mr. Brown sends a small collection of birds
in spirit, of which the exact localities are not stated. It contains
a second example of Munia hemimelena, also specimens of Donacicola
spectabilis and Cisticola rujiceps, and of several other species.
The skin of Eelectus polychlorus is of much interest, as it is that of
a nestling bird, and in the green plumage, and shows that as regards
this much vexed species the male is green from the nest. I assume
that the specimen is a male, although the sex has unfortunately not
been determined.
1880. | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A NEW CHRYSOTIS. 67
As regards the Collocalia left undetermined in my account of
Mr. Brown’s last collection (see P.Z.S8. 1879, p. 447, sp. 12),
Count Salvadori has kindly examined the specimen and favoured me
with the subjoined remarks :—
“Through the kindness of Mr. Tristram I have been able to exa-
mine the specimen from the Solomon Islands, attributed by him to C.
linchi (Ibis, 1879, p. 438); and I find that it belongs to the group
containing C. francisca (Gm.), with the upper parts dark, almost
black, and with the underparts uniformly grey. Therefore most
probably it does not belong to C. linchi, Horsf., which appertains to
the Collocalia esculenta group. It seems to me that the Solomon-
Island specimen belongs to C. fuciphaga (Thunb.)'. I can only
notice that it has the upper parts blacker, and the underparts
of a lighter and purer grey than Javan, Bornean, Amboina, and
Kei-Islands specimens of C. fuciphaga.
“A specimen from the Duke-of-York Island submitted to my
examination by Mr. Sclater (Collocalia sp. inc., P. Z. 8. 1879,
p. 447), belongs to the same species as Mr. Tristram’s specimen.”
February 17, 1880.
Prof. W. H. Flower, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during January 1880 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of January was 89, of which 57 were by
presentation, 28 by purchase, 1 was received in exchange, and 3
on deposit. The total number of departures during the same
period, by death and removals, was 84.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A Japanese Hawk-Eagle (Spizaetus orientalis), from Japan,
being the first individual of this scarce bird of prey we have re-
ceived. It was presented to us by our Corresponding Member,
Harry Pryer, Esq., of Yokohama, and arrived, under the kind care
of Mr. Maries, on January 6.
2. Two Blue-eyed Cockatoos (Cacatua ophthalmica), presented
by the Rev. George Brown, C.M.Z.S., of Duke-of-York Island.
This acquisition is of much interest, as the species was hitherto
believed to be peculiar to the Solomon Islands. Mr. Brown, who
transmitted these birds to Mr. Ramsay’s care in Sydney in Sep-
tember 1877, along with a pair of the Eclectus (which unfortunately
died at Sydney), tells me that this Cockatoo is found in New Britain,
but not in New Ireland.
I take this opportunity of exhibiting a drawing by Mr. Smit (Plate
1 “T cannot agree with Lord Walden, who (Ibis, 1874, p. 135) considers
C. linchi, Horsf., to be the same as C. Suciphaga, Thunb.”
* Temm. et Schl. Fauna Japonica, Aves, p. 7, pl. iii. Mr. Sharpe (Cat. B.
i. p. 267) identifies this species with S. nipalensis of India; but I am not quite
sure that this identification is correct,
he
68 A LETTER FROM MR. W. B. PRYER. [Feb. 17,
IX.) of a Parrot of the genus CAérysotis, now living in the Society’s
Gardens, which appears to belong to an undescribed species. It was
purchased of one of the London dealers in February 1879, and was
originally considered an immature example of Chrysotis dufres-
niana, to which species it is most nearly allied. But it has remained
without material change since its arrival, and a closer examination
leads me to believe that it is mot an immature bird. I therefore
propose to describe it as follows :—
CHRYSOTIS C@HLIGENA. (Plate IX.)
Clare viridis, fronte flavida, facie tota utrinque cyaneo lavata ;
speculo alari aurantiaco; caude apice flavicante; crassitie
paulo minore quam in C. dufresniana.
In Vivario Soc. Zool. Lond.
Obs. Similis C. dufresniane, sed genis ceeruleis, fronte non rubra,
speculo alari flavo et cauda nullo modo rubra distinguenda.
The bird described by Dr. Finsch (Papag. ii. p. 532) as the
young of OC. dufresniana is probably this species.
Singularly enough I have just received (this morning, Feb. 17th)
a box of skins for examination from Mr. G. N. Lawrence of New
York, amongst which is a single example of this Parrot, obtained
“on the Essequibo river in the winter of 1875-76, by Mr. A. H.
Alexander, of West Hoboken, New Jersey.”” Mr. Lawrence gives
to it the name “caligena”’ in his paper (to be published in ‘The
Ibis’), which I adopt with pleasure instead of the name I had in-
tended to propose for it.
Mr. Sclater called attention to the fact that Colobus palliatus,
Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1868, p. 637 (recently figured, Monatsb.
1879, p. 830, tab. iv. a), of which he exhibited a specimen, seemed
to be identical with Colobus angolensis, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860,
p. 246. Mr. Sclater had compared the type of his C. angolensis,
a flat skin now in the British Museum, with a fine adult specimen
from the Pangani river-valley on the Zanzibar coast, in the same
collection lately received from Dr. Kirk, which was doubtless Colobus
palliatus of Peters, and had found them to agree in nearly every
respect, except that the Zanzibar example showed rather more white
on the throat. The skin of Colobus angolensis, which was brought
by Mr. Monteiro from Angola, might have travelled a long way
from the interior of the continent; but it was certainly singular to
find it identical with a species of the eastern coast.
The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed
to him by Mr. W. B. Pryer, dated Elopura, Bay of Sandakan,
Borneo, 27th October, 1879 :—
“T nearly always have some half dozen different birds and animals
about the house, and should be glad to send them to Singapore, on
account of the Society, if you have any one there to receive and forward
them. Amongst the specimens Monkeys take a leading place; but
I presume these are not particularly required; the two species of
C@LIGENA
7 fae RY SO
HRY SOTIS
; INTTANA
LNA
JFRE SNIANA
a
‘
4
‘
- ' ¥
“
wt é
a, i
¥
1880.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE SKULL OF A RHINOCEROS. 69
Gibbons (Hylobates) might be interesting, and also, if it could be
managed, a Proboscis-Monkey (Semnopithecus nasalis). Adults of
this, however, invariably die within a few hours after capture; and
young ones, though tame enough, are too delicate, as, with every care,
they rarely survive for a week. Young bears also seem delicate, and
a change of diet from sugar and milk to boiled rice killed my last in a
day. Tangalungas (a sort of Civet), Gymnuras, Argus Pheasants,
Nicobar Pigeons, Brush-Turkeys (Megapodius), and Hawks are among
the specimens brought in; and I have had several Pittas as well.
Snakes, Tortoises, Crocodiles up to 16 or 17 feet in length, and Moni-
tors may always be had ; and Orang Utangs (young) would come if I
offered a reward for them. The full-grown Orang it is, of course,
impossible to catch. I could send any of these things free to Singa-
pore if you had any one there to receive and forward them on account
of the Society. I have a young Svoloo Deer, a very pretty spotted
animal, given me by the Sultan of Sooloo ; but I hardly feel inclined
to part with it. The ordinary large Banian Red Deer also some-
times comes to me; the last time I was at sea we gave chase to
one in the steamer, and caught it and hauled it on board alive!
“You may be interested to hear that I am sending home this mail
a skull and skin of head of a two-horned Rhinoceros. The second
horn is certainly not very big, but I did not know before that there
was a two-horned species of Rhinoceros in Borneo.”
Prof. Flower exhibited the skull in question, which had been
kindly lent to the Meeting for examination by Mr. Alfred Dent, and
made the following remarks :-—
“* In some notes on the cranial and dental characters of Rhinoceros
(P. Z.S. 1876, p. 450), I identified the skull of a young animal,
obtained in Borneo by Mr. Lowe, of Labuan, and added in the pre-
vious year to the British-Museum collection, with R. sumatrensis.
«The present additional evidence of the existence of a Rhinoceros
in Northern Borneo consists of a skull and the skin of the face,
with both horns, of an aged individual. The molar teeth are worn
down almost to their roots, yet the two lower incisors are retained.
This is noted because these teeth are absent in the specimen from
Malacca, which formerly lived in the Society’s Gardens, and in
another in the Brussels Museum (cf. Garrod, P. Z. S. 1873, p- 92).
The przemaxille are also united with the maxillz, though the line of
suture is distinctly visible. In size and all essential structural cha-
racters the skull agrees with that of the female from Sumatra in the
Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, No. 2933, except that it
is slightly smaller: and the teeth are also relatively smaller ; but their
extremely worn condition interferes with minute comparison. It
differs greatly from the specimen from Tipperah, described in P. Z. S.
1878, p. 634, which was especially characterized by the breadth of
the frontal region and the large size of the teeth. I should consider
the present specimen to be quite a typical example of Rhinoceros sive
Ceratorhinus sumatrensis. The only further point of interest to
note is that the mesethmoid cartilage is ossified to a greater extent
70 PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. _ [ Feb. 17,
than in any other specimen I have examined, so much so that
portions of its irregular edge can be seen in a side view of the
cranium projecting into the deep notch formed between the nasals
and the maxille. This gives a semi-tichorhine appearance to the
skull, but is probably only a consequeuce of age.
“The hair which remains upon the skin of the upper part of the
face is perfectly black.
“The horns are extremely small, which indicates the probability of
the animal having been of the female sex. They also appear to have
undergone degeneration from age and wear, as it is extremely pro-
bable that in old or debilitated animals the formative process of the
corneous material becomes impaired, and does not keep pace with
the terminal decay and abrasion. The base of the anterior horn
measures 4 inches from before backwards and 22 transversely. Its
upper surface has a rugged honeycombed appearance, except in the
middle, from which a more solid process, of a subconical and slightly
recurved form, projects, but which only attains an elevation of 27
inches above the surface of the skin. The posterior horn is an ex-
tremely irregular, flattened, nearly circular nodule, averaging 1?
inch in diameter and scarcely | inch in elevation.”
The following papers were read :-—
1. On the Bush-Dog (Icticyon venaticus, Lund).
By Witiiam Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.S.
[Received February 3, 1880.]
(Plate X.)
The death, on the 12th of December last, of the Bush-Dog from
British Guiana, which was presented to the Society by Mr. Ernest
Tinne on the 20th of August, 1879, has enabled me to place on
record some notes on the anatomy of this somewhat aberrant
member of the canine family, the viscera of which have not hitherto
been examined.
The first notice we have of this animal is by Lund, who described
it under the name of Cynogale venatica’. Afterwards a more full
description with osteological details and figures of the animal and
skull were given by the same author; and the generic name first
imposed, having been already used by Gray for one of the
Viverridee, was changed to Icticyon®. An extinct species from
the Brazilian caves, Jcticyon major, was also doubtfully referred to
the same genus.
In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. xvii. p. 293
(1846), Dr. Gray, unaware of Lund’s memoir, described a specimen
1 P. W. Lund, “ Blik paa Brasiliens Dyreverden for sidste Jordomveltning.
4de Afhandling,” Kong. Danske Videnskab. Selskabs, nat. og math. Afhand-
linger, ix. Deel (Kjébenhayn, 1842), p. 201.
2 Ibid. 5te Afhandling, XI. Deel (1845), p. 62, Taf. xli. & xliii.
SHILDVNGA NOAA II OL
dm qrequey UAL IRS "P
1880. ] PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. 71
received at the British Museum from the Brazils under the name of
Cynalicus melanogaster. It may here be noticed that the reference
by the same author’ of Canis brachyotus, of which the skull and
teeth are figured by Blainville (‘ Ostéographie,’ gen. Canis, pls. viii. &
xil.) to this species, is incorrect ; but Van der Hoeven has given a good
figure of the same parts*. Very recently Cope has described (without
figure) an extinct species from Oregon, which he refers to this group,
under the name of Icticyon crassivultus*.
In consequence of the dental formula, and some superficial re-
semblance in external form, this animal has often been placed by
systematists among the Mustelide; but its true position as a dog
has been recognized by all who have closely investigated its struc-
ture. The living specimen much recalled in appearance a young
Fox, and had the manners of a playful puppy. It was a female,
and at the time of death nearly adult. All the permanent teeth
were in place; but the canines were not fully protruded, and the
epiphyses were not united to the ends of the long bones.
The only decided character by which it has been separated
generically from Canis, besides the shortness and broadness of the
skull, is the reduction in develcnment of the true molar teeth. In
the upper jaw the posterior molar of Canis (**) is stated to be
absent, and “* is smaller and simpler than in the Dogs generally.
In the lower jaw, whereas Canis lias usually three true molars,
Ictieyon has but two; and the last which is developed is con-
siderably smaller than its homologue in the ordinary forms. This
appears to have been the case in all the specimens hitherto ex-
amined ; but the present example preseuts an interesting variation,
as, in addition to the teeth usually described as being present, it has a
pair of very small tubercular molars above, the crowns of which are
divided into an outer and an inner cusp. The dental formula, therefore,
is @. 5 é: i: pm. 4 m. -=7=40, corresponding with that of Canis
primevus of Bengal, constituting the genus Cuon of Hodgson, to
which animal Jcticyon comes nearer, in the general form of the
skull, than to any other of the group. The presence of these small
teeth may be an individual peculiarity; or it may be that they are
normally developed in the young animal, and are early deciduous, so
that in the older specimens previously examined they have escaped
notice. In any case they show a most interesting transitional cha-
racter, and point to the fact that, in the reduction of the molar
teeth, Icticyon is modified from a more generalized canine type.
Another slight peculiarity in the dentition is that the inner tubercle
of the upper sectorial is placed rather further from the anterior
edge of the tooth than in Canis.
1 «Catalogue of Carnivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate Mammalia in
the British Museum,’ by J. E. Gray, 1869, p. 183.
2 J. Van der Hoeven, “Over het geschlacht Jeticyon,” Verhandelingen der
Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen,’ Derde Deel (Amsterdam, 1856).
3 E. Cope, “On the Genera of Felidz and Canide,” Proc, Acad. Nat, Sciences
Philadelphia, July 8th, 1879.
72 PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. _ [Feb. 17,
The length of the animal, from the tip of the nose to the end of
the tail, was 252 inches, of which the head measured 53 inches, the
neck and trunk 153, and the tail 43 inches.
There are four pairs of mamme, situated nearly equidistant on the
ventral surface: the anterior pair over the ribs, nearly 2 inches
behind the elbows ; the second pair on the abdomen, slightly in
front of the umbilicus ; the third pair opposite the knee-joint ; the
last pair 2 inches in front of the vulva.
The relative length of the toes and form of the palmar and plan-
tar pads can be best understood by a reference to the accompanying
figures (figs. 1 and 2).
Fig. 2.
t=)
Fig. 1. Under surface of right fore foot of Zeticyon ; natural size.
Fig. 2. Under surface of right hind foot of Jeticyon; natural size.
The tongue has a well-developed lytta and four small circumyal-
late papillee on each side.
The stomach, as in the Dog, consists of a subglobular cardiac
portion and a narrower pyloric portion, separated by a constriction.
The small intestine measured 46 inches in length, and the large 10
inches. The only difference which the alimentary canal presents from
the usual canine type is in the cecum (fig. 3), which is very small,
1880.] PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. 73
only one inch and a half in length, slightly curved, and with a conical
apex. ‘This adds another to the list, given in the notice of the
czeecum of the Red Wolf}, of Canidz with small simple ceca. The
liver (figs. 4 and 5) only differs from that of a small Terrier Dog? in
a slight variation in the relative size of the lobes, perhaps not
greater than would be met with in comparing this organ in a series
of individuals of the same species.
The anal glands are large, oval, thin-walled sacs, with a muscular
covering and smooth lining membrane, each ‘9 inch in length and
Fig. 3.
Cxcum of Icticyon ; natural size.
‘7 inch wide, and opening by a single orifice, large enough to admit
a bristle, at the lateral margin of the anal aperture.
The brain (figs. 6 and 7, p. 75) is characteristically canine, except
that, on the left side, the gyrus immediately surrounding the Sylvian
fissure (fig. 6 i', 2’) is not marked off by a complete sulcus at its upper
curved part from the one above it, and therefore almost reproduces the
condition met with in the Felidze, from which form, according to the
view of the late Professor Garrod, the canine brain has been derived
by complete division of the lower or external gyrus into an outer and
inner segment’. Although I have no doubt, after examining a
larger number of specimens than were available when attempting a
classification and comparison of the cerebral conyolutions of the
.! See P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 766.
2 See “ Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Organs of Digestion in
the Mammalia,” ‘ Medical Times and Gazette,’ June 1, 1872, p. 622, fig. 23.
’ “Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Lycaon pictus and of Nyctereutes pro-
eyonides,” P>Z. 8. 1878, p. 377.
74 PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. _ [Feb. 17,
Fig. 4.
Upper surface of liver of Jeticyon ; half natural size.
vl, right lateral lobe; re. right central lobe; lc. left central lobe; //. left lateral
lobe; s. Spigelian lobe; c. caudate lobe.
Under surface of liver of Jcticyon ; half natural size.
uf. umbilical fissure; cf. cystic fissure; U/f. left lateral fissure; 7/f. right lateral
fissure ; 7. left lateral lobe; /e. left central lobe; re. right central lobe;
7, right lateral lobe; s. Spigelian lobe; ¢. caudate lobe; g. gall-bladder.
-
1880. ] PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. 75
different groups of the Carnivora!, that the fourth (counting from the
middle line) or inferior gyrus of the Dog is represented by the outer
or inferior portion of the third (counting in the same way) of the
Upper surface of brain of Leticyon ; natural size.
¢. crucial suleus; s, m, and i. Superior, middle, and inferior lateral gyri.
Side view of brain of Zc¢icyon; natural size.
8. Sylvian fissure ; c. crucial sulcus; s. superior lateral gyrus; m. middle lateral
gyrus; 7. inferior lateral gyrus; 7'. imperfect second inferior lateral
gyrus, usually complete in the Canide.
other Carnivora, and is in many Aluroids already partially marked
off by an interrupted sulcus, I am not prepared on that account to
accept the conclusion that the Dog is a further modification of the
1 See P. Z.S. 1869, p. 482.
76 MR. FORBES ON THE STRUCTURE OF NASITERNA. [Feb. 17,
highly specialized zluroid type. Very little else in the structure or
the paleontological history of the Dog indicates that it has passed
through a feline stage in its development; and its more complex
brain may have been evolved quite independently from a primitive
form. A comparative study of the development of the convolutions
of the brain in the Dog and other Carnivora would throw light upon
this subject.
2. On some Points in the Structure of Nasiterna bearing on
its Affinities. By W. A. Forsss, B.A., F.L.S., Scholar
of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the
Society.
[Received February 12, 1880.]
For many years the true position in the series of Parrots of this
very singular little form, of which about seven species are now known,
has been a moot point amongst ornithologists, most authors placing
it amongst the Cacatuine.
Although two accounts have been published of some points in the
anatomy of Nasiterna pusio—first by Mr. Sclater when describing
that species’, and secondly by Signor Camerano, in a paper read
before the Turin Academy of Sciences *,—nothing very definite has
resulted from them tending to elucidate this doubtful poimt. Mr.
Sclater was inclined to regard it (/.c. p. 622) as “an aberrant form
of the Psittacine .... unless it can be allowed to stand as the type
of a distinct subfamily, which would probably be more correct.”
At my request, some fifteen months ago, M. Alphonse Milne-
Edwards was kind enough to forward to the late Prof. Garrod a spe-
cimen (in spirit) of a Nasiterna, probably NV. pygmea, for dissection ;
and I now place before the Society a few statements on its structure
as recorded in his MS. notes.
As in all other Parrots, except in certain species of Cacatua and
in Licmetis tenuirostris, there are two carotid arteries in Nasiterna
(a fact previously recorded by Camerano), both of which run in the
normal manner in the hypapophysial canal. As in all Parrots with
the carotids so disposed (except some individuals of Stringops), the
ambiens muscle is absent. The furcula is represented only by a
rudiment at the upper end; and the orbital ring is incomplete. As
the oil-gland is present, the formula for Nasiterna, adopting the
system used by Prof. Garrod in his paper on the anatomy of the
Parrots *, will be 2, —, —, +, as in Agapornis, Stringops, Geopsit-
tacus and their allies.
Pterylographically, I have been able to ascertain that Nasiterna
pygmea agrees generally in the form and disposition of the tracts
with such genera as Cyclopsitta, Psittinus, &c., and differs from the
Cacatuine in the absence of the crest and naked head-space (ef.
1 Pp. Z.S. 1865, p. 620. 2 Atti Reale Acad. Torin. xiii. 1878, p. 301.
3 Pp. Z.S. 1874, p. 595.
1880. | LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&. Tih
Sclater, /. c. p. 622) universally present, as far as I have yet seen,
in that group, as also in the absence of powder-down feathers, very fre-
quently, though not invariably, present in those birds, though absent
in the other Psittaci with “normal” carotids. In the Cockatoos,
too, the orbit is completely encircled by bone’, and, asa rule, doubly
so (vide P.Z.S. 1874, pl. Ixxi.). In Nasiterna, as already stated, it
is not so. Of the other “Palgornithide,” as defined by Prof.
Garrod, the Trichoglossine form a well-marked group, characterized
by numerous features to which there is no approach in Nasiterna.
Its nearest allies must therefore be in the remaining forms of that
family, which I propose to call Zelectine, including all those not
either Cacatuine or Trichoglossine, with the exception, perhaps, of
the ground-frequenting forms, Stringops, Pezoporus, &c. The spiny
tail-feathers of Nasiterna are, no doubt, very peculiar, and with its
enrious beak and diminutive size must always make this a very well-
marked genus. But I fail to see in its spiny tail sufficient importance
to elevate Nasiterna into a special subfamily, as suggested by Mr.
Selater. Chetura is not separated on similar grounds from the other
Cheturine ; nor has the spatulate tail of Prioniturus been advanced
as entitling that genus to form a special subfamily.
The anatomy of the small short-tailed genera Cyclopsitta, Psit-
tacella, &c. is as yet unknown; but I believe that it is amongst
these forms—related, as far as can be judged from external ap-
pearance, through this last to Pezoporus, Geopsittacus, &ec.—that
Nasiterna has its nearest allies. -Agapornis and Psittinus are also
not very distantly related, though I believe that the loss of its
furcula by Ayapornis, in which it resembles Nasiterna, is probably
due to independent causes?. That the loss of the fureula is no¢
exclusively correlated with terrestrial habits is shown by its absence
in three such essentially arboreal genera as Agapornis, Nasiterna,
and the Neotropical Psittacula.
3. On some new and little known Species of Tineide. By
Tuomas, Lorp Watsinenam, F.Z.S.
[Received February 17, 1880.]
(Plates XI., XII.)
Genus ApeELA, Latreille.
Mr. Walker in his ‘Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the
British Museum,’ part xxviii. p. 501, 1863, described three species
of the genus Adela—A. purpurea and A. bellela from North Ame-
rica, and A. albicornis from Natal. The first of these (4. purpurea)
has since been described by Prof. Zeller under the name of Adela
1 This was not the case, however, in a specimen of Calyptorhynchus funereus
lately examined by me.
2 Judging by its behaviour in captivity, Agapornis is extremely sluggish in
its moyements.
78 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEIDE. [ Feb. 17,
biviella (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. [1873], p. 226, pl. iii. fig. 10),
where it is accurately figured.
The second (A. bellela) is closely allied to the European Adela
degeerella (Linn.), differing only in the richer colouring and in the
darker purple hind wings. The longitudinal stripes before and
beyond the central band, as well as the margins of the band itself, are
very distinct, and of a brilliant shot purplish-blue, whereas these
and the central band itself are paler in the European species. The
wings are perhaps slightly shorter in proportion to their length than
in A. degeerella.
The third (Adela albicornis), which is very distinct from any other
known Adela, was first described by Mr. Stainton as Adela nata-
lensis (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. s. vol. v. p. 222), the specimens
in the British Museum described by Walker being from Mr. Guen-
zius’s collection, which also supplied some of those described by Mr.
Stainton.
Dr. Brackenridge Clemens, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 1864, vol. ii.
p. 426, describes Adela ridingsella from Virginia.
Prof. Zeller, in the ‘ Verhandlungen der zoologisch-botanischen
Gesellschaft in Wien,’ vol. xxiii. (1873), describes A. biviella
(p. 226, pl. iii. fig. 10) from Massachusetts, above referred to, ddela
chalybeis (p. 225) from Texas, a species with which [I am not
acquainted, and Adela schlegeri (1. c. p. 227, pl. iii. fig. 11) from
Ohio, of which the figure faithfully represents the species under
the name of a. ridingsella in the collection of the Entomological
Society of Philadelphia ; and in vol. xxv. p. 342, pl. x. fig. 50, of
the same publication he further describes and figures Adela trigrapha
from California.
Mr. Chambers, in the‘ Canadian Entomologist,’ vol. v. p. 73, 1873,
describes Adela bella and Dicte coruscifasciella, both from Ken-
tucky. In (Can. Ent.) vol. viii. pp. 103, 104, he describes Adela
(Nemotois’?) trifasciella, Adela fasciella (which he suggests may be
the female of the preceding species), and Adela “ flammeusella,” all
from California.
In (Can. Ent.) vol. ix. pp. 206, 207, he refers to A. biviella, Zell.,
and describes the female of this species (which has a ‘‘ straw-yellow
head”) from Maine; he also amends his previous description of A.
bella, and points out that his ‘* Dicte (Adela) coruscifasciella” is
the same species as Adela schlegeri, Zell., which it precedes.
The same author, in the ‘ Bulletin of the United-States Geological
Survey,’ 1878, vol. iv. no. 1, pp. 127, 128, in his “ Index to the
described Tineina of the United States and Canada ”’ (in which he
omits to notice any of the species described by Mr. Walker), gives
a list of the known species of -ddela from those countries. In this
list he sinks his 4. fasciella as a synonym of A. trigrapha, Zell., but
retdins as a distinct species his A. ¢trifasciella, which he had
previously suggested might possibly be the male of A. fasciella, and
alters the spelling of A. fammeusella to A. flamenselia.
After careful comparison of descriptions, of figures, and of type
specimens where such has been possible, I would suggest the
1880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&. 79
following as the correct list and synonomy of the North-American
species of this genus. :
ADELA RIDINGSELLA, Clem. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. p- 426,
1864 ; Stainton, Tin. Nor. Am. (republication of Clemens’s papers),
p- 250; Packard, Guide Stud. Ins. p- 348; Chambers, Bull. U.S.
Geol. & Geog. Survey, iv. no. 1, p. 127.
Dicte coruscifasciella, Chamb. Can. Ent. vol. v. p-. 74, 1873.
Adela schlegeri, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. p. 227, pl. iii.
fig. 11.
Dicte (Adela) coruscifasciella, Chamb. Can. Ent. ix. p: 207.
Adela (Dicte) coruscifasciella, Chamb. Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog.
Survey, iv. no. 1, p- 127.
ADELA PoRPUREA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 501, 1863.
Adela biviella, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. p. 226, pl. iii.
fig. 10, 1873; Chamb. Can. Ent. ix. p- 206; Chamb. Bull. U.S.
Geol. & Geog. Survey, iv. p. 127.
ADELA CHALyBEIS, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. p. 225;
Chamb. Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. iv. Palka .
ADELA BELLA, Chamb. Can. Ent. v. p..73, Can. Ent. ix. p. 207 ;
Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. iv. p. 127.
ADELA FLAMENSELLA, Chamb. Can. Ent. viii. p- 104; Bull. U.S.
Geol. & Geog. Surv. iv. p. 127.
ADELA BELLELA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p- 501.
ADELA TRIGRAPHA, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxv. p- 342, pl.
x. fig. 50, 1875; Chamb. Boll. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. iv. p.
128. (Plate XI. figs. 2, 3.)
3. Adela (Nemotois) trifasciella, Chamb. Can. Ent. viii. p. 103;
Bull. U.S. Geol: & Geog. Surv. iy. p- 128.
Q. Adela fasciella, Chamb. Can. Ent. viii. p: 108:
ApbELA 1ocHRoA, Zell. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. p- 218.
To the above I may now add the four following from California
and Oregon, raising the whole number of species of the genus Adela
from the United States and Canada to 12 only. It is more than
probable that many more yet remain to be discovered.
ADELA SEPTENTRIONELLA, sp. nov. (Plate. XI. fig. 1.)
3. Capite et palpis setosis, nigris ; antennis longissimis (triente
basalt supra nigro maculoso) albis ; alis anticis subpurpure-
scenti-brunneis, fasciis duabus angustis albis, triente apicali
squamis albis irrorato, ciliis apicalibus albis ; posticis brunneis.
Q. Capite ochreo ; antennis brevioribus.
¢. Head and palpi, which project very conspicuously beyond it,
roughly clothed with long black hairs. Antenne more than three times
the length of the fore wings, white, spotted with black above along
80 ‘LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&. [ Feb. 17,
the basal third. Fore wings brown, with aslight purplish tinge,
crossed by two narrow white bars, the inner bar is halfway between
the base and the outer bar, which latter is slightly angulated out-
wards about the middle, and is situated slightly beyond the middle
of the wing: beyond the outer bar is a small white angulate spot at
the costa midway to the apex; and on the apical portion of the wing
are, usually, some scattered small white dots and scales, varying in
number and distribution. The cilia above the middle of the apical
margins are white. Hind wings brown. Legs brown, tarsi spotted
with white.
The female has the head covered with long bright ochreous hairs ;
the palpi black; antenne as in the male, but scarcely a third
longer than the fore wings; abdomen acuminate, with the anal seg-
ments much appressed laterally.
gd and 2. Mendocino county, California, May and June 1871,
and Southern Oregon, May 1872.
Expanse 11 millims.
ADELA SINGULELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 4.)
3. Capite supra nigro, fronte ulbida ; antennis longissimis albis ;
alis anticis brunneis vix purpurascentibus, fascia singula post
medium alba; posticis pupurascentibus.
Q. Antennis paulo brevioribus ; capite subgriseo, fascia vix latiore.
3. Head black above, face greyish, both roughly clothed ; the
palpi short, depressed, clothed with long black hairs beneath. An-
teunnee white, more than three times the length of the fore wings, not
spotted. Fore wings brown, with a slight purplish tinge ; cilia the
same, a single narrow white fascia,just beyond the middle, not
visible on the underside except in a small costal spot, sometimes
slightly angulated below the costa. Hind wings rather more purplish
than the fore wings; the costal portion of the base, over which the
fore wings lap when the wings are extended, is white. Legs brown ;
tarsi indistinctly spotted with whitish.
Q. With the head rather greyish, and the fore wings with a more
greenish hue than those of the male, having the fascia also slightly
wider. Antenne only slightly shorter than those of the male.
Expanse 10 millims.
This species differs from Adela sulzella (Schiff.) in its smaller size,
narrower fascia, and in the antennz of the female being similar to
those of the male, instead of being thickened to the middle.
3, 2. Mendocino county, California, May 25, 1871.
ADELA LACTIMACULELLA, sp. noy. (Plate XI. figs. 5 & 6.)
3. Capite supra purpurascente, fronte et palpis nigro-setosis ; an-
tennis albis, apud basin nigrescentibus ; alis anticis subviridi-cupreis,
maculis duabus costalibus una (nonnumquam secunda) dorsali
ochreo-albidis ; posticis subpurpureis.
Q. Palpis nigris, capite flavo ; alis anticis cupreis, maculis duabus
costalibus subconspicuis.
Head purplish above, the face and palpi clothed with long black
1880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&, 81
hairs ; antennz white, clouded on the basal fourth, but not annulated,
with black. Fore wings with the costa slightly raised near the base,
greenish cupreous, a yellowish-white spot rather beyond the middle
of the dorsal margin and two similar ones on the costa (one before
and one beyond the middle), of which the outer one only is visible
on the underside ; sometimes a small faintly-indicated spot lies above
the anal angle. Hind wings purplish, the base of the cilia greenish
cupreous. Legs purplish, the tarsi rather grey.
Female with the palpi black, the head roughly clothed with long
dark orange-yellow hairs, eyes smaller and wider apart than those
of the male, antennz nearly twice the length of the fore wings.
The fore wings with a less greenish and more cupreous tinge than in
the male ; the dorsal spot obsolete; the costal spots much less con-
spicuous than those in the male, especially the one nearest the
base.
Expanse 14 millims.
3,2. Mendocino County, California, June 10, 1871.
ADELA SIMPLICIELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 7.)
3. Capite hirsuto, ochreo; antennis vix longioribus quam ale,
Juscis ; alis anticis subviridi-cupreis, apud costam et apicem pur-
purascentibus, posticis purpureis.
Q. Antennis aliquot brevioribus.
3d. Head roughly clothed with ochreous hairs above, the face
rather smoother ; palpi sparsely clothed with long hairs below, the
apical joint smooth ; antennze about the length of the fore wings,
purplish fuscous.’ Fore wings greenish cupreous towards the base,
tinged with purple, especially on the costal and apical portions of
the wing. Hind wings purplish ; legs purplish ; tarsi slightly paler ;
undersides of both dull brownish purple.
The female apparently differs from the male only in the length of
the antenne, which are about two thirds the length of the fore
wings.
Expanse 10 millims.
3,2. Southern Oregon, May 1872.
Allied to Adela rufimetrella (Scop.) and A. violella (Tr.).
I may now add to the Indian species of this group two new species
received from the Rev. H. Hocking of Dharmsala :—
ADELA GEMMELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 8.)
3. Antennis longissimis, roseo-cupreis, articulo basali cum capite
supra et infra metallice roseis; palpis brevibus, albido-flavidis ;
alis anticis triente basali flavo, strigis longitudinalibus tribus roseo-
aureis, deinde ad apicem nitide roseo-aureis excepta fascia mediana
flava utrinque atro marginata ; posticis brunneo-cupreis, ciliis
paulo pallidioribus.
Antennee nearly four times the length of the fore wings, shining,
rosy cupreous, the basal joint brilliant, rosy metallic. Head smooth,
shining, metallic above and below, a fringe only of short rough hairs
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. VI. 6
82 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. [Feb. 17,
surrounding the eyes; palpi pale yellowish, short, not projecting
beyond the head, having a few long hairs on the underside. Thorax
brilliantly metallic rosy golden. Fore wings with the basal third
dull yellow, longitudinally streaked with three brilliant metallic blue
and rosy lines—one along the costa, one on the middle, and one
above the dorsal margin; these are blended in a brilliant rosy
metallic band, which precedes a yellow central fascia, margined nar-
rowly on its outer, more widely on its inner edge with black ; this
fascia is narrow towards the dorsal, widening towards the costal
margin; beyond it the remaining portion of the wing, to the end of
the cilia, is brilliantly golden, shot with rosy purple.
3. Expanse 13 millims.
I received several males of this most beautiful species from the
Rev. H. Hocking, from Dharmsala, in the Punjaub. It is probably
allied to Adela orientella (Staud.).
ADELA GRISEELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XI. figs. 9 & 9a.)
3. Antennis longissimis, griseo-albidis excepta basi cuprea, palpis
brevibus, capite pene nudo ; alis anticis griseo-albidis subpurpureis
atomis irroratis, fascia mediana interne nigro marginata alba,
posticis dilute brunneis.
@. Antennis flocco ultra medium incrassatis, cupreis, triente apicalt
nude albido.
¢o. Antenne nearly three times the length of the fore wings,
greyish white shaded with cupreous at the base; palpi short and
inconspicuous, whitish ; head nearly smooth, greyish white. Fore
wings greyish white, profusely irrorated, especially towards the apex,
with purplish cupreous scales, with a slightly bowed median fascia
of almost uniform width, dark-margined on its inner edge. Hind
wings very pale brownish. Legs brownish cupreous, the tarsi spotted
with white.
@. Antenne about the length of the fore wings, clothed, except
the whitish apical third, with cupreous scales, which form a thick
tuft at about two thirds of their length.
Expanse 13 millims.
Dharmsala, Punjaub. Received from the Rev. H. Hocking.
Genus IncurvartA, Haworth.
INCURVARIA SOLENOBIELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 10.)
2. Capite hirsuto, albido ; alis anticis cum ciilits albidis, squamis
subnitide eneis irregulariter conspersis, posticis cum ciliis dilute
griseo-cinereis.
Head and palpi whitish. Antennz cinereous, somewhat annu-
lated with whitish towards the base in the female, slightly pubescent
in the male. Fore wings whitish, thickly sprinkled with rather
shining, yellowish, brassy scales, more conspicuous in the female than
in the male, and grouped into irregular blotches, especially along the
apical margin and about the middle of the wing ; cilia whitish. The
hind wings are pale greyish cinereous ; the cilia the same. The male
1880. | LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. 83
is slightly larger than the female, and has much the appearance of
a Solenobia, especially when slightly worn.
Expanse, ¢ 18 millims., 9 16-17 millims.
Near San Francisco, May 19th, 1871.
I have several specimens of this species, of which the females are in
better condition than the males. One, or perhaps two other unicolo-
rous species of Incurvaria were met with in May and June of the
following year in Oregon; but I shall not venture to describe them
until I can be more certain that they do not belong to some of the
numerous European species.
Genus Microrreryx, Hiibner.
Two species only of this genus have, as far as I am aware, been
described from North America; and of these one only is mentioned
in Chambers’s “‘ Index to described Tineina,” in the ‘ Bulletin of the
United-States Geological and Geographical Survey,’ 1878. This is
Micropteryx pomivorella, Pack. (Rep. Mass. Ag. Soc. 1870, Am.
Nat. vi. p. 685). The other is Micropteryx luteiceps, Walk. (Cat.
Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 494), from Nova Scotia, a good and distinct
species.
To these may be added the following species from the Western
States :—
MIcROPTERYX PARDELLA, sp.nov. (Plate XI. fig. 11.)
Capite hirsuto ochreo ; antennis fuscis ; alis anticis subpurpurascenti-
cupreis, litura dorsali apud basin et maculis duabus post medium
aliquando confusis, cum ciliis apicalibus eneo-flavidis, posticis
cupreis.
Head bright ochreous, roughly clothed. Antenne dusky, rather
coarse in the male. Fore wings purplish cupreous, with two con-
spicuous brassy-yellow spots beyond the middle; the upper of
these, which is the largest, is obliquely quadrangular, reaching the
costa along its upper edge, and sometimes blended with the lower
and smaller one, which is slightly beyond it and contiguous to the
dorsal margin at the anal angle. Before the middle, touching the
dorsal margin, and reaching more than half across the wing, is an
irregular-shaped spot of a similar colour, blending by means of a
yellowish intermediate shade with a small similar spot at the base of
the wing. The cilia at the apex and apical margin are brassy yellow,
at the anal angle cupreous. Hind wings cupreous. Abdomen dusky.
3. Expause 10 millims.
Five specimens, taken on the borders of the forest of “ redwood”’
(Tacodium sempervirens) near the coast, in Southern Oregon, at the
beginning of June 1872.
MicROPTERYX AUROSPARSELLA, Sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 12.)
Capite subgriseo; antennis brevibus, cinereo-fuscis ; alis anticis
purpureis, squamis aureo-metallicis creberrime conspersis, posticis
purpureis.
Head rough, greyish. Antenne short, less than half the length
6%
84 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. [Feb. 17,
of the fore wings, dusky. Fore wings bright purple, thickly and
regularly sprinkled with bright golden metallic scales; the cilia
mixed purple and golden. Hind wings purple.
Expanse 73 millims.
A small but distinct species, about the size of M. calthella.
One specimen, taken in Southern Oregon in May 1872.
I have a single specimen of another undescribed species from
Northern Oregon, April 1872, but scarcely in sufficiently good eon-
dition to be determined with certainty.
Head dusky greyish. The fore wings purple, dusted with thickly
scattered yellowish and whitish scales, giving a slightly blotched
appearance, and forming an ill-defined spot on the dorsal margin
before the anal angle. The cilia are pale, and the hind wings very
transparent cinereous.
Expanse 9 millims.
Apparently allied to the European M. unimaculella.
I leave it to be named by any one who may be able to verify the
description by obtaining a series of specimens in better condition.
Genus Hyronomevta, Zeller.
Mr. Walker, in his ‘Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the
British Museum,’ part xxviii. p. 530, describes Hyponomeuta ordi-
natellus g and 9, of which he says:—“ Alze posticee nigricanti-
cinereex, fimbria alba;”’ and in part xxx. p. 1016, he mentions
Hyponomeuta ‘ multipunctellus,”’ Clem., and refers his H. ordina-
tellus to this species. Dr. Clemens described his H. multipunctella,
in the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia’ for 1860, p. 8, as having the hind wings “ blackish grey,’”
but without mentioning the sex of his type. The single specimen
placed by Mr. Walker under the two names—first, ordinatellus, Walk.,
and secondly, multipunctellus, Clem.—has decidedly white hind wings,
and is therefore evidently not one of those from which the original
description was made, and which were said to have come from Canada.
A reference to the Register shows that the specimen was “‘ purchased
from Mr. Dyson,” in a miscellaneous collection of North-American
insects. It is probably the one mentioned by Mr. Walker (erro-
neously) as having been ‘‘ presented by Mr. Doubleday,” since he
only refers to one specimen as existing in the national collection, and
no other can be found. If this specimen isa female (of which I am
not at present absolutely convinced), it will agree with Prof. Zeller’s
redescription of H. multipunctellus, Clem., in the Verh. z.-b. Ges.
Wien, xxiii. p. 228, where he writes :—“ Post. ¢ dilute cinereis albo
ciliatis, Q totis albis.” Prof. Zeller points out that if Walker’s
original H. ordinatellus had the hind wings dark in both sexes, it
cannot be the same species as H. multipunctella, Clem. There
must, then, be two distinct species agreeing in all other particulars ;
and this remains to be proved. But it seems more probable that
Mr. Walker may have heen mistaken as to the sex of one of his ori-
1880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&. 85
ginal types, especially as he himself subsequently referred a specimen
with white hind wings to the same species. I have a female with
white hind wings in my own North-American collection.
Genus AnrsycuiA, Hiibner.
In the “ Index to the described Tineina of the United States and
Canada,” given by Mr. Chambers in the ‘ Bulletin of the U.S.
Geological and Geographical Survey,’ vol. iv. (1878), in enumerating
the species which have been placed in the genus Anesychia, he
includes “4. sparcicella (sic), Clem.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii.
p- 430), described from specimens in the collection of the Entomolo-
gical Society of Philadelphia. This species should be placed in the
genus Cryptolechia (Zell.). It is the Cryptolechia contrariella of
Walker’s ‘ Catalogue,’ part xxix. p. 771, the preface of which is
dated March 7th, 1864—the same month in which Dr. Clemens’s
description appeared. The same species is also described and figured
by Prof. Zeller (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxv. pp. 343, 344, pl. x.
fig. 51) under the name of Cryptolechia atropicta; the only
difference appears to be the absence in this figure and description of
a small black spot at the base of the dorsal margin, which exists in
Clemens’s and Walker’s specimens.
If I am correct in believing the three authors above quoted to
refer to the same species, its synonymy would be as follows :—
CRYPTOLECHIA CONTRARIELLA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxix.
p- 771.
Anesychia sparsiciliella, Clem. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. p. 430;
Stainton, Tin. N. Amer. p. 255.
Cryptolechia atropicta, Zell. Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, xxv. pp. 343,
344, pl. x. fig. 5].
Anesychia sparcicella, Cham. Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geog. Surv.
iv. p. 129.
ANESYCHIA HAGENELLA, Chambers, Bull. U.S. Geog. and Geol.
Surv. iv. p. 81.
This species seems to be nearly allied to Psecadia semilugens,
Zell.,= Anesychia multipunctella, Cham. (non Hyponomeuta multi-
pvnctella, Clem.), and should perhaps more properly be placed with
some of its allies in the genus Psecadia (Hiibn.).
Genus Psrecap1a, Hiibner.
Zeller, in the ‘ Horz Soc. Ent. Ross,’ xiii. pp. 235, 236, pl. iii.
fig. 71, describes and figures Psecadia xanthorrhoa, from Porto
Rico. A comparison of the figure, which is very accurate, with a
specimen in the British Museum shows this to be the species
described by Walker (Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 536) as Psecadia
notatella, from St. Domingo.
The following new species, belonging to the genera Hyponomeuta
and Psecadia are at present in my collection. I have also here
86 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&. [Feb. 17,
described two new species of the genus Lampronia, Zell., from North
America, of which no examples, as far as I am able to ascertain,
have hitherto been observed in that country.
Genus Hyronomevts, Zeller.
HyronoMEUTA LAPIDELLUS, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)
Capite, antennis et palpis dilute griscis; alis anticis saturate
plumbeo-griseis, punctis sex in dimidio basali, quatuor in dimidio
apicali nigris pallide submarginatis, octo in marginibus apicali et
costali dispositis ; posticis subgriseis ; abdomine ochreo.
Head stone-grey, palpi projecting scarcely half the length of the
head beyond it, the apical joint rather more than half the length of
the second, both stone-grey. Antenne thesame. Thorax with two
black spots in front and one behind; the wing-coverts tipped with
black. Fore wings rather shining, cold stone-grey, with eighteen
black spots, indistinctly and narrowly pale-margined, arranged as
follows—two rather elongate, below the basal third of the costa, two
on the lower edge of the cell, also before the middle, one on the
middle of the cell beyond them, and one near the base of the dorsal
margin, with a group of four on the outer third of the wing, which
are followed by eight marginal spots, of which five belong to the
apical and three to the costal margin. Hind wings pale greyish.
Abdomen and tuft ochreous. Legs grey.
Expanse 19 millims.
Larva pale yellowish ochreous, with a double row of elongate
black spots just touching each other on the middle of each segment,
and connected by a slender black subdorsal line, except between
the third and fourth segment, where it is interrupted by a band
of the pale ground-colour. Below the subdorsal line is a_row
of reniform black spots on each segment after the fourth. Head
black ; second segment with two brownish-fuscous plates divided by
a yellowish line. Anterior legs black; prolegs yellowish ochreous ;
a few single scattered hairs on each segment.
Received from the Rev. H. Hocking, who found the larve at an
elevation of about 4500 ft. near Dharmsala, July 12th, feeding on
“soongroo” (wild salvia). The motlis emerged on the lstof August.
Genus Psrecap14, Zeller.
PsEcapIA ? CUPREONIVELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 2.)
Capite et thorace niveis ; palpis subpurpureis, albo-acuminatis ; alis
anticis cupreo-violuceis, guttis sex distinctis aliis aliquot confusis
irregulariter dispersis niveis, coste basi cerulea ; posticis dilute
griseo-brunneis, basi albida ; abdomine grisescenti-brunneo, flocco
anali aurantiaco.
Head, thorax, and patagia white. Antenne pale greyish brown,
the basal joint slightly thickened, dark purplish. Palpi slender, the
apical joint rather more than half the length of the second joint, pur-
plish, with the extreme tip white ; second joint purplish above, white
{880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. 87
below. Tongue scaled with white at the base. Fore wings glossy
cupreous violet, with large shining snow-white spots and blotches;
six spots on the basal half and middle of the wing (three upon and
three below the cell) well defined and separate, others along the
costa and on the apical third of the wing contiguous to the anal
angle more or less blended and irregular; a white spot on the
middle of the base is blended with another at the base of the dorsal
margin ; above it, on the costa, and beyond it, on the median vein,
are shades of dark glossy blue, which are also to be found on the
lower half of the apical margin above the anal angle. ‘he costa,
except at the extreme base, is white ; the cilia white, tinged around
the apex with greyish brown at their tips, Hind wings pale greyish
brown, rather whitish, but not quite transparent towards the base.
Abdomen greyish brown, whitish beneath ; the anal tuft orange-
ochreous. The femora of the first pair of legs are orange-ochreous
beneath ; the tibize and tarsi greyish brown beneath, white above.
The second and third pairs of legs have the base only of the femora
erange-ochreous, the tibize and tarsi spotted with purplish brown.
1 2. Expanse 28 millims.
Rio do Espirito Santo, Brazil.
I have been unable to find any figure or description of this beau-
tiful Brazilian species. It seems to agree more nearly with Pse-
cadia (Zeller) than with any other genus; but there is a slight
difference in the neuration of the hind wings ; moreover the head is
slightly broader and the antennze longer than in the European and
North-American forms of that genus. It differs from the genus
Oeta (Grote) in having veins eight and nine of the fore wings
arising from a common pedicle, not separately, as in that genus,
agreeing in this respect with Psecadia, where I would place it at
least provisionally.
PsECADIA MONTICOLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 3.)
Capite, antennis et palpis obscure schistaceis ; alis antivis schistaceis,
lineis punctisque nigris in longitudinem impositis ; margine dor-
sali anguste nigro, punctis marginalibus nigris undecim secuto ;
posticis fuligineis ; abdomine (excepta basi nigra) et tibiis pos-
ticis flavis.
Head, antennz, and palpi dark slaty grey, the latter upturned,
with the apical joint long and pointed. Fore wings rather shining,
dark slaty grey, with black spots and streaks, four on the basal half
along the lower edge of the cell ; two attenuated streaks on the outer
edge of the cell, with three immediately beyond it, of which the
upper one is the longest and is sometimes joined to the upper of the
two on the cell; three oblique streaks below the costa, of which the
outer one is the shortest and most oblique, the inner one the reverse.
These are followed by a series of four spots along the apical portion
of the costa, and seven similar spots along the apical margin, reach-
ing to the anal angle, from which a narrow black line runs along the
dorsal margin to the base. Hind wings dark smoky grey; the cilia
the same except at the abdominal margin and angle, where they are
88 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEIDZ. [Feb. 17,
pale ochreous. Abdomen bright orange-ochreous, except at the
extreme base, which is blackish. First and second pair of legs,
together with the underside of the wings, dark smoky grey; the
first pair with indistinct pale spots at the joints; third pair bright
orange-ochreous ; the tarsi with blackish annulations.
Expanse 25 millims.
3. Taken on the Siskiyou range of mountains on the borders of
California and Oregon, June 10th, 1872. Allied to the European
Psecadia chrysopyga (Zell.), and approaching in appearance Ane-
sychia cirrhocnemia, Led., Horee Ent. Soc. Ross. viil. p. 25, pl. ii.
fig. 8.
PsSECADIA ARCTOSTAPHYLELLA, Sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 4.)
Capite subceruleo-albo, antennis, excepta basi supra albida, fuscis ;
thorace sexpunctato; alis anticis subceruleo-albis, minus apud
costam, precipue apud cellulam squamis fumosis adumbratis ;
punctis marginalibus nigrescentibus undecim; posticis subflave-
scenti-griseis ; abdomine ochraceo, tibiis posticis ochraceis, tarsis
nigro annulatis.
Head bluish white ; antenne fuscous, with some white scales above
at the base; palpi bluish white, shaded on their outer sides with
blackish scales. Thorax bluish white, with six black spots, three on
each side, and a few black scales forming an indistinct spot at the
back of the head. Fore wings bluish white ; the costal half is much
occupied by smoky blackish scales, which form a strong shade along
the middle of the wing from the base to the end of the cell, and a slight
shade projecting downwards beyond it; the dorsal half is of the
plain bluish white ground-colour, into which the median shade
gives out a slight projection about the middle of the wing, and a
small semi-detached spot pointing inwards nearer to the base;
along the apical margin are ranged eight or nine blackish spots,
with two or three more indistinct ones along the costa near the
apex; cilia greyish. Hind wings grey with a slight yellowish
tinge; cilia yellowish, especially at the abdominal margin. Abdo-
men yellow, shaded with greyish at the base. First and second pairs
of legs blackish, the tarsi with white annulations; third pair of
legs yellow, the tarsi with blackish annulations.
Expanse 22 millims.
This species is nearly allied to P. bipunctella (Fab.), but it differs
in the bluish white, not pure white, ground-colour of the fore wings,
and in the less intense black and somewhat different form of their
shaded portion, which is much paler towards the costa than in that
species, differing also in this respect from Anesychia hagenella
(Cham.), as well as in its larger size.
I met with the species above described in Mendocino and Lake
counties, California, in the middle of June 1871, and bred one spe-
cimen on the 18th of June from a pupa found near San Francisco
on the 20th of May, in a a delicate cocoon in a leaf of Manzanita
(Arctostaphylos glauca, Lindl].), which the imago frequents.
1880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID#. 89
PsECADIA SUBCERULEA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 5.)
Precedenti affinis ; alis anticis subceruleo albis, lineis et maculis
irregularibus fumosis precipue supra trientem dorsalem conspersis ;
margine dorsali peranguste fumoso.
This species differs from the last named (Psecadia arctostaphy-
lella) in its slightly larger size, and in the absence of any generally
connected shade over the costal half of the fore wings. This is as
it were replaced by a series of disconnected smoky blackish streaks
of varying size and distinctness. The most noticeable of these are
an elongate shade from the base immediately below the costa; a
short oblique dash below it also on the basal third of the wing. One
or two semiconnected parallel streaks along the cell about the middle
of the wing; a spot, with three projecting limbs on its outer side,
lying between the lower angle of the cell and the anal angle, and a
very slender blackish line all along the dorsal margin. The veins
surrounding the cell are also more or less indicated by lines of
blackish scales. In some varieties, perhaps slightly worn, the mark-
ings are much less distinct than in others.
It is nearly allied to P. arctostaphylella, and frequents the same
probable food-plant, so that a comparison of the larvee would be
interesting, in order to establish or to refute the distinctness of the
two species; but it differs, as I have shown, in having no dis-
tinetly separate pale and dark portions on the fore wings; and,
moreover, in the slender line along the dorsal margin, which does not
occur in that species.
Expanse 25 millims.
dS 2. Sonoma and Mendocino counties, California, May 23rd and
June 13th, 1871.
PsECADIA ALBISTRIGELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 6.)
Capite et thorace subnigrescenti-brunneis, linea alba circumcinctis ;
alis anticis subnigrescenti-brunneis, striga submedia angusta alba
a basi ad finem cellule producta furcam brevem gerente, punctis
novem marginalibus nigris, posticis paulo pallidioribus ; abdo-
mine ( postice) et tibiis posticis flavis.
Head blackish brown, with a white line on each side above, which
is carried round the blackish-brown thorax, forming an angle behind
it, with the apex pointing forward. Palpi blackish brown, the apical
joint upturned, long, and pointed, a small white spot at the junction
of the second and third jomts. Antenne more than half the length
of the fore wings, blackish brown. Fore wings blackish brown, a
narrow white steak of even width running from the base along the
lower edge of the cell, and terminating in a short fork at its lower
external angle; the lower half of the fork is sometimes obsolete 3
there is a row of nine black dots preceding the cilia, three on the
costal and six on the apical margin. Hind wings and cilia very
slightly paler than the fore wings. Abdomen bright orange-ochreous
except at the base, which is blackish brown. Legs blackish, except
the third pair, which are bright orange-ochreous, and have the ex-
90 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEIDE. [Feb. 17,
tremity of the tarsi spotted with blackish brown. Underside of
wings uniformly dull smoky brown.
Expanse 15 millims.
3 2. Taken on the Siskiyou Mountains, on the borders of Cali-
fornia and Oregon, June 8th, 1872, at an elevation of about 6000-ft.
A very distinct and interesting little species of the group to which
belong P. chrysopyga and P. monticola.
PsECADIA ERMINEELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 7.)
Capite et thorace griseo-albidis, hoc uno, illo quatuor punctis nigris
impositis; alis anticis griseo-albidis, maculis tredecim mediis,
decem minoribus marginalibus nigris ; posticis dilute grisets, ciliis
pallidioribus. » abt
Head greyish white, with a black spot above between the antenna.
Palpi greyish white, with a black band round the base of the apical
joint. Antenne blackish. Thorax greyish white, with four black
spots, one in front, one at each side, and one larger and more con-
spicuous than the others behind. Fore wings greyish white, with
thirteen black spots on their surface, some of which are elongate,
besides ten smaller marginal spots, of which four are on the costal,
six on the apical margin; the first black spot is at the base,
beneath the costa, the second on the costa; slightly beyond these
two, somewhat diffused beneath them, is a smaller one at the base
of the cell, followed by four more along its lower edge, of which
the second is rather lower than the others; the two largest and
most conspicuous spots are elongate, and situated on the cell ; these
are followed by a smaller one beyond it, and above them are the
three remaining subcostal spots. Hind wings pale greyish, with
whitish-grey cilia. Abdomen and legs whitish grey. Underside
of fore wings brownish grey.
Expanse 22 millims.
Received from the Rev. H. Hocking, from Dharmsala, in the
Punjaub.
PsECADIA HOCKINGELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. figs. 8, 9, & 9a.)
Capite et thorace dilute schistaceo-griseis, palpis albido-griseis,
nigro annulatis; alis anticis dilute schistaceo-griseis, punctis
elongatis et strigulis nigris in longitudinem diverse dispositis, et
punctis duodecim marginalibus ; abdomine cum tibiis posticis flavis,
tarsis posticis albo nigroque annulatis.
Head pale slaty grey. Palpi whitish grey, with two black
annulations on the second and oue on the apical joint. Antenne
dusky greyish, the basal joint touched with black. Thorax pale
slaty grey, with six black spots, besides two more minute ones at the
base of the patagia, arranged as follows—one in front, one on each
side, and three placed in the form of a triangle behind. Fore wings
smooth, rather shining, pale slaty grey, with numerous black
slender streaks and elongate black spots, a black elongate spot at the
base of the costa, six slender subcostal streaks, below them a long
slender streak running from before the middle of the wing nearly
1880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. 91
to the apical margin, with a semi-detached elongate spot at the
upper edge of its inner extremity, a small detached streak lying
above its outer extremity. At the base of the wing is a small spot,
followed by one long and two shorter streaks along the lower edge
of the cell, beneath which are three spots, the second and third
sometimes connected by an arched line. A reduplicated spot lies
above the anal angle, and a small single spot at the base of the
dorsal margin. Besides these there are eight small spots along the
apical margin, and four on the costal side of the apex. Hind wings
pale grey, cilia slightly paler. Abdomen bright orange-ochreous. The
first and second pairs of legs grey, annulated with black, the third
pair bright orange-ochreous; the tarsi annulated with black and
white.
Expanse 30 to 32 millims. ;
3d and 2 and beautifully preserved larva: received from the Rev.
H. Hocking of Dharmsala, in the Punjaub, a most energetic collector
and careful observer, after whom I have much pleasure in naming
this species, whilst acknowledging his kind and much-valued
assistance.
Larva pale yellow and black, with a tinge of orange at the side
of each segment. Head black, with a pale yellowish stripe across
the face, second segment orange and black. Along the middle of
the back is a row of conspicuous pale yellow spots, two on each
segment after the third, the anterior spot slightly indented at the
sides and behind, sharply indented in front with black, the second
somewhat square, with a black spot in its centre. On each side of
the back is a reduplicated black stripe, containing about three pale
yellowish spots on each segment. The sides of the segments about
the spiracles are pale yellowish with an orange tinge, spotted with
black ; and above the legs runs a narrow black festooned stripe.
There are several wart-like tufts of thinly growing hairs on each
segment. Anterior legs black, prolegs-pale yellowish.
Found April 26th, at an elevation of about 4000 feet, feeding
on ‘‘Poonah,”’ probably Lhretia serrata, Rox., one of the Boragine.
Mr. Hocking says of this larva: —‘‘ On Poonah tree, wonderfully
active, with a snake-like action, exceedingly swift, either backwards
or forwards, at pleasure ; spun up the 3rd of May, came out 4th to
9th of June.”
Lampronia, Zeller.
LAMPRONIA OREGONELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 11.)
Capite supra hirsuto flavo, antennis pubescentibus albo et fusco
annulatis ; alis anticis brunneis, fasciis duabus et puncto costali
ante apicem cum ciliis canis, posticis cinereis.
Head orange-yellow, very rough above, smoother in front. An-
tenn of the male pubescent, scarcely half the length of the fore
wings, annulated with white and fuscous. Fore wings brown, with
two fasciz and a costal spot white, a fascia at the basal fourth
pointing obliquely inwards from the costa, and wider on the dorsal
margin; another fascia, slightly beyond the middle, which appears
92 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. [Feb. 17,
to consist of two elongate triangular spots, one on the costal and one
on the dorsal margin, joined on the middle of the wing by a narrow
streak running inwards and upwards, and connecting the apex of
the dorsal spot with that of the costal; halfway between the
fascia and the apex is a small elongate white costal spot; the cilia
are also white, except at the angle, where they are brown. Hind
wings greyish cinereous.
Expanse 22 millims.
1 g, reared from a larva found boring in the stems of a species
of Saxifrage, on rocks near Canyon City, con John Day’s River,
Oregon, March 30, 1872; bred May 22nd. The larva, which
I did not describe at the time, has much the habit of that of
Lampronia rubiella (Bjerk.), boring in the inside of the stems of its
food-plant, the empty pupa-case protruding from the injured
shoot.
LAMPRONIA TRIPUNCTELLA. (Plate XII. fig. 10.)
Capite hirsuto flavo ; antennis fusco et albo annulatis ; alis anticis
subpurpurescenti-brunneis, fascia basali, maculis (duabus cos-
talibus, una dorsali) triangularibus cum ciliis subflavescenti-
albidis, posticis subpurpurascentibus.
Head rough above, yellow. Antenne faintly annulated with
white and fuscous. Fore wings rather purplish brown, with a
faintly yellowish white fascia on the basal fourth, somewhat wider
towards the dorsal margin, and with two costal and one dorsal spot
of the same colour, all somewhat triangular, of which the dorsal
(which is beyond the middle) is the largest, and the outer costal is the
smallest ; the cilia also faintly yellowish white, except at the anal
angle. Hind wings pale purplish, with slightly paler cilia.
Expanse 14 millims.
One specimen, purchased in a miscellaneous collection from North
America. No exact locality given.
The ornamentation of this species reminds one much of Herrich-
Schiiffer’s figure 275 of Tinea vinculella, H. S., which, however, is
a much smaller insect and has not white cilia.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XI.
Fig. 1. Adela septentrionella 3, p. 79.
2. trigrapha (Zell.) g, p. 79.
3. — Q, p. 79.
4. singulella 8, p. 80.
5, lactimaculella 3, p. 80.
6. — , p. 80.
7. —— simpliciella §, p. 81.
8. —— gemmella g, p. 81.
9. —— griseella S$, p. 82.
9a , head and antennx of 2.
10. Incurvaria solenobiella 2, p. 82.
ll. Micropteryx pardella, p. 83.
aurosparsella, p. 83.
ed hey pee
Kdwin Wilson. del et lith.
NEW ee ECIES OF TINEIDA.
Mintern Bros, imp.
P. Z. 5.1880. Pl. XII
Edwin Wilson,del et lith Mintern Bros ,1mp.
NEW SPECIES OF TINEIDA.
1880. ] ON THE NAME OF THE KAFFIR CRANE. 93
Puate XII,
Hyponomeuta lapidellus, p. 86.
. Psecadia? cupreonivella, p. 86.
. Psecadia monticola, p. 87.
arctostaphylella, p. 88.
subcerulea, p. 89.
—— albistrigella, p. 89.
ermineella, p. 90.
hockingella, p. 90.
._— , larva slightly enlarged.
. , back view of two segments, much enlarged.
10. Lampronia tripunctella, p, 92.
11, —— oregonella, p. 91.
ie}
0a
4. On the Synonymy of the Kaffir Crane.
By W. B. Tecurmutsr, F.Z.S.
[Received February 17, 1880.]
The Kaffir Crane is usually termed Balearica regulorum (Licht.),
apparently on the authority of Mr. E. T. Bennett, Vice-Secretary of
this Society, who, at the meeting held on November 12, 1833, “ exhi-
bited specimens of Crowned Cranes from Northern and from Southern
Africa, with the view of illustrating the characters which distinguish
as species the birds from these several localities. Their specific
distinction, he stated, on the authority of Professor Lichtenstein,
had been pointed out, nearly thirty years since, by the Professor’s
father, who gave to the Cape bird the name of Grus regulorum; this
distinction has, however not been generally known among ornitholo-
gists, although to those connected with the Society it has for some
time been familiar, from observation both of numerous skins and of
living individuals. In the bird of North Africa, for which the specific
name of pavoninus will be retained, the wattle is small, and there is
much red occupying the lower two thirds of the naked cheeks; in
that of South Africa the wattle is large, and the cheeks are white,
except in a small space at their upper part; the neck also is of a
much paler slate-colour than that of the North-African species”
(Proce. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 118).
In this communication Mr. Bennett adopted the generic name
Anthropoides, Vieill., Mr. Gray advocating the retention of the name
Balearica ; but in the ‘Gardens and Menagerie of the Zoological
Society,’ 1835, Mr. Bennett described one species only, which he
called Balearica pavonica (Vig.); and for this he gave a figure of the
Kaffir Crane!
Neither does the name appear to have been employed by the elder
Lichtenstein; for the “Cat. Dupt. Berl. Mus. 1793,” quoted by
Layard in his ‘ Birds of South Africa,’ appears to be a combination
of the Latinized title of ‘Verzeichniss der Doubletten des zoolo-
gischen Museums der konigl. Universitit zu Berlin, von Dr. H.
Lichstenstein,’ Berlin, 1823, in which the species is not named, with
the date of the following—‘ Catalogus rerum naturalium rarissimarum,
94 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
Hamburgi, d. xxi. October, 1793, auctionis lege distrahendarum,’
with preface by M. Ant. Aug. Hen. Lichtenstein, Rector der
Johannis-Schule, Berlin. A copy of the latter catalogue exists
in the Banksian Library; and in it the Western Crowned Crane is
included under the generic name of Ardea, and the Kaffir Crane is
described as follows :—
‘© 284 a. !! Ardea chrysopelargus, nobis. Ardea oculorum area nuda ;
corpore supra item collo et pectore ex fusco eneo ; subtus albo.
Rostrum fere 10 pollices longum rubrum basi exalbidum. Nares
lineares ultra 4 pollices longa, mandibulam superiorem in medio
quasi sulco pervio dirimunt. Gene et collum purpureo nitore
fulgent, reliquum corpus, quatenus ex @neo fuscum est viridi
splendore renidet. Remiges nigre ; rectrices supra sunt enee,
infra ut venter et crissum albent. Pedes 29 pollices longi, pallide
rubri. Digiti antici basi palmati, posticus brevis terram tamen
attigens. Longitudo universa 4 pedum 63 pollicum. Habitat in
terra Cafrorum.”
Consequently it appears that, if the rules of the usually accepted
code of nomenclature are to be carried out, the name of this species
must be changed from B. regulorum to Balearica chrysopelargus
(Licht.)—the meaningless name regulorum being apparently, as
suggested by Mr. Sclater, a corruption of the term oculorum in
A. A. H. Lichtenstein’s description.
5. On the Land-Shells, extinct and living, of the Neigh-
bourhood of Menton (Alpes Maritimes) ; with Descrip-
tions of a new Genus and of several new Species. By
Grorrrey Nevitt, C.M.Z.S.*
[Received February 13, 1880.]
(Plates XIII., XIV.)
I cannot do better than commence by acknowledging, in the
warmest manner, the great obligation I am under to two gentlemen
for their cordial assistance and cooperation in collecting and de-
termining the material of this paper. In the first place my thanks
are due to my friend Mr. T. B. Coombe Williams, M.A., who during
the winter and spring of 1878-1879 was good enough to collect for
me the land-shells living on the high peaks of the Alpes Maritimes
surrounding Menton, where I was unable to go myself on account of
my health, and to whom also I owe the discovery of the first Aeme
foliniana, Daudebardia isseliana, &c., as well as of many of the spots
where we afterwards together collected the interesting extinct land-
shells, to describe which is my principal object in writing this paper.
To my distinguished friend Monsieur J. Réné Bourguignat, the
well known author of numerous papers on the faunas, extinct and
living, of the Quaternary Epoch, my best thanks are also due
* Communicated by Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.Z.8.
1880.]} LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON, 95
for the way in which he has placed his magnificent collection of
European land-shells, by far the finest in existence, at my disposal
for examination, and still more for the exceedingly kind way in
which he has been good enough to carefully examine these Menton
Mollusca, and to give me his opinion concerning their correct identi-
fication.
The land-shells of Menton belong to three distinct periods, or
phases, of our Quaternary Epoch ; and none of them I regard as true
fossils ; I would define as such only forms which existed in prior
epochs.
1. Cave period (phases éozoique et dizoique, possibly both, of
Bourguignat, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1877, pp- 11-15, also Ann. Sci.
Géolog. vi. p. 37).
2. Intermediate period, or Zone of H. paretiana (2 phase
trizoique, Bourguignat, J. c.)
3. Present period (phase ontozoique, Bourguignat J. 3
1. Cave Pertop.
This, which I consider, without doubt, by far the oldest of the
existing shell-faunas of Menton, presents many interesting features.
These extinet or subfossil mollusks, which were evidently then
extraordinarily abundant, prove that the climate, in that remote age,
was very cold and damp, similar to that which at the present day
characterizes the peaks of from 3000 to 5000 feet altitude, which forra
here the backbone, as it were, of the Riviera—a good number of the
species being actually identical, and most of the others of more or
less allied forms. Scarcely any are the same as or even allied to the
species which now live along the Riviera itself. Did these land-
shells live before, after, or at the same time as Prehistoric Man, the
Tiger, Rhinoceros, gigantic Stag, &c., whose bones have been
discovered by Monsieur Riviére and others, in such great profusion
in the celebrated Menton red caves (“balzi rossi’), quite close
to which these mollusks are buried? For my own part, after along
and careful study on the spot, I am quite convinced that these
shells do not belong to a more recent date, and I am unable to draw
any immediate conclusions as to the age of my mollusks and
Mons. Riviére’s mammals &e.
The extinct shells which I found belonging to this period seem
to me to be of two somewhat different ages ; certainly they present
considerably different aspects, as will be seen further on. The lesg
ancient, apparently, of the two were undoubtedly contemporaneous
with man, Cervus elaphus, &c. ; the rest seem to me older, and ma
have lived at the same time as the more ancient inhabitants of these
Caves, the Tigers, Rhinoceroses, &c. ee es
All the localities where I found these extinct shells, with the one
exception already mentioned, undoubtedly belong to one and the
same age, be that what it may. They are all characterized at a
glance, by the more or less red colour of the earth, containing
numerous, usually rather small, stones; here and there, at the bottom
96 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
of this immense deposit, one occasionally comes across some large
boulder, around and below which I found these subfossil shells,
often in great profusion, sometimes incrusted in the rock itself, but
generally fortunately preserved in the soft red earth which fills the
crevasses of these enormous blocks of stone, in a condition as fresh
and perfect as on the day they were buried.
There can, I think, be only one explanation of the really wonderful
condition in which they are preserved: most undoubtedly themollusks
were at the time for the most part alive, actually living on the exact
spots where they are still to be found. There they must have
been suddenly buried as they lived, in situ, by the large deposits
of this old Conglomerate, which one still finds heaped above them,
of a thickness here of some 10 to 30 feet at least (oftentimes more),
perhaps brought down by some enormous glacier from the high neigh-
bouring Alps, by the St.-Louis gorge, which latter even may have
been excavated as one finds it at present by this same action.
I ought to add that these subfossils are but rarely to be found on
the surface itself: to discover them one has to dislodge the larger
stones and excavate the soil.
Dr. J. Henry Bennet describes, in a most lucid way, this
‘‘Pleiocene conglomerate,” in his interesting work ‘ Winter and
Spring on the shores of the Mediterranean.’ At page 39 he gives an
account of the Geology of Menton, as also of the discovery of the
bones of extinct wild beasts in these caves; he there estimates the
thickness of this ‘‘ conglomerate”? in the neighbourhood at from
600 to 800 feet. At page 45 he speaks of the extreme probability
of glacial action ; but he is of the opinion of Dr. Nitpce, of Nice,
that it was formed under the sea, before the Glacial period, and
afterwards thrown up in its present position. The first view is
doubtless correct ; but the last certainly can not have been the case
in the instances of which I am treating. These mollusks, interred
immediately under this conglomerate, undoubtedly have never been
subjected, in the most remote manner even, to the action of the sea.
I am quite of the opinion of Monsieur Bourguignat, that this
conglomerate was formed very shortly after the Glacial period:
the characters of these mollusks prove the climate to have been
then very cold at the present sea-level ; so the temperature must
have been perfectly boreal on the summits of the neighbouring
mountains. This would appear to be also the opinion of Prof.
Issel (Appunti Paleont. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. xiv. p. 11); he
describes a similar deposit at Ventimiglia containing the bones of an
extinct species of Elephant as belonging “al periodo Quaternario
postglaciale.”
The following deposits or beds (4 to D) of this Conglomerate,
without doubt of one and the same age, contain these subfossil
mollusks :—
A. This was the only one of these deposits we could discover in
France itself, all the others being in Italy: it is situated a few yards
only from the frontier, a stone’s throw from the “Pont St. Louis,”
about 50 metres above the sea, I should estimate; aspect nearly
1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 97
due east; we found the shells here in the deep cutting of the
high road under the larger boulders, about the level of the road,
buried beneath approximately 20 feet of the Conglomerate; the
mollusks were indubitably living here in situ.
B. Underneath the railway viaduct, almost exactly in front of the
first cavern, something like 100 metres west of the tunnel, and
about the same distance east of the Gorge St. Louis (frontier), about
20 metres above the sea. After passing through the arches, one
finds before one a small amphitheatre, in which these shells can be
found, here and there, in astonishing profusion. As a rule the
Conglomerate here, under which they are buried, is of no great
thickness, doubtless owing to the very steep incline of the slope ;
under one enormous rock, in especial, we collected a really wonderful
number both of species and specimens. Our researches were so
extensive here that we ended by dislodging the boulder itself, my
friend having had a narrow escape of being crushed on the occasion.
The aspect is due south, and completely protected both from the
north and east by the lofty surrounding cliffs in which the caves
have been excavated at some remote period ; the humidity of this
spot must probably have been very considerable, owing to the small
streams that doubtless trickled from the caves immediately above.
The mollusks lived here also in situ.
C. Deposit, with a southern aspect, a little more to the east than
the preceding aud somewhat lower down, a few feet only above the
sea, In a cutting of the new road which is being made along the sea-
shore for working a stone-quarry, on the sea front of the tunnel.
The Conglomerate, above the shells, was here about 20 to 30 feet
in thickness. I am not sure that the mollusks lived on this spot.
D. Deposit, with a northern aspect, in a cutting of the railroad,
about a quarter of an hour’s walk to the east from the preceding,
about a hundred yards east of the tunnel, quite cut off from all the
previous localities by the peak, which here projects prominently into
the sea, and which is surmounted by the tower and estate of Grimaldi,
belonging to Dr. Bennet. This spot must have been very damp
and cold, almost entirely shut in to the west and south by the peak,
which easily explains the somewhat different “ facies”’ of the extinct
shells. Many of the species, abundant in the preceding deposits, are
here very scarce, or altogether absent, whilst others, especially species
of Hyalina, Campylea, &c., are to be found in extraordinary pro-
fusion, evidently in situ as they lived, filling the crevasses of the
larger blocks of stone, at a depth below the surface of about
15 feet. One or two of the forms also, as Pomatias and Clausilia,
though closely allied, appear to be specifically distinct. We also
discovered a few specimens of Hyalina, Pomatias, Helix niciensis,
&c. a little more to the west, quite close to the perpendicular sides
of the peak itself.
E. Bed, or deposit, near the sea and adjoining the stone-quarry,
of doubtful age. The mollusks were here evidently not living in situ ;
the shells are very difficult to extract from the hard compact mass
in which they areimbedded. Most of them belong to the same fauna
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1880, No. VII. 7
98 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
as the preceding; but more or less mixed up with them are others
of a much more recent period, such as Rumina decollata, Xerophila
terveri? (n. sp.2), &c. Iwas not able thoroughly to examine this
locality, now much restricted by the works of the adjoining quarry ;
I found the work of extracting these subfossils too hard, a task
which required hammer and chisel; an intelligent old man who
serves as guide for the caves, however, extracted a good many for me.
F. Deposit, at one of the angles of the entry to the first cave, that
nearest to Menton, southern aspect, and probably of somewhat less
ancient age than all of the preceding. We were lucky enough to
discover this narrow and very restricted deposit, containing sub-
fossils, which we thoroughly explored, to the left as one enters
within the first cave. I am consequently able to establish the fact
that the (unfortunately only few) species we discovered here existed
at the same time as some of the large mammals whose bones have
been dug out of the interior of the cave in great quantities, and
débris of which I found above, or mixed up with, these shells.
We were unsuccessful in our efforts to discover any similar deposit
round, or at, the other caves ; possibly any one prepared to go to the
expense of employing a few workmen might succeed in so doing. The
earth in which they are preserved here is an ordinary-looking humus,
similar to that in the interior of the cave, and without any trace of
the red colour so characteristic of all the preceding. The mollusks
most undoubtedly were living here in situ, doubtless sometimes climb-
ing on the almost perpendicular rock in which the cave is excavated,
at times hiding themselves beneath the large blocks of stone and in
the crevasses at its base, where we found them. This spot, I am
convinced, has not been affected by glacial action, as I take to be the
case with all the preceding, which is easily explained by its being com-
pletely protected by the steep and lofty cliff immediately behind.
These land-shells present a very different aspect from all the preceding,
even in cases where the species appear to be identical, such as Helia#
niciensis and Pupa quinquedentata ; several species have not been
found elsewhere at Menton, Helix ramoriniana especially. I take
all the preceding deposits to belong probably to the phase éozoique
of Bourguignat, whilst this, together with most of the mammals dis-
covered in the caves by M. Riviére, a list of which is given by Dr.
Bennet (doe. cit. p. 56), would fall naturally into his phase dizoique.
I am inclined to think, too, that these shells of deposit F. were un-
doubtedly contemporaneous with the well-known fossil Man, found in
one of these caves. In proof of this, 1 may mention that, besides the
débris of bones of large mammals (Cervus elaphus &c.), but not of any
Carnivora, I found immediately associated with them certain marine
shells (Patella, Trochus, and Cyclonassa), all of which were also found
with the fossil Man, a necklace, indeed, of the Cyclonassa being round
his neck ; these débris of marine shells were probably washed out of
the interior of the cave by the small streams which then, as even
now, doubtless trickled down the cave. I should mention that this
small deposit was virgin soil, that it had not been disturbed or
affected by the explorations of M. Riviere and others within the
1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 99
cave. Within the cave itself I only detected two shells in original
position ; they fortunately further confirm my view, as they were
attached to a small ledge against one of its walls, well inside the
cave, and near its present floor. The bones have been dug out by
M. Riviere &c. from a depth above them of about 6 feet. One was
the species of Trochus already mentioned as found outside, the
other a fine specimen of the distinct and well-marked variety of
Pupa 5-dentata, which I found in abundance in deposit F, and
which I shall hereafter describe as P. (Torquilla) 5-dentata, var.
speluncarum.
I will conclude by pointing out that M. Rivicre himself speaks of
the land-shells he came across mixed up with the large bones of
extinct animals in these caves; indeed it was this remark that first
led me to search for these subfossils.
From the memoirs of M. Bourguignat (‘ Note compl. sur quelques
Mollusques et Mammiféres découverts dans une Caverne prés de
Vence,’ 1868, and ‘ Revue et Mag. de Zool.’ 1877, pp. 11-17), and
from those of Prof. Issel (‘Delle Conch. nelle Breccie &e. della
Liguria occidentale,’ 1867), and of Mons. Bambur (‘ Journ. de
Conchyl.’ 1868, p. 265), as also from the present researches by Mr.
Coombe Williams and myself, the conchological ‘fauna of Menton,
in the early part of the Quaternary epoch, appears to have been
especially characterized by numerous striking forms of T’achea (some
of which present some of the features of Macularia and seem to me
to form a connecting link between the two subgenera), by species of
Campylea and Fruticicola (section Zenobia), by numerous species of
Hyalina (Euhyalina and Agopina), Clausilia (Delima and Iphi-
genia, sect.), Pupa (Torquilla, Sphyradium, Orcula, and Pagodina),
by the two forms Cyclostoma physetum and C. lutetianum (quite dis-
tinct from C. elegans), Pomatias, sp., and the largest as yet known
Acme and a new form, allied to it, which I am about to describe as
anew genus (“‘ Renea’’); lastly, by species of Daudebardia, Testacella,
Limaz, &e.
Several of the genera, or subgenera, now abounding in the district
do not seem to me to have existed then—Xerophila, Cochlicella, Eu-
parypha, Leucochroa, Succinea, Rumina, and Ferussacia. It is true
there are great doubts as to several of them. Issel mentions having
discovered a unique subfossil Ferussacia at Capo Zoppa; Mr.
Coombe Williams also found a single specimen, subfossil in his
opinion, at Menton. Personally I doubt very much that either of
the specimens belong to this early period ; I think, at the oldest,
they belong to the zone of H. paretiana. The same remark applies
to Rumina, of which I found one or two fragments in doubtful posi-
tion, and which Issel also mentions in his above cited work. Yero-
phila appears considerably more doubtful, even, than either of
the preceding. Bourguignat mentions a species from the cavern of
Vence. I myself found numerous specimens of various new species
(allied to X. terveri), not only immediately associated with H. pare-
7
160 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Febs27;
tiana, but also in close proximity to most of the deposits A to £;
but though fragments were very numerous all round, I could never
succeed in finding a single bit even undoubtedly associated with
these subfossils, which I here attribute to the ‘‘ phases éozoique et
dizoique.”
2. INTERMEDIATE Periop.
Under this heading I comprise a certain number of species, cha-
racterized by the remarkable gigantic Helia paretiana, Issel, which
can be found, here and there, all along this part of the Riviera, and
which most certainly, in my opinion, are of a more recent age than
the preceding ; most of them are closely allied forms to those still
found living in this submaritime zone.
This zone of H. paretiana requires still further investigation, a
matter of considerable difficulty, as the mollusks do not appear as yet
to have been found actually in situ. Those I found were evidently iso-
lated washed-down specimens, mostly in bad condition, and inerusted
in the rock, from which it was often impossible to extract them. At
Cape Mortela, indeed, where they occur at a considerable depth
(perhaps some 40 or 50 feet below the surface), they are preserved
in better condition in the comparatively soft ‘Couche Marneuse.”
Immediately above them here, in perfectly similar deposit, occurring
at a depth of, approximately, 10 feet or so, can be found in profu-
sion present-existing species, such as H. aspersa, H. vermiculata, H.
cespitum, Pupa multidentata, Rumina decollata, Cyclostoma elegans,
&c. The most characteristic forms I found immediately associated
with H. paretiana were Hyalina olivetorum and H. herculea, a
variety of Rumina decollata much stouter and larger than the exist-
ing form, one or two species of the group Xerophila, allied to, but
quite distinct from, X. cespitum, which is found in profusion imme-
diately above, and two species of the group Tachea, &e. I think
this “ Couche Marneuse”’ at Cape Martela clearly proves H. pare-
tiana and its associated mollusks to have immediately preceded the
present fauna, without any very marked break, either of change in
the climate or otherwise.
3. Present PERIOD.
This I should divide into two well-marked zones, having but very
few species in common, Pupa quinquedentata being a marked excep-
tion—Submaritime and Subalpine Zones.
A. Submaritime Zone.—Especially characterized by species of
Xerophila, Macularia vermiculata, Leucochroa candidissima, Ru-
mina decollata, Ferussacia and Cecilianella spp., Clausilia solida, Xe.
It is, perhaps, worthy of notice that I found the common species of
Pomatia, Xerophila, &c., almost without exception, of larger dimen-
sions than those recorded as “‘ major’’ in Pfeiffer’s Monogr.
B. Subalpine Zone.—On account of my bad health I was unable
to explore the higher elevations, where many interesting forms doubt-
less still remain to be discovered. My friend Coombe Williams was
good enongh to make several expeditions to the summits of the neigh-
1880. LAND-SRELLS OF MENTON. 101
bouring peaks, the “Grand Mont” (4475 ft.) and the “ Berceaw”
(3575 tt.), which were attended with very marked success. A consider-
able number of the subfossil species which I found in the deposits of
my so-called ‘‘Cave period,” have been discovered living at high ele-
vations in the surrounding Alpes Maritimes, both by Mons. Bourgui-
gnat and now by Mr. Williams—such as H. olivoluta, H. diega, H.
nictensis, Pupa obliqua, Hyalina maceana, Clausilia punctata,
viriata, and bizarellina, &c.; doubtless many of the others will
eventually be also discovered.
When one attains a height above the sea of approximately 1600
feet or so, Clausilia solida and Rumina decollata appear to reach
their limit, and Zonites algirus, H. obvoluta, &c. appear for
the first time. A little higher still occurs a fine stout variety of IZ.
niciensis, H. (Campylea) cingulata, var., and H. nemoralis ; here,
too, a very large, smooth and rounded variety of H. cespitum takes
the place of the small, compressed, striate submaritime variety (or
distinct species?) ; H. cemenclea the place of H. ancone ; Hyalina
eugyrus and H. maceana the place of the very distinct species of
Hyalina abundant near the sea all along this part of the Riviera.
Approaching the peaks of these Alps, one meets with various forms of
Fruticicola (section Zenobia), Pomatias patulum, Torquilla avenacea
and secale, gigantic varieties of H. aspersa and H, nemoralis, a thin,
very variable, and poorly-coloured variety of H. niciensis closely
resembling the subfossil variety from the “ Balzi Rossi,” Cyclostoma
physetum, &e.
TEsTACELLA WILLIAMSIANA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 1.)
T. crassu, cretacea, subplanata, ovata, subemaciata, ad basim @qua-
liter anguste attenuata rotundata, supra striis incrementi con-
centricis valide ac subconfertim sulcata ; apex exacte centralis,
Sere rectus, subverticalis, acute prominens ; columella crassa, haud
plana, perarcuata, superne conspicue intorta, inferne obsolete
truncata ; peristoma leviter arcuatum ; superne,ad apicem termi-
nans, lunula triangularis ac profunde incisa evistat.
Long. 5, diam. 2? millim.
Of this small species I only found seven specimens, all slightly
differing in size (ranging from 4 to 52 millims.); Mr. Coombe
Williams, after whom I have named the species, also found about
six or seven, which, unfortunately, E have not been able to examine.
We only found the species in Deposit B, nowhere else. It is next
allied to 7. disuleata, Risso, admirably figured by Bourguignat in
his ‘ Moll. Alpes-Marit. publiés par Risso,” from which it is well cha-
racterized by its peculiarly regular and attenuately compressed ovate
form, by the perfectly rounded, instead of angulate, base, by the
slightly though distinctly more arcuate peristome, by the more
arcuate and twisted columella less distinctly truncate ‘at base, but
above all by the remarkable, almost vertical, and acutely prominent
apex, perfectly central, instead of being a good deal everted, and
102 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
forming a more distinct and more triangular lunule than, I believe,
in any other species of the genus ; the back, too, is more regularly,
closely, and deeply sulcate.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. J. R. Bourgui-
gnat and Coombe Williams.
DavpEBARDIA ISSELIANA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 2.)
T. umbilicata, applanata, sat fragilis, nitidissima, pallide cornea ;
apex paululum lateralis ; anfract. 3, haud compressi, celerrime
crescentes, via convexiusculi, sutura impressa separati, ultimo
valde dilatato ; apertura transverse oblonga, oblique elongata
(haud ‘ rotundato-ovalis’’ sicut D. rufa), margine externo lente
subrotundato, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari incras-
sato, subrecto, ad basim subangulato.
Long. 44, lat. 2;% millim.
Compared with the three German species, D. isseliana is nearest
D. rufa, from which it can be at once distinguished by its greater
proportional breadth, caused by the much more rapidly increasing,
slightly less convex whorls (apparent in all three, not only in the
last one); the apex is less central, the texture a trifle stouter and
more polished; the aperture, instead of being ovally rounded, is
regularly transversely oblong, the outer margin being scarcely ar-
cuate, instead of markedly so (that is, much more gradually rounded) ;
and the columellar much less oblique, thicker, and altogether more
prominent, more subangulate at its base. Daud. nubigena, Bourg.,
from Algeria (Moll. nouv. &c., xi. & xii. fase. pl. iv.), is even nearer ;
but isa less elongately produced shell, less appressed, the aperture
more rounded and not subangulate at the columella, which is more
oblique and less prominent. ‘This species appears to have been very
rare: with difficulty I found, in deposit B only five specimens, Mr.
Williams obtaining about the same number.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. J. Réné Bourgui-
guat and Coombe Williams.
Virrina (OLIGOLIMAX), 0. sp.
A single specimen, from deposit B, was all we could find of this
interesting form. I think it better under these circumstances not to
describe the species ; I will only mention that the narrow perforation
is quite distinct.
Unique specimen in Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Limax AGRESTIS, Linnzeus.
Not uncommon in the submaritime zone.
Limax, sp.
We found many hundred subfossil shells of this genus in deposits,
evidently belonging to at least four or five different species; one
common, fine and well-marked form measures, long. 10, lat. 43,
crass. 2 millim,
1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 103
Lax, sp. ?
Mr. Coombe Williams found a single specimen of a small black
Limaz on the Berceau at a great elevation.
Limax (KrYNICKILLUS) NICIENSIS, Bourg.
Creamy yellow, mottled with pale brown (not very closely) ; sole
of foot and sides whitish ; head and neck concolor, fulvous yellow ;
orifice posterior ; crest rather distinct, also posterior rugosities and
circular striation of buckler, mucous white.
Not uncommon near the village of Grimaldi. Mr. Williams also
found it at 3000 feet on the Berceau Mountain.
Limax (KryYNICKILLUS) MENTONICUS, 0. Sp.
Sole of foot light brown; orifice posterior; head and tentacles
dull claret-colour, very sparsely speckled with black ; buckler un-
usually long, rich brown, closely and minutely speckled with black,
circular striation apparently running in two contrary directions ; pos-
teriorly nearly smooth ; extreme caudal end acutely pointed, of a
brighter (speckled) brown colour.
Common near Menton. This Slug is very active.
Mixax Gacates, Drap.
A common Menton Slug.
Minax carinata(?), Risso.
A rather uncommon species, from the Submaritime zone.
M1nax, sp.
We found, subfossil, numerous specimens of various species of this
genus in deposits.
MILax, n. sp. ?
Concolor, fulvous-yellow, minutely speckled with grey; sole of
foot faint yellowish, undivided ; tentacles inky black ; buckler bi-
lobed posteriorly ; crest distinct ; orifice slightly posterior ; line of
*‘limacelle”’ rather indistinct.
Village of Grimaldi.
ZonirEs ALGiRvS, Linneus.
Rather local near Menton; only found at a level of 2000 feet
or so, especially in the neighbourhood of the higher-level road to
Nice, round the village of Roquebrune &c. I also found a single
perfect specimen on the side of the road round Cape St. Martin,
buried a few feet below the surface ; I imagine it had been washed
down from the mountains behind. I saw no trace of this species
subfossil, not even in the upper stratum of Cape Mortela, where I
should have expected to find it. The Menton form is more dis-
tinctly subangulate at the periphery than usual.
104 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
Hyarina (RetTINELLA) HERCULZA, Rambur (Journ. de Conchyl.
1868, Monaco, and 1869, pl. ix. fig. 7, as Zonites sp.).
I only found a single, fortunately very perfect, specimen of this
rare, well-marked, and very distinct species: I obtained it in the
lower stratum of the ‘Couche Marneuse”’ at Cape Mortela, zone of
H. paretiana. As Mr. Bourguignat’s collection, though containing
most of Rambur’s and Issel’s Ligurian subfossil types, did not possess
this interesting form, I had much pleasure in presenting him with
the above unique specimen.
Hyatina (RETINELLA) OLIVETORUM, Hermann (? var. leopol-
diana, Charp, MS.).
A nice case arises here, with regard to priority of the subgeneric
name; which should it be—Reftznella, Shut. MS., Fischer, Not.
Malace. ii. 1878, or Zgopina, Robelt, Cont. Rossm. Icon. 1878? I
have nowhere found this species living in this part of the Riviera,
where its place has been apparently taken by Zonites algirus ; in
former years it evidently abounded: it occurs in deposits A, B, C, EH,
and by thousands in deposit D (the subgenus not being represented
in deposit #’). I found it also, immediately associated with H. pare-
tiana, all along the coast, from Monaco to Cape Mortela, at least one
other closely allied but distinct species being found with it, only of
much rarer occurrence, Hy. herculea of Rambur.
The largest form (true Hy. olivetorum fide cl. Bourg.) was espe-
cially abundant in deposit D; it closely resembles specimens I possess
from Lucea, the dilatation of the last whorl, its slight compression
at the periphery, and shape of the aperture, lunately oval, being
almost exactly similar; the spire in the Menton specimens is more
depressed, slightly less convex, and markedly more central; the um-
bilicus a trifle less perviously upen.
Alt. 153, diam. 28; apert. alt. 122, lat. 13 millim. From
deposit D.
Alt. 173, diam. 30; apert. alt. 133, lat. 143 millim. Specimen
from Lucca.
Var. MACROBIOTUS, nov. (? Hyalina macrobiota, n.sp.).
A very characteristic and distinct form, from deposits 4, B, and
D. Easily recognized from type form by the more convex whorls,
the last one more abruptly deflected, more convex at base, and espe-
cially by its being notably less expanded, thus causing the spire to
be markedly less central; the umbilicus is very similar; the aper-
ture less compressed and higher in proportion, the columellar margin
being less oblique. The differences can be easily seen in young as
well as in mature specimens.
Alt. 153, diam. 261; apert. alt. 12, lat. 12 millim. From
deposit D.
Subvar. SUBINCERTA, nov.
A very curious small form, of which I found some half dozen
specimens in deposits B and C only. The spire is unusually ele-
1880. ] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 105
vated, quite central, the six and a half whorls moderately convex, and
increasing very gradually and regularly, the last one very abruptly
deflected, not dilated near its termination, as in the preceding, more
convex at its base ; umbilicus a good deal less open; aperture per-
fectly rounded, instead of laterally produced, with columellar margin
nearly straight, instead of very oblique.
Alt. 13, diam. 192; apert. alt. 10, lat. 9 millims. From deposit C.
Hyatina (RETINELLA) LIKES, 0. sp.
T. depressa, superficie late ac aperte umbilicata, supra distincte
subregulariterque striata ; anfractus 53, vir convexi, ultimo rapide
crescente, late dilatato, haud descendente, ad peripheriam suban-
gulariter compresso, ad basim fere applanato, vix convexo ; aper -
tura paululum compressa, lunato-ovata, margine columellari re-
flexo, perobliquo.
Easily distinguished from all varieties of Hy. olivetorum, in espe-
cial by the shallow, instead of solariform, umbilicus; the last whorl
also is much more narrowly compressed, flatter at base, and not de-
flected ; the whorls are fewer, the spire much more depressed, with
the sculptured strize more distinct. Of rare occurrence in deposits
A and B, abundant in D; unfortunately always in bad preservation,
and apparently the greater number young specimens. I also found
it by no means rare at Cape Vieille (? zone of H. paretiana).
Alt. 9, diam. (prox.) 15; apert. alt. (prox.) 7, lat. 8 millim.
From deposit A.
‘Alt. 53, diam. 11 millim. Common form, ? young, from deposit D.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. of M. J. R. Bour-
guignat.
HYALINA GLABRA, Studer.
T. spira paululum elevata, peranguste perforata, cornea, nitidissima,
supra (sub lente) delicate striatula; anfractus 53, haud conveai,
ultimo rapide crescente, ad peripheriam subangulato, basi vir con-
vexo ; apertura perampla, lunato-ovala, margine externo pro-
ducto, gradatim rotundato, margine columellari reflexo, subrecto.
Alt. 73, diam. 141; apert. alt. 6, lat. 73 millim.
This species was very rare in deposit C, did not occur at all in A,
B, E, or F, but was very common in D, unfortunately always in bad
preservation and more or less broken. It appears to vary scarcely at
all as regards elevation of the spire, distinct but very narrow per-
foration, and the large laterally produced aperture. { did not find
any recent specimens ; nor is it recorded from the deposit by Risso.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. of MM. Bourguignat
and Williams.
Hyaina Bronpiana, Bourg. (Dese. Moll. Alpes-Marit. 1869,
near Grasse, as Zonites, sp.; alt. 6, diam. 15 millim.).
Moderately abundant in the vicinity of Menton, agreeing exactly
with the original description ; the difference in height, recorded
below, is perhaps owing to our having different methods of measure-
106 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
ment. I take mine from the base of the outer margin of aperture
to the apex. It is quite specifically distinct from the following
allied species, which take its place at 3000 feet or so.
Alt. 7, diam. 15; apert. alt. 6, lat. 74 millim. Specimen of
seven whorls, from Menton.
Hyattna Evcyrus, Stabile (Moll. Lugano, p. 51, 1859; fide
cl. Bourg.=H. cellaria, var. ville, Stabile, Moll. Piémont, 1864,
=H. ville, Mortillet, not of Deshayes, Giorn. Mal. 1853).
I am indebted for this identification to M. Bourguignat. Mr.
Williams found the species rather searce on the ‘‘ Berceau”’ and
“Grand Mont,” from 2500 to 4000 feet. It has six whorls of
very fragile substance, spire almost flat, umbilicus very open and
shallow, periphery more compressed than in the preceding, colu-
mella much more oblique, &c.
Alt. 54, diam. 13; apert. alt. 5, lat. 64 millim.
Hyanina BLAUNERI, Shuttl. (Mitth. Ges. Bern, 1843, Corsica ;
= Heliv lucida, Drap., var. compressa, Dumont & Mortillet, Moll.
Savoie, 1852).
An abundant form in the submaritime zone; it does not appear to
occur at any considerable altitude, at least near Menton; we found
nothing like it subfossil. Young specimens bear perhaps a faint
resemblance to Hyalina fodereana, Bourg. MS. I very much
doubt if H. blauneri can be specifically separated from H. lucida ;
I have thought it best to do so temporarily. The present form is
quite distinct from a more openly umbilicate shell from Lucca,
which I received as “ H. lucida,” but which is nearer H. blondiana,
indeed scarcely separable! ;
Alt. 53, diam. 12}; apert. alt. 43, lat. 6 millim. Submar. zone,
Menton.
Animal entirely of a dark slate colour ; sole and sides of foot of a
trifle more greenish hue.
HyaLina MACEANA, Bourg. (Zonites maceana, Bourg. Deser.
Moll. Alpes-Marit. 1869 ; near Grasse; alt. 43, diam. 13 millim.)
A well-marked and most distinct species, unmistakable for any
other with which I am acquainted. Subfossil, it abounds at Menton,
in deposits A, B, C, D; we found a single specimen in F. It occurs
here and there along the coast as far as Monaco. Mr. Williams
found it rather scarce, living on the ‘Grand Mont,” at nearly
4000 feet.
Alt. 5, diam. 12; apert. alt. 42, lat. 53 millim.
Var. PLANORBIOIDES, nov. (an potius Hyalina planorbioides,
n. sp. !).
A singular Planorbis-like variety with sunken spire ; the last
whorl increasing more rapidly in proportion, more compressed at
the periphery and (near the aperture) raised above the preceding
1880. ] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 107
whorl in a very remarkable way ; umbilicus narrower, &c. I only
found a few specimens in deposit D.
Diam. 93, alt. apert. 32, alt. 33 (from apex to base of aperture)
millim.
Type var. Indian Mus. Calcutta; also in coll. Williams.
HyYALINA FODEREANA, Bourg. MS.
I will not attempt to describe this species, as it is too close to
many species of the group of Hyalina lucida, blauneri, &c., several
of which I do not possess for comparison ; I will only say that the
species is everywhere abundant in deposits 4, B, C, D, with the
preceding, from which it is undoubtedly quite distinct. We did not
find recent specimens of this form.
Alt. 54, diam, 123; apert. alt. 4%, lat. 6 millim.
M. Bourguignat informs me that I sent him some recent specimens
from Menton; but they were certainly not identical with this subfossil
species.
Hyaina, sp. ?
A small species of five whorls, apparently full-grown, of which I
found some half dozen specimens in deposit F only. It is a little
more narrowly umbilicate than young Hyalina maceana of the same
size ; the whorls increase very gradually and regularly, the last one
not being dilated.
Alt. 34, diam. 7 millim.
Indian Museum, Calcutta, only.
HYALINnA MENTONICA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 3.)
T. parva, spira elevata, anguste perforata, subobsolete striatula,
cornea, nitida ; anfract. 6, convexiusculi, regulariter pergrada-
timque crescentes, ultimo paululum compresso, prope aperturam
angusto (haud dilatato), basi convexo; apertura fere rotunda,
marginibus regulariter rotundatis ac subincrassatis.
Alt. 34, diam. 53 millim.
A pretty little species, quite unlike any I know, and also unknown
to M. Bourguignat. Mr. Williams found one or two recent speci-
mens at Sainte-Agnés, about 2500 feet. It is a true Hyalina, and
does not belong to Vitrea; the very narrow last whorl, not dilated
at all, the narrow perforation, rounded aperture, elevated spire, &c.
well characterize it. The figure is not good, and the shell has been
since accidentally broken.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Hyaxina (VirrREA) TENEBR&RIA, Bourg. MS.
I will not attempt to describe this small form of a most dithcult
group, for which I have not at the moment the proper material
available. It is an imperforate species, with remarkably excavated
base. It was rather scarce (subfossil) in deposits 4, B, and D.
M. Bourguignat informs me he possesses recent specimens of the
species from a grotto near Grasse.
108 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17;
ARIoN HORTENSIS, Miiller.
A few specimens from just outside the town.
ARION AUSTENIANUS, 0. sp.
Iam indebted to M. Bourguignat for the information that the
above is a new form. I found a few specimens near the village of
Grimaldi, at about 1000 feet elevation.
LEUCOCHROA CANDIDISsIMA, Drap.
A small form is extremely abundant throughout the submaritime
zone ; specimens more or less scalariform (that is, with the whorls
subdetached) are by no means rare ; it is as often narrowly rimate
as imperforate. I was astonished not to find the genus at all a little
further eastwards at Alussio.
Alt. 124, diam. 163 millim.
Hetrx (Gonostoma) osvotuTa, Miiller.
Not uncommon in deposits 4, B, C, D, varying “in the more or
less open umbilicus. I found a single subfossil specimen at Roque-
brune, zone of Helix paretiana ; we did not find it living ourselves in
the neighbourhood ; but there were recent specimens in the Museum
from the Turin valley (some 2000 feet). It is also recorded by
Risso.
Alt. 62, diam. 14 millim. Deposit 4. Umbilicus very open.
Alt. 6, diam. 124 millim. Deposit D. Umbilicus less open.
Heuix (Patuta) asretina, Bourg. (Malac. Algér. 1864).
Rare, subfossil, in deposit B only.
Alt. 23, diam. 6 millim.
Hetrx (Patruta) rupestris, Drap.
Rather scarce towards the base of the Grimaldi Hill; also sub-
fossil in deposit F' only.
Hewix (Patuta) pyema(?), Drap.
Not uncommon in deposit B. Unfortunately I do not know the
species of this group sufficiently well to be sure of my identification.
Heurx (Tacuea?) paretiAna, Issel (Att. Acad. Torino, 1867 ;
Verezzi, alt. 32, diam. 42 mill.=H. monaecensis, Rambar, Journ.
Conchyl. 1868 and 1869, Monaco).
Here and there we found remains of this gigantic extinct Helix
all along this part of the Riviera; but in the ‘‘ Couche marneuse”’
of Cape Mortela only were the specimens sufficiently well preserved
to be worth keeping ; and even there we only found one or two poor
specimens, until my friend got some quarrymen to lower him, with
a rope, some way down one of the remarkable clefts or chasms (many
hundred feet often in depth) that everywhere cut through this
«Couche marneuse.’’ Unfortunately he took sucha fancy to this fine
Helix that he would not touch any other shell during his descent,
1880. ] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 109
when he obtained more than a dozen magnificent specimens,
though I was most anxious to increase my knowledge of what were
the undoubted associates of this remarkable mollusk. A proper and
thorough investigation of this deposit at Cape Mortela still remains
for some future naturalist. It was a little too far for my now very
limited powers of walking, but is not so for any one in fair ordinary
health, living in the East Bay. I am convinced this species has
nothing to do with the subgenus Macularia, with which, at first
sight, it shows some affinity ; I think it nearly certain it was a true
Tachea. I could discover no trace of this species in deposits A
to F.
Alt. 29, diam. 413. A common depressed form from Cape
Mortela. ‘
Alt. 34, diam. 46. Cape Mortela.
Alt. 313, diam. 413; apert. alt. (cum perist.) 233, (sine perist.)
19, lat. (cum callos. colum. ac perist.) 254, (sine praeced.) 18
millim.
This specimen, from Cape Mortela, has two broad brown bands
(the lower one the broader) on the two antepenultimate whorls, four
(apparently more or less interrupted) on the last whorl; the two
apicals are unusually developed and prominent, horn-colour, and
perfectly smooth.
Hewrx (TacHEA?) MENTONICA, 0. sp.
Helix vermicularis, Issel, Con. Cay. Ossif. Liguria, figs. 7, 8,
1867, not of Bonelli.
Testa ad ‘‘ Helix vermiculariam, Bonelli,” et ‘‘H. paretianam, Issel,”
affinis : imperforata, subgloboso-conoidea, vix solida, oblique irre-
gulariter striata, ultimo anfractu valide malleato ; albida, zonulis
pervariis circumcincta interruptis aut continuis, sepe perspicuo-
ribus prope peristoma; spira plus minusve conico-elevata, apice
obtuso, levigato ; anfract. 53, convewi, regulares, sutura distincta
separati, ultimo majore, tumido ac rotundato, ad aperturam abrupte
descendente ; apertura ampla, obliqua, subovalis, marginibus callo
castaneo ac valido junctis; peristoma castaneum, percrassum,
expansum, intus incrassatum; margo columellaris levis, ad-
pressus, late reflexus.
Diam. 323, alt. 233; aperture lat. (cum peristomate ac callo colu-
mellari) 19, alt. 173 millim.
Subvar. minor. Diam. 293, alt. 21; apert. lat. 17, alt. 163 millim.
This species abounded in deposits A, B, D (in especial), and Z,
mostly in very bad condition, so much so that out of many hundred
specimens which I obtained and carefully examined I have only ob-
tained a few perfect specimens. It is undoubtedly the Helix ver-
micularia of Issel, typical specimens of which I examined at Genoa,
but differs so much from typical Turin specimens of the true H,
vermicularia, Bonelli, that I am unable to accept the identification.
The species varies enormously, as, I find, do most mollusks of
which large series oceur in a circumscribed space. It is not closely
110 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
allied to H. nemoralis, H. williamsiana, and other undoubted species
of Tachea, but shows great aftinities to H. paretiana, of which it
might almost be described as a miniature form, while 7. wdesima is
a depressed form with peculiar aperture, more vivid coloration, and
umbilicus scarcely covered with the columellar callosity, and H. ben-
neti is a dwarf convex form with small aperture.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in collection of MM. Bour-
guignat and Coombe Williams.
Heurx (Tacuea’) @DESIMA, 0. sp.
Testa ad precedentem perafinis, sicut H. lucasi, Deshayes, ad H.
lacteam, Miller: imperforata, aut plus minusve subrimata, de-
presso-globosa, sat fragilis ; obsolete malleata et subregulariter
striata, striis delicatis obliquis; albida, zonulis variis circum-
cincta ; spira depressa, parum elevata, ultimo anfractu paululum
compresso, lente descendente, subtus ad regionem columellarem
paululum excavato ; apertura obliqua, transverse oblonga, superne
contracta, marginibus callo brunneo junctis ; peristoma vivide
coloratum, superne subrecte productum, pergradatim rotundatum,
ad basim abrupte angulatum, ac tuberculo subobsoleto munitum ;
margine columellari perobliquo, contortulo, subrugoso, locum um-
bilicalem callo tenui vix tegente.
Diam. 273, alt. 9; apert. lat. 153, alt. 133 millim.
Type, from deposit F’, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in collec-
tion J. R. Bourguignat.
Var. COLORATA, Nov.
Varietas major, sat tenuis, sepe subrimata, vix malleata, zonulis
latis ac continuis ornata.
Diam. 313; apert. lat. 183, alt. 16 millim.
Type var., from deposit D, Indian Museum ; also in collection of
Coombe Williams.
Var. CRASSIOR, nov.
Varietas major, solidior, imperforata, valde malleata, ordinarie
zonula unica circumcincta, apertura minus contracta, margine
externo magis rotundato.
Diam. 32, alt. 21; apert. lat. 19, alt. 163 millim.
Type var. from deposit HZ, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in
collection Bourguignat and Coombe Williams.
This is a very remarkable form, bearing much the same relation-
ship to H. mentonica as H. lucasi to H. lactea. It is much more de-
pressed, with a remarkable aperture, the columella (much twisted
and with a small tubercle at base) being bent inwards, so as to con-
tract the body portion of the aperture; the external margin is
straightly produced, very gradually rounded, in this differing from
every other species of Tachea I know (H. mentonica, H. william-
siana, H. nemoralis, &c.), in all of which it is more or less rapidly
rounded. Unfortunately, though I found a great number of spe-
1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 111
cimens, I have not been able to obtain a single one in even fair con-
dition ; they crumble at a touch. The best-characterized were four
specimens of a form which I found only at the entry to the cave, de-
posit /’; one of these I have taken as my type. Var. colorata, always
in bad condition, was tolerably plentiful in deposits 4 and D. Var.
crassior, from deposit £ only ; I am by no means sure that this form
is specifically identical with typical H, e@desima. The species did
not occur at all in deposit B.
Heurx (Tacuea?) BENNETIANA, 0. Sp.
Testa ad H. mentonicam affinis, sed haud difficile distinguenda ; im-
perforata, globosa, paululum conoidea, solida ; rugose irregulari-
terque striata, valide malleata ; albida, zonulis perindistinctis
circumeincta ; spira parum moderate elevata, apice subacuta,
levigata ; anfract. 53, convexiusculi, sutura distincta separati,
ultimo majore, ad peripheriam paululum compresso, subito de-
scendente, subtus convero; apertura contracta, parva, sub-
rotundata, lunato-ovata, marginibus callo brunneo junctis ; peri-
stom. castaneum incrassatum, eapansum ; columellaris callosa, late
adpressa, subrugosa, paululum contortula.
Diam. 233, alt. 17; apert. lat. 143; alt. 112 millim.
A still smaller form, closely allied to the-preceding, easily recog-
nized by its small aperture and convex base &c. It was only found
in deposits B, C, and H, and was comparatively rare; the coloration,
in every specimen found, was much broken up, scarcely showing
traces of bands. I have named this species after Dr. J. H. Bennet,
who may be called the ‘‘ Discoverer of Menton,” whose estate of
Grimaldi, with its beautiful and well-known gardens, always thrown
open to visitors, surmounts these boue-caves, and to whose kind
assistance I am deeply indebted for much valued aid and sympathy
in collecting my material for this paper.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in collection MM. Bour-
guignat and Williams.
Heurx (TACHEA) WILLIAMSIANA, N. sp.
Testa ad H. nemoralem, Linn., affinis ; imperforata, conico-globu-
losa, percrassa, polita, nitida ; confertim ac regulariter oblique
striata, ultimo anfractu distincte malleato; albido-lactea, fere
omnino late eleganterque unizonata, zonula castanea ad apicem
videnda (speciminibus raris subtus duabus aliis zonulis latis
circumcinctis) ; spira elevata, apice subacuta, levigata; anfract.
54, convewiusculi, celeriter crescentes, sutura distincta sepuarati,
ultimo ventricoso-subrotundato, subabrupte descendente, subtus
vie convero, subapplanato; apertura subovalis, parum obliqua
ac lunata, marginibus callo tenui castaneo junctis; peristom.
extus ac intus vivide castaneo coloratum, supra fragile, vix in-
crassatum, infra expanse reflerum ; columellaris sicut in H. ne-
morali, sed callo validiore locum umbilicalem tegente.
Diam. 303, alt. 22; apert. alt. 16, lat. 183 millim.
112 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
Var. SUBNEMORALIS, Nov.
Ad H. nemoralem magis affinis ; spira depressa, ultimo anfractu
compresso, subtus applanato, gradatim descendente ; apertura
oblonga, producta, minus alta, margine externo gradatim rotun-
dato, peristomate perlate reflexo.
Diam. 283, alt. 203; apert. (cum perist. ac callositate colum.) alt.
15, lat. 173 millim.
Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta.
A rather uncommon, more depressed variety, from deposit B only ;
generally ornamented with a single very vivid broad band traceable
along the suture of the last two or three whorls.
I need scarcely say I have named this species after my friend Mr.
T. B. Coombe Williams, whose name occurs so frequently in these
pages.
Var. SPANIAS, nov.
Sat tenuis, globosa, depressa, vix nitida aut polita; irregulariter
striata, distincte malleata ; indistincte zonata, zonulis subobso-
letis ; spira depressa, ultimo anfractu ventricoso-rotundato, lente
gradatimque descendente, subtus convexo ; apertura ampla, sub-
ovalis, peristomate parum reflexo, locum umbilicalem callo tenui
tegente.
Diam. 273, alt. 19; apert. lat. 163, alt. 15 millim.
This well-marked form, with more convex base and less solid tex-
ture &c., regarded by M. Bourguignat as a distinct species, was
rather uncommon ; I found it only in deposits 4, B, C.
Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in the collection of
M. Bourguignat.
Her (Tacuea) nemoratis, Lin.
Not found at all in the submaritime zone, but common enough as
soon as one reaches an altitude of 1500 to 2000 feet, up to the very
summits of the mountains (4000 feet), where it is of very thin tex-
ture ; varieties of 4 to 5 ora single band on the last whorl appear
commonest. I found four or five specimens, in poor preservation
unfortunately, in the ‘‘ Couche marneuse”’ of Cape Mortela, from
apparently the zone of H. paretiana ; they are probably a variety of
H. nemoralis, though apparently differing somewhat.
Diam. 263, alt. 21; apert. lat. 15, alt. 14 millim. From
*«* Grand Mont,” at 4000 feet.
Diam. 27, alt. 20; apert. lat. 16, alt. 143 millim. From “ Ber-
ceau,”” at 3200 feet.
Diam. 22, alt. 16; apert. lat. 133, alt. 113 millim. From near
Monaco.
Diam. 243, alt. 183. Subfossil, from Cape Mortela.
Measurements below from Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 276 :—
Diam. maj. 25, min. 21, alt. 15 millim.
Hetrx (Pomaria) asrersa, Miiller.
The variation in size, according to the altitude at which this
1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 113
species is found near Menton, is interesting, as the different forms
seem to be fairly constant in their several localities. On the sunny
hill of Grimaldi a true dwarf form is abundant, living with a similar
dwarf variety of A. vermiculata. Round Menton generally, and up
to a considerable height, it is an ordinary form; near the summits
of the mountains, at 3000-4000 feet, it is a gigantic tumid form,
not very common, reminding me very much of Algerian specimens.
I could see no trace of the species in the lower strata of the “ Couche
Marneuse”’ of Cape Mortela (zone of H. paretiana) ; a rather large
form abounded, however, at about 5 feet or so below the surface,
with other common existing shells of the country.
Subvar. nana. Alt. 214, diam. 25 millim. Found only on the
hill of Grimaldi.
Subvar. alticola. Alt. 43, diam. 463 millin. Summits of the
neighbouring Alps, and a similar, somewhat smaller form from near
the surface of the ‘ Couche marneuse”’ of Cape Mortela.
Typical form. Alt. 304, diam. 31 millim. Abundant every where
near Menton, up to about 2000 feet.
Measurements below, from Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 241 :—
Diam. maj. 41, min. 32, alt. 32 millim.
B. minor— diam. maj. 28, min, 23, alt. 22 (spec. Azor.).
Heutix (Pomatta) aperra, Born.
This is a small form, to be found here and there round Menton ;
by no means common.
Alt. 213, diam. 194 millim. Subwraritime zone, Menton.
Subvar. ampla. I found one or two specimens only, near the sur-
face of the “ Couche marneuse” of Cape Mortela; like the preceding,
it does not appear to exist lower down, in the zone of H. paretiana.
Alt. 293, diam. 26 millim.
Below I give measurements of Pfeiffer, in Mon. i. p. 25 :—
Alt. 27, diam. maj. 26 millim.
Hexix (Macuraria) vermicutata, Miiller.
An ordinary form ; is plentiful all round Menton up toa certain
altitude, beyond which it does not appear to exist. It is also common,
near the surface only, in the “Couche marneuse” of Cape Mortela.
Alt. 22, diam. 293 millim.
Var. GRIMALDIENSIS, nov.
A remarkable dwarf form, apparently constant, as I found some
hundred specimens ou the hill of Grimaldi, all in the same locality.
Spire varying, but usually more produced than in typical form; last
whorl more rounded, scarcely subangulate, more convex at base;
aperture less produced, with the columellar margin less oblique and
more callous; very variable in its coloration, if any thing a trifle
smoother, thicker, and more callous.
Type of var. Alt. 174, diam. 222 millim; another Specimen, alt.
16, diam. 214 millim.
I found, near Roquebrune, a single specimen, some feet below the
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1880, No. VIII. 8
114 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE (Feb. 17,
surface, of a closely allied, even more characteristic form: spire pro-
duced, whorls more convex, the last one perfectly rounded, with its
base quite convex; aperture as in var. grimaldiensis; it appears to
have been less smooth.
Alt. 21, diam. 273 millim.
Measurements below from Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 273 :—
Alt. 21, diam. maj. 35, min. 27 millim.
Hewix (CaMpyL@A) MAURELIANA, Bourg. MS. (Note compl.
sur des Moll., Mammif. &c., Cav. prés de Vence, 1868, p..5, name
only).
I am indebted to Mons. Bourguignat for the following Latin
diagnosis :—
*T. profunde angusteque umbilicata; depressa, subtranslucida,
argute striatula, nunc surdo-albida, olim corneo-viridescenti ac
zonulis tribus intensioribus (quarum du@ superiores, anguste ;
tertior inferior, lata, ad regionem umbilicalem evanescens) cir-
cumcincta ; spira depressa, parum convera; apice obtusissimo,
sat valido, argutissime granulato ; anfractibus 6 regulariter sen-
simque crescentibus, supra convexis ac sutura profunda separatis ;
ultimo validiore, compresso-rotundato, prope aperturam leviter
coarctato, ac ad insertionem labri vix descendente; apertura
parum obliqua, lunata, externe rotundata, infra rectiuscula vel
arcuata; peristomate acuto, patulo ac reflero ; labro supero vix
reflexo; labro columellari brevissimo, circa regionem umbili-
calem dilatato.
« Alt. 11-12, diam. max. 21-23 millim.
“Caverne Mars, prés de Vence, Alpes-Marit.”” (Cl. J. R. Bour-
euignat, in litt.)
Var. rosBusTA, G. Nevill.
Fairly abundant in deposits A, B, D, and E, but very difficult to
obtain any thing like perfect specimens. The Menton specimens are
rather larger and of a more robust variety than the typical Vence
form. In deposit A a subvar. minor was not uncommon, with more
compressed whorls, less produced (almost rounded) aperture, and
less open umbilicus, the columellar margin a good deal less oblique.
A very characteristic feature in Menton specimens of H. maureliana
are the often very conspicuous “ varices,” especially noticeable in
young specimens, as in Nanina, section Bensonia (N. monticola, &e.);
this, of course, is due to a thickening within the peristome, at dif-
ferent periods of growth, only partially absorbed when the animal
recommences the growth of its shell. Mons. Bourguignat writes
me that its nearest ally is H. zonata, Studer, of which he is inclined
to consider it as ‘une forme atavique.” It differs materially from
all the varieties I know of H. planospira.
Var. robusta, from deposit D (figured), Alt. 134, diam. 254
millim.
Subvar. appressa, from deposit B, Alt. 123, diam. 233 millim.
1880. ] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON,. 115
Type in the collection of Mons. Bourguignat ; types of var. and
subvar. in the Indian Museu m, Calcutta; also in the collections of
MM. Bourguignat and Coombe Williams.
Heuix (Campyia) RAMORINIANA, Issel, Conch. Cav. Ligur.
occid. 1867, figs. 4-6.
An interesting rediscovery of this well-characterized and re-
markable species, as yet only known from the cavern at Verezzi.
I found no traces of the species about Menton, except some half
dozen specimens in deposit /’—that is to say, at the entrance of the
cave. Probably the species was a strictly cavern form.
I compared the Menton specimens with Prof. Issel’s types in the
museum at Genoa; they are exactly similar, except that mine are a
trifle larger. My largest measures diam. 22, alt. 111 wmillim.,
others diam. 19, alt. 10. I ought to mention that Prof. Issel’s
above-quoted figures are not very successful; indeed the species is
not recognizable from them.
Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. Mons. Bourguignat.
Herrx (CampyL#a) cinGuLATA, Studer, var. B1zoNna, Rossm.
Icon. xi. fig. 683, from near Nice.
Mr. Williams found a single specimen at Sainte-Agnés, at a little
over 2000 feet. M. Bourguignat informs me it is true H. cingulata,
and that he found the form abundant in the Col di Tenda.
I can hardly bring myself to believe this form specifically identical
with a shell sent me, as H. cingulata, var. ancone, Gentiluomo,
from Tuscany. The Menton specimen has a moderately raised
spire, rather shallow umbilicus, last whorl not compressed, descending
abruptly, convex at base ; aperture nearly square, columellar margin
scarcely oblique ; both zones are somewhat obsolete, the lower one
can only just be traced behind the outer lip and in front near the
aperture. The above agrees exactly with Pfeiffer’s measurements and
characters of var. bizona, which besides is from the immediate neigh-
bourhood.
Alt. 113, diam. 214 millim.
Pfeiffer’s measurements (Mon. i. p. 356) of var. bizona are—
diam. maj. 24, min. 21, alt. 12 millims.
Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Herix (Macutarta ?) nicrensis, Férussac.
This appears to have been one of the most characteristic mollusks
of Menton in old days, as it is now, and to have changed very little
during all the intervening period.
Mr. Williams found a few living specimens at Sainte-Agnés,
at a little over 2000 feet, a fine bold form of solid texture and
rich coloration. Higher up, between 3000 and 4000 feet, to the
very summits of the “ Berceau” and ‘‘ Grand Mont,’’ H. niciensis
abounds. The form here approximates nearer to my subfossil var.
primitiva ; it is of thin texture, very variable as to the more: or less
8
116 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17,
elevated spire ; without exception, as far as I could see, imperforate,
with large and produced aperture, deflected last whorl, and fairly
vivid markings. :
Specimen from Sainte-A gnés—alt. 174, diam. 254 millim.
From the “ Berceau”—alt. 15, diam. 244 millim.; and
another—alt. 173, diam. 244 millim.
Subvar. COLORATA.
I did not find this species at all in the ‘‘ Couche Marneuse”’ of
Cape Mortela (zone of H. paretiana), though I have but little
doubt it occurs. I found it, however, associated with H. paretiana
near Monaco, and at another spot in a cutting of the railway, the
single specimen from the latter locality being a most remarkable
small form, the chestnut maculations being most unusually broad
and close together, so much so as to amount to bands; there are
three of these slightly interrupted bands on each of the last few
whorls ; the aperture also is less produced, the apex more prominent,
and the whorls more compressed.
Alt. 14, diam. 194 millim.
Subvar. PRIMITIVA.
Closely allied to the living form still to be found near the summits
of the neighbouring Alps; imperforate, of thin texture ; spire more
or less raised, not nearly so depressed as in the next variety, with
prominent apex ; whorls moderately convex, the last one abruptly
deflected, convex at base ; both aperture and last whorl a trifle
smaller in proportion than in the living form; the columella very
similar, only moderately oblique, forming a slight angle at its
termination, slightly twisted, imparting to it a subtuberculose
appearance.
This was one of the commonest (and best-preserved of the large
species) in deposits 4, B, C, Z. Curiously enough, the species did
not occur at all in deposit D; probably this locality was not suffi-
ciently sunny.
I have great doubts whether I have done right in separating this
form, even only as a subvariety, from its close ally, living on the
neighbouring mountain-tops; probably both had better be classed
together as subvar. primitiva, characterized by the thin texture ec.
Alt. 16, diam. 22 millim.; another—alt. 17, diam. 244 millim.
Types of preceding subvars., Indian Museum, Calcutta ; the latter
also in coll. MM. Bourguinat, Coombe Williams, and Joly.
Var. SPELUNCARUM, Nov.
As to the necessity of separating this form there can be no two
opinions ; it is an exceedingly well and constantly characterized
depressed variety, presenting a most distinct “facies.” It was
abundant in deposit F, and, I have reason to believe, was the principal
shell found inside the cave by M. Rivitre, mixed with mammal-
bones &c., judging from specimens in the museum, and from an
examination of the earth dug out from these caves. Markedly and in
1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 117
variably more depressed, of stouter texture than the preceding, less
brilliantly coloured, more often distinctly rimate than imperforate ;
apex acute, but less prominent; whorls distinctly less convex, the
last one less expanded, less deflected at the aperture, with the
periphery subangulately compressed, and base much less convex ;
aperture smaller in proportion, outer margin more equally rounded,
the columella a good deal more oblique, with a conspicuous absence
of the subangulation at its termination, and without the slight twist
(or contortion) invariably found both in living specimens and in my
subvar. primitiva ; collumellar callosity less developed.
Alt. 124, diam. 20 millim.
Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll, MM. Bour-
guignat, Coombe Williams, and Joly.
Measurements from Pfeiffer (Mon. i. p. 284) :—Diam. maj. 23,
min. 19, alt. 12 millim.
Hexrx (FruticicoLa) CEMENELEA, Risso.
(= H. galloprovincialis, Dupuy, 1848, not of Matheron, 842 ;
= H. cantiana auct., nec Montagu.)
I cannot agree with Dr. Kobel and the Marquise Paulucci, who, in
her excellent and most useful catalogue, unites this and the form
called H. ancone by Issel as var. of H. cantiana. I consider them
quite distinct. At Menton the latter is found from the neighbourhood
of the sea up to an altitude of at least 1500 feet; at 2500 feet to
4000 H. cemenelea takes its place, and, though varying a great deal,
always preserves its distinctive “ facies’?! I have just been ex-
amining living typical English H. cantiana, Mont., and find both
shell and animal quite different! I have identified both this and
the following, on the strength of M. Bourguignat’s information. I
had previously separated them as quite distinct, taking this to be H.
rubella, Risso, and the next to be H. cemenelea.
Alt. 114, diam. 18 millim. ‘ Berceau,”’ at 3000 feet.
Alt. 10, diam. 14} millim. ‘‘ Grand Mont.”
Heuix (Fruticicota) ancon#, Issel, Append. Moll. Pisa,
1872.
A species differing still more widely from H. cantiana, Mont. ; to
me, nearer H. carthusiana, Miller. It appears to be a common
littoral form in Liguria; I found it at Monaco, Menton, Alassio, &c.
I cannot consider it identical with the preceding ; even if it were to
prove specifically so, it must still be regarded as a very distinct and
constant variety. The animal is ofa light and bright carnation-orange
colour, with small and indistinct furrows, tentacles of a dull vinous
shade, sole of foot yellow; seen through the shell the animal has a
deep vinous appearance, mottled with yellow; axis of spire less
central ; whorls less elevated, more rapidly increasing, less convex ;
substance a good deal thicker, peristome much more coloured ; um-
bilicus considerably less open; aperture more produced ; columella
more oblique ec.
Alt. 114, diam. 163 millim. ; another—alt. 9, diam. 154 millim.
118 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
Subvar. MINOR.
A very small form from Roquebrune: can this be the H. dela-
courti, Mabille, of Bourg., which he informs me (in li¢t.) that I sent
him from Menton? He inserts the species between H. cemenelea and
H. ancone.
Alt. 73, diam. 11} millim.
Heuix (Fruticicona) cit, Studer.
I only found two specimens of this interesting species in deposit
.B; both agree in differing from recent Swiss specimens (received
from Madame Vimart), having the aperture more laterally produced
(that is, broader in proportion to its height), the last whorl more
dilated, the base less convex, and the periphery slightly more dis-
tinctly keeled. Judging from M. Bourguignat’s description of his
H. guevarriana, from the neighbouring Col di Tenda, these Swiss
specimens answer exactly to his description of his new species, and
my Menton subfossil ones to that of his H. ciliata.
Alt. 5, diam. 9 millim.
Hewix (FrutTicicoua) cINCTELLA, Drap.
A single perfect specimen and some fragments, from deposit B.
Both this and the preceding are recorded as living in the depart-
ment by Risso.
Alt. 8, diam. 12 millim.
Hewrx (Fruticicota) Gexipa (7) Bourg. (Rev. et Mag. Zool.
1877, Mountain behind Brianconnet, Alpes-Marit.; alt. 7, diam. 10
millim. Also subfossil from ‘‘ Cap Vieille,” near Roquebrune.)
M. Bourguignat kindly identified as this species three specimens
from the “ Berceau” (3500 feet); they do not, however, answer
well to his description, being more narrowly umbilicate than H.
moutoni, telonensis, or diega! I should have classed them as a sub-
variety of H. ¢elonensis, Mittré.
Alt. 6, diam. 10 millim.
Heurx (Fruticicoxa) mouront, Mittré, MS. (Rev. Mag. Zool.
1877, ‘‘ Ascros,” Alpes-Marit., &e. ; alt. 6, diam. 10 millim., fide
Bourg.).
I am indebted to M. Bourguignat for his identification as above
of this form, which appears to be not rare on the “‘ Grand Mont”
and ‘‘ Berceau,”’ at 3000 to 4000 feet.
Alt. 73, diam. 114 millim. “ Berceau’’ H. moutoni, fide cl. Bourg.
Alt. 73, diam. 124 millim. “Grand Mont.”
_ Var. SUBFOSSILIS, nov.
A single subfossil specimen, from deposit B, differing from every
other specimen of this group that I know by its exceedingly narrow
perforation ; the collumella is more oblique than in the preceding.
1880. } LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 119
It answers well to the description of H. crimoda and H. concreta,
Bourg. loc. cit., of which it may be a large variety.
Alt. 7, diam. 11 millim.
Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Herrx (Fruricicota) pizea, Bourg. (Rev. et Mag. Zool.
1877, Clus de St. Auban; alt. 6, diam. 11. Var. major, Brianconnet,
Alpes-Marit.; alt. 64, diam. 1]4 millim.).
I am indebted to M. Bourguignat for two typical specimens from
the Col di Tenda ; Mr. Williams found a similar, though larger, form
on the “Grand Mont.” I consider the species quite distinct
from H. moutoni; but it is very close to H. telonensis, from which
the white band at the periphery would not be sufficient ground alone
for specific separation ; the aperture, however, seems to me markedly
larger in proportion, with less broadly reflected peristome.
Alt. 73, diam. 12 millim. ‘Grand Mont.’
Alt. 6, diam. 10 millim. ‘ Clus de St. Auban,”’ ex coll. cl. Bour-
guignat.
Hewrx (FRvuTIcIcoLA) TELONENs!s, Mittré (fide Bourg., Rev.
Mag. Zool. 1877; alt. 5 to 53, diam. 10 millim.).
Scarcely, I think, specifically distinct from the preceding. M.
Bourguignat identified as this species several specimens (in poor
condition) from the “Grand Mont,” at 4000 feet; two subfossil
specimens from deposit B are even nearer the typical Toulon form.
Alt. 6, diam. 10} millim. Subfossil specimen from deposit B.
Alt. 54, diam. 94 millim. Specimen from Toulon.
Alt. 64, diam. 103 millim. Specimen from ‘‘ Grand Mont.”
Var. CRASSILABRIS, nov.
A single specimen, in perfect condition, from the “ Grand Mont,”
quite distinct from all the forms mentioned by Bourguignat Joc. cit.;
chestnut-brown, with well-defined, broad, white belt at periphery ;
spire rather depressed, with six scarcely convex, lightly striate
whorls ; compressedly angulate at periphery, base evenly rounded
(but not convexly swollen) round the unusually open umbilicus;
aperture very small comparatively ; peristome very broadly reflected ;
columella very oblique. Resembles H. diega, with aperture of
HI, telonensis.
Alt. 63, diam. 11 millim.
Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Hetrx (Cocuuiceia) acuta, Miller.
Rather scarce near Menton, close to the sea.
Hexrx (CocHiicEeLia) BARBARA, Linnzus.
Helix ventrosus, Fér. Prod., =H. ventricosa, Drap.
Like the preceding, by no means common.
Hewix (Euparyesa) prsana, Miller.
Rare, near the sea only.
120 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17;
Hewrx (Xeropuita) cespirum, Drap.
This species, also near Menton, appears to differ widely, and, at
the same time, constantly, according to the altitude at which it
lives ; it is interesting to notice, in the ‘‘ Couche marneuse” at Cape
Mortela, how an allied species, with narrow umbilicus, either Helix
ferneri or a closely connected form, abounded at a certain depth,
associated with H. paretiana, how this species suddenly ceases at
a certain distance from the surface, its place being taken by the
widely umbilicate H. cespitum.
Var. DISMASTHIA, Nov.
Spire very little raised, often nearly quite flat, rather solid ;
whorls seven, scarcely convex; last whorl compressed, scarcely de-
scending, not tumid at base; umbilicus less open than in most forms
of H. cespitum; aperture rather compressed, slightly produced,
columellar margin very oblique; vividly coloured; above coarsely
but regularly and closely striate, striee subobsolete at base.
This form is abundant near the sea only, apparently not found
at any considerable altitude, where its place is markedly taken by
the next variety; I found it also at Alassio, near Genoa. A curiously
coloured form, common at both places, was of a nearly uniform
dark brown above, with a bright yellow belt at the periphery.
Alt. 123, diam. 214 millim. ; apert. alt. 93, lat. 103 millim.
Var. ALTICOLA, nov.
Like the preceding a well-marked, characteristic, and constant
variety ; the two forms apparently do not, at Menton at least, run
into one another; the two almost seem to me specifically separable ;
some conchologists will doubtless consider them so; the ana-
tomist will have to settle the question. At an altitude of 2000 feet
for certain (perhaps sooner), var. alticola takes the place of var.
dismasthia and is found in great abundance up to the very summits
of the mountains, over 4000 feet.
Spire moderately raised, almost smooth; the upper whorls sub-
obsoletely striate, openly and solariformly umbilicate, texture a good
deal thinner than in the preceding var.; whorls seven, convex, last
whorl globosely rounded, tumid at base; aperture nearly perfectly
round, the interior as high as broad, outer margin descending more
abruptly, the columellar one markedly less oblique, the peristome
less thickened within; coloration, above especially, less vivid.
Alt. 18, diam. 273; apert. alt. 134, lat. (cum marg.) 14 millim.
For comparison with the two preceding measurements, I give
below those of 17. cespitum and its var. major as recorded by Pfeiffer
(Mon. i. p. 161).
Diam. maj. 20, alt. 11 millim.
Var. major—diam. maj. 25, alt. 14 millim.
Types of the two preceding varieties in Indian Museum, Calcutta.
HeEwix (XEROPHILA) SUBCESPITUM, N. sp.
I found a few subfossil specimens of this undoubtedly distinet
1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 121
new species, immediately above the spot I call deposit B; but in no
case could I find a specimen undoubtedly associated with the species
of this deposit ; it may be that they are of the same age, only that
they were not living immediately mixed up with these other mol-
lusks. After a long and tedious investigation I have come (though
somewhat doubtfully) to the opposite opinion ; I believe they are
of a more recent age, and have been buried through some altogether
different cause. I purpose giving a full description and figure at
some future time, as I wish to compare the species of this group
with my Spanish, Algerian, and Corsican specimens, which are not
at the moment available.
Alt. 10, diam. 18} millim.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Hexix (Xeropuita) Tervert (2), Michaud.
I think there is little doubt this is the species living specimens
of which, from Toulon, were described and figured under the above
name by M. Rambur (Journ. Conchyl. 1869). It does not exist
now at Menton, where varieties of H. cespitum have taken its place ;
I found it, however, subfossil and by no means uncommon near
Roquebrune station, near deposits B and D, and in the lower
stratum at Cape Mortela, immediately associated with H. pare-
tiana.
Alt. 114, diam. 19 millim.
Var. SUBARENARUM, nov.
A larger and more globose form, very likely specifically distinct,
of which I found a few specimens only, subfossil.
Alt. 14, diam. 214 millim.
Both the preceding forms, Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Hewrx (XEROPHILA) SCLERA, 0. sp.
T. ad H. cespitum et H. Terveri affinis: conico-elevata, peranguste
profundeque umbilicata, solida ; alba (aut cretacea), zonulis
variis circumscripta, apice corneo ac notabiliter acuto; anfract.
7, convexiusculi, sutura perimpressa separati, ultimo majore,
rotundato, bast convexo, prope aperturam celeriter descendente
ac viv dilatato ; apertura haud producta, fere rotundata, mar-
gine externo convexo ; superne regulariter confertim striata,
striis obliquis, subflewuosis et planiusculis.
Alt. 133, diam. 19 millim.
Another very distinct species of the same group; the least openly
umbilicate, with the most subconvexly raised spire and the most
prominently acute apex of any I know; the rapidly descending,
scarcely dilated and rounded last whorl, as also the more distinct,
subflexuous sculpture are also apparently constant characters; it
only occurred, subfossil, imbedded in hard and solid rock, in the
upper surface of deposit £, evidently associated with Stenogyra
decollata. ;
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta.
122 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
Hexix (Xeropnina) uineata, Olivi (=H. maritima, Drap.,
alt. 8, diam. maj. 11, min. 93 millim.).
Exceedingly abundant in the submaritime zone near Menton ; it
also occurred at Alassio. I found many curious varieties and
deformities ; the commonest forms are uniform brown, or white
with a broad brown band, both plentiful in all sizes.
Subvar. major. Alt. 113, diam. 15; another—alt. 103, diam.
13} millim.
Subvar. minor. Alt. 8, diam. 9 (a beautiful and rare form) ;
another—alt. 63, diam. 9 millim.
Heurx (Xeroruima) varrasiis, Drap. (alt. 12, diam. maj.
19, min. 17, ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. ae)
I only found this species at Cape Vieille, between Roquebrune
and Monaco, where it appeared to be rather localized.
Heurx (Xeropuina) pSEuDENHALIA, Bourg. (Mal. Chateau
d'Tf, pl. i. figs. 17-21, 1860; alt. 8-9, diam. 10-11 millim.).
M. Bourguignat regards this species as not belonging to the
group of H. maritima. I confess it seems to me scarcely separable,
even specifically. Menton specimens are subkeeled at the peri-
hery.
Alt. 73, diam. 102 millim.
Heuix (Xeropuia) necuecra, Drap. (alt. 7, diam. maj. 14,
min. 12 millim., ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 164).
Very local at Menton, confined, as far as I know, to the neigh-
bourhood of Roquebrune station.
Alt. 74, diam. 127 millim.
Heirx (XEROPHILA) PALADILHI, Bourg. (Moll. Nouv. &e.
1866, pl. xxx. figs. 1-5, Montpellier; alt. 4, diam. 7 millim.).
I include this species, as Mr. Bourguignat informs me I sent him
a single specimen mixed up with H. candidula from Menton.
Mr. Williams found a single specimen of a closely allied species at
over 3000 feet on the “Grand Mont,” which I am unable to iden-
tify ; it can scarcely be an extreme var. of this species. At Alassio,
however, I found two specimens of a very distinct little form, which
agree exactly with the original figure of this species.
Alt. 41, diam. 7 millim. Specimen from Alassio.
Alt. 54, diam. 83 millim. From the “Grand Mont;’’ specific
identification very doubtful.
Hexuix (XeropHita) TeERRESTRIS, Chemnitz (alt. 63, diam.
maj. 10, min. 9, ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 179).
Extremely abundant at Menton, where I found many curious
forms, some much distorted. M. Bourguignat writes me that I
sent him one very curious abnormal specimen, “having the ordinary
1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 123
upper whorls and then, owing to some injury, the lower whorl of a
I. pyramidata,”
Alt. 53, diam. 113; another—alt. 7, diam. 9 millim.
Heurx (XeRorHILA) pyrAmipata, Drap. (alt. 73, diam. maj.
11, min. 10 millim., ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 160).
Also common near Menton. I found neither this, the next, nor
the preceding species at Alassio. One specimen which I found is
almost discoidal.
Subvar. major. Alt. 9, diam. 12 millim.
Subvar. minor, Alt. 53, diam. 77 millim.
Hewix (XeRopHILA) uNrIFASCIATA, Poiret (Prodr. 1801, = H.
candidula, Studer, 1820; alt. 5, diam. 8-9 millim., ex Pfeiffer,
Mon. i. p. 168).
Very common, varying much in size. A rare subvariety occurred
on Grimaldi Hill, dark brown above and the outer half of the base,
with a narrow, well-defined, light-yellow belt at the periphery, just
traceable along the suture, the central portion of the base straw-
colour, last whorl more compressedly subangulate.
Subvar. major. Alt. 6, diam. 10 millim.
Subvar. minor. Alt. 33, diam. 53 millim.
Subvar. luteofasciata. Alt. 4, diam. 63 millim.
Hevrx (Xeropaiia) conspurcata, Drap. (alt. 34, diam. maj.
6, min. 5 millim., ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 171).
Very common all along this part of the Riviera, as far (at least)
as Alassio.
Alt. 4, diam. (vix) 64 millim.
Var. ILLUVINOSA, nov.
(An potius H. illuviosa, n. sp. ?)
An apparently constant form, differing conspicuously in the cha-
racter of the epidermis and slightly in those of the shell itself. The
form not being known to M. Bourguignat, I should not have hesi-
tated to describe it as new, but that I found so few specimens, only
two or three mature and a few young ones; they all came from a
damp shady ravine halfway up the hill, immediately behind the
Hotel des Anglais.
Buiminus (CHONDRULA) QUADRIDENS, Miiller.
Var. pROLIXA, Pini (Nuove spec. &c. Moll. 1879).
I am indebted to M. Bourguignat for the information that this
very common Menton shell is the var. prolixa of Pini; it is very
abundant and variable from the sea-level up to some 2000 feet ; it
is also found near the summits of the “‘ Berceau”’ &c., but is there
a rare shell; it did not occur at all subfossil. All the numerous
varieties have the aperture distinctly quadridentate, there being
amongst them no apparent transition to the next species, which we
did not find at all recent.
124 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17,
Long. 114, diam. 47 millim. An elongate, more or less com-
pressed form, not uncommon in the submaritime zone.
Long. 13, diam. 44 millim, The ordinary Menton form.
Long. 93, diam. 3? millim. A small and rather convex form,
rather scarce here.
Butimrinvus (CHonpRULA) NIso, Risso.
Apparently very scarce; I found five or six subfossil specimens
only in deposit B; they agree in being a small, more or less sub-
convex form, with the columellar dentition quite different from that
of the preceding.
Long. 10, diam. 33 millim.
Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Pura (Pupriya) Muscorum, Linneeus.
A few specimens from deposit F only, all of them possessing a
parietal tooth. The species did not occur recent at Menton ; but I
found very similar specimens to the above subfossil ones at Alassio.
Long. 34 millim.
Pupa (Pupriuta) umpriicata, Drap.
We did not ourselves find this species at Menton; but I saw
specimens in the small museum, found just outside the town. I
found a curious variety of it at Alassio.
Pura (VERTIGO) Minutissima, Hartm.
I found only two broken specimens in deposit B; the whorls
were very convex and tumid, no parietal fold (or tooth) ; I think, only
5 whorls.
Var. (? sp. distinct.).
Three broken specimens from deposit B, differing conspicuously
from the preceding ; six whorls, much less convex and tumid, giving
the form an attenuate appearance; the aperture has a strongly de-
veloped parietal fold; the striation seems more oblique.
Both of the above (subfossil forms) in Indian Mus. Calcutta.
Pura? (Torquitua 2?) psAROLENA, Bourg.
Originally described as Bulimus, sp. Rossmissler, Ic. vol. iii.
1854, fig. 929, who figures the species as Bulimus cinereus, Mor-
tillet, Cat. Coq. Nice, 1851, between the Col di Tenda and Nice
(that is, just behind Menton), notices its affinity to species of
Torquilla, and hesitates in which genus it should be classed. When
I found my single very perfect specimen in deposit B, [ felt no
doubt of its being an edentulate species of Torquilla, and have not
altered my opinion since M. Bourguignat gave me some typical
living specimens. My subfossil specimen differs not a little from the
latter, resembling still more strongly species of Torquilla ; whorls
distinctly 7, more elongately, regularly produced, the last one not so
convexly tumid ; in proportion the aperture a little shorter and less
1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 125
everted, with less oblique columella ; it is, however, too close to be
separated, even as a variety. :
Unique (subfossil) specimen in Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Pura (ToRQUILLA) QUINQUEDENTATA, Born.
Living specimens are most abundant all along the Genoese Riviera,
at Monaco, Menton, Alassio, &e. At Menton it is found from the
sea up to 2500 feet ; after that it becomes much rarer, but exists up
to nearly 4000 feet. There is but little difference between the sub-
maritime form and that from the higher regions; the latter are gene-
rally somewhat smaller.
Long. 143, diam. 4 millim. A fine form from Roquebrune
station.
Long. 143, diam. 34 millim. A rare and remarkably attenuate
var., of 11 whorls, from St. Agnés (2500 feet).
Long. 94, diam. 33 millim. A common dwarf form from the
same spot.
Long. 133, diam. 33 millim. A common cylindrical form from
the “ Berceau.”
Var. PREHISTORICA, Nov.
The commonest subfossil shell in all the deposits except F;
though varying in countless ways, it always preserves a distinct
“facies” from that of the preceding living form ; it can invariably
be distinguished by the much stronger and more regular striation,
not so oblique, so flexuous, or so inclined to be subobsolete ; the
aperture is also invariably smaller and more contracted, less everted
as arule, with both margins straight and parallel, instead of more or
less rounded ; the folds appear scarcely to differ at all.
Long. 14, diam. 4 millim. Type of the var. from deposit B.
Var. SPELUNCARUM, Nov.
A more distinct and characteristic variety than the preceding,
which I only found in deposit F, where it was abundant, and in the
interior of the cave itself (as I have already mentioned). A very
short, convexly swollen, tumid form, of only 9 instead of 10 whorls,
the last being proportionally much broader ; striation more like that
of the typical form than of the preceding variety ; the short, qua-
drangular, unusually everted aperture, with remarkably thickened
and reflected peristome, seems to be its most characteristic feature,
the margins being more convexly rounded and united by a distinct
(instead of subobsolete) callosity ; I can see no difference in the folds
(or teeth).
Long. 103, diam. 33 millim. From deposit F.
Types of all the preceding in Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Pura (ToRQUILLA) MULTIDENTATA, Olivi.
=P. variabilis, Drap.
Though more localized than the preceding, a very common Menton
mollusk, varying enormously in the number and shape of the whorls
126 MR. G, NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
&c., with a marked tendency (here at least) to produce abnormal and
remarkable forms: it also ranges from the sea to a considerable altitude,
though I do not think Mr. Williams found it above 2800 feet. I found
what I consider the typical form, small and moderately convex, here
and there near the sea, rather scarce, not in company with the fol-
lowing variety ; we also procured somewhat similar specimens from
St. Agnés (2500 feet). It did not occur at Alassio.
Long. 103, diam. 3; millim. A constant form, Menton (11
whorls).
Long. 13}, diam. 32 millim. From St. Agnes (12 whorls).
Var. pouiTa, Risso.
The finest and most remarkably turriculately produced specimens
of this variety which M. Bourguignat had ever seen were some I
found on the Hill of Grimaldi, where, though localized, it abounded ;
I found a similar form in the upper stratum of Cape Mortela.
Long. 19, diam. 43 millim. An extreme turriculate form, of
15 whorls, from Grimaldi.
Long. 15, diam. 4 millim. An ordinary form, village of Roque-
brune (1500 feet).
Pura (Toraquitia) opiiaua, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 4.)
T. ad P. multidentatam affinis, sed forma minor, compressior, magis
cylindrica et turriformis ; anfr. 11, fere equales, sutura magis
impressa separati ; apertura percontracta, quadrangularis, mar-
ginibus subrectis, parallelis ac callositate pervalida junctis ; mar-
gine columellari inferne distincte angulato (in P. multidentata
subrotundato) ; plica parietalis minus obliqua et prominens, plice
columellares magis profunda, plica palatalis principalis conspicua
et notabilis, recte ascendens, haud arcuatim incurvata.
A rather rare species, from deposits B and F' only ; M. Bour-
guignat informs me he possesses numerous recent specimens from the
* Plateau glacé de Méaille, Dépt. Basses-Alpes.” I had hoped he
would have honoured me with a Latin diagnosis, as in two other
instances, in which case I should gladly have attached his name to
this species; I do not think it right to do so without such diagnosis,
for fear of introducing doubt as to what is really the type of the
species. I should have ranked this subfossil form as a remarkable
dwarf variety of P. multidentata, but for the constant and charac-
teristic difference in the prominent palatal fold, which is always more
or less semicircularly and markedly curved or rounded in all the
forms I know of P. multidentata ; in my new species this fold ascends
the aperture without any deflection or curve whatever ; the parietal
fold is also distinctly straighter and less prominently produced ; the
columellar margin not being in the least convex, as well as distinctly
angulate at base, seems also a constant character. The present form
is nearer the wonderfully produced and turriculate var. polita of
Risso than typical P. multidentata.
Long. 10, diam. 3 millim. Type from deposit /.
Long. 93, diam. 354; millim. Specimen from deposit B.
1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 127
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. MM. Bourguignat
and Williams.
Pura (Torauiita) sEcALE, Drap.
Recent specimens were abundant near the summit of the “ Grand
Mont,”’ at 4000 feet.
Long. 62, diam. 22 millim.
In coll. Indian Museum, J. R. Bourguignat, and Coombe Williams.
Pura (Torquiita) avenacea, Brug.
Living abundantly, with the preceding, at 4000 feet; we also
found it, but rather scarce, in deposits B, C, and F.
Long. 7, diam. 23 millim. From the ‘‘ Grand Mont.”
Long. 7?, diam. 23; another, long. 5, diam. 2 millim. De-
posit B.
Pupa (Torauiiya?) erana, Drap.
A yery common form everywhere in the Submaritime zone; it did
not occur subfossil or at higher elevations. I much doubt if this
species is a true Torquilla; I believe the animal will prove to be
of a different type ?
Var.
A rather scarce form, living in shady and damp localities ; it may
possibly be a distinct species, perhaps the P. micheli, with which T
am not acquainted.
Pura (OrcuLA) poLioLum, Brug.
Rare, at a single spot in deposit B: this is the first record of this
species in the Alpes-Maritimes, it is not mentioned in Risso’s work.
In coll. Indian Museum, Calcutta, J. R. Bourguignat, and Coombe
Williams.
Pupa (SPHYRADIUM) BOURGUIGNATIANA, n. sp. (Plate XIII.
fig. 5.) Specimen figured has since been accidentally broken.
T. aperte perforata, cylindrica, regulariter turriformis, apice obtuso,
levigata, nitida; anfract. 10, vix conveviusculi, fere equales,
sutura impressa separati, ultimo brevi, inferne paululum compresso;
sub lente obsolete striatula, striis paululum obliquis, regularibus ;
apertura angusta, triangulariformis, superne dilatata, inferne
attenuate compressa, plicis 4 minutis ; plica parietali validissima,
paululum obliqua, plica columellari prominente, subrecte trans-
versa, 2 palatalibus haud conspicuis ; peristom. expansum, incras-
satum, marginibus callo crasso junctis, margine dextro supra me-
dium dente valido munito, margine culumellari supra medium
abrupte deflexo.
Long. 53, diam. (vix) 14 millim.
Subvar. OBESA, nov.
Anfract. 84, paululum magis convexiusculi et magis celeriter cre-
128 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17,
scentes, ultimo longiore, basi vix compresso ; apertura amplior,
inferne minus contracta, margine columellari rectiore.
Long. 5, diam. 13 millim.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. MM. Bourguignat,
Coombe Williams, P. Joly, P. Fagot, and Colonel Godwin-Austen.
This was exceedingly abundant in deposits 4, B, O; I found a
single specimen in deposit F, of a short thickset variety (var.
tumida), probably enough a distinct species. Typical Pupa bipli-
cata, Mich., and P. ressmanni, Villa, are the nearest forms I know
to P. bourguignatiana ; from both the present species can be told
at once by the above-described characters of the aperture. A speci-
men from Tuscany, which I obtained from Madame Vimont at
Paris, labelled P. biplicata, is a totally distinct species from the
Menton one; it is the P. toscanie of Bourg.
Var. PLAGIOSTOMA, nov. (Plate XIII. fig. 6.)
(An potits Pupa plagiostoma, un. sp.?)
This is a well-marked and very distinct form, distinguishable at a
glance by the characters of the aperture, which appear to be con-
stant; it was by no means rare in deposits B and C.
Spire slightly convex, less gradually tapering (or turreted); whorls
81, the first 34, increasing rapidly, the others of almost equal
breadth, the last one longer in proportion, more compressed at its
base, so much so that it has a subcarinate appearance round the
umbilicus ; striation a little more distinct and more oblique; aper-
ture quite differently shaped, not triangular, but more compressed,
narrowly oblong, as broad at its base as above; both columellar and
parietal folds more twisted, the former less straightly transverse ;
the two palatal ones, seen through from the back, appear more
callous and to run into one another, in the type form they appear to
run more or less parallel; the peristome even more callously
thickened, with its margins joined by a more developed callosity ;
the columellar margin has a very slight bend at its commencement,
otherwise it is quite straightly oblique, without the characteristic de-
flection of P. bourguignatiana ; the callous tubercular tooth on the
outer margin equally prominently and robustly developed ; this tooth
appears to be peculiar in the group to the Menton species, in which
it exists in every specimen and in all the varieties, the other species
merely possessing a slight thickening in its place, as far as I know.
Long. 43, diam. 17 millim.
Subvar. ANGUSTA, nov.
This is a by no means rare form, which has decided me on not
specifically separating the preceding; it has a similar aperture, as
also a coarser striation, but possesses 10 whorls, the first eight of
which are even more cylindrical than in the type form, and more
compressed, the last two being in proportion stouter and more
convex, imparting to the spire a remarkable emaciated appearance.
Types of the variety and subvariety are in the Indian Museum, Cal-
cutta; also in collections of MM. Bourguignat and Coombe Williams.
1880. ] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 129
Var. PRECLARA, nov. (Plate XIII. fig. 7.)
(An potits P. preclara, n. sp.?)
This I for some time considered a distinct species ; at any rate
it is a well-marked constant variety. It!was not rare, in deposit
B only, and often in such perfect preservation that it looked as if
the animal had only just been extracted.
Spire slightly convex, much like that of var. plagiostoma, but
more pupiform—that is, more tumidly swollen, not so attenuately
contracted ; whorls 8 to 9, the last two proportionally more swollen
and convex, the last not compressed at its base (in this unlike all
the preceding); very translucid, so much that the columella can be
traced sometimes nearly to the apex, smooth, shining, no trace of
the oblique sculpture characteristic of the preceding ; the aperture
is not unlike that of var. plagiostoma, though less contracted, equally
oblong, as broad below as above—that is, with the margins parallel;
the parietal fold considerably less vertical than in the type form ;
the columellar one similarly straightly transverse ; the palatal ones,
as seen through the back of the last whorl, seem to me much the
same; the outer margin is less straight than in any of the pre-
ceding forms—that is to say, is more pinched-in at the callous tooth,
and is consequently more arcuate above and below; the columellar
one considerably less oblique, above scarcely twisted, at base more
gradually rounded.
Long. 43, diam. (yix) 13 millim.
Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. Bourguignat
and Coombe Williams.
Var. GRIMALDIENSIS, nov.
(An potiis P. grimaldiensis, sp. nov. 7)
This form, I believe, will eventually prove to be distinct from its
allies found on the other side of the headland, as is the case with
species of Clausilia and Pomatias ; as, however, I only found, in
deposit D, a single specimen (the preceding forms not being found
there at all), I do not feel justified, at present, in describing it as a
distinct species.
A short, tumid, pupiform variety, with only 7 whorls, more con-
vex and increasing more rapidly than in any of the preceding, the
last one perfectly rounded at base; the aperture much shorter and
less contracted, with much less conspicuous folds, which are further
within; the columellar margin more broadly reflected, but less
callous, without any twist or deflection whatever, scarcely oblique,
almost rounded at base; outer margin with its well-developed
tooth, as in the type form.
Long. 4, diam. 13 millim.
Unique type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Pura (SPHYRADIUM) JOLYANA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 8.)
Testa profunde et late umbilicata, regulariter cylindrico-ovata, ob-
tusa, sertcina, cornea; confertim plus minusve oblique costulata,
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1880, No. IX. 9
130 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
costulis haud acutis, subplaniusculis ; anfract. 8, regulares, vix
convexiusculi, ultimo majore, basi compresso, circa regionem um-
bilici acute carinato ; apertura recta, angustissima, quadriplicata ;
plica parietali forti, conspicua, contorta, vix obliqua, plica colu-
mellari profunda, valida, transversa, plicis palatalibus remotis,
haud conspicuis ; peristom. album, continuum, solutum, perlate ac
crasse reflecum, margine superiore valde intorto, cum margine ex-
terno angulum acutissimum Sormante; margine externo fere
recto, supra medium dente pervalido munito, margine columellari
recto.
A very rare and curious form, with wonderfully contracted aper-
ture, of which I could only find four specimens in deposit B. I have
much pleasure in naming the species after my friend M. P. Joly, of
Algiers. The only other known species of this section of Pupa (Sphy-
radium) is P. ferraria, Porro, a shell which, however, differs totally
in its more obtusely conical spire, swollen above; in the Menton
species the ovately cylindrical whorls increase regularly, the last one
being the broadest; the umbilicus is deeper, and the carination
round it more acute; the sculpture, instead of being subregularly
oblique throughout, is decidedly less oblique (nearly straight) on
the last whorl than on the preceding ones, flexuous, and a trifle
more crowded ; the aperture is markedly narrower, more everted,
and more detached, with the peristome more thickly reflected and
its upper margin peculiarly twisted, forming a very acute angle with
the outer margin, which is straighter and provided with a much
stronger tooth, reaching the centre of the aperture; both parietal
and columellar folds more developed, the former more upright, more
twisted, the latter buried so far back as to be seen with difficulty.
Long. 4, diam. 13 millim.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in collection of M. Bour-
guignat.
Pupa (SPHYRADIUM) AUSTENIANA, n. Sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 9.)
Testa aperte, minime profunde, et late umbilicata, conico-ovata, ob-
tusa, fulvo-cornea ; eleganter oblique costulata, costulis filiformibus,
acutis, perdistinctis, subdistantibus ; apex obtusa, levigata, cornea ;
anfr. 8, prioribus 4 regulariter crescentibus, convexiusculis, 5%, 6f
et 7° regularibus, perconvexis, turgidis, ultimo perirregulari, mul-
tum minore ac minus convexo, in medio linea impressa striato,
infra subito minore, valde ascendente; apertura ascendens, per-
eversa, triangularis, basi rotundata, marginibus callo forte junctis ;
margine externo late reflexo, supra medium valide impresso, intus
paululum incrassato, margine columellari simplici, reflexo ac per-
obliquo.
This very curious form, named after my friend Colonel Godwin-
Austen, belongs to the section Pagodina of Stabile (Moll. Piémont,
p- 100, 1864, type P. pagodula, Desmoulins) ; it was by no means
rare, though evidently very local, in deposits 4 and Bonly. The
umbilicus is broadly and widely open, but is at the same time very
shallow ; the two obtuse apical whorls are smooth; the next two
i880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 131
are moderately convex, short, regular, increase rapidly in breadth,
the upper one closely costulated, the ribs scarcely oblique ; the lower
one has these ribs more distant, less crowded and more acutely
raised ; the next two, of about equal height and breadth, also in-
crease rapidly in breadth, are very convex, the ribs become still a
little more acute, more oblique and less crowded ; the antepenultimate
has similar ribbing, is much the same in size, only a trifle more
tumidly convex, it has the peculiar character that whilst on the side
of the aperture it only just equals the preceding one in width, on
the other side it markedly surpasses it: the last becomes abruptly
much narrower above, about equal in width to the fourth whorl; on
its centre it is girt with an impressed line, dividing it into two
nearly equal portions, the lower of which becomes abruptly narrower
and more compressed, and is brought round (or ascends) in such a
manner as to peculiarly evert the aperture, and to bring the latter’s
outer margin right up to the suture, reminding one of the genera
Boysia, Scopelophila, &c.; looking at it from behind the aperture,
it ascends so much that, at its termination, it completely hides the
antepenultimate whorl. ‘The aperture is much everted, triangular,
Somewhat contracted by the strong inflection of the outer margin
above the middle, caused by the impressed dividing groove of the
last whorl.
Long. 34, diam. 2 millim.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. MM. Bourguignat,
Williams, Fagot, Joly, and Godwin-Austen.
Cxausiiia (Detima) puncrata, Michaud.
A rather uncommon and almost invariably broken subfossil form
from deposits 4, B, C, D.
M. Bourguignat found it living in the Col di Tenda.
Cxausiuia (Devima) virtatTa, Bourg. (Hist. Claus. France,
1877, from the Col di Tenda.)
Though almost exactly of the same proportions as the preceding,
a totally distinct species, it is quite impossible to confuse the two.
This form occurred subfossil, with the preceding, in deposits A, B,
and C’; they are still to be found living together in the Col di Tenda.
Cxrausixia (PapiLLireRa) soiipa, Drap.
An abundant species from the immediate proximity of the sea up
to some 2000 ft.; at the higher elevations on the “ Grand Mont,”
&e. Cl. solida does not exist, indeed Mr. Williams could not find
there any representative of the genus, although he searched specially
for them. The numerous varieties of this form are some of them
very interesting; and the whole group requires special study. I
think there can be no doubt M. Bourguignat was right in specifically
. separating one or two of them. Unfortunately it is quite impossible
to identify these closely allied forms without first-rate figures. I
noticed that the variety living near the sea had a much darker
animal than the form I found high up at the village of Roquebrune.
ge
132 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
CrausiiaA (IpHIGENIA?’) BIZARELLINA, Bourg. Hist. Clausil.
France, 1877.
I am indebted to M. Bourguignat for the above identification.
Specimens of this group abounded in countless curious varieties
(? species) in all the deposits 4, B, C, D, ZH, and F. We did not
find any living forms of this subgenus ourselves; but numerous
species have been described from the higher elevations in the neigh-
bourhood by Risso and Bourguignat.
Crausitia (IpuiGenta?), sp.
A certainly distinct form from the preceding, and which I only
found in deposit D. As I have already said, it is hopeless to attempt
to identify these species without figures. There can be little doubt
this is one of the many new species of this group described by
M. Bourguignat, Joe. cit., from the department.
CLAUSILIA (subgenus ?) PAULUCCIANA,n. sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)
Testa parva, rimata, fusiformis, tenuiuscula, cornea, haud nitens, re-
gulariter ac eleganter costulata, costulis distantibus, subrectis ;
apex obtusiusculus, turgidus et quasi mamillatus ; anfractus 10,
supremi 3 convexi, levigati, tumidi et mamillati, 3 sequentes con-
tracti, plus minusve convexi, sensim crescentes, 4 ultimi subtumidi,
convext, fere equales, ultimus subglobulosus, oblique rugoso-cos-
tulatus, basi acute ac distanter cristatus ; apertura subpyrifor-
mis, haud eversa, lamella parietali superiore subrecta, plica spirali
inconspicua ; lamella parietalis inferior valde ascendens, remota,
postice subbifurcata ; plica subcolumellaris immersa, inconspicua ;
plica palatalis unica, supera, sat conspicua ; perist. sensim solutum,
continuum, expansiusculum ae reflexiuseulum.
Long. 84-9, diam. 2; apert. long. 13 millim.
This charming little species appears to have been very rare.
However we managed to procure about thirty specimens after much
searching. It only occurs in deposits B and C. It is one of the
most distinct and curious of all the Western-European forms. It
varies a trifle in the greater or less convexity of the whorls; other-
wise it appears to be wonderfully constant, especially as regards the
three peculiar apical whorls, the general sculpture, and the aperture.
The apical whorl is small and subobtuse, the next two swollen,
tumid, and submamillate, all three being perfectly smooth; the
next two are smaller (more contracted), regular, scarcely convex,
and of almost equal size; the other five whorls are more or less
rapidly swollen, the last three being of approximately equal height.
The last whorl is more or less subglobose (varying somewhat) ; the
sculpture is fairly constant, the last seven whorls being beautifully
and distinctly costellated with nearly perpendicular, distant, subacute
ribs ; these on the last whorl, however, become more oblique, and
near the peristome are very acute (“cristate” as it were). The
aperture is detached from the last whorl in a very characteristic
manner, though not everted; it becomes in old specimens sub-
callose.
1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 133
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. J. R. Bourguignat,
Coombe Williams, P. Joly, T. Fagot, and Colonel Godwin-Austen.
SrenoGyra (Rumrna) pecotxata, Linneus.
Abundant everywhere in the submaritime zone. A_ perfectly
similar form also occurred by thousands in the upper stratum of
Cape Mortela. I do not believe this mollusk existed at Menton at
the time of deposits 4 to #’; but I found a large stout variety always
immediately associated with H. paretiana at Monaco, Cape Vieille,
lower stratum at Cape Mortela, &c. At this last locality it was very
interesting to notice how sharply the upper and lower strata were
defined by the very marked difference in this species. The stout
big variety from the lower stratum reminded me strongly of
specimens [ found near Bone, in Algeria.
Long. 33, diam. 114 millim. Upper stratum, Cape Mortela,
like the existing form.
FrERUSSACIA GRONOVIANA, Risso’ (as figured by Bourg., diam.
34 millim.) (Plate XIV. fig. 2.)
An abundant species here and there in the submaritime zone only.
I also found it in great numbers at Alassio, Taking a handful of
living specimens from under one stone, the great variability in the
shape of the whorls, production of the spire, &c. is at once seen ;
still the aperture and last whorl in especial always present certain
characters by which the species can be recognized. ‘The animal has
the head, top of neck, and both sets of tentacles, also extreme pos-
terior extremity dark green, almost black ; the rest is a very bright
greenish yellow.
Long. 10, diam. 32; another—long. 9, diam. 3? millim.
Var. SUBAMBLYA.
? Ferussacia amblya, Bourg. Mal. Alg. (long. 84, diam. 4 millim.
Algiers).
This is a short convex form, with the last whorl a good deal more
rounded, the aperture less everted, with the columella straight.
The whorls increase very slowly and regularly, the difference of the
antepenultimate one in this respect, from that of the typical form,
being very marked. It may prove a distinct species; but I am in-
clined to doubt it at present. I only found a few specimens living
with typical form.
Long. 83, alt. 34 millim.
1 [Among the examples of this species given me by Mr. G. Nevill I found a
good many were still living; these I closely examined. The animal possesses
a well-developed mucus-pore at the extremity of the foot, and therefore belongs
to the Stenogyridx of Crosse and Fischer. It is closely allied in its anatomy
to the Madeiran form (Lovea tornatellina) described by the Rev. R. B. Watson
in the P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 677, which is of interest as regards geographical distri-
bution. I hope soon to give some details of its anatomy, which I have pre-
pared.— H. H. G.-A.]
134 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17,
Var. SUBFOLLICULUS.
? Ferussacia folliculus, Gronovius (as figured by Bourg. Mal.
Chateau d’If, pl. ii. fig. 2; long. 9, diam. 3 millim.).
A few specimens only met with living with typical F. gronoviana ;
they agree well with the above-quoted figure. The body-whorl is
more elegantly and evenly rounded, not tumid towards the base,
and appears longer in proportion than in the typical form.
Long. 9, diam. 33 millim. ; apert. alt. 33 millim.
Var. SUBFORBESI.
? Ferussacia forbesi, Bourg. Mal. Alg. (long. 84, diam. 4 millim.
Algiers).
1 doubt this variety, in especial, being specifically distinct. The
whorls of the spire are only slightly irregular ; the last whorl more
convex, columella straighter. There is also a smaller form, of which
I found only two specimens (of which I also give neasurements
below), which might be separated again as distinct. ‘The aperture
is very small.
Long. 83, diam. 3} millim., et long. 84, diam. 33 millim.
Long. 73, diam. 3 millim. (A small form, perhaps distinct).
All the preceding in Indian Museum, Calcutta. M. Bourguignat
informs me by letter that I sent him, from Menton, specimens of
Ferussacia vescoi, amblya, procchia, forbesi, and abromea. He does
not mention F. gronoviana.
Frerussacta (?) ABNORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 3.)
LT. parva, subpyriformis, levigata, nitidissima, vitrea et hyalina ;
apice obtusiusculo ; anfract. 4 (aut 45), regulariter crescentes,
primi 3 parvi, ultimus supra pertumidus, infra subrotundatus ;
apertura magna, margine externo haud incrassato, regulariter
paululum convexo ; columellari haud calloso, valde intorta.
At Blida, in Algeria, under a large stone in company with a species
of Ferussacia (the latter with bright-greenish-yellow-coloured animal),
I found a single specimen of what I took to be the young of a
hyaline variety. It struck me at the time that it was of a more
tumid shape than ordinary young specimens. Unfortunately I have
not this shell available for examination at the present time. At
Menton I was much astonished at finding among a lot of F. grono-
viana (which also possesses a greenish-yellow animal) another, as I
thought, young hyaline specimen, also of more tumid form. Un-
fortunately I took no especial note of the animal, except that it was
of a pure hyaline white. On examination of the shell, after death of
the animal, I was astonished to find the twisted fold of the columella
of a totally distinct nature from that of F. gronoviana and its
varieties in all stages, so much so that I am inclined to believe
that anatomical examination will compel the separation of this
species from the true Ferussacie. The margins of the aperture not
being thickened leaves it a matter of doubt whether the shell is full-
grown. Iam strongly of that opinion mysclf, but acknowledge it
1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 135
is open to doubt. The first 3 or 34 whorls increase very slowly
and regularly, the last being, especially above, very tumidly, almost
globosely swollen, giving it a pyriform appearance ; in F’. gronoviana
&c., on the contrary, it is near the base that the whorl is most tumid.
The aperture is unusually long, rather narrow; the outer margin
searcely convex, gradually rounded at base, no trace of any callosity
joining margins; the columella is quite of a different type. In even
very young specimens of F’. gronoviana it is distinctly callose, is
never evenly, spirally, strongly twisted as in F. (?) abnormis, but is
nearly straight, only slightly though distinctly twisted, there being
invariably two of these folds. The hyaline greenish texture is also
quite different from the transparent horny brown of its ally.
The characters of the columellar spiral fold are almost exactly
represented by the figure of Streptostyla flavescens, Shuttl. Notit.
Malac. ii. 1878, pl. v. fig. 7, the shell generally of which is also not
generically unlike. Can it be that the specimens I found at Blida
and Menton prove the genus Spzravis, hitherto supposed to be re-
stricted to the New World, to exist also in Europe ?
Long. 6, diam. 34 millim.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta.
C&CILIANELLA EBURNEA, Risso. (As figured by Bourg. Moll.
Alpes-Marit. par Risso, pl. i. figs. 20-22, long. 6, diam. 1} millim.)
Not very uncommon in the submaritime zone only ; it occurred
also at Alassio. I found it also, apparently subfossil and fairly
abundant, in deposit B. Of course it is possible, from the habits of
this mollusk, that these specimens may be recent. I never found
the genus actually imbedded in rock, as most of the other forms
occurred occasionally, though I especially looked out for it. Mr.
Williams did not tind the genus in what I call the subalpine
zone.
Long. 6, diam. 1} millim.
Indian Museum, Calcutta.
CCILIANELLA, sp. (?)
Not uncommon towards the base of the Grimaldi Hill. A com-
pressed narrow form, of a peculiar greencolour. I dare not describe
any species of this genus, as 1 unfortunately do not possess typical
specimens of any of M. Bourguignat’s species. ‘This may prove to
be C. acicula or C. liesvillei, &e.
Long. 4, diam. 17 millim.
Indian Museum, Calcutta.
CHCILIANELLA, n. sp. ?
I procured a single very fine speeimen of this well marked form,
apparently subfossil, from deposit B. The C. mauriana of Bourg.,
from Cannes (Desc. Moll. Alpes-Marit., long. 7, diam. 13 millim.),
must be somewhat similar, but is described as having eight whorls,
the last scarcely bigger than the penultimate one. My Menton
136 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17,
specimen has only six whorls, the last markedly larger than any
of the others.
Long. 74, diam. (vix) 2 millim.
Indian Museum, Calcutta.
C&ECILIANELLA, Sp.
Four or five specimens from deposit /, apparently identical with a
unique specimen from Alassio. The first three whorls are more
convex; and all of them increase more regularly than in the next
species. The last whorl is peculiarly evenly convex.
Long. 43, diam. 14 millim.
Indian Museum, Calcutta.
CCILIANELLA (? MERIMEANA, Bourg.).
A small form of five whorls, with short spire and very convexly
swollen last whorl. Fairly abundant in the submaritime zone. This
may be the C. merimeana of Bourg., from Cannes (Desc. Moll.
Alpes-Marit., long. 5, diam. 12 millim,), which, however, is described
as having six whorls.
Long. 43, diam. 14 millim.
Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Acme rouiniana, G. Nevill. (Plate XIV. fig. 4.)
Testa turrito-elongata, imperforata, cornea, levis et nitida ; spira
subrecta, paululum prope apicem obtusum eversa ; anfractus
6 aut 64 [rarissime 7], convextusculi, sutura distincta sepa-
rati, interdum inferne linea incisa (more Eulimidarum) circum-
dati ; apertura subcorticalis, subquadrangularis, marginibus eallo
levi junctis, columellari subrecto ; peristoma album, percrassum,
duplex.
Type, anfr. 63, long. 53, diam. 14; apert. 14, lat. 1,}5 millim.
This was an exceedingly abundant form, often in a perfect state
of preservation, in deposits A, B, and C. A few specimens had
7 well-developed whorls, the others 6 or 63, increasimg very
gradually and regularly, moderately convex, the last two approxi-
mate, of equal breadth ; apex blunt and obtuse; the apical whorls
with a slight inclination to the right (away from the axis of the
shell) ; perfectly smooth, polished; shining, of a more or less pale
horny colour, sometimes so transparent that the columella can be
traced from the apex to the base ; suture distinct, with a more or
less obsolete incised line close below it, as in many species of
Eulima &c.; aperture a trifle everted, subquadrate, with a remark-
able pure white callous rib close to the peristome, imparting a
duplex appearance to the latter ; a thin callosity joins the margins.
I have much pleasure in naming this, the giant of its genus, after
my friend the Marquis de Folin, of Bayonne, whose researches con-
nected with minute marine species are so highly valued and ap-
preciated.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. Marquis de Folin,
1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 137
Mons. J. Réné Bourguignat, Coombe Williams, P. Joly, P. Fagot,
and Colonel Godwin-Austen.
Var. EMACIATA, nov. (Plate XIV. fig. 5.)
This is a very difficult dwarf form, apparently varying in every
specimen, and of which it seems to me impossible to grasp any
thoroughly constant character. Taking an extreme specimen, it is
distinguished by its smaller size, by the more regularly turreted spire
being quite upright, 6 whorls, of almost equal size, slightly more
convex, especially the last, which is also proportionally very
short ; aperture smaller, a trifle more vertical, and scarcely everted ;
callosity joining margins well developed ; peristome does not present
the duplex appearance of the preceding, except at the columella.
Rare, in deposit B only.
Long. 34, diam. (vix) 14 millim.
Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. Marquis de
Folin and Mons. J. Réné Bourguignat.
Var. PACHYSTOMA, nov. (Plate XIV. fig. 6.)
(An potius 4. pachystoma, sp. nov. 2)
This, unlike the preceding, is an exceeding well marked and
distinct form, unmistakable at a glance. I think it extremely
probable Mons. Bourguignat is correct in regarding it as a distinct
species. It can be known from the typical form by its much less
distinct suture, by the shorter, less elegantly and regularly turreted
spire, composed of only 6 more rapidly increasing whorls, the
apical two compressed, the others scarcely convex, almost cylin-
drical, especially the last, which is proportionally much longer,
the antepenultimate one much broader than the others (not the
case in type form); the apical portion of the spire considerably
more diverted from the axis of the shell, with the aperture very much
everted, imparting a still stronger resemblance to certain species of
Eulima; the thick white peristome is surrounded by a still more
callous rib, especially noticeable at its termination, about the
middle of the columella, which is slightly oblique; the duplex
character of this outer lip is still more distinctly and clearly marked.
This form was by no means uncommon, though much less abundant
than typical A. foliniana, with which it was associated.
Long. 5, diam. 1,°, millim.
Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. Marquis de
Folin and Mons. J. Réné Bourguignat.
RENEA, genus nov.
Hoe genus delectans ad amicum meum clarissimum J. Réné
Bourguignat dedicavi; ad familiam Aciculide, Gray, Ac-
meide, auct.) pertinet. Testa imperforata, perelongata, cylin-
drica, anfractibus numerosis, compressis ac costulatis, labro
externo prope angulum superiorem (more Pleurotomorum) scis-
sura notabili munito; margine peristomatis obtuso, intus in-
erassato, extus costa callosa nulla, sicut semper in genere
158 MR. G, NEVILL ON THE | [Feblz
« Acme,” plus minusve existit. Species typica Renea bour-
guignatiana, sp. nov.
This is a very curious little group, evidently closely allied to
Acme, from which it can be at once distinguished by the deep
pleurotomoid sinus, which is visible for some distance along the
suture, imparting to the outer lip, when examined from the side, an
excessively convex appearance (as it projects sharply forward), also
by the entire absence of any external callous rib, such as always
exists, more or less developed, in Acme. The shell is imperforate,
of comparatively thick and shining texture, with much-produced
cylindrical whorls and contracted aperture, deeply notched at the
suture, with its margins thickened within ; the columella is nearly
perpendicular, slightly twisted above, and superficially presents an
appearance of a channel-like indentation. ‘The sinus itself is as
deep as in Paladilhia pleurotoma, Bourguignat, but has not the
same impressed ‘ Pleurotomaria-like’’ mark along the suture,
arising, I suppose, from the fact that the notch in Renea is only
formed, as in Pleurotoma, when the animal is full-grown,
Monsieur Bourguignat has pointed out to me that this genus
presents some analogy to the West-Indian CAittya of Livesay, which
also belongs to this family.
I have taken as my type of the genus the new species which 1 am
about to describe under the name of Renea bourguignatiana ;
another species is the very rare shell described as Acme mentoni by
Dupuy, Cat. Extram. Gall. Test. No. 4, 1849, and Hist. Moll.
pl. xvii. fig. 3, from ‘* under bushes at Grasse.”
RENEA BOURGUIGNATIANA, n. sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 7.)
Testa imperforata, elongata, omnino cylindrica, sat solidula, nitens,
cornea, eleganter ac confertim costata; spira regulariter pro-
ducta, apice levigato, perobtuso ; anfractus 74, convewiusculi,
sutura profunda separati, supremi 24 levigati, aut sculptura
obsoleta, alteri fere equales, perlente ac regulariter crescentes,
anfract. ult. inferne distincte angulatus, superne prope suturam
in scissuram terminans, leviter sutcatulus, costis persinuatis, ad
basim evanidis ; apertura parva, verticalis, subquadrangularis,
ad basim angustata, superne sinu profundo munita ; perist. intus
album, valde incrassatum, marginibus callo distincto junctis, externo
quasi perconvexo ac medio introrsum prominente ; columella su-
perne sinuata, subrecta, inferne acute angulata.
Long. 4, diam. 1 millim.
This interesting form would appear to have been formerly fairly
abundant, though not nearly so much so as Acme foliniana, with
which it is always associated. We procured from deposits 4, B,
and C about thirty or forty perfect specimens. The sculpture is very
remarkable; the two apical whorls are smooth and shining, the next
two slightly more convex than any of the others, their sculpture
is more or less subobsolete; the next two are of equal size, slightly
convex, with almost vertical, distinct, and very close-pressed ribs,
the antepenultimate one is a shade larger, fairly convex, and with
1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 139
distinctly sinuated sculpture; the last whorl, scarcely convex, is
somewhat abruptly angulate (or furrowed) at the columella, and
again very delicately aud more or less obsoletely (requiring careful
examination with a lens to detect) just below the suture, ter-
minating in the labial incision; these two furrows correspond, of
course, with the sculpture; the aperture is always more or less
contracted, especially at its base ; within, the peristome_is thickened
with a white callosity, terminating at the sinus. I should describe
the columella as twisted and contorted ; but Monsieur Bourguignat
may be perhaps more correct in saying :—‘ Columelle offrant A. sa
partie supérieure un renfoncement canaliforme, ce qui la fait paraitre
vers le bas comme torsée et lamellée.” ‘The species varies very
little; there is a slightly dwarf emaciated form, with the spire
twisted like some of the Lulime, and with the aperture even more
contracted.
Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. J. R. Bourguignat,
Coombe Wiiliams, P. Joly, aud Colonel Godwin-Austen.
The specimen figured has been since accidentally broken.
Pomatias patuLus, Drap., (?) var. MonTANA, Issel.
An abundant and somewhat variable species on the “Grand Mount,’
and ‘‘ Berceau,” at 3000 to 4000 feet. Very likely this is the var.
montana of Issel.
Long. 8, diam. 3% millim ; another, long. 63, diam. 34 millim.
“© Grand Mont.”
PoMATIAS SEPTEMSPIRALIS, Razoum.
An exceedingly common subfossil species in deposits A, B, C, D,
£, and F. I did not find it myself associated with H. paretiana ; but
M. Bourguignat did so ina cutting of the railroad at Cape Vieille.
We did not find the species living ; nor is it recorded from the Depart-
ment by Risso. Mme. Paulucci, however, records a var. turricula
from the Alpes Apennines, in her ‘ Faune Mal. Italie,’ which will
probably prove identical with this subfossil variety ; in any case it is
quite a distinct form from Swiss specimens of this species, in which
the umbilicus is completely covered, the more convex whorls less
turriculate, the last much less broad in proportion, the aperture less
everted, the sculpture of the last whorl similar to that of the pre-
ceding ones,instead of being finer, more crowded together, more
flexuous and less oblique, &c. I found endless varieties of the
Menton form ; but all preserve a totally different aspect from their
more northern (and typical) form.
Long. 7? to 8, diam. 32 to 4 millim. The commonest form.
Long. 82, diam. 3? millim. A subvar. major.
Long. 63, diam. 32 millim. A not uncommon subvar. nana.
Pomatias HERCUL&US, Bourg. MS. (Plate XIV. fig. 8.)
I am indebted to M. Bourguignat for the following Latin
diagnosis :—
‘© T. subrimata, sat elonguta, acuminato-turrita, in anfractu pen-
140 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17,
ultimo sat ventricosa, albidula, olim passim fusco flammulata,
costata (coste parallele, sat distantes, valide in anfractibus
medianis, in ultimo stricta, magis approximate, ac prope aper-
turam evanescentes); spira acuminato-producta ; apice levi-
gato, obtuso, mamillato ; anfractibus 10, convexis, lente crescen-
tibus, sutura profunda separatis ; anfractibus medianis leviter
tumidis ; ultimo vix majore, rotundato, ad aperturam undique
dilatato ac expanso, et ad insertionem labri ascendente ; aper-
tura fere verticali, rotundata, exacte pervia, superne via sub-
angulata ; peristomate acuto, intus profunde leviterque incras-
sato ac fere undique expanso, marginibus callo junctis, margine
columellari valde auriculato ac refiexo; operculo ignoto.
“Alt. 10, diam. 4 millim.
“Couche & Helix paretiana, dans la tranchée du chemin de fer, au
Cap Vieille, entre Roquebrune et Monaco.”
I found this species rather scarce in deposit D. My limited
knowledge of the European species of this genus hardly entitles me
to pronounce an opinion about it; I will only say that my subfossil
form from deposit D is indubitably, specifically, quite distinct from
that which abounds in the other deposits, and which M. Bourgui-
gnat informs me is the Pom. scptemspiralis. I am further indebted
to my distinguished friend for informing me, zz lité., that Pom. her-
culeus is most nearly allied to Pom. simonianus, from which it can
be distinguished by its greater size, stronger and more regular sculp-
ture, different coloration (approximating much nearer to that of
Pom. septemspiralis), more regularly acuminate spire, less convex
whorls, with suture less distinct, by its more ample aperture, “ s’épa-
nouissant a ]’instar du pavillon d’un cor de chasse, &c.”’
Type in coll. cl. Bourguignat ; also Indian Museum, and Coombe
Williams, Esq.
CycLosToMA ELEGANS, Miiller.
Living specimens of this widely distributed species are to be found
near Menton, here and there, from the neighbourhood of the sea up
to some 2000 feet at least. Mr. Williams did not bring me back any
specimens from the higher altitudes. A single specimen my friend
found on the summit of the Grand Mont was a quite different
species (probably C. sulcatum, var.), closely allied to the also un-
doubtedly distinct (from C. elegans) subfossil forms from the zone
of H. paretiana and deposits .4, D, &c., identified for me by M.
Bourguignat as his C. lutetianum and C. physetum. Certain sub-
fossil specimens I found in the couche marneuse of Cape Mortela, in
the upper stratum [that is, zone of H. aspersa, H. vermiculata, H.
cespitum, &c.|, show how difficult all these forms are to correctly
classify. M. Bourguignat regards them also as belonging to his
C. physetum and C. lutetianum. I am convinced they are merely
subvarieties of O. elegans, and specifically quite distinct from their
above-quoted older relatives.
Alt. 143, diam. 103; apert. (cum. marg.) alt. 7, lat. 63 millim.
A living specimen of the ordinary type.
1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 141
Alt. 164, diam. 12; apert. alt. 8 (vix), lat. 7 millim. Specimen
from upper stratum, Cape Mortela. Identified by M. Bourguignat
as his C. physetum, considered by me merely a form of C. elegans.
Alt. 102, diam. 102, apert. alt. 7, lat. 64 millim. From the
preceding locality ; identified by M. Bourguignat as C. lutetianum ;
an elongate subvar. of C. elegans in my opinion.
CycLosroma suLcatum (?), Drap., var. (var. reticulata, Zgl.).
The single living specimen already alluded to, found at 4000 ft.
on the “Grand Mont,” is most certainly quite distinct from C.
elegans. ‘There are two described species to which it may belong,
C. sulcatum or C. physetum; or, what seems to me likely enough, it
may be both ; that is, these two species may prove not separable
except as varieties. The specimen does not agree exactly with the
subfossil ones identified by M. Bourguignat as his C. physetum.
To me it seems an extreme variety, differing more from the C. elegans
type as to the shorter spire, more convex whorls, and globosely
swollen last whorl, but less as regards coarseness of the sculpture ;
the umbilicus and aperture with its margins seem to be exactly
similar. They differ so widely from Algerian specimens of C. sul-
catum that I am in doubt whether both ought not to be separated
as C. physetum. Unfortunately I have not got with me any typical
French specimens of C. sulcatum for comparison.
Alt. 163, diam. 13}; apert. alt. 84, lat. 72 millim.
Unique specimen from the ‘‘ Grand Mont.”
CycLOsTOMA LUTETIANUM, Bourg. Moll. Diluvium, Paris, pl. iii.
figs. 35-37, 1869.
One of the most abundant shells in deposits A, B, C, D, and E
(the genus did not occur at all in deposit F). One of the forms I
include under the above heading was invariably to be found where-
ever H. paretiana occurred, both at Cape Mortela and Cape
Vieille &c., M. Bourguignat identifying it as his C. lutetianum.
I did not find in this zone any specimen of what I consider a variety
only, and what M. Bourguignat calls C. physetum.
In deposits A and D especially these two so-called species, vary-
ing in every specimen, and running into one another from the extreme
of one form to that of the other, were to be found mixed up together
under one rock, leaving in my mind not the slightest doubt as to
their being varieties of one single species, most certainly quite dis-
tinct from-C. elegans, possibly extreme varieties of the living form
C. suleatum, or perhaps a distinct species. I think they are very
doubtfully specifically separable from the preceding living specimen,
which, however, I have thought best temporarily to separate as a
variety of C. sulcatum. Specimens from deposit D had a distinct
tendency to coarser sculpture than those from other localities.
Alt. 214, diam. 144; apert. alt. 9, lat. 84 millim.
An elongate specimen from deposit D, with the aperture widely
detached from the body-whorl.
Alt. 164, diam. 122; apert. alt. 74, lat. 7 millim.
142 ON THE LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. [ Feb. 17,
A smaller commoner form from deposit 4.
Alt. 185, diam. 134; apert. alt. 9, lat. 8 millim.
Specimens from Cape Mortela, imbedded close to a H. paretiana.
Var. ? poysetum, Bourg.
C. physetum, Bourg. Rev. & Mag. Zool. 1875,=C. subelegans
Bourg. not Orb., Moll. Diluv. Paris, 1869, fide cl. Bourguignat.
I feel no hesitation in uniting this form specifically to the pre-
ceding; in doing so I by no means wish to imply that typical
C. lutetianum and C. physetum are not distinct, as I have had no
opportunities of studying the types of these shells from the original
figures.
Alt. 183, diam. 132; apert. alt. 84, lat. (vix) 8 millim.
A specimen from deposit D, nearest the living specimen from the
“Grand Mont,’’ and consequently with the most globosely swollen
last whorl.
Alt. 18}, diam. 13; apert. alt. 83, lat. 74 millim.
A much commoner form in all the deposits, with the last whorl
markedly less tumid.
Alt. 164, diam. 125; apert. alt. 732, lat. 7. millim.
The smallest form, found only in deposit 4, not in the least like
C. elegans.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XIII.
. Testacella williamsiana, p. 101.
. Daudebardia isseliana, p. 102.
. Hyalina mentonica, p. 107.
Pupa obliqua, p. 126.
bourguignatiana, p. 127.
—— ——,, var. plagiostoma, p. 128.
, var. preclara, p. 129.
jolyana, p. 129.
austeniana, p. 130.
Fig.
—_
PWOAD sw gobo
Puate XIV.
. Clausilia paulucciana, p. 132.
. Ferussacia gronoviana, p. 183.
, var. abnormis, p. 134.
. Acme foliniana, p. 186.
— , var. emaciata, p. 187.
, var. pachystoma, p. 137.
. Renea bourguignatiana, p. 138.
. Pomatias herculeus, p. 139.
Fig.
WAG Po toe
P,Z.8.1860.PLAM
C.Achilles lith . Hanhart imp
LAND SHELLS FROM MENTONE.
a
oa,
bys
f
‘
’ i
{
ins 4
a
>a . -_
~
7
ae
‘i
Low
\
rt
* |
‘
“
{
*
PZ ioe 18380 PLT,
C Achilles lith.
LAND SHELLS FROM MENTONE.
1880.] | MR. FORBES ON THE STOMACH IN TANAGERS. 143
March 2, 1880.
Prof. St. George Mivart, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The following papers were read :—
1. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part I.
On the Structure of the Stomach in certain Genera of
Tanagers. By W. A. Forsss, B.A., F.L.S., Scholar of
St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society.
[Received February 16, 1880.]
Under this heading I propose to continue from time to time, as
material may occur, the ‘‘ Notes on the Anatomy of Passerine
Birds,” of which the late Prof. Garrod published four parts in the
Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ ’.
In the vast majority of Passerine birds the structure of the
anterior part of the alimentary canal conforms to the type present
in the Fowl—that is to say, to an cesophagus, which may or may not
Fig. 1.
Stomach of Tachyphonus melaleucus, natural size, undisturbed, and viewed
from behind. The liver, cesophagus, and small intestine are also par-
tially represented.
be dilated into a crop, succeeds a stomach consisting of two parts :—
an anterior glandular part, the proventriculus; and a posterior part,
separated off from both proventriculus and duodenum by more or less
distinct constrictions—the gizzard or ventriculus, of which the mus-
cular walls are always more or less thickened, and provided with a
central tendon on each side (vide fig. 1).
1 Part I. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 506; Part II. 1877, p. 447; Part III. 1877,
p. 523; Part IV. 1878, p. 143.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. X. 10
144 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE STRUCTURE [Mar. 2,
As was first pointed out by Lund, half a century ago, a singular
exception to this rule obtains in the Tanagers of the genus Huphonia’.
From his description (quoted below) and figures, it is quite
evident that Lund considered that there was, in these birds, an in-
termediate zone devoid of glands or muscles, between the proventri-
culus and the commencement of the small intestine, and that a small’
lateral diverticulum springing from this zone was also present, re-
presenting the true, though rudimentary, gizzard. Lund found, as he
believed, this state of things in three species of Huphonia, whilst the
normal type of stomach existed in sixteen other species of Tanagers
which he examined. Lund’s description has frequently been copied
since in various text-books, and his figures at least three times re-
produced’.
Mr. Sclater, having called my attention to this subject, I have been
able, thanks to the resources of the Prosector’s department and to the
material afforded by Mr. Salvin, to reexamine this question. I have
been able repeatedly to dissect specimens of various species of
Euphonia, both preserved in spirit and quite fresh. I can fully
confirm Lund’s description in all points, except as regards the pre-
sence of a small lateral diverticulum from the alimentary canal, of
which I have never been able to find the slightest trace, though I
have always carefully looked for it.
Fig. 2 (p. 145) will show the structure of this part of the alimentary
canal, with the parts as little disturbed as possible, but with the stomach
&c. cut open from behind, in a perfectly fresh specimen of Huphonia
violacea. As will be seen, between the glandular proventriculus and
the villi-covered duodenum a narrow zone is interposed, with its walls
in no degree thickened, but thin and membranous, and of rather greater
calibre than the adjacent parts, there being no pyloric constriction.
Moreover there is none of that approximation of the cardiac and
1 In a pamphlet entitled “De genere Huphones, presertim de singulari ca-
nalis intestinalis structura in hocce avium genere, autore Dr. Peter Wilhelm
Lund,” published at Copenhagen in 1829 (31 pages and 1 plate).
This pamphlet being rather scarce, I here give Lund’s own words :—
“$13 (p. 12). Ubi incipit intestinum tenue, ibi conspicitur in externa super-
ficie angustz illus zone, quee locum ventriculi occupare videtur, minima quedam
protuberantia, cui intus respondet levis quedam impressio. Opaca est parvula
heee protuberantia; quare in parietibus fibras musculosas contineat non dubito ;
hoe vero, propter minimam ejus molem, decidere vix valebis .... . Ad eam
sententiam maxime inclinare animam, ut statuam verum esse hoc yentriculi
analogon, haud diffiteor.
Ҥ 14. Hee si vera judicetur cogitandi ratio, referas licet structuram hujus
avis ad formam avium generalem ; ita enim habebimus, uti solet, musculosum
nostrum organon e latere intestini exortum, interque proventriculum et inte-
stinum tenue positum ; neque a forma generali avium aberrat hxc structura, nisi
in eo, quod ad minimum quoddam rudimentum reductus est ventriculus: contra,
si zonam illam, de qua mentionem fecimus, angustam pellucidamque, que inter
proventriculum et intestinum tenue inyenitur, analogon esse ventriculi statua-
mus, constantes duo maximeque essentiales ventriculi avium characteres sub-
ruentur, in musculosa structurazortuque laterali positi.”
2 Oarus and Otto, Tab. Anat. Comp. Ilustr. 1835, pt. iv. tab. vi. figs. 4, 5;
Wagner, Icones Zool. iii. t. xi. figs. 3,4; Bruhl, Zoot. aller Thierkl. Lief. iii.
pl. ix. fig. 18 a.
1880. ] OF THE STOMACH IN TANAGERS. 145
pyloric ends of the stomach that obtains in most other birds.
There is no trace of any external diverticulum to be seen; and I
therefore can only conclude that Lund must have been misled, he,
owing to the bad condition of his specimens (a very probable con-
tingency when dissections are made in tropical climates), having mis-
taken a bit of fat or connective tissue for a diverticulum of the ven-
triculus, which last there can be no doubt that this non-glandular
zone really represents, the muscular walls and hard epithelium of the
true Passerine gizzard being almost entirely undeveloped’.
Saeed) Aer
Stomach of Luphonia violacea.
A portion of the alimentary canal of Euphonia violacea, twice the natural size,
cut open and seen from behind, to show the proventriculus (p), the narrow
zone representing the gizzard (z.), and the commencement of the small in-
testine (sm.z). The liver and spleen are also seen, as is the end of the
cesophagus, which is opened up. -
I have also been able to ascertain that the nearly allied genus
Chlorophonia (at least in C. viridis) is characterized by the-same non-
development of a gizzard. On the other hand, all Tanagers yet ex-
amined belonging to other than these two genera have stomachs
constructed on the normal type. Thus in a specimen of Tachyphonus
melaleucus (see fig. 1, p. 143) the characteristic gizzard with the two
central tendons is present and well developed, the muscular walls being
nearly + inch thick, and the epithelium lining it hard and horny.
As might have been expected, considerable variations in the compa-
rative development of these parts occur in different genera. Thus in
the thick-billed Pitylus the whole organ is much more strongly
* In confirmation of the above-mentioned view being correct, I may notice
that neither Owen (Anat. Vert. ii. p. 106) nor Gadow (Jen. Zeitschr. B. xiii.
p: 168, 1879), when mentioning the stomach of Euphonia, describe any lateral
diverticulum. Prof. Garrod, in his MS., notes of Euphonia violacea, with charac-
teristic terseness, ‘‘ No stomach specialized, the intestines apparently continuing
from the cesophagus.”
10*
146 MR. FORBES ON THE STOMACH IN TANAGERS. [ Mar. 2,
developed than in the more slender-billed genera Tanagra, Calliste, &c.
Why the genera Zuphonia and Chlorophonia alone, as far as it is yet
known, of birds should present this structure is an as yet unsolved
problem ; I believe they differ in no appreciable degree from other
Tanagers in food’ or habits. I may also remark that in such genera
as Cereba and Aithopyga, feeding chiefly on minute insects and
juices of flowers, there is a well-marked gizzard, with muscular walls
and hardened epithelium.
Subjoined is a list of all those species of Tanagers, 27 in number
belonging to 11 genera, in which the condition of the stomach is as
yet known. This includes the species mentioned by Lund (L.), as
well as those examined by the late Prof. Garrod (A. H. G.) and
myself, and the nomenclature is that of the ‘Nomenclator,’ Mr.
Sclater having kindly reduced Lund’s names to the terms of that list
for me.
Tanagers with a normal Tanagers with the stomach
stomach. abnormal.
Calliste tricolor (L.& W:A.F.). Chlorophonia viridis (W. A. F.).
festiva (L. & A. H. G.). Euphonia chlorotica (L.). —
cyaneiventris (L.). trinitatis (W. A. F.).
thoracica (L.). violacea (L., A. H. G., &
melanonota (L.). W. A. F.).
nigriviridis (W. A. F.). rufiventris (L.).
Tanagra episcopus (L.). pectoralis (W. A. F.).
ornata (L.).
abbas (W. A. F.).
sayaca( W.A.F.&A.H.G.).
palmarum (L. & A. H. G.).
Rhamphoceelus brasilius (L.).
-—— jacapa (W. A. F.).
Pyrangaerythromelena(W.A.F.).
Trichothraupis quadricolor (L.).
Tachyphonus melaleucus(W.A.F.).
cristatus (L.).
coronatus (1..).
Saltator magnus (L.).
Cissopis leveriana (W. A. F.).
Pitylus fuliginosus (W. A. F.).
Two other species not named
by Lund.
Pipridea melanonota is mentioned by Lund (under the name Tana-
gra vittata) as one of the species with a normal stomach. On the
other hand, according to M. Taczanowski (P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 226),
Stolzmann found in this bird “Ja poche stomacale rudimentaire,”’
1 Several of the-wild specimens of Luphonia that I have dissected have had
in their intestines a large number of small round reddish seeds, which are
probably, Mr. Salvin tells me, those of a climbing species of Ficus common in
the Central-American forests.
1880. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. 147
and consequently considers that it is nearly allied to the Euphonie.
It is to be hoped that we shall know ere long which of these
statements is correct. It would be also highly desirable to ascertain
the structure of the stomach in the other genera placed near to
Euphonia, particularly that of the genus Procnias. I propose on
some future occasion to publish a supplementary list describing the
condition of the stomach in any other forms that I may haye an
opportunity of examining.
* 2. On new and little-known Butterflies from India.
By Arruvur G. Burtzr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
[Received February 17, 1880.]
(Plate XV.)
The following species were collected by Dr. Watt, Professor of
Botany in the Calcutta University ; some of them I enumerate for
the sake of the notes on habits and date of appearance which accom-
pany them, and others because they prove to be new to science.
NyYMPHALIDA,
Satyrin#&, Bates.
1. AULOCERA BRAHMINUS.
Satyrus brahminus, Blanchard, Jacquem. Voy. dans |’Inde, iv.
Ins. p. 22. n. 18, pl. 2. fig. 4, ¢.
Aulocera werang, Lang, Ent. Month. Mag. iv. p. 247 (1868).
Ravee Basin, up to 6000 feet.
Mr. Moore kindly pointed out to me that the sexes figured by
Blanchard are referable to distinct species, the male being the
A. werang of Lang.
2. HipPARCHIA DIFFUSA, n. sp.
2. Closely allied to H. semele, from which it principally differs
in the obscured and diffused character of the ochraceous patches en-
closing the ocelli on the upper surface of the primaries; on the
under surface the white belt is well marked, more so than in any
specimens of H. semele which I have seen. Expanse of wings 2 inches
1 line.
Ravee Basin.
3. EREBIA KALINDA.
Erebia kalinda, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p- 501. n. 92;
pl. 30. fig. 5.
In pine-forests, Ravee Basin, up to 12,000 feet.
4. CALLEREBIA HYBRIDA. .
Dr. Watt obtained a series of a Callerebia exhibiting intermediate
forms between C. annada and C. nirmala. In the coloration of the
148 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. _ [ Mar. 2,
under surface of the primaries they agree almost entirely with C. nir-
mala, but show the submarginal stripe strongly as in C. annada ; on
the underside of the secondaries they are coloured like C. annada,
but have rounded ocelli varying in number from two to five. In
expanse they are intermediate, and therefore correspond with 0.
scanda in this respect.
N.W. Himalayas, up to 6000 feet.
5. YeprHIMA ORDINATA, n.sp. (Plate XV. fig. 3.)
Nearly allied to Y. lisandra, rather darker: primaries above with
the ocellus less widely zoned ; secondaries with three ocelli in an
oblique decreasing series from third median branch to anal angle:
wings below decidedly browner, the transverse stripes less promi-
nent ; secondaries with six ocelli forming a regular but interrupted
series, two at apical angle and two on median interspaces of nearly
equal size, and two smaller, unequal and confluent, at anal angle ;
all these ocelli have a single small plumbageous pupil. Expanse of
wings 1 inch 5 lines.
One specimen. Bengal.
The ocelli on the under surface of secondaries in Y. Lisandra form a
distinctly irregular series, and are generally much less uniform in
size.
NyMPHALIN#, Bates.
6. CHARAXES WATTI, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 2.)
3. Allied to C. baya and C. affinis (see P. Z. S. 1865, pl. xxxvii.) ;
but differing from the former in the absence of the white pupils in
the black submarginal spots on the upper surface of secondaries ; from
the latter in the greater size and more distinctly diamond-like shape
of these spots, and the much more regular inner margin of the broad
black border of primaries ; and from both in the coloration of the
under surface, which is dull clay-yellowish washed with shining lila-
cine grey, excepting upon the outer borders and on the lunated discal
belt bounding the submarginal ocelloid spots internally ; bands in-
dicated by black lines edged externally with white; margins and
lunated belt dull ferruginous brownish. Expanse of wings 3 inches
6 lines.
Bishnath, Upper Assam, August 1877.
Only one example was taken; but Dr. Watt says that it is not
uncommon.
7. LIMENITIS TRIVENA.
Limenitis trivena, Moore, Ent. Month. Mag. i. p. 133, note (Nov.
1864).
Ravee Basin, N.W. Himalayas, on wooded slopes near water.
8. NEpris MAHENDRA.
Neptis mahendra, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 560, pl. 32.
fig. 3.
Common in the Ravee Basin; one specimen also taken in the
1880. } MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. 149
Chundrabagha valley at 9000 feet elevation in wooded valleys ;
flying with a floating flight amongst trees near water.
9. MeLiTxA BALBITA.
bs Melitea balbita, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 268, pl. 43.
ig. 5.
Northern slopes of N.W. Himalayas, Chundrabagha region.
Lycznipz.
Amongst the Lycenide Dr. Watt has obtained both sexes of
Lycena ariana, Lampides dipora, Thecla syla, T. icana, the female
of 7. birapa and T. odata; also examples of Chrysophanus kasyapa,
Deudorizx selira, Llerda androcles, I.tamu, and J. sena. Of these,
the most interesting is the female of Thecla icana of Moore, which is
of a dark smoky brown above, with two bright ochreous spots placed
obliquely beyond the discoidal cell of the primaries ; it is rather
larger than the male, measuring | inch 8 lines in expanse.
PAPILIONID&®.
PIERIN&, Bates.
10. Teraconus Tripuncratus. (Plate XV. fig. 4.)
3 . Idmais tripuncta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 221, pl. 17.
fig. 9.
2. Above very like the female of 7’, fulvia, but only three cream-
coloured spots on the apical area of primaries above, and the margi-
nal spots of secondaries larger and confluent 3 one or two blackish
dashes on the disk upon the subcostal and discoidal interspaces,
Primaries below bright sulphur-yellow, washed with saffron upon
the costa, apical area, and external border ; the internal area white ;
discoidal stigma large and grey with black margin; seven spots
across the disk, the first five ferruginous, the last two black, the
third and fourth considerably more elongated than the others, the
last placed further from the margin ; seven marginal squamose
blackish spots ; fringe rose-red: secondaries bright saffron-yellow,
washed upon outer border with rose-red; a small discoidal ocelloid
spot and a discal series of seven spots in a subfalciform series,
ferruginous: body below cream-coloured, sprinkled with saffron-
yellow. Expanse of wings 2 inches,
Nilgherries, above 6000 feet ; flying on grassy slopes near streams.
In the absence of specimens of this Species in any available col-
lection, it has been supposed to be no more than a slight variety of
T. fulvia of Waliace ; a comparison of the female above described
with the type specimens of Wallace’s species proves that I was fully
justified in separating it as a perfectly distinct species, the coloration
of the under surface in 7, fulvia being creamy and consequently
quite unlike 7. ¢ripunctatus. I have slightly altered the name so as
to adopt the orthodox adjectival termination,
150 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Mar. 2,
11. TERACOLUS FARRINUS, CG.
Teracolus farrinus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 159. n. 112,
ply. ae. 2.
On the railway-embankment near Lahore.
Dr. Watt says that this species is not uncommon; he, however,
only brought home one example, which he presented to the National
collection.
12. Ix1As AGNIVERNA.
Txias agniverna, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx.
p- 50 (1877).
Bengal.
Dr. Watt took this species in company with LZ. marianne.
13. Ix1As DHARMSAL&, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 8, 9.)
6. Bright lemon-yellow: primaries above with the base tinted
with greenish grey ; costal margin and apical half (enclosing a broad
orange belt, divided by black veins into eight areas) black ; lower
discocellular bounded internally by a nearly semicircular black spot,
which is partially confluent with the inner border of the apical area,
the latter reduced by the orange belt to a rather slender stripe: se-
condaries with a moderately broad, undulated, dark-brown outer
border: body greenish, with the prothorax slightly reddish in front.
Wings below of a less clear yellow than above, irrorated here and
there with little brown mottlings; internal area whitish ; a dark-
brown spot on the angle of the discocellulars ; veins terminating in
black dots: primaries with an indistinct zigzag series of squamose
brown spots on the disk from the costa to the third median branch ;
secondaries with a red-brown spot on costal area near apex and
three others of different sizes on the inferior subcostal, radial, and
third median interspaces. Expanse of wings 2 inches 4 lines.
@. Bright sulphur-yellow: wings above with the black areas
nearly as in the male, but the belt of primaries sulphur-yellow tra-
versed by four transverse diffused black spots, the third of which is
alone separated from the black veins and surrounding black area.
Primaries below (excepting the apex, costa, and outer border, which
are lemon-yellow, and the internal area, which is whitish) sulphur-
yellow; veins at apex and outer margin orange ; terminal black
dots and discocellular spots nearly as in the male; a discal elbowed
series of six spots, the three uppermost of which are ferruginous and
the remainder blackish; a blackish squamose patch at external
angle: secondaries more strongly mottled than in the male, with
two additional small red-brown discal spots, thus forming a series of
six, of which the first, third, and fourth are large and the three
others small and decreasing in size from the costal area downwards :
body paler than in the male. Expanse of wings 2 inches 3 lines.
Dharmsala, N.W. Himalayas, 7000 feet.
Mr. Moore has aseries of this beautiful species in his collection.
1880. ] MR, A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. 151
14. Ix1As FREQUENS, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 6, 7.)
¢. Above very similar to the preceding, but the orange belt of
primaries more regular in outline and slightly yellower, basal area
darker ; secondaries with a broader and internally diffused outer
border: wings below clearer, not mottled, the apical area of prima-
ries slightly dusted with grey scales; veins terminating in minute
black dots, and similar dots on the angle of the discocellulars.
Expanse of wings 2 inches 4 lines.
2. Above bright lemon-yellow, the basal area heavily irrorated
with grey and brown scales: primaries with the costal border and
apical half black-brown, the latter crossed by a rather broad zigzag
pale orange belt bordered with yellow and crossed by black veins,
separated at the third median branch, below which it is crossed by
two black spots, the lower one confluent with the blackish ground-
colour; secondaries with broader outer border than in the male.
Wings belowaltogether different: primaries sulphur-yellow, sprinkled,
especially upon apical area, with brown scales; a large dark brown
discocellular spot crossed by a yellow vein; a discal series of six
spots, the three upper ones placed obliquely, pale brown with whitish
pupils, the others black ; a large blackish patch at external angle :
secondaries pale sulphur-yellow, sparsely sprinkled on basal area
with black scales; external area irrorated with brown; veins termi-
nating in black dots ; a small black spot on the angle of the disco-
cellulars ; a discal series of seven unequal spots in an arched series,
pale reddish brown with white centres; venter white. Expanse of
wings 2 inches 3 lines.
Bengal.
15. Ixtas waTtTi, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)
Also allied to I. dharmsale, but the base more densely obscured
by dlackish scales; the orange belt narrower and of a deeper colour :
secondaries with the outer border wider, diffused and broken up by
yellow internervular folds into large spots; body blacker. Wings
below sulphur-yellow, sparsely irrorated with blackish scales, with
small black discocellular and marginal dots: primaries showing
traces of the orange belt through the wing; two brown dots placed
obliquely beyond it upon the subcostal interspaces: secondaries with
a discal series of seven saffron-yellow spots in an arched line, the
fourth largest. Expanse of wings 2 inches 5 lines.
Bengal.
The following species was taken by Dr. Watt during a recent ex-
cursion into Thibet :—
16. EvcHiLo# vENosA, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 5.)
¢. Allied to H. daphalis, which it much resembles above, except-
ing that it is considerably larger, has the apical area of primaries
darker and the white spots consequently better defined, the discocel-
lular spots decidedly larger and the markings of the under surface
more distinctly visible through the secondaries. Below it is quite
152 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW ORTHOPTERON. _ [ Mar. 2,
different in colour: primaries snow-white with black dotted costa ;
a black reniform spot intersected by the lower discocellular veinlet,
which is white; apical area dark olive-green spotted with white, as
in E. simplonia: secondaries dull olive-green, with pale buff veins
and silvery-white spots, and abbreviated irregular bands similar to
those of E. simplonia. Expanse of wings 1 inch 10 lines.
2 . Differs from the male above in the darker apex of the prima-
ries and the more distinctly visible under-surface markings upon the
secondaries: below in the bright sap-green apical area of primaries
and ground-colour of secondaries, and the bright orange colouring of
the veins on the latter wings. Expanse of wings 1 inch 10 lines.
Western Thibet.
HESPERIID.
17. ANTIGONUS VASAVA.
Achlyodes vasava, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 786.
Upper Assam, 19th March, 1877.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.
Fig. 1. Zvias watti, p. 151. Fig. 5. Euchloé venosa, p. 151.
2. Charaxes watti, p. 148. 6, 7, Ivias frequens, p. 151.
3. Ypthina ordinata, p. 148. 8, 9. Ivias dharmsale, p. 150.
4. Teracolus tripunctatus, p. 149.
3. Description of a new Species of Orthopteron of the
Genus Anostostoma from Madagascar. By Arrnur
GARDINER Burier, F.L.S., F.Z,S.
[Received February 20, 1880.]
The following remarkable Orthopteron was obtained last year from
a collection of insects made at Antananarivo by Mr. Kingdon.
Being a winged species, I should have supposed this insect to
be referable to a genus distinct from Anostostoma, had not the
experienced Orthopterist Herr Brunner von Wattenwyl kindly ex-
amined it for me and assured me that, although an aberrant form,
it undoubtedly belonged to that group.
The species is readily distinguishable from the other described
forms, not only by the possession of elytra and wings, but by many
other particulars of structure, notably by the well-marked transverse
crest upon the front of the face and just above the insertion of the
mandibles.
ANOSTOSTOMA ALATUM, 0. sp.
Length from vertex of head to extremity of abdomen 29 millims. ;
from vertex to extremity of labrum 16 millims.
Male. Greenish brown, becoming darker when dry; face,
mandibles, margins of prothorax, and knees blackish piceous.
Head \arge (but apparently not so much so as in A. cuniculator),
Mintern Bros imp
aw Wilson del.et lith
INDIAN BUTTERFLIES.
NEW
1880. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW ORTHOPTERON, 153
inclined downwards, rugulose beyond the eyes, otherwise smooth ;
swollen at the sides, with a distinct marginal ridge; a nearly
Y-shaped ridge between the eyes connecting the three ocelli, which are
smooth and of an amber-brown colour, the two posterior ocelli placed
on the outer margins of the furca of the ridge facing the insertion
of the antennz ; front of head crossed by a broad shining swollen
crest, in front of which the face is distinctly transversely striated.
Eyes large, oval and prominent, placed in a slight depression on
each side of the head.
Antenne multiarticulate, consisting apparently of about 150 joints,
but, owing to the dense pubescence of the terminal articulations, only
about 100 can be counted; the basal joints up to about the twenty-
fourth smooth and without hairs, but from this point there is a very
gradual increase in pubescence to the extremity: first joint large
and cylindrical, covered sparsely with fine shallow impressions ;
second joint of about a third the length of the first, cylindrical and
slightly depressed ; third joint elongate-cylindrical and slightly
rugulose, nearly twice the length of the second ; remaining joints
A. Anostostoma alatum; B. Front of head; C. Mouth-organs from below ;
D. Forked ridge, with ocelli.
considerably shorter, but similar in character to the third, excepting
in the pubescent clothing of most of them.
Mandibles powerful, incurved, cylindrical towards the base, de-
pressed from the middle, with flattened cutting-edge armed with
seven unequal teeth, the last of these being the acuminated extremity
of the mandible: unlike the mandibles of A. euniculator, they are
perfectly symmetrical ; their surface is distinctly uneven.
Labrum elongated, extending to the commencement of the cutting-
edge of the mandibles ; bottle-shaped, slightly flattened, transversely
striated, with central longitudinal carina diverging in the middle to
154 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW ORTHOPTERON. [Mear. 2,
enclose an unequally pentagonal impression ; extremity (representing
the globe of the bottle) depressed and scarcely perceptibly swollen in
the dorsal line.
Mawille slender, elongated, incurved, very sparsely provided
with hairs; outer lobe simple, rugulose, swollen at the extremity ;
inner lobe nearly smooth, compressed, with carinated inferior edge,
its inner surface sulcated, extremity armed with three long spines,
one of which is subterminal and the two others terminal.
Mazillary palpi six-joited, the first two joints short, smooth and
swollen; the others, excepting the terminal one, which is a mere
button, elongated, smooth and cylindrical.
Labium elongated, depressed, curved, irregular in outline, swollen
at the sides, its free margins crenulated ; the ligula separated into
apparently three-jointed pseudopalpi, the third or terminal joint of
which is large and oval.
Labial palpi four-jointed, the terminal article being a mere button;
the third joint longest, widening gradually from its base to its
culmen ; other joints compressed, the basal one being the shortest.
Prothorax smooth and constricted, with slightly elevated, rugose
and marginally carinated borders, the inner edges of which are
marked by depressed lines ; slightly narrower in front than behind,
with dorsal and transverse central impressed lines, the latter in-
terrupted in the middle by two deep central punctures; a third
similar puncture at the posterior extremity of the dorsal line, behind
which the inner edge of the posterior border is represented by a widely
divergent angular depression.
Prosternum slightly rugulose, simple.
Abdomen rather small, cylindrical, the cerci very hairy.
Elytra and wings shining, brown, with very prominent veins.
Legs moderately robust, very long and more slender than in the
other species ; coxee and femora smooth ; anterior femora unarmed ;
intermediate femora with carinated infero-exterior margin, armed in
the middle with three equidistant, acute, but small denticles; pos-
terior femora ornamented along the superior half of their exterior
surface by an obliquely striated patch, carinated and longitudinally
suleated on their lower surface, the outer half of the carina being
armed with four acute denticles; inferior surface of knee-joint also
armed with an acute spur; anterior tibize with two superior terminal,
one superior central, and ten inferior spines, the latter arranged in
pairs and divergent; intermediate tibiz strongly carinated above,
with seven dorsal spines which diverge in pairs from near,the top of
the carina on either side; posterior tibiz three-sided, the edges
carinated, with nine spines on the supero-interior margin (the two
terminal spines large and curved), and ten on the supero-exterior
margin; inferior margin with two central and three terminal spines,
the latter being the largest ; tarsi short, broad, lobate below: length
of legs—anterior pair 30 millimetres, intermediate pair 28, pos-
terior pair 45.
Antananarivo (Kingdon). Type in Brit. Mus.
B48. 186 Ureie al ;
J.GKeulemans hth Hanhart imp.
oe
GRALLARIA DIGNISSIMA.
=
Hanhert ump
1880.] ON NEW BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 155
4. On new Birds collected by Mr. C. Buckley in Eastern
Ecuador. By P. L. Scuarer, F.R.S., and O. Savin,
F.R.S.
[Received March 2, 1880.]
(Plates XVI., XVII.)
Mr. Clarence Buckley has just returned from Ecuador, after four
years’ absence, and, besides several collections transmitted during his
stay, has brought back with him one of the finest series of bird-
skins which we have ever had the pleasure of looking through. The
greater part of it was formed on the upper branches of the Rio Pas-
taza, and on the spurs lying between this stream and its affluent
the Bobonaza, Mr. Buckley’s headquarters having been during the
greater part of the time the village of Sarayacu on the latter stream,
which must be carefully distinguished from the place of the same
name on the Ucayali. Mr. Buckley’s collection consists of upward
of 10,000 skins referable to nearly 800 species. Of these a complete
set has been secured for the collection of Salvin and Godman. Be-
sides the novelties which we proceed to describe, the collection
contains examples of many rare and little-known species, such as
Cotinga porphyrolema, Scl. et Dev., Chameza nobilis, Gould, Phlo-
gopsis erythroptera (Gould), Pipreola sclateri (Corn.), Osculatia
sapphirina, Bp., Mitua salvini, Reinh., Accipiter pectoralis, Scl.,
and Leucopternis plumbea, Salvin. At a later period we hope to be
able to give a complete account of Mr. Buckley’s collections in this
district.
Fam. VIREONID.
1, HYLOPHILUS FUSCICAPILLUS, Sp. nov.
Supra olivaceo-viridis, pileo toto cum cervice postica dorso superiore
et scapularibus cafeo-brunneis ; alis nigris, extus olivaceo lim-
batis ; subtus ex olivaceo-flavidus, medialiter clarior; gutture
sordide albo; subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis albi-
canti-sulphureis ; cauda olivacea-unicolore ; rostro cornco,
mandibula inferiore pallidiore ; pedibus fuscis: long. tota 3°8,
ale 2°4, rem. primi spurti 1°4, caude 1°7, rostri 0°6.
Haé. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. 8.-G. et P. L.S.
Obs. Affinis H. semibrunneo, sed capite magis fusco et ventre
flavo distinguendus.
Fam. TANAGRIDE.
2. NEMOSIA CHRYSOPIS, sp. Nov.
Cinerea ; dorso superiore, alis extus et pileo toto flavicante lavatis ;
loris, capitis lateribus et gutture tota flavis, hoc colore in pectore
et ventre dilutiore ; alis intus et cauda fuscis ; remigum mar-
ginibus interioribus albis ; rostro corylino ; pedibus plumbeis :
long. tota 5:2, ale 2:7, caude rotundate 2°2, tarsi 0°8.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. 8.-G.
156 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Mar. 2,
Obs. Species affinis N. ruficipiti et N. sordide, sed colore uniformi
insignis.
Mr. Buckley obtained but a single example of this Nemosia, which
appears to be a very distinct species of the section Thlypopsis.
The wings are rather short, the third and fourth primaries, which
are equal and longest, slightly exceeding the second and fifth. The
tail is rather rounded ; the tail-feathers are slightly pointed at their
extremities.
Fam. TyRANNID,
3. PLATYRHYNCHUS SENEX, Sp. Nov.
Brunnescenti-olivaceus, uropygii plumis et tectricum majorum mar-
ginibus rufescentibus ; pileo nigricante, crista mediali semicelata
alba; subtus saturate flavicanti-fulvus, gula alba; subalaribus
ventre concoloribus ; remigibus et rectricibus nigris brunnescenti-
olivaceo extus limbatis ; rostro superiore nigro, inferiore flavido ;
pedibus albis: long. tota 4, ale 2:5, caude 1°3, rostri a rictu
0:7, tarsi 0°6.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. S.-G.
Obs. Species Pl. rostrato proxima et ejusdem formee, sed crassitie
minore et pileo nigricante necnon ventre saturatiore distinguenda.
4. SERPHOPHAGA ALBOGRISEA, Sp. Nov.
Supra grisea, alis et cauda nigricantibus ; macula celata verticali,
tectricibus alarum et secundariis extus latissime albis ; loris et
corpore subtus albis, hypochondriis vie griseo tinctis ; rostro et
pedibus plumbeis : long. tota 4°2, ale 2-6, caude 2°3, tarsi 0°75.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. 8.-G.
Obs. S. cineree affinis, sed pileo dorso concolori et alis latissime
albo marginatis distinguenda.
The beak of the single specimen in Mr. Buckley’s collection is
unfortunately defective, but enough is left to show that the species
belongs to the genus Serphophaga, its nearest ally being the bird
with which we have compared it.
5, SYRISTES ALBOCINEREUS, Sp. Nov.
Tyrannus, sp.?, Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 189.
Sirystes albogriseus, Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1873, p. 280 (nec
Lawrence).
Supra griseus ; capitis lateribus alis et cauda fusco-nigricantibus,
secundariis extus albo limbatis ; capite summo nigerrimo ; dorso
postico, uropygio et corpore toto subtus albis; rostro et
pedibus nigris: long. tota 7, ale 3°9, caude 3°3, rostri a
rictu 1*1, tarsi 0°9.
Hab. Amazon. sup. (Bartlett, Whitely); Sarayacu, Ecuador
(Buckley); Columbia (Mus. P. L. 8.).
Mus. S.-G. et P.L.S.
1880. } NEW BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 157
Obs. S. sibilatrici et S. albogriseo affinis, ab illo uropygio albo
ab hoc tectricum alarum marginibus albo haud marginatis diversus.
The receipt of specimens of the true S. albogriseus has shown us
that we were wrong in attributing the Amazonian bird to that
species, from which it is readily distinguishable by the almost entire
absence of the broad white margins to the wing-coverts.
6. MyIoCHANES NIGRESCENS, sp. nov.
Contopus, sp. inc., Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 459.
Myiochanes cinereus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 232 (ex. 6).
Unicolor cinereo-nigricans, pileo, alis et cauda paulo saturatioribus ;
rostro superiore nigro, inferiore albicante ; pedibus nigris : long.
tota 4°4, ale 2:2, caude 2°2.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. 8.-G. et P. L. 8.
Obs. Sp. M. cinereo affinis, et ejusdem forme, sed colore nigri-
cantiore distincta.
An imperfect example of this species has long been in Sclater’s
collection, obtained at Gualaquiza on the Rio Santiago, in 1858, by
Mr. Fraser. The receipt of additional and perfect skins enables us
now to characterize it as distinct from MW. cinereus, to which Sclater
referred it in his ‘ American Catalogue.’
Fam. Piprip&.
7. HETEROCERCUS AURANTIIVERTEX, Sp. Nov.
Supra olivaceus, alis caudaque nigris olivaceo limbatis ; crista verti-
cali elongata aurantio-rubra ; subtus medialiter fulvus, latera-
liter in olivaceum transeuns ; gula et colli lateribus albis ; capitis
lateribus cinereis ; subalaribus olivaceis, remigum et rectricum
pagina inferiore cineraceo-nigra ; rostro obscure corylino, pedibus
Juscis: long. tota 4°5, ale 3°4, caude@ rectr. ext. 1-0, med. 2°0,
tarsi 0°6, rostri a rictu 0°7.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. S.-G. et P. L. 8.
Obs. Species H. flavivertici proxima, sed crista aurantiacd nec
flava, et magis ampla, necnon colore corporis inferiore sané diversa.
Three examples of this apparently new Heéerocercus are in the
collection. Judging from its near ally, H. flavivertex of Pelzeln, of
which two species are in Sclater’s collection, they are all males, as in
the females of the last-named species the coloured vertical crest is
wanting.
The tail is of the same abnormal construction as in the two other
species of this genus. The feathers are rather stiffened and curve
outwards towards their extremities ; the three outer pairs of rectrices
are rapidly shortened and diminished in breadth, the outer pair only
measuring about | inch from their insertion.
158 MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [ Mar. 2,
Fam. CoTINGiIp&.
8. PriLOCHLORIS BUCKLEYI, sp. nov. (Plate XVI.)
Supra olivacea, alis intus fuscis; subtus flavissima (subalaribus
concoloribus) nigro distincte squamata ; gula et ventre imo fere
immaculatis; rostro nigricante corneo, mandibule basi albicante ;
pedibus obscure plumbeis: long. tota 8, ale 4:1, caude 2°5,
rostri a rictu 1, tarsi 1.
Hab. Pindo, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. 8.-G.
Obs. P. squamate ex Brasilia affinis, sed capite summo olivaceo
nec nigro diversa.
Mr. Buckley obtained a single female example of this species
together with two nestling birds. The latter are mostly in their
first plumage, the quill-feathers being only partially developed. The
plumage (see Plate XVI.) is most remarkable: the upper surface,
including the whole of the head, is of a cinnamon colour spotted
with black, each black spot on the head being tipped with white; the
under surface is black, banded with narrow white bars. From the
top of the head proceed fine black filaments more than an inch long,
each tipped with white.
The tip of the fourth primary in the female bird is-of the normal
width. It would therefore seem probable that the narrow point
to this feather observable in P. remigialis is only a characteristic of
the male sex of P. squamata, in which case Lafresnaye’s title will
become a synonym of Prince Max. zu Wied’s older name.
Fam. DENDROCOLAPTID.
9. AUTOMOLUS DORSALIS, Sp. nov.
Supra pileo dorso toto et alis extus olivaceis rufo perfusis, plumis
in fundo cinereis ; superciliis elongatis ochraceis ; uropygio et
cauda tota castaneis; subtus ochraceus, medialiter clarior,
lateraliter in colorem dorsi transeuns ; gula fere albicante ; sub-
alaribus et remigum pogoniorum interonrum marginibus internis
ochraceis; rostro superiore corylino, inferiore albo, pedibus
pallide corylinis: long. tota 7, ale 3°8, caude 3°2, rostri a
rictu 1, tarsi 0°9: caude rectricibus acuminatis ; alis rotun-
datis, remige quarto et quinto longissimis.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. S.-G., specimen unicum.
Obs. Affinis A. pallidigulari et quoad colorem corporis inferi valdé
similis, sed dorso saturaté rufo diversus.
Fam. ForMICARIID.
10. DystTHAMNUS SUBPLUMBEUS, Sp. Nov.
Dysithamnus plumbeus, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 457, nec Max.
Obscure plumbeus fere unicolor, subtus paulo dilutior ; alis caudaque
nigricantibus, illarum tectricibus omnibus maculis minutis albis
terminatis ; alarum pagina inferiore fuscescenti-cineracea ; rostro
1880.] NEW BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 159
et pedibus nigris: long. tota o-4, ale 2-7, caude 2:1, rostri a
rictu 0°9, tarsi 11. 4
2. Mari similis, sed alis extus, dorso postico, lateribus et ventre
toto rufescente brunneo, precipue in corpore inferiore, perfusis ;
maculis tectricum pallide cinnamomeis. ,
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley); Zamora (Fraser) ; Yquitos,
E. Peru (Whitely).
Mus. S.-G. et P. L. S.
Obs. Species D. plumbeo ex Brasilia affinis, sed rostro longiore,
tectricum maculis rotundis et axillaribus alis concoloribus nec albis
distinguenda.
11. HerpsthocuMvus FRATER, sp. nov.
Supra olivaceus, pileo et striga utrinque postoculari nigris, super-
cilits et genis albis ; alis nigris, remigum pogoniis externis extus
castaneis ; tectricibus omnibus et secundariis dorso proximis albo
late marginatis ; subtus pallide limonaceo-flavus ; cauda nigra,
rectricum lateralium apicibus late albis ; rostro superiore nigro,
inferiore albicante; pedibus viridescenti-plumbeis : long tota 4-0,
ale 2°1, caudeé 1°7, rostri 0°7.
2. Mari similis, sed pileo castaneo diversa.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Obs. Species H. rufo-marginato maxim’ affinis, sed interscapulio
non nigro et remigum colore castaneo saturatiore satis diversa.
12. MyrMorHervLa sPopionora, Sp. nov.
Supra cinerea ; alis nigris brunnescente alivaceoa extus limbatis ;
harum tectricibus omnibus nigris, maculis terminalibus albis
ornatis ; subtus dorso concolor, ventre imo hypochondriis et crisso
in brunnescenti-olivaceum transeuntibus ; gula nigra albo stellata ;
cauda brunnescenti-olivacea ; rostro nigro, pedibus fuscis : long.
_tota 3°5, ale 2:1, caude@ 1°4, rostri a ricty 0°7.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. 8.-G., specimen unicum !
Obs. Species affinis IL. gulari et M. fulviventri et ejusdem forme
sed dorso cinereo dignoscenda.
13. TeERENURA HUMERALIS, sp. nov.
Supra olivacea ; pileo summo et nucha nigris ; loris, capitis lateribus
et corpore subtus cinereis, abdomine olivaceo lavato ; dorso et
campteriis lete castaneis ; alis nigricantibus, tectricum apicibus
Jflavis, plumis omnibus olivaceo marginatis ; rostri maailla nigra,
mandibula albicante ; pedibus plumbeis : long. tota 3-6, ale 2,
caude 1°5, rostri a rictu 0°6, tarsi 06.
2. Mari similis, sed pileo nigro et humeris castaneis carens.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. 8.-G.
Obs. T. callinote, Scl., similis, sed campteriis castaneis nec flavis
facile distinguenda.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XI. 11
160 ON NEW BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. [Mar. 2,
14, HypocNEMIS sTELLATA, Sp. nov.
Supra castaneo-brunnea, plaga dorsali celata alba; dorso postico
nigro, fascia transversa cinnamomea notata ; alis nigris, remigibus
extus castaneis, tectricibus omnibus cinnamomeo terminatis fascias
duas alares formantibus ; subtus alba, pectore maculis sparsis
nigris notato ; rostro corneo, mandibula albicante, pedibus pallide
corylinis: long. tota 3°8, ale 2°4, caud@é 1-2, rostri a rictu 0°8,
tarsi 0°9.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. 8.-G.
This species belongs to the group containing H. therese, from
which it is at once distinguishable by its long narrow bill, and by
the paucity of the round black spots on the breast.
15. HypocNEMIS LEPIDONOTA, sp. nov.
Schistacea, dorsi plumis nigris albo marginatis ; alis nigris, secun-
dariorum et tectricum apicibus albo late terminatis ; cauda nigra
maculis magnis albis medialiter notata ; rostro et pedibus nigris.
Q. Pallide badia, capite et collo postico saturatioribus, dorso et alis
sicut in mari pictis.
Long. tota 4:2, ale 2°6, caude 1°6, rostri a rictu 0°75, tarsi 0°9.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley) ; Upper Amazons (Hauawell).
Mus. 8.-G. et P.L.S.
Obs. H. pecilonote similis, sed colore corporis inferi in mari dilu-
tiore, in femina badio nec schistaceo facile distinguenda.
16. PirHys MELANOSTICTA, sp. nov.
Brunnea, supra paulo rufescentior ; dorsi medii tectricum alarum
et secundariorum plumis nigro subterminatis et castaneo termi-
natis ; remigibus extus castaneis ; pileo medio sordide albicante ;
oculorum ambitu nudo; capitis lateribus et loris nigris ; rostri
maxilla cornea, mandibula albicante, pedibus pallide plumbeis:
long. tota 5°2, ale 3, caude 1°8, rostri a rictu 0°9, tarsi 1°1.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador.
Mus. 8.-G.
This is a very distinct species, having somewhat the appearance of
Phlogopsis, but possessing a short tail as in the genus Pithys.
17. GRALLARIA DIGNISSIMA, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.)
Supra olivacea, interscapulio fulvescente ; alis extus in castaneum
transeuntibus ; dorso postico nigro, plumarum scapis albo lineo-
latis; subtus medialiter alba, gutture et pectore summo clare
rubris, lateribus valde plumosis, olivaceis, albo et nigro flammu-
latis ; cauda brevissima, tectricibus fere abscondita, obscure oli-
vacea; subalaribus gutture concoloribus; remigum marginibus
internis fulvis ; rostro forti, crasso, corneo ; mandibula inferiore
albicante ; pedibus olivaceis: long. tota 6, ale 4:1, caude 1°1,
rostri a rictu 1°3, tarsi 2°2.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. 8.-G. et P.L.S,
1880.] ON SEA-BIRDS COLLECTED BY LORD LINDSAY. 161
Obs. Species quoad colores ad Gt. ruficapillam appropinquans,
sed gutture rubro, flammulis laterum latis et distinctis et rostro
crasso notabilis.
Of this fine new and most distinct Ant-Thrush, Mr. Buckley obtained
two specimens. According to Sclater’s arrangement of the genus
(Ibis, 1877, p. 437), it should perhaps come next to G. ruficapilla,
but it has a particularly large strong bill like that of G. squamigera,
only shorter. The bright ferruginous red breast and strong white
flammulations render this species quite unmistakable.
Fam. Picip®,
18. CELEUS SPECTABILIS, Sp. nov.
2. Capite cristato toto cum gula et alis extus castaneis, harum
tectricibus et scapularibus cum dorso superiore nigro et fulvo
transfasciatis ; dorso postico fulvo immaculato ; pectore nigro ;
ventre fulvo, precipue in parte superiore nigro maculato ; cauda
tota et remigum primariorum apicibus nigris ; horum pagina in-
Feriore ad basin castanea; subalaribus fulvis, maculis paucis nigris
notatis ; rostro albido ; pedibus pallide fuscis: long. tota 9°2,
ale 6, caude 4, rostri a rictu 1°4.
Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. 8.-G.
Obs. Affinis C. torquato et C. tinnunculo, sed ab hoe uropygio
fulvo ab illo dorso fasciato distinctus.
There is unfortunately only one example of this fine and distinct
Celeus in Mr. Buckley’s collection. The male would, no doubt,
show a red cheek-patch, as in the allied species.
Fam. RaLiip&,
19. PoRZANA GNOPS, sp. nov.
Supra olivaceo-fusca, dorso postico et cauda nigricante brunneo
indutis ; fronte, capitis cervicis et pectoris lateribus rubro-castaneis ;
subtus gastreo toto albo, hypochondriis nigro late transfusciatis ;
crisso rufo ; rostro viridescente fusco; pedibus corylinis: long.
tota 5°7, ale 3°2, caude 1°5, rostri a rictu 0:9, tarsi 1:4, dig.
med. cum ungue 1*7.
Hab, Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).
Mus. §.-G.
Obs. P. albigulari, Lawr., affinis, sed collo postico et dorso antico
bb ethene nec rufescentibus, et gastreeo toto medio albo digne~
scenda.
5. On the Sea-birds obtained during the Voyage of Lord
Lindsay’s Yacht ‘ Venus’ from Plymouth to Mauritius
in 1874. By Howarp Saunpers, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.
[Received March 2, 1880.]
A short time ago Dr. Ralph Copeland, of the Dunecht Observa-
tory, Aberdeen, offered to obtain for my inspection a collection of
LI*
162 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE SEA-BIRDS [ Mar. 2,
Sea-birds procured by Lord Lindsay’s party during the voyage to
Mauritius to observe the Transit of Venus; and as he also informed
me that an accurate register had been kept of the date and the lati-
tude and longitude of each capture, I gladly accepted the task of
identifying the species and preparing a list of them. The collection
proved to cousist of eighteen species, most of them belonging to the
Procellariidze ; but of these several are uncommon and little-known
forms. Others are more familiar species; but no specimens can
well be considered superfluous in assisting to determine the validity
of some of the reputed species in this difficult group, which has
lately been taken up by Mr. Osbert Salvin, to whom Lam in several
cases indebted for valuable assistance.
Unusual care appears to have been taken in forming this collection,
each specimen being numbered and entered under a corresponding
number in a register kept by Dr. J. Galley Blackley, with particu-
lars of date, latitude and longitude of the ship at noon, temperature
of the air and of the water, &c. Dr. Copeland’s journal has also
supplied some other particulars, which I have quoted verbatim.
The above details are of considerable value, as they furnish a record
of the degrees of latitude where these oceanic species are first met
with ; and if similar registers were kept by other ships, and the
specimens obtained were brought back for identification, we should
in time arrive at some definite knowledge of the range of these
pelagic wanderers. Allusions to the occurrence of the first Albatros,
“ Mollymawk,” ‘‘ Cape Hen,” ‘‘ Cape Pigeon,” &c. are, indeed, not
wanting in voyages; but there are few records similar to the present
in which registration has been followed by identification in the case
of so large a number of species.
The ‘Venus’ left Plymouth in October 1874, and the first
species on the list was obtained off Trinidad (not to be confounded
with our large West-Indian possession), a small island about six
miles in circumference, situated in the South Atlantic Ocean in
lat. 20° 23' S., and long. 29° 43! W. This ragged rock, with pre-
cipitous cliffs, scanty and irregular water supply, and deficient in
timber beyond mere brushwood, was originally taken possession of
for Great Britain by Captain E. Halley, of the ‘ Paramore’ (after-
wards Dr. Halley, Astronomer Royal), in 1700, and in 1781 was
occupied for about two months; since which the most important
visits have been those of the French corvette ‘ La Coquille’ in 1822,
when the island was surveyed, and that of the Italian corvette
‘Magenta’ in 1868, when two species of Petrel were obtained and
described as new. Dr. E. H. Giglioli then recorded for the first
time the occurrence in that island of the beautiful snow-white and
highly specialized form of Tern Gygis candida, of which there is one
specimen in the present collection. I gather from the scanty mate-
rial at my disposal that some of Lord Lindsay’s party landed on
this island, which is difficult of access owing to its being surrounded
by coral reef, although the island itself belongs to the same forma-
tion as the coast about Rio Janeiro; and the paucity of notes on the
species observed is therefore the more to be regretted. To make
1880.] COLLECTED BY LORD LINDSAY’S EXPEDITION. 163
matters worse, most of the birds collected there were thrown over-
board as lumbering the decks in some heavy weather on the night
after the visit ; and it is perhaps owing to this that no examples are
in the collection of @strelata arminjoniana and C, trinitatis ob-
tained by the ‘ Magenta’s’ naturalists.
1. Freeata aquiza (Linn.) Frigate-bird.
Two specimens, nos. 22 and 23, both females in immature plumage,
passing into the adult stage. As this plumage is rarely met with
and is little known, it is as well to describe it. The wings, back,
and tail are black, with a bar of old brown light-edged feathers
along the upper wing-coverts ; belly white ; flanks and under wing-
coverts black; shoulders rusty black passing into chestnut, which
pervades the throat; neck, nape, and crown of head white slightly
tinged with rust ; bill horn-white.
* Off island of Trinidad, South Atlantic, Aug. 20, lat. 20° 23/S.,
long. 29° 43! W. Temperature of air 77° Fahr. and of water 71°.
Large numbers seen ; some deep black with scarlet pouch under the
throat. Found them sitting on the island.”
2. Suva piscaTor (Linn.).
No. 24, fully adult. Island of Trinidad, same date as above.
“These also were sitting.”
3. PHALACROCORAX CAPENSIsS (Sparrm.).
No. 76, female immature. Simons Bay, Cape of Good Hope,
Oct. 2.
No. 76a, adult. Same time and place.
4, PuatrHon FLAVIROosTRIS, Brandt.
- No. 100, female, nearly adult, ‘‘ Shot hovering round masts,”
Oct. 29, lat. 23° S., long. 59° 18! W.
5. GyGis CANDIDA (Gm.).
No. 28, female. Island of Trinidad, Aug. 21. “ Breeding. Ivis
black.” There is a fine illustration of this beautiful species in
Gould’s ‘ Birds of Australia,’ vii. pl. 30.
6. Srerna macrurRA, Naum. Arctic Tern.
No. 95, male. Oct. 23, lat. 32°S., long. 57° 18! E. “ Flew on
board in the night, commencement of S.E. monsoon.”
This specimen is an adult with full black head, excepting on the
forehead, where the feathers are white, as usualin autumn. It belongs
certainly to this species, which I have also had on one occasion from
the Cape of Good Hope; but this is yet more south and east for its
range. It might have been expected that S. virgata or S. vittata,
both inhabitants of the islands of the Southern Ocean, would have
164 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE SEA-BIRDS [Mar. 2,
been obtained, but they are not noticed, nor are they known to occur
in Table Bay.
7. FREGETTA MELANOGASTRA (Gould).
Thalassidroma melanogastra, Gould, B. Austr. vil. pl. 62.
Nos. 86, 88, males. Oct. 15, lat. 36° 57! S., long. 40° 41! E.
No. 91, female. Oct. 19, lat. 32° 36' S., long. 52° 58! E.
8. OcranirEs ocreanicus (Kuhl). Wilson’s Petrel.
Thalassidroma wilsonii, Gould, B. Austr. yil. pl. 65.
No. 64. Sept. 22, lat. 35° 29’ S., long. 9° 46’ E.
No. 90. Oct. 19, lat. 32° 36/, long. 52° 58' E. Female.
Both these specimens have the vent and under tail-coverts black,
and not white, as coloured in Gould’s ‘ Birds of Australia.’
9. ADAMASTOR CINEREUS (Gm.). ‘ Whale-bird.”
Procellaria hastata, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 47.
Nos. 60 (female), 61,62. Sept. 21, lat. 35° 20'S., long. 9° 43! E.
In one specimen the black and yellow colours of the bill are more
strongly marked than in the other two.
10. Masaqueus #quinocTia.is (Linn.).
Procellaria conspicillata, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 46.
No. 56. Sept. 19, lat. 34° 39! S., long. 8° 51’ E.
No. 93. Oct. 20, lat. 32° S.
No. 97, male. Oct. 24, lat. 29° 45'S.
The variations in these specimens are rather peculiar. In all the
prevailing colour is sooty black ; but in the first there is a white patch
of about 2 inch in length under lower mandible, and an irregular
white streak on the left side, below the line of the gape, but none on
the right side; the second has rather more white on throat; and in
the third, the white extends as far back as a line from the eyes.
11, GEsrRELATA MOLLIS (Gould).
Procellaria mollis, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 50.
No. 41. Island of Trinidad, Aug. 21. Knocked down with a
stick on island.”
12. GistRELATA PHILIPPI, G. R. Gray.
No. 80. Oct. 10, lat. 37° 59’S., long. 29° 18! E.
13. Daprion capensis (Linn.). ‘* Cape Pigeon.”
Daption capensis, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 53.
Nos. 46, 46a, 48. Aug. 27 onwards, the first being observed on
Aug. 26, in lat. 23° 30'S.; temperature of air 65°, water 67°.
“Sept. 19, many thousands of these and ‘ Ice-birds’ flying round ;
they seemed to extend in undiminished numbers to the horizon.”
1880.] COLLECTED BY LORD LINDSAY’S EXPEDITION. 165
14, OssrrraGa GiGanrra (Gm.). “Cape Hen.”
Procellaria gigantea, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 45.
No. 50, male. Sept. 10, lat. 34° S., long. 10° 42’ W. “Beak
pale apple-green, much darker at tip; iris dark brown ; feet sooty
black.’’
No. 52. Sept. 14. ‘Beak greyish green, darker at tip; iris
dark brown; feet silvery brown. Spread of wing 6 feet 7 inches.”
Both these specimens are much darker than the figure in Gould’s
pl. xlv. ‘ Birds of Australia.’
15. Prion prsoxatus (Gm.). “ Ice-bird.”
Nos. 57, 58, male. Sept. 21, lat. 35° 20’ S., long. 9° 43! E.
No. 89. Oct. 15, lat. 36° 57’ S., long. 40° 41' E.
The two former have a distinct yellowish nail at the tip of the
upper mandible; the last has a slightly narrower bill—differences
which, if admitted as specific, appear to be the distinguishing cha.
racteristics of P. vittatus and P. desolatus.
16. DiomeDEA CHLORORHYNCHA, Lath. “ Mollymawk.”
Diomedea chlororhynchos, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 42.
No. 51, female. Sept. 14, lat. 34° 25'S.
No. 96, male. Oct. 24, lat. 29° 45’ S., long. 57° 39' E.; tem-
perature of both air and water 67°. Mr. Gould met with it on the
24th July, 1838, in lat. 30° 38! S.
17. DiomeprA exuxans, Linn.
Diomedea exulans, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 38.
Nos. 53, male, and 55, female. Sept. 16; lat. 34° S., long.
4° 29'E. ‘The male is an adult, nearly white; spread of wings
10 feet 3 inches, nett weight 191b. Contained 10 Ib. of water and
cuttle; but the water was probably swallowed whilst being hauled
on board. Feet 9 inches broad when spread out. Female, total
weight about 151b. Iris dark brown, beak pink, feet bluish.”
No. 85. Oct. 12, lat. 39° 40’ S., long. 32° 19’ E. Young, much
mottled with grey.
Mr. Gould records its occurrence same date as above.
18. DiomepEA FruLicrnosa, Gm.
Diomedea fuliyinosa, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 44,
No. 79, male. Oct. 10, lat. 37° 59'S., long. 29° 18’ E.
Mr. Gould notes its first occurrence in July, in one of his voyages,
in lat. 31°S,
166 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 2,
6. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera.
By Martin Jacosy.
[Received February 18, 1880.]
(Plate XVIII.)
Genus Mastostrretavus, Lac.
1. MAsTOSTETHUS CHONTALENSIS, Sp. nov.
Oblong, parallel. Testaceous ; base of head, a transverse fascia on
the thorax, and two transverse bands on the elytra, one at the
base, the other behind the middle, black ; sides of the breast, a streak
at the upperside of the femora, and the tibize black.
Length 43 lines.
Hab. Chontales, Nicaragua.
Base of head closely punctured near the eyes; lower part of face
testaceous, very shining, deeply transversely grooved ; apex of jaws
black ; antennz light testaceous, the first three joints black, closely
pubescent. Thorax transverse, subquadrate, angles distinct, sides
slightly contracted near the base and apex ; surface widely, but di-
stinctly punctured, the entire disk occupied by a transverse black
band of rather irregular shape, thickened at each end. Scutellum
black, distinctly punctured. Elytra irregularly and deeply punctured ;
the base is occupied by a rather large black transverse band which
does not quite touch the lateral margins, and is narrowed towards
the scutellum; while another broader band is placed behind the
middle, the anterior margin of which is slightly sinuate. Underside
testaceous ; sides of breast, upper surface of the femora, and the
tibize black.
This species is closely allied to M/. vicinus, Lac., but differs in
several particulars as regards coloration, the principal difference con-
sisting in the want of the black extremity of the elytra.
Collected by Mr. Belt. In the collection of Messrs. Godman and
Salvin.
2. MAsTosTETHUS ROGERSI, Sp. nov.
Oblong. Dark rufous; antennze black ; elytra testaceous, closely
punctured, a spot at the base and a broad band behind the middle
black.
Length 4 lines.
Hab. Cache, Costa Rica.
Head with some spots on the vertex, closely punctured round the
eyes, with a short longitudinal fovea in the middle, entirely dark
rufous; antennz black, the first four joints shining, the rest
closely pubescent. Thorax wider at the base than the apex; the
angles rather blunt ; surface with a few distinct punctures. Scu-
tellum rufous, its apex black. Elytra wider at the base than the
thorax, deeply and irregularly punctured, testaceous; the base of
1880. | PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 167
each elytron is occupied by a large roundish black spot narrowed near
the scutellum, and leaving the shoulders of the ground-colour, while
another black broad band is placed near the extremity ; the posterior
margin of this band is bilobed, while its anterior margin is perfectly
straight. Underside dark rufous; the breast and the four anterior
tibiz black ; posterior tibize testaceous; posterior femora with a
distinct tooth.
Collected by Mr. Rogers. Collection of Godman and Salvin.
Genus LAmprosoma, Kirby.
3. LAMPROSOMA IGNICOLLE, sp. nov.
Ovate, subrotundate. Bright metallic green; above violaceous blue ;
thorax and apex of elytra bright golden-coloured.
Length 2? lines.
Hab. Brit. Honduras.
Head rather convex, distinctly punctured; antenne black, the
basal joint metallic green. Thorax transversely convex; lateral
margins straight, the sides greatly deflexed ; posterior margin regu-
larly concave at each side, greatly produced in the middle; surface
closely and distinctly punctured. Elytra not wider than the thorax,
narrowed towards the apex ; each elytron with ten rows of very deep
punctures, violaceous blue, the last third and the apex ornamented
with a bright golden spot. Underside and legs bright metallic green.
Prosternum large, rounded posteriorly, distinctly punctured.
Collections of Godman and Salvin and Jacoby.
4, LAMPROSOMA VIOLACEUM, Sp. nov.
Ovate-rotundate, convex. Dark violaceous blue ; the anterior legs,
tibize, tarsi, and abdomen black ; head minutely, thorax distinctly
punctured; each elytron with ten rows of deep punctures.
Length 23 lines.
Hab. Brit. Honduras (Bleneaneau).
Head almost flat, with an indistinct median depression, extremely
minutely granulose and punctate ; labrum black ; antenne black,
second and third joint fulvous. Thorax of usual shape; its sides
perfectly straight; surface distinctly punctured, the punctures
becoming deeper near the base. Scutellum black. Elytra not
wider at the base than the thorax, narrowed and rounded posteriorly ;
each elytron with ten rows of deep punctures, which become rather
finer towards the apex ; lateral lobes angulate. Prosternum black,
slightly longer than broad, impressed with some distinct punc-
tures.
Closely allied to L. eyaneum, Lac., but differing in the want of the
anterior depression at the head; the latter is at the same time im-
punctate and very finely granulate ; the thorax is much less strongly
punctured than in L. eyaneum, and its lateral margins are straight in-
stead of rounded.
Collection of Godman and Salvin,
168 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 2,
5, LAMPROSOMA GUATEMALENSE, Sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate, narrowed behind, convex. Black ; above violaceous
blue ; head, sides, and anterior margin of thorax and a broad band
at the extremity of the elytra cupreo-aureous,
Length 13 line.
Hab. Zapote, Guatemala.
Head obsoletely impressed in the middle, not closely, but distinctly
punctate ; labrum black. Sides of the thorax greatly deflexed, the
lateral margins slightly rounded, anterior angles very acute ; surface
closely punctured, but not more deeply than the head ; the sides and
anterior margins are occupied by a broad cupreo-aureous band, leaving’
only the middle of the base and a protruding point at the middle of
the ground-colour. Elytra regularly convex and narrowed behind,
rather deeply punctate-striate, dark violaceous blue; a broad band
of the same colour as that of the thorax is placed at the last
third near the lateral margin, and extends across the suture to the
other side, covering at the same time the extremity of the elytra.
Underside and legs black.
This species is closely allied to L. scintillans, Lac., and others de-
scribed by the same author, from all of which it differs, however, in
the shape of the band of the thorax as well as that of the elytra
and the distinct punctation of the head.
Collected by Mr. Champion. Collection of Godman and Salvin.
6. LAMPROSOMA POLITUM, Sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate, convex, narrowed behind. Metallic green; tarsi
and antennz (the second and third joints of the latter excepted)
black ; head distinctly, thorax minutely, punctate ; elytra narrowed
behind, with ten rows of deep punctures, the interstices minutely
punctate.
Length 23 lines.
Hab. Brit. Honduras (Blancaneau).
Head slightly convex, very distinctly punctured ; eyes broadly
emarginate; labrum black. Thorax transversely convex, its sides
straight ; the anterior margin not produced in the middle, regularly
concave at each side; posteriorly acutely produced in the middle, the
sides regularly crescent-shaped ; surface scarcely punctured. Scutel-
lum black. Elytra regularly convex, slightly narrowed posteriorly,
the lateral lobes acutely, but moderately, produced; each elytron with
ten rows of very deep punctures, the last two outer rows of which
are much closer approached than the others; the interstices also
finely punctate. Prosternum slightly longer than broad, distinctly,
but not closely, punctured.
This species resembles much L. speciosum, Lac., from Brazil ; but
it is narrower, less convex ; the thorax is much finer punctured, and
the interstices of the striz on the elytra are also minutely punc-
tate; and as the locality is also far removed, it is no doubt a good
species.
Collection of Godman and Salvin.
1880. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 169
Genus Evryorr, Dalm.
7. EvRYOPE BATESI, sp. nov.
Oblong, moderately convex. Shining rufo-castaneous above; below,
the antennze and legs black ; thorax and elytra finely punctured.
Length 43-6 lines.
Hab. Nguru Mountains, East Central Africa.
Lower part of head rather deeply but widely, upper part
finely punctured ; face impressed on either side with a more or less
distinct oblique fovea ; anterior margin of the clypeus and the man-
dibulz black ; antennze robust, the last six joints broadly dilated,
entirely black. Thorax convex, twice as broad as long; sides nearly
straight, anterior angles produced into a pointed tooth; surface
closely and finely punctured, impressed on either side by a deep
transverse groove. Scutellum black, smooth. Elytra wider than
the thorax, subquadrate oblong, deeply transversely depressed below
the basilar space, more or less distinctly costate near the lateral
margins and on the disk, punctured like the thorax, the punctation
diminishing towards the apex.
In the specimens which I take to be the females the coste on
the elytra are strongly developed and extend to about half their
length. This species differs from EL. nigripes, Thoms., in the black
underside and the antennz, these differences distinguishing it also
from E. sanguinea, Oliv.
Collection of Jacoby.
8. EuRYOPE MINUTA, Sp. nov.
Oblong-subquadrate. /ineous, greenish black below ; underside of
first joint of the antennz and the entire second joint, together with
the femora (base and apex excepted), rufous,
Length 23 lines.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.
Head moderately convex, extremely finely granulate, covered with
close and distinct punctuation ; apex of jaws and a spot at the base
of the vertex fulvous. Thorax very convex and rather narrow, the
sides greatly deflexed, lateral margins rounded and widened in the
middle, anterior angles acute, but not produced, surface minutely gra-
nulate and punctured like the head. Elytra short, regularly rounded
towards the apex, distinctly depressed below the basilar space, gra-
nulate like the rest of the surface, but more finely punctured than
either head or thorax. Underside greenish black, deeply punctate,
the middle of each femora bright rufous.
One specimen in my collection.
Genus Sritopes, Chevr.
9. STILODES CHAPUISI, sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate. Fulvous; elytra testaceous, geminate punctate-
striate, each elytron with four interrupted narrow longitudinal black
vittee.
Length 4 lines.
Hab. Chontales, Nicaragua.
170 _ MR.M. JACOBY ON NEW . [Mar. 2,
Head finely punctured; labrum testaceous ; antennee extending
slightly further than the base of the thorax, their last seven joints
black. Thorax more than three times as broad as long, widened in
the middle, the anterior margin nearly straight ; surface irregularly
and deeply but not closely punctate, the sides scarcely closer punc-
tured than the disk. Scutellum impunctate. -Elytra convex, nearly
four times as long as the thorax, geminate punctate-striate, the
punctures, however, not regularly placed and often interrupted, the
interstices also very minutely punctured; each elytron with four
black narrow stripes, the first running parallel to the suture, often
obsolete and broken, the second and third from the base are abbre-
viated near the apex, the fourth near the lateral margin extending
nearly to the end of the elytron. Underside fulvous; tibize and
tarsi lighter ; claws piceous.
Collected by Mr. Belt.
This species, although greatly resembling S. fuscolineata of Stil,
is distinguished from the latter in not having the suture dark like
the elytral stripes, and the puncturing not regularly arranged as in
that species. In S. fuscolineata the punctured striz limit exactly the
black elytral stripes and are deeply impressed, while in the present
species the puncturing does not run regularly in pairs, and is often
wider than the vittze, being besides that sometimes quite broken and
finer.
Collections of Godman and Salvin and Jacoby.
10. STILODES STEINHEILI, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1.)
Broadly ovate, moderately convex. Black; head and sides of the
thorax light testaceous, with a metallic greenish gloss ; elytra regu-
larly punctate-striate, flavous, the sutural and lateral margins and
two large patches, one before, the other behind the middle of each
elytron, metallic violaceous blue.
Length 4 lines,
Hab, Columbia.
Head flat, impunctate, separated from the clypeus by a distinctly
angulated transverse groove ; lower part of face, a narrow median
line running upwards to the base and sides of the latter, dark brown ;
rest of the surface light testaceous with an iridescent gloss; antennez
extending to a little beyond the base of the elytra, black, basal joint
testaceous beneath, the third joint as long as the first two united,
the apical joints gradually widened. Thorax three times as broad
as long ; its sides straight at the base, rounded from the middle to
the apex ; posterior margin widened towards the middle; surface
distantly but distinctly punctured, sides impunctate and coloured
like the base of the head, forming a broad band, the posterior por-
tion of which is greatly narrowed and sharply limiting the rest of
the black surface. Scutellum oblong, black. Elytra comparatively
flat, regularly striate-punctate ; each elytron with ten rows of punc-
tures, the first short; interstices smooth, flavous or testaceous, with
the sutural and lateral margins violaceous blue, the former being”
wide at the base and gradually narrowed posteriorly ; a large patch
1880. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 171
of the same colour and of triangular shape is placed between the
fifth and ninth stria, nearly extending to the middle of the disk ;
another patch, of a little smaller size and connected by a point with
the lateral margin, is situated directly behind the middle. Under-
side and legs black.
One specimen in my collection.
Genus PraciopeERA, Redt.
_ 11. PLaAgioDERA QUADRIMACULATA, Sp. Noy.
Oblong-ovate. Black ; thorax distinctly punctate at the sides, finely
on the disk ; elytra strongly and closely punctate, each elytron with
a narrow oblique short transverse band before the middle and a large
irregularly shaped spot near the apex sanguineous.
Length 4 lines.
Hab. R. Susio, Costa Rica.
Head with a distinct longitudinal middle line, finely punctate at
the sides, more strongly towards the middle ; clypeus separated by
a triangular groove; antenne a little longer than the base of the
thorax, black, the first four joints slender, the rest transverse and
gradually widened. Thorax very narrow, about 35 times broader
than long; anterior margin strongly concave, posterior one but
slightly produced at the base; sides uarrowed from base to apex ;
anterior and posterior angles obtuse; surface much more distinctly
punctured at the sides than at the disk. Scutellum impunctate.
Elytra subparallel, rather deeply foveolate below each humeral
callus, the fovea joined by a short indistinct groove running upwards
to the base, the latter also transversely depressed ; disk closely and
strongly punctured except near the base, where the punctation is
greatly diminished ; an oblique sinuate transverse band of light red
colour is placed below the base and extends nearly to the suture,
while another rather more lighter-coloured spot of triangular shape
occupies the space below the middle, but without touching the suture
or the extremity of the elytra. Underside and legs black ; last ab-
dominal segments margined with testaceous.
Collected by Mr. Rogers.
Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection.
Genus Ausrra.ica, Chevrol.
12. AUSTRALICA VIOLACEA, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2.)
Oblong, convex. Greenish zeneous below; antennz and tarsi
fulvous; above shining violaceous blue; elytra deeply punctate-
striate.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. New Guinea.
Head very deeply and closely punctate in front, more sparingly
and finer at the vertex, with a fine longitudinal groove in the middle ;
labrum and palpi fulvous; autenne incrassated near the apex, ful-
vous. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long; the lateral margins
172 "MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Mar. 2,
straight at the base, rounded in front ; anterior margin deeply con-
cave, posterior one strongly convex; disk distantly, sides very
closely and deeply punctured, especially near the anterior angles.
Scutellum metallic green or brass-coloured. Elytra convex, with a
deep fovea at the lateral margin below the humeral callus, and a
more shallow transverse depression surrounding the fovea; surface
of each elytron with ten regular rows of deep punctures, the first of
which extends to only one third the length of the elytra ; these
punctures diminish in depth near the apex, and partly unite at the
same place; interstices perfectly smooth. Legs fulvous, with a
greenish zeneous hue.
Collected by Mr. D’Albertis, Three specimens in my collection.
Family HALTICcIN«”.
Genus Homornera, Erichs.
13. HoMoPH@TA MILITARIS, Sp. NOV.
Elongate, widened behind, convex. Black ; head and upper parts
yellowish white, more or less stained with bright rufous; elytra
impuncetate, shining, each elytron with a large spot at the base and
another below the middle black.
Length 4 lines.
Hab. Zapote, Guatemala.
Head longer than broad, rather flat, with a few distinct punctures
across the middle and round the inner orbits of the eyes, yellowish
white; the encarpe and the parts of the mouth as well as the palpi
piceous; antennz black, all the joints, with the exception of the
second, which is short, slender, and of nearly equal length. Sides
of the thorax nearly straight ; the anterior angles slightly thickened
and reaching to the middle of the eyes, but not produced in shape
of a tooth; surface impunctate. Scutellumsmooth. Elytra a little
wider at the base than the thorax, distinctly widened posteriorly,
the humeral callus but slightly depressed within ; surface impune-
tate or very finely punctured, only visible under a strong glass; a
large round spot at the base and another more transversely shaped
near the apex of each elytron of a black or dark violaceous colour,
the ground-colour being either entirely yellowish white or changing
into bright rufous along the sutural and lateral margins, the former
having this colour generally widened in the middle and at the apex.
Ma ae and legs black, closely but finely covered with yellowish
airs.
Collections of Godman and Salvin and Jacoby. Collected by Mr.
Champion.
This handsome species is almost identical in coloration with the
Lactica macula, Fabr., from which it may be at once distinguished
by the want of the thoracic transverse depression peculiar to all the
species of the genus Lactica. In those specimens which are marked
with the rufous colour the latter generally predominates at the thorax
as well, so as to leave only the anterior angles of a lighter shade.
The genus Homopheta (formerly spelt Omophoita) may be at
1880. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 173
first sight recognized by the white frontal patch of the head, which
is peculiar to all the species at present known. Von Harold has
pointed out recently the other distinguishing characters, as the
elongate metatarsus, the little-developed encarpe, and the not
tooth-like produced anterior angles of the thorax.
14, HomopHerta AFFINIS, sp. Nov.
Elongate, subparallel. Black beneath; above yellowish white, more
or less intermixed with rufous ; a spot before and another below
the middle dark brown.
Length 4—43 lines.
Hab. Capetillo, Duefias, Guatemala.
As this species resembles in most respects H. militaris, it will be
sufficient to point out the differences only.
The antennz in the present species are more robust, the joints
less elongate and filiform ; the thorax has the anterior angles greatly
thickened, and the sides are much more distinctly margined than in
H. militaris ; the elytra are more convex in the latter species as well
as dilated, while in the present insect they are more parallel. The
spots on the same parts are also differently placed and of different
shape, the basal spot of H. militaris having its place in H. affinis be-
fore the middle and nearer the suture, at the same time being obliquely
shaped and, as well as the posterior one, of a brown instead of a
black colour. The rufous colour is more visible near the base and
lateral margins, not extending so much near the suture as in mili-
taris. In other respects there is no difference between the two
insects,
Collections of Godman and Salvin and Jacoby.
15. HomorHe@ta BITZNIATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3.)
Elongate, parallel. Flavous; breast, legs, and antennze black ;
above shining purplish or bluish black ; thorax and two transverse
bands on the elytra yellowish white.
Length 33 lines.
Hab. Cayenne, Bolivia.
Head black, with the usual light frontal patch and the clypeus of
the same colour, sparingly punctate near the eyes; labrum and palpi
flavous, the former with a few long white hairs ; antennz as long as
half the body, with the third joint the longest; basal joint flavous
beneath. Thorax three times as broad as long ; sides nearly straight
at the base, rounded towards the apex; lateral margins greatly
thickened at the anterior angles, the latter produced to nearly the
extent of the eyes; anterior and posterior margins straight ; surface
impunctate. Scutellum black. Elytra parallel, not visibly punc-
tured, of a splendid dark purplish or bluish colour, with a very
regularly-shaped transverse band in the middle, and another nar-
rower one, slightly curved, near the apex, light flavous. Breast and
legs (base of the latter being sometimes flavous) black ; abdomen
flavous.
Collection of Jacoby,
174 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Mar. 2,
This species may be distinguished from H. albofasciatus, Jacoby, by
the different shape of the transverse elytral bands, which in H. albo-
fasciatus are distinctly curved, by its narrower shape and smaller
size, and the greater length of the antenne, and the long third joint
of the latter. The thorax also is differently built, and the anterior
angles much more advanced.
Genus Cpionycurs, Latreille.
16. CADIONYCHIS QUINQUEVITTATA, Sp. NOV.
Broadly ovate, convex. Below black, above light fulvoa; head
antennz, the suture, and two narrow longitudinal stripes on each
elytron (one on the disk, the other near the lateral margin) black.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. British Honduras.
Head with a few deep punctures round the inner orbit of the
eyes; encarpe fulvous, but slightly elevated, separated from the
head by a transverse groove; carina distinctly raised and sharp ;
anterior margin of labrum and the palpi fulvous; antennz black,
apex of the first three joints fulvous, fourth and fifth joints the
longest, of equal length. Thorax transverse, sides rounded and
rather broadly flattened ; anterior angles slightly produced outwards ;
surface impunctate, fulvous, irregularly spotted with piceous. Scu-
tellum black. Elytra a little widened behind the middle, convex at
their posterior half, closely and distinctly punctate, light fulvous;
the suture, a narrow stripe at the disk abbreviated near the apex,
and another one near the extreme lateral margin, joined at the apex
with the sutural one, black; inflexed limb of the elytra fulvous
outwardly, black inwardly. Underside and legs black, strongly
punctured; the outer margins of the abdominal segments and the
underside of the tarsi fulvous.
Collected by Mons. Blancaneau. Collections of Godman and
Salvin and Jacoby.
17, CEpIONYCHIS ORNATA, Sp. nov.
Broadly ovate, convex. Fuivous; a longitudinal spot at the base
of the head; the anterior legs and antennz black; elytra testa-
ceous, the suture, lateral margin, and a longitudinal stripe abbrevi-
ated at the apex, on the disk of each elytron, deep black.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Capetillo, Guatemala.
Head with a few punctures near the eyes, fulvous; encarps
slightly raised, piceous; carina indistinct ; base of head with a short
longitudinal black stripe; antennee with the third and fourth joints
of equal length, the rest robust. Thorax of nearly equal width,
sides broadly flattened, anterior angles obtuse ; disk minutely punc-
tured, with seven rather indistinct piceous spots (3. 4). Scutellum
black. Elytra convex, closely and strongly punctured, pale testa-
ceous; a narrow sutural and lateral stripe joined at the apex, and
another between the two, interrupted at a little distance from the
1880. } PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 175
apex, black ; inflexed limb of the elytra black; the two anterior pair
of legs of the same colour. Underside and posterior legs fulvous.
Sufficiently distinguished from quinquevittata by the colour of the
underside and the position of the lateral elytral stripe, which covers the
lateral margin instead of running parallel to it, as in the former species.
Collections of Godman and Salvin and my own. ;
18. GEpronycuIs CRUCIGERA, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4.)
Ovate, convex. Piceous below, above yellowish white; a broad
transverse band across the middle, a narrow one near the apex and
another at the extreme base of the elytra as well as the suture
narrowly purplish metallic.
Length 4 lines.
Hab. Brazil.
Head distinctly foveolate between the eyes, black ; inner orbit of
the eyes fulvous; three basal and the apical joint of the antenne
obscure fulvous. Anterior angles of thorax slightly produced into
a short rounded tooth ; sides straight at the base, rounded towards
the apex; surface impunctate. Scutellum black. Elytra convex,
nearly parallel, closely and finely punctured; the median transverse
band straight and broad, connected narrowly by the suture with
another very narrow band near the apex, and a still narrower one at
the extreme base, none of these bands touching the lateral margins.
Underside and legs piceous, stained here and there with dark brown.
A specimen which I take for a variety has the posterior band
enlarged into a triangular patch, which occupies the entire apex, and
extends upwards along the lateral margin.
In my collection.
19. GApIONYCHIS VARIEGATA, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 5.)
. clavicornis, Clark, MS.
Broadly ovate, convex. Fulvous or dark brown below ; above light
fulvous or flavous ; four apical joints of the antennze, lateral margins
and five spots of the thorax, and two or three broad, irregularly -
shaped, transverse bands of the elytra black.
Length 34-4 lines.
Hab. Brazil.
Head minutely granulate; encarpe not distinct; carina triangu-
lar, widened anteriorly ; antenn short, the apical joints transverse,
broader than long, fourth joint the longest. Thorax more than
three times as broad as long; posterior margin distinctly sinuate ;
sides round, flattened, their anterior angles much thickened, but not
produced ; surface minutely granulate, like the head, and covered
with very small punctures, flavous; three small spots in the middle
of the disk near the base, and two above them, as well as the ex-
treme lateral margins, black. Scutellum flavous. Elytra widened
in the middle, pointed at the apex; surface granulate and punc-
tured, like the thorax ; a broad, transverse, basal band, widened pos-
teriorly at the suture, and having attached to it at each side a round
spot, black ; another bidentate broad band occupies the middle, and
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XII. 12
176 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Mar. 2,
is connected with a larger or smaller irregularly-shaped elongate
apical spot near the suture, which in some specimens is almost obso-
lete ; besides these bands two small black spots are placed near the
lateral margins, one at the shoulder and the other immediately
below it. Upper surface of the femora and tibiee marked with a
black line.
This rather peculiarly-shaped species may be easily recognized by
the short antennz, the apical joints of which are distinctly transverse.
In my collection.
20. GEDIONYCHIS DUODECIM-MACULATA, Sp. Nov.
Subelongate-ovate. Dark brown below base of head and antenna,
black ; thorax bright fulvous ; elytra dark bluish black, each elytron
with six pale yellow spots (1, 2, 2, 1).
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Capetillo, Guatemala.
Head as long as broad, impunctate ; clypeus fulvous or testaceous ;
antennee nearly as long as half the body, the middle joints slightly
dilated, first joint robust, thick and short, second joint half the
length, moniliform, third joint but little longer, the terminal joint
the longest. Sides of thorax round, the anterior angles scarcely
visibly produced, but acute; surface impunctate, rather convex.
Elytra very distinctly and closely punctured, black with a bluish or
violaceous tint, shining; two spots at the base, four transversely
placed in the middle, four others below the middle, and two at the
extreme apex light flavous. Underside and femora fulvous, tibice
piceous.
In Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection and my own. Col-
lected by Mr. Champion.
21. pIONYCHIS OBSCURIPENNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.)
Broadly ovate, widened behind, convex. Black; above obscure
light brown; elytra distinctly punctate.
Length 34-43 lines.
Hab. Chanchamayo, Peru.
Head smooth, impunctate, longitudinally grooved ; encarpze and
carina broad, the latter short; antennze extending to nearly half
the length of the elytra; first joint robust, widened at the apex,
third joint twice as long as the second, fourth the longest, the
three basal joints shining, the rest pubescent, black. Thorax
narrowly transverse, anterior and posterior margins straight, sides
broadly flattened, the lateral margins much rounded towards the
apex; anterior angles thickened, acute, but scarcely produced into
a tooth; surface scarcely visibly punctate. Scutellum black.
Elytra greatly widened and convex posteriorly, distinctly margined ;
the surface closely covered with distinct punctures, light brown,
intermixed with lighter roundish spots, giving the surface a rather
mottled appearance. Underside, with the exception of the thorax,
and legs entirely black, shining and sparingly pubescent.
Three specimens in my collection,
1880.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 177
: 22. @pionycuts QUINQUEMACULATA, sp. noy. (Plate XVIII.
bra
Elongate, widened behind. Black ; clypeus, thorax, and elytra
fulvous, the latter with five elongate black Spots (3, 2),
Length 4 lines.
Hab. Chanchamayo, Peru.
Head longer than broad, attenuate, black, impunctate ; encarpze
and carina rather flattened ; clypeus fulvous or testaceous; antennse
filiform, basal joint slender, second rather longer than usual, third
and fourth joints subequal, black, the base of the first three joints
obscure fulvous. Thorax about two and a half times as broad as
long, sides flattened, lateral margins moderately rounded, anterior
angles produced into rather long acute teeth; surface entirely
impunctate. Scutellum black, Elytra obsoletely impressed below
the base, widened posteriorly, very finely punctate, in some specimens
almost disappearing, fulvous ; an elongate short streak at the humeral
callus, a triangular spot surrounding the scutellum, and two other
elongate sublateral Spots near the apex black. Underside and
legs black.
In my collection.
23. (HpIonycuIs BINOTATA, sp.nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8.)
Elongate. Black below; above yellowish grey ; antennze, disk of
the thorax, and two large patches near the apex of the elytra black.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Amazons.
Base of head swollen, impunctate, a spot behind each eye black ;
antenne long, filiform, first three Joints pale testaceous below, the
rest black, second joint short, the others very nearly equal in
length. Thorax convex at the disk, sides depressed and flattened,
anterior angles thickened but not produced ; surface smooth,
impunctate, black, the sides yellowish grey. Scutellum fuscous.
Elytra elongate, parallel, moderately convex, very finely and closely
punctured, of a pale yellowish grey; each elytron with an elongate
large black patch below the middle, not touching the margins nor
the apex. Underside and legs black.
Type in my collection.
24. Gpronycuis TREDECIM-MACULATA, Sp. nov.
Ovate, dilated posteriorly. Fulvous ; antennee, first four joints
excepted, black; elytra fulvous, with thirteen black round spots
(3, 4, 4, 2).
Length 23 lines.
Hab. Mexico.
Head rather flattened, impunctate ; antennz as long as half the
body, third and fourth joints of equal length, four basal joints
fulvous shining, the rest black, pubescent. Thorax with the
posterior margin rounded and produced in the middle, the sides
rounded and flattened, and the anterior angles acute, but scarcely
produced ; surface impunctate, fulyous, stained with piceous. Scu-
tellum black. Elytra closely punctate, the interstices subrugose,
12*
178 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 2,
with the spots placed as follows :—one at each shoulder close to the
base, one surrounding the scutellum, four transversely placed before,
four others in a semicircle behind the middle, and two near the apex
close to the lateral margins. Underside fulvous, breast piceous.
Two specimens in my collection.
25. CEDIONYCHIS NIGRICOLLIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 10.)
Ovate, convex. Piceous below; tibiee and antenne fulvous; head
and thorax black, rugose punctate; elytra fulvous, three trans-
versely placed spots before and four smaller ones behind the middle,
black.
Length 23 lines.
Hab. —?
Head longer than broad, deeply punctured at the vertex; lower
part of face and the antenne fulvous; third joint of the latter
longer than the fourth, the rest thickened gradually. Thorax
comparatively long, anterior angles produced into a short tooth,
sides flattened ; surface closely rugose-punctate and finely granulate,
black, with a greenish hue, the extreme lateral margins flavous.
Scutellum black. Elytra convex, deeply and closely punctate,
light fulvous or flavous, with part of the extreme base and the first
third of the sutural margin (the latter widened behind into a round
spot) black ; besides these marks each elytron has three other spots—
one transverse-shaped before the middle, between the lateral margin
and the sutural spot, and two behind the middle obliquely placed
and of smaller size, of which the inner one is placed close to the
sutural margin. Underside piceous; inner edge of the posterior
femora and the tibize and tarsi fulvous.
Two specimens in my collection.
26. CEDIONYCHIS GODMANI, Sp. nov.
Broadly ovate. Dark brown; antennz obscure piceous, first
three joints flavous; above flavous; elytra finely punctate, a basal
transverse band and a large patch behind the middle on each
elytron dark brown.
Length 33-4 lines.
Hab. Costa Rica and Chontales (Nicaragua).
Head with a fine longitudinal groove at the vertex, the latter
impunetate dark brown; lower part of face flavous; encarpse but
little raised ; carina short, swollen; antennze reaching to one third
the length of the body, first joint much thickened, of almost equal
size, second joint one third shorter than the third, the rest
pubescent. Sides of thorax much rounded, anterior angles thickened
aud produced in shape of a short tooth ; surface impunctate, flavous.
Elytra closely punctate, the punctuation diminishing towards the
apex, flavous, the base being occupied by a broad dark brown band
which does not touch the lateral margins, while a large round patch
of the same colour is situated behind the middle, leaving the lateral
margin and apex of the ground-colour. Entire underside and legs
dark brown.
1880. | PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 179
Collected by Mr. H. Belt and Mr. Rogers.
Types in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection and my own.
27. CADIONYCHIS SALVINI, Sp. nov.
Broadly ovate. Dark brown below, above flavous testaceous ;
antenne and base of head black; elytra closely and rather deeply
punctate, flavous ; a subquadrate sutural spot surrounding the scu-
tellum, a narrow streak at the shoulders, and two short transverse
bands behind the middle bluish black.
Length 4 lines.
Hab. Zapote, Guatemala, and Costa Rica.
Head with a few deep punctures at the vertex, the latter black ;
lower part of face flavous, stained more or less with piceous ; antennz
black, the first joint slender, stained with fulvous below. Thorax
rather convex, the sides straight at the extreme base, from there to
the apex rounded; the anterior angies much thickened and strongly
produced outwards ; surface finely but distinctly punctured. Elytra
convex, subparallel, strongly and closely punctured, flavous, spotted
with black ; the sutural spot is broadest at the base, its sides deeply
concave ; the apex nearly straight; the shoulder-spots consist of a
short narrow streak, while the transverse postmedian bands do not
quite touch the sutural nor lateral margins, the apical spot being
rather round. Entire underside and legs ferruginous.
Var. The basal spot of broad and round shape, separated at the
apex, the shoulder-spot wanting, and the transverse bands united
into a large round spot. This variety I also possess from Costa Rica.
Collected by Mr. Champion.
Types in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection and my own.
28. CEDIONYCHIS STEINHEILI, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 9.)
Broadly ovate. Piceous, above fulvous ; elytra distinctly punctured,
a broad transverse band at the base and a large patch below the
middle dark violaceous blue.
Length 5 lines.
Hab. Columbia.
Head very minutely punctured; encarpe and carina rather
flattened and broad ; antennz long, filiform, third joint double the
length of the second and half the length of the fourth joint,
piceous. Thorax transversely convex, sides broadly flattened and
slightly excavated ; lateral margins very round, narrowed from base
to apex ; posterior margin straight; anterior angles produced into
rather large teeth of square shape; surface closely but scarcely more
strongly punctured than the head. Scutellum fulvous. LElytra
wider at the base than the thorax, much widened towards the
middle, distinctly margined, closely and a little more strongly punc-
tured than the head, the dark blue bands not touching the lateral
margins. Underside and legs piceous, abdomen fulvous.
At once distinguished from @. bifasciata, Baly, by its large size,
the dark underside and antenne.
Two specimens in my collection.
180 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Mar. 2,
29. CGEDIONYCHIS ABBREVIATA, sp. nov.
Broadly ovate. Fulvous; elytra distinctly punctured, fulvous or
flavous, a broad transverse basal band and two others behind the
middle, none of them touching the lateral margins, violaceous blue.
Var. The posterior bands united into a large patch.
Length 33—4 lines.
Hab. Amazons.
Head with a few distinct punctures at the vertex and a deep fovea
in the middle; antenne entirely fulvous or piceous, with the first
three joints fulvous. Thorax about three times as broad as long, its
sides broadly flattened, anterior angles produced into a blunt tooth,
surface minutely punctured ; scutellum fulvous. Elytra closely
punctate, longitudinally impressed within the humeral callus ;
surface rather convex, with three violaceous blue bands across the
disk, the two posterior ones of which are closely approached and
narrower than the basal one. Underside and legs fulvous.
This species seems closely allied to bifasciata, Baly; but the
antennee and apex of the posterior femora are described as black,
and only two elytral bands are mentioned, It may, however, turn out
to be a variety of Baly’s species.
Three specimens in my collection.
30. GEDIONYCHIS MARGINICOLLIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 11.)
Oblong-ovate, convex. Black below (tarsi excepted), above vio-
laceous blue ; sides of the thorax and a narrow sutural and marginal
vitta of the elytra, united at the base and apex, flavous,
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Rio Janeiro.
Head deeply punctured at the vertex, about as broad as long; eyes
prominent ; antennze black, the two basal and the apical joints
fulvous. Thorax comparatively broad, sides flattened and evenly
rounded ; anterior angles acute, but not produced into a tooth;
surface impunctate, black, lateral margins flavous. Elytra convex,
widened behind the middle, strongly punctured at the base, less so
towards the apex; each elytron with a curved, narrow, longitudinal
vitta near the suture and the lateral margin flavous; the sutural
vitta forms a continued line with the flavous thoracic margin, and
unites at the base and the apex with the lateral band, the space be-
tween the two bands being widest in the middle of the elytra;
epipleurze of the latter also flavous. Underside and legs black ;
extreme apex of the tibize and the tarsi fulvous.
Type in my collection.
At first sight this species seems closely allied to cosmogramica,
Harold ; but the punctuation of the elytra and the coloration of the
legs and antenne distinguish it.
31. CADIONYCHIS SEX-PLAGIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 12.)
Oblong-ovate. Fulvous ; above flavous; disk of thorax, the suture,
and three transverse bands on each elytron fulvous.
Length 33 lines.
1880. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 18]
Hab. Amazons.
Head as broad as long, deeply punctate near the inner orbit of
the eyes, and longitudinally grooved in the middle ; antenne entirely
fulvous, third joint not much longer than the second, apical joints
gradually thickened and subquadrate. Sides of thorax flattened and
deeply depressed, with a distinct fold running parallel to the lateral
margins ; anterior angles much thickened, but scarcely produced ;
surface finely punctate, fulvous, the extreme lateral margins as far
as the depressed portion flavous. Elytra widened behind the middle,
closely and more strongly punctured than the thorax, flavous; a tri-
angular patch below the base, a transverse broad band immediately
below the middle, and another triangular-shaped patch near the
apex, together with the suture, fulvous; the colour of the latter
widens considerably towards the base and surrounds the scutellum ;
none of the above patches touch the lateral or sutural margins,
Underside and legs fulvous.
Three specimens in my collection.
32. CipIONYCHIS LATICOLLIS, sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate. Piceous below, above ferruginous or fulvous;
disk of thorax, a square broad patch at the base of each elytron and
another below the middle black.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Duefas, Guatemala, and Columbia.
Head longer than broad, with the usual transverse groove between
the eyes and a few deep punctures at the base; antenne robust,
the third joint double the length of the second, black. Thorax
about twice as broad as long, comparatively broad, its sides broadly
flattened and rounded ; the anterior ngles not produced into a tooth,
but thickened and reaching to the middle of the eyes; posterior
margin perfectly straight ; surface very minutely punctured when
seen under a strong lens, ferruginous ; the entire disk occupied by a
transverse black band. Scutellum piceous. Elytra very convex,
rather broadly margined, punctured like the thorax; a large, square
black patch is placed at the base and extends to the middle, and
another one, the posterior margin of which is rounded, is situated
immediately below the middle ; neither of these marks extends to the
sutural or lateral margins, and the space between them is very
narrow. In the specimen from Guatemala the entire head is black,
and the space on the disk of the elytra which divides the two
patches is stained with flavous near the suture; but in all other
respects the insect resembles completely the Columbian form.
Types in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection and my own.
Note on a formerly described Species.
METAXYONYCHA RUFOLIMBATA, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 987.
This species has been erroneously described by me under the above
generic name; it is identical with Colaspis cruentata, Leféy.
182 MESSRS. GODMAN AND DISTANT ON [ Mar. 2,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
Fig. 1. Stilodes steinheili, p. 170. Fig. 8. dionychis binotata, p. 177.
2. Australica violacea, p. 171. 9. steinheili, p. 179.
3. Homopheta biteniatus, p. 173. 10. nigricollis, p. 178.
4. Cdionychis crucigera, p. 175. ll. marginicollis, p. 180.
5. variegata, p. 175. 12. sexplagiata, p. 180.
6. obscuripennis, p. 176.
7. —— quinguemaculata, p. 177.
7. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Plectrurus from
Malabar. By Col. R. A. Breppomz, C.M.Z.S.
[Received February 21, 1880.]
PLECTRURUS AUREUS, 0. Sp.
Snout obtusely conical ; head-shield as in the genus, the supra-
orbital about half as large as the postoculars; no temporals. Scales
in 15 rows ; ventrals 165, twice as broad as the adjoining scales ;
subcaudals twelve pairs ; scales of the tail keeled ; the horny terminal
scale with two double points one above the other. Length 14
inches, of which the tail is about 1 inch. Of a brilliant yellow colour,
brighter beneath, the scales edged with violet; with or without a
few irregular narrow violet-black cross bars along the back; the belly
much ornamented with broad violet-black cross bars, sometimes
somewhat confluent ; tail beneath with a long triangular violet-black
blotch. The brilliant golden colour fades rapidly in spirit, as the
yellow colour in these Uropelts always does, often turning the spirit
quite yellow.
Two examples of this snake were captured on the Chambra
mountain in Wynad, near Kalpatty—one under an old rotten log
at 6000 feet elevation, the other under a large stone at 4500 feet,
both in heavy evergreen forest. The species is one of the most
beautiful of the tribe.
8. Descriptions of five new Species of Rhopalocera from
East Africa. By F. D. Gopman and W. L. Disranr.
[Received March 1, 1880.]
(Plate XIX.)
A short time ago Mr. Bates kindly gave Mr. Salvin and myself a
small collection of Butterflies to select from, made by Mr. J.T. Last
in the Gnuru Hills, opposite Zanzibar. It contained principally the
common species which are widely distributed throughout the east
coast; but amongst them were several specimens of a fine new Danais,
and a single example of a Physceneura, which I think ought to
be described. To these descriptions I have added that of an
Acrea procured by Mr. Jesse in Abyssinia in 1868, which has
P.Z.5.1880 Pl. XVill
Purkiss lth
Hanhart mmp.
NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA.
1880. ] NEW RHOPALOCERA. 183
remained in our collection ever since unnamed. Mr. Distant has
taken this opportunity of describing two more novelties from the
same quarter from Mr. Horniman’s collection.
Danats rormosa, Godm., n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)
Exp. 4 in,
Brownish black : basal half of primaries rufous; a subquadrate
whitish spot near the end of the cell, a large irregular one below it,
divided unequally by the second branch of the median nervure ;
three small spots below this, and three transverse ones beyond the
cell, a fourth in a line with these nearer the outer margin ; two sub-
apical and a submarginal row of smaller spots: secondaries with
basal half whitish, divided by dark nervures ; two whitish spots
beyond the cell, above which is a dull rufous patch and a double
irregular line of submarginal white spots: below as above, but colours
aler.
: Hab. Gnuru Hills, East Africa (Zast).
Mus. G. &S.
Resembles Danais petiverana, but may be easily distinguished
from that species by having the primaries more elongate and the
basal half rufous; the basal streak within the cell and the two spots
below the first section of the median nervure are wanting; the basal
half also of the secondaries is whitish, divided by blackish nervures.
D. petiverana appears to be identical with D. leonora of Butler, and is
closely allied to C. limniace of Cramer, and of which species it is the
African form. As Mr. Butler has pointed out, it differs from C.
limniace in having no white streak below the submedian nervure,
and in the markings generally being broader. All our specimens of
D. petiverana are from the west coast, whereas the present species is
from the Gnurn Mountains in the interior, opposite Zanzibar.
PHYSCENEURA PIONE, Godm., n. sp. (Plate XIX. figs. 2, 3.)
Exp. 1°8 in.
Costa and exterior margin of both wings brown ; two parallel fine
submarginal white lines near the outer margin of both wings, within
which is a row of five rufous ocelli with faint black pupils; a broad
brown streak on the inner margin of primaries ; interior area of both
wings milky white, showing the markings of the underside. Beneath
whitish, both wings crossed by transverse wavy blackish lines united
at many points; a whitish interval on the discal area, beyond which
is an ochreous band marked with a row of five silvery spots in the
primaries and six in the secondaries ; there is also a round ochreous
spot with silvery pupil on the costa at the end of the cell, and three
fine submarginal paraliel black lines in both wings.
Hab. Guuru Hills, East Africa (Last).
Mus. G. & 8.
Closely allied to P. panda of Boisduval, but may readily be
distinguished from that species by its having the interior area of both
wings milky white instead of brown; it differs also in other par-
ticulars already pointed out.
OO
/
4
184 MESSRS. GODMAN AND DISTANT ON [Mar. 2,
Acr2A cuiLo, Godm., n. sp. (Plate XIX. figs. 4, 5.)
3. Exp. 2°7 in.
Brick-red : costa and outer margin of primaries black, the latter
marked with seven red spots; three black spots within the cell—one
at the end, one in the middle, and the third towards the base; a
transverse line of three confluent black spots beyond the cell, three
immediately below the median nervure, and one towards the anal
angle; secondaries blackish at the base, with exterior margin black,
faintly spotted with red, seven or eight black spots on the inner
area. Beneath as above, but paler; secondaries pinkish white,
marked throughout with scattered black spots; exterior margin
black, strongly marked with a row of white spots.
@. Larger and pgler; primaries diaphanous.
Hab. Kolamet, Bebka valley, Abyssinia (Jesse).
Mus. G. & S.
Two specimens only of this species have come under our notice,
a male and female, brought by Mr. Jesse from Abyssinia in 1868,
and these have remained unnamed in our collection ever since. It
does not appear to have any very close allies.
ACR&A INSIGNIS, Distant, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 6.)
3. Upper wings above with rather more than basal half reddish
orange, remaining apical portion and costa smoky hyaline, with the ner-
vures darker ; the basal reddish portion extends to end of cell, where
there is a small black spot, and is then slightly curved to posterior
angle; the inner margin is faintly black, and there is a small linear
basal streak of the same colour.
Lower wings above reddish orange, with the hind margin narrowly
black, and two somewhat large black spots in the cell, one at base and
the other at apex; a spot of the same size and colour between second
and third median nervules, immediately adjoining median nervure,
from which the space to abdominal margin and median nervure is
also almost completely suffused with black. In a second specimen
these spots are all fused into one irregular large black basal patch.
Underside.—Upper wings as above, but the reddish basal portion
very much paler. Lower wings pale ochreous, with a red sub-
marginal band adjoining the black marginal border; black spots
as above, but rather larger and more fused, with a few small basal
ochreous spots near abdominal margin.
©. Resembles 3; fore wing with spot at end of cell larger, and
hind wings with the black spots somewhat smaller and more
segregated.
Exp. wings 2,2, inches.
Hab. Magila, East Africa.
This species belongs to the section of the genus represented
by A. horta, Linn., to which it is allied; but it differs in the
less number of spots in both wings, and in the much larger size and
arrangement of those in the lower one; the posterior marginal border
to the lower wing is also continuous and not macular as in A. horta.
This is almost certainly the species described by Mr. Hewitson
Hanhart imp
Murkiss lith
EAST AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA
i
pote
RP ks ee
y <2
1880.] NEW RHOPALOCERA. 185
(Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 155, 1877) as 4. buxtoni. The name
had, however, been previously used by Mr. Butler (Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xvi. p. 395, 1875). This probably having reached
Hewitson’s knowledge subsequently, induced that author to suppress
his species, for it does not appear in Mr. Kirby’s catalogue of his
collection, its place only being indicated by a record of four
undetermined specimens from Zanzibar. We have examined these :
they are without any specific label or indication, but are clearly refer-
able to the species here described.
Precis actrA, Distant, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 7.)
2. Above allied to the West-African form of P. amestris, but
apex of fore wing and apical angle of lower wing more produced
and pointed. The colour above is much paler; the six submarginal
spots are all red, and have not the upper two white as in P. amestris ;
the lower three of these spots are inwardly margined with three
black spots with very obscure white pupils, and are fused in the
discal transverse bluish-green fascia; the three upper ones are
preceded by three white spots, of which the first is very indistinct.
Lower wing with the red spots more regular and fused into a regu-
larly curved fascia, inwardly margined by a row of six black spots
also regularly arranged.
Underside dull ochreous ; both wings crossed by a transverse
fuscous line, somewhat paler outwardly, curved at costa of fore
wings, but becoming straighter at upper subcostal nervule, and
carried regularly across lower wing to anal augle, whereit is slightly
curved; a faint waved submarginal line; two of the white sub-
apical spots are visible below, and the black spots of the upper surface
are also obscurely discernible.
Q. Exp. wings 274; inches.
Hab. Masassi, East Africa.
Besides the above-mentioned differences on the upperside, the
uniform ochreous colour of the underside and the absence of mottled
markings thereon are sufficient to separate this species from Precis
amestris.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.
Fig.1. Danais formosa, p. 183.
2. Physceneura pione, p. 183.
3. , under side.
4. <Acreachilo 3, p. 184,
5. :
6 insignis, p. 184.
7. Precis actia, p. 185.
186 MR. W. K. PARKER ON CROCODILUS PALUSTRIS. [ Mar. 16,
March 16, 1880.
Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during February 1880 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of February was 102, of which 14 were by
birth, 37 by presentation, 42 by purchase, and 9 on deposit. The
total number of departures during the same period, by death and
removal, was 75.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. Two female Thars (Capra jemlaica), mother and young, pre-
sented by H.R.H. the Prince of Wales on the 5th February, 1880.
The mother is the same animal that was brought home by the Prince
of Wales on his return from India in 1876, and was deposited for
some time in the Society’s Gardens’. The young female was born
whilst the mother was in the Society’s Gardens. The male, which
arrived at the same time, is unfortunately dead; so that another
male of this species would be a very desirable acquisition to the
Society’s Menagerie.
2. Two Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), purchased February
19th, being the first examples of this fine Himalayan Sheep that
have been acquired by the Society.
Mr. W. K. Parker exhibited the eggs and embryos of some
Crocodiles (Crocodilus palustris) obtained in Ceylon by Dr. W. R.
Kynsey, Principal Medical Officer of Colombo, and kindly placed at
Mr. Parker’s disposal for embryological investigations by Sir Joseph
Fayrer, F.Z.S. Mr. Parker read the following notes on the breeding
of this Crocodile by S. Waytialingam, the native Assistant at
the Civil Hospital, who had formed the collection:—
“13th September, 1879.
“JT have been giving my close attention for the last two months to
the eggs of Crocodiles. I find they commence to lay eggs in the
months of June, July, and August, particularly in the former two
months. They do not lay in muddy places, but always select sandy
soil. They go far from the embankments of the tanks or pools in
which they live in search of such suitable soils; and I have seen
places where they have laid eggs at distances of from a quarter to
half a mile from their water-places, where they live in holes made
for themselves for the time being.
“ They always try, if possible, to secure a part of the jungle un-
frequented either by men or cattle.
“They make, first, a large hole for themselves to live in during
the day in order to watch their eggs, and then make a small hole
near and sometimes at the very mouth of the previous one, and lay the
1 See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 464.
1880.] | MR. E. R. ALSTON ON ANTECHINOMYS LANIGERA. 187
eggs in layers, one over the other, very nicely arranged in a circular
form. They throw a very thin and loose covering of sand over them
to the depth of about 12 or 13 inches, and then make a small heap
of sand over the place,
“Very much like the Iguanas, Crocodiles also seem to lay all their
eggs (between twenty and thirty in number) at the same time, and
never disturb the nest until the hatching-time is finished, which
lasts nearly ten weeks.
“They generally watch the eggs during the day, remaining in the
hole made for themselves, and go at night in search of food. Ona
cloudy and rainy days they are frequently seen upon the eggs, perhaps
to warm them, but at other times move about the place or remain in
the hole.
“ All these actions are performed by the females; the males are
never seen about the nesting-place.
“They do not allow anybody to go near the eges; they make a
fearful roaring noise, and attempt to attack people who go near.
They keep a very strict watch, and very seldom or never quit the place
during the day; but the wild Jackal (a sagacious brute) watches
them carefully, and sometimes gets at the eggs in the absence of the
mother.
“It is very difficult to find out the spot where the eges are laid
by Crocodiles, although they usually lay near the hole in which
they live.
“The mother, who watches the place where the eggs are laid, never
interferes with the nest, but carefully and attentively waits until the
young are hatched, and then takes them into her large hole and
under her protection, where they remain under her care for some
time.”
Mr. Edward R. Alston exhibited a coloured drawing of an
adolescent specimen of Tapirus dowi in the Paris Museum, for which
he was indebted to the kindness of Prof. A. Milne-Edwards. This
individual, which was of an almost uniform dark-brown colour, had
been obtained by Mr. Carmiol on the Atlantic coast of Costa Rica, thus
negativing Mr. Alston’s former suggestion that Dow’s Tapir might
prove to be confined to the Pacific slopes of Central America!. The
British Museum has lately received a skeleton of J. bairdi from the
same district, proving that the two forms are found together, at least
in some localities.
Mr. Alston also exhibited a specimen of a remarkable and little.
known Australian Marsupial, dntechinomys lanigera ( Gd.), belonging
to the Museum of the University of Cambridge, remarking that Mr.
Gould’s original illustration* was so misleading, and Mr. Kreffi’s
generic characters* so insufficient, that it was only by a reference to
* P.Z.8. 1879, p. 666. re
* Mamm, of Austr. i. pl. xxxiii. ° P.Z. 8. 1866, p. 434.
188 MR. PARKER ON THE SKULL OF CHAMELEONS. [Mar. 16,
the type specimen in the British Museum that he had been able to
identify the form. He hoped to be able ere long to give a full account
of its structure.
Mr. W. A. Forbes, F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society, read a
description of the male generative organs of the Sumatran Rhino-
ceros (Rhinoceros sumatrensis), as observed in an adult male specimen
which died in the Society’s Gardens in 1879.
This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
Mr. W. K. Parker read the following abstract of a memoir on the
structure of the skull in the Chameleons :—
“TI have worked out the skull in the adult and newly-hatched
young of Chameleo vulgaris and in the adult of C. pumilus. The
results satisfy me that the Chameleons are a very isolated group, far
further removed from the ordinary Lacertilia than even the New-
Zealand Hatteria (or Sphenodon).
‘‘ Their skull is extremely ornate, and greatly developed upwards
and behind by the breaking up of the parietal region into three bones,
the middle piece becoming the large arched crest.
“They have no ‘ epipterygoidean columella,’ only one vomer, an
abortively developed single premaxillary, an arrested auditory appa-
ratus, with no drum-cavity, no cochlea, and no fenestra rotunda.
The basihyal is as long as the skull and highly ossified; the
teeth are all ankylosed to the upper and lower jaws. These, and
many other things, show that these Lizards require to be kept at a
great distance (zoologically) from all the other groups.
«By comparing the skulls of the new-born Chameleon, of the adult
of the Dwarf Chameleon, and of the adult of the Common Chameleon
with those of other Lizards, especially of the typical genus Lacerta,
I have been able to understand the modifications that have taken
place in this most extraordinary type, in the skull of which I have
counted as many as twenty-five modifications of structure as com~
pared with what is normal in the Lacertilia.
«« A species of Iguanoid from Mexico, viz. Lemanotus longipes,
has a very small and greatly crested skull, which gives this Lizard a
very Chameleonoid appearance. This skull, with that of the less-
modified Dwarf Chameleon, has helped me greatly.
«‘ The skull of the newly hatched young of the typical Chameleon
comes very near that of the young of any other kind of Lizard in
the condition of its roof-bones—the parts that become so transformed
afterwards ; and in passing from it to the skull of the adult, I have
been glad to lay down any stepping-stones I could find.
*« At some future time I hope to give the morphology of the skull
in Lemanotus and in Hatteria.”
This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’
‘The following papers were read :-—
e i v » Ke
ann ' en
Ye eae es Th giao
ae ; “ A
ny : ri Z
4 ”
a
4
—" <>
<a. ae
Ae es
P 4.5. 1830 Fae
par
2
3
TURDUS MARANONICUS
J.Smit lith. Hamhart imp.
.
2)
a
—
:
7
Smat hth
CONOTHRAUPIS SPECULIGERA.
1880.] ON BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 189
1. Listades Oiseaux recueillis au Nord du Pérou par M.
Stolzmann pendant les derniers mois de 1878 et dans
la premiére moitié de 1879. Par M. L. Taczanowsk1,
C.M.Z.8.
[Received February 24, 1880.]
(Plates XX. & XXI.)
Les espéces comprises dans cette liste ont été recueillies dans trois
localités, voisines de celles de la liste précédente, et peu éloignées
entre elles, mais si différentes sous le rapport des conditions natu-
relles, que chacune d’elles posséde un certain nombre d’oiseaux
particuliers. Ces localités sont :
Chepen, cote élevée de 400 pieds au-dessus de la surface de
Pocéan. Le climat y est sec comme sur toute la céte péruvienne.
Ca et 14 on trouve des algarrobes; dans le voisinage des eaux les
saules (Salix humboldti) abondent.
Cutervo, sierra élevée de 9000 pieds au-dessus du niveau de la
mer. La plus grande partie des oiseaux a été recueillie dans une
forét voisine (Montafia de Angurra), située entre 9400 et 10000 pieds
d’altitude. Cette forét abonde en lauriers. Une certaine espeéce de
Loranthus (Balina) et un certain Berberis attirent les Oiseaux-
mouches.
Callacate (Quichna), 4 une altitude renfermée entre 4800 et 5200
pieds. Le caractére de cette localité est analogue 4 celui du littoral,
avec un mélange considérable de plantes serranes. Parmi les plantes
caractéristiques on peut citer Croton, Cactus, Mimosa, Celtis (is
Bombax. Comme dans la liste précédente, toutes les espéces non
comprises dans les listes antérieures de MM. Jelski et Stolzmann
sont marquées d’un astérique; 29 espéces sont done nouvelles pour
Yexploration de ces deux yoyageurs, et plusieurs d’entre elles
nouvelles pour la faune péruvienne.
TURDIDZ.
1. TuRDUs MARANONICUS, Stolzm. MS. (Plate XX.)
Turdus, sp.?, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 221. sp. 2.
Supra cum alis et cauda fusco-olivaceus unicolor ; subtus albus,
fusco crebre squammulatus, pectore fulvo lavato; ventre medio
subcaudalibusque albis immaculatis ; subalaribus margineque in-
terno remigum fulvescentibus ; rostro nigricanti-brunneo.
3 et 2. Téte, dos, ailes et queue d’un brun olivatre, assez foncé,
uniforme ; tout le dessous blanc, lavé légérement de fauve roussatre
sur la poitrine, et de grisdtre sur les flancs, strié de brun sur la
gorge, et squammulé en formant des raies transversales presque con-
tinues sur la poitrine et l’abdomen, largement sur la poitrine et les
flanes, et moins largement sur l’abdomen; le milieu du ventre et
les subcaudales blancs et unicolores; subalaires et les plumes axil-
laires fauves-jaunatres-pales, le bord interne des rémiges d’un jaunatre
190 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 16,
plus intense que celui des tectrices subalaires. Bec brun-noiratre ;
pattes brunes ; iris brun-foncé.
Oiseau jeune en premier plumage différe des adultes par des stries
roussatres, trés-fines, sur le milieu de toutes les plumes du sommet
de la téte et du dos, qui sur les scapulaires sont presque réduites a
la baguette seule dans toute sa longueur; et toutes ces plumes sont
plus ou moins largement bordées d’une nuance plus foncée que le
reste du fond ; dans toutes les tectrices alaires la baguette est rousse,
élargie 4 l’extrémité en une large tache terminale ; les grandes tec-
trices bordées 4 l’extrémité de roux, en formant une bande transalaire
continue. Le dessous du corps est également varié comme dans les
adultes, mais les squammules foncées sont plus denses sur la poitrine,
et moins larges sur abdomen. Bee d’un brun plus pale; pattes
cornées ; iris brun-foncé.
3d. Long. de l’aile 117, queue 97, bee depuis la commissure 28,
tarse 29mm. @. Long. de laile 115, queue 95, bec depuis la
commissure 28, tarse 28 mm.
Les ceufs, trouvés au commencement d’avril, ressemblent 4 ceux du
T. viscivorus; le fond est blanc, légérement verdatre, varié de
grosses taches irréguliéres, pas trop denses, violatres-pdles, et
d’autres brunes-roussatres assez foncées. Dimensions: 28 x 20°3,
28°2 x 20°2, 28°5 x 20°2 mm.
Une paire d’adultes et deux jeunes de Callacate; les adultes en
mue fort avancée, recueillis le 16 et le 22 mai; les jeunes le 20 et le
25 mars 1879.
2. TuRDUS GIGANTODES, Cab.
Deux males et une femelle de Cutervo, tués le 13 novembre, 20
décembre 1878, et le 20 janvier 1879. Iris brun-rougeatre ; tour
des yeux jaune ; bec et pattes rouges-orangées.
L’ceuf, trouvé dans les premiers jours de juin, est verdatre varié
sur toute la surface de rares taches irréguliéres grises-violitres-pAles,
et brunes-ferrugineuses assez foncées, le. gros bout barbouillé presque
en entier. Dimensions : 37°6 X 27°3 mm.
3. Mimvus Loneicaupatus, Tsch.
Un exemplaire de Chepen, tué le 19 septembre 1878, parfaite-
ment identique 4 ceux de Tumbez, mais, comme il me parait, distinct
des oiseaux des environs de Lima.
TROGLODYTID.
*1. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS FASCIATUS (Sw. ).
Furnarius fasciatus, Sw. An. in Men. p. 351.
Deux paires de Callacate, tuées le 17 et le 24 mai 1879, apparte-
nant, selon M. Sclater, 4 cette espéce. M. Salvin les a comparées avec
Yexemplaire typique au Musée de Cambridge. Iris terre-de-Sienne.
Les ceufs recueillis en mai sont de la forme de ceux du C. balteatus,
et aussi blancs, mais plus ou moins maculés de points et de taches
rouges, trés-petites et presque également disposées sur toute la
surface ; sur quelques-uns il y a quelques taches plus grandes que
1880. | BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 191
les autres, mais il y a aussi des ceufs trés-peu tachetés. Dimensions:
23'2 x 16, 24x 16°2, 24-4 15-4 mm.
Le Molothrus purpurascens dépose quelquefois ses ceufs dans les
nids de cet oiseau.
2. THRYOTHORUS SCLATERI, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 222.
Un mile de Callacate, tué le 29 mars 1879, semblable en tout aux
oiseaux typiques de Guajango.
3. TROGLODYTES AUDAX, Tsch.
Deux exemplaires de Callacate, tués le 25 et le 27 mars 1879.
Iris brun-foncé. Plusieurs pontes recueillies en avril et jusqu’aux
premiers jours de juin.
ANTHIDZ.
ANTHUS BOGOTENSIS, Scl.
Un exemplaire de Cutervo, tu¢ en juillet 1879.
SYLVIID&.
*POLIOPTILA NIGRICEPS, Baird (¢es¢e Salvino).
Un male de Callacate, tué le 22 mars 1879. Iris brun-foncé.
MNIoTILTIp&.
*], GEOTHLYPIS ZQUINOCTIALIS (Gm.).
Quatre exemplaires, adultes et jeunes, de Callacate, tués en mai
1879. Iris brun-foncé.
2. GEOTHLYPIS POLIOCEPHALA, Baird.
Un jeune male de Chepen, tué le 25 septembre 1878 ; beaucoup
plus petit que les oiseaux de Callacate, du versant oriental des Cor-
diliéres, et identique au male adulte de Tumbez.
3. BASILEUTERUS NIGRICRISTATUS (Lafr.).
Un mile de Cutervo, tué le 4 janvier 1879.
*4, BASILEUTERUS TRIFASCIATUS, Stolzm. MS.
Supra griseo-virescens, subtus luteus; capite supra fascia lata
mediana grisea, lateralibus utringue nigricantibus ; superciliis
latissimis albido-griseis, striga postoculart nigricante terminatis ;
gula albida; nucha cinereo-grisea ; uropygio viridi; remigibus
rectricibusque fuscis viridi limbatis.
3 et Q. Téte grisdtre, & sommet bordé des deux cédtés d’une
large bande noiratre, prolongée jusqu’a la nuque, en laissant entre
elles une raie grise également large; depuis la naissance du bee
s’étend dans toute la longueur de la téte une large raie sourciliére
grise-blanchatre, en arricre de ]’ceil une raie noirdtre; le bas des
joues est d’un gris plus foncé que celui du sourcil; dos gris-verdatre,
cette dernigre nuance 4 peine distincte au cou; croupion vert-jaund-
tre. Gorge blanchatre, le reste des parties inférieures du corps
jaune, pale et moins pur sur la poitrine, pur et beaucoup plus in-
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XIII. 13
192 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 16,
tense sur l’abdomen. Ailes noiratres; tectrices alaires largement
bordées de la couleur analogue au dos, les rémiges 4 bordures fines
d’un vert jaunatre, la bordure externe de la premiére blanche; le
bord interne de toutes largement blanc; subalaires blanchatres,
axillaires teintes de jaune; queue grise-verdatre a fines bordures
vertes claires ; page inférieure des rectrices plus verte qu’en dessus.
Bec brun, A mandibule inférieure plus pale; pattes carnées ; iris
presque noir. Longueur de l’aile 56-57, queue 51, bee depuis la
commissure 15, tarse 21 mm.
Une paire de Callacate, tuée le 21 et le 27 mars 1879.
5. SETOPHAGA BAIRDI, Saly.
Deux femelles de Cutervo, tuées le 6 novembre et le 13 décembre
1878.
VIREONIDZ.
1. ViIREOSYLVIA OLIVACEA (L.).
Un mile de Callacate, tué le 4 avril 1879.
2. CyCLORHIS CONTRERASI, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 224, tab. xxi.
Trois males tués 4 Callacate le 21 et le 30 mars et le 26 avril 1879.
Les individus de cette localité ont le milieu du sommet de la téte
plus ou moins coloré de vert, ce qui parait constituer un passage au
C. virenticeps, Scl.
HiRUNDINID2.
1, ATTICORA CYANOLEUCA (Vieill.).
Un exemplaire sans indication de sexe, tué 4 Callacate le 22 mai
1879.
*2, HiruNDO LEUCOPyYGIA, Stolzm. MS.
Supra nigro-virescens, subtus et in uropygio sericeo-alba ; pectore,
hypochondriis uropygioque griseo lavatis et fusco subtiliter stri-
atis ; alis caudaque nigricantibus ; tertiariis ad apicem late albo
circumscriptis ; subalaribus griseis ; rostro brevissimo, nigro ;
pedibus nigris ; iride fusco-brunnea.
Sommet de la téte en comprénant les lores, la bordure inférieure
de Vceil et la région auriculaire, cou et dos noiratres d’un éclat
métallique vert olivatre ; croupion blanc, légérement lavé de grisdtre
et finement strié de lignes noiratres dans toute la longueur du milieu
des plumes ; sus-caudales grises avec une méche médiane foncée et
une bordure blanchatre plus ou moins distincte. Tout le dessous
blanc soyeux, gorge et milieu de l’abdomen purs, poitrine et flancs
lavés légérement de grisitre et variés de longues lignes linéaires
foncées ; subcaudales blanches pures avec des pareilles lignes foncées
médianes sur presque toute la longueur des plumes. Ailes noiratres
avec un trés-faible éclat métallique ; rémiges tertiaires largement
entourées 4 l’extrémité de blanc, le bordures des secondaires sui-
vantes de plus en plus fines; rectrices de la couleur des ailes,
bordées d’un liseré blanchatre trés-fin ; subalaires grises, celles du
1680.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 193
bord de Vaile bordées de blanchitre. Bec et pattes noirs ; iris brun-
foncé.
La femelle semblable en tout au male.
Long. de l’aile 92, queue 49, bec depuis la commissure 11, depuis
les narines 4, tarse 8 mm.
Forme voisine de lH. albiventris, Bodd., mais beaucoup plus
petite, A bec trés-court et d’une autre forme i cause de son amincis-
Sement brusque vers son extrémité; la couleur des parties supé-
rieures est moins intense, moins métallique sans aucune trace de la
nuance bleue ; il lui manque aussi de grand espace blanc alaire et du
blanc & la naissance des rectrices ; le blanc des parties inférieures du
corps plus ou moins induit de grisatre.
Quatre exemplaires de Chepen, tués en septembre 1878.
Ca@ReBID&.
1. Diguossa ALBILATERALIS, Lafr.
Un male de Cutervo, 9600 pieds d’altitude, tué le 18 novembre
1878.
2. Diciossa ATERRIMA, Lafr.
Un mile de Cutervo, tué le 6 novembre 1878.
3. Dieuossa personara (Fras.).
Une paire de Cutervo 4 9600-9700 pieds d’altitude, tude le 31
octobre et le 20 novembre 1878,
*4, CONIROSTRUM SITTICOLOR, Lafr.
Deux oiseaux adultes, dont un male, et l'autre sans indication de
sexe, tués a Cutervo A 9700 pieds @altitude, le 20 novembre 1878
et le 2 janvier 1879, Iris brun-foncé.
5, CERTHIOLA MAGNIROSTRIS.
Certhiola, sp.?, Tacz. P. Z. S. 1879, p- 225. sp. 8.
Trois exemplaires de Callacate, tués A la fin de mars 1879, sont
parfaitement identiques 4 ceux de Guajango au bord du Maraiion,
ils sont également d’une taille plus forte que les Certhiola de la céte
péruvienne, et du versant occidental des Cordiliéres ; leur bec est
aussi long que la téte; le miroir alaire aussi bien développé, ainsi
que la bande sourciligre. La couleur du dos est distinctement plus
claire que dans les oiseaux du versant occidental, avec une légére
nuance verdatre, un peu plus faible que dans les individus de Gua-
Jango, mais distincte. On voit done que les oiseaux du versant
oriental sont distincts de ceux du versant occidental, et se reconnais-
sent facilement au premier coup d’ceil ; ils méritent donc a étre con-=
sidérés comme une race locale.
Les ceufs, recueillis dans la moitié d’avril, sont ovés, assez longs, a
coque mate, d’un blanc légérement verdatre, variée de taches irré-
guliéres brunes ou brunes-roussatres, assez foncées, plus ou moins
nombreuses sur toute la surface, et formant une couronne plus dense
13*
194 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Mar. 16,
autour du gros bout. Cette coloration ressemble 4 celle du Friquet
(Passer montanus). Dimensions: 18°3 x 12°4, 184 x 13 mm.
TANAGRID. -
1. EupHONIA NIGRICOLLIs (Vieill.).
Trois exemplaires de Callacate, tués 4 la fin de mars. Les jeunes
commencant a prendre leur livrée d’adultes.
*2,. EUPHONIA SERRIROSTRIS, Scl.
Quatre miles et deux femelles, pris a Callacate entre le 25 mars
etla finde mai. Les males ne se distinguent de ceux de E. chlorotica
de Cayenne que par le jaune beaucoup plus clair, surtout au front.
Ils paraissent étre un peu plus forts, leur aile pliée dépasse de 2 mm.
celle des oiseaux dela Guyane, et différe encore par la disposition
de blanc sur les rémiges primaires. La femelle ressemble 4 la
E. serrirostris, Orb. Voy. Amér. mérid. Elle a également le milieu
de la poitrine et de l’abdomen largement blanc, mais moins pur que
dans la figure de l’ouvrage cité, qui présente en général les couleurs
plus vives.
3. CALLISTE NIGRIVIRIDIs (Lafr.): Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 226.
Un jeune oiseau tué a Tambillo dans la moitié de juin.
Cet premier plumage différe beaucoup de celui des adultes. Le
sommet de la téte jusqu’a la nuque est noiratre, légérement varié
par les extrémités des plumes verdatres, peu distinctes ; ces ex-
trémités beaucoup plus volumineuses forment sur les cétés un large
sourcil vert-roussatre, de plus en plus élargi en arri¢re et occupant
tous les cétés du cou; le dos est noirdtre, uniforme au milieu, et
squammulé de bordures verdatres sur les scapulaires ; croupion gris-
olivatre squammulé de verdatre, tout le dessous est fauve, maculé
de verdatre sur les cétés de la gorge, et teint de grisatre sur les
flancs de la poitrine et de abdomen. Ailes et queue noiratres, a
rémiges et rectrices bordées de vert bleuatre; les bordures des
grandes tectrices jaunatres sur l’extrémité des plumes formant une
bande A travers l’aile, celles des petites couvertures olivatres et moins
prononcées. Bec noiratre ; pattes carnées.
*4, Pa:cILOTHRAUPIS PALPEBROSA (Lafr.).
Pecilothraupis lacrymosa, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 227.
Deux males et trois femelles de Cutervo, recueillis entre le 30
octobre et le 16 décembre 1878, ainsi qu’un male de Tambillo tué le
1 février de la méme année, appartiennent a cette forme et non a
celle du Pérou central fournie par M. Jelski en 1873 de Maraynioc
et de Higos. Tous ces exemplaires du Pérou septentrional ont,
comme les oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grenade, le dessus de la téte et le dos
d’un ardoise foncé, avec une trés-faible nuance bleue a peine distincte,
tandis que les oiseaux du Pérou central ont cette dernitre nuance
bien prononcée sur un fond ardoise; le bleu du croupion est plus
foncé et moins luisant ; une teinte olive distincte sur les cotés de la
1880. | BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 195
téte; la tache jaune postauriculaire bien développée et le jaune des
parties inférieures du corps plus clair.
5. TANAGRA C@LESTIS, Spix.
Un male tué 4 Callacate le 22 avril 1879.
6. TANAGRA DARWIN], Bp.
Trois males tués A Callacate en mars et en avril.
Les ceufs, recueillis 4 la fin d’avril, sont d’un blanc sale, variés sur
toute la surface de nombreuses taches irréguliéres grises-brunatres-
pales, et d’autres brunes-noiratres beaucoup moins nombreuses ; ces
derniéres sont de différentes formes irreguliéres, en gouttes grosses ou
petites, en traits plus ou moins longs, en veines, ete. La coque
est verdatre dans sa transparence. Dimensions: 25 x 18-2, 27 x 18,
27°6 x 19mm.
7. PYRANGA AZAR (Orb. et Lafr.).
Un jeune male prenant son habit @adulte, tué A Callacate le 25
avril 1879, est d’un rouge beaucoup plus sombre qu’a l’ordinaire.
*8,. PyRANGA RUBRICEPS, Gr.
Une paire de Cutervo, tuée le 13 et le 22 novembre 1878.
9. Nemosta tnornata, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 228.
Deux males de Callacate du 28 mars et le 3 avril 1879.
10. NEMOsIA ORNATA, Scl.
Une femelle de Cutervo, tuée le 30 janvier 1879.
11. CHLoRosPINGUS SUPERCILIARIS (Lafr.).
Un mile et deux femelles de Cutervo, du 11-17 novembre 1878.
CHLOROSPINGUS BERLEPSCHI, 0. sp.'
Chlorospingus castaneicollis, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 517.
Supra olivaceo-griseus, pileo nuchaque plumbeo-cinereis, loris cum
regionibus ophthalmica et parotica nigris; subtus fulvus, gula
cum pectore subcaudalibusque rufis, hypochondriis griseo lavatis ;
alis fuscis olivaceo limbatis, cauda subrufescente ; subalaribus et
margine interno remigum fulvis.
Femelle adulte. Dos gris légérement olivatre, sommet de la téte
jusqu’a la nuque d’un cendré plombé; cétés du visage comprenant
les lores, tour des yeux, région auriculaire et le bas du visage noirs ;
gorge, haut de la poitrine et subcaudales d’une belle couleur rousse
semblable 4 celle de la femelle du Ch. castaneicollis; milieu de
V’abdomen d’une nuance fauve roussatre, bien différente et nette-
ment tranchée de celle de la poitrine et des subcaudales, cétés in-
duits de gris olivatre. Ailes grises-foncées, 4 petites tectrices cen-
drées, rémiges primaires bordées d’olive jaunatre, les bordures des
1 Comme cette espéce n’appartient pas 4 la faune de la contrée dont nous nous
occupons, j’y place sa description sans numéro,
196 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 16,
secondaires, des tertiaires et des grandes tectrices sont d’une nuance
plus analogue & celle de abdomen. Bec noiratre; pattes de la
couleur carnée; iris brun-foncé. Longueur de Vaile 69, queue 61,
bec depuis la commissure 13°5, tarse 20 mm.
Espéce voisine du Ch. castaneicollis, Scl., mais parfaitement dis-
tincte par la couleur grise et non noire du sommet de la téte, le
manque complet du sourcil blanc, la nuance différente de la gorge
et des subcaudales de celle de l’abdomen, la couleur fauve des sub-
alaires et de la bordure interne des rémiges au lieu de blanche, la
couleur différente des rectrices, de la bordure des primaires, bec
plus court ete.
Ropaybamba, au Pérou central (Jelski, 1872).
Je dédie cette nouvelle espéce 4 M. le comte H. de Berlepsch,
comme hommage pour son empressement avec lequel il 4 daigné
de me venir en aide en comparant plusieurs espéces péruviennes
dans sa riche collection,
*12, ARREMON NIGRICEPS, 0. sp.
Pileo, loris cum genis et torque collari nigris ; superciliis latissimis
a rostro usque ad nucham ductis cum gula candidis ; semitorque
nuchali cinereo; dorso, scapularibus, uropygio et tectricibus
alarum minoribus olivaceo-viridibus ; alis caudaque schistaceis,
Jlevura alari flavida ; pectore abdomineque albis, hypochondriis
cinereis ; crisso subcaudalibusque fulvido tinctis ; rostro nigro ;
pedibus carneis ; iride fusco-brunnea.
3. Le male adulte a tout le sommet de la téte jusqu’a la nuque,
les lores et les cdtés du visage, ainsi qu’un demi-collier guttural d’un
noir intense ; une large bande sourciliére depuis la naissance du bec,
prolongée jusqu’a la nuque et de plus en plus s’élargissant en ar-
Tiere, ainsi que la gorge blancs purs; un demi-collier gris cendré
assez large occupe le derriére et les cotés du cou; le dos, les scapu-
laires, les petites couvertures alaires et le croupion sont d’une belle
couleur olive verdatre ; ailes et queue schistacées, rémiges primaires
bordées d’un lisdré assez large d’un cendré plus clair; le bord du
devant de Vaile jaune pale; bord interne des rémiges largement
blanchatre; subalaires blanches; axillaires blanches, légérement
temtes de jaune; tout le dessous du corps blanc, cétés de la poitrine
et de Yabdomen cendrés; bas ventre et subcaudales légérement
teints de fauve. Bec noir; pattes‘d’un carné légérement brunatre ;
ongles cornés clairs; iris brun-foncé.
Longueur totale 150, aile 78, queue 65, bec depuis la commissure
16, tarse 24, doigt médian avec l’ongle 19 mm.
Male unique tué 4 Callacate le 17 mai 1879.
*13. BUARREMON ASSIMILIS (Boiss.).
Onze exemplaires des deux sexes de Cutervo et de Callacate, tués
entre le 9 décembre 1878 et le 31 mai 1879. Iris cerise-brunatre.
Un ceuf, trouvé & Callacate au commencement d’avril, est allongé,
ové, presque mate, verdatre pile, uniforme. Dimensions: 29 x
21°5 mm,
1880. | BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 197
14. BUARREMON BRUNNEINUCHA (Laft.).
Un male de Cutervo 4 9700 pieds d’altitude, tué le 5 décembre
1879.
15. BuarrEMon Latinucuus, Du Bus.
Un mile de Cutervo, tud le 20 décembre 1878. Cet exemplaire
sé distingue des oiseaux de Tambillo par le roux de la nuque
graduellement pali en une nuance beaucoup plus claire que celle
du devant de la téte.
M. Stolzmann écrit dans une de ses derniéres lettres: —‘ On a
tort de réunir dans un seul genre tous les Buarremons, car il ren-
ferme deux groupes parfaitement distincts, non seulement par les
formes extérieures du corps, mais plus encore par leurs habitudes.
Dans le groupe dont le B. torquatus (Orb.) est le type, le bee est
plus long, la queue moins longue et composée de rectrices plus
élargies, les pattes plus fortes (ce qui a rapport avec leurs habitudes),
le plumage plus abondant et plus lisse. Dans l’autre groupe le corps
est plus svelte, la queue plus longue, le bec plus court etc.
** Le premier groupe est humicole, tandis que l’autre est buisson-
nier et méme arboricole ; ces oiseaux se perchent sur les buissons,
sautillant de branche en branche, et montent souvent sur les arbres
élevés, ce que je n’ai jamais remarqué dans les premiers. Les
oiseaux du groupe des humicoles cherchent exclusivement leur
nourriture par terre, et principalement en fouillant sous les feuilles
stches, qu’ils rejettent au loin avec leur bec, et se tiennent dans des
fourrés les plus épais ; tandis qu’on rencontre souvent les buisson-
niers dans les buissons plus ou moins rares. Je n’ai pas eu d’occa~
sion d’observer les B. tricolor et B. taczanowskii du Pérou central
vivants, mais je ne doute pas qwils ont les mémes habitudes que le
B, latinuchus.
** Leur chant présente une grande différence ; celui du B. assimilis
et du B. brunneinuchus est fin et trés-élevé, semblable au siffement
d’une poupée en caoutchouc, tandis que le chant du B. latinuchus
ressemble a celui du Molothrus purpurascens, qwon pourrait com~
parer 4 celui du Serin des Canaries.
I] y A encore une différence importante qu’on remarque pendant
la préparation des peaux: en dépouillant le B. brunneinuchus et B.
assimilis il faut faire attention en séparant les rémiges secondaires des
os de avant bras, et ne le jamais faire 4 l’aide de longle du pouce,
comme cela a lieu ordinairement; mais il faut séparer la racine de
chaque plume avec le scalpel, car autrement toutes les rémiges tom-
bent comme dans les Piaya. Avec le B. /atinuchus on peut procéder
comme on le veut, les plumes tiennent fort.
« Enfin il y a une certaine constance caractéristique dans la colora-
tion des deux groupes et dans la disposition de leurs couleurs, comme
dans les oiseaux humicoles : les trois lignes frontales blanches, couleur
olive-verdatre du dos, blanche dessous, ete.”
Pour appuyer cette opinion de Mr. Stolzmann on trouve une
petite remarque dans le voyage de D’Orbigny p. 284, qui dit sous le
B. rufinuchus :— Elle se tient toujours au plus épais des fourrés
198 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 16,
dans les ravins, loin des habitations; elle est néanmoins peu craintive,
vivant isolée, sans descendre @ terre, sautillant sans cesse de branche
en branche,” etc.
Tous ces caractéres sont suffisants pour motiver la séparation gé-
nérique de ces deux groupes, et pour ranger les oiseaux buissonniers
dans le genre Carenochrous, Scl. Dans les vrais Buarremons il ne
resterait done que le B. torguatus (Lafr. et Orb.), B. assimilis (Boiss.),
B. brunneinuchus (Lafr.), B. inornatus, Scl., B. virenticeps, Bp., et
peut-ctre le B. chrysopogon (Bp.).
Conoturaupts, Scl. MS.
Rostrum subconicum, tomiis medio profunde emarginatis. Ale
breves, subrotundata, remigum tertio et quarto omnium longis-
simis, secundo vix breviore. Cauda apice rotundata. Pedes de-
biles. Habitus generalis Buarremonis.
*16. CoNOTHRAUPIS SPECULIGERA. (Plate XXT.)
Schistochlamys speculigera, Gould, P. Z.S. 1855, p. 69: Scl.
P. Z.S. 1856, p. 68.
Diucopis speculigera, Gray, Hand-list Birds Brit. Mus. ii. p. 76:
Scl. et Salv. Nomel. Av. Neotr. p. 26.
Nigro-coracina, pectore medio, abdomine, speculo alari maculaque
sub nuche pennis obtecta albis ; uropygio hypochondriisque schis-
taceis ; rostro pedibusque nigris; iride rubro-brunnea, Long.
tota 154, ale 75, caude 68, rostri a commissura 17, tarsi 21,
digiti medit 22 mill.
Trois males de Callacate, tués le 20 et le 22 avril et le 24 mai
1879.
17. SALTATOR ALBICOLLIs, Vieill.
Une femelle adulte de Chepen, tuée le 19 septembre 1878, iden-
tique aux oiseaux des environs de Lima. Quatre exemplaires de
Callacate, tués entre le 26 mars jusqu’a la fin de mai 1879, fort
striés sur les parties inférieures du corps, semblables en tout 4 ceux
de Guajango sur le Marafion.
Les ceuts, trouvés au commencement d’avril, sont ovés, allongés, 4
fond vert bleudtre, plus intense que celui des ceufs du S. laticlavius,
et orné au gros bout d’une couronne composée de veines noires, plus
ou moins subtiles et entortillées de différentes maniéres et de quel-
ques points. Dimensions: 26°8 x 17, 29x 19 mm.
18. SALTATOR LATICLAVIUS, Scl. et Salv.
Les ceufs, trouvés 4 Cutervo au commencement de février, sont
ovés, allongés, & fond vert bleuatre pale, varié au gros bout de quel-
ques grosses veines, de traits et de quelques points noirs. Dimen-
sions: 30 x 20 mm.
! Vide Ibis, 1880, p. 252.
1880. ] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 199
FRINGILLID.
1. Parucricus cHrRysoGcasTeR (Less.): Tsch. Faun. Peru.
p. 222.
Pheucticus chrysopeplus, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 519.
Une paire de Callacate, tuée le 5 et le 18 avril 1879. Iris brun-
foncé.
2. SPERMOPHILA SIMPLEX, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, pp. 132 et 519.
Six males tués 4 Callacate, depuis le 25 mars jusqu’au 25 avril
1879.
3. SPERMOPHILA oxpscuRA, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 519.
Deux males et une femelle, tués 4 Callacate le 31 mars et le 5 et
18 avril 1879.
La femelle ne différe en rien du male, elle est seulement un peu
plus petite, aile pliée 53, queue 40mm. _ Les deux males sont
aussi d’une taille un peu moins forte que celui de Paltaypampa,
aile longue de 54 et de55mm. Mandibule supérieure dans tous
ces individus brune, l’inférieure jaune.
4, SpeERMOPHILA GUTTURALIS (Licht.).
Un mile adulte et deux jeunes miles, recueillis 4 Callacate entre
le 31 mars et la fin de mai.
5. PrezoruINna CINEREA (Lafr.).
Un mile tué 4 Chepen le 27 septembre 1878.
6. VoLATINIA JACARINA (L.).
Deux miles de Callacate du 16 et du 31 mars 1879.
7. CATAMENIA INORNATA (Lafr.).
Deux miles et un jeune de Cutervo du 30 décembre, et un jeune
de Tambillo tué en juillet.
8. ZoNOTRICHIA PILEATA (Bodd.).
Une femelle de Cutervo du 14 janvier 1879.
9. Puryeitus Gayi (Eyd. et Gerv.).
Deux males du 24 décembre et du 12 janvier de Cutervo.
0. CHRYSOMITRIS COLUMBIANA (Lafr.).
Cing exemplaires des deux sexes de Callacate, recueillis depuis le
29 mars jusqu’au 12 mai 1879.
11. CHRYSOMITRIS CAPITALIS, Cab.
Un mile de Cutervo du 14 janvier 1879.
12. Sycais FLAVEOLA (L.).
Une paire de Callacate 4 4800 pieds d’altitude, tuée le 21 mars
et le 3 avril 1879.
200 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Mar. 16,
IcTERIDz.
1. IcTERUS MESOMELAS, Wagl.
Un mile adulte et un jeune, tués & Callacate le 27 mars et le 23
avril 1879.
2. Truptauis Loyca (Molina).
Deux miles tués 4 Cutervo le 14 janvier et le 15 février 1879.
3. MoLorHRvus PURPURASCENS (Hahn).
Deux males et une femelle de Callacate, tués au commencement
d’avril 1879. Iris brun-foncé.
DENDROCOLAPTID&.
1. GreosirTa TENUIROsTRIS (Orb. et Lafr.).
Trois males tués 4 Cutervo le 12 et le 14 janvier 1879. Iris brun-
foncé.
2. UPUCERTHIA sERRANA, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 525.
Un mile tué a Cutervo le 20 décembre 1878, & 9000 pieds d’al-
titude.
3. SYNALLAXIS ANTISIENSIS, Scl.
Deux femelles tuées 4 Cutervo le 20 décembre 1878 et le 12
février 1879.
4, SYNALLAXIS FRUTICICOLA, Tacz. P. Z. S. 1879, p. 670.
Synallaxis frontalis, Tacz. (nec Pelz.) P. Z.S. 1879, p. 230.
Un mile tué 4 Cutervo le 13 décembre 1878.
5. PHACELLODOMUS FRONTALIS (Licht.).
Un exemplaire tué a Callacate le 27 mars 1879.
Les ceufs, recueillis en avril, mai et juin, sont ovés, A surface mate
et rugueuse distinctement 4 l’ceil nu, blanc pur. Dimensions :
23x 1693; 22x 16:3 mm.
6. PsEUDOCOLAPTES BOISSONNEAUTI (Lafr.).
Un male et deux femelles de Cutervo 4 9600-9700 pieds d’alti-
tude, tués le 9 mai 1879 et le 13 et 18 novembre 1878. Iris brun-
foncé.
Ces oiseaux de Cutervo présentent certaines différences de celui de
Maraynioc au Pérou central: ils ont le bec beaucoup plus long, sur-
tout dans la femelle (38 mm. depuis la commissure, et 28 dans le
male) ; dans le male de Maraynioc il n’est que de 23 mm. Dans la
coloration on voit aussi quelques différences; le fond du sommet de
la téte est plus noir dans les oiseaux de Cutervo, et plus brun dans
Poiseau de Maraynioc ; le fond de l’abdomen plus roussatre dans les
oiseaux de Cutervo, et plus brunatre et plus foncé dans celui du
Maraynioc.
M. le comte H. de Berlepsch, en comparant une femelle de Cutervo
avec quatre oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grenade, a trouvé sur la premiére
1880. ] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 201
les bordures foncées des plumes de la gorge et de la poitrine plus
larges et plus prononcées, le fond de ces parties plus jaunatre ; la
couleur roussitre de l’abdomen plus claire. L’exemplaire péruvien
a aussi les ailes et la queue plus longues que ceux de la Nouvelle
Grenade.
7. MARGARORNIS SQUAMIGERA (Orb. et Lafr.).
Trois exemplaires de Cutervo 4 9800 pieds d’altitude, tués le 18
octobre et le 9 décembre 1878, et le 9 mai 1879.
8. PicoLAPTES LACRYMIGER (Des Murs).
Un mile de Cutervo 4 9600 pieds d’altitude, tué le 20 novembre
1878.
ForMICARIIDE,
1. THAMNOPHILUS ALBINUCHALIS, Scl.
Une femelle de Callacate, tuée le 27 avril 1879.
*2. THAMNOPHILUS SUBFASCIATUS, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1876,
p. 357, tab. xxxiii.
Un mile tué 4 Cutervo 4 9000 pieds d’altitude, le 11 novembre
1878. Iris d’un brun trés-pale.
*3. GRALLARIA ALBILORIS, sp. nov.
Deux paires de Cutervo et de Callacate, tuées en décembre 1878,
en avril et en mai 1879.
Ces oiseaux, comparés avec le Gr. ruficapilla d’ Antioquia, pré-
sentent certaines différences : ils ont le bec distinctement plus long,
la coloration en général plus pale, surtout celle de la téte, qui est
d’un roux beaucoup moins intense et moins pure en dessus, et ne
s’étendant pas aussi loin sur les cétés du visage et sur le derriére
du cou; les lores et les cétés du dos sont blanchitres, i extrémités
des plumes noires ; toute la partie antérieure du visage est dela méme
couleur, tachetée de noiritre, entourant presque entiérement l’ceil ;
la région auriculaire est brune-roussatre, et plus ou moins blanchatre
dans sa partie inférieure; la couleur générale du dos est moins
foncée ; le fond des parties inférieures du corps teint d’une nuance
fauve trés-légére, mais bien distincte; les stries blanches du
croupion plus développés surtout dans le mile, Iris brun trés-
foncé.
3. Long. de Vaile 104 mm., queue 67, bec depuis la narine 17,
tarse 52, doigt médian avec l’ongle 34mm. @. Long. de l’aile 99,
queue 62, bec depuis la narine 16, tarse 54, doigt médian avec Pongle
36 mm.
Il est probable que c’est une espéce distincte, habitant cette con-
trée ; il serait donc intéressant de connaitre les limites de sa distri-
bution.
Les ceufs, trouvés dans la moitié d’Avril’et 4 la fin de mai, sont
courts, 4 surface presque mate, d’un vert bleuatre pale et uniforme.
Dimensions: 29 x 24; 29x25; 30°6x 25:2 mm.
202 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 16,
PrEROPTOCHID.
*SCYTALOPUS MAGELLANICUs (Lath.).
Trois males et une jeune femelle de Cutervo, tués entre le 18
novembre et le 9 décembre 1878, 4 une altitude de 9800 pieds.
Tris brun-foncé.
TYRANNID.
1. OcHTHODIzZTA FUMIGATUS (Boiss.).
Un male et deux femelles de Cutervo 4 9600-9800 pieds d’alti-
tude, tués en novembre et en décembre 1878. Iris brun-foncé.
*2. OCHTH@CA FUMICOLOR, Scl.
Une femelle de Cutervo 4 9000 pieds d’altitude, tuée le 27
novembre 1878. Iris brun-foncé.
3. OcHTH@CA LEUCOMETOPA, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 19.
O. leucophrys, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 533.
Une femelle de Cutervo, tuée le 4 janvier 1879.
4. OcHTHaCA LESSONI, Scl.
Une femelle de Cutervo du 30 octobre 1878.
*5. OCHTH@CA RUFIMARGINATA (Lawr.).
Un male et deux femelles de Cutervo, tués & 9700-9800 pieds
daltitude, le 31 octobre et le 15 et 18 décembre 1878. Iris brun-
foncé.
6. OcHTHG@CA sTICTOPTERA (Scl.).
Deux males et une femelle de Cutervo, tués 4 9600 pieds d’alti-
tude entre le 11 novembre 1878 et le 7 janvier 1879. Iris brun-
foncé.
7. TODIROSTRUM CINEREUM (L.).
Un male tué a Callacate le 30 mars 1879. Iris blanc.
8. EuscARTHMUS FULVICEPs, Scl.
Un male et deux femelles, tués 4 Chepen et 4 Callacate le 26
septembre 1878 et le 28 mars 1879. Iris brun-foncé.
9. ANERETES PARULUs (Kittl.).
Un exemplaire de Cutervo du 27 novembre 1878. Tris blanc-
jaunatre.
10. PuyLiomyias ruMBEzANA, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 325.
Une femelle de Chepen du 27 septembre 1878.
11. ORNITHION IMBERBE, Scl.
Deux miles de Callacate du 5 et du 6 avril 1879.
1880. ] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 203
12. TyRANNISCUS NIGRICAPILLUs (Lafr.).
Trois exemplaires de Cutervo, tués en novembre 1879. Iris brun-
foncé.
13. Exarnea tevcospopria, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 325.
Cing femelles tuées 4 Chepen en septembre 1878.
14. Evarnea opscura (Lafr. et Orb.).
Un jeune tué 4 Callacate le 18 mai 1879.
15. My1opyNASTES ATRIFRONS, Salv.
Un mile de Chepen, tué le 23 et le 26 septembre 1878. Iris brun-
foncé.
16. Myionius RUFESCENS, Salv.
Une paire de Chepen, tuée le 23 et le 26 septembre 1878. Iris
brun-fonceé.
17. Myrosrus CRYPTERYTHRUS, Scl.
Trois males et une femelle de Callacate, tués entre Je 21 mars et
le 3 avril 1879.
18. PyrocePHALUS RUBINEUS (Bodd.).
Quatre exemplaires de Callacate, tués en avril et en mai 1879.
19. Conropus PUNENSIs (Lawr.).
Quatre exemplaires de Callacate, tués en avril et en mai 1879.
20. My1arcHvus NIGRICEPS, Scl.
Trois males de Cutervo et de Callacate, tués en décembre 1878 et
en mars et avril 1879.
21. Myrarcuus semrrvurus, Sel. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 148, tab. xi. ;
Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 236.
Deux males et une femelle de Chepen, tués en septembre 1878.
La femelle ne différe en rien du mile, elle est seulement un peu plus
petite, Vaile pliée est de 3 mm. moins longue.
22. SERPOPHAGA CINEREA (Strickl.).
Un ceuf trouvé 4 Tambillo au commencement de juillet 1878 est
ové, a petit bout légérement atténué, d’une couleur jaunatre sale,
complétement mate. Dimensions: 16°8 x 12 mm.
CotTiINnGIp&.
1. PacHYRHAMPUS ALBOGRISEUS (Scl.).
Deux miles de Callacate, tués le 20 et le 25 avril 1879.
2. HeLiocHEeRA RUBROCRISTATA (Orb. et Lafr.).
Deux males de Cutervo, tués le 31 octobre et le 30 décembre
1879.
204 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 16,
TROCHILIDZ.
*]1, PHAETHORNIS GRISEOGULARIS, Gould (teste Gouldo).
Trois exemplaires, recueillis 4 Callacate en mars et en mai 1879,
parfaitement d’accord avec la description de M. Deslongchamps dans
le ‘ Catalogue descriptif des Oiseaux du Musée de Caen,’ p. 71.
2. LarresNaya GAyI (Boure. et Muls.).
Male adulte et un jeune male de Cutervo & 7990 pieds d’altitude,
recueillis le 25 et le 29 novembre 1878.
3. FLorisuGa MELLIvorA (L.).
Deux males tués A Callacate le 20 avril 1879.
4, PeTAsOPHORA ANAIS (Less.).
Une femelle de Callacate du 21 avril 1879.
5. PANOPLITES MATHEWwsI (Bourc.).
Trois males et une femelle de Cutervo et de Callacate 4 9600-9800
pieds @altitude, recueillis en novembre, en mars et en avril.
6. PrrROPHANES TEMMINCKI (Boiss.).
Un exemplaire sans indication de sexe, tué 4 Cutervo 4 9700 pieds
d’altitude, le 6 novembre 1878.
7. DociMASTES ENSIFERUS (Boiss. ).
Deux males tués a Cutervo 4 10,000 pieds d’altitude, le 31
octobre et le 29 novembre 1878.
8. DipHLoG#NA wArRszewiczi (Reichb.).
Celigena warszewiczi, Reichb. Aufz. der Colib. p. 23.
Helianthea aurora, Gould, P. Z.S. 1853, p. 61, f. 2; Bp. Rev.
et Mag. Zool. 1854, p. 251; Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iii. p. 80,
nota 6,
Hypochrysia aurora, Reichb. Aufz. d. Colib. p. 9; id. Troch.
Enum. p. 6 (1855).
Leadbeatera warszewiczi, Reichb. Aufz. d. Colib. p. 9; id. Troch.
Enum. p. 6, tab. dexe. f. 4526 (1855).
Diphlogena aurora, Gray, H.-list Birds Brit. Mus. i. p. 138:
Scl. et Salv. Nom. Av. Neotr. p. 90.
Rostrum nigrum, rectum, subcylindricum, dimidia parte corporis
longius. Caput triangulare, supra usque ad nucham squamosum,
splendidissime viride, ceruleo aureoque micans; ‘mento, gula,
lateribus capitis pectoreque viridibus, squamulosis, splendidis ;
nucha nigricante. Dorsum, cauda profunde emarginata, abdomen
subcaudalesque cinnamomeo-rufa unicoloria; alis rufis, remigi-
bus apice brunnescentibus.
3. Long. tota 130, rostri 32, ale 82, caude 53, distantia ab api-
cibus rectricum mediarum ad apices externarum 16 mill. 2. Long.
tota 125, rostri 32, ale 72, caude 48, distantia ab apicibus
rectricum mediarum ad apices externarum 10 mill.
gad. Bee noir, droit, cylindrique jusque prés de son extrémité,
1880.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 205
ot il est brusquement amingi en pointe, plus long que la moitié du
corps. ‘Téte triangulaire, parée en dessus dans toute sa longueur
d’une plaque de plumes squammiformes, de plus en plus longues vers
la nuque d’un vert métallique fort luisant, passant sous certain jour
au bord postérieur de la plaque en doré et cuivreux, et dans toute
son étendue en bleu saphir, plus ou moins violacé dans d’autres di-
rections de la lumiére, surtout vus d’arriére en avant 3 quelques-uns
possédent en outre dans le milieu de la partie postérieure de la plaque
quelque plumes d’un saphir fort splendide. Le menton, la gorge et
les cotés de la téte couverts par des plumes squammiformes yertes,
changeant en bleu, et presque aussi splendides que celles de la calotte ;
poitrine et cétés du cou verts, mais moins brillants 3 nuque d’un noir
fuligineux mate; dans l’angle postérieur de lceil une petite tache
blanche. Le reste, comme tout le dos, croupion, queue profonde-
ment échancrée, abdomen, subcaudales, subalaires et ailes, d’un roux
cannelle presque uniforme partout, excepté les parties inférieures du
corps, qui sont d’une nuance un peu plus pile ; rémiges terminées d’un
brun légérement bronzé, de plus en plus vers le bord de l’aile; dans
la premiére il ne reste de roux que la barbe externe dans toute sa
longueur ; les grandes et les moyennes tectrices primaires largement
terminées de noir-verdatre. Pattes brunes ; tarse garni de plumes
blanchatres ; iris presque noir.
¢. D’un roux moins pur au dos et plus pale en dessous, a le de-
vant du visage roux ; tout le sommet de la téte, ainsi que la nuque et
le coté postérieur du cou couvert de plumes grises foncées & la nais-
sance, et de vert métallique peu brillant ensuite, et terminées d’une
bordure rousse bien distincte sous certain jour ; la gorge, le haute de
la poitrine et les cétés du cou sont également colorés, mais le gris de
la base des plumes est moins foncé, le vert un peu plus brillant et les
bordures rousses plus prononcées. Les ailes et la queue comme dans
le male, ne présentant que cette différence que les grandes et moyennes
tectrices alaires sont d’un noir verdatre en entier, formant une grande
tache continue au lieu des deux du male; bas ventre blanchatre.
La moitié basale de la mandibule inférieure carnée, passant graduelle-
ment en brunatre vers l’extrémité, qui est noire.
Quatre males adultes et une femelle tués 4 Cutervo & 9600-9700
pieds d’altitude, en novembre, décembre et mai.
9. HexiorrypHa vioxa (Gould).
Un mile et quatre femelles de Cutervo, tués en novembre, décembre
et mai.
*10. HELIOTRYPHA MICRASTER (Gould).
Sept males et quatre femelles de Cutervo 4 9600-9800 pieds
@altitude, recueillis en novembre, décembre et janvier.
Les males dans leur éclat le plus parfait ont la plaque gutturale
d’une magnifique couleur rouge de feu, analogue 4 celle d’un cigarre
allumé, changeant sous certains jours en jaune et orangé, et en vert
clair vues d’arriére en avant ; les plumes de cette plaque sont plus
raides que dans les autres espéces du genre. Laplaque verte frontale
206 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 16,
est petite, moins étendue que dans la H. viola. Le menton noir mate.
Le vert bronzé des parties supérieures du corps est plus bronzé sur la
téte qu’au dos, et plus encore au croupion et les sus-caudales. Le
milieu du ventre est d’un fauve roussatre, tacheté de vert ; les plumes
des tibias rousses. Tous les individus ont la tache blanche postocu-
laire bien prononcée.
La femelle est semblable au male et en différe principalement par
la plaque gutturale plus petite un peu moins vive ; le menton est blan-
chatre A base de plumes grise ; le milieu de l’abdomen largement fauve
isabelle ; plumes des tibias de la méme nuance; le vert des parties
supérieures du corps plus clair et mvins bronzé sur la téte et surtout
au croupion ; les deux rectrices médianes aussi vertes que la croupion ;
les rectrices externes et les submédianes terminées d’ une fine bordure
grise-blanchatre.
d+ Long. de Vaile 66 mm., queue 42, bec 19, différence entre les
rectrices médianes et les externes 7. Q. Long. de Vaile 59-62, queue
39, bec 19; différence entre les rectrices médianes et les externes
5 mm.
11. Cu#rocrercus BomBus, Gould.
Une paire de Callacate, tuée le 6 et le 22 avril 1879.
12. THAUMASTURA CORA (Less.).
Un mile en plumage de transition de Chepen, tué le 19 septembre
1878.
13. Myrtis Fanny (Less.).
Un male et deux femelles de Callacate, avril 1879.
14. Lespra GRraciuis, Gould; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 238.
Deux males adultes et une femelle de Cutervo, tués en décembre
et en mai. Mr. Elliot, dans son récent travail sur les Oiseaux-
Mouches (‘ Classification and Synopsis of the Trochilide,’ 1879), a
réuni cette forme avec la Z. gouldi. La comparaison des deux males
adultes de ce dernier envoi avec les oiseaux de la Colombie m’a con-
duite & une opinion contraire. Je trouve la différence principale
dans la couleur de la queue, et surtout dans le deux rectrices externes,
qui dans nos individus péruviens sont d’un noir intense, presque ve-
louté, avec un trés-faible éclat bleudtre 4 peine distinct sous certain
jour, tandis que dans la L. gouldi cette rectrice est lustrée de vert
dans presque toute sa longueur ; la tache terminale verte brillante est
beaucoup plus petite, et surtout moins large; la bordure grise-
blanchatre est plus claire dans les oiseaux péruviens et dépasse de
5-7 mm. l’extrémité des rectrices suivantes, tandis que dans l’oiseau
de la Colombie cette nuance ne les dépasse pas; la page inférieure
est violatre dans presque toute sa longueur dans les oiseaux péruviens,
tandis que cette nuance ne dépasse l’extrémité des rectrices suivantes
dans la L. gouldi. Les rectrices de la deuxiéme paire sont noires
jusqu’au bout des suivantes ; tandis que dans l’oiseau de la Colombie
elles sont vertes beaucoup plus loin. Les oiseaux en plumage de
1880. ] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 207
transition présentent également la méme différence dans la coloration
de la queue. Le vert du plumage du corps est moins pur dans les
oiseaux péruviens, c’est & dire qu’il tire plus fort sur le doré. Les
subcaudales sont vertes au milieu et largement bordées de fauve isa-
belle.
*15. RaAMPHOMICRON RUFICEPS (Gould).
Trois males et deux femelles de Cutervo, recueillis en décembre,
janvier et mai.
Le rabat gulaire dans le male est d’un beau vert dans sa moitié
supérieure, et ce n’est que depuis ce point qu’il passe graduellement
en doré et ensuite en cuivreux a l’extrémité méme.
Les femelles n’ont rien de cendré en dessous, elles ont la gorge
rousse-claire, parsemée de gros points verts; la poitrine fauve-rous-
satre ; le milieu de l’abdomen blanchatre, lavé de fauve isabelle.
16. RAMPHOMICRON MICRORHYNCUUM (Boiss.).
Sept males en différents plumages de Cutervo 4 9600-9800 pieds
d’altitude, recueillis en novembre et en décembre.
17. METALLURA SMARAGDINICOLLIs (Orb. et Lafr.).
Cing males tués 4 Cutervo 4 9000 pieds d’altitude, recueillis en
novembre et en décembre.
18. ADELOMYIA MELANOGENYs (Fras.).
Un male de Cutervo, tué le 25 novembre 1878.
*19. AGLHACTIS CUPREIPENNIS, var. PARVULA, Gould.
Plusieurs exemplaires des deux sexes, tués 4 Cutervo entre le 22
novembre et le 12 février.
Considérablement plus petit que le A. cupreipennis de la Colombie,
et distinct surtout par le bec beaucoup plus court.
Le mile a son collier roux interrompu au cou ; le bas du dos d’un
rouge violacé trés-brillant, de plus en plus clair au croupion, et
passant graduellement en jaunatre doré sur la partie postérieure du
croupion, et en vert clair sur les tectrices caudales, qui changent en
bleuatre sous certain jour. Les rectrices sont plus largement bronzées
a l’extrémité que celles des oiseaux de la Colombie.
Les femelles adultes ont le collier roux non interrompu; le bas du
dos et le croupion semblable & celui du male, mais 4 couleurs un peu
moins brillantes, moins étendues sur les cétés, et pas aussi uniformes
4 cause de la couleur sombre ou roussatre de la base des plumes, plus
ou moins visible parmi les espaces brillantes.
Les femelles plus jeunes ont seulement les tectrices caudales bril-
lantes, et roses au lieu de verts.
dg. Longueur de Paile 82 mm., queue 45, bec depuis la commissure
20. Q. Longueur de Vaile 75-77 mm., queue 43, bec depuis la com-
missure 19.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XIV. 14
208 M. L, TACZANOWSKI ON [Mar. 16,
20. URANOMITRA CYANICOLLIS (Gould); Elliot, Classif. and
Synops. Troch. p. 198.
Leucolia pelzelni, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 239, Q.
Plusieurs exemplaires des deux sexes de Callacate, recueillis en
mars, avril et mai.
La femelle différe du male par le manque complet du bleu sur la
téte et la nuque, qui est remplacé de vert et de grisatre au front; du
reste elle lui ressemble en tout, elle a méme les cétés du cou égale-
ment tachetés de vert bleuitre brillant, mais d’une manitre moins
dense, surtout sur la région auriculaire ; le vert des parties supé-
rieures du corps un peu “plus cuivreux, ainsi que celui des rectrices
médianes ; l’extrémité des rectrices externes et submédianes plus
clair-gris sans éclat métallique. Taille presque la méme.
21. THaumastius TACZANOWSKII, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 146.
Six males et cing femelles de Callacate, recueillis dans la méme
époque que les précédents.
La femelle ressemble en tout au mile et présente méme les mémes
dimensions.
22. AMAZILIA LEUCOPHZA, Reichb.
Une paire de Callacate, du 12 mars et du 13 mai 1879.
Parmi les différentes observations que M. Stolzmann m’a com-
muniqué sur les habitudes des Oiseaux-Mouches, il dit qu'il a sou-
vent remarqué que certaines espéces ont Vhabitude de s’accrocher
aux trones et aux grosses branches d’arbres 4 la manicre des Pics, en
se servant également de leur queue pour s’appuyer sur leur surface.
Dans cette position ils restent plus ou moins longtemps et enfoncent
leur bec dans des fentes d’écorce épaisse, certainement a la recherche
d’insectes et des larves qui s’y trouvent. Ila vu un dgleactis par-
vula accroché de cette manicre 4 une grosse branche et faisant une
pareille exploration dans un trou profond.
STEATORNITHIDE.
*STEATORNIS CARIPENSIS, Humb.
Plusieurs exemplaires recueillis le 4 juillet 1879 dans la grotte de
Ninabamba, située dans le département de Cajamarca, province de
Chota, district Santa Cruz, sur le versant occidental des Cordiliéres.
Altitude 7100 pieds au dessus du niveau de la mer, la grotte est plus
bas, 4 peu prés 6700. Aufond de la grotte traverse la riviére Chan-
cay, qui prend le nom de Rio de Lambayaque, pres de son em-
bouchure, une des plus grandes rivicres péruviennes, se rendant au
Pacifique.
“ Dans leurs intestins j’ai trouvé des fruits, appartenant au moins
a trois espéces du genre Nectandra (selon M. Raimondi), qui ser-
vent de nourriture 4 ces oiseaux, et dont les noyaux sont ensuite rejettés
intacts. Quelques-uns de ces noyaux poussent au fond de la grotte.”
“ Tris noir avec une fine bordure brune- foncée ; pattes carnées
tachetées ca et la de violet; ongles gris.”
1880.] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 209
Picipz.
1. CHLORONERPES CALLONOTUS (Waterh.).
Une paire tuée 4 Chepen le 25 et le 26 septembre 1878. Ces
deux exemplaires sont également ondulés de foncé sur les parties in-
férieures du corps comme les oiseaux de Tumbez.
2. CHLORONERPES FUMIGATUS (d’Orb, et Lafr.).
Trois femelles tudes 3 Callacate et 4 Cutervo le 9 décembre 1878
et le 31 mars 1879. Iris brun-foneé,
*3. CHRYSOPTILUS ATRICOLLIS (Malh.).
Male adulte de Callacate, tué le 25 avril 1879. Iris cerise-brunatre-
foncé. Un jeune de Cutervo, enlevé du nid en février de la méme
4
année.
Le premier plumage difftre de celui des adultes en ce que toutes
les plumes plombées du devant et du milieu du sommet de la
téte sont terminées d’une bordure rouge; le rouge de la nuque est
moins intense et tirant sur Porangé; les raies claires dorsales
sont beaucoup plus foncées et olives ; les raies claires de la poitrine
moins pures; le milieu du ventre tacheté de noiratre. Iris brun-
foncé.
4. Hypoxantuvus BREViRoOstTRIs, T'acz.
Un jeune male au point de changer son premier plumage, tué 4
Cutervo le 4 janvier 1879, differe peu des adultes, et principalement
par le rouge moins intense et moins uniforme sur les parties supé-
rieures du corps, surtout au sommet de la téte, ott les raies noires pré-
cédantes l’extrémité rouge des plumes y forment des nombreuses bandes
transversales; une raie noire, s’élargissant de plus en plus en arriére,
borde de chaque cété le rouge du sommet de la téte; le jaune des
parties inférieures du corps est plus pale et moins pur. Iris cerise-
brunatre-foncé.
*5. CoLapres STOLZMANNI, 0. sp,
C. rupicola, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 170.
Pileo mystacibusque plumbeo-schistaceis; loris, gents, gula pectoreque
pallide cinnamomeis ; collo infero subtiliter nigro translineato A
dorso alisque brunneo Sulvoque transfasciatis ; abdomine, uropygio
subalaribusque fiavis ; cauda nigricante, rectricibus externis
Jlavido transfasciatis ; scapis remigum totis rectricumque basi
luteis.
S. Long. ale 178, caude 135, rostri 56, tarsi 32 mill. 9. Long.
ale 178, caude 130, rostri 58, tarsi 32 mill.
3. Sommet de la téte et moustaches plombés ardoise, l’extrémité
méme de ces dernidres Touge sur un espace trés-petit ; lores, tour des
yeux, cdtés de la téte, ainsi que du cou et la gorge d’un roux can-
nelle clair, passant en une nuance plus ou moins jaune de serin sur
Pabdomen et les sus-caudales ; la moitié inférieure de la gorge tra-
versée d’une quinzaine de lignes noires. Dos et ailes bruns-foneés,
14*
210 M. L., TACZANOWSKI ON [ Mar. 16,
traversés de nombreuses lignes fauves-roussatres, de moitié plus
fines que les foncées ; croupion et les sus-caudales de la couleur de
Vabdomen ; les tectrices les plus longues traversées de quelques raies
noires. Rémiges brunes-foncées, a tige jaune ; quelques rales fauves
sur la barbe externe, le bord de interne largement jaune dans les
primaires jusqu’a la moitié de leur longueur, et rayé jusqu’au bout
des plumes dans les secondaires ; subalaires jaunes. Queue noire-
olivatre an-dessus et noire an-dessous, 4 base de toutes les rectrices
plus ou moins jaunatre et tige jaune; les externes rayées irrégu-
liérement de roussatre sur la page dorsale, et fort colorées de jaune
sur l’inférieure. Bec plombé, plus foncé a l’extrémité; pattes
jaunatres ; ongles jaunatres sur les cétés et d’un corné foncé au dos ;
iris jaune-citron.
2. La femelle différe seulement par le manque du rouge sur l’ex-
trémité des moustaches.
Jeune oiseau en premier plumage semblable aux adultes et ne dif-
fére que par le schistacé du sommet de la téte plus foncé; le cannelle
des cétés du visage et du haut de la gorge moins intense et moins
pur; le bas de la gorge également rayé en travers ; les nuances des
parties inférieures du corps également disposées comme dans les
adultes, mais les raies claires dorsales sont moins pures et imprégnées
d’une nuance grisatre; extrémité des rémiges terminée d’une bordure
fauve ; la premiére et la deuxiéme rectrice rayées de jaunatre ; tec-
trices candales rayées beaucoup plus fort de foncé que dans les adultes.
Extrémité du bec blanc ; iris cendré.
Les ceufs, trouvés en février, ont |’éclat aussi fort que ceux du
Gecinus viridis. Dimensions: 32°8 x 24°3; 32°8 x 24-5 mm.
Un mile adulte et quatre femelles recueillis & Cutervo depuis le
17 décembre 1878 jusqu’au 12 janvier 1879 ; un jeune pris dans le
nid le 7 janvier.
ALCEDINIDE.
CrerRyYLE CABANIsI (Tsch.).
Un mile tué 4 Chepen en septembre 1878. Iris brun-foncé.
TROGONID.
TROGON COLLARIS, Vieill.
Un mile tué le 15 novembre 1878 a Cutervo a 9900 pieds d’alti-
tude. Iris brun-foncé; tour des yeux corail ; bec orangé.
CucuLip&.
*], DrpLoprervs N&vius (Gm.).
Trois males et un jeune oiseau de Callacate, tués dans les derniers
jours de mars et a la fin d’avril 1879. Iris brun-noisette-clair dans
les adultes et gris dans le jeune.
2. CROTOPHAGA SULCIROSTRIS, Sws.
Des ceufs de Cutervo.
1880. ] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 211
PsiTTACIDz&.
1. Conurvus mitrRAtTus, Tsch.
Un exemplaire de Cutervo 4 10,000 pieds d’altitude, tué le 11
décembre 1878. Iris composé de deux anneaux, dont |’externe est
d’un jaune sale clair et l’interne gris-pile.
2. BoLBORHYNCHUS AURIFRONS (Less.),
Un male tué a Callacate le 22 mai 1879. Iris brun-foncé. Tout
le dessous de cet exemplaire est vert, excepté une touffe de plumes
jaunes sur les cédtés de la poitrine, tandis que dans les males des
environs de Lima la poitrine et l’abdomen sont largement jaunes.
3. PsirracuLa ca@Lestis (Less.).
Un mile tué & Chepen le 23 septembre 1879. Iris brun-foncé.
FALconip&.
1, AcciprITER BICOLOR (Vieill.).
Un male de Cutervo 4 9700 pieds d’altitude, tué le 6 décembre
1879. Iris ainsi que la peau nue du tour des yeux jaunes; pattes
orangées. Cet exemplaire a comme le A. chilensis la poitrine et la
gorge fort colorés de blanc.
2. ACCIPITER ERYTHROCNEMIs, Scl.
Un jeune male pris 4 Cutervo au moi de mars 1879. Iris
jaune.
3. UruBITINGA UNriciNcTA (Temm.).
Une jeune femelle tuée 4 Cutervo le 14 janvier 1879.
STRIGIDA.
*1, BuBO MAGELLANICUS, Gm.
Une femelle de Cutervo, tuée le 27 janvier 1879. Iris jaune.
Cette femelle présente la coloration semblable 4 celle d’un male
fourni par M. Jelski de la Guyane francaise en 1868, mais elle en
différe principalement par le blane du collier beaucoup plus répandu
et occupant le menton et le bas du visage ; ce collier est partagé en
deux par une bande foncée continue, qui fait la continuation des
bandes noires postauriculaires ; les plumes de touffes nasales sont
beaucoup plus blanches. Dans lexemplaire de Cayenne cité plus
haut le menton est foncé comme dans le B. virginianus. Cette
femelle différe aussi par les pattes moins fortes, et surtout par les
doigts beaucoup plus courts: le médian sans ongle est long de
70 mm., tandis que celui de loiseau de Cayenne est de 77 mm.; les
pattes sont plus velues que dans ce dernier, la surface dorsale des
doigts est parfaitement couverte de plumes jusqu’au bout, tandis que
dans celui de Cayenne les plumes ne la couvrent pas en entier et lais-
sent la derniére phalange presque nue. Le bec est moins fort que
dans l’oiseau de Cayenne, a crochet moins prolongé. Les ongles sont
aussi moins forts.
212 _ -M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Mar. 16,
En général l’oiseau de Cayenne ressemble au péruvien par la colora-
tion, excepté le haut du collier ; par la force des pattes, la longueur
des doigts et la force des griffes il ressemble 4 l’oiseau de Canada
avec lequel je l’ai comparé, mais il en différe par les doigts beau~
coup moins garnis, et par la couleur générale.
2. STRIX PERLATA, Licht.
Une femelle de Cutervo du 21 janvier 1879. Iris presque noir.
ANATID.
QUERQUEDULA OXYPTERA (Meyen).
Une paire de Cutervo du 3 décembre et du 14 janvier 1879. Iris
brun-foncé,
ARDEID&,
TIGRISOMA SALMONI, Scl. et Salv.
Deux jeunes oiseaux en premier plumage, tués 4 Callacate en
mai 1879. Iris jaune.
CoLUMBID2.
1, LeprorTiLa RUFAXILLA (Rich. et Bern.) ?
Deux femelles tuées 4 Cutervo 4 9800 pieds d’altitude, a la fin de
novembre 1878 et en février 1879. Iris orangé-brunatre a l’exté-
rieur, et d’un brun-grisatre trés-foncé autour de la pupille, se con-
fondant presque avec cette dernicre.
Ces deux femelles présentent la coloration bien différente de celle
des oiseaux de la Guyane et d’un male de Monterico au Pérou cen-
tral, recueilli en 1870 par M. Jelski. La couleur générale du dos
est d’un gris foncé un peu olivatre, sans aucune nuance rousse, propre
auX oiseaux cités plus haut ; la couleur de la poitrine et des cétés
de ’abdomen est d’un rose plus pale et moins pur, sans aucune trace
de nuance roussatre sur la surface médiane des plumes, et qui est la
plus répandue sur l’oiseau de Monterico; elles n’ont point de cendré
au sommet de Ja téte, remplacé par un gris un peu rougeatre ; point
de nuance lilacée au cou ot il y a un petit espace d’éclat verdatre a
la naissance du dos ; les cdtés du visage n’ont point de roux, carac-
téristique dans l’espéce, remplacé par une couleur analogue 4 celle
des parties inférieures du corps. Laile est plus courte de 12 mm. et
en conséquence la queue parait étre plus longue; les rectrices laté-
rales beaucoup moins larges, attenuées a l’extrémité, et bordées dans
toute leur longueur d’une fine bordure blanche.
Les ceufs, recueillis en avril et en mai, présentent des différences
assez grandes dans leurs dimensions, et dans la forme générale ; les
uns sont assez allongés et minces, tandis que les autres beaucoup plus
courts et gros ; les uns sont réguliérement elliptiques, tandis que les
autres ovés ; le blanc des uns est pur, tandis que dans d’autres il est
jaunatre. Dimensions: 29 x 22°2; 29'°5x24; 31x23; 31x24;
32°5 x 24; 33 x 23 mm,
1880. ] BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 213
2. ZENAIDA AURICULATA (Gay).
Un male tué 4 Cutervo le 25 janvier 1879. Iris presque noir.
3. GEOTRYGON FRENATA (Tsch.).
Un male de Cutervo, tué le 20 février 1879. Iris jaune-
brunatre.
4. CoLuMBULA cRUZIANA (Knip et Prév.).
Des ceufs recueillis 4 Callacate dans les premiers jours de juin.
RAID.
Ratuvs castus, Tsch. Faun. Per. Aves, p. 300.
Rallus rythyrhynchus, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 559.
Deux males et deux femelles de Cutervo, tués en décembre 1879.
Tous ces exemplaires, ainsi que ceux des environs de Lima et de
Junin, ont le menton et le devant de la gorge, comme le dit Tschudi,
gris-foncé trés-peu distinct de la couleur plombée générale de tout
le dessous du corps; les subcaudales noires largement bordées de
fauve-roussatre. Le bee est selon M. Jelski olive-verdatre, avec
une grande tache latéro-basale rouge-foncée, occupant le cdté de la
mandibule inférieure et le bord de la supérieure; le dos dans la
naissance du bec bleu clair, et ’extrémité de la mandibule inférieure
plus ou moins jaune. L/iris dans tous ces exemplaires est indiqué
rouge, tandis que dans la description de Tschudi il est dit “gris.”
Pattes rouges-jaunatres.
3. Longueur de Vaile 144 mm., queue 70, bec 52. 9. Lon-
gueur de Vaile 130-134 mm., queue 69, bec 47-50.
ScoLopPacipz.
GALLINAGO ANDINA, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 561.
Deux males de Cutervo, tués le 2 décembre 1878 et le 14 janvier
1879.
TINAMIDZ.
*NOTHOPROCTA CURVIROSTRIS, Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. Av.
Neotr. p. 163.
Cing exemplaires des deux sexes, tués 4 Cutervo 4 9000 pieds
d’altitude, en décembre et en janvier, et un poussin de quelques jours
pris au mois de mars.
Comparés par Mr. Sclater avec l’exemplaire typique. La descrip-
tion citée est trop courte ; comme la coloration de toutes les Notho-
proctes est fort compliquée et souvent peu difiérente entre les
espéces, la détermination n’est pas toujours facile, je donne donc
une description detaillée, faite d’aprés les oiseaux de M. Stolzmann.
Sommet de la téte couvert de plumes noires, largement entourées
de roussitre sale, et varié de quelques stries longitudinales
blanchatres. Les plumes du coté postérieur du cou brunes-foncées
au milieu, largement entourées d’une bordure fauve sur les cétés et
214 ON BIRDS FROM NORTHERN PERU. [Mar. 16,
roussatre A l’extrémité; toutes les plumes du dos sont noires au
milieu, avec deux stries longitudinales blanchatres sur les cétés ; une
large bordure fauve sale tachetée de noiratre au milieu, en laissant
une fine ligne uniforme terminale et une autre pareille du cété
opposé de cette bordure, et deux ocelles sur le milieu de la plume,
dont celles du devant sont petites, et de plus en plus grandes et plus
compliquées en avangant vers les parties postérieures du corps.
Le menton est fauve pale unicolore; les cdtés du visage fauves,
tachetés de noiratre; devant de la gorge, poitrine et flancs de l’ab-
domen sont d’un roux plus ou moins intense et vif; le haut de la
gorge varié de stries ou de petites taches noiratres, et d’autres taches
fauves plus grandes ; les taches fauves s’élargissent sur la poitrine
et les flancs en bandes transversales, plus ou moins distinetes et régu-
liéres, bordées chacune sur la poitrine des deux cétés d’une fine
ligne brundtre, plus ou moins distincte ; le milieu du ventre et les
jambes sont fauves unicolores ; sus-caudales largement rayées de blan-
chatre, de noir et de gris roussitre sale. Tectrices alaires roussatres
sales, barrées transversalement de noir, et parsemées de grosses
gouttes fauves, plus ou moins arrondies ; la barbe externe des pri-
maires rayée en travers de fauve blanchatre et de brun; celle des
secondaires d’un roux ferrugineux vif, rayée de brun noiratre; les
tertiaires sont d’une coloration plus analogue a celle du dos et d’un
dessin compliqué; la barbe interne de toutes les rémiges grise-
brunatre, uniferme dans les primaires et rayée de roussatre dans les
secondaires ; petites tectrices sous-alaires rousses, les grandes de la
couleur de la page interne des rémiges avee quelques raies rous-
sitres. Bee brun-noirdtre, 4 base de la mandibule inférieure
jaunatre ; pattes jaunes sales, avec les ongles de la méme couleur;
iris brun-grisdtre, plus foncé autour de la pupille et plus clair 4
lextérieur.
Les deux sexes ne présentent aucune différence ; il paratt méme
que les deux sont sujets aux mémes variations de leur coloration,
qui consistent principalement en nuance rousse plus ou moins
intense sur le dessous du corps, ou plus ou moins faible et pas-
sant en fauve; en raies claires pectorales plus cu moins pro-
noncées et régulicres; en taches gutturales plus ou moins nom-
breuses, et en nuance des bordures dorsales plus roussatre ou plus
grisatre.
¢. Longueur de l’aile 165 mm., bec 35, tarse 38, doigt du milieu
avec l’ongle 37. 2. Longueur de l’aile 175 mm., bec 38, tarse 42,
doigt du milieu avec Dongle 40.
Le poussin a le front, les cdtés du visage et tout le dessous du
corps fauve ; le front varié de noiratre et les joues des deux lignes
noires, dont une commence au bord postérieur de |’ceil et passe le
long des cédtés du cou, et l’autre forme une moustache en prenant la
naissance 4 la commissure ; sommet de la téte brun varié d’extré-
mités du duvet rousses; dos également comme celui des adultes,
strié de blanchatre et vari¢ irréguli¢rement de roux ; ailes semblables
a celles des adultes, mais les tectrices largement entourées de rous-
sitre sans taches fauves; la page externe des rémiges secondaires
1880.] MR. CRAVEN ON NEW SHELLS FROM NOSSI BE. 215
d’un roux moins intense. Bec noiratre, 4 mandibule inférieure beau-
coup plus claire que dans les adultes; pattes jaunatres-pales ; iris
brun-foncé.
Les ceufs, trouvés dans les premiers jours de juin, sont allongés et
elliptiques, 4 surface fort polie, d’une belle couleur violette grisatre,
semblable a celle du chocolat au lait. Dimensions: 54 x 38; 55 x 38;
55 x 37°53 95°35 X 37:3; 56X37°6 mm.
2. Description of three new Species of Land and Freshwater
Shells from Nossi-Bé Island (N.W. Coast of Mada-
gascar). By Axurrep E. Craven, F.R.G.S., F.G.S.,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.
[Received March 1, 1880.]
(Plate X XIT.)
To the molluscan fauna of Nossi-Bé Island I have three new
species to add :—
ACHATINA MAMILLATA, sp. noy. (Plate XXII. fig. 8.)
Shell elongated, semitransparent, very pale greenish yellow,
faintly striated by the lines of growth ; apex mamillated and rounded ;
spire produced ; whorls 11, very gradually increasing, rather convex ;
aperture semilunar, labrum thin and simple; columella rather
arcuate; generic fold small; suture deep and much puckered
beneath, excepting round the apical whorls, where it is coarsely
dentated.
Dimensions :—Length 19 to 21 millims., diameter of last whorl
4°5, height of aperture 4, breadth of aperture 2°5.
Locality. Nossi-Bé Island, under dead leaves in woods near the
sea-shore.
Pupa CAFMICOLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 10.)
Shell subrimate, elongated, semitransparent, rather glossy, of a
pale yellowish-white colour, faintly obliquely striated, especialiy the
last whorl; apex rounded and obtuse; whorls 7, convex, gradually
increasing, the penultimate whorls being the broadest; the last
whorl not descending, but straightened a short distance from the
aperture; aperture irregularly semioval, armed with three teeth,
viz. a thin lamelliform tooth on the paries connected with the
labrum at its upper margin, a broad-based tooth on the labrum also
reaching the margin, and a small tooth at the base of the columella
within the aperture; columella straight, furnished far within the
aperture with a lamelliform expansion; deep depressions or pits on
the exterior of the shell correspond with the teeth on the labrum
and base of aperture; labrum very slightly thickened, expanded
and somewhat reflexed ; suture coarsely dentated,
216 MR. CRAVEN ON.SHELLS FROM USAMBARA.. [ Mar. 16,
Dimensions :—Length 5:6 millims., diameter of last whorl 2,
height of aperture 1°2, breadth of aperture 1.
Locality. Nossi-Bé Island, in coffee-plantations.
PALUDINA COLBEAUI, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 5.)
Shell turbinate, perforate, opaque, dark greenish black, coarsely
striated by the lines of growth; apex obtuse, spire acuminate ;
whorls 6, very convex, the last occupying about two thirds of the
entire shell, the upper ones tabulated; interior of shell of a pale
neutral tint; labrum thin, simple, of a brown colour; columella
arcuate and somewhat reflexed over the umbilicus ; basal margin of
the aperture slightly effuse and angular; umbilicus small but well
defined ; suture simple.
Operculum corneous, black, pyriform and concentrical; nucleus
subcentral.
Dimensions :—Length 11 millims., diameter of last whorl 6,
height of aperture 5°5, breadth of aperture 4.
Locality. Nossi-Bé Island, in a sluggish stream running through
coffee-plantations.
I name this species after my friend M. Jules Colbeau, of the
Société Malacologique de Belgique.
3. On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells made
during a short Expedition to the Usambara Country in
Eastern Africa, with Descriptions of seven new Species.
By Aurrep E. Craven, F.R.G.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.8.,
&e.
[Received March 1, 1880.]
(Plate XXII.)
HeEwix mMozamsicensis, Pfr. P. Z.S. 1855, p. 91, pl. 31. fig. 9.
Very plentiful at Pangani, Marongo, and Magila.
HELIx USAMBARICA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 6.)
Shell depressedly turbinate, umbilicate; apex obtuse, spire de-
pressed ; whorls 6, gradually increasing ; the upper ones rather con-
vex and the last very convexedly rounded and not descending; the
two apical whorls smooth, the next three obliquely and the last
flexuously lirate ; epidermis very glossy, of a rich brown above, and
of a paler brown beneath ; shell beneath epidermis nearly white ;
interior of shell of a pale purplish white; aperture semilunar, as
broad as high ; labrum thickened and slightly reflexed ; columella
somewhat straightened obliquely ; suture deep and well marked ;
umbilicus very deep and large.
The young shells are very thin, glossy and transparent.
1880. ] MR, CRAVEN ON SHELLS FROM USAMBARA. 217
Dimensions :—Greatest diameter 24 millims., smallest diameter 20,
height from base of aperture to apex 15, breadth and height of
aperture 11.
Locality. Magila, at the foot of the Usambara hills, in thick
woods near a waterfall.
This species has more the appearance of some of the North-
American forms than of the African.
HELIX ZANGUEBARICA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.)
Shell conically turbinate, perforate, transparent, smooth, and of a
uniform dark brown colour; apex obtuse, spire rather depressed ;
whorls 43 to 5, all convex, the last as broad as the remainder to-
gether; aperture ovately lunate, broader than high ; labrum sharp
and simple, excepting near the umbilicus, where it is slightly re-
flexed outwardly; suture deep and well defined; umbilicus very
small.
Dimensions :—Greatest diameter 3 millims., smallest diameter 2:7,
height from base of aperture to apex 2-4, breadth of aperture 1-4,
height of aperture °9.
Locality. Magila, on decaying vegetation. Mr. J. S. Gibbons
found some dead specimens on Zanzibar Island.
Buiimvus kirKu, Dohrn, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 232.
Locality. Magila, in woods.
The specimens collected are rather larger than those in the British-
Museum collection.
Buxtimus punctatus (Anton), Verz. p. 42. no. 1540; Reeve,
Conch, Icon. no. 452, pl. 65.
Very plentiful at Pangani and Marongo.
Buuimus ovorpea, Brug. Enc. Méth. i. p. 335. no. 64; Kiister,
Icon. Moll. (Pupa) p. 120, pl. 16. figs. 2, 3.
Several fine specimens in woods, Magila.
Buuimus osesus (Gibbons, MS.), Quart. Journ. of Conch. vol. i.
p- 255, pl. ii. fig. 3.
This species closely resembles Bulimus ovoides (Brug.), but is of
much smaller size.
Locality. Magila and Pangani. Dr. Kirk took a living specimen
at Magila; the animal was of a pale green colour, visible through
the shell.
BULIMUS MAGILENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.)
Shell turriform, subtransparent, solid, very glossy, showing the
lines of growth very plainly, of a pale olive-brown colour, rather
lighter near the apex; apex large and obtuse, spire elongated ;
whorls 9 to 10, very slightly convex and gradually increasing ; aper-
ture pyriform, occupying rather less than one sixth of the entire
length of the shell; labrum simple, columella somewhat oblique and
218 MR. CRAVEN ON SHELLS FROM USAMBARA. [ Mar. 16,
faintly reflexed ; suture very deep but narrow, slightly puckered at
its edges.
Dimensions ;—Length 30 to 35 millims., breadth of last whorl 9,
height of aperture 7, breadth of aperture 43.
Locality. Magila, under moss growing on rocks.
ACHATINA KIRKII, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 9.)
Shell turriform, obliquely lirate, of a yellowish-brown colour,
sometimes marked with chocolate-coloured spiral bands; epidermis
glossy ; apex very obtuse ; spire rather elongated; whorls 75, convex,
the last occupying rather more than one third of the entire length
of the shell; labrum thin, simple ; columella obliquely curved; the
generic fold small, but well defined ; suture deep.
Dimensions :—Length 26 millims., breadth of last whorl 12, height
of aperture 10, breadth of aperture 6.
Locality. Magila, along with Helix usambarica, in woods near a
waterfall, scarce.
I have great pleasure in naming this species after Dr. Kirk,
H.M. Consul-General in Zanzibar.
Pura USAMBARICA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 2,)
Shell pupiform, rimate, gibbese, strongly obliquely lirate ; apex
obtuse ; whorls 8, very convex, narrow, gradually increasing, the sixth
being the broadest and the last slightly detached and a little pro-
duced ; aperture small, armed with six teeth ; a large thin lamellar
tooth extending some distance within the shell, at the centre of the
upper margin; three teeth, of which the centre one is the largest, on
the labrum or outer lip; a small and narrow internal lamellar tooth
a little below the centre of the labrum; a broad bifid tooth on the
columellar margin; none of these teeth, with the exception of the
one on the upper margin, reaches the margin of the aperture; on the
exterior of the last whorl are small depressions or pits correspond-
ing with the teeth ; labrum entire, expanded and somewhat reflexed ;
suture well defined.
Dimensions :—Diameter of sixth whorl 6 millims., greatest dia-
meter of last whorl 7, smallest diameter of last whorl 5, height from
base of aperture to apex 11, height of aperture 4, breadth of aper-
ture 33.
Locality. Magila; rare.
CycCLOSTOMA ZANGUEBARICUM, Petit, Journ. d. Conch. vol. i.
p- 53, pl. ill. fig. 6.
Locality. Pangani, Marongo, and Zanzibar; very abundant round
the roots of shrubs and trees.
CyYCLOPHORUS MAGILENSIS, sp.nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)
Shell depressed, subdiscoid, umbilicated, striated by fine lines of
growth, glossy, of a yellowish-brown colour; apex flattened and
very obtuse ; whorls 4, very convex and rapidly increasing, the last
slightly descending near the aperture; aperture circular ; labrum
SA | eee "A
. 4 A
ae
>
a,’
‘a
77
2 4
~
,
>
5
cqunnrennt
att)
10a. 10d. 10c.
NEW SHELLS FROM EAST AFRICA AND NOSSI-BE
Ate
P.Z.S.1880. Pl. XXIL
10b.
1880. ] MR. CRAVEN ON SHELLS FROM USAMBARA. 219
thin, entire, very slightly reflexed outwardly near the umbilicus ;
umbilicus very large and deep; suture very deep; operculum normal,
of a dark-brown colour.
Dimensions :—Greatest diameter 12 millims., smallest diameter
103, height from base of aperture to apex 9, diameter of aperture 5.
Locality, Magila, in woods.
LanisTEs FARLERI, sp. noy. (Plate XXII. fig. 7.)
Shell turbinate, sinistral, imperforate, globose; colour varying from
olive-green to brownish black, irregularly and coarsely spirally stri-
ated and ornamented with numerous spiral bands of various colours,
chiefly sienna and purple; lines of growth very apparent and to-
gether with the spiral striz giving the shell a subgranose appear-
ance; whorls 43 to 5, very convex and somewhat tabulated above ;
aperture semilunar ; labrum thin, simple; columella oblique, with a
faint subtruncation near its base; operculum thin, deep brownish
black; muscular scar large.
Dimensions :—Greatest diameter 21 millims., smallest diameter ia,
height from base of aperture to apex 25, height of aperture 16,
breadth of aperture 10.
Locality. Magila, exceedingly numerous in a stream of running
water.
I associate this shell with the name of the Rev. J. Farler, of the
Universities Mission station at Magila.
MELANIA FERRUGINEA, Lea, P. Z. 8. 1850, p- 182; Reeve,
Con. Icon. xxi. sp. 147.
Locality. Umba (between Marongo and Magila), in an almost
dried up watercourse.
MELANIA ZANGUEBARENSIS, Petit, Journ. d. Conch. vol. ii.
p- 263, pl. vii. fig. 1.
A small variety.
Locality. Magila, together with Lanistes farleri; very abundant.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII,
Fig. 1 a-e. Cyclophorus magilensis, p. 218.
2a-c. Pupa usambarica, p. 218.
3a, b. Bulimus magilensis, p. 217.
4a-c. Helix zanguebarica, p. 217.
5a-e. Paludina colbeaui, p. 216.
6a-c. Helix usambarica, p. 216.
7 a-d. Lanistes farleri, p. 219.
8 a,b. Achatina mamillata, p. 215.
9a-c. Achatina kirki, p. 218.
10 a-d. Pupa cafeicola, p. 215.
220 MR. F. J. BELL ON THE NOMENCLATURE [Mar. 16,
4. On the Names to be applied to certain Echinoidea.
By F. Jerrrey Bett, B.A., F.ZS.
[Received March 10, 1880.]
The tone which Prof. Agassiz has thought proper to adopt towards
me makes any further discussion of the synonymy of the Echini im-
possible between us. It is, however, necessary that I should notify
the Society of one or two matters lest my co-fellows should be led
to think, from the accusations that have been brought against me,
that I have been guilty of great disrespect towards it.
I am charged, first, with quibbling, and, secondly, with mis-
representation. In truth, however, the sentence which forms the
basis for the first accusation is obviously a dialectic artifice, by means
of which the chief point under discussion is thrown into sharper
relief. That point is, of course, the necessity for starting with
Linneus in our nomenclature ; whenever that salutary rule is dis-
obeyed an author can hardly escape some pitfall, and into such a
pitfall Prof. Agassiz has fallen.
While I owe to every author whom I may quote the utmost ex-
actness in representation, I owe it no less to the Society who did me
the honour to publish my paper, and to the student who reads it.
I shall not so far forget my own dignity as to plead that I intended
no misrepresentation ; I will say at once that I have not been guilty
of it, and that Prof. Agassiz does not support his accusation.
In criticizing the method of bibliographical reference adopted by
the author of the ‘Revision,’ I directed attention to a misleading
reference which stands thus :—‘‘ Int. Mon. Scut.” This is now
allowed to be an unfortunate method of quotation ; but ‘it does not
justify Mr. Bell in assuming that he corrects a grave error, and gives
information not to be found in the Revision.’ Here I submit the
following facts :—
(1) The following are the contents of the second livraison of the
* Monographies d’ Echinodermes,’ as published by Prof. Louis Agassiz
—(a) Observations on the progress of the knowledge of the Echino-
dermata, and ((3) the “ Seconde Monographie. Des Scutelles.”” The
Monograph consists of (i) a short preface, (ii) ‘‘ Introduction. Du
groupe des Scutelles en général,”’ and (iii) a series of chapters on
the different genera of the group.
Now which of these constituent parts is referred to by “ Int. Mon.
Scut.”?? why, of course, as all the world but Mr. Bell knows quite
well, the ‘ Observations . . .’ are referred to! That there is an In-
troduction to the Scutellz has, it is notorious, been at no time an
obstacle to such a use of the abbreviated reference. That this is
really the case should be obvious from Mr. Agassiz’s statement—
‘* All writers on Echinoderms who have quoted these independent
monographs (as I have done in the ‘ Revision’) without reference to
the number of the Livraison, but entirely from the contents as printed
on the cover, always quote this ‘essay’ as ‘Monographie des Scu-
1880.] OF CERTAIN ECHINOIDEA. 221
telles (Introduction).’ I have only followed their example and
that of Prof. Agassiz himself.’’
If by this Mr. Alexander Agassiz only means that those who do
not quote it as the second livraison, quote it by its titlepage, I
submit that such an answer is a mere trifling with the Zoological
Society ; but if he means that such is the ordinary method of re-
ferring to the ‘ Observations’ &c., (and that he does mean or aim at
meaning this is probable from his preceding statement that Prof.
Louis Agassiz “invariably spoke of it as ‘ Introduction de la Mono-
sar des Scutelles’”) I can pass to
(2) The mode of reference adopted by other writers. Mr. Alex-
ander Agassiz states that his father invariably spoke of it in one
way ; of course, as an answer, Mr. Agassiz means that there are printed
references to the ‘Observations...’ in which the abbreviation
adopted by himself in his ‘ Revision’ is used. There may be such,
but I am not acquainted with them, although I can point to five
genera in the ‘ Nomenclator ’ in which a different method of reference
is adopted. Let the reader turn to Amblypneustes, Pleurechinus,
Temnopleurus, Agarites, or Tetrapygus, and he will “‘invariably”’ find
succeeding these names the expression ‘‘ dgass. Monogr. KEchin. 2de livr.
1841.” Turning now to other witnesses, I will call on two honoured
names: one was, with Louis Agassiz, the author of the ‘ Catalogue
Raisonné,’ and he! writes Monogr. d’Echinodermes, 2e livre. nee
the other is Alex. Agassiz’s eminent compatriot A. E. Verrill, who
(s. v. Euryechinus) writes, on p. 304 of his ‘ Notes on the Radiata i in
the Museum of Yale College’ (1867), ‘* Agassiz, Monogr. d’ Echinod.
2me livr. (Introduction), July 1841.”
It is of no use to appeal to the ‘Catalogue Raisonné’ (1846, 1847),
for the essay in question is not there referred to; nor is there, to my
knowledge, any reference to it in such considerable authors as Liitken’,
Von Martens, Perrier, or Dujardin and Hupé. The Society will now
see how far Prof. Agassiz is justified in his term “ all,” and in his
adverb “invariably.”
(3) Contents of the “ Essay.’ Even now I am not certain that
Mr. Alex. Agassiz and I are referring to the same paper. It is true
that we both refer to an article published under the same cover as
the Monograph of the Scutellide, that we both quote the title
(‘Observations . . .”) in just the same way, and that we both find on
a given page just the same generic names; and yet we differ com-
pletely as to its other contents and as to its aim. The basis of my
contention obviously laid in the fact that I looked upon the ‘Ob-
servations’ as having a general interest, and as being, therefore, in-
correctly denominated by the term “ Int. Mon. Scut.” ; we learn
now, however, from unquestionable authority, that “the contents of
this so-called essay, in spite of the heading, show plainly enough
that it was not considered at the time as a special essay, but that it
was simply an Introduction to the Livraison.” Now is the rest of
1 Desor, ‘ Synopsis des Echinides fossiles,’ p. 113.
2 Save this, “1841 opstillede Agassiz (Préface) imidlerted en Rekke af
Slaegter .. .” (Vidensk, Meddel. 1864, p. 154).
222 MR. SCLATER ON THE BIRTH OF AN ELEPHANT. [Apr. 6,
the livraison confined to the Scutellidee? certainly it is, and Prof.
Alex. Agassiz most explicitly says so ; but what does the ‘so-called ”’
Introduction deal with? In the space of 20 pages reference is made
to (not to quote all) Forbes’s ‘British Starfishes’ (itself a general work
on Echinoderms), the classifications proposed by Miller and
Troschel and by J. E. Gray for the Asterida, to M. Desmoulins’s
Studies on the Echinida, to Brandt’s establishment of certain genera
of regular Echini, to the same writer’s classification of the Holo-
thurians, to Grube’s anatomy of Sipunculus, to Sars’s researches into
the development of Asterias, to J. Miiller’s labours on Pentacrinus,
as well as to various memoirs on fossil forms.
(4) The genus 7ripneustes is not defined in the essay referred to,
but the type only mentioned as HE. ventricosus.
(5) In the Introduction to Valentin’s anatomy of Echinus the
genus is well defined (p. viii).
(6) Notwithstanding certain cases to the contrary, I prefer to
believe that, in the case of T'ripneustes at any rate, L. Agassiz justly
referred in the ‘ Nomenclator’ to the paper in which he amply defined
and so, strictly speaking, published that generic name.
There are two other statements of mine which it is not just to
denounce as misrepresentations, for they both arise from my funda-
mental proposition that, in zoological nomenclature, names which
antedate Linneus do not exist; thus vrariegata gets put out of
court, and 1788, not 1734, is, with me, the date of unicolor.
April 6, 1880.
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following extracts from two letters of Mr.
Arthur E. Brown, Superintendent of the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of Philadelphia, U.S.A., relating to the birth of an Elephant,
which had taken place on the 10th ult. in Cooper and Bailey’s mena-
gerie at Philadelphia. These letters had been addressed to Mr. W.
A. Conklin, C.M.Z.S., of New York, and had been kindly commu-
nicated to the Secretary by that gentleman.
«‘The baby Elephant was born only on Wednesday morning; is a
female, strong and healtiny, and I see no reason why they should not
successfully rear it, They have another female which they say is
eight months gone with young ; and from examination I am inclined
to think this is the case.
“Our Prosector, Dr. Chapman, was fortunate enough to obtain
the placenta in perfect condition; the only other one known, I be-
lieve, is an imperfect specimen in the Royal College of Surgeons,
London, sent in spirit from India. It is a good thing that this one
has fallen into perfectly competent hands. The baby is a lively,
interesting little thing, about two feet high, weight 213 pounds (an
hour after birth), and is well worth seeing.
1880.] MR. SCLATER ON THE BIRTH OF AN ELEPHANT. 223
“T send you with pleasure some measurements of the baby Ele-
phant. The height and weight were taken an hour after birth, the
others three days later. I have doubts of the accuracy of the weight,
as it does not seem to me possible that it can weigh so much. There
are several other measurements I wanted; but the young one was
very uneasy, and the mother did not like the operation; so it was
by no means an easy task to get any.
SIGUE TT Nid te IRR ni a eee 213 |b.
Height at shoulder........... ... 343 inches
Length of forearm and manus ............ 16 Oy
Se Hengeiab... . .;.. 5. ae 30 fn
Fe lower les and pes, |. 7. ess see Wi ae
Ga Ae AOPAN, see Torre eee iS
Sa ADEN es osteo cee a et, RG op
SepeUANEE OMG toc gords at ee ee CMe ”
PENS Ol METER. ce te ae ND 1 hanes d 12 oe
Girth at base er teank,..... 2.2.) 2 Ae a 9 5:
Weneite Ghia tae Ce te 20 5
Widtn bepweenveyes.... °° 5 hou. Td bs. e0r 2 uae
Distance between articulations of jaw, across.. 26 u
“The young one was up and walking about very shortly after birth,
has teeth in both jaws, and sucks with the mouth. The mamma of
the mother when distended projects somewhat laterally ; so that the
trunk of the young one is thrown up, and rests, while sucking, in the
angle between the shoulder and thorax.
“Father and mother are each about twenty-three or twenty-four
years old, and about the same size, some eight feet high, I should
say.
oe The proportions of the young one, to the eye, are nearly those of
the adult ; it is somewhat darker in colour; and the hairs are rather
more plentiful about the forehead and shoulders. The mother shows
much attachment for it.
“They have another female, which is undoubtedly with young by
the same male—a further support of the theory that the reproductive
faculties of the male, under domestication, are affected to a greater
extent, or more commonly, than those of the female.
“The period of gestation in this case was just 629 days, from June
20, 1878, to March 10, 1880; she took the male some five or six
times during several days.
“T see no reason now to doubt that they will successfully rear it.
The show will be here for a month yet ; and I shall watch the young
Elephant with much interest.”
The following papers were read :-—
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XV. 15
224 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN. [Apr. 6,
1. On the Fishes of Afghanistan. By Francis Day, F.Z.S.
[Received April 6, 1880.]
In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for the year 1876 I was en-
abled to give an account of the fishes collected by the Yarkand expe-
dition. Observing how little was known of the forms inhabiting the
ranges of hills to the south and south-west of Peshawur, I applied to
some friends in India to try and obtain collections. These ranges
may be roughly classed into two:—the Suliemans, dividing the
Punjab from Afghanistan proper ; and the Beluchistan range or Halah
Mountains, extending from near Kurrachee to Quetta. Up to the
present I have not obtained any fishes from the Suliemans; and as no
accounts of any captured there have, so far as I know, been recorded,
it is impossible to give more than a guess as to whether their fish-
fauna resembles that of the Himalayas or that of the Beluchistan
range, which two, as I now find, are entirely distinct. Dr. C. Duke
has been good enough to collect with great care and discrimination
some of the fishes from the highlands about Kelat and Quetta,
which I shall have toallude to further on. Col. Miles likewise sent
me, in 1872, a small but beautiful collection from a river about
twenty miles inland from Gwadur, on the Meckran coast; and what
increases the interest of these two collections is that some of the fishes
are identical species; so that we may fairly conclude that their range
is extensive. I shall also allude to Griffith’s collections, and one that
I personally made on the eastern or Indian side of the Beluchistan
range of hills.
The first account which we possess of the fishes inhabiting Afghani-
stan is by Griffith, whose collection was described by M‘Clelland in
the 2nd volume of the ‘Calcutta Journal of Natural History.’ Griffith,
in his tour, collected fish at Loodianah, Ferozepore, also from streams
existing in the watershed of the Indus, and likewise from that river
itself so far south as near Shikarpoor ; then proceeding through the
Bolan Pass, he continued his investigations to Quetta, at which
place the waters no longer find their way into the Indus, but become
lost in detail, or empty themselves into the Helmund. His next
researches were into the fishes of the Helmund and its affluents,
as well as those of the Cabul river and its feeders until it finds its
way past Jellalabad and through the Kyber Pass to Peshawur, and
so on to the Indus. [do not intend making any remarks upon
Griffith’s researches in the Helmund or Cabul rivers, as at a future
date we may hope to receive some more fishes from those localities,
The district I propose more especially drawing attention to is
a range of hills stretching from the valley of the Indus, their most
southern point being near Kurrachee; and in their course they
divide Sind from Beluchistan. They tower one above another in
steps, and are continued from the south on to Kelat and Quetta,
the former being at an elevation of about 7000 feet with a European
climate, while they decrease in height to Quetta, where they are
1880.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN. 225
about 5900 feet, the slope of the latter place being, as observed, to-
wards the Helmund.
Griffith’s examples of fishes were, unfortunately, all or nearly all
destroyed ; but he had figures made, and determined them to be as
follows :—in the Bolan Pass—Barbus (? B. terio), B. tor, Opsarius
(?Chela bacaila), Labeo diplostomus, Gonorhynchus (? Cirrhina
latia), Silurus kuggur, ? Macrognathus (Mastacembelus armatus) ;
from a stream at Gurmah flowing into that of the Bolan— Barbus
tor, B. (! B. terio), Gonorhynchus (? Cirrhina latia), Systomus bima-
culatus (never described if new), S. canius (this cannot be Barbus
canius=B. gelius, as the species does not extend so far, but it may
be B. ticto); at Quetta he obtained a Barbus with bright red
streaks (? Scaphiodon microphthalmus), two other Cyprinide (?Sca-
phiodon irregularis and Barbus milesi), a Gonorhynchus (? Cirrhina
latia), and a Loach (Nemacheilus).
Doubt may exist as to the identity of some of these species ; but
as my examples from Quetta agree in number with those discovered
by Griffith, it does not seem improbable that we may be both allu-
ding to the same forms. I will therefore now pass on to descriptions
of such fishes as I have received from Gwadur in Beluchistan and the
range of hills terminating at Quetta.
OPpHIOCEPHALUS GACHUA, Ham. Buch.
Colonel Miles sent me some small examples from a river near
Gwadur ; it has likewise been recorded by Griffith that “two spe-
cies of Ophiocephalus are found at Jellalabad which are unknown in
Bengal.” These two species were described as Ophiocephalus indi-
cus and O. montanus, M‘Clelland. Of the former, two examples,
viz. from Loodianah and Seharanpore, exist in the British Museum,
and are specimens of O. punctatus, which leads one to the conclu-
sion that the Jellalabad fish was the same; while O. monéanus,
M ‘Clelland, is identical with O. gachua, the type (from Afghanistan)
being stuffed and in the British Museum.
CaLLicHROUS PABDA, Ham. Buch.
Silurus anastomus, Cuv. & Val. S. lamghur, Heckel. Callichrous
vittatus, Swainson. Cryptopterus latovittatus, Playfair. Calli-
chrous egertonii, Day.
My reasons for uniting these forms into one species I have fully
detailed in my ‘ Fishes of India,’ p. 479; and, admitting they are
all identical, the range of the species is very wide: Griffith found one
of this genus in Afghanistan ; and such may have been identical with
the beautiful example 53 inches in length sent by Dr. Duke.~ Its
pectoral spine is rather strong and serrated.
Griffith obtained from the Cabul river at Jellalabad an example
of ‘‘a Silurus very like, if not identical with, the Poftah.”’ All the
species of Callichrous are known as “‘Poftah ;”’ therefore it does not
appear improbable that it may have been this form which was obtained
at Jellalabad, especially as the river eventually finds its way into the
15*
226 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN. (Apr. 6,
Indus, where this fish exists. M‘Clelland, however, gives it as
C. checkra, and Afghanistan and Punjab examples as identical.
Two specimens were sent to Europe, one of which (young) is in the
British Museum, and is C. chechkra=C. bimaculatus, Bloch, but
with a smooth pectoral spine, and may be the Afghan fish as labelled.
If so, we have two species of Callichrous in Afghanistan.
CrrRHINA LATIA, Ham. Buch.
Cyprinus gohamaand ? sada,Ham. Buch. Barbus diplocheilus and
Tylognathus barbatulus, Heckel. Gonorhynchus fimbriatus, macro-
stomus, and brevis, M‘Clelland. Chondrostoma wattanah, Sykes.
Crossocheilus rostratus, Ginther.
Among Dr. Duke’s Quettah fishes are several of this species, but
in a very bad state. There are three excellent examples sent by
Colonel Miles from Gwadur, 33, 34, and 3? inches respectively in
length. The upper lip is not so deeply indented as observable in
some Himalayan examples; there is only a single pair of rostral
barbels, and four and a half rows of scales between the lateral line
and the base of the ventral fin.
This fish has much the appearance of a Discognathus (which is
likewise termed Gonorhynchus by M‘Cleliand), adhering to stones in
the beds of rivers, as I had an excellent opportunity of observing
when investigating the fish-fauna of the Beluchistan range of hills.
It is subject to numerous modifications ; the rudiment of a pad is
present behind the lower lip, in the situation where the sucker exists
in Discognathus ; while the two have the same proportions and the
identical number of rays and scales. Consequently one being taken
for the other is a not unlikely error. Still, as D. Jamta is found from
Syria to Abyssinia and through the Himalayas and India, it is to be
supposed that it is present in Afghanistan.
Cirrhina latia is very generally distributed from Sind throughout
India, excepting south of the Kistna river and the Malabar coast.
It is common along the Himalayas, where it attains as much as ~
8 inches in length. It now appears that it extends along the Belu-
chistan hills to Quetta, and also along the Meckran coast to Gwadur.
The genus Scaphiodon of Heckel appears to be well repre-
sented, as might have been anticipated, it being a Western Asiatic
form which extends along the Meckran coast and the Beluchistan
range of hills to the Punjab, Sind, and down the Malabar coast.
ScAPHIODON IRREGULARIS, Day.
This species I originally obtained in the Beluchistan range of
hills, at an elevation of 3500 feet. Among Dr. Duke’s fishes I find
nine examples of it up to 63 inches in length, thus giving me the
opportunity of supplementing my original description. The pharyn-
geal teeth are plough-shaped, 4, 3, 2 | 2, 3, 4. The gill-rakers are
short and somewhat wide apart. Pseudobranchieze present.
1880.] ur. F. Day on THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN, 227
SCAPHIODON ACULEATUS,
Chondrostoma aculeatum, Cuv. & Val. xvii. p- 408.
Bite DLs Gin) Ps V5.2 Voge Aus Nie CLL Eek 3
L. tr. 73 | 5.
Length of head 54, of caudal fin 5, height of the body 4 times in the
total length. Eyes: diameter 32 in the length of the head, 1 dia-
meter from the end of the snout, and 17 apart. Interorbital Space
nearly flat, snout obtuse ; upper jaw the longer; mouth wide, the
extent of its cleft not being quite equal to half the width of its
gape. The posterior extremity of the maxilla does not reach to
beneath the front edge of the eye. Lips thin, with a deciduous
horny covering, lost in the single example from Gwadur, but present
in both of those from Trél. No tubercle at symphysis. Barbels:
a single, short, maxillary pair. Teeth rather compressed, flattened
at their extremities, 5, 3, 2 hee ee Pseudobranchiz well deve-
loped. Fins: dorsal commences midway between the end of the
snout and the base of the caudal fin; its last undivided ray is
osseous, rather weak, but strongly serrated ; its anterior rays are as
high as the base of the fin is long: pectoral as long as the head, ex-
cluding the snout ; ventral inserted beneath the middle of the dorsal
fin; anal commences midway between the bases of the ventral and
caudal fins, the latter forked. Scales in regular rows; four rows
between the ventral fin and the lateral line. Lateral line goes almost
direct to the centre of the base of the caudal fin. Colours : silvery,
darkest along the back ; fins grey, the edges being stained rather
darker.
Habitat. River near Gwadur, from which it was procured by
- Colonel Miles. The example is 4 inches long; two, also from Tral,
sent by Dr. Duke, the longer 41 inches. It agrees with Valen-
ciennes’ short description of Chondrostoma aculeatum, which was
obtained from Persia.
ScaPHiopon MICROPHTHALMUS, . sp.
B. ii. D.13(3,). P.17. V9, AL2)} 8.) C.19. 1. 39,
Bite hG) | 5:
Length of head 52 to 54, of caudal fin 52, height of body 42 in
the total length. Eyes small, diameter 54 in the length of the head,
2 diameters from the end of the snout, and 2 apart. Interorbital
space slightly convex. The steatest width of the head equals its length
excluding the snout. Mouth somewhat overhung by the snout ;
upper jaw rather overlapping the lower. Mouth wide ; lips with a
horny covering ; the posterior extremity of the maxilla does not ex-
tend quite so far as to below the anterior edge of the orbit. Preor-
branchi present. Teeth: pharyngeal, plough-shaped, 5,3, 2 | 2,3, 5.
Fins: the dorsal commences nearly midway between the end of the
snout and the base of the caudal fin, its last divided ray weak and
228 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AYGHANISTAN. [Apr. 6,
articulated ; the height of its anterior rays equals the length of the
base of the fin; its last ray divided to its base. Pectoral inserted
below the middle of the height of the body, it is nearly as long
as the head. Ventral short, its length equalling that of the post-
orbital length of the head; it is inserted beneath the first divided
dorsal ray. Anal commences very slightly nearer the base of the
caudal fin than the insertion of the ventral ; it is rather more than
twice as high as it is wide at its base. Caudal forked, lower lobe
the longer. Scales: the two rows just above the lateral line are
rather enlarged ; four rows between the lateral line and insertion of
the ventral fin. Lateral line slightly concave, passing to the centre
of the base of the caudal fin. Colours: silvery, lightest along the
lower two thirds of the body; “ when fresh, they had brilliant scarlet
spots on their bodies and below their gills”? (Dude). Fins grey,
darkest externally, and with a light outer edge.
Habitat. Quetta: two examples captured Oct. 18, 1877, one 6,
the other 63 inches in length.
The extensive genus Barbus, of which at least seventy species,
besides many varieties, have been recorded from India, Ceylon, and
Burma, does not appear to be largely represented in Afghanistan.
Barsvus Tor, Ham. Buch.
Dr. Duke’s collection®contains one specimen of the true Mahseer,
91 inches in length. It is of the variety in which the central lobes
to the upper and lower lips are not well developed. I found this
species likewise pretty abundant on the Sind side of the Beluchistan
range of hills. Griffith alludes to having taken the Mahasir, and also
a Barbus closely allied to it, from Gurmah, where there exists a
branch stream falling into that of the Bolan Pass. In the Bolan
rivers he observed them (B. ¢or) in abundance, but not attaining
any size, the largest weighing perhaps 3 lb.
BARBUS MILESI.
B, ih. .D. 13 G3). 0B. 180. 8) As? [Fe Gc 18. Te lgae.
GPtr.063"| 73:
Length of head 43, of caudal fin 53, height of body 43 in the total
length. yes: diameter 43 in the length of the head, 13 diameter
from the end of the snout, and also 13 apart. Snout somewhat com-
pressed and pointed ; mouth anterior, upper jaw slightly overlapping
the lower. Lips thick, but no continnous fold behind the symphysis
of the lower jaw; no lobes to the lips; the posterior extremity of the
maxilla reaches to beneath the front edge of the orbit. The greatest
width of the head equals two thirds of its length. Bardels: a
thin maxillary pair about a half as long as theorbit. Teeth pharyn-
geal, 4,3, 2 | 2, 3, 4, rather crooked and pointed at their outer ex-
tremity. Gull-rakers short and widely separated. Pseudobranchize
present. Fins: the dorsal commences rather nearer the base of the
caudal than to the end of the snout ; its last undivided ray is osseous,
strong, serrated, and as long as the postorbital portion of the head ;
1880.]. MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN. 229
the height of the anterior rays are equa] to the length of the base of
the fin. Pectoral as long as the head, excluding the snout ; its rays
very stiff. Ventral inserted beneath the first divided dorsal rays ; it
is rather longer than the pectoral, but does not reach the base of the
anal. The anal commences slightly nearer to the ventral than to the
caudal fin ; if laid flat, it reaches the latter. Caudal forked, lower lobe
the longer. Scales: 53 rows between the lateral line and the base
of the ventral fin. Lateral line at first slightly concave, then
continued just to the centre of the base of the caudal. Colours:
steel-blue superiorly, becoming light on its sides and beneath ; body
covered with very fine black specks. Fins dusky, darkest ex-
ternally.
Habitat. Dr. Duke sent two examples, 43 and 53 inches respec-
tively in length, taken in April 1877 from a spring at Tral.
Variety. Col. Miles sent me three examples, the largest being
5? inches in length. They were taken from the river near Gwadur.
They differ from Dr. Duke’s specimens in that there are more scales
between the lateral line and the base of the dorsal fin; but on very
carefully comparing the specimens, it seems as if many of the scales
were subdivided into two, causing this variation; its pectoral rays
are not so stiff; and the eye is a little smaller.
BarBus TERIO, Ham. Buch.
The examples of this fish sent by Dr. Duke differ from the typical
form in that the last undivided dorsal ray is weak and partially arti-
culated.
NEMACHEILUS 2
Dr. Duke has sent several young examples of a species of this
genus; but they are too small and in too bad a state of preser-
vation to render it safe to describe them, though they appear to me
to be of a species not as yet described, so far as I am aware. It is
probably identical with the form obtained by Griffith from the same
locality. It is banded with transverse bars of yellow rather wider
than the ground-colour, these bars taking on a somewhat angular
form near the tail. Col. Miles seut me several small ones of the
same species from the river near Gwadur.
In the winter of 1871 I was engaged in investigating the fisheries
of Sind; and from Larkhana I turned off to Ghaibi Dehra, and then
into the Beluchistan hills for the purpose of examining what species
exist in the streams. The first river reached was that at Sita, in
the vicinity of which place it disappears into the ground; while, a
few miles further on, its origin is as sudden as its disappearance. At
this latter locality it is quite hot as it emerges from the earth,
while evidences of volcanic action are to be seen all around. In this
stream, which is largely impregnated with salt, I obtained the follow-
ing—Labeo ceruleus, Day, L. diplostomus, Heckel, L. dyocheilus,
M‘Clelland, Scaphiodon watsoni, Day, Cirrhina latia, Ham. Buch.,
Botia geto, Ham. Buch. These fishes are all forms common in India,
230 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN. [Apr. 6,
except Labeo ceruleus, which has not been obtained elsewhere.
Scaphiodon watsoni may perhaps be found somewhere along these
hills; anyhow it has been taken in the Salt range of the Punjab.
Having passed the night under a rock in the vicinity of the origin
of this river, we continued our ascent the next morning until we
attained to about 3500 feet above the level of the sea; here another
river, the Nuzarani-ni, was arrived at, of which the appearance was as
sudden as that of the Sita stream, while its waters were quite as
saline. At its origin I obtained Scaphiodon watsoni, Day, and S. irre-
gularis, Day, a form which I did not obtain elsewhere, but which I
now find extends along these hills towards Quetta. This being the
highest point of the hills, or Durra ahlu, we stayed there the night,
and descended next day along the course of the river, which soon
became enlarged and then disappeared into the ground. I took Mas-
tacembelus armatus, Lacép., Labeo dyocheilus, M‘Clelland, L. sin-
densis, Day, Cirrhina latia, Ham. Buch., Barbus tor, Ham. Buch.,
Chela bacaila, Ham. Buch., and Wallago attu, Bloch. The fishes,
obtained from the lower portion of the river, were altogether
forms restricted to Sind and India; while it seems to me probable
that the Opsarius referred to by M‘Clelland as having been obtained
by Griffith in the river in the Bolan Pass was a Chela, as this genus
is included among his Opsarii; it was probably Chela bacaila,
which I found in this Nuzarani-ni river, or else Barilius vagra, Ham.
Buch., which I took in the Garj and Nulli-ni streams.
The next river I came to after leaving Ghul Mohammad was the
Garj, reached in a ten-miles journey. Here it emerges from the
hills, and is of considerable size. I obtained here Labeo diplostomus,
Heckel, L. dyocheilus, M‘Clelland, Cirrhina reba, Ham. Buch.,
C. mrigala, Ham. Buch., C. latia, Ham. Buch., Barbus tor, Ham.
Buch., Chela bacaila, Ham. Buch., Nemacheilus 6otia, Ham. Buch.,
and a small Amblyceps.
The last hill-river examined was the Nulli-ni, which ceases in the
early months of the year about three miles from Kota Meer Moham-
mad. Although rising in the hills, it has more water than some of
the rivers that come from a greater distance. Its bed is full of
weeds, so that to use a net is very difficult. In some few pools a few
fine Mahaseers (Barbus tor) were observed... The fish obtained were
Mastacembelus armatus, Lacép., Ambassis nama, Ham. Buch.,
Ophiocephalus striatus, Bloch, O. aurantiacus, Ham. Buch., Ha-
plocheilus panchax, Ham. Buch., Labeo rohita, Ham. Buch., L. cal-
6asu, H. B., L. diplostomus, Heckel, Cirrhina reba, H. B., Barbus
sarana, H. B., B. tor, H. B., B. ticto, H. B., Barilius vagra, H.B.,
Danio devario, H. B., Chela bacaila, H. B.
If the foregoing fishes are tabulated, excluding the rare local forms,
the following results are arrived at :—Amdbassis nama, Ophiocephalus
striatus and O. aurantiacus, Haplocheilus panchax, Labeo rohita and
L. calbasu, Cirrhina reba and C. mrigala, Barbus savana and B. ticto,
Barilius vagra, Danio devario, Chela bacaila, Nemacheilus botia, and
Wallago attu are all fishes of the plains of India which have ex-
tended a longer or shorter distance up the hill-streams, but are un-
1880.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN, 231
donbtedly Indian forms. Zabeo diplostomus and L. dyocheilus,
Cirrhina latia, Barbus tor, and Botia geto are fishes with a widely
extended range, found on many of the Indian hills, while some
extend far into the plains; while two at least, Barbus tor and Cirrhina
latia, are evidently extensively spread in Beluchistan and Afghani-
stan. Perhaps among the fishes which I obtained on the Sind side
of these hills, Scaphiodon leads us most naturally from the Persian
to the Indian fauna. SS. rregularis seems to be a common form near
Quetta; but I have only obtained it in Sind from the highest point
of one of the mountain-streams ; whereas S. watson?, which seems to
commence on the summit of these hills, passes down into the waters
of the plains, and is found even in the salt-range of the Punjab.
The fishes in the collections adverted to as obtained from the high
lands of the Beluchistan range of hills furnish us with a single in-
stance of an Acanthopterygian from the Bolan Pass, a locality which
perhaps we may well object to as not being at a high elevation. This
fish is the Mastacembelus armatus, which I likewise obtained from
one of the rivers descending from this range to Sind. But this fish
may have passed up from the Sind side, being found throughout the
Indian region both on the plains and even on the hills, while it extends
to China. This genus has likewise been recorded from Syria and also
from West Africa. f
Among the Siluroids Griffith records Silurus kuggur from the
Bolan ; the Kuggur in Sind is the Rita buchanani, a fish one would
hardly expect to find in this locality ; still it exists in the Cabul
river at Peshawur and all down the Indus. Another fish, a Wacrones.
is likewise termed kuggur in some localities ; and several species are
spread through Sind, one of which may oe the form referred to ; it
would seem, however, to bea straggler from the Indian region. Cal-
lichrous pabda was obtained in the hills by Dr. Duke; it is remarkable
that this form has also been taken at as great a height as Darjee-
ling in the Himalayas; while it isalso found along the deltas of the
Ganges, Indus, and Brahmaputra. It may perhaps be considered a
vagrant form and astraggler from the Indian region, when, finding
some warm valley, it remains there and propagates its kind.
The Cyprinide form the bulk of the collections ; and we may ob-
serve the following fishes present on the high lands of Kelat and
Quetta :—Cirrhina latia, also found near Gwadur, and observed
generally through India except south of the Kistna and on the Ma-
labar coast ; Scaphiodon irregularis, which, passing along these hills,
extends to their Sind aspect; S. aculeata not only at Quetta,
but also at Gwadur; 8S. microphthalmus, Quetta; Barbus tor,
largely distributed in the Indian region; B. milesi, both from
those hills and Gwadur; 2B. ¢erio, another widely spread Indian
form.
It is evident, if we may judge from the foregoing facts, that the
fish-fauna of this range of hills differs essentially from what ob-
tains along the summit of the Himalayas; for the Schizothoracinz,
so very typical of what exists there, are entirely absent from the
Beluchistan range.
232 DR.J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDIZ. [Apr. 6,
The characteristic genus of the Beluchistan fish-fauna would seem
to be Scaphiodon or Barbus ; but, if I may judge from the number
of examples sent of each, the former isthe most common. The genus
Barbus is found generally distributed throughout Europe, Asia, and
Africa ; consequently the existence of some forms in Beluchistan was
to be anticipated; but out of the three obtained, two seem to be
common to India. Scaphiodon extends from the rivers of Syria and
Western Asia, along Beluchistan, to the summit of the range of
hills ; then passing over into Sind, one form is found to be present
even in the Salt range of the Punjab. Then we find they are absent
until we reach the Western Ghauts, where they are present as far
south as the Neilgherry hills and rivers along their bases. This
genus is entirely absent from the Himalayas and the plains of
India. The fishes of the fresh waters of the Meckran coast appear
to be similar to those of the higher regions of Kelat and Quetta,
and would seem to be distinct from those of the deltas of the Hel-
mund and the Cabul river. What exists along the Suliemans is as
yet an unsolved problem.
2. On Ziphius nove-zealandie. By Prof. Jutivs von Haast,
Ph.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Director of the Canterbury
Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand.
[Received February 18, 1880.]
(Plate XXTII.)
In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1876, p. 466, I gave a
description of the skeleton of this interesting southern Ziphicid
Whale. I there gave, on the authority of the late Mr. F. Fuller,
Taxidermist of the Canterbury Museum (who went to secure the
skeleton of that specimen, stranded in Lyttelton Harbour), some
details about the characteristic form and colour of the skin
of the animal in question. When my informant arrived where
the fishermen were at work, he found that the blubber had nearly
all been taken off; so that he could only partially obtain the required
measurements. From the observations I am about to offer to the
Society, on two more specimens stranded since then on our sea-
beach, it will be seen that some of the statements were far from being
correct ; in fact, the animal was so much cut about that its lower part
was taken for the upper, and vice versdi; and consequently no
dorsal fin could be found where it was looked for.
The first of the specimens now under review was stranded on
Sunday, November 17, 1878, near New Brighton. There were
numerous visitors at the time, who observed another whale (according
to other lookers-on two whales) in the offing, by which the animal
was driven into the surf, where soon it became helpless. Gradually
it was drifted upon the low sandy beach, where it died only after a
long struggle.
1880.] DR.J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDIZ, 233
Having received prompt information, I arrived early next morning
on the scene, and found the animal quite intact ; so that I was able not
only to take the necessary measurements, but also to haye a careful
sketch prepared (Plate XXIII.). This, as the sequel will show, is
of importance, in offering us some curious information as to the
habits of this species of Ziphioids.
Colour. Head, neck, and anterior portion of the back, as far as
the dorsal fin, white; the rest of the body black, a white narrow line
running along the edge of the dorsal fin, which is otherwise black.
The line of division between the two colours is everywhere well marked
except upon the cheeks, where blackish blotches advance some
distance towards the nose. The form of the animal is rather slender
for its length, its height at the occiput being only 2 feet 3 inches,
and about 9 feet from the tip of the lower jaw 3 feet 3 inches,
after which it tapers gradually to the tail. The animal proved to
be a young female.
The two teeth at the termination of the lower jaw stood half an
inch above the gums, having a diameter of one inch where they rose
above the latter. They are conical, and have a sharp apex, and are
not covered anywhere with enamel, not even on the tip. The dentine
shows a number of horizontal lines one above the other, running
round the tooth. They are therefore quite different from the teeth
of the two specimens described in vol. ix. of the Transactions of the
New-Zealand Institute, which were found to be covered with a rough
cement. They are also different from those of another specimen, of
which I shall give some details further on.
A single fold begins below the throat, 1 foot 1 inch from the tip
of the lower jaw. After rising rapidly for 4 inches, it continues for
7 inches more at a smaller angle, ceasing where the black’ colour of
the throat begins ; this fold is separated into two portions by aridge
of the breadth of half an inch below the centre of the throat. Lips
flesh-coloured ; roof of mouth slaty black; no signs of teeth along
the jaws; there is, however, a hardened ridge along each side of the
palate. The extremity of the lower jaw projects about 2 inches
beyond the upper. The head rises steeply above the upper lip to the
forehead. The blowhole is situated on the vertex of the head, just
above the eye. Both the form and the size of the dorsal fin, and
of the tail-lobes, show that this species must be a remarkably swift
swimmer.
Measurements. ft.
Total lenathiots ieskewens of iieloue ss A ciutetto huey sa(xtets.¢ 19
Greatest einctumferenpen iiic% sips occ Ee Wo cic Sante len Be 9
From point of lower jaw to the beginning of the pectoral
fin
oases’
Length of the opening of the mouth
From point of lower jaw toeye .........0 cese ee ease
From point of lower jaw to beginning of fold below throat
Diameter of blowhole, concave towards head
= bo aD
Ae Qwoaes
eee ee wm eane
234 DR.J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDIZ&. [Aprt. 6,
Measurements (continued). ft
Eihsmpdor or wail bO -VENt a oc men fee acre se pra eves | ecerete
From jork of tail to pudendum... te een, cae wie oo
eendulr OF CAUGAL LN). ie wile rans ese so emai cis ste oo
Baie or GOrsal B10 recor ee as oss SRE, oy Se baPHiec
Height of dorsal fin’ ...-40 226-2 0c ee se nee ee we ne
IEreAOUn Ol PCCKORRL MED yo) 5.0 .r aie uste ten ames te aie ne
Heneth of pectoral fi. Tor. \erinee soe ac mine eae
Eye, horizontal diameter ........ Sete eee ete uae terme
Boye, Veruenl GiaQieter res wean ete caer he vege < gsoyne
HO os
HH OWA Hap Fe’
=
Before giving a description of the external appearance of the speci-
men under review, I wish to allude to another female, 21 feet 6 inches
long, of the same species, stranded on May 15, 1879, on the sea-
beach near Kaiapoi, and of which the skeleton was also secured.
This was doubtless a full-grown, aged animal, the terminal epiphyses
being so well ankylosed to the body of the vertebre that even the
line of junction could be scarcely distinguished, while in the New-
Brighton specimen these disks were still unankylosed and detached
themselves readily during maceration.
In form of the body and coloration this animal resembled in every
respect the New-Brighton specimen.
However, the two teeth existing at the tip of the lower jaw could
not be felt when passing the fingers over the gums, and were only
disclosed when making incisions. The teeth are the smallest of all
those known to me, being 1°98 and 2 inches long, and only *46 of
an inch broad. The left tooth weighs 66, and the right 62 grains.
The flattened root is square, and somewhat constricted a quarter of
an inch above the base, after which the tooth expands, being broadest
about the middle. Jt then contracts rapidly, running out to a sharp
point. There is thus confirmatory evidence that the teeth with age
are absorbed and disappear gradually below the gums, although it is
possible that even below the gums they may still be of some use to _
the animal. It is a peculiar character of the small teeth of the
Kaiapoi specimen that they should be so very thin and terminate in
asharp point, and that the latter should be covered with real enamel,
different from any observed upon the dentine in any other teeth of
the same species.
Returning to the first-mentioned specimen from the New-Brighton
beach, and of which the annexed sketch (Plate XXIII.) gives a
faithful representation, it must strike us with astonishment to see the
skin of this animal (a female) so fearfully lacerated. The late taxider-
mist of the Museum, when giving me some notes of the external
appearance of what remained of the specimen stranded in Lyttelton
Harbour in July 1872, informed me that the upper portion was marked
by numerous oval spots, two to three inches across, like the skin of
the Leopard; this, as I have observed already, was the lower portion.
Moreover he thought that the animal must have had fearful struggles
amongst the rocks, the skin appearing torn in all directions. These
peculiar oval spots were visible at the first glance on the skin of the
1880.] DR. J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOV4-ZEALANDIE. 235
New-Brighton specimen ; but on examining them more closely, it
at once became clear that they were not natural, but were the scars
of injuries the animal had received during lifetime at various periods.
At the same time the animal was also covered with a number of
seamed scars running in all directions, of which the form and regu-
larity proved also that they could not have been caused by the animal
being thrown amongst the rocks, but must have been inflicted by
some other animal. Examining the oval spots, I found that although
they varied from a length of 2 inches to that of 3 inches, and from a
breadth of 1 inch to that of 2 inches, they had invariably the same
character, viz. that of an oval scar of a dirty whitish colour, both
in the white and the black coloration of the skin, with two well-
marked points in the centre, always about one and a quarter to
one and a half inch apart. These two dots had evidently been
the wounds inflicted, round which the scar had been formed. In
some instances these points were quite healed over, so as to show
that the injury had been done long ago; in others there were two
fresh sores, as if the animal had been struck only a few hours before
its death. ,
Although occurring all over the body, with the exception of the
back, these oval scars were most frequent below the belly, and princi-
pally round the pudendum, where they were often so close together
that the scars not only ran into each other, but evidently covered
each other, so as to show that the same spot had been struck
repeatedly. The seamed scars, on the other hand, occurred more
numerously on both sides of the animal ; only a few crossed the back
or reached to the belly. With a few exceptions these seamed scars
were always in pairs 17 to 14 inch apart, and each about 2 inch
broad. Some of them ran for a considerable distance, seven to
eight feet, others only for the space of a fewinches. That there had
been a considerable struggle became evident from the direction these
seamed scars had taken, some forming regular hooks; some of
-these wounds were evidently of long standing, being well healed ;
others had been inflicted a very short time before the stranding of
the animal, as they were quite fresh and deep, and sometimes had
a breadth of 7 of aninch. From the character of these wounds, it
appears certain that they could have only been made by an animal or
animals of the same species with the two teeth of the lower jaw, the
distance of their apices being one and a quarter to one and a half
inch from each other, and thus corresponding with both the oval and
seamed scars. The aged female from the Kaiapoi beach, of which
I gave some particulars on the preceding pages, was scarred and
seamed in exactly the same manner.
It is thus evident that the females are subject to attacks either
from the males during rutting-time, or that they fight amongst them.
selves. In the latter case (which, however, appears to me to be rather
improbable) the teeth of the specimen figured must have been of
considerable use to the animal; and it is then difficult to understand
how the full-grown or aged animals, when their teeth disappear below
the gums, can succesfully resist the attacks of the younger members
236 DR.J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDI&. [Apr. 6,
of the same species, unless their greater bulk, or probably greater
speed, make up for this disadvantage. Of the males of Ziphius nove-
zealandice we know nothing at present ; but there is no doubt in my
mind that with them the teeth in front of the lower jaw are both
permanent and of larger size than those of the females, just in the
same manner as in other Ziphioid genera. Fortunately, however,
there is some evidence at hand, strengthening such a hypothesis.
Dr. Hector, in his account in the Transactions of the New-Zealand
Institute (on p. 164, vol. v.) of the skull of Epiodon chathamiensis,
obtained in the Chatham Islands, describes the teeth of this species
as follows :—‘‘ The lower jaw . . . . terminates in two short, stout,
slightly compressed teeth, 2 inches long and 4 in circumference, im-
planted in shallow sockets. The teeth have slight irregular striz,
and are worn down into two lateral facets divided by an acute ridge.
The position of the teeth when the jaws are closed is two inches
beyond the upper mandible; and, unless they are applied against
callosities on the upper lip, it is difficult to conceive how they are
worn down to this acute form. Weight of teeth 817 and 836 grains.”
“ Two teeth of similar form, taken from the jaw of a whale cast up
on the Manawatu beach, have their facets forming an obtuse
pyramidical tip.’ Of this last pair of teeth no weight is given; but
it is evident from the drawing that they must be as heavy as the
former. The teeth of the females examined by me range from 62 to
200 grains. There is no doubt that the form and chief characteristic
features of the skull from the Chatham Islands described as Hpiodon
chathamiensis and those of the two female whales secured by me
are almost identical, if we except the teeth, which in the former are
at least four times as heavy as in the latter. In my paper published
in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1876, p. 468, I pointed out
already that the skull of this Chatham-Island whale might have
belonged to the male of Epiodon nove-zealandie, thus accounting
for the difference.
After having seen the two female animals stranded on our beach
scarred in such a remarkable manner, I am more than ever inclined
to this opinion. If the three specimens alluded to had been males,
it would be easy enough to understand that the wounds had been
inflicted during their fights in rutting-time, or for supremacy, as
this is the case with most terrestrial animals. However, the fact
that the wounds by which the oval scars were produced are mostly
in close proximity to the pudendum, suggest forcibly that they have
been inflicted by male animals.
With respect to the external appearance of the different species of
other Ziphioid genera, such as Mesoplodon, Berardius, and Oulo-
don, of which several specimens, both male and female, have been ex-
amined by me, I may state that none of them had the least scar or
wound upon them. Of course this may be accounted for by the fact
that the teeth of most of these genera are situated so far backwards
that they could scarcely be used for the same mode of attack. Dr,
Hector, in the ‘ Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute’ (p. 338,
vol, x.), gives an account of the capture of an adult male of Berar-
‘WIGNVIVGZ-WAON SNIHdIZ
dam 4qreyuey
EM Pa esis eset ahs
IUXX 1d O88I'SZd
1880.] DR.J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOV#-ZEALANDLA. 237
dius arnouci at the entrance of Wellington Harbour on January 12,
1877, from which it appears that “the teeth did not penetrate the
gums, nor could their position be discovered till deep incisions were
made.” This leads me to conclude that the male of this species
cannot use the teeth in the same manner as Ziphius nove-zealandie
does. Thus this species of Ziphioid Whale, as far as our observa-
tions in New Zealand go, stands apart in this strange habit of life,
by which, so far as we know at present, both young and aged females
are made sufferers, the form and peculiar position of the teeth in
front of the protruding lower jaw making these Savage attacks
possible. It will be of some interest to obtain a male of the same
Species, in order to ascertain if it is also covered with similar
scars.
The outlines of the right side of the animal were drawn from careful
measurements, and the oval and seamed scars conscientiously copied
from nature by Mr. T. S. Cousins.
Finally, I should like to make a few observations on the nomencla-
ture and the changes proposed. There is no doubt that the generic
name Hpiodon must give way to Ziphius ; but I think it rather pre-
mature to follow Dr, Hector’s example and to merge our New-
Zealand species in the European Ziphius cavirostris of Cuvier, till
we possess some more detailed accounts of the form, colour, and
anatomical structure of the different species of Ziphius described
under various names from other countries,
For instance, we know already that the Lpiodon australis of Bur-
meister had a light ash-colour (“‘ceniza clara’’), that it was darker on
the back, lighter on the belly, and, moreover, that its forehead was
not swollen. piodon desmarestii, according to Risso, is steel-grey,
with numerous irregular white streaks, beneath white, head not
swollen, ending in a long nose. Consequently there is considerable
difference in the appearance of both these well-described species
when compared with the New-Zealand Ziphius—a difference which
certainly is of some specific value, and ought not to be set aside with-
out good cause being shown to the contrary.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.
Sketch of female Ziphius nove-zealandie, from the specimen stranded at New
Brighton, New Zealand, November 17, 1878; reduced. ;
A. Dorsal fin. B. Vent. C. Pudendum. D. Gular fold,
238 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
3. On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the Canide.
By T. H. Huxey, F.R.S.
[Received March 17, 1880.]
. Page
1. Tntroductory ........cceccececcsccvcncccsseccseeseeacseccssceucnseeedecescneoaseaees 238
2. The method of estimating cranial and dental differences ........ ay. abe 239
3. Comparison of C. vulpes and C. azare. Alopecoid and Thooid series . 240
4. Macrodont and microdont forms in each series ..........-ssseeeeenaeeere eee 248
5. Small and large sagittal areas in each Series .........-.+sereeeeeenere caer 250
6. Nonlobate and Iobate mandibles in each serieS ...........seeeseeeeeesennres 251
7. Forms transitional between those with lobate and those with nonlo-
Date mandibles ......cccccecececovescecsecteseesvecsssoccsersonccccssscncccsscoee
8. The range of modification in the Thooid and in the Alopecoid series... 255
9. The genus 2007/02... ...c..ssceetenserecrneeeeenneereseesesaeeseeaueecenuaceseeennes 256
10. The arrangement of the Canidae’ .........1.scssseseeceeceeseeessceneeeeeeeccens 261
11. The affinities of O00 ...scecsecsesecesseeeesceeseesenaesesereaarecsentseessees 262
12, The geographical distribution of the Canidae .........sessseseseeeenerers -. 264
13. The phylogeny of the Canidae .........cescesseseeseeseenecceeeeesnanecenanneees 278
14, Conclusion ......sccecsecscconcsrcccossccscsrereccscsrarsecsos ses eaeceesececsseccoeres 284
List of Wo0dcuts ......cssssecssesscecseccssscetcesenccsscnsncsascncusctereecncsecs@eanes 288
1. The unsatisfactory character of the attempts which have
hitherto been made to determine the natural affinities of the nume-
rous members of the group of Canine Carnivores must have im-
pressed itself upon the mind of every one who has paid close atten-
tion to these animals. But I do not think that the discussion of
the merits and demerits of the various systems of classification of
the Canidee which have been proposed would serve any useful pur-
pose; and it is the less incumbent upon me to undertake the task
at present, as I propose to deal with the question in a manner
somewhat different, so far as I know, from any which has yet been
pursued.
The general uniformity of the structure of the Canidz is well
known. ‘There is aremarkable constancy in the characters of all the
organs, down even to the minuter details of the patterns of the
crowns of the teeth, accompanied by variations, within comparatively
narrow limits, in the form and proportion of the parts. ‘The num-
ber of the preesacral and sacral vertebrae always remains the same,
and that of the caudal vertebree varies only within narrow limits.
In the skull, there is a considerable range in the proportions of the
jaws to the brain-case, and in the extent to which the temporal
ridges, always widely separate in young animals, approach and
coalesce into a sagittal crest in the adult. The greater or less back-
ward extension of the nasal bones, the union or separation of the
nasal processes of the frontal bones with the ascending processes of
the premaxillaries, and the variations in the form of the supra-
orbital processes have been noted. The straightness or angulation
of the line of the molar and premolar teeth, and the proportions
of the sectorial teeth to those which follow them, have been taken
into account, as well as minor characters of the teeth themselves.
Attention has been directed to the excess of teeth above the normal
1880.) DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID, 239
number in Ofocyon, and to the diminution of the number in Cyon and
Ieticyon. The variation in size of the pollex and its disappearance
in Lycaon are well known. The differences in the form of the pupil
have been noted ; and, of late, particular notice has been taken of
the extensive modifications in the form of the cecum. Weight has
been attached to the presence or absence of a caudal gland.
The taxonomic value of these variations, however, has remained
doubtful. That of the proportional lengths of the nasal bones, for
example, is justly disputed by Wagner’. Satisfactory evidence of the
form of the pupil is hard to obtain, and does not appear to have any
definite correlation with diurnal or nocturnal habits. The presence or
absence of a caudal gland has been investigated in only a few species ;
and as it occurs in Wolves, Dogs, Jackals”, and Foxes, it is not
likely to be of much importance. The proportions of the sectorial .
to the following teeth may be similar in Canidee which are certainly
not closely allied, and different in those which are. And the system
of measurement hitherto usually adopted gives the absolute sizes
of the teeth and their dimensions relatively to one another, but
affords no clue to their proportions in relation to the size of the
skull, or .to the increase or diminution of individual teeth. The
increase of the number of the teeth of Otocyon appears generally
to be regarded merely as an anomaly.
There can be no doubt that the skulls and the teeth of the Canidze
vary from species to species more than any other part of their
organization. One has only to put side by side with one another
the skeleton of an Otocyon and that of a Wolf or that of a Fox, to
. see that the cranial and dental differences are very much greater than
any which are observable elsewhere ; and a glance at the skull and
teeth of any other canine animal is sufficient to show that its cha-
racters give it a place somewhere between the former and the two
latter. The problem therefore is how to give definite expression
to the differences between Otocyon, Fox,.and Wolf, and to deter-
mine by something better than vague eye-judgments the relation of
the other forms to these.
2. When occupied with anthropological questions, a good many
years ago*, I was confronted by the same kind of difficulty in en-
deavouring to arrive at an exact conception of the morphological
relations of the skulls of the different races of mankind ; and I was
led to adopt a method of estimating cranial characters which still
commends itself to me as that which is best calculated to meet the
end in view.
Every constituent of the skull, like all other parts of the body,
varies from individual to individual, and from youth to age. But
the central region of the base of the skull, formed by the basi-
occipital, basisphenoid, and presphenoid bones, represents the foun-
1 Schreber’s Siugethiere, Suppl. Bd. ii. pp. 365, 384, notes.
2 I have found a small caudal gland in a female C. mesomelas, which recently
died in the Gardens.
3 “On two widely contrasted Forms of the Human Cranium,” Journal of
Anatomy, 1867.
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1880, No. XVI. 16
240 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
dation around and upon which the other parts are built, and reaches
its adult condition early. Moreover it answers to one of the most
important parts of the central nervous system, the base of the brain.
It is therefore eminently fitted to furnish a relatively fixed unit of
measurement and standard of position, to which the dimensions and
the position of the other parts of the head and face, with the teeth,
can be referred.
In order to obtain such a standard, a median line is drawn in the
bisected skull, from the hinder edge of the basioccipital bone to the
junction between the preesphenoid and the ethmoid in the base of
the skull. I call this line the Jasicranial axis; and its value is
taken as 100. The measurements of the other parts of the skull
can then be expressed in terms of 100, and their development, irre-
spectively of the absolute size of the animal, becomes apparent.
Sectional diagrams of different skulls, in which the basicranial axis
has the same absolute length, show not only the different proportions
of corresponding parts, but bring to light the relative depth, length,
and inclination of the palate.
This method of procedure is a little troublesome at first; but
practice makes it easy, and the results are very satisfactory.
When, as often happens, the skull under examination cannot be
bisected, a sufficiently close approximation to the true length of the
basicranial axis may be obtained by taking the distance along the
median line of the base of the skull from the posterior edge of the
basioccipital bone to a point opposite the middle of the distance
between the optic and the ethmoidal foramina. This point always
lies a little behind the posterior extremity of the vomer.
3. I will illustrate the method which I have described by com-
paring the skull of a common Fox with the skull of an animal which
died in the Zoological Society’s Gardens, and came to me labelled
** Canis azare, South America.” It corresponds very closely with
the skulls also assigned to Canis azare by De Blainville (‘ Ostéo-
graphie,’ Canis, pl. iv.) and by Burmeister (‘ Erlauterungen zur _
Fauna Brasiliens’).
In their actual dimensions and in their general form these two
skulls are very similar, except that the zygomatic arch of the
European is stronger and more sharply arched than that of the South-
American animal, and that the longitudinal contour of the face is
straighter in the Fox, in consequence of a slight convexity of the
interorbital and posterior nasal regions in C. azare. The ramus of
the mandible of C. azare is somewhat deeper at the level of the
last molar tooth, and its coronoid process is less high and less in-
clined backwards, while the ventral contour is more simuous. Other
minor differences will be obvious on comparison of the figures.
1880. } DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID2.
]
“il
il
Dorsal view of the left half of the skull of Canis azure (A) and of the right
half of the skull of C. vulpes (B), placed side by side. Natural size,
16*
241
242 - PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND (Apr. 6,
Fig. 2.
Lateral views of the skulls of C. azare (A) and C. vulpes (B).
Reduced to two thirds of the natural size.
Tasie 1.—Measurements of the Skulls of C. vulpes and C. azare.
C. vulpes. C. azere.
Total length ...... ...+-.-.---00- 143 142
Zygomatic width ...............- 7 72
Length of bony palate ............ 73 72
Width — ;, ee ee 41 41
Length of Racca axe. coe 46 48
1880. ]} DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 243
C. vulpes. C. azare.
Length of the ramus of the mandible
in a straight line from symphysis } 109 105
EnCondy le... ois 6 fh Ser dhe «axis
[In this and the following tables of measurements “total length” means the
distance from the front edge of the premaxillary bones to the extremity of the
occipital spine. The “zygomatic width” is the greatest transverse distance
between the outer faces of the zygomatic arches. The “length of the bony
palate” is measured from the front edge of the symphysis of the premaxillary
bones to the hinder edge of the middle of the bony palate, not taking into
account the inconstant median spine which is frequently developed. The
“width of the bony palate” is the distance between the points at which the
outer faces of “** and”™* meet. The « length of the basicranial axis” has
already been defined. The measurements are given in millimetres. ]
The differences in the dentition between C. vulpes and C. azare
are very slight. In the upper jaw of the Fox the series of the
Fig. 3.
The crowns of the-cheek teeth of C, azare(A) and C. vulpes(B). Natural size.
A, A’, right upper and lower teeth of C. azare; B, B', the same of
C. vulpes; a, 6, “ cusp-line” traversing the apices of the inner and
outer anterior cusps of ——.
‘molar teeth of opposite sides slightly incline towards the middle
line behind, while in C. azare they are almost parallel. Hence
the angulation of the line of the cheek-teeth between the last pre-
molar and the first molar (fig. 3, A, B) is rather more marked in
C. vulpes.
244 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
The premolar teeth are smaller in C. azare ; but as they are more
worn it is difficult to make an exact comparison. The upper sectorial
is not quite so long as that of the Fox. The transverse diameter
is the same in front, but is less behind, in C. azar; and its inner cusp
is less forward in position and less prominent. The lower sectorial is
narrower and the anterior internal cusp somewhat larger in C. azare.
In both, a line drawn from the anterior-external to the anterior-
internal cusp (4 4, fig. 3, p. 243) makes an acute angle with.a trans-
verse line, on account of the not very backward position 6f the latter.
In the Fox there is a very small secondary cusp between the inner
anterior and the inner posterior cusps, which is absent in C’. azare.
The second lower incisor lies completely behind the first in C.
azare ; but this is probably only an individual exaggeration of a
tendency to the displacement of the second incisor backwards, which
is often observable in the Canide.
TaBLE I1.— Measurements of the Cheek-teeth of C. vulpes and
C. azaree.
C. vulpes. CC. azare.
Length of the whole upper premolar
and molar series .... 54 50
Length of the whole lower premolar
and molar series .tne ss. . e=, 60 57
Liennth-ofjee in: Bing? ar totam oles 12°5
Breastlriof “aah. %.s ei ll
Benet eee an. Stein + ae 5
Eremdaat o>. noe ioe. seek 7°3 7
BCU eee a 8 one Me es 15 14°3
53 Sei Ks! He» Toi o< «= 7°3 aa
os SoU. ae 3 3°5
In both C. valpes and C. azare the hinder ends of the nasal
bones just reach the level of the hindermost part of the fronto-
maxillary suture. In the Fox the ascending processes of the pree-
maxillary bones reach the anterior processes of the frontal bones,
while in C. azare there is a wide interval between the two.
Jn both, the temporal ridges unite into a crest for a short distance
behind ; but for the rest of their extent they are separate, inclosing
a very narrow sagittal area (fig. 1, p. 241). At the anterior ex-
tremity of this the ridges diverge and pass outwards to the angles of
the supraorbital process; and it is at this point that the principal
external difference between the two skulls becomes apparent.
In the Fox (fig. 1, B, p. 241), the well-defined ridge runs nearly
parallel with its fellow for some distance in front of the coronal suture,
and then sweeps outwards, in a sharp curve, tothe recurvedsupraorbital
process, behind which a deep constriction marks the boundary between
1880.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDZ. 245
the interorbital and the temporal regions of the skull. In Canis
azare the temporal ridge is not so well marked ; and, beginning to
diverge from its fellow a little in front of the coronal suture, it passes
with a very slight curve to the angle of the supraorbital process,
while the postorbital constriction is small (fig. 1, A). Moreover
there is hardly any depression on the upper surface of the supra-
orbital process, the whole glabellar region being evenly arched from
side to side. In the Fox, there is a well-marked depression on the
outer part of the upper surface of the supraorbital process, and the
glabella is flatter. These external differences answer to small but
very definite distinctions which are seen in the longitudinal sections.
The superimposed sections of the two skulls correspond almost
exactly.
In C. vulpes, as in all the Canide, the cribriform plate of the
ethmoid bone is funnel-shaped, the concavity being turned towards
the cranial cavity, while the convex surface looks outwards and up-
wards above, outwards and downwards below, into the nasal cham-
ber. From its outer surface the delicate rolled laminze of bone
which answer to the superior and middle turbinals of human
anatomy take their origin, The lower plates project backwards as
far as the ethmo-presphenoidal suture ; while the upper ones reach
as far back as the junction of the ethmoid with the frontal bones,
and are covered over by the orbital and nasal prolongations of those
bones. In C. vulpes, however, there are no frontal sinuses; that
is to say, behind the point of union with the ethmoid the median
parts of the thin frontal bones are solid throughout. Moreover,
if, as in man, we distinguish that part of the frontal bone which
covers the anterior surface of the cerebral hemispheres, from that
part which lies further back, as the forehead, then the forehead of
the Fox is very short, while the vertical height of the ethmoid is
proportionally great. In Canis azare there is a marked difference
in all these respects (fig. 4, A, f, p. 246). A large frontal sinus is
developed in each frontal bone, above and behind the fronto-ethmoidal
suture. The forehead is much longer, while the height of the
ethmoid is less.
In both skulls a well-defined ridge (fig. 4, @) answers to the
supraorbital sulcus, and marks off the region occupied by the curved
lateral gyri from that of the orbital and frontal gyri of the brain.
But in the Fox this ridge (fig. 4, B, a) is directed upwards and for-
wards, and its dorsal end is separated by but a small distance from
the dorsal margin of the cribriform plate of the ethmoid; while in
Canis azare the dorsal half of the ridge (fig. 4, A, a) is inclined
slightly backwards, and its end is far more remote from the edge of
the cribriform plate. Moreover the inner wall of the skull is
much more sharply bent inwards along the dorsal half of the orbito-
frontal ridge than it is in the Fox.
These differences have their counterparts in the form of the brain,
and become very manifest when casts of the interior of the skull are
compared (fig. 5, p. 247). Inthe Fox the contour of the brain, viewed
from above, is that of a pear with the narrow end forwards. Late-
[Apr. 6,
PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND
246
‘QOPI [LJWOAT-OF1G10 ‘y fsnuIs [eyUOAT Yf * SIXe PerULJOISUq ‘a o
‘(q) sadjna Q pure (Y) aunzn 7D JO sTMYS oy} JO suorjoes [eutpnyisuo0ry
1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 247
rally the contour-line is undalated, presenting one slight incurvation
in the region of the sylvian sulcus and another in that of the supra-
orbital sulcus (fig. 5, a), while a little angulation (fig. 5, 6, 6,) marks
the junetion of the olfactory lobes with the cerebral hemispheres.
In Canis azare the cerebral hemispheres immediately behind the
supraorbital fissure widen out abruptly (fig. 5, a), and the lateral
contour, instead of being slightly incurved at this point, presents a
sharp rectangular inflection, The frontal lobe anterior to the supra-
orbital sulcus is much longer in C. azure (a-0') than in C. vulpes
(a—6); and the brain is considerably wider behind in the latter.
Superimposed outlines of the casts of the cranial cavities of C. azare and
C. vulpes, viewed from above. The thin line belongs to the former,
the thick line to the latter.
a, the supraorbital suleus ; 4, the junction of the olfactory lobe with the
cerebral hemisphere in C, wwlpes; 5', in C. azare.
Thus, notwithstanding the extremely close resemblance of these
two skulls, there is a very readily discernible difference between
them in the presence of frontal sinuses and the peculiar character
of the anterior part of the cranial cavity in C. azare, while both
these features are absent in C. vulpes. These differences have
nothing to do with size or age, inasmuch as the two skulls are
almost identical in size and are both fully adult. Nevertheless I
do not know that I should have been disposed to attach any great
importance to such characters, if I bad not found, on examining a
large number of canine animals, that they may be disposed in two
248 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
groups, in one of which the peculiarities of Canis vulpes, while in
the other those of C. azare are always to be met with.
Similar to C. vulpes are C. fulvus, C. argentatus, C. cinereo-
argentatus, C. littoralis, C. niloticus, C’. caama, C. zerda, C. lago-
pus ; and, on the other hand, C. Zupus, all varieties of C. domesticus’,
C. aureus, C. anthus, C. latrans, C. antarcticus, C. magellanicus,
and C. cancrivorus have the characters of C. azare.
We are thus enabled to distinguish two series of Canide, the one
of which may be termed Alopecoid and the other Thooid.
The figures of the late Prof. Gervais, ‘‘ Mémoire sur les formes
cérébrales propres aux animaux carnivores”’ (Nouvelles Archives du
Muséum, tome vi.), prove that the Thooid character of the brain
obtains in C. aureus, C.simensis, C. lupus, C. dingo, C. sumatrensis,
C. primevus, C. jubatus, and Lycaon pictus; while the Alopecoid
features are very obvious in the Fennec.
4. But within each of these series there are considerable modifi-
cations, which give rise to corresponding terms in the two series.
The first of these modifications appears in the proportion of the
sectorial and next following teeth relatively to the basicranial axis
(= 100), shown by the following table in six examples of the Alo-
pecoid series :—
Tas e II].—Proportional Measurements of the Teeth in Alopecoids.
A. B.
a aT [ae
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Length C.zerda. C.litto- C. fame- C. vulpes. CC. nilo- C. argen- 1:6
of ralis. licus. ticus. tatus.
oe .2 06 22°4 23°5 27°3 28°3 28°51: 1°38
2.0 173) Ty 8 194194 20°51 1518
ae ate 27°2 28° 30°5 SIL 344 12143
= et A* 15°7 13°5 14°7 144. 150 > Teo
These measurements represent individual specimens ; and it must
be recollected that others might vary considerably on either side of
the proportions here given. But they suffice to prove, firstly, that in
the group A the sectorial teeth are relatively smaller than in the group
B, so that it may be convenient to speak of the one as microdont
and the other as macrodont Alopecoids; secondly, while ?“=, “*)
my and — all become larger between C’. zerda and C. argentatus,
the increase is far greater on the part of ?““* than on that of “+,
and of “+ than on that of “2. Thirdly, while in C. zerda “= is
pm, 4
to as 1:1:19 and —, to =; as 1:1°71, in C. argentatus
the former proportion is 1: 1°39 and the latter as 1;2°26. In
: Ina skull of a Blenheim Spaniel the frontal sinuses are totally absent, but
the disposition of the orbito-frontal ridge is exactly as in other domestic Dogs.
I do not know whether this peculiarity is general in the Blenheim breed or not.
1880.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID2. 249
other words, in the macrodont Alopecoids these teeth are not merely
larger but they are more differentiated, the sectorial teeth becoming
increased out of proportion to the rest.
Fig. 6.
The crowns of the cheek-teeth of C. argentatus (A, A’) and C. littoralis (B, B').
Those of C. argentatus are of the size of nature; those of C. littoralis are
enlarged in the proportion of 4:3, and consequently are larger by one
third than the natural size, This enlargement has the advantage of
giving the same length to ™ tin both, and thus enabling the relative
dimensions of the teeth to be Seen. At the same time, inasmuch as the
length of the basicranial axis In the skull of C. argentatus is to that in
C. littoralis as about 4: 3, the figures fairly represent the actual morpho-
logical relations of the teeth.
a 6, a' b', cusp-lines of the lower sectorial teeth. The third lower molar in
B’ was absent, and is figured from another specimen ; its crown is seen
somewhat obliquely.
Similar relations are observable in the Thooid series, as the fol-
lowing table of proportional measurements clearly shows :—
TaBLe 1V.—Proportional Measurements of the Teeth in Thooids.
A B
supe t pret nail
Le. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Length of £ (a). Cen, b 2 sail C. azare. C. dingo, C.lupus. 1:5
De Jee 26:8, 5p dgas hes gece Uid5
Bele wish o7 15°9 194 = 20 23°21: 1°31
=Srecck Peay 26°5 30°0) . Vote a6). bs} -38
aus «(144 12:2 [7 Ae IP OTe 18
250 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [ Apr. 6,
pm. 4
In this series and —, as before, increase out of proportion
to the rest, and —, undergoes the least alteration; but the upper
sectorial increases rather more than the lower, which is the reverse
of the relation which obtains in the Alopecoid series.
5. In all young canine animals, the upper edges of the attach-
ments of the temporal muscles are separated by a wide interspace of
a lyrate form, with its apex directed posteriorly, which may be called
the sagittal area. The boundaries of this area are but little raised ;
and, as age advances, it becomes gradually diminished by the approxi-
mation of the temporal muscles. This approximation takes place
2Nat. Size.
Upper (A) and lower (B) cheek-teeth of C. lupus, half the natural size; upper
(A’) and lower (B’) teeth of C. azare (a), of the natural size. The first
upper molars are thus brought to the same length, and the proportional
increase of size of the sectorial teeth of the Wolf is apparent.
more rapidly behind than in front, and results in the narrowing, and
in most cases coalescence, of the temporal ridges throughout the
greater part of the length of the sagittal suture, while in front they
diverge to the supraorbital processes and inclose the glabellar area.
In the smaller Alopecoids, such as C. zerda, the temporal ridges
remain permanently separate, and inclose a wide lyrate sagittal
area, the ridges themselves not being very strongly marked ; but in
C. littoralis and C. cinereo-argentatus (= C. virginianus) the ridges
take. the form of strongly-raised cord-like elevations, which impart a
very characteristic aspect to the skull (fig. 8, p. 251). In this case
there is no sagittal crest. But sometimes there is a well-defined
though comparatively narrow sagittal area, from the centre of which
a low sagittal crest rises. This is well seen in ‘some Jackals, and
especially in C, antarcticus.
1880.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 251
6. In most of the Alopecoids, the contour of the inferior margin
of the angular process continues the direction of that of the inferior
margin of the ramus in front of it ; and this slopes gradually up-
wards and backwards. In C. littoralis and €. cinereo-argentatus,
however, the inferior contour of the ramus in the tegion of the
Fig. 8.
A. Dorsal aspect of the right half of the skull of C. azare (a); B. the same of
the left half of C. /ittoralis: of the natural size.
attachment of the digastric muscle, in front of the angular process,
is inclined almost at right angles to the latter, and forms a sort
of rounded ‘“subangular lobe” beneath the angular process,
252 _PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
Fig. 9.
() fii
pe
H
The left ramus of the mandible.
A, C. azare (a); B. C. littoralis; C. C. fulvipes: of the natural size.
A. angular process; L. subangular lobe,
1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 253
De Blainville long since figured and called attention to this feature
of the mandible in C. cinereo-argentatus.
These peculiarities are closely reproduced in the Thooid series, by
the skull of a South-American animal referred to Canis azare’, which
died in the Gardens of the Society, and to which I have alluded above
as C. azare (a) (fig. 8 A, p. 251). The sagittal area is wide and
lyrate ; but the temporal ridges are not so strongly marked as in
C. littoralis. There are no strong depressions on the supraorbital
processes ; and the glabella is evenly arched, in correspondence with
the small but distinct frontal sinuses. The angular process of the
mandible is extremely strong, and its margin is thick and tumid.
Beneath it there is a well-developed subangular lobe (fig. 9 A, L).
The following table of proportional measurements (basicranial axis
=100) shows how closely C. azare (a) and C. littoralis represent one
another.
TasLe V.—Proportional Measurements of the Skull and Teeth of
C. azaree (a) and C. velox.
C. azare (a). C. velox.
Total length of bony palate........ 125 122
»» breadth of Phe ee 78°9 71
jy lenet he" ses ae ca He. 2A 22°4
yy: ee net ee 17°7 18+]
| ee ee De anemia. 111 13°3
” % a CCE ee 27°7 27°2
Py Ee Se de Sees 14-4 15°7
In both, a small accessory cusp is developed on the posterior part
of the outer face of the external anterior or principal cusp of the
lower sectorial tooth (fig. 9, A and B).
Nevertheless the frontal sinuses and the form of the anterior part
of the cerebral cavity at once distinguish C. azare (a), as a Thooid,
from C. littoralis.
7. The transition between C. azar (a) and the macrodont Thooids
is furnished by the skull of an animal from Pernambuco, which died in
the Gardens, and came to me labelled “C. fulvipes” (fig. 10, p. 254).
The sagittal area is much narrower than in C-. azare (a); and the tem-
poral ridges unite into a short median crest behind. The glabella
is convex, and the postorbital constriction small, in correspondence
with the considerable development of the frontal sinuses. The an-
gular process of the mandible (fig. 9, C, A) is deep, strong, and thick,
but not tumid as in the foregoing species. The subangular lobe is
1 Mr, Forbes informs me that this animal possessed a short straight caecum.
C. cancrivorus has asimilar cecum. In C, procyonoides, C. jubatus, and Icticyon
venatieus the cecum is longer and larger, but almost straight. In all the other
Canide (certainly in C. lupus, C. laniger, C. domesticus, C. awreus, C. anthus,
C. antarcticus, C. azare, in Cyon, Lycaon, Vulpes, and Otocyon) it would appear
that the cecum is large and coiled. (See Garrod, P. Z, 8. 1873 and 1878;
Maurie, P. Z.S, 1873; Flower, P. Z. 8. 1880.)
254 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6;
far less developed; hence the inferior contour of this part of the.
jaw is not very much more prominent than it is in some of the
Jackals.
I cannot distinguish the skull of this “C. fulvipes”’ from that
Fig. 10.
Dorsal view of the skull of C. fulvipes.
figured by De Blainville (‘ Ostéographie,’ Canis, pl. viii.) under the
name of Canis cancrivorus, from Cayenne—nor from the C. cancri-
vorus of Burmeister, which appears to be identical with the C. bra-
1880.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID4. 255
siliensis of Lund. Under these circumstances I presume that it
should be named C. cancrivorus.
Another skull of a male animal which died in the Gardens has
unfortunately lost its mandible, It is labelled “‘C. cancrivorus,”
and differs from the foregoing only in having a much broader sagittal
area, with slightly larger teeth and broader and longer palate in
proportion to the basicranial axis (though not absolutely) than the
foregoing.
A third skull, also labelled “C. cancrivorus,’ 2, is young, with
the milk-teeth not yet shed. The permanent first molars above and
below are just coming into place; and their actual dimensions are so
nearly identical with those of the preceding skulls, that, though the
mandible has not quite the characteristic degree of lobation, I am dis-
posed to think that the differences which exist depend merely on
age.
8. If the measurements of the skulls of C. azare (a), C. caneri-
vorus, and C. azare be now compared with one another and with
those of C. aureus, C. anthus, and C. lupus, they will be found to
form a gradual series of modifications.
TasiLe VI.—Proportional Measurements of the Skulls and Teeth of
Thooids.
C. azare C. caneri- C. an-
(a). vorus. C.azare. C.aureus. thus. C. lupus.
Length of basicranial
ees 2s... See, 100 100 100 100 100 100
Length of 7™=* |... 294 25 G63 30 325
ee | eee 177 208i‘ 28.2
a Se Wl 125 ©6121 12 136 125
” > poe 2 29-1 30 309 34 369
BF is, Say Te 144 156 157 Wi. 143° «(17-1
» yy palate... 125 125 150 1 37 < 146
Breadth of palate ... 789 ‘oo 85 94 95 99
The only considerable break in the regularity of the progression
here arises from the large size of “+ in C. cancrivorus and the un-
usual length of the palate in C. azare. This regularity, however, is
fortuitous. The measurements here given are those of individual
skulls ; and if several individuals of any given species are measured
in the same way, the range of variation in some cases is remarkable.
Thus, three specimens of the Indian Jackal yield the following results
(basicranial axis= 100) :—
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1880, No. XVII. 17
256 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
Taste VII.—Proportional Measurements of Teeth and Palate of
Canis aureus.
iy 1s ITI.
Length of =". 5...) 27 31 33°8
sot lssar Sahacteeh 22 24 21°6
gyi lnag ye As el ae Heo) sl tiar2
2 eee DD 9 SSL 35°8
yout 401g atone 169 16-6
as, 35 sone Mee ye igs a3
Length of palate .... 125 141 143
Breadth of palate.... 94 90 90
The actual dimensions in millimetres are as follows :—
Taste VIIL.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Canis aureus.
ip II. opr:
Length of basicranial axis.. 59 53 53
ae 2s ae | 16°5 18
Degas fe Se 1s aig 115
ee ee ee. Ca 6°5 7-1
ee eee isa, 8 19
af Sal eee ce ° 10 9 9
“ Senta aoe 4 4
- os palate vac fs ts 75 76
Breadth of ,, ae Sten so 48 48
The comparison of these two tables is interesting; for, according
to the first, the variations of the dimensions of the teeth in propor-
tion to those of the basicranial axis cover the whole range between
Canis azare and the Wolves; on the other hand, the second shows
that, while the basicranial axis, doubtless following the actual size of
the animal, varies considerably, and while the teeth also vary, the
two sets of variations do not correspond: hence, in the proportional
table, the differences in the sizes of the teeth appear to be greater
than they really are.
Similar results are attained when the measurements of any con-
siderable number of specimens of other canine skulls are compared.
In fact, while in both the Thooid and the Alopecoid series the species
may be arranged in a scale characterized by the gradually increasing
relative and actual dimensions of the sectorial teeth, each species
occupies not a line but a broad zone upon that scale, which zone is over-
lapped by that of the species below and by that of the species above.
9. The lowest Alopecoids and the lowest Thooids agree in the
relatively small size of their sectorial teeth ; and many possess a large
lyrate sagittal area and a strongly lobate mandible. The genus
1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 257
Otocyon shares the last two peculiarities, and exhibits the first in a
more marked degree than any other known canine animal, recent or
extinct.
There are three skulls of this interesting form in the Museum of
the Royal College of Surgeons, and three in the British Museum ;
and they all agree very closely with the figures and description given
by De Blainville.
Dorsal view of the skull of Otocyon lalandii: nat. size.
In all, the posterior ends of the nasal bones extend beyond the
fronto-maxillary suture ; but they vary considerably in width. The
frontal processes are well separated from the ascending processes of
the premaxillaries. The temporal ridges are much stronger and the
Sagittal area narrower in one skull, which appears to be the oldest.
There are no frontal sinuses. In all, the subangular lobe of the
A
258 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6.
mandible is very strong, thickened, and more or less incurved at its
free margin. The angular process is strong, and projects inwardly
as a horizontal shelf-like prominence, which is concave above, so
that it somewhat resembles the bowl of a spoon (fig. 14, C, p. 263).
The pusterior margin of the bony palate lies considerably behind
the line of the hindmost molars. The line of the cheek-teeth is not
angulated at the junction of the upper sectorial with the first molar,
but nearly straight and almost parallel with that of the opposite side
(fig. 13, B, p. 260). The incisive foramina are prolonged forwards
into deep grooves on the palatal surfaces of the preemaxille. The
AD ade!
Lateral view of the skull of Ozocyon lalandii: } nat. size.
incisor teeth have different proportions from those of ordinary
Canidz, the outer being relatively smaller and less different from the
rest. The outer upper incisor, on each side, is separated by an
interval from the second.
The great difference between Otocyon and all the other Canide,
however, lies not merely in the increased number of the molar teeth,
but in the proportions of the teeth to the basicranial axis and to one
another, and in the low development of the jaws. The following
table gives the average of three of the skulls :—
TaBLe 1X.—Proportional Measurements of the Skull and Teeth
in Otocyon.
Basicranial axis ...... 100 (average absolute length 42 mm.).
Leneth of 2 cas..tF le
> il 13:4
ry) a te Wau 11°8
1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 259
heagth’ of, oe. 255. 16°1
f = Fd ans 13°3
3 ae ER 9°8
5 palate... ... 138
Breadth of palate .... 66
Thus the upper jaw is both short and narrow; and the slenderness
of the rami of the mandible is not less remarkable, though in this
respect C. cancrivorus and OC. procyonoides approach Otocyon.
Taste X.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Otocyon lalandii.
i. 101 Itt. EY. Ag VI.
Potallength” 0. <sa.c..6s 114 123 112 113 112
Length of palate......... 57 61 53 54 58 59
Breadth we Mesouadace 28 26 27 27 29 27
Length of basicranial
BRIS doccncchcss vo asehe het. a eee Ce 40 41 43 41
Length of 2 * BT 65 55 53 Seen i
Breadth 5 Im dront ap. 5 58 47 i) 4
Length of + ........, 5 BB 5 55 6 5
Brod bb gy eM 6-2 8 i 6 7 65
Fength of so 5 55 5 5 5 45
Breadth wer 55° scdleers 65 8 ai 65 65 65
Tength of 3... 45 5 4 3-5 45 4
Breadth” mga w.:..eke 6 6 6 5 oD 5-5
Length of Fe Re. RR Ut oak 4
PEECAULERMMT WMT. cteec POR cese Meese SBD “yheE. Buewny HO 1) Tulse 4
Length of — ......... 6 7 65 65 7 6
we el sive sad 6 6 6 55 6 5
% m, 2
{pinot ‘fal: 5 43 HOD 4.
aes RAs 35 3 3 33 *
a m. 4
On inspection of the foregoing tables of the actual and the pro-
portional measurements of the skulls and teeth, the wide differences
between Otocyon and all the other Canidz become apparent.
Confining our attention for the present to those teeth in Otocyon
which answer to those met with in other Canidee, it is obvious that the
sectorial teeth are much smaller in proportion to the basicranial
axis, that the difference between apne awe an ay 18 much
less, and that ?“~* is never greatly longer and may be shorter than
m.1
* Fallen out on both sides,
260 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
The patterns of the crowns of the upper cheek-teeth (fig. 13, B)
are completely canine. The anterior inner cusp of the fourth upper
premolar is very thick and prominent, and gives the crown of the
tooth the form of an almost equilateral triangle. There is a well-
developed secondary cusp at the anterior end of the base of the
principal cusp of this tooth, so that, viewed from the outside, it
appears tricuspidate; and sometimes there is a minute cusp behind
Fig. 13.
ax
A, lower, and B, upper cheek-teeth: of Otocyon lalandii: the last molar in the
upper jaw is absent; C, the lower sectorial tooth of O¢ocyon from the inner
side, of twice the natural size; D, the corresponding tooth of C. zerda, and
E, of C. lupus, reduced to the same absolute length and also viewed from
the inner side; @.e. anterior external cusp; 4.7. anterior internal cusp;
ab. cusp-line. The tooth of the Fennec is obviously intermediate in
character between that of Ofocyon and that of the Wolf. The comparison
of these figures with figs. 6 and 7 will give a very good conception of the
extent and the nature of the modifications of the cheek-teeth in the Canide.
the principal inner cusp. In both points this tooth approaches the
upper sectorial of Nasua. The crowns of the molars are broader
than they are long; but the difference is less than in most Canide.
Their four cusps, with the cingulum on the inner side, are very
distinct ; and the second upper molar is much larger in proportion
to the first than in other Canidae.
In the mandible, the third preemolar has a sharp cusp at the anterior
end of its base; the first molar has the inner cusps higher than the
outer ones; and the anterior paired cusps are set in a nearly trans-
verse line, the inner hiding the outer when the tooth is viewed from
within (fig. 13, C). In both these respects the crown of this tooth
1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 261
differs from that of other Canidz and approaches the characters of the
same tooth in the Viverridee and, especially, in the Procyonidee.
It is obvious that, in all these features, Ofocyon represents a lower
term in the series of the Alopecoids than C. cinereo-argenteus and
C. velox ; and although the interval between these and Otocyon is
as wide as that between C. velox and C. vulpes, there would be no
reason for separating Otocyon from the rest of the group were it
not for the extraordinary excess in the number of molar teeth. Of
these there are four on each side above in one specimen, three in the
others, four on each side below in all. So far as any conclusion can
be drawn from this limited number of examples, therefore, it would
appear that the presence of the fourth upper molar is exceptional ;
and that the dentition is tending towards a higher type by its sup-
pression. The crowns of the hindermost upper molars, in the one
specimen in which they are shown, are of a triangular shape, the
base of the triangle corresponding with the two distinct external
cusps. On the inner side only one cusp remains. The crown of
the small fourth lower molar exhibits two well-developed cusps, of
which the outer is rather the smaller. These apparently represent
the anterior cusps of the other molars, as the posterior pair of cusps
are proportionally smaller than the anterior pair in the third molar.
10. The facts now adduced appear to me to permit of the arrange-
ment of the Canide hitherto considered in the following manner :—
CAaNID&.
I. Molars =.
A. Alopecoids. B. Thooids.
a. Macrodonts.
Ex. C. argentatus. Ex. C. lupus.
C. vulpes. C. aureus.
b. Microdonts.
a. Mandible nonlobate.
Ex. C. caama. Ex. C. azare.
C. zerda. C. vetulus.
(3. Mandible lobate. 1
Ex. C. littoralis. Ex. C. cancrivorus.
II. Molars *.
a4
C. Otocyonoids,
Otocyon.
It will, however, be readily understood from what has already been
said, that it is not intended to suggest the possibility of sharply
separating the macrodont from the microdont forms, or those with
lobed mandibles from those with mandibles of the ordinary character.
On the contrary, they pass into one another ; while the lower Thooids,
262 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
with small frontal sinuses, are so slightly separated from the lower
Alopecoids, that it is hard to say whether we have any right to look
for a Thooid representative of Otocyon or not. It is quite as reason-
able to suppose that Olocyon is the nearest living representative of
the primitive type of the Canidz, whence all the rest have been de-
rived, in the first place, by the differentiation of the Thooid from the
Alopecoid series, and, in the second, by the occurrence of corre-
sponding series of modifications leading up to the Fox on the one
hand and to the Wolf on the other.
11. If this view of the facts is correct, the key to the morphological
relations of the whole of the Canidz must lie in the determination of
the affinities of Otocyon. The facts hitherto considered primarily
appear to me to suggest looking in two directions—in the first place
towards the Procyonidze, and in the second towards the Didelphia.
In studying the Canidz it is impossible not to be struck by the
wonderful persistency of the fundamental patterns of the sectorial
teeth and of those which follow them. This smgular uniformity can
hardly be accounted for by adaptation to similar modes of life; for
the pattern is as distinctly marked in C. jubatus and C. procyonoides,
which live largely upon fruits and roots and never attack large animals,
as inany of the more purely carnivorous Canide. It must therefore
be regarded as a morphological fact of fundamental importance, and
the best guide to the immediate affinities of this group of animals.
Now, in Bassaris we have a procyonine form, the teeth of which
are extraordinarily similar to those of C. zerda, if we suppose the little
posterior lower molar of the Fennec suppressed. The posterior
margin of the bony palate is on a level with the hindermost molar
teeth, and therefore does not extend further back than in the ordi-
nary Canide. There are no frontal sinuses ; and the ethmoid is high.
In Zlurus, again, the patterns of the teeth are essentially canine,
though inclining in some respects towards the Bears: the frontal
sinuses are large, the ethmoid low, and the cranial cavity has a com-
pletely Thooid contour. In this genus, as Prof. Flower has pointed
out, an alisphenoid canal is present. The small flattened bulla, with
its long meatus, is unlike that of the Dogs; on the other hand, the
carotid canal is long, and its posterior aperture opens into a depres-
sion common to it and the foramen lacerum posterius. The bony
palate extends considerably further back than in any existing canine
animal,
In Nasua the fourth premolar above is triangular; but a small
second inner cusp is beginning to appear behind the large one. In
Procyon this cusp has increased so much that the crown of the tooth
is quadrangular. In this genus there is a small cingulum on the inner
side of the first and second molars, which thus retain a resemblance
to those of the Dog. In Nasua, however, it is no longer visible.
In both these genera a line joining the inner and outer cusps of the
lower sectorial teeth is almost transverse to the axis of the tooth,
and the inner cusp is higher than the outer, as in Otocyon.
I find the proportional lengths of the teeth in Nasua and Procyon
to be as follows :—
1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID®. 263
Taste XJ.—Proportional Lengths of the Teeth in Procyonide and
Otocyon.
Nasua. Procyon. Otocyon.
Geupth of Pe": 16°6 16°6 12°7
= oe 17°7 17?7 13:4
nm REE lananiyg 12°7 11-8
” Reta esas 18.8 20°5 16:1
Swit oe 20 19°4 S33
The teeth of Nasua and Procyon are larger (and notably thicker)
than those of Otocyon; moreover the hindermost molars, in their
elongation and in other characters, tend towards the Ursine form.
There is therefore no question of direct affinity between Masua and
Procyon and Otocyon ; it is simply that, in dental characters, the
lowest type of canine animal approaches the less-differentiated
Procyonidee.
In Bassaris and in Procyon the form of the ramus of the mandible
is similar to that in the ordinary Canidee ; in Nasua it approaches
Fig. 14,
A B C
Right ramus of the mandible of Perameles (A), Procyon (B), and Otocyon (C),
from behind : a, angular process ; c, condyle.
that seen in C. cancrivorus ; in Elurus this peculiarity is still more
exaggerated ; and in Cercoleptes we have.a mandible which resembles
that of Otocyon, with a still more developed lobe. As to the base of
the skull, it appears to me that, taking Hlurus, Procyon, and Nasua
together, the arctoid characters are so modified, and the approxima-
tion to the canine type of skull becomes so close, that they almost
present a transition from the one type of skull to the other.
I have elsewhere drawn attention to the fibrous epipubis of the
Dogs as the homologue of the so-called “ marsupial bone” of the
264 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
Didelphia and Ornithodelphia ', and other indications of the approxi-
mation of the lower Carnivores to the Didelphia are not wanting.
If the mandibles of Otocyon, of Procyon, and of Perameles are
viewed from behind (fig. 14, p. 263), it will be seen that the angular
process is as distinctly inflected in the two former as in the latter, and
that the difference in the angular process of Tylacinus is merely one
of the degree of development of a homologous and similarly formed
art’.
: I look upon the four molars of Otocyon as another character of
the saine order; as a survival, in fact, of a condition of the dentition
exhibited by the common ancestors of the existing Canide and the
existing carnivorous marsupials.
12. The geographical distribution of the Canide presents many
points of interest when it is considered in relation to the morpho-
logical characters of the forms at present restricted to certain areas of
the earth’s surface.
Otocyon occurs only in South Africa, and apparently does not
range beyond the southern extremity of that continent.
' The microdont Alopecoids with lobate jaws (C. cinereo-argentatus
and C. littoralis), which have been separated by Baird under the name
of Urocyon, appear to me to be the nearest existing allies of Otocyon.
But there is no representative of this group outside the North-
American continent, C. cinereo-argentatus occupying the central
States of North America, while C. littoralis occurs on the N.W. in
California, and on the south as far as Honduras and Costa Rica.
Baird suggests that C. littoralis is merely a local race of C. cinereo-
argentatus; and the measurements in Table XII., which show that
No. II. is as near to No. III. as to No. I., lend strong support to
this view.
The small Foxes of the Old World, C. zerda and C. caama, differ
from the foregoing in little more than the nonlobation of the man-
dible and the less prominent or cord-like character of the temporal
ridges. In C. bengalensis, C. corsac, and C. velox the sagittal area
narrows and the temporal ridges unite behind, while the sectorial
teeth increase in proportional size, and thus gradually lead to the
most specialized Foxes of the Old World.
This is shown very clearly by the following table of measurements
of thirteen specimens belonging to twelve species of Alopecoids.
' Proceedings of the Royal Society, 1879. I have recently found the epipubis
very well developed in a female Bengal Fox and ina female C. mesomelas. My
friend Dr. Rolleston, F.R.S., has been good enough to compare T’hylacinus with
the domestic Dog; and he informs me that ‘‘the bone is disproportionately
small in the marsupial in question; but it has precisely the same relation to
the external oblique’s bifid tendon, to the rectus and pyramidalis (which are
only imperfeetly differentiated from one another and from the inner or upper
division of the tendon of the external oblique), and, finally, to the pectineus, which
it has in the placental mammal.”
2 A comparison of the mandible of Didelphys with that of Nasua is even more
instructive. In Centefes the angular process is slightly but characteristically
inflected.
Tasie XII.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Alopecoids.
265
Length of palate .......sessrneee| 45 | 51 | 57 | 42 | 50/58 | 60 | 60 | 64 | @8 Ges) Was IT
en gt Of Se. oy, vsk esen seSereyeciavic.(e OE] “TED 12°5 85 | 11 10 115 | 13:5) 14 14 15 15 1
i
Q
z BrandMS “s;5. k..0.tevegin eae LT 29 | 34 | 25 33 | 30 32. | 34 | 40 | 38 40 | 41 44
<a
"9 Length of basicranial axis ............| 86 38 | 45 36 42, | 89 38 oe la Fie 49 46 5
a 4 BE fad Pies sige. |S OD a SONIC 8 Dols Fc! ATS | Ol sleet 1s S bas, Saget ae
fe
: , a ee al OD | 7% he G 6 Bx 16-6 7 8 2°] Bor 9:3} 105
[--]
5 BMCRCELAS oy. routdnc a tdahiaiyhaeuteclee Tore! aS Ese Paraalin) 8 85 | 105 OR et
Oo
Bs Geseeth of Ps oe! ie a IS She) aowse B 4 55 | 5 4 4 5 4 5 5
<
m Breadth 3) Lec. oeasstyge scale OWE TGiame wae ae 8 = 6 "( Pot) Be 7 mB
4
<a
a
Zz
I
A
9 Fin iaes See tenceneete twee. ae. | MED 6 (Binet) 6 6°5 55] 65 | 65 | 6 i 73
” TARIQ «Oeess vote cen Ree cea cs. flee EO eos ee 2°5 xs 3 2 26 | 3 Sate 35) 3
[Nos. I. and IT. ¢ littoralis; No. IIT. C. cinereo-argentatus (=virginianus); No. IV. C. zerda; No. V. C. caama; No. VI,
C. bengalensis ; No. VII. C. corsac ; No. VIII. C. velox (the measurements taken from Dr. Baird’s figure of the skull of this
species); No. IX. C. wiloticus; No. X. C, lagopus; No. XI. C. fuluus; No. XII. C. vulpes; No. XIII. C. argentatus. |
1880. ]
1, | AL OL | Tv.) We | VE |) VO. | var.) oe | ke lx, 4) en Sar:
Total lengthieesse...sssssssessseeseeu| OF |104 |... | 84 108 |... Jima lai (i968 |... lage 143 |146
co
266 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
Thus C. caama, C. bengalensis, C. corsac, and C. velox appear to
be mere local varieties of a small Alopecoid form answering pretty
nearly to the Jackals in the Thooid series, and occupying the south-
ernmost part of the Alopecoid zone, from South Africa to Central
America. The more differentiated Alopecoids, though largely co-
existent with these, are preponderant in the north of the zone.
I can meet with no evidence of the existence of any true Alopecoid
’ in South America, which appears to be the head quarters of the lower
Thooids.
Among these, C. vetulus has the least modified dentition, and in
this respect corresponds with C. littoralis among the Foxes. This
species is figured and fully described by Burmeister. ‘The skull has
alow median sagittal crest ; and the ramus of the mandible is slender
and nonlobate. In the one imperfect cranium which I have seen
(from which the measurements in Table XIII. are given) the length
of the sectorial and first molar in the upper jaw is the same, and
does not exceed 17 per cent. of the basicranial axis. The length
of the lower sectorial is rather less than 23 per cent. The crown of
the upper sectorial or fourth premolar is broadly triangular (breadth
in front 5°5 millims. to length 7 millims.), on account of the great
size of its internal cusp, and resembles that of Ofocyon. The inner
anterior cusp of the lower sectorial is lower than the outer; but a line
drawn through both is almost transverse to the axis of the tooth, the
heel of which is very stout.
In Brazil, in Demerara, and in Guiana the canine animals which
have been named Canis cancrivorus, C. fulvipes, C. brasiliensis,
C. rudis, and that to which I have referred above as C. azare (a)
occur. The crania belonging to the first four which have come under
my observation are, for the most part, rather larger than that of the
last, have a less-marked subangular lobe and slightly larger sectorial
teeth; but there is no sharp line of demarcation between the two sets,
and I regard them all as local varieties of C. cancrivorus. Moreover,
in those forms, such as C. rudis, in which the skull is largest, the
approximation to Canis azare (the most widely distributed of the
South-American Canidz) is so close, that I cannot separate the two
by any osteological or dental characters.
Canis magellanicus presents the same sort of relation to C’. canerivo-
rus as C. simensis, in the Old World, bears to C. aureus and C. anthus.
The size of the body, and notably of the jaws, has increased without
any corresponding enlargement of the teeth (Table XIII.). In the
large relative size of the upper molars, Canis jubatus adheres to the
same type; while C. antarcticus, on the other hand, presents the
closest approximation to some specimens of C.latrans (Table XIII.).
From the range of variation of C. cancrivorus, it can hardly be
doubted that the examination of more extensive materials will prove
the existence of an uninterrupted series of gradations from C. vetulus
to CO. antarcticus and C. jubatus. Burmeister’ remarks that Canis
cancrivorus, C. fulvicaudus, and C. vetulus are distinguished by the
relative shortness of their jaws from C. azare, C. griseus, and C.
1 Erlauterungen zur Fauna Brasiliens, p. 46.
267
1880.]
DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&.
TaBLe XIII.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of South-American Thooids.
[No. I. C. vetulus; No. Il. C. azare (a) ; Nos. IIL., IV., and V. 0. canerivorus ; No. VI. C. cancrivorus, referred to above ; No. VIT. C. fulvipes ;
Nos. VIII. and IX. C. rudis:; No. X. C. azare, described above; No. XI. C. azare; No. XII. C. magellanicus; No. XIII. @. magellanicus ;
No. XIV. C. jubatus; No. XV. O. antarcticus; No. XVI. C. antarcticus; No. XVII. C. latrans; No. XVIII. C. antarcticus, skull without the
mandible. The measurements of a specimen of C. latrans are given here to show the extreme closeness of the relation between the “ Prairie-Wolf”
and its southern analogue. |
Tes |) TEs AT | IV. | V. | VI. | VIL. vu. TX.,| Keene XII XIV, XV. |XVI./XVIL.| XVIII.
Total length -...cus-s.s0-sses- <ue (16. (tga |... | ao nee 125.130 ig ji42 |... ley li77 lois “60 ji66 ie lie
Length of palate ............/48 | 57 | 65 |... | ... | 62 | 61 | 66 | 59 | 72 | 64 | 99 | 108 | 84 84 | 92 | 89
Breadth Syn? Sect. vee 29” | 36 | 38 |... |... | 40 | 39 | 39 | 89 | 41 | 38 |4g | ... | 60 ; 65] 53 | 50 | bs
Length of basicranial uxis..| 42 | 44 | 47 va vane) 43. [sae 47 | 44 | 48 | 50 | 60 | 61 66 | 57 =| 56 OSes non
ia Mets he. T= | TO | 11 |LOSS tame | 19 | joa lrd 15 155] 18 | 48 “ar Wel 11
jal oe eS pe ee 7 | 8 | 10 1 8) Oe le-oeletor 0, | 105] o-|a0 | io Je oel as 12,41" )| i-6 | Tot
Buehdilie <,, 50 eSe.ceh ke, Bio). Oo} nk Meet) ie ATARI |) po A oll aR an ce ce ae 4s
eugth.e? Boe eae. Bey “| oO | BIG ENT Ot Pe Rei ce GG el | 5 | 8 | 65) 63) 10°) 65) 55) .7 | 66
Brandi. jpe 5. ane: OS) 75 | A). ewe eras ee aaa a levee 10 12a leon hes eltbe tes
Length of oes. (95 | 195] 14 p12 [14 | ... | 14 | 185} 142) 143] 15 | 16 | 16 | 21-5! 19 | 1951 195 |
Soe eae | 65] 65! 75] 72/8 | ., 7 8] 85) 75| 8 | 7/11 | 85] 85 87
oo 5 Wake: o8 [87 | halt Se ee eRe.” | 85) 5) oie gale pelea ba en
268 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [ Apr. 6,
magellanicus ; but, so far as the measurements of his figures of the
teeth permit me to form a judgment, C. griseus differs in no respect_
from some specimens of C. canecrivorus. With a shorter skull, Bur-
meister’s specimen of C. magellanicus has larger sectorial teeth than
either of the specimens I have seen.
In the lower jaws of two specimens of C. cancrivorus, and in one
of C. magellanicus, in the British Museum, there is a well-formed
though small fourth molar; and in a third specimen of C. caneri-
vorus there is a curious abnormal structure, consisting of a bunch
of five minute crowns of teeth (whether united by their roots or not
cannot be made out without injuring the specimen) in the place of
the fourth lower molar on the right side.
Side view of the skull of Leticyon venaticus: # nat. size.
Van der Hoeven! has described and figured a skull with a third
upper molar on both sides, which he ascribes to C. azare, but which,
according to Burmeister, belongs to C. euncrivorus.
In C. cancrivorus, therefore, the persistence of ara seems to be a
common occurrence, while “~ is found occasionally. Thus it would
appear that we have under our eyes, in this species, another stage in
the modification of the primitive dentition of the Canide, which, as
* “Over het geschlacht Jeticyon van Lund,” Verhandelingen der Koninklijke
Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam, iii. 1856.
1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&E. 269
we have seen, has commenced even in Ofocyon. And I think
there can be no reasonable doubt that the occasional appearance of
an extra molar in domestic dogs is not a monstrosity, but a reversion
to the earlier and more complete dentition of the primitive stock of
the Canidee.
In Icticyon the dentition is modified in the opposite direction, by
the suppression of — and the reduction of m2 Indeed this tooth
was supposed to be absent altogether, until Professor Flower recently
observed it in a specimen which has already been the subject of a
communication to the Society.
I am greatly obliged to the President for enabling me give a figure
of the skull (fig. 15) and teeth (fig. 16) of the specimen in question,
which, though not quite fully adult, has the complete permanent
dentition.
Fig. 16.
Upper (A) and lower (B) cheek-teeth of Jcticyon venaticus ; O, the right lower
sectorial and second molar, from within ; D, the right upper sectorial, from
within ; a, the accessory cusp; the inner anterior cusp is not sufficiently
well defined.
In the following table of measurements I add those of an imperfect
skull in the British Museum.
Taste X1V.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of
Icticyon yenaticus.
I. II.
Wotial lengthy; oid diye os eds « 118
Length of palate ........ 56 59
Breadth as a 40 4]
Length of basicranial axis... 52
Ee ae eee aepase 2: 13
270 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
Ue II.
Honsth of 4.4 gaudy saen a 8
Breadth gees SUE Ze OM if 8
Length. Gee eee eee a
Breadth. ue gees sie 3
Length of —| .......... 13 14°5
BE) m, 2 eee 4 5
In the British-Museum specimen (No. II.) “= is absent, and
there is no trace of any alveolus for it.
In absolute length, the skull No. I. (fig. 15, p. 268) comes very near
C. canerivorus (Table XIII. No. VI.), but differs from this in the
relative length of the basicranial axis and shortness of the palate.
It is a peculiarity of Ieticyon which I have not observed in any other
canine animal, that the upper and lateral margins of the occipital
foramen are produced in such a manner as to give rise to a tubular
prolongation which projects considerably beyond the occipital spine
(fig. 15). Hence the total length given in Table XIV. is measured
from the upper edge of this prolongation to the preemaxillary sym-
physis. The nasal bones are short and broad, and do not extend quite
so far back as the fronto-maxillary suture. The glabellar region is
evenly arched from side to side ; and the postorbital processes are but
slightly prominent ; Burmeister’s figure, however, shows that these
become larger with age. The frontal sinuses are but slightly deve-
loped backwards ; and this, judging by the marked constriction behind
the postorbital processes in older skulls, appears to be the case even
in old specimens.
The skull figured presents a narrow sagittal area, and the sagittal
crest is undeveloped ; but this feature also depends on the youth of
the animal. In the large size of the paroccipital and mastoid pro-
cesses, Ictieyon resembles the larger Thooids of the Old World
rather than its North-American congeners. The characters of the
base of the skull are completely canine. The palate is wider in front
than in C. cancrivorus. Posteriorly it is somewhat more prolonged
and narrowed towards the nasal passage than usual; but a good deal
of the peculiarity of appearance of this part of the skull of Icticyon
‘arises from the small size of the hindermost molars.
The tympanic bulle are not evenly arched as is usual in the
smaller Thooids; but the outer is separated from the inner moiety
of the convex surface by a well-defined oblique ridge. The rami of
the mandibles are ankylosed together throughout the long symphysis,
which measures 27 millims. This ankylosis has also taken place in
the second specimen; and I am not aware that it occurs in any other
of the Canide. The angle of the mandible is thick, short, and not
produced inwards. Its lower edge is straight, and passes so abruptly
into the convexity which follows, that the jaw presents, as it were,
the next remove from-the lobate condition beyond that of C. fulvipes
(fig. 9, C, p. 252).
271
DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&,
1880. ]
Taste XV.-—Cranial and Dental Measurements of North-American Thooids.
Total TonPthissiesscaviassseveecs Ses heres
Length of palate ......sesscccsenssccanes
Breadth
”
Annee twee new eneeeeentee
Length of basicranial axis ............
LA RS BTR
m. 1
Breddtha" &. s2.0saentraentceeeneseet
etigph ofeet= san tere anv
Breadth mae Sate uaeccae tacamebeeare’
”
Length of Sat
»
Oem ete camer ereereeeeee
Penne n anh e eee ee tennenees
HOO e meee ne re aeeareeetasaee!
180
4:5
VII.
190
VIil.
205
98
30
13
18
272 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
The upper incisors have the ordinary canine characters ; and the
large outer incisor is close to the second. The canines are very
strong; and the first three premolars are thick. Although the fourth
preemolar has a length of only 11-5 millims., it is 7 millims. thick in
front. The inner cusp, however, is very small. In both specimens
a small but distinct cusp is developed from the anterior margin of
the anterior blade-like cusp of this tooth. This is an unusual
feature in the upper sectorial tooth of canine animals; and I am the
more careful to draw attention to its existence, as; while Lund had
mentioned the fact, Burmeister expressly denies it :—~‘‘ Der Fleisch-
zahn des Oberkiefers ist ganz Hundeartig, d. h. der innere Neben-
hécker sehr klein; und die Aussere Héckerreihe ohne den dritten
vordern Hocker, welcher den Viverrinen zusteht”’ (J. e. p. 9). It
is to be presumed therefore that this minute cusp was absent in
Burmeister’s specimen’.
The crown of the first upper molar is triangular and comparatively
narrow, in consequence of the reduction of the cingulum and the dis-
appearance of the posterior inner cusp. The crown of the minute
second molar is nearly circular, with a median depression separating
rudimentary outer and inner cusps (fig. 16, A). The lower sectorial
presents peculiarities already noted by previous observers. Thus, the
inner anterior cusp has altogether disappeared, the heel is very short,
and the inner posterior cusp has also vanished. The second lower
molar is very like the upper, its crown presenting a median depression
bounded outside and inside by minute cusps, of which the inner is
the lower (fig. 16, B, p. 269).
Thus the dentition of Icticyon is far more different from that of
the ordinary Canidee than that of any other known canine animal,
whether recent or extinct, except Otocyon, standing in some respects
at the opposite pole to the latter.
In all other points, Icticyon is not only, as Lund proved, unmis-
takably a member of the canine group, but it is so closely allied to
the other North-American Thooids, that I can only regard it as a
modification of the Canis cancrivorus type, analogous to that which,
among the Old-World Jackals, has given rise to Cyon, but carried a
step further.
In North America the Thooid division is represented only by such
macrodont forms as C. latrans and C. lupus (occidentalis).
The foregoing Table (XV.) gives the measurements of seven
crania of Canis latrans in the British Museum and in the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons. The exact locality of No. 1. is
unknown; No. 11. is from Hudson’s Bay; No. 111. from Grand Isle,
Platte Rock; No. rv. from Medicine Creek, Nebraska; No. v. from
Fort Colville; No. vi. from Fort Kearney; and No, vit. from
Columbia River. They therefore cover almost the whole extent of
North America in longitude, and, as might be expected, exhibit a
1 Similar but better-developed anterior basal cusps occur in the upper sectorial
of Ofocyon, and occasionally in other Canide, as C. anthus, C. zerda, and C. ben-
gacensis. Hence no great taxonomic importance can be assigned to this cha-
Tacter, :
1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDA. 273
considerable range of variation, though probably less than a larger
series would show’. But, as they are, I must confess myself unable
to find any important break in the series of gradations of cranial and
dental structure between Canis latrans and C. antarcticus, on the
one hand (see Table XIII.), and C. latrans and C. occidentalis (Table
XV., vit., rx., x.) on the other. Moreover, considering that only
two sets of measurements of C. magellanicus are given, it is not
unreasonable to expect that, with a larger series of this form, all
the American Thooids, so far as their dental and cranial characters
are concerned, would be susceptible of arrangement in a continuous
series of almost imperceptible modifications. I may further remark
that I can discern no difference of the slightest importance between
skulls of C. Jatrans and those of some of our domestic Dogs’.
Of the three skulls of Canis occidentalis (Table XV. Nos. vuit.,
1x., x.), No. x. is a very large typical Wolf-skuil, nowise distin-
euishable from the most characteristic examples of the Old-World
Wolves. Nos. viz. and virr., on the other hand, have teeth not at
all, or but little, larger than those of some specimens of C. latrans,
from which they differ chiefly in the greater width of the palate and
total length of the skull. Moreover, in these skulls the facial line,
instead of being nearly straight or even slightly convex, as is usual
in Wolves, Jackals, and domestic Dogs of the Greyhound type, is as
concave as in the skulls of many Newfoundland Dogs and Mastiffs,
to which they present striking resemblances.
If we now leave the New World for the Old, travelling westward,
it is a very interesting fact that in Japan, in the Amur basin, and
in North China we mect with a form of canine animal which has
been made the type of a distinct genus, Nyctereutes, but which is
essentially a low Thooid of the South-American type. This is the
Canis procyonoides*, of the external characters, the skeleton, and
dentition of which a full account has been given by Schrenck
(‘Reisen und Forschungen im Amurlande,’ Band i. 1858).
Taste XVI.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Canis pro-
eyonoides.
I, II, Ii, EV:
Motal length .....0cssesccesscnverees 115 107 96 one
Length of palate ..........s1eeee 57 55 49 54:
STEAM UR ssh A Bstservyces teensy on 34 33'5 38 34
1 Baird’s observations (‘ Report,’ under Canis) point to an extraordinary
amount of local variation in C. occidentalis and C. latrans.
2 The close resemblance of C. la¢rans to certain domestic Dogs of the Old
World has already been noted by Jeitteles and Coues. See the former writer’s
_ excellent essay ‘Die Stammviiter unserer Hunde-Rassen,’ 1877.
3 The specific name appears to me to be as little applicable as the generic
distinction of ‘“‘ Nyctereutes” is justifiable. Beyond a superficial external re-
semblance, there is nothing of the Raccoon about this animal.
18*
274 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
I, II, TI. IV.
Length of basicranial axis ...... 39 ee 39 41
5 Piet Uae! Oe 10 10 11
iB: LS hase hese ue 8 8 85 9
Breadth . 4°) Uousestecsocceterns 8:2 86 aie 9
Tiengitiof 222) Nee ed 5 5 5 5
Breadthiwer.seer seecdecnvcetsenseaes 6 6 6
Tength! Of = ssesrersceussesso ces ll 12 12 12
m. 1
_ Te ee Bat 3 6 6 6 6:5
m. 2 :
+5 DLaby ics erectus hes hee 3 cts =f 3
mM. 3d
This is made manifest by the comparison of the measurements of
the skulls 1., 11., 111., rv. in the preceding Table (of which No. 11. is
from “ North China,” while the rest are Japanese) with those of
Canis azare (a) given in Table XIII.
Nos. 1. and 1. are adult skulls having a narrow lyrate sagittal
area, and curiously similar to Ofocyon in the elongation of the jaws
and the marked lobation of the mandible. The outer incisor above
is separated from the others by a distinct interval; and the bony
palate extends for 2-5 millims. behind the level of the hindermost
molars. No, 111. is young, the permanent teeth not having com-
pletely emerged.
The Japanese C. hodophylaz, of which there is a fine specimen
now living in the Gardens, appears to be simply a small form of
Wolf; but in the absence of any accessible skulls of this form or of
C. nippon, I refrain from giving any definite opinion about them.
All the Asiatic Thooids, north of the Altai, appear to be mere
varieties of C. Jupus. But in the Altai range itself, in the upper
basins of the Jenessei and the Lena, and as far eastward as the shores
of the Sea of Ochotsk the Canis alpinus makes its appearance
(Schrenck, 7. ec. pp. 48-50).
This species, C. primevus, C. dukhunensis, and C. sumatrensis have
been separated as a distinct genus, Cyon (Cuon, Hodgson), on account
of the constant absence of —. They agree, not only in this respect ?,
but in the breadth of the jaws and, very generally, in a marked
convexity of the facial line. In this respect they depart from the
ordinary Wolves and Jackals in the opposite direction to some
Wolves and to the majority of the domestic Dogs, in which this
contour tends to become strongly concave.
The following Table of the measurements of nine skulls shows the
close affinity of the forms associated under Cyon :—
1 Van der Hoeven (/. c.) mentions that he found m, 3 Present in one specimen
of C. rutilans out of six examined.
ite)
~~
DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDZ,
1880.]
Taste XVII.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Cyon.
Dotalilenothiscerewsmenst reste tes
Length of palate ..........cosssesseconee
Breadth __,,
eee ers rrr Ty
Length of basicranial axis ............
pm. 4
Ome meee etre soe eeaseneae
m, 1
” ~" ea
Breadth __,,
Length of ™?
SO e eee eer eeerenteetecene
Breadth. “ys. ethos sa ose
Ten PG Of Aa seas casveees aaenthiee car
m. 2
|
ee eS eee eee ee a ee ee oll
[C. swmatrensis, No. I., is from Sumatra
dukhunensis, No. 1V., from Central India ;
alpinus, No. TX., from the Altai.]
; No. II. from Malacca; C. primevus, Nos. IIT. and V., from Sikkim -C;
No. VI. from Cashmere ; No. VII. from Cuttack; No. VIII, from Nepal; C.
276 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
In none of these skulls was a trace either of the hindermost lower
molar or of its alveolus to be seen. Jerdon states that C. primevus
‘is common in Ceylon, where it is called the Dhole by some, by
which name it has been treated of by Hamilton Smith and other
writers ; and it is found all over the jungles of Assam, Burmah, and
the Malayan peninsula,” which is in contradiction to the com-
monly received opinion that there are no wild dogs in Assam and
Burmah. According to S. Miiller, the same species is found in
Borneo.
The distribution of this group over an area which covers nearly
60 degrees of latitude and about as much of longitude in Eastern
and Southern Asia is very remarkable, when taken in conjunction
with the fact that the proper Jackals, although coexistent with Cyon
in Hindostan, are absent over the rest of the Cyon area, except per-
haps in Burmah ; while, to the westward of Hindostan, Cyon, so
far as is known, is absent in the vast area inhabited by the Jackals.
For the species united under Cyon appear to me to be nothing but
large and slightly modified forms of the Jackal type, which thus
seems to have become somewhat specialized at the eastern extre-
mity of its area of distribution.
I have already referred to the variability of Canis aureus; and
theamount of variation exhibited by that species will become still
more apparent by an inspection of the following Table of measure-
ments of the skulls of thirteen specimens of Canis aureus from India.
From this it appears that the skull of this species may vary in abso-
lute length 28 per cent., in the length of the palate by nearly 30 per
cent., in its width by more than 25 per cent., in the length of the
basicranial axis by about 20 per cent., in the length of “= rather
more than 25 per cent., in the length of —— about 11 per cent.
If the measurements of C. anthus, C. lateralis, C. simensis, and
C. mesomelas, given in the same table, are compared with those of
C. aureus, it is obvious that the great majority fall into place some-
where in the series of C. aureus; and the only notable difference is
in C. simensis, in which there is a remarkable elongation of the
palate. But this is exactly that part of the skull which varies most
in C. aureus; and the difference in length between the longest and
shortest palate in this species, 19 millims., is exactly the same as
that between the longest palate of C. aureus and that of C. stmensis.
I do not doubt that a larger number of specimens of C. anthus and
of C. simensis would afford a complete series of intermediate forms
between them and the Common Jackals.
Just as, at the eastern extremity of the Jackal area, the large Cyon-
form with specially modified dentition is met with, so at its western
extremity, in South Africa, the large Lycaon-form, with specially
modified fore feet, occurs. In the breadth of the preemolar region
of the upper jaw, and in a more or less marked convexity of the facial
contour, Lyeaon strongly reminds one of Cyon; but the dentition is
complete, stronger, and more wolf-like, and the edges of the hinder
premolars are more deeply lobed.
277
DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDZ.
1880.]
Total length...
Length of palate ............
Breadth __,,
Length of basicranial axis..
pm, 4
”
m.
” i
Breadth ,,
Length of ™?
Breadth ,,
m1
Length of
m, 2
m. 3
{
see eae eee eeenee
Sete et ee ewenee
ser eoeeeeeeeses
Taste XVIII.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Jackals.
I. | 11
154 [140
76 | 72
51 | 48
55
15 | 155
5st
Pelts
Seer
Sls
19 | 19
8| 8
Bed
8
35
v. | VI.
159 [150
7 | 71
51 | 50
| 56
16 | 16
115] 12
13 | 12
7 | 6
105] 9
is | 19
9 | 85
43| 4
VII.
165
x. | XI.
150 \175
74 | 85
54 | 87
59 |..
17 | 17
13 | 14
14 | 15
7\| 7
10 | 11
18 | 21
10 | 95
ofl eA
19
4
XIv.| Xv.
150 {165 |
76 | 81
53 | 58
53 | 58
17 | 18
2 | 12
14 | 15
7 | 65
10 |
19 | 19
9 | 86
XVI.| XVII.) XVIII.
ae
208
104
155
[Nos. I. to XIII, C. aureus, from Irdia; Nos. XIV. to XVI, C. anthus, from North Africa; No. XVIL., C. simensis, from Abyssinia ;
No. XVIIL., C. lateralis, from the Gaboon; No. XIX., C. mesomelas, from South Africa. |
278 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
TABLE XIX.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Lycaon.
le TIi ITI. IV. We
Dotal length: sisi.,ccsevevesvesse» 185 194 203 ase 250
Length of palate .............4. 88 91 100 98 100
iBreadth- ons ae, ) use nea ee 76 73 69 71 74
Length of basicranial axis ... 63 69 68 71 69
Fa LL Et an ON . 20 20 20 20°5 21
me Soe soma lee ae 15 15 15 165 16
Breadths,! tye cschessvecedeevens 155 15:5 16 16:5
Leapthi.of 82 res ssdionass 7 6 7 75 75
Breadth. %j. hebectiscesecsenes 9 8 105 10
Brenigth of sone cnars-rodeenoates 23°5 24 24-5 25 25
m.1
oes Pree aca taeucer resect 9°5 10 9 9 11
m, 2
* BPS sdesintetin tate 4 45 4:2 5
m.3
The Indian Wolf, Lupus pallipes, more nearly approaches the
Jackals than any other Old-World Wolf I have seen. But only
two skulls of this species have as yet come into my hands; and
though they differ considerably, the chances are greatly against
their representing the extremes of variation of the species. When
the Canide of Turkestan are better known than at present, I have
little doubt that the inconsiderable break between the Old-World
Jackals and Wolves will be filled up.
It is obvious that the range of variation of the Eastern is as great
as that of the Western Wolves (Table XX.); and I conceive that
C. pallipes, C. chanco, and C. laniger must be regarded as mere
local varieties of C. Zupus, inasmuch as the table shows that the
European Wolf (Nos. 11., v., vit., vit.) includes within its range
of variation all the cranial differences presented by these so-called
species.
13. The paleontological history of the Canidie is, at present, very
imperfect ; but sufficient has been ascertained to enable us to obtain
a general conception of the phylogeny of the group.
There is no question that Thooids and Alopecoids similar to those
which exist at present inhabited Europe during the Quaternary
epoch. Remains of the Dingo have been found in Australian
deposits of apparently the same age ; and the explorations of Lund
in the Brazilian caves have demonstrated the existence of several
forms of Canide of the existing South-American types—among the
rest, of [eticyon, with which I conceive Lund’s Speothos must be
merged.
The Paleocyon of Lund, a large wolf-like animal with forty-two
teeth, but with the second upper molar very small and with the
279
DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&,
1880.)
TABLE XX.
Cranial and Dental Measurements of Wolves of the Old World.
Potal lon gti... skeetes Shs. doaapeae rene
Length of palate ............s00..00.000+.
Breadth ,,
Length of basicranial axis ...............
pm, 4
39 SS
=
m.
”
Breadth ,,
Length of 2
Breadth __,,
Length of —>
” m, 2
” mM. 3
POO e ee ewe e eee weet en eenenese
CO er
Femme teen eee ee ee eeescnee
30
125
ys)
[No. L., C. pallipes, from India; No. II
No. V., C. diypus, from Russia; No. VI
known. |
.» C. lupus, from Belgium; No. IIT
. C. laniger, from Thibet; Nos. V
C. pallipes, from\India; No. IV., C. chanco, from Thibet ;
II. and VIII, C. lupus, European, but the locality not certainly
280 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [ Apr. 6,
inner cusp of both the upper and the lower sectorials (which measure
not less than 28 millims. in length) obsolete, has no representative
in the existing fauna. This fact is the more interesting, as the den-
tition of Pale@ecyon, in some respects, presents a more thoroughly
carnivorous aspect than that of the Old-World Wolves.
Information respecting the Pliocene Canide is scanty. One of
the best-known forms is the Canis borbonidus (C. megamastoides of
Pomel), briefly described and figured by Gervais in the ‘ Paléonto-
logie Frangaise’ (ed. 2, p. 2138, pl. xxvii. fig. 7). An almost entire
skeleton was obtained from the Pliocene of Cerdé near Issoire. The
skull is 150 millims. long; and Gervais justly observes that the
ramus of the mandible resembles that of C. canerivorus. From the
figure I judge that the teeth were no less similar to those of this
species. The humerus has an intercondyloid but no supracondyloid
perforation ; and the digits are five in front and four behind.
Opinions differ as to whether the deposits of Cningen should be
reckoned Lower Pliocene or Upper Miocene. The skull of the
famous fossil Fox of Giningen, originally described by Mantell, and
subsequently made the type of a new genus, Galecynus, by Professor
Owen, is unfortunately not in a sufficiently good state of preservation
for the determination of the question whether it belongs to the Alo-
pecoid or to the Thooid series. In its cranial and dental measure-
ments it agrees with surprising closeness with the common Fox ; and
this correspondence extends even to the form and dimensions of the
left upper sectorial tooth, which I have recently found could be
readily exposed for about half its length in the specimen preserved
in the Geological Society’s Museum. There is, however, a rather
stronger indication ef a secondary cusp on the anterior part of the
base of the blade of this tooth than is usual in the Foxes. At pre-
sent I fail to see any suflicient gronnd for placing this animal in a
distinct genus from the Foxes. Considering the known amount of
variation in the pollex of different Canidee, its slightly greater propor-
tional length in the Gningen skeleton, though an interesting fact in
itself, can hardly be regarded as of much systematic importance.
Much light has recently been thrown upon the paleontological
history of the Canidz by M. Filhol’s! important researches upon
the fossils of the phosphoritie deposits of Upper Eocene age in France,
and especially upon the abundant remains of the genus Cynodictis.
Of these ‘“‘viverrine Dogs,” as M. Filhol calls them, he distin-
guishes no fewer than seventeen varieties, which shade off, on the
one hand, into true Viverride, and, on the other hand, into the
Amphicyonidee.
M. Filhol has so fully described and so well figured examples of
a large suite of specimens of the different forms of Oynodictis, that
it is possible for those who have not enjoyed the opportunity of
examining his materials to form an independent judgment as to the
conclusions which may be drawn from them; and on one or two
points I venture to dissent from his views.
* “Recherches sur les phosphorites de Quercy,” Bibliothéque de l’Ecole des
Hautes Etudes, xv. & xvi. 1876, 1877.
1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDA. 281
Thus, in treating of Canis filholi, M. Filhol observes :—
** Je ne crois pas que ce soit 14 un Canis vrai, car le tubercule in-
terne de la carnassi¢re est beaucoup trop développé; il est fort
élevé et se réunit par son bord antérieur au bord postérieur de la
pointe antérieure ; la portion moyenne de la face interne de la pointe
principale n’est pas visible en dedans comme sur les Chiens vrais,
elle est marquée a sa base par l’union des deux autres pointes’’?.
-..... “Je serais assez porte 4 penser que le Canis filholi doit
rentrer dans le groupe du Cynodictis cayluwi, auquel le rattache la
forme de la carnassi¢re du Cynodictis intermedius. Il indique cer-
tainement une tendance des Cynodictis 4 prendre les caractéres des
Canidés, mais ensemble de ses caractéres est trop viverrien encore
pour qu’on puisse le placer parmi les Canis. La méme observation
doit tre faite pour le Cynodictis crassidens. Ces types sont exces-
sivement interessants, car ils paraisaient peut-étre indiquer par la
dégradation successive des caractcres de la carnassi¢re lorigine
ancienne de nos Chiens.”’
But the characters of the tooth to which M. Filhol refers cannot
be regarded as sufficient to differentiate Cynodictis from the true
Canide, when we have in Otocyon (fig. 13, C, p, 260) a lower
sectorial which may be described in the same terms. In fact, apart
from the number of the teeth, the dentition of Otocyon departs
more widely from that of the more differentiated Canidze than that
of Cynodictis does, the teeth of the latter taking a place alongside of
those of the lower Thooids and Alopeccids.
After describing the skull of Cynodictis boriei, M. Filhol re-
marks :—“ Il n’ya rien dans le groupement des diverses parties dont
jai successivement indiqué la position qui permette une comparaison
avec les différents groupes de nos Carnivores. La base du crane des
Ursidés, des Canidés, des Viverridés, des Felidés, des Hyzenidés, des
Mustdlidés, est tout-ad-fait différente; celle des Marsupiaux lest
également”? (/. ¢. t. xv. p. 74).
Without inspection of the specimens on which M. Filhol bases
this opinion, it is hazardous to traverse it; but I confess his detailed
description and excellent figures lead me to form a different conclu-
sion, and to think that, in cranial characters, Cynodictis nearly
approaches the South-American Thooids ; and especially Ze¢ieyon, in
the proportions of the face and skull.
In the actual measurements of the palate and of the teeth, Cyno-
dictis comes extraordinarily near to certain living South-American
forms. Thus, C. leptorhynchus is very like C. vetulus, while Cyno-
dictis gryet almost as closely approaches C. azarw—the chief differ-
ence, in the latter case, being the less transverse diameter of the
sectorial and of the two molars of the upper jaw in C. azare.
' Loe, cit. tome xvi. p. 819.
282 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
Tasie XXI.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Cynodictis
and Canis.
Ts Th IIT. Iv. V.
Length of palate ......... renee ee 48 79 72
Breadth, 2h 8 ale 29 29 39 41
ihengthiof PBA Dy.ak mee, ke 8 ri 13 125 14
Breadttie < ey shriek 5 5D 9 6 10
Ménpeh or» 1). 0 6 7 93 ll
Pipnehs, bac cmavenhs.cith hocks 75 8 ll 15
Tonsth of | Geen, te 4 5 6-5 6 8
Bieadh. ojala alae 65 Gb 9 7 9:5
Length of — sssssvasssnssesses 7 9-5 ma 145 135
m.
yi asthe bs ep hy 4 65 75
m, 2
s eee 3 3 4
m.3
[No. I. Cynodictis leptorhynchus ; No. II. Canis vetulus; No. III. Cynodictis
gryci; No. IV. Canis azare; No. V. Cynodictis boriet. The measurements are
partly given by M. Filhol and partly taken from his figures. ]
The skull of Cynodictis boriec is as large as that of an ordinary
European Wolf, so that the microdont character is very striking,
while the great thickness of the upper sectorial and the large size of
the upper molar brings this form still nearer to C. vetulus than to
C. azare,
Taking all the facts of the case into consideration, I am disposed
not only to agree with the conclusion to which M, Filhol’s remarks
tend, that Cynodictis lies in the direct line of ancestry of the
Canidee, but to suppose that, in skull and teeth, it represents pretty
closely the stock from which the branch of the Viverride has
diverged, subsequently to give rise to the Felidee and Hyznide.
On the other hand, as M. Filhol points out, certain forms of Cynodic-
tis closely approach Amphicyon, a genus in which ™*, usually aborted
in all the existing Thooid and Alopecoid Canidee, is present, though
J ; é :
much smaller than “~~ and evidently in course of suppression. In
m.1
other respects, as in the shortness of oath relatively to ~, the large
m
size of ™* relatively to “+, and of — relatively to —,, the dentition
of Amphicyon repeats the general characters of that of Cynodictis.
None of the varieties of Cynodictis or of Amphicyon exhibits a
distinctly lobate form of mandible; nor, so far as I am aware, has
any specimen of the latter genus been discovered with more than
three molars above and below. Hence, if I am right in supposing
that in the dentition of Ofocyon we have a representation of the
1880. | DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID2. 283
number and the kinds of teeth which existed in the earliest ancestors
of the Canide, and that the lobate mandible is similarly inherited
from them, it becomes necessary to seek, for the primitive forms of
the Carnivora which probably stood in the same relation to Amphi-
cyon as Otocyon does to Canis and Vulpes, in still older formations,
Nothing is at present known of the Mammals of the Cretaceous
epoch ; and from the older Eocene the only forms which bear upon
the present question are Arctocyon, Pterodon, and Hyaenodon. Of
the first too little is known to warrant speculation. With respect
to the two latter, M. Filhol’s observations have conclusively proved
that they have as little to do with the Didelphia in dentition as in
other respects; and he has described an interesting form, Cynhye-
nodon, the upper dentition of which approaches that of Pterodon, while
its mandibular teeth present resemblances to those of Cynodictis.
I do not suppose, however, that Péerodon (and still less Hycnodon)
lies in the direct line of ancestry of the Canide. On the contrary,
they appear to constitute a peculiar branch of the stock of the Car.
nivora, having closer relations to the Insectivora than are possessed
by modern Carnivores.
In fact, in Centetes, the molar teeth of both jaws increase in size
from before backwards, and the patterns of their crowns are such
that those of all the Carnivora may be_readily derived from them,
The trihedral prism which constitutes the chief part of the first
upper molar of Centetes obviously answers to the triangular elevation
on the crown of the corresponding tooth of Otocyon, which termi-
nates in the two outer and the two inner cusps; and the main
difference between the two is that the cingulum is larger and extends
much nearer to the summits of the cusps in Ofocyon than in Centetes,
In the mandibular teeth, again, the first molar of Centetes pre-
sents exactly the same number of cusps, disposed in the same way
as in that of Otocyon, the difference between the two lying merely
in the different proportions of the parts. The exact correspondence
in plan of these teeth is the more interesting, since, in Centetes, it is
easy to trace the progressive changes by which the simple and primi-
tive character of the Mammalian cheek-tooth exhibited by the most
anterior praemolar passes into the complex structure of the crowns of
the posterior teeth.
This is particularly obvious in the lower cheek-teeth, in which
the crown of the most anterior premolar is simply tricuspidate, with
the anterior and the posterior cusps very small and the apex of the
principal cusp simple. In the next premolar the principal cusp
appears cleft near its apex, in consequence of the development of a
small secondary cusp on its inner side ; the anterior cusp is higher
and the posterior both higher and thicker. In the third preemolar,
and in the molars, the anterior cusp is still higher; the secondary
cusp is as large as that from which it is derived, so that it answers to
the anterior internal cusp, while the former principal cusp takes the
place of the anterior external cusp of the typical canine tooth. The
posterior cusp, become very broad, and divided by a faint median
depression, represents the posterior external and posterior internal
284 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6
cusps of the lower sectorial of the Dogs. A series of changes
of just the same kind is observable in Gymnura; but the posterior
cusps acquire a much greater size, and the molars take on a procyo-
noid character.
If the cheek-teeth of Centetes, Gymnura, Olocyon, and Nasua are
placed side by side, it is easy to see that the first presents the
least-modified condition of the pattern of the crowns of the molars
common to the whole series. The reduction, or the less development,
of the addition to the inner sides of the teeth, on the other hand,
would give such crowns as those of Péerodon and Hyenodon.
The Insectivorous affinities of the dentition of the lower Carnivores
harmonize very well with other peculiarities of the group.
The presence of arudimentary clavicle and of a rudimentary hallux
in the existing Canida leaves no reasonable doubt that they are
descended from ancestors which possessed both in a complete state.
And the suggestion is no less obvious that their digitigrade condition
has resulted from the modification of a plantigrade form. Now we
do not know whether any of the Eocene Canide possessed clavicles ;
but there is reason to believe that Amphicyon was plantigrade and
pentadactyle.
M. Filhol has shown that Oynhyenodon had a brain more like that
of an Insectivore than that of a Carnivore; and this fact is in accord-
ance with a rule which now rests ona pretty broad basis of induction,
that, in any given series of Mammals which is represented through-
out the Tertiary series, the oldest forms had less highly developed
brains than their modern representatives.
But, if the oldest Tertiary Carnivores were pentadactyle, plantigrade,
claviculate, and had brains with relatively small cerebral hemispheres
and large, completely exposed, cerebella, one may ask, by what cha-
racters were they distinguishable from the Insectivora? and why
may not Hy@nodon and Pterodon be an extreme development of
that type of the Insectivora which is at present represented by
Centetes?
On the other hand, if the primitive stock of the terrestrial Carni-
vora was represented by a plantigrade, pentadactyle, claviculate form
with the dentition and jaw-angle of Otocyon and provided with epi-
pubes, we should be furnished with that which is at present wanting,
namely a link between the monodelphous and the didelphous Mam-
malia. According to our present system of classification, such a
mammal would be grouped among the Insectivora, or as a transitional
form between them and the Didelphia; and I have long entertained
the conviction that the primary stock of all the groups of the mono-
delphous Mammalia will be found to oceupy this position.
14. It may be desirable to state in a summary form the principal
conclusions to which the facts stated in the preceding pages appear
to me to point.
I. The existing Canide exhibit a gradual series of modifications,
in the form and size of their skulls and the number and characters of
their teeth, from Otocyon, as the least-differentiated member of the
1880.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDA. 285
group, to the Wolves, Lycaons, Cyons, and Northern Foxes, as the
most modified forms.
II. In the skull these modifications consist chiefly (a) in the
increase of absolute size; (4) in the increase of the relative dimen-
sions of the jaws, and particularly in the width of the palate; (e) in
the persistence or disappearance of the sagittal area common to all
young Canidee, and the correlative development or absence of a
sagittal crest; (d) in the diminution of the inflexion of the angular
process of the mandible; (e) in the disappearance of the subangular
lobe.
III. In the teeth, the most important modifications are the in-
crease in the proportional size of the sectorials, accompanied by the
relative diminution and, in some cases, suppression of the posterior
molars. In Ofocyon, ™* has usually disappeared. In C. caneri-
m4 m3 ae
vorus, ——, ——, and = are most frequently suppressed ; but —— often
. a5] . . . .
remains, and “ persists in one known case. In the great majority
. m.4 m.38 3 5 a
of the Canidz, 7“, —, and ma ®re normally suppressed, while aa
becomes relatively small, and, asa rule, disappears in Cyon. Finally,
mie «ae . m, 2 : nee
in the majority of examples of Icticyon, both ~~ and ms 8re wanting,
m. 2 + s,s
and when “~ is present it is very small,
The gradation will be rendered more intelligible by placing the
formule of the cheek-teeth under one another,
Maxilla. Mandible.
pm. mM. pin am
Otocyon : eran sae Gh
Fullest dentition observed... 1 234 19 34 1234 1234
COnginainyy cake ac dato adackens rs 12384 123% 1234 1234
C, cancrivorus:
Fullest dentition observed... 1234 1 23 % (SZ 4a Oey
Ordinaryn sac e toc. See ase 1234 12%% 234 193»
Most Alopecoids and Thooids 1234 12% % 1234 123%
COO HEA EIA RE RE 1284 12x.% 1234 12%
Ictieyon :
Fullest dentition observed... 1 2 3 4 12% 1284 12x%
Ordinary? Sea ey, 8 1234 Lexx 12384 12%»
In the individual teeth, the most important changes are the increase
of the length in proportion to the breadth of the upper sectorial,
and, in the lower sectorial, the change in the relative dimensions and
position of the inner anterior cusp, which, from being on a level with
the outer and higher than it in Otocyon, becomes smaller and shifts
further and further backwards, eventually even disappearing, as in
286 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6,
Teticyon and Paleocyon. The heel of this tooth also diminishes in
proportion to its blade.
IV. All the known kinds of canine animals may be arranged in
two series, starting from Otocyon as the nearest ally of the lowest
member of each series.
It is probable that when a sufficient number of specimens of each
species at present recognized has been examined, it will be found that
the forms with least-modified skulls and teeth are connected by in-
sensible gradations with those with most-modified skulls and teeth,
and that no absolute line of demarcation can be drawn between one
species and another in cranial and dental characters.
There is no evidence that any one of these species is infertile when
crossed with any other. Such evidence as exists with respect to
C. cancrivorus, the Jackal, Dog, and Wolf tends to the conclusion
that species of approximately the same size are capable of fertile
unions.
V. The taxonomy of the Canidz, under these circumstances, is very
much a matter of convention. Iam disposed to think that the most
convenient mode of representing the facts is to regard Otocyon and
the Thooid and Alopecoid series respectively as genera, retaining for
the two latter the old names of Canis and Vulpes.
In each of these genera a lower, a middle, and a higher section
may be conveniently recognized, though they are hardly susceptible
of strict definition.
Thus, in the genus Vulpes, Baird has separated V. littoralis and
V. cinereo-argentatus under the name of Urocyon. The Corsacine
Foxes, V. zerda, V. caama, V. bengalensis, and V. velox may con-
stitute another subgeneric section, and the most differentiated Foxes,
such as V. lagopus, V. fulvus, and the rest, a third.
In the genus Canis we have, in like manner, as a lowest section
the species of the C. cancrivorus and C. vetulus type (answering pretty
much to the Aguarra Dogs of Hamilton Smith), the Sacaline section
(C. aureus, C. anthus, C. mesomelas, C. antarcticus, C. latrans),
and the Lupine section (C. dupus and all its varieties). Icticyon,
Lycaon, and Cyon may probably be usefully retained as subgeneric
names for the special modifications of the Thooid type which are
denoted by them.
As for species, no one zoologist has ever yet agreed with the esti-
mate of another as to what should be considered species and what
local varieties among Wolves and Foxes; and, as there is no criterion
by which the question can be decided, it is probable that such agree-
ment never will be attained. The suggestion that it may be as well
to give up the attempt to define species, and to content oneself with
recording the varieties of pelage and stature which accompany a
definable type of skeletal and dental structure in the geographical
district in which the latter is indigenous, may be regarded as revo-
lutionary ; but I am inclined to think that sooner or later we shall
have to adopt it.
VI. The most notable facts in the Distribution of the Canidz are :—
(1) the occurrence of the Corsacine Alopecoids and the Sacaline
1880. | DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDA, 287
Thooids, side by side, from South Africa, through Central Asia, to
India and North and South America; (2) the limitation of Otocyon
to South Africa ; (3) the limitation of Aguarine Thooids to South
America and North-east Asia, including Japan; (4) the limitation
of the most specialized Thooids, namely the Wolves and the ordi-
nary Foxes, to the Northern hemisphere; (5) the exclusion of Foxes
from South America; (6) the distribution of Cyon, which curiously
resembles that of the Tiger.
If provinces of distribution were marked out by the Canide, they
would by no means correspond with those generally recognized.
There is nothing peculiar about the Australian dog, while the
American continent contains within itself all the chief types of Canine
animals, except Ofocyon. The presence of this form, with its ancient
type of dentition, in South Africa is not improbably due to the fact
that this region contains the remains of a very old Mammalian fauna.
VII. The morphological relations of the living Canidz are such as
to suggest that they result from the gradual accumulation of small
variations in the general direction of increase of size and of differentia-
tion of the teeth, superinduced upon a primitive stock which presented
the full microdont dentition of Otocyon.
VII1. Though the paleontological history of the Canidee is incom-
plete, the facts which are ascertained tend in the same direction. In
skull and dentition, the older Tertiary Canidee either, as in the case
of Cynodictis, resemble the less-differentiated Canide, or, as in 4m-
phicyon, present a third upper molar, such as occasionally exists in
Canis cancrivorus. But if, as 1 suppose, Cynodictis and Amphicyon
were preceded by forms having four molars above and below, they
have yet to be discovered, as no Eocene mammals with four molars,
except Opossums, have as yet been brought to light.
IX. The primitive stock of the dogs, for which we thus have to
seek in older Eocene or earlier deposits, is theoretically required to
have been a pentadactyle plantigrade animal provided with clavicles
and possibly with bony epipubes. Such an animal, if it existed now,
would probably be regarded as an Insectivore with more or less
marked didelphous affinities.
In conclusion I desire to express my thanks to the President, to
Dr. Giinther, and to Dr. Rolleston for the ready access afforded me
to the abundant materials for the study of the Canidze in the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons, the British Museum, and the
Oxford ‘Museum, to Sir Joseph Fayrer and to Mr. Wood-Mason, of
the Indian Museum at Calcutta, for the great trouble they have been
good enough to take in supplying me with specimens of Indian
species, and to Professor Peters, of Berlin, for the loan of a skull of
V. corsac.
[P.S. I ought to mention that large additions have been made to
this paper since it was read before the Society ; but I have deferred
the consideration of the origin and relations of the domestic dogs
until the evidence which I am at present collecting is more com-
plete. July 4th, 1880.]
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XIX. 19
288 DR. WATSON ON THE ORGANS OF PROBOSCIDEA. [Apr. 20,
LIST OF WOODCUTS.
. Dorsal views of the skulls of C. azare and C. vulpes, p. 241.
. Lateral views of the same, p. 242.
. Cheek-teeth of the same, p. 248.
4, Longitudinal sections of the skulls of the same, p. 246.
Fig. 1
ig. :
3
4
5. Casts of the interior of the cranial cavities of the same, p. 247.
6
of
8
Cheek-teeth of C. argentatus and C. littoralis, p. 249.
. Cheek-teeth of C. dawpus and C. azare, p. 250.
. Dorsal views of the skull of C, azare and C. littoralis, p. 251.
9. Left ramus of the mandible of C. azare, C. littoralis, and C. fulvipes,
. 252.
10. Dorsal view of the skull of C. fulvipes, p. 254.
11. Dorsal view of the skull of Ofocyon lalandii, p. 257.
12. Lateral view of the same, p. 258.
3. Upper and lower cheek-teeth of Otocyon lalandit; lower sectorial
teeth of the same, of C, zerda, and C, lupus, p. 260.
14, Mandibles of Perameles, Procyon, and Otocyon, viewed from behind,
p. 263.
15. Side view of the skull of Icticyon venaticus, p. 268.
16. Cheek-teeth of the same, p. 269.
April 20, 1880.
Professor W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during March 1880 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of March was 97, of which 10 were by birth,
30 by presentation, 34 by purchase, 16 received in exchange, and 7
received on deposit. ‘The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 97.
‘The most noticeable addition during the month was :—
A pair of Spanish Ichneumons (Herpestes widdringtoni) from
Andalusia, presented by J. C. Forster, Esq., F.Z.S., March 19.
Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., read descriptions of various new and
little-known species of Cephalopoda, amongst which was a new
generic form proposed to be called Tritaxeopus.
This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
Dr. M. Watson read an account of the female organs of the Pro-
boscidea, as observed in a specimen of the Indian Elephant which he
had lately dissected.
This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions,’
The following papers were read :—
1880.] ON THE GENUS GIRASIA. 289
1, On the Land-Molluscan Genus Girasia of Gray, with
Remarks on its Anatomy and on the Form of the
Capreolus of Lister (or Spermatophore) as developed
in Species of this Genus of Indian Helicide. By
Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avusten, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &e.
) [Received March 15, 1880.]
(Plates XXIV.-XXVIL.).
In certain groups of the Mollusca the many forms run s0
closely one into the other that it is not easy to find differences
sufficiently well marked by which to characterize even the genera,
The shells (which, as a rule, have alone been described) are often very
similar ; but in the animal itself, quite if nota more important part,
very great diversity may be found in colour and markings, as well
as in the complicated generative organs, amongst which the capreolus
presents us with another specific point of difference.
This is one reason for my bringing it now more particularly to the
notice of conchologists, as well as to show into what curious distinct
forms it has been developed. I must state that I have not long
taken up this part of the study of Malacology; and I trust that
anatomists will deal leniently with any crudeness which must be
inseparable from this communication.
When examining a large series of Helices which I had collected
on the Eastern Frontier of India, I found that the body of many
of them had dried up into the shell ina very perfect state. By placing
these in cold water and allowing them to soak for 8 or 10 days
in winter, I found that the odontophore, and in some cases even the
genital organs, came out in a wonderfully perfect state of preserva-
tion. It was when examining one of these that I noticed the pre-
sence of a very hard chitinous organ (which I had never seen
before) bent like a spring, from which projected at the basal end a
series of long spinules: it tapered towards the posterior end, and
terminated in a trumpet-shaped aperture, here also set with a
few short spinules. Taking up the subject, I found that Ferd,
Stoliczka had also detected and published the presence of this very
peculiar chitinous organ in some species of the Indian Zonitide,
and in two very different genera as regards the shells, viz. Sesara
infrendens and Macrochlamys honesta (J.A.S. B. 1871, p- 242);
and had he been spared longer to science, it was his intention to
thoroughly examine all the Indian species he could get, and among
them some of the slug-like forms hitherto placed in the genus
Helicarion, which I am about to describe in more detail. Stoliczka
suggested that the organ was one of irritation or titillation (p. 243,
l.c.), also that it might represent the seminal receptacle or the arrow-
sac; but Professor Semper afterwards pointed out (with reference to
Stoliczka’s paper) that it is a spermatophore,
i
290 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Apr. 20,
Before describing or making any remarks of my own on this
particular organ, it will be as well to refer to the works of other
naturalists who have made the anatomy of the Mollusca their especial
study, and then to compare and extend their valuable deductions to
the Indian species now treated of.
M. A. Moquin-Tandon' (1851) and, later, M. P. Fischer have
written on this organ of the Pulmoniferous Gastropods. In the ‘An-
nales des Sciences Naturelles,’ vol. vii. (1857), M. Fischer refers in
terms of admiration and praise to the labours of Lister, who so far
back as 1694 described and figured under the name of ‘ capreolus”
a curious organ, slender, thread-like, which is to be found in the
genital apparatus of H. pomatia (Exercit. Anat. p. 115, tab. il.
figs. 4,5, London). I will quote his own words :—‘‘ Nous donnons
textuellement en note le assage de Lister relatif au capreolus; car
il démontre le zéle et la sagacité quwil apporta dans ses observa-
tions, alors que la zoologie comparée était encore a eréer.”’ Since
Lister’s time many naturalists have written on the subject, while
some do not mention it at all when treating of the Land-Molluscea.
Thus, Cuvier * says nothing of this organ in the fine monograph
which he published on Helix pomatia; and various uses have been
assigned toit. Draparnaud took the capreolus for the dart in Helix
vermiculata.
Nitzsch (1826) notices it in H. arbustorum as not united to the
genital organs, and had seen it come‘out a short way from the genital
orifice; he did not attempt to explain its use, and called it the ‘‘ corps
énigmatique.’’ Duverney, in H. aspersa, thought it condensed sperm,
Van Beneden called it ‘un stylet” in Parmacella ; Blainville, “un
corps styliforme”’ in Parmacella palliorum, Dutrochet noted the
spermatophore of Arion rufus, but did not interpret its meaning well ;
but Siebold, according to Fischer, foresaw its use: he says that it is
“a slender body, of peculiar form, which in Helix hortensis and H.
arbustorum is seen sticking out near the genital cloaca after fecun-
dation, and which, when drawn in, is rolled up in a spiral at both ex-
tremities ”’*. Moquin-landon describes two different type forms in
Helix and Arion. It has also been noticed in Limaz, Bulimus, Pel-
tella; and, summing up, we find :—
1, That nearly all naturalists are of opinion that it is only deve-
loped at the period of reproduction and has only a temporary exis-
tence *.
2. That it is a perfectly free body, not attached to the generative
organs, and formed partly in the flagellum ° and partly in the sheath
of the penis.
‘I'here is only one exception given: in Parmacella valenciennii: M.
Van Beneden concluded that it was a true organ and always present.
1 «Journal de Conchyliologie,’ 23rd Dec. 1851, p. 333; and Comptes Rendus,
vol. xli. p. 857, (1855).
2 “Mémoire sur la Limace et le Limacgon,” Ann, Mus. vii. (1806), p. 140.
3 Baudelot, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1863, p. 136, gives a good history of the various
papers on the subject of the generative apparatus of the Pulmonifera.
+ Pp. Fisher Para, Annales des Sciences Nat. vii. (Zool.), p. 876 (1857).
5 Moquin-Tandon, Comptes Rendus, 1855, p. 857
1880.] THE GENUS GIRASIA, 291
3- The capreolus apparently does not exist in some Helices ; but
as it is not always to be detected in Helix aspersa, these require
more careful examination.
4. The capreolus serves to aid in the intromission of the seminal
fluid, or rather the saving of it, and renders copulation more certain
and intimate. Lister considered that the spinules of the capreolus
retained the body in the female organ.
The more we know of the species of Indian Mollusca which
have hitherto been placed in the genus Herxicarion of Férussac
(Tabl. Syst. 1821), of which a form, H. cuvieri, Fér., was the type
(from Australia), the more certain it is that few of the Indian forms,
if any, can be retained in it. Of these, two or three are so very
pad they may safely be separated and also described in more
etail,
Nothing is more satisfactory than to get hold of a type specimen
of a genus; and acting on a note from my friend Mr. Geoffrey Nevill,
and with the kind aid of Mr. Edgar Smith, I have been able to find
and examine the type of Dr. J. E. Gray’s genus Grrasta, repre-
sented by a single specimen in spirit, which was collected by Sir
Joseph Hooker in the Khasi Hills. It proves to be my Helicarion
(Hoplites?) theobaldi, described in the P. Z. §. 1872, p. 517.
The subgenus Hoplites was proposed for these Khasi-Hill slugs
by Mr. Theobald in the J. A. 8. B. 1864, p. 244. No description
of the genus or species is given, save that it was 2 inches long, from
Teria Ghat, and was probably my H. theobaldi, 1. c. p. 517. This
group I now propose to start from, and take up first.
Grrasta, J. E. Gray, Cat. Pulm. Brit. Mas. p- 61 (March 1855).
The original description (which I give below) is imperfect; no mention is
made of the mucous gland, save in the synopsis of the generic section in which
it is placed :—* Body united to the back of the foot, only separated by the
convex hinder edges. Shell partly exposed, ovate, expanded, with a solid apex.
Back of the neck (under the collar) with three grooves, the central groove
between the tentacles double-edged ; the lateral one single, bent down on each
side to the sides of the head at the back of the lower tentacles'; the head is
only partly retractile, so that the base of the upper tentacles, which are com-
pletely retracted, are exposed on the top of the head like two perforations?;
the aperture of the generative organs is rather behind the base of the right
tentacle. The hinder part of the body attached to the back of the foot nearly
to its hinder end, which is separated from the deep concavity on the back of
the foot by a deep lunate cross groove. In all these particulars the animal
exactly agrees with the Portuguese species of Drusia” 3,
Type hookeri, Gray. Khasi Hills,
These species are added :—
Girasia? rutellum, Hutton. Kandahar, Kabul. Evidently a
Parmacella.
Girasia evtranea, Fér, Habitat? (Hist. Moll. ii. 96.)
“Shell a thin horny pellicle, without any appearance of a spire.’’
1 This sentence is not very clear or accurate.
* This is merely the description of the state of the spirit-specimen with the
eye-tentacles inverted as usual.
% Then why was it separated ?
292 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Apr. 20,
Girasia? problematica, Fér., Hist. Moll. ii. 96. Habitat?
“Shell yellow, convex externally, concave internally, like a half
egeshell.”’—Deshayes, from Férussac’s figure. This is very unlike
the type.
In the Appendix to Adams’s Gen. Moll. p. 640, it is stated that
Dr. Gray, in a communication to the author, proposed that these
two last species should be placed in another new genus, Rigasia ; and
on the same page G. hookeri is put into Cryptella, a Canary-Island
form with which it can have no possible affinity.
PAaRMARION, Fischer '.
Dr. Semper, in his fine work, Reis. Arch. Phil. p. 9, places in
Parmarion two specimens, pupillaris, Humbert (problematica, Fér.?)
from Java, and exrtraneus, Fér., obtained through Herr Pierre, and
taken by him in Calcutta. I am in great doubts as to the identifi-
cation of the latter species, which Semper figures on plate i. fig. 5.
Mr. Nevill thinks it is Heliw bensoni of Lower Bengal. No forms
like the Khasi-Hill G. Aookeri have been taken in Calcutta. If it
was found in the Botanical Gardens there, it may have been brought
from up the country in baskets of plants. Several imported species
have been in this way introduced there from time to time ; and some
may have become established. I do not think myself it is H. ben-
soni; the shell is too much covered with the mantle, especially for
a spirit-specimen.
In Nevill’s Hand-list of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, p. 13
(1878), in Parmarion he includes two species of typical Girasia
trom the Khasi Hills, exoceus and brunneus, and creates a new sub-
genus, dustenta (type Vitrina gigas of Benson, from the Khasi Hills),
to include all those species with better-developed shells, which could
not be placed in Helicarion, and which I had pointed out were dif-
ferent from Theobald’s slug-like forms known to us then as Hoplites.
He included in this group Hoplites magnificus, resplendens, peguensis,
solidus, auriformis, heteroconcha, and two others unnamed from Dar-
jiling.
‘ T had myself brought home from India a good many specimens in
spirit; and I have lately received from Mr. Ogle, of the Topogra-
phical Survey, to whom my very best thanks are due, another lot
* Parmarton, Fischer, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, 1855. (The paper bears
date June 1855, the part 15th March, 1856; so that Mr. Gray’s title has
priority.
: Teche places in it the following species :—
infumatus, Fér. (Gray, Fig. Moll. plate 286. fig 1). Hab.? (Placed in
Drusia, by Gray.)
extraneus, Kér, (Gray, Fig. Moll. plate 286. fig.2). Hab. ?
rangianus, Fér, Bourbon and Madagascar. (Placed in Drusia? by Gray.)
problematicus, Far, (Gray, Fig. Moll. plate 286, fig. 4). Hab. ?
From the drawing of infumatus, by Férussac, one would be led to suppose
that the shell is very rudimentary, and entirely concealed by the mantle-lobes.
Unfortunately the habitat of this species and eatrancus is unknown. I, how-
ever, should place in Fischer’s genus all those species in which the shell is
so little developed, and take as our N.B.-frontier type, P. rubrum, G.-A., from
the Naga Hills (J. A. S. B. 1875, p. 6, pl. ii. fig. 4), which will require hereafter
a close comparison with the Jayan forms.
1880. } THE GENUS GIRASIA. 293
from Shillong, all of typical Girasia. These have furnished me
with the means of more accurately describing the genus.
GIRASIA SHILLONGENSIs, G.-A., J. A. S. B. January 1875, p. 4,
Plin fo). 1g.
The following will be an emended description of the genus :—
Shell rudimentary, horny, narrow, elongate, of one simple whorl ;
colour olivaceous, apex white, the central portion of the inside of.
the shell covered with a milky-white callus. About | inch long.
(Plate XXIV. fig. 10.)
Animal slug-like, long, mantle largely developed ; shell and dorsal
lobes are united all round; and the shell is entirely covered by the
former, with the exception of a narrow area on the posterior left
margin. From the anterior right margin of this area a well-marked
cicatrical line runs forward to just above the respiratory and anal
orifice, and marks the usual division of the shell-lobes in other
species into a left (frontal) and right (posterior). The dorsal lobes
are divided diagonally forward from the respiratory orifice into a
large left dorsal lobe and (behind and adjacent to the orifices) a
smaller right dorsal lobe; on the extreme posterior side a slight
beading marks the junction of these lobes with the shell-lobes above.
This portion of the animal is sunk into a deep V-shaped depression
in the back, where the dorsal ridge of the foot terminates suddenly.
Extremity of the foot truncate, with a large linear mucous gland ;
the pedal line is very distinct.
Genital aperture near the lower and outer base of the right tentacle.
The foot is divided longitudinally into three subequal median and
lateral areas, and is distinctly segmented, the major divisions on the
pallial edge of the foot being continued in V-shape from one side to
the other, the angle being directed backwards in the spirit-specimen ;
but they are no doubt straight when the animal is alive.
Generative organs of G. shillongensis.—In every way similar to
G. gigas, Bs. The ovo-testis consists of five separate bunches or
lobes of very minute globular follicles, each lobe having a separate
duct leading to the main hermaphrodite duct ; this gradually widens,
and becomes much thickened, with several sharp convolutions ; it
then suddenly contracts again, leading to the junction of the albu-
men-gland. Here a short pear-shaped czecum is conspicuous (only
seen in one specimen),
The albumen-gland was not perfect, but appeared as if formed of
two lobes (from above specimen).
The prostate was wide, ribbon-like; the oviduct with three or
four great folds, which extend to the posterior termination of the
spermatheca, which is not so long as to be infolded by it. The vas
deferens is given off a very short distance below the end of sperma-
theca, high up the oviduct ; and it extends backwards to near the
base of the penis and amatory organ, in a loop, to join the former
close behind a ceecum-like appendage rounded at the end (the cecum
calciferum). The penis is bent on itself, where a long process is
given off, to which the retractor muscle is attached. The ama-
294 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON ___[Apr. 20,
tory organ (dart-sac) is a long cylindrical body, becoming ‘finer
towards the posterior end; its retractor muscle has its attachment
with that of the penis, close below the apex of the shell, in the body-
cavity.
The spermatheca is of the same size as the latter, and in this
specimen presents a swollen sac below, terminating in a short, thin,
cylindrical point, which is buried and attached where the convolu-
tions of the ovo-testis commence.
The spermatophore is similar to that of Austenia gigas, but rather
shorter, the sac being 0°3 inch Jong. The cervieorn processes at
the base are strong and numerous, much branched above (see
Plate XXVII. fig. 8). The basal duct is 0:2 in length. Three of
these were found in the spermatheca examined.
List of species of Girasia.
1. hookeri, Gray (Plate XXVII.| 5. nagaensis, G.-A., Naga.”
figs. 2, 3), = G. theobaldi, | 6. magnifica, Nev. & G-.A.
G.-A., Khasi. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1, 2),
. erocea, G.-A., Khasi. Upper Burmah.
. shillongensis, G.-A., Khasi. 7. radha, G.-A.?, Assam.
, var, brunnea,G.-A.(Plate| 8. durti, G.-A.?, Assam.
XXVII. fig. 1), Khasi. > 9. peguensis, Th.?, Pegu.
AUSTENIA GiGas. (Plate XXIV. fig. 8, shell.)
Vitrina gigas, Benson, J. A.S. B. vol. v. (1836), p. 350.
Helicarion gigas, Godwin-Austen, J. A. S. B., vol. xliv. (1875),
plate iii. (animal).
Vitrina gigas, Theobald & Hanley, Conch. Ind. pl. Ixvi. figs. 2, 3.
Helicarion (see. B.) gigas, Theobald, Cat. L. & F.W. Shells of
B. India, p. 23, 1876.
Helicarion gigas, var. minor, J. A. 8. B. vol. xliv. 1875, pl. iii.
(animal).
Austenia gigas, G. Nevill, Hand List Indian Museum, 1878, p. 16
(no description).
Shell ovate, broad, whorls about |4; apex depressed ; body-whorl
large and flatly expanded, with a shining lustre; colour olivaceous,
with sienna-brown, pale at apex, somewhat nacreous within. One
specimen is all sienna-brown and milky-white within (Plate XXIV.
fig. 9).
Typical from Teria Ghat, Khasi Hills. Largest example: major
diam. 1*7 inch, minor diam. 1:2 inch. Another: major diam. 1°53
(=38'5 m.), minor diam. 0°95 (=24'5 m.).
Var.minor’. Naga Hills. Shell: major diam. *84 inch (21'5 m.),
minor diam. *55 inch. (18 m.). Of same form as gigas, but with a
fine glassy lustre and olivaceous brown. Animal spotted.
Smail var. North Khasi. Shell: major diam. 1:0 inch (25°5 m.),
minor diam. 0°68. Animal brown.
Pale grey (dissected) var. Burmah? from G. Nevill. Shell:
major diam. 0°95 inch (25°5 m.), minor diam. 0°75 (19-0 m.).
1 May be Helicarion resplendens, Nevill, J. A. 8. B. 1877, p. 23.
oo bo
1880. ] THE GENUS GiRASIA. 295
Animal.—The left dorsal lobe (J.d.J. Plate XXIV. figs. 3, 4, 5) is
large in front, and extends from the respiratory orifice to the left
margin. The right dorsal lobe (7.d./.) extends from the same part
to the posterior right margin. The shell-lobes are connected all
round the periphery of the mantle-zone, but are reduced in size, and
present two distinct right and left contractile lobes ; the right ex-
tends to and covers the apex of the shell, while the left extends
over the edge of the body-whorl for a distance of 0°3 to 0:5 inch,
leaving the posterior and the greater portion of the upper surface of
the shell uncovered (we have here a true approach to what is seen
in the subgenus Macrochlamys). The posterior margin of the shell
is not sunk in a depression of the hinder part of the foot, but the
upper surface of the foot extends in an unbroken ridge to the mantle-
zone.
Extremity of the foot truncate, with a large linear mucous gland,
the pedal line very distinct, as well as the lateral markings on the
surface of the body.
Genital aperture at the lower and outer base of the right tentacle.
Animal reaches quite 4 inches in length.
Description of Genital Organs of A. gigas. Small var., Khasi Hills
(Plate XXY. fig. 1).—The ovo-testis was not seen ; the hermaphro-
dite duct (A.d.) is much convoluted at the anterior end, where it
divides ; the shape of the albumen-gland was also unobserved, and
had apparently not been preserved in the spirit. The oviduct (ov.)
was very closely convolute, and arranged in four sharp folds upon
the posterior portion of the spermatheca (sp.), to which it is ap-
parently held by muscular tissue. The prostate is wide, regular, and
ribbon-like, much and closely convolute, giving off the vas deferens
not far above the junction of the spermatheca with the oviduct ; this
is very long, extending forward between the inverted eye-tentacles,
forming a loop among the muscles of the buccal mass.
The penis is bent on itself at the point where the retractor muscle
is given off (Pe. fig. 4); and a short, blunt, rounded portion extends
beyond the insertion of the vas deferens (pd.), corresponding to the
flagellum in some species, or the Kalksack of Semper (the ceecum
calciferum vasis deferentis).
The retractor muscle of the penis has its attachment, together with
the eye-tentacles, in the usual position, close below the apex of the
shell, near the posterior margin of the body-cavity (Plate XXIV. fig.
3m).
Detailed Anatomy of Penis of G. gigas (Plate XXVI. figs. 2, 3).
On the removal of the outer muscular sheath, the anterior end is of a
hollow cone-shape (a), which, on being cut away, presented within a
cup-shaped depression (a!), and exposed the duct of the penis. It
contracts suddenly, and continues as a smooth stout tube of equal size
for about 0°25 inch, where it expands again (6) into a stouter portion
of cylindrical form, which is 0°55 inch long, and continues, with gra-
dually lessening thickness, up to the part where it is turned suddenly
backwards, and close to where the retractor muscle is given off (c).
On removing the outer layer a chitinous sheath was exposed lying
296 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Apr. 20,
against the thin membrane beneath (6! 6); and following this down, it
was found to be the basal end of the spermatophore, with the pecu-
liar cervicorn processes at the base, in situ where developed. On
opening the membranous sac, it was found to consist of one con-
tinuous thread coiled down on itself (fig. 3), and pressed closely
together, and was in such good preservation as to be easily unravelled.
I drew out and measured a portion ;/; inch in length, and found it
to contain 15°1 inches; the whole length of this part being *55
inch in length, would give nearly 7 feet for the total contents of
the sac. It is, in fact, a spermatic thread of hardened spermatozoa,
poured out from the vas deferens’.
On further examining the part near ec, this cylindrical portion
was found to end in a conical cap, which again gave off a thin rod,
which bending sharply back, is evidently in communication with
the extension of the vas deferens towards d. Behind the junction
of this last is a short gland rounded at the end (e), which contained
some very microscopic transparent crystalline bodies of oval form
(fig. 2,a). This is the Kalksack mentioned above, and secretes the
material for the formation of the spermatophore.
This spermatophore, which is an organ of a very complicated and
curious form, may be thus described:—The basal or anterior end
consists of a chitinous strap about 04 inch long, with the sides more
or less turned over, forming a sort of trough or long spout, which,
after it has passed into the spermatheca of the other individual, will
be found opening into the lower part of the oviduct. At the other
end the sides at last meet and form a tube; it then thickens and
widens, giving off several strong cervicorn or more or less branched
processes, which are directed backwards ; they serve, I think, to aid
in the expulsion of the spermatophore from the penis, and, when
once within the spermatheca or vagina, serve as holding-hooks to
prevent its withdrawal. The part above this consists of a very long
thin membranous bag 0°4 inch long, terminating in a hard conical
cap, from which proceeds a thin rod, which is found to extend to the
hard rounded apex of the spermatic sac, where it bends ever or ends
in a few separate filaments within the tube of the vas deferens. In
one specimen of this species (gigas) no less than seven perfect
spermatophores were counted, closely packed together side by side
within the spermatheca. (Van Beneden observed two in a Parma-
cella, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1857, p. 371.)
It would appear that in these creatures even one act of copulation
would fertilize for a very considerable period ; for it would be some
time before the contents of a spermatophore became exhausted.
This organ, as situated in the penis, presents the character of a
perfect spring (ede Plate XXVI. figs. 2, 3); and it can be imagined
that when it enters the wider and very elastic sac of the spermatheca,
and is then gradually released, it will tend to become quite straight,
and that, the recurved processes holding it at one point, the longer
portion will bend round to the long axis of the sac, bringing the end
1 This thread is similarly described by M. Baudelot, @.¢. p. 165, in his de-
scription of the capreolus of Arion rufus.
1880.] THE GENUS GIRASIA. 297
of the shorter portion (Plate XXVI. fig. 3, @) to the aperture within
the vagina and ovo-testis (Plate XXVI. fig. 4, 7. sp.).
Macrochlamys decussata, of which I have a drawing, taken when
the animals were in coitu, protruded a large white bladder-like sac,
which expanded and contracted from time to time as if inflated with
air ; this I now think may have been the spermatheca drawn out and
receiving the penis and capreolus.
In the two specimens I examined, the spermatheca (sp.) was
elongate, smooth, lying close to and partly enveloped by the con-
volutions of the oviduct &c., with its posterior end near the junction
of the hermaphrodite duct and albumen-gland. This posterior
termination is bent over on itself, presenting a smooth rounded end
(Plate XXV. figs. 2 & 4), which, coiling round, terminated, and was
covered with what was apparently muscular tissue buried in the
prostate and oviduct. The form of the spermatheca is due to its
contents; and the rounded end is produced by the bending-over of
the flagellum-like terminations of the enclosed spermatophores.
In one specimen of G. hooker which I examined, probably taken
in the cold weather, all the generative organs are small and con-
tracted, the spermatheca only represented by an attenuate sac.
The amatorial organ or dart-sac (D)' is a long cylindrical body
narrowing towards the genital aperture, and again swelling there
into a large orifice; it has a very thick and muscular structure, and
in these spirit-specimens is very hard and unyielding. When cut
open longitudinally, the dart or spiculum amoris was tound to bea
simple cylindrical rod, sharply pointed (Piate XXVI. fig. 7). This
organ has a strong retractor muscle, with its attachment near that of
the penis.
Relative Position of the different Parts in G. gigas.—On cutting
through the skin of the upper side of the back, commencing from
between the eye-tentacles, the penis is seen lying in the middle line
between the inverted eye-tentacles (Plate XXV. fig. 2); on the proper
left of it are seen three large convolutions of the intestine (¢); and on
laying it over to the right side the salivary glands of flattened form
are seen spreading over these, and a distinct connexion with the
central convolution was very clearly made out (fig. 5,@). Pro-
ceeding from the sides of the buccal mass will be noticed two strong
raneehens which have their attachment on the frontal margin of the
body-cavity, at the point (Plate XXIV. fig. 3) m; these are the re-
tractor muscles of the head and buccal mass.
The spermatheca lies on the right side of the animal, covered
partly by the oviduct ; and a large expansion of the intestine occupies
the posterior portion of the cavity, narrowing suddenly to enter that
of the shell above.
A very large mucous gland lies next the sole of the foot along the
whole length of the body -cavity ; and two large pedal nerves are con-
spicuous and traverse it, throwing off nerves to the epidermis, and
extend onto the caudal gland.
1 Glandula mucosa cin sagitta amatoria.
298
ON THE GENUS GIRASIA.
(Apr. 20,
List of species of AUSTENIA.
gigas, Bs., Khasi.
gigas, var. minor, Naga.
gigas, small var, Khasi.
solida, G.-A., Khasi.
minutu, G.-A., Dafla.
cinerea, G.-A., Dafla.
salia, Bs., Khasi.
venusta, Theob.?, Burmah.
resplendens, Nevill, Upper
Burmah.
Still retained provisionally in Heiicarion.
verrucosum, G.-A., Dafla.
ovatum, Hy. Blt., Darjiling.
bensoni, Pfr., Calcutta.
planospira, Bs. (=succina,
Reeves’), Darjiling.
scutella, Bs., Kashmir.
flemingianum, Pfr., Sindh.
christiane, Theob., Anda-
man.
irradians, Pfr., Ceylon.
monticola, Bs., W. Hima-
cassida, Hutt. & Bs., W. Hima-
laya.
birmanicum, Phil., Mergui.
heteroconcha, Hy. BIf., Darjiling.
membranaceum, Bs., Ceylon.
edgarianum, Bs., Ceylon.
layardi, Bs., Ceylon.
extraneum, Fér., Caleutta ?
tennentti, Temp. ?, Ceylon.
prestans, Gould?, Tenasserim.
auriforme, W. Blf., Nilgiri Hills.
laya.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXTYV.
Fig. 1 & 2. Animal of Girasia magnifica, nat. size. Specimen in Indian
Museum, Caleutta. G.ap, genital aperture, showing the end of the
amatorial organ projecting from it.
3. Austenia gigas, small var. View of right side, showing the respiratory
and anal orifices. 7.d./., right dorsal lobe; /.d./., left dorsal lobe;
1.s.0., right shell-lobe ; /.s./., left shell-lobe.
4. The same. View of left side.
5. The same. Viewed from the back, apical portion cut off. h.d., posi-
tion of the hermaphrodite duct.
6. Portion of capreolus of A. gigas, small var. @, strap-like basal portion ;
b', base of sac, with ceryicorn processes; 4’, the membranous sac.
7. Jaw of A. gigas. a, cleft in which the muscles of the upper lip are in-
serted ; 4, lower free edge.
8. Shell of A. gigas, Bs., nat. size.
9. A. gigas, var. minor, G.-A., nat. size.
Girasta shillongensis, G.-A., nat. size.
Prats XXV.
Khasi Hills. Side view.
Fig. 1. Genital organs of Aystenia gigas, small var.
2. The same, seen from aboye.
3. Intestine, salivary gland, &c., viewed from above.
4. Genital organs removed from the animal.
5. Basal portion of the spermatheca.
Jsp., point of attachment to oviduct; @, strap-like portion of the
capreolus; 4.d., hermaphrodite duct; a/.g/d., albumen-gland ; ov.,
oviduct ; v.d., vas deferens; D, dart-sac; P, penis; Pe., caecum cal-
ciferum; Sp., spermatheca; 7.7.p., retractor muscle of penis;
mu.gid., mucous gland; 7., intestine; m., retractor muscle of head
and buccal mass.
Puare XXVI.
Fig. 1. Shell and neck-lobes of Austenia gigas, var. minor, G.-A.
2. Penis of A. gigas, Bs., showing the position of the capreolus or sperma-
tophore during the period of development, x38. 2a. Concretions from
calciferous gland or Kalksack.
P.Z.S.1880.P1. XXl1V
7
Gen. Ay
a THE LAND MOLLUSCAN. :
Godwin-Austen, del i ac & Macdonald, Imp
en, del et lith CENUS CIRASIA Maclure & Macdonald, Im
XXV
Salivary Gld
meytthirinonin bajo rinceies
n-Austen, del et lith
THE LAND MOLLUSCAN Ma
GENUS GIRASIA
elure & Macdonald. Im D
i
XXV1
PZS. 1880. Pl
THE. LAND MOLLUSCA
ams Roe a Maclure & Macdonald,imp
JH. Godwin-Austen, del et lith
P.Z.3.1880.PL3
THE LAND MOLLUSCAN :
“+H Godwin-Austen del et Lith GENUS G aR Maclure & Macdonald.
-_
1880.] ON THE DURATION OF LIFE IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 299
Fig. 3 The same, X4. Showing the sac filled with spermatic coil.
4. Spermatophores as seen lying within the spermatheca of A. gigas, x8.
5. The cervicorn processes of the capreolus of A. Jigas, var. minor, X x 20.
6. Junction of the spermatheca and oviduct in A. gigas, x4.
is The amatory organ or dart-sac, cut open, exposing the dart, much en-
larged.
8. Generative organs of A. gigas, yar. minor, nat. size.
Prats XXVIII.
Fig. 1. Animal of Girasia brunnea, Godw.-Aust., from nature, nat. size.
. Spirit-specimen, G. hookeri, Gray. View of right side, nat. size,
The same. View of left side, nat. size. points where muscles are
attached internally.
Mantle showing lobes, respiratory and anal orifices, enlarged.
' Portion of the { foot, showing segmentation, of G. shillongensis,
. Generative organs of G. shillongensis, G.-A., nat. size.
. The ovo-testes and hermaphrodite duct to the albumen gland in G.
brunnea, x4.
7a. Oyo-testis under higher power.
8. The capreolus or spermatophore of G. shillongensis, X 4.
8a. One of its branch-like processes broken off, x 20.
86. Terminal point, x50.
9. Jaw of A. gigas, var. minor, x 8.
10. Teeth of the odontophore in same species, X340. C=central; M=
median ; Z=lateral.
NADU ro
2. On the Duration of Life of the Animals in the Zoological
Garden at Frankfort-on-the-Main, By Director Dr.
Max Scumipr.
[Received March 18, 1880.]
He who has occupied himself with the rearing and keeping of ani-
mals, is well aware of the care and attention that are needful to succeed,
and that, in spite of the greatest pains, he is not always free from
failure. The director of a zoological garden has more occasion than
other persons to make this experience. His wards, so manifold
in shape, constitution, and disposition, require every moment his
cireumspection, precaution, and perseverance. Again and again he
is compelled to devise new means of relief and expedients to pre-
serve the feeble health and the so-easily-destroyed life of the poor
creatures that come to his hands, often heavily damaged by con-
veyance. Many a time he would be happy to avail himself of the
experience of others; but he misses sadly all literary resources ;
for although, in the course of the last 20 years, zoological gardens
of considerable account have been established in different parts of
the continent, subsidiary books and periodicals, containing com-
munications about particulars of importance for the keeping and
management of animals, are very carce.
The Zoological Society in Frankfort-on-the-Main early conceived
the importance of such publications, and for this purpose founded the
professional newspaper the ‘ Zoological Garden,’ which has arrived at
300 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION or [Apr. 20,
its twenty-first anniversary. In this Journal I have recorded my
observations, and not cnly those referring to the living animal, but
at the same time those respecting the symptoms of disease previous
to death, and the anatomical results of the autopsy.
On the keeping of birds there exists a comparatively rich literature ;
and special periodicals treat of this matter.
Now it would be of great use if the age the different animals are
able to arrive at could be ascertained ; and in order to contribute my
share of experience, I added my own knowledge to the few notices I
could find in literature, and published them two years ago.
I note with satisfaction that my example has been followed by
the Zoological Garden of Hamburg.
For further completing these statistics I have drawn up the following
two summaries. The first contains the duration of life of the dif-
ferent animals in our garden, as far as it could be ascertained, while
the second expresses the average amount of life-time of the indi-
vidual specimens of the different classes of Mammals and Birds.
In reference to the first, 1 have to add that the record has been
continued up to the 31st of December, 1879, and states how long
the still living animals have been in our garden. It is evident that
the numbers denote the real age only of those animals that were born
there, while to that of the others the time they have lived before
coming to our hands must be added. This difference cannot be
estimated as very great, as the animals are generally acquired in
their youth.
Of course it is impossible to point out the age of every single
specimen we have ever possessed, but only such numbers have been
chosen as are sufficient to show distinctly how long such an animal
is at all able to live. No notice has been taken of exceedingly short
periods of existences, as it must be presumed that adverse cireum-
stances were the cause of them. Wherever it was feasible the time
of life has been given strictly to a day. In other cases only the
number of years is recorded; and there can be, at the utmost, a
difference of but a few months, more or less.
Out of a greater number of statements concerning the same class,
only those have been selected that show the principal variations of
length of life. The numbers relating to animals that were still
living on the 31st of December 1879 are marked with asterisks (*).
The time of observation has not in all cases proved long enough for
definite statements—some of the animals having been in our keeping
only for a short time, while others that have lived in our Garden
from its beginning are still enjoying life and health, and promise
to live on for some time longer.
1880.] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 301
Names of the animals.
MAMMALIA.
QuUADRUMANA.
Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglo-
dytes).
Orang-Outang (Simia satyrus) ......
Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-
viridis).
Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus ruber) ..
Duration of life.
Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona) . .
White-collared Mangabey (Cercocebus
collaris).
Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus)
| Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus) ..
Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus)
pas | Ascertained.
years. oy Ea months.| days.
5 2
ao 1) 28
] 5 | 20
3 4
a | 10 4
thors Sill 11 3
!
Fal 0 5
|e 0 | 27
| 2 1 | 20
| wee 2 | 20
es aN see yo
] ez
| 1 Tiel 1
lno@ehtt Lidbdd
3 0 | 27
3 7 | 29
od 0 | 25
vd Sj t) Sh io
| 2 ome
Nall 2 | 10
=] 6 7
*6 Onn als
P59 qoe Gal ally
AG, 3 | 19
#1 7 \el2
1 Sin ik23
] 3 | 15
13 9 | 16
12 ZV i14
\| soya 5
4 3 6
302 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF __[Apr. 20,
Duration of life.
Names of the animals. .
Approxi- | Ascertained.
| : ; mative.
years. | years. months.| days,
| Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestri-| ...- || 1 10
| mus). | 2 5) 5
Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus) 5 | 11 | 18
| 3 5 | 27
| | 4] 4 | 25
Wanderoo Monkey (Macacus silenus). . 8 | 10 | 27
Ashy-black Macaque... A008. Q N00 SF Ro aE 3 | 29
| 1 6 | 19
Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus) ...... ta |e 4 Hi)
Black Ape (Cynopithecus niger)...... me 1 0 | 22
Hered 2 | 23
| 3 6 6
Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hama-| .... | 13 8 | 22
dryas).
Anubis Baboon (Cynocephalus anubis)| .... 13 aM al
4 18
Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babuin)| .... || *9 7-36
Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus sphinx) | .... |*16 7 0
Drill (Cynocephalus leucopheus) ....| .... | 14 0 | 19
| It 35) Sota
a iO! es ob
Black-faced Spider Monkey (Ateles ater)| .... | 1 9 | 12
| Black-fronted Spider Monkey (Zriodes| .... | 3 5 | 16
Srontatus). ord 3 2
| Capuchin (Cebus capucinus) ........ 720, 4} 11 | 22
| or 11 4 0 7
| 5 3 4
| 6] 4 | 16
1880. ] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS.
Names of the animals.
Three-banded Douroucouli (Nyctipi-
thecus trivirgatus).
Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea)
Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus)
Ruffed Lemur (Lemur varius)........
Mongoose Lemur (Lemur mongoz) ....
Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus)
White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons)
Red-bearded Lemur (Lemur xantho-
mystar).
Galago (Otolicnus senegalensis) ......
CHIROPTERA.
Indian Fruit-Bat (Péeropus medius) ..
CaRNIVORA.
marr Melis (20) bio Sideadlarsls da
Miser: (Reelin: C2gria) essen wyete ess vie.
Leopard (Felis pardus) ..........0.
Pore CAG: Be itso «ds name eaisin oss
Striped Hyzena (Hyena striata)......
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XX.
Duration of life.
303
Approxi-
mative.
years.
Ascertained.
years.| months.) days.
3 0 2
a 3 | 23
1 1 | 21
*3 ts 6
1 3 a
3 | 10 l
Sie Lhe |25
4 0 | 26
*2 226
*4 a | 21
7 2 8
1 6 5
*10 1 7
8 4 | 27
*8 0 4
11 4 | 29
4 5 | 26
5 3 | 26
8 3 9
8 7 | 23
“7 9 9
20
304 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF [Apr. 20,
Duration of life.
Names of the animals.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
years. years.) months.| days.
Common Genet (Genetta vulgaris)....\ ...+ 4.) lL?
Common Paradoxure (Paradorurus, .... 4 4 3
typus).
Egyptian Ichneumon (Herpestes ich-| .... 3 5 3
neumon).
Common Wolf (Canis lupus) ........ 5 Saya: Ubi de Qh ae
Common Badger (Meles tarus) ...... peat 2 = EL 9
Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris)......| .... || *5 2 | 10
*4 8 8
8 Do | 23
Raccoon (Procyon lotor).......++-.. . 4.) “EDs ae
5) 4 | 29
White-nosed Coati (Nasua narica).... 5
Polar Bear (Ursus maritimus) ........ meres ie =. 0 1
Brown Bear (Ursus arctos).......... Catal 4 | 25
*16 3 | 23
Syrian Bear (Ursus syriacus) ........ 7 0 | 18
7 8 7
Common Seal (Phoca vitulina) ...... 2 5 2
RopENTIA.
Common Squirrel (Sciurus vulgaris) ..| .... 5 4 3
Grey Squirrel (Sciurus cinereus)......) .... || *5 9 | 10
| 3 6. |.23
Hudson’s-Bay Squirrel (Sciurus hudso- Bi || 4 3 2
nius). |
1880.] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 505
Duration of life.
Names of the animals.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
29 years. years. | months.| days.
Vulpine Squirrel (Sczurus vulpinus) a) i Cg |
P| ikl 18
5 2 1
Red-bellied Squirrel (Sciurus variegatus) 3 429
American Flying Squirrel (Sciuropterus 1 by 20
volucella).
Japanese Flying Squirrel (Pteromys *4 1 8
momoga).
Chipping Squirrel (Tamias striatus) .. 4
European Souslik (Spermophilus citillus) 3 0 | 21
Alpine Marmot (Arctomys marmotta) . . ri 3 @ } is
6 8 | 18
*6 O20
7 5 | 12
European Beaver (Castor fiber) ...... *6 1 | 28
Crested Porcupine (Hystriz cristata)... 6 5 8
Agouti (Dasyprocta aguti) .......... 8
MarsuPiALia.
Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus ben- An eo ao held
nettt).
Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus murinus) | 6-7
Rabbit-eared Perameles (Perameles 4 0 | 22
lagotis). ‘d 2 0
Common Wombat (Phascolomys wombat) 15 Role
EDENTATA.
Two-toed Sloth (Cholopus didactylus). . 4 5 | 29
20*
306 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF _[Apr. 20,
Duration of life.
Names of the animals.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
years. years.| months.} days.
Equip.
Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchellii) ..) .... || 13 | 16 0
*15 7a
*9 7 | 21
*6 8 | 22
Equus caballus nanus from Iceland....) ...- |/*12 6 | 23
*10 6 5
PACHYDERMATA.
Indian Elephant (Elephas indicus)....| .... ||*16 6 0
African Elephant (Elephas africanus) | .... || *5 4 4
Wild Swine (Sus scrofa) .........+-+ 9 0 | 13
4| 10 5
Masked Pig (Sus pliciceps)......++.- 5 6 s
9 | 26
RUMINANTIA.
Common Camel (Camelus dromedarius)| .... || 16 5 | 12
Bactrian Camel (Camelus bactrianus)..| .... || 15 9 1.29
Llama (Lama peruana) ......++.0e: 10 4 2 5
Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus) ........ 5-6 || *4 3 0
Indian Muntjac (Cervulus muntjac)....| .... 4 2 | 22
Fallow Deer (Cervus dama).........- acipinuttl ke 6 | 14
| 6 6
*11 5 | 28
*8 6 | 24
*6 5 3
14.17 10.,),18
13 0 0
1] 8 | 15
Red Deer (Cervus elaphus) .......... 12
1880.] | LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 307
Duration of life.
Names of the animals.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
i years. years./months.| days.
Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis)......
Fh 5 2
*5 6 | 24
Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis) ....| .... || 17 1 | 25
Hog Dear (Cervus porcinus) ........ 10-11 | 7} 3 | 7
*5 8 | 12
Axis Deer (Cervus avis) ...........- Sees Teo 0 1
Alpine Chamois (Rupicapra tragus) .. 7 9 7 | 29
Bubaline Antelope (Alcelaphus bubalis)| .... || 16 8 | 29
0
*12 | 1 0
Duyker-bock (Cephalophus mergens) ..| .... Bel! ye Nhe
Dal, ieee 5
Dama Gazelle (Gazella dama)........ dates 3 4 8
Gazelle (Giazella dorcas) ........6...- 5
Leucoryx (Oryx leucoryx) ........4- seis) IBDG 8 | 14
Nylghaie (Boselaphus pictus) ........ ee 8 0 |-11
12 2 | 24
Eland (Oreas canna) ...........45- ee eee 0 4
wil 2 |10
Anmttlope reduned .. 0.00 ceecevaveces pec 8 4 3
Mouflon (Ovis musimon) ...........- asia, ecienhe DS ee
#9 8 | 21
= 8 1
*6 ce
13 9 | 19
vie strepsiceras 6. bate Laos. teak Iie 11
—
- ©
_
ok OO
LNs)
—
308 _ DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION oF [Apr. 20,
Names of the animals.
i
African Domestic Sheep (Ovis aries) ..
American Bison (Bison americanus) ..
Yak (Poephagus grunniens)........++
AVES.
ACCIPITRES.
Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris)... .
Bateleur Eagle (Helotarsus ecaudatus)
White-headed Sea-Eagle (Haliaetus
leucocephalus).
Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetos) ‘eg
Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alauda-
rius).
Cinereous Vulture (Vultur monachus). .
Sociable Vulture (Vultur airicularis) BE
Griffon Vulture (Gyps fSulvus) . ests
Black Vulture (Cathartes atratus) ....
Condor Vulture (Sarcorhamphus gry-
phus).
Duration of life.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
years, || years. ‘months, | days.
2] f° 8 | 10
#9 9 0
*Q Si 20
*6 9 | 10
13 33 2
9 6 5
8 82 |i
*6 9 | 27
14 9 | 12
15 3 8
12 8 | 24
3 5 | 28
Ji
13 7 | 11
13%) “CLs
10 2 )
6 7 4
*15 4 | 22
ally 4 4
14 9 | 28
ally 4 6
*19 3. | 2p
20 0 | 24
1880. ] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS, 309
Duration of life,
Names of the animals, par MUA pai
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
= ami
years, || years.| months. days.
STRIGEs.
Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco).......... aoa» itlia 2 | 19
9 11 2
Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus) .... 12
Virginian Eagle-Owl (Budo virginianus)| .... | 16 2 | J
Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua)..| .... 6 5 of 4S
Psitract.
Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluc-| .... | #20 an a
censis). 10 2 | 28
18 0/18
Greater White-crested Cockatoo (Ca-| .... | *9 9 6
catua cristata).
Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Ca-| .... | *17 9 4
eatua galerita). PLS 2 |: 26
*9 6 | 28
Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua lead-| .... |*17 9 | 23
beateri).
Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis tenui-| .... |*17 Bia
rostris).
Ganga Cockatoo (Callocephalon gulea-| .... 9] 10 0
tum).
14
N
Great Black Cockatoo (Microglossa| ... 2
aterrima).
Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis aler-| .... 13 2 0
and7i).
Ring-necked. Parrakeet (Paleornis tor-| .... || 16 6 | 23
quatus). BL]. 6 | 21
310 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF __[Apr. 20,
Duration of life.
Names of the animals.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
years. years.| months,| days.
Paleornis pondicerianus .. 1.206000 zie yk 4; 10 | 15
Miiller’s Parrakeet (Tanygnathus muel- 10
leri).
Pennant’s Broadtail (Platycercus pen- 4 3 1 1
nantt).
Rose-Hill Broadtail (Platycercus exvi-| .... 2] 10 7
mius). 3 1 | 20
Pale-headed Broadtail (Platycercus pal-| .... 3.07 +48
lidiceps).
Bauer’s Broadtail (Platycercus zonarius)| .... 3 By allt
10 5 | 13
Beautiful Parrakeet (Psephotus pul-| .... 8 5 0
cherrimus).
Grey-headed Love-bird(Psittaculacana).| .... Biehl
Red-and-blue Macaw (dra macao) ....| .... ||*21 ee a
land
7
Red-and-yellow Macaw (Ara chloro-| .... "17 | 5 | 9
ptera).
Blue-and-yellow Macaw(Araararauna)| .... |*20 | 3 | 18
Illiger’s Macaw (Ara maracana)......| .... |) 14 | 11 | 23
Carolina Conure (Conurus carolinensis)| .... ||*10 5 | 23
2) 138 hye
Mexican Conure (Conurus holochlorus) 3) TO ee
Golden Conure (Conurue luteus)...... Bae 9 | Akoiole
Grey-breasted Parrakeet (Bolborhyn- 7 5 | A | 22
chus monachus).
1880.] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS.
Names of the animals.
White-fronted Amazon (CArysotis leu-
cocephala).
Red-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis vittata)
PASSERES.
Song-Thrush (Turdus musicus) ......
Fieldfare (Turdus pilaris) ..........
Rock-Thrush (Monticola saxatilis)....
Common Bluebird (Sialia wilson) ....
Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothrir lu-
teus).
Crithagra brasiliensis ..............
Red-shouldered Starling (Ageleus
pheniceus).
Green Glossy Starling (Lamprocolius
chalybeus).
Long-tailed Glossy Starling (Lampro-
tornis eneus).
Common Mynah (Acridotheres tristis)
Black Troupial (Quiscalus lugubris) ..
Common Starling (Sturnus vulgaris) ..
Sardinian Starling (Sturnus unicolor). .
Rose-coloured Pastor (Pastor roseus) . .
311 -
Duration of life.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
years. || years. months! days.
* 5 |
C Ge Nx So - ©
©
an ~T Ono “NT Or Mo
| 19
21
29
10
10
23
19
12
—_
& Or bo
NO W
- 312 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF [Apr. 20,
Names of the animals.
Raven (Corvus coraz) ......
Common Jay (Garrulus glandarius) ..
Blue-bearded Magpie (Cyanocorax cya-
nopogoi).
Blue Jay (Cyanocitta cristata) ......
Wandering Tree-Pie (Dendrocitta va-
gabunda).
Chinese Tree-Pie (Dendrocitta sinensis)
Alpine Chough (Pyrrhocorax alpinus)
White-backed Piping Crow (Gymno-
rhina leuconota).
Black-and-yellow Tanager (Huphonia
chlorotica).
Archbishop Tanager (Tanagra ornata)
Brazilian Tanager (Ramphocelus bra-
silius).
Red Tanager (Pyranga rubra) ......
Black-headed Finch (Munia malacca)
Shining Weaverbird (Hypochera
nitens).
Red-faced Weaverbird (Foudia ery-
throps).
Duration of life.
Approxi- | Ascertained.
mative.
years. years.| months.) days.
a 7 | 10 | 24
50 *4 6 | 23
Sms ial 0
a 0
4 2 + | 25
4 9 0
8 2 | 22
6 ia
2 4 OF
"3 4 | 25
*6 9 8
3 6 5
*4 8 6
#2 3] 15
4 0 | 27
*2 4 7
*2 7 | 15
ty 2 | 16
*3 6 8
3 4 4
10
5
9 i
1880.] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 313
Names of the animals,
Red-beaked Weaverbird (Quelea san-
guinirostris).
Masked Weaverbird (Hyphantornis
personata).
Black-bellied Weaverbird (Zuplectes afer)
Red-headed Cardinal (Paroaria domi-
nicana).
Red-crested Cardinal (Paroaria cucul-
lata).
Black-crested Cardinal (Gubernatrix
eristatella).
Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virgi-
nianus).
Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigan-
tea).
Red-billed Hornbill (Toccus erythro-
rhynchus).
Ground-Hornbill (Bucorvus abyssinicus)
Violaceous Plaintain-cutter (Musophaga| ....
violacea).
Buffon’s Touracou (Corythaix buffoni)
Senegal Touracou (Corythaiwv persa) ..
Ariel Toucan (Ramphastos ariel)
Duration of life.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
years. years.| months.) days.
5)
8 0 4
8 3 14
9 0 | 10
6
‘14 8 0
13 0 9
= 3 | 20
10 2 5
8 2 0
2 5 I
*3 8 0
*4 0 13
6 2 le lee
Dek LO Vs
4 8 6
i
75 6 | 24
] 0 | 14
2
1 5 9128
*3 4 | 25
2 8 6
5 DPNTS
4 8 | 1l
314 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF [Apr. 20,
Duration of life.
Names of the animals.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
years. gael months.) days.
Green-billed Toucan (Ramphastos di-| .... || 11
colorus). 13 | 10] 21
Ramphastos piscwvorus .. 6.0.6 0000-+ ae 3 2 | 25
Banded Aracari (Pteroglossus torquatus)| .... 2.|° 10 (28
CoLuMB.
White-crowned Pigeon (Columba leu- 2
cocephala).
Passenger Pigeon (Ketopistes migra-| .... 3 3 | 25
torius). *6 6 | 19
Carolina Dove (Zenaidura carolinensis) 5 3 7
Barred Dove (Geopelia striata) ...... tae 4 a
4 2 | 20
Passerine Ground-Dove (Chamepelia 9
passerina).
Talpacoti Ground-Dove (Chamepelia| .... 7 | See
talpacoti).
Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalco-| .... || 15 3 | 25
ptera).
Blue-headed Pigeon (Sturncenas cyano-| .... 2 0 5
cephala).
GALLINA.
Pallas’s Sand-Grouse (Syrrhaptes para-| .... 2 3 | 21
doxus). 3 4 | 17
Black Grouse (Tetrao tetriz)........| ..e. |] *3 6 0
*2 3 4
Capercailzie (Tetrao urogallus) ...... 1 9 5
¥2.4 048 9
1880. ] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 315
Duration of life.
Names of the animals.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
years. ee ee days.
Common Quail (Coturnix communis) ..
Sonnerat’s Jungle-Fowl (Gallus son-| .... 4 3 | 21
neratt).
Globose Curassow (Craw globicera) ..| .... || *5 8 5
Razor-billed Curassow (Mitua tube-| .... Bl Garces 7
rosa). ce eee a |
Brush-Turkey (Talegalla lathami)....| ...- || *6 | 10 | 8
7 3 | 18
STRUTHIONES.
Ostrich (Struthio camelus) ........ 7 8 6
2 9 9
Common Rhea (hea americana) .... Ag) Dae tA
7 8 5
4] 10 | 14
d 5 | 26
Common Cassowary(Casuarius galeatus) 6 6 0
Emu (Dromeus nove hollandia) ....| .... || 15 1 0
16 5 6
Ny Oe al eal
*8 4 il EA
GRALL&.
Hyacinthine Porphyrio (Porphyrio| .... | *4 Ie g27
ceruleus).
Grey-headed Porphyrio (Porphyrio| .... |) *4 1 | 24
poliocephalus).
Sarus Crane (Grus antigone) ........ ee | ig 9 9
White American Crane (Grus americana)| .... || *8 8 3
Demoiselle Crane (Anthropoides virgo) | .... 13 Qe 25
a ea ee
316 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF _ [Apr. 20,
Duration of life.
Names of the animals.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
years, years.|months.| days.
Balearic Crowned Crane (Balearica pa-| 14
vonina).
Cape Crowned Crane (Balearica regu-| ...- || *5 3 | 14
lorum).
Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostra- *5 5
legus). ¥5 3 | 18
Black-tailed Godwit (Limosa melanura) 5
Ruff (Machetes pugnaz) .. ees 5
European Avocet (Recurvirostra avo- 3
cetta).
Little Egret (Ardea garzetta)........ voa3 il Bh seOtneas
*4 2 | 13
6 ry 2g
3 9 s16
Black Stork (Ciconia nigra) ........ rey |
White Stork (Ciconia alba) ........ ere AO 5 | 10
*3 8 | 20
Marabou Stork (Leptoptilus crumeni-| .... ||*12 4 3
Serus).
Saddle-billed Stork Aen hynchus se-| .... 3 4 | 10
negalensis).
Common Spoonbill (Platalea leuco-| .... || *5 4 | 26
rodia). =2 6 | 13
Sacred Ibis (Idis ethiopica).......... ioe: Bos 6 | 16
Scarlet Ibis (Eudocimus ruber) Ree 3 ae ie 2} 25
|*10 5 | 14
NATATORES.
Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus| .... | 8 9 | 10
gambensis). | 9 8 | 26
| 9 oT aul
1880. ] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 317
Names of the animals.
——$ ———
Egyptian Goose (Chenalopex cegyp-
tiaca).
Cereopsis Goose (Cereopsis nove hol-
landie).
Pink-footed Goose (Anser brachyrhyn-
chus).
Bean-Goose (Anser segetum) ........
Little Goose (Anser erythropus)......
Bernicle Goose (Bernicla leucopsis) ..
Canada Goose (Bernicla canadensis ..
Brant Goose (Bernicla brenta) ......
Common Swan (Cygnus olor) .......,
Black Swan (Cygnus atratus)........
Common Sheldrake (Zadorna vul-
panser).
Ruddy Sheldrake (Tadorna rutila)....
Common Teal (Querguedula erecca) ..
Garganey Teal (Querquedula circia) ..
Duration of life.
ST
Ap PRO Ascertained.
mative,
years, years. | months.| days.
16 6 12
16 8 | 17
17 0 0
ll 4 0
2 9 7
Z NE Ue
2h al) 4
*3 7 4
ells 9 4
*19 0 | 16
*18 1] 6
18
12 *5 4 | 22
10 eo 1 6
cai 8 | 19
Sie Dd 16
#15 7 | 11
10 1 2
15 9 | 25
8 6 | 19
*6 % 6
| *5 3 | 15
*6 6 9
5 4/11
*6 | 10 8
| *6 yd aa
*5 | 10 | 20
#5 1 5
318 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF [Apr. 20,
Duration of life.
Names of the animals.
Approxi- Ascertained.
mative.
years. years.| months.| days.
Common Pintail (Dafila acuta) ...... rae tt
\*16 8 | 15
Bahama Duck (Dajfila bahamensis)... . 5
Wigeon (Mareca penelope) .......+..| «+++ |*19 | 11 6
#18 Five
*12 7 | 25
Summer Duck (Ai# sponsa) ........ ieee 3/ 9 | 20
#3 7 8
Tufted Duck (Fuligula cristata)...... eu ha 7 0
LZ 8 0
Red-headed Pochard (Fuligula ferina)| .... |*12 6 2
*5.|.10 -| 12
Common Cormorant (Phalacrocoraw| .... 12 6 | 14
carbo). *6 4 | 16
White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus)| .... || 16 6 6 |
Crested Pelican (Pelecanus crispus) ..| .... 5 8 | 27
Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus) ....| .... |*11 7 | 13
Common Gull (Larus canus) ........ oe 13 6 | 25
5 inkl ii
Greater Black-backed Gull (Zarus| .... |*21 3 | 15
marinus). |
Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus) | 17
The 31st of December last has been taken as latest date for the
following calculation of the average lifetime of the animals in our
zoological garden. As the duration of life could be determined with
certainty for by far the greater part of the specimens, we simply dis-
regarded such as were entirely unsuited for calculation. Referring to
these latter, it should be mentioned that the difference between the
entire number of Rodentia and the number of specimens of the same
1880.]
LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS.
order the lifetime of which is ascertained follows fo
sibility of giving definite dates for the duration of life of Rabbits,
Guinea-pigs, and some other small species of the same kind.
Sheep and Goats cause the differences between the numbers re-
specting Ruminantia.
We were also obliged to leave out of consideration several sorts of
Parrots—namely, Nymphicus, Bolborhynchus, and others.
319
the impos-
Of Fowls
and Pigeons only the wild species have been selected for the
register.
The results are as follows :—
205 Mammals : total of age, 829 years 11 months 27 days; mean
duration of life per head, 3 years 9 months 26 days.
784 Birds: total of age, 3549 years — months 7 days; mean
duration per head, 4 years 4 months 23 days.
Together, 989
animals, 4379 years — months 4 days; mean duration of life per
head, 4 years 5 months 6 days.
The mean duration of life of the animals which died in the year
1879 is 2 years 4 months 27 days.
This, so much shorter time than
that mentioned before, will be easily explained by the fact that the
mortality is much greater in the first days after the arrival of
animals in a zoological garden.
I am certain that similar statistics would give very useful hints to
persons interested in such matters ; and I wish that this branch of
knowledge were cultivated more specially than it has been heretofore,
Specification of Average Lifetime.
|___—— —<—-
MaAmMALIA,
Quadrumana
Chiroptera
Carnivora
Rodentia
Marsupialia
Equidee
Pachydermata
Ruminantia
Beet eee eenee
eet eetewees
seateeeee
eee e eee eeenee
seeeee
se eeweees
AVEs.
Accipitres
Striges
Psittaci
Passeres
Columb
Gallinz
Struthiones
Grallee
Natatores
ree eee se
weet een eenenees
tne e eee eneeee
teen ee eee eeeneel,
| Number of
| animals at
hand
|-_—_ ——
| Jan. 1, 1880. |
Number of
animals the
age of which is
ascertained.
Bes
pa
he Borie.)
we)
"Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1880, No. XXI.
} |
| Mean age of
A BOs ll a ceiderideale,
yrs. |mths.|days|| yrs. /mths./days
88; 0 | 22} 2 5 | 12
Oe colin O 2 | 29
154] 7 | 23]; 38 8| 8
24; 10 | 1] 38 bi 7
19} 6 |16]} 3 3] 3
88; 8 | 2]| 8] 10] 16
dl} 2 | 23) 4 5 | 18
ATS one OS: ete et 4 | 28
|
149} 1 | 26]| 4 Gillie 9
8; 4/16] J 8] 6
347 | 7 | 23|| 6 5 | 6
492} 4 |10]| 2 |) a
cl ea ay | 9 | 26
49| 0 | 18] 2 2 | 23
8; 7)|14]) 8 7 | 14
328 | O} 5] 5 IT] 15
2121 | 11 | 28}/ 5] 11} 26
21
320 REY, 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20,
3. On some new and little-known Spiders of the Genus
Argyrodes, Sim. By the Rev. O. P. CamsrincE, M.A.,
C.M.Z:S., &c.
{Received April 1, 1880.]
(Plates XX VIII.-XXX.)
The Spiders described in the present paper have been received at
yarious times during the last few years from widely distant exotic
regions—South America, East Indies, Ceylon, South Africa, Mada-
gascar, Samoa Island, and Amboina; and I now beg leave to record
my thanks to those kind friends who have either collected them
for me or sent them to me, viz. Mr. Frederick Bond, Major Julian
Hobson (H.M.S. Staff Corps, Bombay), Professor Traill (Univ.
Aberdeen), Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites (Botanic Gardens, Ceylon),
Mr. Henry Rogers (of Freshwater, Isle of Wight), the Rev. J.
Whitmee (of the Samoa Islands), Mr. H. H. B. Bradley (of Sydney,
N.S.W.), Capt. F. W. Hutton (of New Zealand), Mr. J. P. Mansel
Weale (of South Africa), and Mr. R. H. Meade (of Bradford, York-
shire).
Few Spiders are equal to those of the genus Argyrodes (and none
exceed them) in the brillianey of their hues. Some of them look
like drops of burnished silver suspended in their snares; and one of
those here recorded, Argyrodes scintillulana (p. 332), resembles a bit
of jet studded with diamonds. Their structure also is of a very
marked and distinctive kind. The abdomen is subject to a greater or
less abnormal development of the posterior extremity, but varying in
the two sexes; and the caput (in the male sex) is almost invariably
developed into a form which makes some of them resemble very closely
some species of the genus Walekenaéra (Bl.). The fore extremity of
the caput is produced and split into two lobes or segments by a more
or less deep transverse indentation or cleft. There is, however, a very
marked and constant difference between these two genera in respect
of the position of the eyes. In Argyrodes no eyes are ever found on
the lower segment of the caput, while in Walckenaéra the eyes of the
fore-central pair are always placed either in front of it or at its ex-
tremity. Another very obvious characteristic of Argyrodes is the
great length and slenderness of the first two pairs of legs, though
in this respect, as well as in the development of the abdomen,
Argyrodes is far surpassed by the Spiders of an allied and, in some
respects, still more curious genus, Ariamnes, Thor. (Ariadne, Dol.).
The adult females of some (perhaps all) species of Argyrodes are
subject to the apparently adventitious addition to their genital pro-
cess of a bright, transparent, reddish, resinous-looking accretion.
This often gives an abnormal appearance to the genital aperture ; and
it has been mistaken by Mr. Blackwall for part of the process itself
(vide description of Lpeira cognata, Bl., Proc. R. Irish Acad. 1877,
2nd ser. vol. ili. pp. 17, 18). I feel, however, quite convinced that
1880. | OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES, 32]
this accretion forms no part (properly speaking) of the genital pro-
cess, though in what way it is formed it is difficult to say ; probably
it is an exudation from the genital organs, which hardens on coming
into contact with the air, aud so adheres to the process in its outward
passage. I have noticed it in several species; but it is by no means
invariably found in all the individuals of a species. This abnormal
development greatly obscures its real structure, and considerably
lessens the value of the genital process of Argyrodes as a criterion
(so valuable in general) of specific distinctness.
Little appears to be known yet of the habits of this curious group
of Spiders. So far as observations have been made, they live in
their own irregular snares, spun among the outskirts of the snares of
large Epeirids. When travelling in Palestine some years ago, I met
with the type of the genus (Argyrodes epeire, Sim.) in abundance
near the Sea of Tiberias, in the outskirts of the webs of Cyrtophora
opuntie, Duf.; its pretty little pear-shaped egg-cocoons were also
found suspended in the same position. Out of numerous cocoons
brought home, almost all were infested by a minute hymenopterous
parasite, the perfect forms of which emerged at different times during
the following summer. ‘There does not appear to be any great
variety in the form of the egg-cocoon of the different species, those
of several which I have received being very nearly alike, excepting
in size.
The known species of Argyrodes are now becoming rather nume-
rous—about 29 species, in addition to the 21 new ones here de-
scribed, having been already characterized; probably many more
will be discovered when greater attention is given to them by col-
lectors in exotic regions. Several of the most curious of those now
described were found among débris of the snares of some large
Epeirids, having evidently been bottled along with the latter but not
specially noticed or recognized at the time by the collectors.
Fam. THERIDIIDES.
Genus ARGYRODES, Sim.
ARGYRODES FLAVESCENS, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.)
Adult male, length rather more than 13 line, that of the female
being rather over 23 lines.
The fore part of the caput of the male is produced and elevated,
and is divided by a transverse cleft into two lobes, of which the upper
one is the strongest. The colour of the cephalothorax, as well as
of the palpi, falces, maxille, labium, and sternum, is yellow, tinged
with orange ; the anterior portion of the lobes into which the caput
is produced is clothed with short coarse hairs.
The eyes are placed four on the summit of the upper lobe of the
caput, forming nearly a square; and on each side, at a considerable
distance below, a little behind the cleft which divides the two lobes,
is another pair, the eyes of which are contiguous to each other.
The /egs are long, slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, those of the first pair being
much the longest. They are of a deep blackish-brown hue, with the
21*
322 REV. 0. P, CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20,
two basal joints and the hinder extremity of the femora yellow, each
one of the femora having a single annulus of the same colour. The
tarsi are of a pale hue; and all the legs are furnished with short fine
hairs.
The palpi are moderately long; the cubital joint is strong, some-
what clavate, and double the length of the radial, which is of a blunt-
pointed form, and adheres closely to the base of the palpal organs ;
the digital joints are large, of an oval form, with their convex sides
directed towards each other; the palpal organs are compact, and not
very complex.
The falces are long, not very strong, but projecting forwards.
The form of the mawille, labium, and sternum is normal.
The abdomen has its hinder extremity considerably produced into
a large somewhat cylindrical prominence, rounded at its extremity ;
it is of a dull clay-yellow hue, with a black spot at the end of the
prominent portion, and another stronger one just above the spinners,
which are placed about halfway between the fore and hinder extre-
mity of the abdomen. Near the middle of the upperside are two
silvery-white spots in a transverse line, and two others behind them,
wider apart, one on each side of the produced portion.
The female resembles the male in general colours and markings ;
but the legs are shorter, the cephalothorax wants the elevated bi-
lobed anterior part of the caput, and the abdomen is of a different
shape, being gradually elevated to a great height, and forming, when
looked at in profile, a nearly isosceles triangle whose base is much
shorter than its sides. The silvery markings also on the abdomen
are larger and more numerous, varying, however, a little in their size
and form, that represented in figure 1¢ showing their greatest extent.
This pretty Spider is quasiparasitic, living in the webs of some
Epeirid, though I do not know of what species. It appears to be
an abundant species, numerous examples of both sexes having been
sent to me at different times from Ceylon by Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites,
ARGYRODES CONCINNA, sp. u. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.)
Adult male, length to the spinners 12 line, and to the apex of the
abdomen 2 lines.
This species is allied to Argyrodes epeire, Sim., but easily dis-
tinguishable by the form of the caput, and also by the form and
pattern of the abdomen.
The inferior lobe of the fore part of the caput is almost as strong
as the superior one ; its extremity is rather upturned ; and the cleft
between the two is nearly obsolete, as, excepting at the base of the
cleft, the two lobes are in contact with each other.
The cephalothorax, legs, and palpi are yellow-brown.
The legs are long and slender, 1, 2, 4, 3; those of the first pair
exceed three times the length of the Spider itself; and the anterior
part of the tibize and femora of this pair is strongly suffused with
dark reddish brown ; their armature consists of fine hairs only.
The palpi are very similar to those of A. epeire; but the struc-
ture ef the palpal organ differs a little,
1880. } OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 328
The abdomen has its upperside drawn out or elevated into a long
tapering or conica) form, and very slightly curved, the apex being
subacute. It is of a yellow-brownish hue, the underside suffused
with black-brown ; a dark, central, blackish stripe tapering to a
line occupies the upperside, and ends in a short transverse spot or
blotch close to the apex ; on each side of this central stripe is a more
or less broad and tolerably even-edged, silvery longitudinal band ;
and in some examples there are irregular traces of silvery markings
on the sides of the abdomen.
It is probable that the darker portions of the abdomen will be
found in well-preserved examples to be of a deeper hue than that
here mentioned, all the examples I have examined having a some-
what faded appearance in the abdomen.
Examples of this very distinct species were contained in Professor
Traill’s Amazons collection.
It is possible that this may be the male of Argyrodes lugens,
Cambr., inasmuch as all the examples of that Spider were Semales,
and all of the present are males, and all were mixed together in the
collection. There is, however, no such similarity of form, either in
the abdomen or its pattern, as would lead one to conclude without
great doubt that both belong to one species. I have therefore thought
it best to describe them at present as distinct from each other, leaving
it to future observations to decide whether they be identical or not.
ARGYRODES SAMOENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 3.)
Adult male, length 1 of an inch; female rather larger.
This Spider is also nearly allied to Argyrodes epeire, Sim., but is
quite distinct from it, differing both in the pattern on the abdomen
and in the form of the caput.
In the present Spider the two lobes of the caput are equally robust,
and are shorter than in A. epeire; the extremity of the anterior lobe
is rather enlarged and very obtuse, clothed (as in other Species) with
hairs directed backwards and meeting those directed forwards from
the posterior lobe over the cleft between the two; the cleft in the
present species is broader, but less deep, than in A. epeire. A com-
parison, however, of fig. 3 (Plate XXVIII.) with the figure given of
A. epeire (fig. 3 a, Plate XXVIII.) will show at once these structural
differences between the two species.
The colour of the cephalothorax and legs is yellow-brown ; and the
palpi are similar, excepting that the digital joints are of a deep
reddish black-brown hue.
In respect of the palpi and palpal organs there isa strong simi-
larity to A. epeire and others, though the structures of the palpal
organs, when examined carefully, show some differences.
The legs (relative length 1, 2, 4, 3)—first two pairs long and
slender, but not excessively so, and clothed with fine hairs only.
The falces, similar in colour to the cephalothorax, are rather
shorter than those of A. epeire.
The abdomen is less elevated than in that species, and the profile-
line of the upperside is more strongly and regularly curved. It
324 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20,
may be described as of a deep rich black-brown colour, marked with
four very large somewhat triangular patches of a bright silvery hue ;
or, in those examples where the silvery areas preponderate, these
areas may be taken as the ground-colour on which are very plainly
and distinctly marked a broad, even-edged, longitudinal, deep-black-
brown central band from the fore extremity of the upperside to the
apex, another less broad from the apex to the spinners, and
a third as nearly as possible bisects each side, running from the
spinners into the band on the upperside; all these bands merge in
the general black-brown hue of the underside of the abdomen. In
front of the spinners (on the underside) are the two usual silvery
spots in a transverse line. It is probable that a series of examples
would show some slight imperfection in the continuity of these ab-
dominal bands, though from the three examples examined (one male
and two females) I should expect to find the abdominal pattern
above described a tolerably constant and strong specific character.
From the above three examples there does not appear to be very
much, if any, difference in colours or pattern between the two sexes.
A male and two females of this Spider were received several years
ago from the Rey. J. Whitmee, by whom they were found in the
Samoa Islands.
ARGYRODES NEPHILH. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 4, 4a, 44, e, 4¢,
4d, 4f.)
Argyrodes nephile, Tacz. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. ix. p. 51,
Adult male, length ;4 of an inch ; female rather larger.
The cephalothorax of this brilliant little Spider is of a dark blackish
brown; that of the female is of ordinary form; but that of the male
has the caput considerably elevated and produced forwards, where
it is divided into two lobes by a deep transverse cleft or fissure ; the
inferior lobe is much the smallest. The exact form of this part of the
caput is represented as nearly as possible in fig. 4, Plate XX VIII. ; no
lengthened description of this.charateristic portion of structure would
avail to distinguish it so accurately from other species nearly allied. ¢
The eyes of the fore central pair are the largest of the eight,
and are placed in a transverse line on each side, at the fore ex-
tremity of the caput ; behind these and lower down, at a little distance
behind the base of the cleft, are the hind-central eyes, while at about
the same distance lower down again, and almost in a line with the
others on each side, are the lateral pairs, the eyes of each of which
are contiguous to each other.
The degs are long, but not excessively so, slender, furnished with
hairs only, of a dull yellowish hue; the anterior portions of the
femora and tibize (of those of the female at least) suffused with dark
brown. In the only adult male I have seen, the legs were uni-
colorous.
The abdomen is short, but elevated into a very high conical form, its
height being distinctly greater than its length ; in some examples the
height is greater than in others, and the apex of the cone sharper. It
is of a glistening silvery metallic hue ; from the middle of the anterior
1880. ] OF THE GENUS ARGYRODEs. 825
extremity on the upperside it is bisected by a tapering black stripe,
which ends at the apex of the cone; in the males this stripe is
merely a short black line from which one or two vein-like branches
issue obliquely on each side. The underside is black, or else black-
brown deepening into black on each side; the margins of this black
portion are well defined, dentated, and extend a little way up the
sides. The dentation of the margins differs in the sexes, as will be
seen from the figures given; in about a dozen examples of the
female but very slight variation was apparent in the character of this
dentation in that sex. On each side underneath, a little way in front of
the spinners, are two round, shining, silvery spots in a transverse line.
The palpi of the male are in general appearance very like those of
A, epeire, Sim., and others ; the cubital joints are tumid and cla-
vate, the radials short and spreading ; the digitals are large, with a
strong prominence or lobe towards their extremity on the inner side.
The palpal organs are moderately complex; and at their fore ex-
tremity is a rather prominent process, whose termination is bifid or
distinctly cleft.
An adult male and females of this Spider were contained in a col-
lection of Spiders made in the Amazons of South America by Pro-
fessor Traill, to whose kindness I am indebted for them. I have
but little doubt that it is the Spider described by Prof. Taczanowski,
l. c. supra.
In the form of the caput Argyrodes nephile is very similar to
A. rostrata, Bl. (Seychelle Islands) ; the anterior lobe of this latter
species, however, is stouter, and the eyes of the hind-central pair are
nearer to the summit of the occiput (wide Plate XXVIII. fig. 4 a’).
The abdomen also is of quite a different form—less elevated, very
obtuse at the apex, and with a distinct pattern on the sides (fig. 4 6),
this part in A. nephile being immaculate.
ARGYRODES ARGENTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 5.)
Adult male, length ;4; of an inch; female considerably larger.
This Spider is very closely allied to Argyrodes nephile, Tacz.,
resembling it in general form, colours, markings, and appearance.
It is, however, considerably larger ; the form of the caput differs in
the more curved shape of its anterior segment, which is also rather
longer in proportion to the posterior one; the hind central pair of
eyes are also placed further up on the occipital part of the posterior
segment, being thus considerably removed from a straight line with
the lateral pair and fore-central eye on each side.
The abdomen also is less elevated, and its conical point more ob-
tuse ; it is of a similar brilliant silvery hue; its upper point slightly
tipped with brown, and a slender longitudinal central biack or deep-
brown line on the upperside, sometimes enlarged in an angular form
at one or two points, from each of which issues a short vein-like line.
The central line or stripe seldom appears to reach the conical point
of the abdomen, and does not differ in form or strength in the sexes.
The degs are long, but uot excessively so ; and their relative length
is 1, 2, 4, 3; they are of a pale yellow colour, slightly tinged with
326 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20,
yellow-brown towards the fore extremity of the femora and tibiz,
and also on the genual joints.
The palpi of the male are very similar in form and structure to
those of Argyrodes nephile ; but the structure of the palpal organs
differs. They are similar to the legs in colour, the digital joints and
palpal organs being of a dark yellow-brown hue.
The form of the abdomen in the female differs a little from that of
the male (vide Plate XXVIII. figs. 5 a, 5 6); the underside in both
sexes is of a deep brown or black-brown, with two strong, well-
marked points or denticulations on the margin on each side; a little
way also in front of the spinners are two round silvery spots, widely
separated in a transverse line.
Adults of both sexes of this beautiful little Spider were received
some years ago from the East Indies through the kindness of Mr. F.
Bond. More recently I have received females from Ceylon (from
Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites) and from Madagascar (through Mr. R. H.
Meade, of Bradford). Three examples of the female were also con-
tained in Prof. Traill’s Amazons collection.
The genital aperture of the female is of a deep blackish colour,
and is smaller than that of A. nephile. In almost every example it
had an adventitious and more or less prominent process connected
with it, of a bright transparent red hue, and apparently of a resinous
nature; so that the real form of the vulva was not easy to be made
out. This resinous proeess appears to be found in some other
species also; and in one, A. cognata, Bl. (Seychelle Islands), it was
taken by Mr. Blackwall to be a portion of the sexual process itself.
It is, however, I think, certainly adventitious, and formed by an
exudation, of the cause and nature of which we are ignorant.
ARGYRODES JUCUNDA, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 6.)
Adult female, length to the spinners 2 lines, and from the spinners
to the apex of abdomen 25 lines.
This Spider is nearly allied to Argyrodes nephile, Tacz., and
others. tis, however, larger; and the apex of the abdomen is more
drawn out and pointed, the abdomen itself being more elevated and
perpendicular ; it is of a silvery hue, the silver spots being divided
by a network of dull brown lines. On the upperside a broadish
central longitudinal black-brown stripe runs from the fore extremity
two thirds of the way towards the apex, ending in a broad transverse
somewhat crescent-shaped black-brown band, beyond each end of
which is an irregular patch of the same. The underpart is black,
the black portion extending up the sides in a large somewhat circular
form, with a somewhat tapering stripe running upwards on each side
of the spinners.
The cephalothorax is of ordinary form, and of a deep brown
colour, the clypeus rounded and prominent.
The Jegs are moderately long, slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, and clothed with
fine hairs; they are of a yellow-brownish hue; the femora and
fore extremities of the tibize of the first and second pairs deep brown,
and all the tarsi and metatarsi pale brownish yellow.
1880. | OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 327
The palpi are short, of a blackish colour; and each terminates
with a rather long, slender, slightly-curved claw.
A single example of this Spider, which is nearly allied to
Argyrodes antipodiana, Cambr., was received from Parana, South
America, where it was found some years ago by Mr. Henry Rogers.
ARGYRODES ANTIPODIANA, Sp. N.
Adult female, length 4 of an inch.
This Spider is very nearly allied to Argyrodes argentata, Cambr.,
resembling it closely in general appearance, colours, and markings. In
all the examples, however, that I have seen, the longitudinal black
line on the upperside of the abdomen is stronger, and runs quite
through to the apex of the hinder part; and in some examples there
is a tendency to form one or more lateral oblique stripes running
from the angular points of the upper margin of the underside towards
the upperside ; the apex of the abdomen is also more obtuse. In
respect of the form of the abdomen, this species resembles Argy-
rodes epeire, Sim., very closely ; and the variety of markings just
now mentioned is also very like the less darkly marked varieties of
that species ; there is, however, in every one of the numerous females
I have examined of A. epeira, a transverse dark bar or slender stripe
on the upperside of the abdomen, a little way in front of the apex :
and the central longitudinal stripe is always strong, but never runs
through to the apex.
The genital aperture, although of the same general character,
differs, though slightly, in all the three Spiders now compared ; and
I feel but little doubt that, when the male of A. antipodiana is dis-
covered, it will be found that the form of the cephalothorax also
differs in that sex from both the others mentioned. 4, epeire is
also apparently a larger Spider than the present one.
I have received examples of this Spider from Sydney, N. &. W.
(from Mr. H. H. B. Bradley), and from New Zealand from Capt.
F. W. Hutton.
ARGYRODES LUGENS, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 2 a’, 3!, c’.)
Adult female, length 13 line.
This Spider is nearly allied to Argyrodes epeire, Sim ; the ab-
domen, however, is higher and sharper at the apex, and its pattern
is quite different. In one respect only there is a similar portion of
the pattern—namely, in the constant presence of a transverse black
bar on the upperside, a little way in front of the apex; this bar is
generally broader than in A. epeire ; and in regard to the colouring
of the abdomen, the dark portions are nearly or quite jet-black,
whereas in A. epetre they are more of a very deep red-brown hue.
The present Spider is very variable in respect of its pattern, vary-
ing from an almost uniform brilliant silvery hue, marked only with
a central longitudinal black stripe on the upperside, terminating in
the transverse bar above noticed, and a black underside boldly den-
tated on its upper margins, to a uniform jet-black ground marked
on the upperside with two parallel longitudinal silver stripes or bands,
328 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20,
tridenticulate on their outer sides, and a lateral, elongate, somewhat
triangular silvery patch near the upper part on each side, the apex
of the abdomen also being of a silvery colour.
This variety is the one figured (Plate XXVIII. figs. 2 a’, 6'), and
is a very striking and beautiful one: in most varieties the two ordi-
nary silver spots underneath, in a transverse line in front of the
spinners, are visible; but none were apparent in the variety figured.
In this variety also the legs are nearly black, softening to a dark
brown towards their extremities, the metatarsi being pale yellow-
brown. Other varieties, in which the silvery hues of the abdomen
prevail, have the legs of a more or less dark yellow-brown, the fore
extremities of the tibize of the first pair being black-brown, and the
tarsi and metatarsi light yellowish brown. The legs are slender,
furnished with fine hairs only; their length is moderate, those of
the first pair, as usual, considerably the longest, and those of the
third pair very short—l, 2, 4, 3.
The colour of the cephalothorax appears to vary with the general
colouring of the legs and abdomen, the lighter-coloured examples
having a more or less dark yellow-brown cephalothorax, while that
of the dark examples is a deep black-brown.
Examples of this species were contained in the collection of
Spiders sent to me from the Amazons by Professor Traill.
ARGYRODES ABSCISSA, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 7.)
Adult male, length to the spinners 15 line, and to the apex of
the abdomen 23.
In the form of the fore part of the caput this Spider is not unlike
Argyrodes epeire, Sim., with the lower prominence or lobe cut off
near its base. This lobe has therefore a truncated appearance, and
is much shorter and less robust than the upper one ; its extremity
is furnished thickly with strong prominent hairs forming a tuft ;
those of the upper lobe are less numerous, and, as usual, directed
forwards; this latter lobe forms a strong subconical eminence
rounded at its apex and protruding upwards from between the four
central eyes, its base occupying the whole of the quadrate area
comprised within them.
Looked at in profile, the caput rises gradually from the thorax,
and there is a slight dip or depression between the eyes of the hind
central pair. The thorax is more than usually gibbous just behind
the thoracic indentation.
The colour of the cephalothoraz is dark yellowish brown.
The degs are dull brownish yellow, the genual joints and a small
portion at the fore extremity of the tibize and metatarsi of those of
the third and fourth pairs being of a darker hue, giving those legs a
slightly annulate appearance ; they are long and slender, but not in-
ordinately so, and are furnished with short fine hairs only.
The palpi are rather long and strong. The radial and cubital
joints are of about equal length ; both are strong, the latter bent and
clavate, the former broad and dilated at the anterior extremity.
The digital joint is rather large, strongly bifid at its extremity, and
1880. ] OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 329
of a dark yellow-brown colour. The palpal organs are tolerably
complex, but compact, and, like those of most others of the genus,
devoid of any very remarkable process,
The falces, maxille, labium, and sternum are of normal form and
structure, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax.
The abdomen has its hinder extremity produced in an oblong
form, the apex being a little dilated but slightly bifid, becoming
somewhat of a fish-tail form; the length from the fore extremity to
the spinners is a little less than that from the spinners to the apex.
The colour of the abdomen is brownish black, marked, mottled, and
speckled with pale yellowish-white and silvery spots and markings.
The most conspicuous of the latter form two longitudinal slightly
curved lines or bars along the fore part of the upperside, enclosing
an oblong or somewhat coffin-shaped black-brown marking ; also on
the hinder part of each side, a little above the spinners, is a some-
what V-shaped marking formed in a similar Way.
Two adult males of this very distinct Spider were contained in
the small Madagascar collection received from Mr. R. H. Meade
several years ago.
ARGYRODES FISSIFRONS, (Plate XXIX. fig. 8 a'.)
Argyrodes fissifrons, Cambr. Linn. Soe. Journ. Zool. x. p. 380,
pl. xii. figs. 31-38; T. Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genoy. xiii. p- 145
1878).
: Argyrodes inguinalis, T. Thorell, 7. c. p. 149.
This Spider is nearly allied to the next Spider described, Argyrodes
procrastinans (Plate XX1X. fig.9); but the latter is, I feel no doubt, a
distinct species, the form and markings of the abdomen (fig. 9, a) being
different from many examples of the female of 4. Jissifrons received
excepting in the genital process, he can find no reliable difference
between the two species (the female only of a. inguinalis being
Ventitious addition of the resinous-looking accretion mentioned above
(p- 320). Iam the more inclined to doubt the distinctuess of Dr,
Thorell’s 4. inguinalis, inasmuch as in an example he has kindly
given me of it I observe traces of this accretion ; and, excepting for
this, there is no difference at all from my Ceylon examples of
A. fissifrons. In one of the latter there is a similar disfigurement,
which renders it quite undistinguishable from A, inguinalis.
Of the identity of Dr. Thorell’s types (from Amboina) of 4, Jissi-
frons, and those I have received from Ceylon there is no doubt.
The figure given (Plate XXIX, fig. 8 a') is from one of several ex-
amples kindly sent to me by Dr. Thorell. In the form of the apex
of the abdomen the females differ considerably, some examples
being drawn out into a much longer and more acute point than
330 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20,
others; but this part does not in any instance approach the form of
that of A. procrastinans.
Both in Ceylon and Amboina Argyrodes fissifrons appears to be
an abundant Spider.
ARGYRODES PROCRASTINANS, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 9.)
Adult female, length to the spinners 12 line, and to the apex of
the abdomen 23 lines.
The cephalothorax of this Spider is of the ordinary form; the
profile line lies pretty nearly level, though the occiput is a little
gibbous and the thoracic indentation strong. Its colour is dull
yellow-brown.
The eyes are in usual position. The four centrals form a square,
round and near the base of a very slight rounded eminence. The
clypeus exceeds in height half that of the facial space, and is a little
prominent.
The falces, maxille, labium, and sternum present no special
characteristics, their colour being similar to that of the cephalo-
thorax.
The Jeys are long and slender, 1, 4,2, 3. They are of a pale
yellowish hue, the genual joints and a small portion at the extremity
of the femora and tibize of those of the three anterior pairs being of
a yellow-brown colour; their armature consists of fine hairs only.
The palpi are short, slender, of a darker colour than the legs, and
terminate with a curved and (so far as I could determine) un-
pectinated claw.
The abdomen is large, and considerably produced at its posterior
extremity, which is bluff and rounded. On each side, near the
middle, the abdomen is somewhat enlarged, though scarcely amount-
ing to a prominence; but halfway between that and the hinder ex-
tremity is a rather distinct rounded prominence, giving a somewhat
trituberculate appearance to the end of the abdomen, and reminding
one strongly of a very similar form in some exotic species of Cyclosa.
The colour of the abdomen is a somewhat pale golden with a metallic
lustre. Along the middle of the upperside is a broad dark black-
brown ; band, which becomes faint, interrupted at the middle, and
alinost obsolete a little past the lateral enlargement at the middle of
the abdomen. ‘The rounded apex of the abdomen is also black-
brown; and the sides are encircled with a few spots, streaks, and
patches of a similar hue. The spinners are placed on an eminence,
the hinder half of which is black-brown and the fore part dull
yellow-brown. The genital process is rather large, bluff, rounded
and prominent, and of a bright shining red-brown colour, deepening
to black in the middle; its anterior portion covers the aperture, and
is of a hood-shape.
A single example of this Spider was contained in a collection
kindly sent to me some years ago from Bombay by Major Julian
Hobson, of the Bombay Staff Corps.
This species is nearly allied to Argyrodes inguinalis (Plate XXIX.
fig. 9a’), Thor., a Spider found in Amboina, and included among the
1880. ] OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 331
synonyms of the foregoing species ; but although the present Spider
resembles 4. inguinalis very nearly in colours, markings, and the
general character of the abdominal form, it may be easily distin-
guished by the more obtuse and rounded form and black colour of
the apex. In A. inguinalis the apex is indeed obtuse and rounded ;
but its tapering form is continued throughout, and its upper part
and sides are completely silvery ; the central longitudinal band also
on the fore part of the upperside is paler, and tapers without in-
terruption to a fine point. There is considerable similarity, but still
a difference, in the form of the genital process in the two species.
From A. fissifrons, Camb., 2, the present Spider may also be dis-
tinguished by the same characters as those which distinguish it
from A. inguinalis, Thor.
ARGYRODES AMBOINENSIS. (Plate XXIX. fig. 8.)
Argyrodes amboinensis, Thor. Ann. Mus. Genov. xiii. p. 141
(1878).
The length of the adult male is'2? lines to the spinners, and to the
apex of the abdomen 31; the length of the female, to the spinners
rather over 3 lines, and to the extremity of the abdomen 4 lines.
This fine and beautiful species has been well described by Dr. T.
Thorell (2. c. supra). I have, however, thought it worth while to
include here one or two figures, and also a note upon the very dis-
tinctive characters of the caput. In the absence of figures it is
almost impossible to determine many of the Spiders of this group,
in which the peculiar structure of the caput assumes so many forms
differing from each other often in minute but important particulars.
The fore part of the caput is divided into two lobes by a deep
and wide cleft; the superior lobe is the smallest, and has the four
central eyes on its upper side ; the inferior lobe projects considerably
beyond the superior one, its extremity is subconical, and about half-
way between the extremity and the base of the cleft there is, on the
upperside, a strong subangular point clothed with a tuft of black
hairs; three strong sinuous bristles are directed forward from the
fore extremity on the upperside of the superior lobe; there are,
besides these, numerous bristly hairs on and about both the lobes.
As in most others of this group, the abdomen differs in form in
the two sexes. That of the male is longer in proportion, and has its
hinder extremity produced into a strong, somewhat cylindrical form,
rounded at its apex; it is of a yellow-brown colour, ornamented
with brilliant silvery markings edged in some parts with deep blackish
brown, and disposed as in fig. 8. That of the female has these
silvery markings of greater extent and better defined than in the male,
and with many smaller silvery spots dispersed over the sides and
hinder part vide (fig. 8).
The legs are exceeding long, slender, of a dull yellowish hue,
coloured rather lighter than the cephalothorax, and furnished with
fine hairs only.
The palpi of the male are long, and similar to the legs in colour ;
the cubital joint is longer than the radial, curved and clavate; the
332 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20,
digital joint is small; the palpal organs rather complex but com-
act.
4 Argyrodes amboinensis appears to be an abundant species in
Amboina, and is perhaps the finest and bandsomest yet known of
this group ; it is certainly one of the most distinct with respect to the
form of the caput.
I am indebted to Dr. Thorell for the examples from which my
figures and the above notes have been made.
ARGYRODES SCINTILLULANA, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 10.)
Length of the adult male ? line, and of the female 17 to 13.
The cephalothoraw is of a deep brown colour ; the fore part of the
lower part of the caput is produced into a strong; prominent pro-
jection, which tapers gradually to a point, and, looked at in profile,
has a slightly upward direction, being also furnished with prominent
bristly hairs.
The legs are very slender; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3; those
of the first pair are greatly the longest, being nearly four times the
length of the Spider itself; they are of a pale yellow-brown hue,
and furnished with short fine hairs.
The palpi are short, similar in colour to the legs; the radial and
cubital joints are very short; the digital joint is also small, oval;
and the palpal organs are compact, not very complex, and have a
short, curved, spine-like process at their extremity, with a longer,
curved transverse spine just behind it.
The falces are moderate in length and strength, and, with the
maxille, which are of normal form, are similar in colour to the
cephalothorax, the labium and sternum (also of normal form) being
of a darker colour. ,
The abdomen is of a deep brownish sooty-black hue; the posterior
extremity is greatly produced, ending in an obtuse and nearly round
form. The profile forms an evenly ascending line from the fore to
the hinder extremity ; and the spinners are placed at an angle nearer
to the former than to the latter. Looked at from above and behind, :
the upperside is marked with two oblique pale stripes on each side
on the hinder half; each stripe is charged with a row of irregular
silvery spots which sparkle like diamonds in different lights. When
looked at in profile there are, besides the stripes of sparkling spots just
noted, on each side, at the fore extremity, a shorter horizontal stripe
of a similar kind, and a bold round sparkling silvery spot just
above the spinners ; near the middle of the underside, in a transverse
line, there are also two other rather larger round spots of the same
kind, and another just beneath the hinder extremity of the pro-
duced part. :
The abdomen of the female is larger, but less long in proportion,
its hinder extremity scarcely so obtuse, and sometimes of a cylindric
form. The colours and markings of this sex, however, are the same
as those of the male.
Adults of both sexes of this beautiful little Spider were received
from Mr, G. H. K, Thwaites, from Ceylon, where they occur in the
1880. ] OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 333
webs of the larger Epeirids. Thisis, to my mind, the most delicately
beautiful of all the hitherto known species of this pretty and curious
genus.
ARGYRODES NASUTA, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 11.)
Adult male, length 13 line.
The cephalothorax of this Spider is yellow-brown, the normal
grooves and indentations being of a deeper hue. The fore extremity
of the lower surface of the caput is produced forwards, in a horizontal
direction, into a long, strong projection, enlarged or somewhat spoon-
shaped at its extremity, which is furnished with prominent hairs;
the length of this projection, which is rather paler in colour than the
cephalothorax, about equals the length of the caput.
The eyes are in the usual position; but the ocular area, though
a little projecting, is not raised above the ordinary level. The profile
of the upperside of the caput and thorax, excepting a small im-
pression at the thoracic junction, forms a nearly straight, though
slightly ascending line.
The legs are very slender, furnished only with short fine hairs ;
those of the first pair are much the longest, being about, or nearly,
four times the length of the Spider; those of the second pair are
rather longer than the fourth ; and the third pair are the shortest.
The legs are of a dull yellowish brown colour, paler than the
cephalothorax.
The palpi are short, similar in colour to the legs, excepting the
digital joints, which are of very large size and of a shining nearly
black hue. The palpal organs are not complex, but very compact.
The radial and cubital joints are both short, the former being the
strongest.
The falces are long and moderately strong; they project a little
forwards, and, with the maxille and labium, which are of normal
form, are similar in colour to the cephalothorax.
The sternum is of the usual triangular shape, and is of a deep
black-brown colour.
The abdomen has its hinder extremity greatly produced in a some-
what cylindric form, ending in an obtuse somewhat rounded form.
Its colour is blackish brown, paler on the sides ; it is marked on the
upper part and sides with narrow white stripes, forming on the
upperside a large, nearly diamond-shaped figure, and some oblique
lines on the sides of the posterior half. The spinners occupy an
angular position just halfway between the fore and hinder extremity
of the abdomen.
Two examples of this curious Spider were contained in a col-
lection received from Ceylon, from Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites, several
years ago. In the form of the fore extremity of the lower surface of
the caput we have the tendency to development in that part of the
structure of this genus carried to the most extreme limit as yet
known, :
334 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20,
ARGYRODES BICORNIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 12.)
Adult male, length to the spinners 1 line, to the apex of abdomen
rather more than 14 line. ;
It is perhaps questionable whether this Spider should not be
included in the genus Ariamnes (Thor.) rather than in Argyrodes,
the two genera being very closely united ; believing it, however, to
have more in common with the latter than with the former genus,
I have, for the present at least, placed it in Argyrodes.
The form of the caput is very striking, and distinguishes it at a
glance from all the Spiders of this singular group yet known to me.
The posterior lobe (comprising the ocular area) has its centre pro-
duced into a strong, horn-like, slightly curved, tapering, obtusely-
pointed eminence, directed forward, surmounted with a tuft of long,
strong, bristly hairs also directed forwards; immediately below the
fore central pair of eyes, at the upper part of the clypeus (which
slopes considerably forwards), is another horn-like prominence directed
forwards in a parallel direction with the other, and of about equal
length but not nearly so strong, straight, and slightly enlarged at
its extremity, which is also furnished with some long bristly hairs
directed rather backwards, so as to meet those directed forwards
from the extremity of the posterior horn.
The colour of the cephalothoraz is pale yellow, with a suffusion
of reddish brown on the margins, mostly on that of the thorax.
The /egs are long and slender, especially those of the first pair;
their relative length is 1, 2, 4,3; and they are similar in colour
to the cephalothorax ; the tibie, tarsi, and metatarsi of those of the
first and second pairs reddish yellow-brown. They are furnished
pretty thickly with fine hairs, many of those on the tibie being
erect.
The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, moderately long, the
radial and cubital joints short and of equal length; the digital
joint is rather small, oval, and yellow-brown, with a small notch or
cleft at the extremity ; the palpal organs are compact, and neither
very prominent nor complex.
The eyes of the fore central pair form a line at least as long
as the hind centrals, if not rather longer, and each is very near to,
but not contiguous with, the fore lateral eye on its side. The four
centrals thus form, as nearly as possible, a square.
The falces project considerably forwards, and, with the maxille,
labium, and sternum, are similar in colour to the cephalothorax.
The abdomen has its upperside prolonged into a long tapering
eminence directed a little backwards in a sloping form, the apex
being bifid in a somewhat fish-tail form. It is of a dull whitish
yellow-brown colour, indistinctly marked on each side at its anterior
extremity with a rusty-red-brown hue, and with a suffusion of the
same colour on the upperside towards and round the apex; some
traces of a similar hue are also visible on the hinder part ; and there
is a central longitudinal line of the same on the underside.
It is very possible that a series of examples would show some
variations in the colour and pattern of the abdomen.
1880. | OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 335
A single adult male of this Spider in excellent condition was
contained in Mr. H. Rogers’s Parana collection. This is perhaps one
of the most distinct and singularly formed species, with respect to the
caput, yet known. r
ARGYRODES SEXTUBERCULATA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 13.)
Adult male, length to the apex of the abdomen rather over 2 lines.
Adult female slightly larger.
The cephalothorax is of a deep yellowish-brown colour; the legs
and palpi reddish yellow-brown. The fore part of the caput is
divided by a narrow fissure into two lobes of equal prominence, the
inferior one being the strongest, rounded, consisting, in fact, of
the whole of the lower part of the caput. This part bears some
resemblance to the corresponding portion of A. obtusa, Cambr., but
is less prominent, the upper lobe, however, being much more
prominent.
The eyes are in the ordinary position ; those of the hind central
pair are divided by an interval but little if any thing larger than
that which separates those of the fore central pair.
The /egs are long and slender, 1, 2, 4, 3; those of the third and
fourth pairs are paler than the others, and marked, or somewhat
irregularly annulated, with reddish brown.
The palpi are short, the radial joint stronger and a little longer
than the cubital ; the digital joint is large but narrower, and not so
large in proportion as that of A. obtusa; while the palpal organs are,
though differing a little, very similar to those of that species.
The falces are long, strong, prominent near their base in front,
and similar in colour to the cephalothorax.
The abdomen has its hinder extremity considerably prolonged
in a somewhat oblong, very slightly tapering form; on each side
towards the extremity is an angular prominence, whence it tapers
more rapidly, ending in a somewhat truncated form, and with
four small angular tubercles or prominences in the form of a square,
two above and two beneath. The colour of the abdomen is a dark
yellowish brown, more or less thickly covered with pale spots, a sort
of longitudinal zone along each side from the lateral prominence to
the fore extremity being of a silvery hue, the hinder part of the
prominence being blackish-brown. A narrow central longitudinal,
tapering, obscure darkish-brown stripe runs from the anterior margin
of the upperside, ending in a fine point level with the lateral
prominences.
The abdomen of the female is more completely covered with
silvery spots than that of the male; it is shorter also, though
preserving in a still more marked degree a similar form.
This species is allied both to A. obtusa and A. amplifrons (posted,
p. 339); but the greater size and different form of the caput, palpi,
falces, and abdomen, will serve to distinguish it readily.
Examples, in a very dilapidated state, were found among débris of
web &c. in Prof. Traill’s Amazons collection.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXII. 22
336 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20,
ARGYRODES ULULANS, sp. 0. (Plate XXX. fig. 14.)
Adult male, length from the fore extremity of the caput to the
spinners 1+ line, and to the apex of the abdomen 23 lines; the
corresponding measurements of the adult female are 2 and 4 lines.
The. cephalothorax, legs, palpi, and falces are of a deep yellowish-
brown colour. The legs are rather the palest, they are long and
slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, and furnished with fine hairs. The fore part of
the caput is divided into two lobes, like many others of the genus ;
but the form of the lobes is very distinct from that of any other
species, and very characteristic. The inferior lobe is very strong,
obtuse, and, looked at in profile, projects a little beyond the upper
one, which is much smaller and transversely impressed just in
front of the fore central pair of eyes. These lobes are, like the
corresponding ones in other species, clothed with hairs, which are
directed over the intervening cleft.
The abdomen is greatly produced backwards, tapering to a
blunt conical point; its length from the spinners to the apex is
nearly or quite double that from the spinners to the cephalothorax.
It is of a dull sooty-black hue, deepening to the apex; the upper
part is bordered on each side by a broad longitudinal silvery band,
which does not, however, nearly reach the apex; and close behind
the spinners, underneath, are two silvery spots in a transverse
line.
The palpi are moderately long; the radial and cubital joints are
rather short, and of very nearly equal length; the digital joint is
large, oval, and devoid of the strong process near the extremity
characteristic of that of Argyrodes epeire, Sim., aud several others.
The palpal organs are compact and moderately complex, but do not
present any very conspicuously prominent processes.
The female is larger, and its abdomen stouter; but in colours and
markings the sexes are remarkably alike.
Examples of this species were contained in Prof. Traill’s Amazons
collection.
ARGYRODES MINAX, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. figs. 15, ¢, d, e, lia,
15 4.)
Adult male, length to the spinners 1+ line, and to the apex of the
abdomen 2 lines.
In the form of the caput this Spider is very like the next species
(Argyrodes affinis, Cambr.). In both Spiders the clypeus is
prominent, and divided by a distinct transverse cleft, almost
amounting to a simple perforation, so nearly do the adjacent margins
of the two segments meet. The present Spider, however, may be
distinguished at once by the greater and more gradual rise of the
caput from the thoracic region, and by the cleft above mentioned
dividing the clypeus into two equal parts, whereas in A. affnis it is
placed close beneath the fore central eyes (Plate XXX. fig. 16 4).
A comparison of the figures given of the two Spiders will render
this apparent at a glance.
1880. | OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 337
The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, falees, and other anterior parts are
yellow-brown, the legs and palpi being rather the lightest in colour.
The eyes of the hind central pair are further trom each other
than each is from the hind lateral eye on its side; those of the
anterior row are as nearly as possible equidistant from each other,
The /egs are long and slender, those of the first pair (judging by
the femora, which are all that remained of them) of great length.
Their armature consists, as usual, of fine hairs only.
The palpi are moderately long ; the digital joints are rather large,
oval, and dark yellowish brown; the palpal organs are moderately
complex, but compact; the cubital joint is curved and clavate, and
longer than the radial.
The abdomen is long, narrow, and slightly tapering to the apex,
which is bluff and rounded ; and on each side a little before the apex
is a small obtusely angular prominence. The general colour of the
abdomen is yellowish brown, marked above and on the sides with
silvery spots and suffusions; along the middle of the upperside is a
long tapering deep-blackish-brown marking, whose posterior ex-
tremity, narrowed to a line, reaches very nearly to the apex. The
most conspicuous of the silvery markings on the sides form two
somewhat irregular oblique lines, the hinder-one of which ends in a
single spot a little way above and behind the spinners. The area
from the spinners to the apex is dark brown ; anda little way below
the apex are two silvery spots in a transyerse line. In the form of
the abdomen there is, as will be observed, a striking difference
between this species and A. affinis.
A single example of the adult male of this very distinct Spider
was contained in a small collection of Spiders from the north-east of
Madagascar, kindly given me by Mr. R. H. Meade.
Argyrodes minax is also nearly allied to A. ululans, Cambr. (an
Amazons species) ; but in this latter the transverse cleft of the caput
is much deeper, and the form of the segments into which the
clypeus is divided is different; the form also of the abdomen is
quite dissimilar.
ARGYRODES AFFINIS, sp.n, (Plate XXX. figs. 16, 164, 16¢,
16).
Adult male, length to the apex of the abdomen 2+ lines, and to the
spinners 1.
This species is allied to Argyrodes obtusa and A. amplifrons, from
both of which it may easily be distinguished by the greater eleva-
tion of the hinder part of the ocular area, as well as by the much
wider separation of the hind central pair of eyes, and greater width
of the upperside of the caput, the prominence of the lower lobe of
which is not so bold nor so extended. The abdomen is also of a
different form, and its pattern different. The figures detailing these
characters will show at once the differences here noted.
The cephalothoraz is of a yellow-brown colour; the hinder part
of the ocular area is a little raised, giving in profile a slightly angular
form to the occiput.
gok
338 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20,
The legs are of normal character, long and slender, 1, 2, 4, 3,
and furnished only with fine hairs.
The transverse cleft dividing the two lobes of the caput is placed
as nearly as possible halfway between the hind central eyes and
the prominent extremity of the lower lobe.
The palpi are short, and similar in colour to the legs; the
cubital joint is curved, clavate, and perceptibly longer than the
radial, which, like that of other species, is broad in front. The
digital joint is of moderate size, oval, dark yellow-brown in colour.
The palpal organs are simple, compact, and very like those of
several other species.
The abdomen has its posterior portion drawn out into a long
tapering form; there is a small angular prominence on each side, a
little more than halfway to the apex, which last is obtusely pointed
and depressed, or a little bent downwards. This downward bend
is probably a characteristic of the species, though very possibly not
equally strongly marked in all individuals; it is very perceptible in
all the examples I have examined (two adult and one young male,
and one adult female). The colour of the abdomen is yellow-brown,
mostly covered with brilliant and closely united silvery spots, leaving
(in the male) an elongate, central tapering stripe on the upperside.
The lower part of the sides, as well as the underside, are nearly
free from silvery spots; two, however, are tolerably conspicuous in
a transverse line on the hinder part, a little way above the
spinners.
In the female the abdomen is shorter, the angular prominence
on each side stronger, and it is more completely covered with silvery
spots; the disposition, however, of those on the upperside leaves a
rather distinct pattern (represented in fig. 16,d) ; probably there
would be various differences in this in different examples. The
only female that has come under my notice was considerably smaller
than the male.
Four examples were contained in a collection of Spiders made
for me on the Parana, Brazil, by Mr. H. Rogers, some years ago.
ARGYRODES OBTUSA, Sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 17.)
Adult male, length to the apex of the abdomen 1} line, to the
spinners rather less than 1 line.
In this very pretty and curious little Spider, the upper part of
the caput is not elevated or drawn out beyond the normal extent,
but the whole of the lower part is produced into a very large, obtuse,
rounded lobe or prominence divided by a short but distinct cleft or
perforation from the upper part of the caput; when looked at from
in front, the middle of the upper part of this prominence is slightly
notched or cleft.
The colour of the cephalothoraz is pale yellow-brown, that of the
legs and palpi being of a rather paler hue.
The /egs in the examples examined were much damaged; but
they appeared to be very like those of other species of this genus,
long, 1, 2, 4, 3, slender, and clothed only with very fine hairs,
1880. ] OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 339
The palpi are rather short, the cubital and radial joints particu-
larly so; the digital joint is large, and in form very like that of
A, ululans, being devoid of the prominence so very strongly marked
in A. epeire and others. The palpal organs are sinple in structure,
but prominent and well developed, with a short, closely fitting,
curved black spine near their anterior extremity.
The eyes are in the ordinary position ; those of the hind central
pair are separated by a wider interval than those of the fore central
pair.
The falces are neither very long nor strong ; and their direction is
a little forwards.
The abdomen has its upper part produced backwards into a long,
somewhat tapering form, its extremity being slightly and im-
perfectly trifid, 2. e. a blunt angular point on each side below, anda
third, rather longer, above and directed rather downwards ; its ground-
colour is of a dull brownish hue (though, the examples being in bad
condition, this may be different in life), marked with a pattern of
brilliant silvery spots as represented in fig. 17 ; the hinder part of
this pattern meets over the upperside; there is also a single con-
spicuous silvery spot almost underneath on each side near the hinder
extremity, and another in the middle of the underside a little way
in front of the spinners.
One tolerably perfect example, and some fragments of others, were
found among débris of the web of some large Epeirid, in Prof.
Traill’s Amazons collection.
ARGYRODES AMPLIFRONS, sp. 0. (Plate XXX. figs. 17 a’, d', e’,
£7 Buel, :d!,; e',. F', Gah)
Adult male, length to the spinners scarcely 1 line, and to the apex
of the abdomen 14; in the adult female these measurements are,
respectively, + of a line and rather more than 13 line.
This Spider is very nearly allied to Argyrodes obtusa, but may be
distinguished by several well-marked differences. The prominence
of the lower part of the caput (or inferior lobe) is much larger, still
more obtuse ; and its upper part, when looked at from in front, is
more considerably cleft or bifid; the space also between the cleft or
perforation which divides the lobe and the fore central eyes is more
prominent. The abdomen is more elongated, and more distinctly
trifid at its apex; and the silvery markings are merely two small
patches of spots on each side, a small spot on each side rather under-
neath near the apex, another in the middle of the underside a little
way in front of the spinners, and two more in a transverse line behind
them.
The palpi are very like those of A. obtusa; and the general
colouring and appearance of the whole Spider is also very similar.
The female has the anterior part of the abdomen much more
tumid, more perpendicular in its direction, and its apex more con-
spicuously trifid; its whole surface is silvery, excepting a longi-
tudinal, not very distinctly defined, central longitudinal band on the
upperside extending quite to the apex, and a pointed stripe on the
340 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS (Apr. 20,
hinder part of each side, leaving a broad silvery band from the apex
to the spinners.
Examples, for the most part much damaged, were found in Prof.
Traill’s Amazons collection in company with those of A. obtusa.
ARGYRODES INFELIX, sp.0. (Plate XXX. fig. 18.)
Adult female, length to the spinners 14 line, and to the apex
of the abdomen very nearly 2 lines.
The cephalothorax is of a very flattened convex form above ; the
ocular area is a little elevated, and the clypeus (which in height is
no more than half that of the facial space) is rather prominent; the
profile line of both the caput and thorax is very level, and forms
but a very slight curve; the ordinary lateral converging indentations
are obsolete, and the thoracic indentation is but very slightly marked.
The surface of the whole is roughened or granulose, covered with
small impressed points, and clothed with pale coarse hairs ; its colour
is yellow-brown.
The eyes are in the ordinary position; the four centrals form a
square, those of the hind central pair are slightly closer to each
other than each is to the hind lateral eye on its side, while the in-
tervals between those of the anterior row appeared to be equal to
each other.
The falces, mavilla, labium, and sternum are of normal form, and
similar to the cephalothorax in colour.
The Jegs are moderately long, slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, rather paler in
hue than the cephalothorax, and clothed with rather long coarse
hairs.
The palpi are short and slender ; they resemble the legs in colour,
are similar in their armature, and terminate with a curved claw.
The abdomen has its posterior extremity produced in a tapering
form to an obtusely conical apex. It is of a dull luteous yellow-
brown hue, with some faint traces of red-brown markings on the upper-
side, and thinly clothed with coarse hairs ; the plates of the spiracles
are reddish yellow-brown ; aud the genital aperture is small, incon-
spicuous, and has no process connected with it.
A single example of this species was contained in Prof. Traill’s
Amazons collection. Although it presents some rather abnormal
characters, I consider it to belong to ‘the: genus <Argyrodes.
Probably the abdomen, in the only example before me, had lost its
real colour ; and its markings had perhaps become obliterated ; still
the peculiar characters furnished by the form and surface of the
cephalothorax will hardly fail to enable the species to be easily
determined.
ARGYRODES FELIX, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 19.)
Adult female, length to the extremity of the abdomen 2} lines,
and to the spinners 1}.
The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, and falces of this pretty Spider are
yellow-brown. ‘The legs are moderately long, 1, 2, 4, 3, and fur-
nished with fine hairs only.
1880. | OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 341
The abdomen is large, and of a somewhat imperfectly globular form ;
on each side, towards the hinder extremity of the upper part, is a
small subconical eminence ; and the hinder extremity itself ends with
three larger, subconical, nipple-like protuberances, two in a transverse
line below and one in the middle above; the under ones are the
longest, and a little divergent from each other. The colour of the
abdomen is dark blackish brown, with a broad longitudinal band along
the upperside, pointed in front and of a pale yellow-brownish hue ;
this band includes the posterior prominences, and emits a prominent
stripe of a similar colour on each side a little in front of the middle,
and also has along its centre two black patches, of a somewhat
diamond-shape; the anterior patch fits pretty closely into the fore
extremity of the band, and is sometimes lost in connexion with the
surrounding ground-colour. On each side of the abdomen near its
hinder extremity, and beginning at the subconical eminence above
noted, another pale yellowish-brown stripe runs downwards and a
little obliquely backwards towards the spinners, above which, and in
a line with the oblique stripe, is a circular spot or patch of a similar
colour. The hinder part of the abdomen is sometimes marked with
a similarly coloured band running downwards towards the spinners.
Also on each side of the fore extremity of the abdomen, a little above
the junction with the cephalothorax, is another, short, rather oblique
band or patch of pale yellowish brown, its hinder extremity ending
in a largish circular spot. All these pale markings are ornamented
with brilliant silvery blotches and spots, two others of which are
also conspicuous in a transverse line on the underside a little way in
front of the spinners. ”
Three female examples of this very distinct species were containeil
in a collection of Spiders made for me in Brazil (Parana) by Mr.
Henry Rogers.
ARGYRODES NIGRA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 20.)
Adult male, length 14 line; female 12.
The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, falces, maxille, labium, and sternum
of this species are deep black-brown, excepting the two basal joints
and a small portion of the posterior extremity of the femora of the
legs, which are pale whitish yellow—the abdomen being quite black,
without markings of any kind.
The middle of the ocular area is prominent ; but the lower part of
the fore extremity of the caput is devoid of any prominence or pro-~
tuberance. The eyes of the fore central pair are larger and wider
apart than those of the hind central pair; in other respects the eyes
do not appear to differ from those of the typical species of Argyrodes.
The relative length of the legs is 1, 4, 2, 3, thus differmg from
that of other Argyrodes; the maxille also are rather less strong,
more pointed at their extremity, and inclined perceptibly towards
the labium ; the legs are furnished with longish pale hairs, both erect
and semi-erect.
The palpi are slender and moderately long; the radial and
cubital joints are very short; the digital joint is very large ; and the
342 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS (Apr. 20,
palpal organs, which are rather simple in structure, are surrounded
on their outer side by a long, strong, corneous, spine-like process,
which originates at their centre, and whose obtuse extremity projects
beyond the extremity of the digital joint.
The abdomen, looked at from above and behind, is elongated
narrow oviform, more or less pointed at its posterior extremity ; seen
in profile, the normal hinder part is produced into a long, slightly
curved, tapering prolongation, the spinners being generally nearer
to the fore extremity of the abdomen than to the point of elon-
gation.
The female resembles the male in colours, excepting the legs,
which are of a uniform pale whitish yellow, the palpi being black-
brown ; the abdomen also is shorter, but very broad at its fore ex-
tremity.
It is with some hesitation that I have described this Spider as an
Argyrodes. Numerous examples of both sexes were included in Mr.
Thwaites’s Ceylon collection.
List of Species above noted and described, with references to locality,
page, plate, and figures.
Argyrodes flavescens, sp. n., p. 821, Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1. Ceylon.
concinna, sp. n., p. 822, Pl. XXVIITI. fig. 2. Amazons.
epeire, Sim., p. 323, Pl. XXVIII. fig. 3a. 8. Europe and Madagascar,
Asia and Africa.
— samoensis, sp. n., p. 323, Pl. XXVIII. fig. 3. Samoa Islands.
— nephile, Tacz., p. 324, Pl. XXVIII. figs. 4, 4a, 4b, ¢e, 4¢, 4d, ff.
Amazons.
argentata, sp. n., p. 825, Pl. XXVIII. fig. 5. Amazons, Ceylon, Mada-
gascar, and Hast Indies.
rostrata, Bl., p. 825, Pl. XXVIII. figs. 4a’, 40’. Seychelle Islands.
jucunda, sp. n., p. 626, Pl. XXVIII. fig. 6. Parana, 8. America.
antipodiana, sp. n., p. 327. Australia and New Zealand.
lugens, sp. N., p. 827, Pl. XXVIII. figs. 2c’, b', c'. Amazons.
abscissa, sp. 0., p. 028, Pl. XXIX. fig. 7. Madagascar.
jissifrons, Cambr., sp. u., p. 329, Pl, XXIX, fig.8a’. Ceylon, Am-
boina.
procrastinans, sp. 0., p. 880, Pl, XXTX, fig. 9. Bombay.
inguinalis, Thor., p. 880, Pl. XXIX. fig. 9a’. Amboina.
amboinensis, Thor., p. 831, Pl. XXIX. fig. 8. Amboina.
scintillulana, sp. n., p. 332, Pl. XXIX. fig. 10. Ceylon.
nasutd, sp.0., p. 330, Pl. XXIX. fig. 11. Ceylon. ;
bicornis, sp. n., p. 334, Pl. XXIX, fig. 12. Parana, 8. America.
sextuberculata, sp. n., p. 335, Pl. XXX. fig. 18. Amazons.
ululans, sp. 0., p. 836, Pl. XXX. fig. 14, Amazons.
Minax, Sp. D., p. 836, Pl. XXIX. figs, 15, 15a, 156. Madagascar.
afinis, sp. u., p. 337, Pl. XXX. figs. 16, a, d, 7, h, f, g, 16 6,16 ¢, 16.
Parana.
obtusa, sp. n., p. 338, Pl, XXX. fig. 17. Amazons.
amplifrons, sp. n., p. 339, Pl, XXX. figs. 17 a', d',e', 17b', c', d',e', f,
g,h. Amazons,
infelix, sp. n., p. 840, Pl. XXX. fig. 18. Amazons.
felix, sp.n., p. 340, Pl. XXX. fig. 19. Parana.
nigra, sp. n., p. 841, Pl. XXX, fig. 20, Ceylon.
|
Bee rrepel vaceesl [ele a
1880. ] | OF THE GENUS ARGYRODEs. 343
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pratr XXVIII.
Fig. 1. Argyrodes Alavescens, sp. n.
@, 3 in profile; 4, 9 in profile; c, abdomen (2) on upperside ;
d, vight palpus on outer side; ¢, length of Q ; f length of é.
2. Argyrodes concinna, sp. n., Spider in profile. .
@, length to spinners; 4, length to apex of abdomen.
2a’. Argyrodes lugens, sp. n., Spider in profile.
Y, abdomen on upperside ; c’, Spider, natural size.
3. Argyrodes Samoensis, sp. n., Spider in profile.
a, natural length,
Ba. Argyrodes epeire, Sim., portion of Spider in profile,
6, natural length of Spider.
4. Argyrodes nephile, Tacz., Spider in profile (¢).
4a, abdomen (2) in profile; 42, abdomen (d) on upperside : e,
genital process of 9 ; 4 ¢, abdomen (2) on upperside ; 4d, 3 Spider
from above, with legs and palpi cut off; f, natural length of Spider
4a. Argyrodes rostrata, Bl., caput in profile.
44, Spider in profile.
5. Argyrodes argentata, sp. n., Spider (¢) in profile.
a, abdomen (34) on upperside; 6, abdomen (2) in profile ; c,
natural length of Spider (3).
6. Argyrodes Jucunda, sp. n,
a, Spider in profile; 2, abdomen on upperside ; ¢, caput in profile ;
d, Spider in profile, natural size.
Prats XXIX,
Fig. 7. Argyrodes abscissa, sp. n., Spider in profile.
4, cephalothorax in profile, more enlarged ; d, caput from in front ;
ec, abdomen on upperside ; d, length of Spider to the spinners ; ¢,
length of Spider to the apex of abdomen.
8. Argyrodes amboinensis, Thor,
@ Spider ( 3) in profile ; 6, caput in profile, more enlarged ; 8c, ab-
domen (2) in profile ; d, length of ¢ to spinners ; ¢, length of 3 to
apex of abdomen; f length of © to spinners 3; J, length of 2 to apex
of abdomen.
8a. Arygrodes Jissifrons, Camb., cephalothorax of Spider (3) in profile,
9. Argyrodes procrastinans, sp. n., Spider in profile.
a, abdomen on upperside ; 4, length to spinners ; ¢, length to extre-
9a'. Argyrodes inguinalis, Thor., abdomen on upperside.
10. Argyrodes seintillulana, sp. n.
4, Spider in profile ; 6, length of ¢; ¢, length of 2 to extremity
of abdomen, and to spinners.
a, profile of cephalothorax ; 3, abdomen, upperside ; é, length of
Spider to spinners ; d, length of Spider to apex of abdomen.
Prato XXX,
Fig. 16. Argyrodes affinis, sp.n., Spider (o) in profile.
#, caput (¢) from in front ; d, abdomen (Q), upperside 3 J, length
344 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [Apr. 20,
of © to spinners; /, length of 2 to extremity of abdomen; f, length
of ¢ to extremity of abdomen; g, length of ¢ to spinners; 16 4, pro-
file of cephalothorax ; 16c,abdomen of ¢ on upperside; 16¢, abdomen
of 2 in profile.
Fig. 17. Argyrodes obtusa, sp. n., Spider in profile.
b, profile of cephalothorax; ¢, caput from in front; 7, length of
Spider to extremity of abdomen; 4, length of Spider to spinners.
17 a’. Argyrodes amplifrons, sp. n., Spider in profile.
d’, length of Spider to spinners; ¢’, length of Spider to extremity of
abdomen; 17 0', profile of cephalothorax; c', caput from in front; d',
profile of spider (2); e', extremity of abdomen ( ¢); f"', extremity of
abdomen ($), from below; g, length of 2 to spinners; /, length of
© to extremity of abdomen.
13. Argyrodes sextuberculata, sp. u., Spider in profile.
a, profile of cephalothorax ; 2, abdomen from above; ¢, length of
Spider to extremity of abdomen.
14. Argyrodes ululans, sp. n., Spider in profile. ,
a, profile of caput; &, caput from in front; c, length of Spider ( ¢)
to spinners ; 7, length of Spider ( ¢) to extremity of abdomen ; ¢, length
of 2 to extremity of abdomen ; f, length of 9 to spinners.
18. Argyrodes infelix, sp. u., Spider in profile.
a, abdomen on upperside; 4, length of Spider to spinners ; ¢, length
of Spider to extremity of abdomen.
19. Argyrodes felix, sp. un.
a, Spider in profile; 4, length of Spider to spinners; ¢, length of
Spider to extremity of abdomen.
20. Argyrodes nigra, sp. n.
a, Spider in profile; 4, Spider in profile, from upperside; e, length
tospinners ; d, length to extremity of abdomen.
4. On the Shells of Lake Tanganyika and of the Neighbour-
hood of Ujiji, Central Africa. By Enear A. Suirn.
[Received April 6, 1880.]
(Plate XXX1.)
In the year 1877 I had the pleasure of communicating to the
Society a paper on the shells found in Lake Nyassa. It is now my
privilege to lay before it an account of the known mollusks inhabiting
another of the large African lakes, namely Tanganyika.
Mr. Edward Coode Hore, of the London Missionary Society’s
Tanganyika Mission, stationed at Ujiji, sent a collection of shells to
his brother, Mr. John Coode Hore ; and the latter has liberally pre-
sented them to the British Museum in his brother’s name.
The only shells hitherto recorded from this particular region were
collected by Captain Speke some twenty years ago, and described in
these ‘ Proceedings’ (1859) by Mr. S. Woodward; they were four
in number, viz. Pleiodon spekei, Lithoglyphus zonatus, Melania
nassa, and Unio burtoni. ‘The last of these is the cnly form not
included in Mr. Hore’s collection.
The latter comprises twenty-one species, nine of which are new
and interesting forms. Of these I would particularly call attention to
Tiphobia horet and Neothauma tanganyicensis, both of which are new
P. ZS. 1880. PLXXVII.
‘Mantern Bros imap,
PAS. 1680 “Pl KxIX
iders of the genus Argyrodes.
Cc! rw
‘nh a
yep
POL. 8. 18800 Pl HEX,
meaner’ of the Sie soa rhat ; Pee Pr
Ape On aa ae eae . de net’ S\ Bee wee.
1880.] FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 345
generic forms and unlike any other, either recent or fossil. The former
with its spine-bearing whorls calls to mind certain marine rather than
lacustrine genera; and the latter, although very vivipariform, yet
differs from all the species of that family in possessing a sinuated
outer lip and an effuse base to the aperture. Of the terrestrial shells
one, Limicolaria nilotica, has previously been recorded from more
uorthern Nilotic regions; and the same observation applies to five
species from the lake, viz. Ampullaria ovata, Planorhis sudanicus,
Mutela exotica, Unio niloticus, and Attheria elliptica.
1. AcHATINA (LIMICOLARIA) NILOTICA, Pfeiffer.
Bulimus niloticus, Pfr. P.Z.S. 1861, p. 24; Mal. Blat. 1861,
p- 14; Mon. Hel. vi. p. 86; Mon. Hel. viii. p. 268 (Limico-
laria nilotica).
Achatina (Limicolaria) nilotica, Pfr.; Martens, Mal. Blit. 1865,
p. 196, 1870, p. 32 (as Achatina nilotica); Novitates Conch. iv.
pl. 110. f. 1-3.
This species appears to be common in the Upper-Nile region. It
was first collected in the White-Nile district, and subsequently by
Dr. Schweinfurth near the Gazelle River.
A narrowly ovate specimen is 111 millims. in length and only 50
in diameter, and the aperture occupies only a little more than half
the length, whilst in a specimen from the White-Nile district it
equals ;% of the total length.
2. AcHaTINA (LIMICOLARIA) MARTENSIANA, sp. nov. (Plate
XXXI. figs. 1, 1a).
Shell rimate, rather solid, oblong, turreted, reddish towards the
apex, elsewhere dark purple-red or almost black, variegated with
oblique, more or less zigzag, opaque creamed-coloured stripes, some of
which extend from suture to suture, others only a short distance from
the top of the whorls. The latter are 73 in number, scarcely convex
or almost flat, and very feebly constricted beneath the suture. The
upper ones are finely granosely decussated, the last and the penul-
timate being smooth and merely marked with the oblique incremen-
tal striz. All exhibit a fine plication or puckering beneath the
suture, beneath which an impressed line is sometimes observable
upon the last and preceding volutions. Aperture bluish within,
displaying more or less of the external striping, vertical, equalling
about two fifths of the shell’s length. Columella suberect, bluish
and dark violet, scarcely forming any angulation at the base with the
lower margin of the peritreme. Length 36 millims., diam. 17;
aperture 143 long, 8 wide.
This handsome shell approximates very closely to 4. heuglini of
Martens in form, but has certain differences in colour and sculpture,
which, however, may prove to be only varietal. A. heuglini, from
South Abyssinia andthe Gazelle River, is said to be regularly striated,
and of a horny lutescent colour flamed with red. A. martensiana,
on the contrary, is finely granosely decussated upon the spire, and the
coloration is very rich and striking. ‘The dark purplish red, which
346 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [Apr. 20,
in some specimens is almost black, predominates ; and the opaque,
obliquely somewhat zigzag stripes upon the back of the body-whorl
in several shells are abruptly terminated in an oblique line which
marks a period of growth. Between the larger creamy stripes which
reach from suture to suture in the upper whorls, and extend over
the whole extent of the last, there are minor streaks and spots flow-
ing only a short distance beneath the suture.
I feel much pleasure in naming this species (perhaps only a
variety, but a very interesting one) after Professor Martens, of the
Berlin Museum, who, amongst his innumerable and valuable con-
chological papers, has written several upon the fauna of the Nilotic
region.
3. AcwartnA (LIMICOLARIA) RECTISTRIGATA. (Plate XXXI.
fig. 2.)
Shell oblong, cylindrically conical, narrowly perforate, whitish or
of a pale rosy tint, varied with oblique brown stripes, which at times
become broader or biotchy at the lower part of the whorls. The
latter are 8 in number, rather convex and slowly enlarging, obliquely
striated by the lines of growth, divided by a simple subhorizontal
suture. Last volution oblong, a little attenuated at the lower part.
Aperture inversely subauriform, whitish or pale rose within, equalling
rather more than one third of the entire length of the shell. Peri-
_ stome (viewed laterally) oblique, a little tortuous, thin at the edge,
and inconspicuosly thickened within. Columella spirally contorted,
bluish, and reflexed over the perforation at the upper part, brownish
inferiorly, and gradually curving into the basal margin of the aperture.
Paries coated with a thin callosity. Length 44 millims., diam. 17 ;
aperture 16 long, 8 wide.
The peculiarity of this species consists in the ornamentation taking
the form of defined stripes, and not exhibiting a wavy or zigzag
tendency so common to most of the species of this group of Achatina.
L. cailliaudi, Pfeiffer, and ZL. sennaariensis, Shutleworth, are allied
forms.
4, Butimus (BuLiminus) prycHaxis. (Plate XXXI. fig. 3.)
Shell elongate, turreted, perforate, thin, dirty white, covered with |
a very thin, pale, sordid olive epidermis. Spire elongate-conical,
with a rather obtuse apex. Whorls 9, somewhat convex, divided by
a deepish suture, bearing fine, regular, oblique and slightly flexuous
costulse, which, upon the last whorl, become less pronounced from
the middle downwards. Aperture vertical, occupying about one third
of the length of the shell. Columella erect, reflexed over the um-
bilicus, bearing a fine oblique plait a little below the middle ; outer
lip thin and feebly expanded. Length 27 millims., diam. 103;
aperture 9 long, 5 broad.
B. kirkiof Dohrn, from Mozambique, is sculptured very similarly to
this species. It is, however, much shorter, and does not possess a
columeilar fold. The latter is even more distinct in the young shell
than in the adult; and the last whorl in the former exhibits a faint
1880. | FROM CENTRAL AFRICA, 347
angulation at the middle, beneath which the costulate sculpture
becomes almost obsolete and the surface comparatively smooth and
shining. In the mature shell this angulation disappears, and the
strength of the sculpture decreases insensibly.
5. ENNEA LATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI. figs. 4, 4a.)
Shell ovately pupiform, rimate, transparent white, thinnish,
obliquely striated and finely serrated beneath the suture. Whorls 7,
rather convex, penultimate nearly as broad as the last; this is
attenuated somewhat at the base, ascends anteriorly, is faintly
flattened in front above the aperture, where it is rather smoother
than elsewhere. Spire obtuse, scarcely at all conoid at the apex.
Aperture nearly vertical, occupying about three sevenths of the entire
length, without teeth. Peristome a little thickened and everywhere
narrowly reflexed. Columella dilated, united to the outer lip by
a thin glossy callosity. Length 20 millims., diam. 11; aperture
9 long, 73 broad.
E. anodon of Pfeiffer somewhat resembles this species. It is,
however, smaller, more conical at the summit, and has a simple un-
serrated suture. From the serrations or denticles flow downwards
fine oblique but little raised costuls, which are scarcely observable
to the unassisted eye. The labrum, viewed laterally, is seen to be
obliquely but slightly curved; the columella too is also sloped or
receding.
6. ENNEA UJIJTENSIS, sp.nov. (Plate XXXI. fig. 5.)
Shell elongate, cylindrical, thin, obliquely rimate, pale horny
colour, obliquely costulate, the costule being not much elevated,
and prettily dentiform above at the suture. Whorls 10? Apex?
The six remaining volutions are slightly convex, slowly increasing, the
penultimate as broad or even a trifle broader than the last, which is
deeply transversely grooved behind by two parallel furrows which
do not extend quite to the lip. Aperture subvertical and subauriform,
furnished with folds: one upon the paries is elevated, thin, lamellar,
extending right within the mouth ; two others, equally large and re-
flexed at their top, are situated upon the outer lip, stretching far in-
wards, but not attaining to the margin; beneath these two and beneath
the lower one there are one or two minor ridges. The columella has
a subbasal oblique fold, and a smaller dentiform plait at the upper
part. The peristome is prominent and a little expanded, the dextral
margin being situated near the upper extremity and prominent in
the middle, the columellar edge rather reflexed. Probable length
19 millims., actual length of six whorls 17 millims., diam. 51;
aperture 5 long, 4 wide.
This species must be very closely related to E. papillifera, Jickeli,
from Abyssinia, which is only known to me by description. The
latter, however, is not half the length of L. wijiensis, appears to be
very finely striated and with five plicee within the aperture, whilst
the present species is distinctly costulated and has two or three
additional internal ridges,
348 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [Apr. 20,
7. AMPULLARIA ovATA, Olivier.
Ampullaria ovata, Olivier, Philippi in Kiister’s Con. Cab. pl. 14.
f. 5-6 ; Reeve, Con. Icon. f. 64.
A. kordofana, Parreyss, Philippi, /. ¢. pl. 13. f. 1.
The more globose form of this species (Aordofana) is the one re~
ceived from Mr. Hore at Tanganyika. The epidermis of all the
specimens is of a peculiarly dark olive tint.
8. MexaniA (MeLANeLLA) nassa, Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc.
1859, p. 349, pl. 47. f. 4; Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 216; Brot.
Conchyl. Cab. pl. 6. f. 7.
Among several specimens sent by Mr. Hore, one is especially
worth referring to. It is exceptionally elongated, and, although un-
doubtedly belonging to this species, at first sight looks distinct. Its
dimensions are—length 14 millims., diam. 63; aperture only 6
long, 33 wide.
Another specimen is 20 millims. long, 10 broad, and its aperture
has a length of 11 millims, and a width of 62.
TIPHOBIA*, nov. gen.
Shell subturbinate ; spire depressed; whorls flattened above,
angulated and spinose ; axis and aperture prolonged into a channelled
beak ; epidermis none. Operculum —— ?
The character of the prolonged axis is very similar to that ob-
taining in several species of the genus Jo. The great difference of
form and the absence of an epidermis are, I think, sufficient dis-
tinctions to warrant a generic separation, Not knowing the animal
or its operculum, it is impossible to say to what family it belongs ;
but it may temporarily be classed with the Melaniide.
9. TrpHoBIA HOREI, (Plate XXXI. figs. 6-64.)
Shell somewhat turbinate, with a short turreted spire, prolonged
inferiorly into a narrow rostrum, thinnish, semitransparent. Whorls
6, flattened above, rectangular, and keeled in the middle, with rather
long, tapering, hollow compressed spines arising from the keel and
directed slightly upward. Sculpture consisting of fine close spiral or
transverse lirulee crossed by obliquely flexuous lines of growth,
which, towards the aperture, are particularly strongly marked,
forming fine plications. Aperture irregularly pyriform, lined with a
bluish-white and glossy enamel, together with the basal beak occu-
pying about 12 of the entire length of the shell. Columella nearly
straight, only faintly arcuate in the middle, and a trifle bent to the
left beneath, covered with a smooth dirty-white callosity extending
over the whorl, and joining the lip at its upper extremity ; the
latter is shallowly sinuated above and below the angle, and arcu-
ately prominent about and beneath the middle. Rostrum a little
oblique and scarcely recurved, shallowly grooved. ‘The colour may
be described as dirty or greyish transparent white feebly tinted with
1 From rigos, a pond, and (dw, to live.
1880. ] FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 349
olive, the front of the body-whorls being more or less stained by a
reddish earthy deposit. The spines and the keel are also of a
browner tint than the rest of theshell. Length 45 millims., greatest
diameter 34; aperture 35 long, 16 broad.
This is perhaps the most remarkable species of freshwater Mollusca
yet discovered. Its strange form, the array of spines at the angles
of the volutions, the prolonged beak, the pretty sculpture, and the
lack of an epidermis give this shell a unique character among all
others. The number and proximity of the spines vary in different
specimens ; the largest shell has the unusual number of fourteen on
the last whorl, five of them being quite close together near the
aperture. One example differs from the rest in having a narrow
olivaceous line around the middle of the body-whorl.
NEOTHAUMA’, nov. gen.
Shell like that of the genus Vivipara, but having the aperture
effuse and slightly channelled at the base, and the outer lip rather
deeply yet widely sinuated in the middle. Animal and operculum
unknown.
The aperture in the genus Vivipara is, as a rule, more or less cir-
cular or ovate, and the continuous peritreme is generally almost
level or on one plane. In the present genus on the contrary, the
form of it is irregular and angular, and the labrum is deeply emar-
ginate, causing the level of the peristome to vary considerably.
10. NEOTHAUMA TANGANYICENSE. (Plate XXXI. figs. 7-7c.)
Shell ovate, acuminate, solid, scarcely rimate, white, clothed with
an olive-brown epidermis. Young shells exhibited two brown
bands upon the upper whorls and three on the last. Whorls 7,
roundly shouldered above, obliquely convexish at the sides, separated
by a very deep horizontal suture, sculptured with oblique flexuous
lines of growth and a few faintly impressed spiral strie. Last whorl
(with one exception) angular and keeled at the middle. Aperture
irregularly triangularly ovate, bluish white within, effuse at the
base. Columella thick, slightly arcuate, white; callus reflexed,
almost concealing the umbilical perforation, joining the upper ex-
tremity of the outer lip; the latter is thin, a little angular in the
middle at the termination of the keel around the whorl, and when
viewed laterally is seen to be deeply and widely sinuated. Length
53 millims., diam. 29 ; aperture 24 long, 19 broad. Another speci-
men, length 46 millims., diam. 29 ; aperture 23 long, 19 broad.
The largest specimen whose dimensions are given above is of ab-
normal growth, and exhibits scarcely any trace of the strong angle
and keel which is so characteristic of the species. The colour bands
are distinct in the young shell, but with age entirely disappear.
11. PLANORBIS suDANICUS, Martens, Mal. Blat. 1870, p. 35,
1874, p. 41; Novitates Conchyl. vol. iv. pl. 114. f. 6-9.
This species is very like the West-Indian P. guadelupensis, but
1 From véos, new, and ava, a wonder.
390 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [Apr. 20,
certainly flatter. The largest of the Tanganyikan specimens exceeds
the dimensions given by Martens, and consists of 53 whorls. Its
greatest diameter is 18 millims., smallest 15; and the aperture is
5 bread and 5 high. Smaller examples are precisely of the same size
as the original type. The colour of the freshest specimens is light
horny brown above, and paler on the undersurface.
12. LirHoGiyPHus zZONATUS, Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859,
p. 349, pl. 47. f. 3-3e.
In both the specimens sent by Mr. Hore the umbilical callosity
completely conceals the rimation. The lip and the edge of the basal
excavation are remarkably acute. The whorls are four and a half in
number, rapidly enlarging, and convex.
13. PLE1opDON spPEKEI, Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859,
p- 348, pl. 47. f. 2; Conchologia Leonica, vol. xvi. f. 2; Kiister’s
Con. Cab. (Iridina), pl. 70. f. 1.
Two odd valves only of this fine species are in the collection sent
by Mr. Hore. The larger is of greater length than the specimen
described by Woodward, being nearly 53 inches long and 23 broad ;
and the internal nacre is of the same salmon-colour. On the contrary,
the second valve is pearly white within, proportionally broader, less
sinuated at the basal margin, with the umbo more remote from the
anterior extremity, the muscular scars less deep, and the pallial line
further within the valve.
14. Mureta exotica, Lamarck.
Tridina exotica, Lamarck, An. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. vi. p. 571 ;
Reeve’s Conch. Icon. f. 2.
I. nilotica, Sowerby, Zool. Journ. vol. v. pl. 2; Conch. Icon. f. 4 ;
Kiister, Con. Cab. pl. 25. f. 3.
This is the first record of this species from so southern a locality.
Only a single valve, about three inches in length, was obtained.
15. SPATHA TANGANYICENSIS. (Plate XXXI. figs. 8, 8a.)
Shell transverse, irregularly elliptic, somewhat winged, very in-
equilateral, gaping considerably anteriorly, and slightly at the oppo-
site extremity, concentrically sulcate; hinge-line rectilinear; ante-
rior end regularly curved, commencing at right angles to the straight
dorsal margin, and gradually curving obliquely into the base or
lower margin; posterior end rather acuminately produced. The
acumination is sharply rounded, and formed by the upward sweep of
the ventral curve and the upper lateral slope, which is obliquely
subrectilinear, and joins the dorsal line at an angle of about 65
degrees. Epidermis brownish-olive, marked with very fine radiating
and close-set dark greenish-olive lines. Hinge with a single thin
lamellar tooth in each valve, extending from the umbo nearly as far
as and almost in a line with the dorsal margin. Anterior scar large,
irregular, indistinctly bipartite ; posterior one also large, transverse.
Beneath the hinge-line, a little posterior to the umbones, are two or
1880. ] FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 351
three smaller muscular scars, irregular in form and position. Nacre
beautifully iridescent, pinkish purple being the predominating hue.
In young specimens a bluer tint prevails. Width 90 millims.,
length 43, diam. 15.
The young shells take a very different form from the adult. They
have quite an upcurved rostrated posterior end, such as is met with
in certain species of Leda or Yoldia, e. g. L. patagonica, D’Orbigny,
and Y. limatula, Say ; but this form becomes modified as the crea-
ture enlarges its shell and the alation increases.
Spatha alata of Lea, from Lake Nyassa, is closely allied to the
present species, but differs in being more tumid, much more winged,
having the anterior end more obtusely curved, and in lacking the
elongate lamellar teeth, The presence of the latter might be re-
garded by some as a sufficient distinction to remove this species to
another genus. The tout ensemble, however, of the shell is so very
Spathoid that I prefer temporarily to locate it in that genus.
16. Unio nivoticus, Cailliaud, Voy. & Méroé, vol. ii. pl. 61.
f. 8, 9 ; Kiister, Conch. Cab. pl. 45. f, 5, narrow var. ; Reeve’s Con-
chol, Icon. f. 374.
U. parreyssit, Bush, Philippt’s Abbild, vol. iii, pl. 5. f. 6.
The specimens from Lake Tanganyika agree very well with this
species. ‘The form is subject to considerable variation, some spe-
cimens exhibiting a much more decided upper angulation at the
posterior end, and having the curve of the lower margin different. The
internal nacre also varies in colour, the general tone being whitish
faintly tinged with a rosy blush, Two odd valves, however, are of a
beautiful salmon tint,
17, UNIO TANGANYICENSIS. (Plate XXXI. figs. 9, 9a.)
Shell small, ovate, posteriorly acuminate, thickish, concentrically
striated, and more or less corrugated in the anterior or lunular
region, straw-colour, closely and finely rayed with bright green;
anterior end regularly curved, forming an obtuse angle with the
dorsal line ; ventral margin also much arcuated, feebly sinuated
posteriorly, where the valves are rather acuminate ; posterior dorsal
slope obliquely arcuate. Umbones slightly wrinkled at the apex
and pearly. Valves with a narrow defined lunule anteriorly, and a
shallow depression on the posterior side near the border. Hinge
composed of comparatively fine roughened or striated teeth. Mus-
cular scars irregularly rounded, anterior one deepest. Nacre generally
of a purplish liver-colour, sometimes whitish and indistinctly rayed
with pink, and rarely salmon-tinted, Length 17 millims., width 24,
diam. 11.
This is a very pretty little species, and remarkable on account of
the vivid radiating green lines. The corrugation on the anterior end
is somewhat granular in character. This wrinkling is only feebly
expressed at the very apex of the umbones, and also slightly pos-
terior to them,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXIII, 23
352 PROF. OWEN ON THE CHARACTERS [Apr. 20,
18. ASTHERIA ELLIPTICA, Lamarck, Annales du Mus. 1808,
vol. x. pl. 29 and pl. 31. f. 1; Blainville, Malacol. pl. 70 bis, f. 2;
Sowerby, Conch. Icon. f. 1 a, 6
A single old thick dead specimen forms part of the collection.
In addition to the preceding, the collection contains a species of
Perideris, but too immature for identification, a third species of
Ennea, and a Physa, both being in a very decayed state.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXT.
Fig. 1, 1a. Achatina (Limicolaria) martensiana, p. 345.
2. ) rectistrigata, p. 346.
3. Bulimus (Buliminus) ptychaxis, p. 346.
4. Ennea lata, p. 347.
4a. Ditto (young state), p. 347.
5. Ennea wijiensis, p. 347.
6, 6a, 6b. Tiphobia horei, p. 348.
7, 7a, 7b, 7. Neothauma tanganyicense, p. 849.
8, 8a. Spatha tanganyicensis, p. 350.
9, 9a, Unio tanganyicensis, p. 351.
5. On the External and Structural Characters of the Male
Spirula australis, Lam. By Prof. Owrn, C.B., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c.
[Received April 7, 1880. ]
(Plate XXXII.)
The subject of the present observations’ is rather larger than the
female specimen of Spirula australis, described and figured in the
‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ series 5, vol. iii. p. 1,
pl. i. fig. 1 (1879), and in the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological
Society,’ 1878, p. 964, pl. Ix. fig. 4.
The body-envelope, or mantle, has the same thickness and mus-
cular development: its terminal modifications for attachment are
closely repeated ; they are represented of the natural size in Plate
XXXII. fig. 3, in which are shown :—a, a, the terminal pallial lobes ;
4, the fleshy cushion; ¢,c, the rudimental or quasz fins ; d, the suc-
torial cavity ; e, its central pore; f the ventral portion, g the dorsal
portion, of shell—both which are naturally exposed, but are imme-
diately invested by the shell-membrane, capsule, or sheath*.
The surface of the mantle is smooth, without trace of the reticular
markings characteristic of that of Spirula reticulata*. The an-
terior border of the mantle sends forward the median dorsal process
(Plate XXXII. fig. 1, 4) and the pair of ventral sublateral processes
(ib. fig. 2, 7, 7) : the former is the longer and larger; and all terminate
obtusely. The funnel (fig. 4, 7) would project, when not retracted
as in the specimen (fig. 2) between the ventral processes. The in-
1 This specimen was purchased for the British Museum with other objects
of Natural History, said by the vendor to have been obtained during the voyage
of ‘La Bonite:’ the locality of the capture of the Spzru/a was not known to him.
2 Compare with the enlarged view, ‘ Annals,’ &c. ¢om. cit., pl. i. fig. 3.
3 « Zoology of the Voyage of H,M.S. ‘Samarang,’ 4to, 1848, pl. iv. figs. 3, 9, 11,
P.Z.S.1880. Pl. XXX.
| 2:
AH. Searle del. et lith
Mimtern Bros mmp
SHELLS FROM UJIJI AND LAKE TANGANYIKA.
1880. ] OF THE MALE OF SPIRULA AUSTRALIS. 353
fundibular characters of the female Spirula (‘ Annals,’ &c., p. 4)
are repeated in the male, as, for example, the long, narrow, articular
cavities (Plate XXXII. fig. 4, &) receiving the corresponding promi-
nences (26.7) on the juxtaposed inner surface of the mantle, and the
small terminal valvular aperture (m).
The chief sexual moditications affect, as usual, the brachial part
of the head.
The three pairs of the ordinary arms (Plate XXXII. figs. 1 and 5,
1, 2, 3) spring from little more than the dorsal half (fig. 5) of the
brachiophorous part of the head. The ventral portion (fig. 6) is
mainly occupied by the expanded bases (¢, ¢') of the tentacles (¢),
which form oblique cavities, or short sheaths, lodging the modified
ventral (4th) pair of arms (2d. 4, 4.)
The specimen here described presented at first view, from the
ventral aspect, a single clavate process (7d. fig. 2, 4) in the place, ap-
parently, of the fourth pair of arms—the process ascending for a
length of 10 millims. between the bases of the tentacles (¢), and its
own base being united by a pair of short webs to those of the arms
of the 3rd pair (2d. 3, 3).
From the dorsal aspect of the specimen (7d. fig. 1) the clavate
process, 4, presented a longitudinal cleft near one side, marking off
the portion 4’ (fig. 6).
Divaricating this portion, it was seen to be a distinct though
smaller clavate process (fig. 4, 4’), compactly adherent to, but not
organically connected with, the larger one, though springing in
close contiguity therewith, from the ventral brachiophorous portion
of the head (76. fig. 6, 4, 4’). It was now plain that these clavate
processes were the sexually modified homologues of the 4th pair of
ordinary arms in other Cephalopods. Each was subquadrate in
shape, the side of the longer process lodging the shorter one,
being hollowed to receive it. The end of the shorter process (4)
was truncate, as if a part had been broken off; that of the longer
process was rather enlarged, terminating obtusely, and supporting a
small accessory protuberance (fig. 6, 4, p).
Longitudinal and transverse sections displayed a solid fibrous tissue
in each: the fibrille of the smooth-muscular type were arranged
in a thin outer layer of transverse fibres, and, in a larger pro-
portion, of inner longitudinal fasciculi, offering in transverse section
the radiate arrangement shown in fig. 6a. No trace of acetabula
could be detected on any part of the superficies of these modified
brachia. Each, viewed from the ventral aspect, as in fig. 6, rose
out of the shallow cavity or short sheath formed by an expansion of
the base of each contiguous tentacle (¢, ¢). Of each of the tentacles
a basal portion only is preserved.
The dorsal division of the arm-bearing part of the head (7d. fig. 5)
lodged in its ventral concavity the beak with its surrounding lips,
m, more definitely so located than in the female (op. cit. pl. i. fig. 5),
but presenting a similar structure.
The arms, 1, 2, 3, were shorter, thicker, and more obtusely ter-
minated tharmin the female ; and only with a magnifying power (not
354 ON THE MALE OF SPIRULA AUSTRALIS. [Apr. 20,
at all needed with the female) were traces of acetabula visible (fig. 5, a):
these were merely sessile cupules, not manifesting the peduncular
attachment and special structure exhibited in the ‘ Annals,’ pl. i.
fig. 6, d, e. The longest, or least-curtailed, of the arms showed
a small prominence (fig. 5, a, a) on each side of the base of the hemi-
spheric termination (6).
The testis (fig. 4, 0) is a large oblong body, flattened on the
ventral (peripheral) side, and extending irregularly centrad into the
interspaces of the shell-whorls (fig. 6, 0). A long, slender, convolute
sperm-duct (vas deferens, fig. 4, p) conducts the spermatozoa to a
wider folded canal with glandular walls (25. ¢), which communicates
with a cecal prostate, opening into an elongate spermatophorous
pouch (7). From this a short duct leads to a fleshy hollow penis
(74. s) about 6 millims. in length.
The arms which are sexually modified for copulatory actions are
the same (viz. the fourth or ventral pair) which are the seat of such
adaptation in Sepia and Loligo’. But, instead of being “ hectoco-
tylized,” the “ brachia copulatores”’ have lost all trace of acetabular
organization in Spiru/a. The other ordinary arms (1, 2, 3) more-~
over have that characteristic part of tkeir structure reduced to the
rudimental condition in the copulatory arms of Sepia inermis®, and
in a portion of one of those of the male Sepia officinalis®.
The structures of the digestive, circulating, respiratory (Plate
XXXIL. fig. 4, 67), excretory (hepatic, renal, and melanine), nervous,
and muscular systems are identical, or in close accordanee with those
shown by the female subject of the anatomy of Spirula detailed in
the ‘Annals’ (loc. eit.). In fig. 6 of the present communica-
tion a view is given of the outward relations of the shell to its mus-
cular and fascial attachments. The disposition of the enveloping
portions or origins of the mass of “ retractores capitis infundibu-
lique”’? from the terminal chambers is shown at w, fig. 6; the thin
but firm, glistening, fascial investment (¢) of the shell is represented
as partially reflected therefrom.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII,
Spirula australis 3.
. Dorsal view.
. Ventral view.
. Terminal surface of the body.
. Visceral chamber laid open along the ventral side, showing the gills
and male organs 7” si/w, with the funnel.
5, An inner view of the three pairs, 1, 2, 3, of arms and of the mouth, mm,
5’. The same surface of the terminal portion of the arm, 1, showing the
acetabul: r modification, magnified.
6. A dissection showing the shell, with its muscular and fascial invest-
ments, and the “ brachia copulatoria,” 4, 4'.
6a. Transverse section of the larger ‘‘ brachium copulatorium.”
(All the figures, save 5’, are of the natural size; the letters of reference are
explained in the text.)
Fig.
rd
Hm Co bo ee
1 Steenstrup (Prof. Joh. Japetus Sm.) “ Hectocotyldannelsen hos Octopod-
slegterne Argonauta og Tremoctopus,” &e., ‘Kovgelige Danske Videnskabernes
Selskabs Skrifter, 5te Rekke, 4de Bind,’ 4to, 1856, p. 28, tab. i. figs. 1-9.
2 Loc. cit. tab. i. fig. 8. 3 Ib. id, fig. 7.
P Z.5.1880.Pl. XXXII.
So
del. Smit ith.
Hanhart imp.
ANATOMY OF SPIRULA.
1880.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 355
May 4, 1880.
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1880 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of April was 82, of which 33 were by
presentation, 5 by birth, 36 by purchase, 7 were received on deposit,
and | in exchange. The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 69.
The most noticeable additions during the month of April were as
follows :—
1. An example of the Short-toed Perameles (Perameles obesula,
Gould’s Mammals of Australia, vol. i. pl. 12), purchased April 15th,
being the first example of this Marsupial which we have received for
the Menagerie.
2. A young male Cape Hunting-dog (Lycaon pictus), presented
by C. Ernest Pope, Esq., of Alice, Victoria East, South Africa, and
received April 19th. Mr. Pope informs me, writing on March Ist,
that the specimen was then, he believed, about ten months old, and
had been fed almost entirely upon the small intestines of sheep.
It had been captured when quite young and brought up with some
Pointer puppies, with whom it had lived on familiar terms. The
only previous example of this animal received by the Society of late
years was that acquired in 1871 (see P. Z. S. 1871, p. 298).
3. A Koala or native Bear of Australia (Phascolarctus cinereus),
SS }
be Se PSE YD)
Koala. reduced from a drawing by Mr. T. W. Wood, F.Z.S., published in
‘The Field’ of May 22nd, 1880.
purchased April 28, being the first example of this peculiar Marsu-
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1880, No, XXIV. 24
356 PROF. F. J. BELL ON AN IMMATURE ECHINOiD. [May 4,
pial that has been brought alive to Europe. Many attempts have
been made by the friends and correspondents of the Society in
Australia to induce specimens of this animal to live in captivity ; but
all have hitherto failed. ‘The present example, which was purchased
of a dealer in London, was brought home fed upon dried leaves of
Eucalyptus, and had been several weeks in this country before it
was acquired by the Society.
I also take this opportunity of calling attention to the fine Toucan,
brought from the State of Tolima, U. 8. of Colombia, and presented
to the Society by Mr. L. Merino on the 26th of August 1826, and
still living in the Parrot-house. This Toucan was correctly entered
in the list of additions in 1876 (P. Z.S. 1876, p. 834) as Ram-
phastos ambiguus, but in the last edition of the List of Animals
(1879, p. 258) was unfortunately referred to R. tocard, a closely
allied but perfectly distinct species.
R. ambiguus is readily recognizable, as will be seen by the
coloured drawing of the head which I now exhibit, by the black
colour of the lower and of the base of the upper mandible, where
in R. tocard there is a large reddish blotch. This is well shown
in Mr. Gould’s plates (Ramph. ed. 2, pls. iv. & v.) ; but the naked
space round the eye in R. ambiguus, which is there coloured blue,
should be of a pale yellowish green.
Mr. Sclater exhibited a specimen of the Ibis (Geronticus comatus)
obtained at Biledjik on the Euphrates by Mr. Danford in February
1879 (as mentioned by him in a recent number of ‘The Ibis,’ 1880,
p- 88, and there referred to Geronticus calvus)—and made some
remarks on its previously known distribution, which appeared to
extend from Tangier on the west (Favier in Irby’s ‘ Birds of Gib-
raltar,’ p. 192) to Gomfuda upon the Arabian shore of the Red Sea
(Hempr. & Ehr., in Riippell’s Syst. Ueb. p. 119). It was singular
that the bird had not been hitherto obtained in Eastern Palestine,
which it would apparently pass through on its northern migration.
Dr. Giinther informed the meeting that he had received another
communication from the Rev. G. Gordon with respect to the occur-
rence of Holacanthus tricolor’ in the Western Isles. His corre-
spondent had made further personal inquiries at Lossiemouth, from
which it appeared that the specimen was brought from Stornoway to
Lossiemouth, that it had been carried to ‘Stornoway by the master
of a small ship that had come from Glasgow, and that the fish had not
been caught at Stornoway by a herring-net or otherwise.” Under
these circumstances it could not be held that this specimen had been
caught on the British shores.
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell exhibited an immature specimen of an
Echincid belonging to the Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art,
and made the following remarks :—
The specimen which I have now the honour of exhibiting to the
t P,Z.8. 1880, p. 23.
ae
1880.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON AN IMMATURE ECHINOID. 3957
Society, is the one to which I referred to in my description of Paleo-
lampas crassa’ as being under the charge of Dr. Traquair, in the
Museum of Science and Art at Edinburgh. Dr. Traquair has just
arrived in London, and early this morning was good enough to bring
me the specimen to the British Museum.
I have examined it with considerable interest and profit; but Ido
not find myself able to place it in the new genus Pal@olampas ; it
is, I suspect, a comparatively young example of some species of the
genus Echinolampas, or, possibly, of Conoclypeus. The following
are its more important characters and measurements:—
Length 33°3 millims., height 17 millims. Test very delicate.
The actinal and anal orifices, which have lost all covering-plates,
are of proportionally large size; the former is without bourrelets,
but is provided with well-developed tubercles. When we compare
it with Lehinolampas, we find that the characters of the actinostome
are already as well defined as in Z. depressa, and we see, moreover,
the probability of the young form undergoing some further modi-
fication, such as would in all likelihood bring it, when adult, into
very close resemblance to E. oviformis (cf. especially var. orientalis
of Gray). So, again, the irregularly cordiform anus is not so large
even in this younger state as it is in #. depressa, while its propor-
tionally greater size than in an adult EF. oviformis is only what we
should expect.
The apical pole is a little anterior to the geometrical centre of the
upper surface, and is not at the highest point of the test.
Coming next to the point which indicates that this creature
belongs to a race which is more highly specialized than Paleo-
lampas, we find that its affinities to Hchinolampas oviformis are
here, again, not obscurely indicated: there is not, indeed, the same
difference, as in the adult, between the lengths of the rows of the
pores of the same area; but they all cease to exhibit the regular
paired arrangement of the rows of pores at a considerable distance
from the ambitus ; the odd anterior ambulacrum ends at 8 millims.
above the ambitus; of the antero-lateral the left is a little longer,
and the right is a little shorter than the odd one; the postero-lateral
are, as in the allied forms, a little longer ; and the paired character
of the rows of ambulacral pores ceases somewhat more gradually.
The pores are rounded ; and there is no slit-like enlargement of one,
such as is to be seen in P. crassa or FE. depressa. As in E. oviformis,
there is a delicate ridge separating every pair of pores from its
neighbour ; and we have therefore the pores in grooves.
If these points are not sufficient to show that the specimen from
the Edinburgh collection is more highly differentiated than Paleo-
lampas, I may add two other facts :—
(1) Save for about a third of the actinal surface, around the
actinostome, the ambulacral pores on that surface are exceedingly
rare, rarer even than in the adult Z. depressa.
(2) The primary tubercles are more distant than in P. erassa;
and though, on the whole, still very regularly arranged, there is a
1 P, Z.8. 1880, p. 43,
24*
358 MR. WwW. A. FORBES ON THE DEATH OF A LEOPARD. [May 4
y 4
bare band of considerable extent, on the actinal surface, between
the anus and the actinostome. This is more marked than any space
on the actinal surface of E. depressa.
The final question as to the specific relationship of the form now
under description appears to me to be one which lack of material
prevents us from answering completely. The considerations which
I now adduce, and a comparison of this specimen with the figure
given by Prof. A. Agassiz of £. depressa (and of Conoclypeus) will
prevent us from associating it with that species; it can hardly be, I
think, a young specimen of JL. hellei, if, indeed, that be a distinct
species. Unfortunately we have no intermediate specimens, and Dr.
Traquair has no information with regard to this one, which might
help us to determine whether or no it be a young specimen of
the widely distributed Z. oviformis.
If such be not the case, it will be the young of some undescribed
and unknown Echinolampas, with which, when found and described,
there will, I hope, be associated the name of the eminent naturalist
to whose kindness we owe tiie present opportunity of inspecting this
very interesting form.
Mr. W. A. Forbes exhibited a small fragment of bone which had
caused the death of a Leopard (Felis pardus) in the Society’s
Menagerie on April 20, under the following circumstances :—
For about a week previous to its death the animal, a fine adult
male, had refused food, and, having been separated from its com-
panions, was noticed by the keeper to be apparently suffering from
some intestinal obstruction. The animal was in good condition and
very fat. On opening the abdominal cavity after death, about a gallon
of an opaque, dirty-red-coloured, chyly-looking fluid was found in
it. There was a large clot of indurated feces in the large intestine.
In addition, near the commencement of the jejunum, was found a
small bolus of straw that had been swallowed, as is often done by
these animals in the absence of grass. In this a triangular splinter
of bone, about 13 inch long by 1 inch high, with a very sharp edge,
had become impacted firmly, so much so as to perforate the walls of
the intestine, and to project outside into the abdominal cavity for
about tof an inch. The movements of the animal, or the peristaltic
action of the intestines, had caused this sharply-projecting angle of
the bone to cut through the intestinal walls for the distance of some
2 inches. Through this wound the juices of the stomach and
intestinal canal, together with the fiuid swallowed by the animal
had apparently leaked, and had given rise to the accumulation of fluid
in the abdominal cavity which had caused death.
Prof. Flower called the attention of the meeting to the fact that
a young specimen of the Lesser Fin- Whale (Balenoptera rostrata),
fifteen teet long, taken off the coast of Cornwall, was now being
exhibited in London.
The following papers were read :—
+4
1880. ] PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 339
1. A Monograph of the Sawiies composing the Australian
Genus Perga of Leach. By J. O. Wesrwoon, M.A.,
F.L.S., &c.
[Received March 16, 1880.]
(Plates XXXIIL-XXXVIL.)
Family TENTHREDINID&.
Genus Perea, Leach, Zool. Miseell. ii. p. 115.
Antenne breves vel brevissime, 6-articulate (rarius 7-, rurissime
5-articulate), articulo ultimo clavam efformante. Labrum par-
vum, subsemicirculare. Clypeus distinetus, transversus, antice
sepe emarginatus. Mandibule valide, arcuate, dimidio basali
lato, in medio dente vel incisione parva angulata instructe ;
apice acute. Palpi breves, subequales, maxillares 4-articulati,
labiales 3-articulati. Collare utrinque in squamam magnam
lateralem productum. Ale late, cellula unica marginali apice
appendiculato, cellulisque 4 submarginalibus, stigmate magao,
margine alarum anticarum pone stigma in maribus sepe dilatato
et oblique truncato ; venulis inler cellulas marginales sepe medio
bullatis. Tibie 4; postice ia medio lateris interai spinula armate,
apiceque bicalcarate, calcaribus mediocribus aculis simplicibus.
The fine species of this genus are natives of Australasia, where
they represent the Cimdeces of the northern hemisphere. They are
represented also in South America by the species of the geuus
Pachylosticta, which, both in their metallic colours and the curious
structure of the dilated fore wings, offer a complete analogy to the
Perge.
With the exception of the Cimbeces, they are the largest known
species of Sawflies ; and several of the species even rival the larger
species of CimSex (which are the giants of the family) in size.
The antennze are very short and clavate, in a few of the species
scarcely extending as far as the eyes; they are inserted on the
outer margins of two frontal tubercles. In one species they are
even deficient of one of the intervening joints, being only 5-jointed
(Perga mayrii), whilst in several of the species (P. “leachii, jurinet,
and halidait) the basal portion of the terminal clavate joint is
distinctly articulated, making the organ 7-jointed. I have not
thought it advisable to separate these species generically from the
rest.
The mouth of the species in this genus offers some peculiarities
hitherto not noticed. The mandibles are strong and horny, the
apical half curved and acute at the tip, the basal portion flattened,
terminating on the inner edge in a deep simple incision. The
maxillz and labium, with the palpi, are short and united into a mass
by basal membrane, as shown in Plate XX XIII. figs. 2 and 3—the
inner lining (fig. 3), and also apparently the outer “connecting skin
of these organs being apparently continuous and not exhibiting any
360 PROF, WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. [May 4,
articulation. This structure appears to be nearly similar to that ob-
served.in some Neuroptera, as in Panorpa—the mentum sitting upon
the conjoined membrane of the inner margins of the basal portions of
the maxillee. These parts being comparatively short, are incapable
of being folded back as in the Cimbeces, and consequently lie flat
when at rest; the diminished size affects the palpi, which are
all nearly alike in their dimensions, the maxillary pair having only
four joints, and the labial pair three—characters which have hitherto
remained unnoticed, by which they are distinguished from all the
other genera of Tenthredinidze, which, as shown by Curtis (Brit,
Entom.), have 6-jointed maxillary and 4-jointed labial palpi.
The middle portion of the thorax (mesonotum) is, in many of
the species, marked with an impressed longitudinal canal extending
from the front margin halfway to the great scutellum.
There are also two deep impressed lines extending from the
middle of the inner margin of the dilated lobes of the collar, con-
verging in the centre of the back and forming a sharp angle, which
is often preceded by a hastate spot of a pale colour; the sides
of the mesonotum are also often longitudinally raised, the lateral
margins being also acute and parallel. The scutellum is of
large size, generally pale-coloured, and furnished at each of its
posterior angles with a small projecting tubercle. This scutellum
is followed by a joint which is clearly the representative of the
metanotum (Comp. my Introd. Mod. Class. Ins. ii. p. 115, figs. 2
& 3, s), and not the basal segment of the abdomen, from which
it is generally separated by a distinct narrow membrane which is
not seen to exist between the true segments of the abdomen.
The abdomen of the males is generally short and truncate at the
tips, and often setose on the upper surtace, the setz or sericeous
covering in one species (P. dorsalis, Leach) being so dense as to
give a distinct colour to the dorsal patch.
The wings are large or of moderate size, those of the males
being smaller than those of the females; in the former, moreover,
the stigma of the fore wing is large, and the anterior margin of the
wing beyond the stigma is, in some species, obliquely truncate,
giving quite a distorted appearance to the wing. This character
was employed by Leach for one of his sections of the genus; but,
being merely sexual, it is inadmissible for such a purpose. The
transverse veinlets between the submarginal cells are often partially
obliterated or bullated in the middle, the first being in a few species
either quite lost or only partially indicated, upon which character
(as seen in P. lewisii &c.) M. Guérin-Méneville proposed to form
a separate subgenus; but there is no clear line of demarcation in
the species in this respect. The shape of the cells of the fore wings
affords good specific characters. The marginal cell is always furnished
at its extremity with a slender veinlet extending to the tip of the
wing, the extremity of the cell itself being at a greater or less dis-
tance from the extremity of the stigma, the tip of the cell being
sometimes quite acute and sometimes obtuse. The shape also of
the third submarginal cell is also varied in consequence of the direc-
1850. | PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 361
tion of the cross veinlet at its extremity, which is sometimes quite
straight, in others much curved; in one Species it is sharply angu-
lated in the middle (P. walkeri); and in another species (P.
schiodtei) the female has occasionally a small supplemental spur,
extending from the middle of this angulated cross veinlet. The
closed cells vary in their extent, sometimes searcely extending
beyond the stigma and sometimes reaching nearly to the hind mar-
gin of the wings.
The legs are generally rather short, especially in the males, in
which sex they are thickened. The tarsi vary considerably in
length, being generally shorter than the tibia ; but in the females
of P. lewisii, as well as in other species, the tarsi are more elon-
gated, with the joints flattened and the cushion on the underside
more developed.
Dr. Leach divided the genus into as many sections as the species
with which he was acquainted, employing the antenne and wing-
cells as characteristic of his groups, which were as follows : —
A. Alis anticis anteareolam marginalem non prominenti-
bus (antennis articulo tertio duobus sequentibus lon-
giore).
a. Areolis submarginalibus duabus primis confluen-
tibus, ultima ad basin superne subacuminata ;
areola marginali elongata, antice et postice acumi-
iDEN EDRSABBe Sy BEB ir ct eae ar ee ea a ree py oe I Sp. 1. P. polita.
tice et postice acuminata................eceecscseeceecese Sp. 2. P. bicolor.
ce. Areolis submarginalibus perfectis, ultima basi recta ;
areola marginali Ovata..........cc.scccsccccecsscecccccas, Sp. 3. P. latreillié.
duobus sequentibus longiore ....0....eceeceecseesee Sp. 4. P. dorsalis.
. PL. kirbii.
=
E;
=]
Et
Cc
re)
re
&
©
a
oO
B
{uss
oO
s
eB
oO
<
=.
¢
wa
S
Ou
quinto fere sequalibus ...............sc0ceedesescesseeese. Sp. 6. P. ferruginea.
I have not thought it necessary to carry out this principle of sub-
division into the numerous species now known of the genus, which
would have required a formidable tabulation of the Specific dis-
tinctions of the insects with their sectional characters. Neither
have I thought it necessary to adopt the subgenus Pseudoperga,
proposed by M. Guérin-Méneville (in the text of the « Iconographie
du Régne Animal, Ins.,’ p- 395) for P. lewisii on account of the first
and second submarginal cells being confluent by the almost obsolete
condition of the transverse veinlet separating them in the ordinary
species.
Details of the natural history of two of the species, P. dorsalis
and P, Jewisii, have been recorded, condensed abstracts of which will
362 PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. [May 4,
be found added to the technical specific descriptions of these two
insects. ;
Many of the species are remarkable for metallic colours, which are
of rare occurrence in the majority of the species of the family to
which they belong.
1. PerGA DORSALIS.
Perga dorsalis, Leach, Zool. Mise. iii. p. 117, ¢.
Q. Perga scutellata, Westw. in Griffith’s Anim. Kingd. Ins.
pl. 76. fig. 2, and pl. 106. fig. 3, vol. ii. pp. 402, 792.
“ P_ ceruleo-chalybeata; clypeo, labro, antennis, pleuris macula
triangulari, thoracis angulis anticis, scutello pedibusque subfer-
rugineo-luteis, abdomine supra macula magna quadrata sericea
jflavida externe serrata; alis fulvescentibus, pterygosteorum
margine stigmateque ferrugineis ; mandibule luteo-ferruginee,
latere interno nigricantes. Variat femoribus poslicis apice
nigris ; abdomen postice subangustatum. Femina latet. Long.
corp. 103, exp. alar. 213 lin.’ (Leach. )
Species permagna, maris abdomine macula magna quadrata sericea
(segmenta media dorsalia occupante), alisque anticis stigmate
magno, margine antico pone stigma oblique subtruncato ; scutello
in mare plano, in fomina macula transversa breviori albida
notato ; abdomineque supra viridi-eneo subnitido.
Hab. in Australasia (Moreton Bay &c.). In Mus. Hopeiano
plurima individua utriusque sexis.
The details of the structure of the female published from my
drawings in Griffith’s ‘ Animal Kingdom,’ pl. 106, were copied by
Guérin-Méneville in his ‘ Iconographie du Régne Animal, Insectes,’
pl. 64. fig. 2. Another figure of the female was published by
Brullé (‘ Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym.’ iv. pl. 48. fig. 1, p. 674) under the
name of Perga scutellata, Leach.
An account of the habits of this species, under the name of Perga
eucalypti, was published by Messrs. Bennett and Scott in Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 209, (Annulosa) pl. 62, with figures of the larvee
and of the female insect.
The larve were found living gregariously on the leaves of Euca-
lyptus citriodora and other species, as well as upon Callistemon,
which they rapidly destroy. The larvae were huddled together
both on the upper and under sides of the leaves, arranged, for the
most part, in regular rows. When disturbed they bend their
bodies in the form of an arch, and emit a greenish fluid from the
mouth; they also emitted so powerful an odour of the leaves on
which they had been teeding as to scent the room in which they
were placed. When full-grown they are from 2—21 inches long, of
a uniform velvety black, with numerous short, stiff white hairs,
and with only six large squamous reddish feet, apparently being des-
titute of the fleshy prolegs so common in the larvee of Tenthredinide.
When feeding, they keep the abdominal portion of their bodies in
motion, rapping their extremities against the leaves. They bury
themselves underground in October, forming brownish cocoons of
1880. ] PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 363
a very strong texture; and the perfect insect appears in the fol-
lowing March.
From the accompanying figures the larvee have the body gradu-
ally attenuated behind, terminating in a sharp point, which they
seem to use as a prehensile organ. On the edge of the leaf inha-
bited by the larvee are represented several oval black objects emitting
white bristles, which are not described in the memoir, and which
may possibly be intended for excrement or cast skins of the larvee.
2. PeRGA KLUGII, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 1, 2.)
P. politee (Leach) affinis, fulvo-custanea, mesonoti medio absque
macula flava, scutello flavo vix longitudinaliter impresso.
Mas. Clypeo recte transverso ; labro, tuberculis antenniferis an-
tennisque fulvis; vertice via longitudinaliter impresso, prominentiis
duabus in medio parum distinctioribus ; antennis ultra oculos
extensis, articulis tribus intermediis gracilibus fere equalibus ;
thorace magno, collaris lobis pallide flavis vage punctatis ; meso-
noto punctalissimo, linea tenui media antice impressa, lateribus
parallelis, a scuto mesonoti haud distincte separatis; scutello magno,
plano, nitido, impunctato, fulvo, transverso-ovali, tuberculis
duobus posticis distantibus, impressione media longitudinali vix
distincta, margineque postico parum elevato ; meso- et metapleuris
rude punctatis, macula parva flavida notatis ; abdomine toto fulvo-
castaneo subnitido ; corpore infra cum coxis et pedibus concolori-
bus, tibiis tarsisque pallidioribus, femoribus et apice tibiarum 2
posticarum interdum obscurioribus ; alis hyalinis, parum ful-
vescentibus, venis stigmateque fulvis, cellula prima submarginali
parva, secunda paullo majore pentagonali, tertia magnitudine pre-
cedentibus simul sumplis equali, apice valde obliquo et curvato.
Feemina differt vertice magis distincte longitudinaliter impresso.
Long. corp. 3 lin. 9, 9 lin. 10-11. Expans. alar. antic. g lin.
18, 2 lin. 18-23.
Hab. in Australasia (Albany &c.). In Mus. Hopeiano, &c.
3. PERGA POLITA.
Perga polita, Leach, Zool. Mise. iii. p. 115.
P. brunneo-violuscens, polita, nitens ; thorace ferrugineo ; disco ma-
culis, squamis, pleuris, scutello, capite, antennis, coxis, tibiis, tar-
sisque flavis, femoribus ventreque subviolascenti-ferrugineis politis,
stigmatibus postice albido notatis, alis fulvescentibus ; ptery-
gosteis, margine stigmateque ferrugineis; mandibule saturate fer-
ruginee latere interiore apiceque nigris ; scutellum postice fer-
rugineo-brunneum.
Species magna, scutello fortiter canaliculato (charactere Leachio
neglecto), alisque anticis pone stigma nonnihil saturatioribus facil-
lime distinguenda.
Long. maris 2 une. Expans. alar. antic. 13 une.
Hab. in'Terra Van Diemeni ; Australia (e Dom. Macleaio accepta),
Hunter’s River; Melbourne (Bakewell) ; Moreton Bay, and Gold
Diggings. In Mus. Hop. Oxonie.
364 PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. [May 4,
4. PeRGA scHIODTEI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 3, 4.)
P. dorsali prowima at minor, maris alis aliter formatis, feemina
cyanea nec virescens.
Mas. Brunneo-castaneus, ceruleo-nitens, abdominis apice rufo ; fe-
mina capite et thorace cyaneo-nigris, abdomine cyaneo ; mandibulis
utriusque sextis castaneis apice nigris ; clypeo et labro fiavis, tuber-
culis antenniferis subfulvis ; antennis castaneis, articulis inter-
mediis gracilibus subequilongis, vertice linea media longitudinali
impressa in fossulam rotundam ocelligeram antice terminata, late-
ribus verticis subplanis ; collaris lobis flavidis punctatis ; meso-
noto antice oblongo-punctato, linea tenui media impressa, parte
postica nitidissima cerulea, lateribus castaneis; scutello transverso-
ovali, plano, impunctato, flavido, postice tuberculis duobus castaneis
instructo ; metanoto subcastaneo ; abdominis dimidio basali ceru-
leo-nitido, apice castaneo-fulvo ; thorace subtus impunctato, cum
pedibus castaneo-fulvis, pleuris albidis grosse punctatis ; pedibus
fulvis, tibiis tarsisque pallidioribus, femoribus tibiisque duabus
posticis apice nigricantibus; alis subhyalinis, costa, stigmate
venisque pallide brunneis, cellula prima et secunda submarginali
fere equalibus, tertia duplo longiore, apice valde obliquo et cur-
vato, margine antico pone stigma haud subito oblique truncato.
Foemina differt colore obscuriore, nigricanti-cyuneo tincta, vertice
absque linea media impressa, metanoto postice obscuriore, corpore
toto infra cum cowis cyaneo nitido, mesopleuris valde rugosis
cyaneis, nubila postica oblonga subfulva.
Long. corp. & lin. 8-84, 2 lin. 9. Expans. alar. antic. lin. 16.
Hab. in Australasia, Adelaidam (Wilson). In Mus. Hopeiano
Oxonize.
5. PERGA BRULLEI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 6.)
Mas. P. dorsali afinis, at dimidio minor, aliter coloratus, alis-
que anticis apice acute oblique truncalis ; capite nigro, elypeo,
labro, tuberculis duobus antenniferis, guttis duabus ovatis verti-
calibus, margine postico oculorum et macula parva faciei utrin-
que inter oculos et antennas fulvis ; antennis brevissimis, tes-
taceis; mandibulis fulvis, dentibus nigris; collaris lateribus fulvis
dilatatis, macula parva antice nigra; mesonoto macula parva
hastata dorsali, tegulis linea tenui a scutello utrinque ad basin
alarum ducia scutelloque fulvis, hoc glabro nitido semicirculari,
punctis perpaucis lineaque media impressa fere obsoleta, tuber-
culisque duobus oblongis parvis instructo; abdomine parvo, luteo-
testaceo, dorso @neo setisque cinereis subsericante ; mesosterno
nigro nitido, valde convezo, pleuris macula magna oblonga, meta-
pleurisque macula parva obcordata fulvis; pedibus basi nigro
luteoque variis, femoribus quatuor posticis sublus ventreque
piceo-nigris ; pedibus fulvescentibus ; alis infumatis, costa venis
et stigmate crasso obscurioribus, margine antico alarum pone
siigma subito oblique truncato; cellula prima submarginali
majore quam secunda.
Long. corp. lin. 64. Expans. alar. antic. lin, 13.
Hab. in Australia australiore. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
1880.] PROF, WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 365
6. PERGA VOLLENHOVII, sp. noy. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 5.)
Mas. Capite angustiore quam thorax; thorace magno, oblongo, nitido;
abdomine parvo, depresso sericeo ; capite nigro, vertice parum
eneo ; labro, clypeo, maculis duabus rotundis ad basin anten-
narum, maculis duabus oblongis inter has et oculos, lateribus
capitis pone oculos maculisque duabus verticalibus obliquis
pallide flavis; (antenne detrite ;) mandibulis albidis, apici-
bus nigris ; coilaris lateribus late albidis ( pone oculos nigro
antice notatis); mesonoto nigro, subeneo, nitido, parce punctato,
macula trigona albida in medio dorsi; scutello magno, nitido,
Sere plano, albido, margine postico rotundato et tenuiter nigro ;
thorace subtus nigro nitido, lateribus punctatis, meso- et meta-
pleuris infra alas maculis duabus (postica minore) albidis notatis;
coxis omnibus nigris nitidis; abdomine(multo minore quam tho-
rax) supra fulvo, segmento basali omnino, reliquis dorso nigris,
apice truncato; abdomine subtus cum pedibus fulvis, his per-
brevibus; alis pallide luteo tinctis, costa venisque magis luteis,
stigmate magno castaneo, margine antico post stigma obliquo ;
cellula prima submarginali distincta, at luteo suffusa et quam
secunda minore, tertice vena apicali obliqua et parum curvata.
Long. corp. unc. 2 (lin. 8), thoracis dorsi lin. 4. Expans. alar.
antic. unc. 14.
Hab. in Australasia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
7. PERGA RITSEMEI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 7.)
P. Vollenhovii prowima, sed multo minor et flavido magis colorata;
capite nigro; labro, elypeo, mandibulis (dentibus nigris excepts),
macula trigona supra clypeum in medio canaliculato, maculis
duabus rotundis in medio faciei cum aliis duabus intra orbitas
oculorum, lateribus capitis pone et infra oculos maculisque duabus
trigonis verticalibus flavis ; antennas brevissimis, fulvis ; collaris
lateribus magnis flavis ; mesonoto macula mediana acute trigona,
lineis duabus gracilibus rectis lateralibus aliisque duabus
obliquis a scutello ad basin alarum anticarum eatensis, scu-
telloque semicirculari flavis, hoe utrinque versus angulos late-
rales posticos tuberculo parvo instructo ; seymento basali abdo-
minis supra ceneo, secundo linea basali transversa tenuissima
migra, reliquis segmentis cum pedibus brevibus fulvis ; thorace
subtus nigro nitido, pleuris mesothoracis macula magna late
triangulari flava (puncto wgro incluso), metathoracis gutta
trigona flava ; covis 4 posticis et basi femorum subtus piceis ;
alis pallidis, venis luteis, stigmate subcastaneo, cellulis submar-
ginalibus parvis, prima majore quam secunda, margine antico
alarum pone stigma obliquo.
Long. corp. lin. 6. Expans. alar. antic. lin, 12.
Hab. Adelaidam. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxoniz.
8. PERGA ESENBECKH, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 5.)
Femina. Nigra, ntida, punctata, flarido varia, abdomine supra
366 PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. [May 4,
rufo, alis anticis ultra medium fuscis ; labro et clypeo albidis,
hoc tuberculis duobus minutis fuscis in medio, alterisyue duobus
oblonyis in parte infera fuciei, tuberculis duobus antenniferis
albidis; antennis nigris, ultra oculos lateraliter extendentibus, arti-
culo tertio dimidio longiore quam quartus; vertice nigro, bisulcato,
sulcis in puncta duo fulva postice terminantibus ; oculis postice
et infra albido marginatis ; mandibulis fuscis, apice nigris ; col-
laris lateribus albido postice marginatis ; mesonoto antice sulco
in carinam acutam terminante sulcisque duobus obliquis postice
conjunctis et ad scutellum extensis ; hoc oblongo, sulcato, nigro,
apice bituberculato albidoque marginato, angulis anticis lateral-
bus cum linea tenur obliqua lutea ad basin alarum extensa con-
junctis ; metanoto linca tenut lutea marginali ad basin posticam
alarum posticarum extensa; abdomine sanguineo, nitido, segymentis
duobus basalibus et apicali ceenco tinctis ; mesopleuris lunula
clavata marginali et metapleuris macula albidis notatis ; abdomine
infra nigro nitido ; coais et trochanteribus albidis, illis macula
trigona nigra basali notatis ; femoribus nigris, genibus tibiisque
cum tarsis anticis fuscis, apice tibiarum infra fusco, tibiis posticis —
et tarsis brunneo-nigris ; alis bast subhyalinis, venis et stigmate
nigris, dimidio apicali anticarum ( presertim sub stigmate) fuscis,
céllula submarginali prima et secunda longitudine cequalibus,
tertia duplo nen e, apice obliquo.
Long. corp. lin. 62. Expans. alar. antic. lin. 135.
Hab. Swan River. In Mus, Hopeiano Oxoniz.
9. PERGA GRAVENHORSTH, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 7.)
Femina. Nigra, subopaca, rugosa, abdomine obscure fulvo-rufescente,
segmentis 4°, 5° et 6° nigris, medio postice rufescentibus ; capite
nigro immaculato; clypeo et labro, mandibulis (dentibus nigris ), pe-
dibus antennisque obscure fulvis, harum articulis 3°, 4° et 5° fere
eque longis ; vertice bisulcato, linea transversa elevata a margine
postico capitis separato ; collaris lateribus piceo angustemarginatis;
mesonoto antice sulco medio alterisque duobus postice acute conjunc-
tis; scutello semiovali, sulco medio tuberculisque duobus posticis
luteis instructo ; metanoto et basi abdominis rufo-testaceis ; hujus
segmentis 4°, 5° et 6° supra nigris, macula trigona medio postico
segmentorum relicta ; coxis omnibus nigris nitidis ; pleuris omnino
nigris, punctatissime granulatis ; abdomine subtus piceo-rufo ;
alis magnis, obscure fulvis, anticis dimidio basali obscuriore,
marginibus apicalibus cinerascentibus ; venis et stigmate obscure
fulvis, cellula tertia submarginali mediocri, suboblonga, apice recto
at parum obliquo.
Long. corp. lin. 7. Expans. alar. lin. 153.
Hab. in Australasia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
10. PerGA CHRISTI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 2.)
Femina. Nigra, nitida, punctata, albido-varia, abdomine eneo-ceru-
lescente, pedibus albidis, femoribus apice nigris ; alis basi hyalinis,
1880. ] PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 367
pellucidis, dimidio apicali anticarum fusco; capite parum angustiore
quam thorax, mandibulis nigris, labro et clypeo brevibus albidis, tu-
berculis duobus anticis magnis, orbita antica et postica oculorum
guttisque duabus ovalibus verticalibus albidis ; collaris lateribus
nigris, albido late marginalis ; mesonoto gutta media “alteraque
utringue ad basin alarum, scutelloque transverso, fere oblongo-
quadrato, albidis, hoc tuberculis ducbus postice instructo ; ab-
domine convexo, levissime punctato ; mesopleuris fere impunctatis,
macula oblonga, et metapleuris gutta, albidis ; mesosterno nigro,
convexo, glaberrimo ; coxis et trochanteribus nigro luteoque varie-
gatis ; femoribus luteis, subtus et posticorum apice nigris ; tibiis
tarsisque luteo-albidis, illis subtus ad apicem linea fusca notatis ;
abdomine infra nigro nitido; alis fere hyalinis, dimidio apicali
anticarum fuscis, venis stigmateque nigris, cellula secunda sub-
marginal vix majore quam basalis, tertia ad apicem valde obliqua
et curvata.
flab. Swan River. In Mus. Hopeiauo Oxonie.
11. Perea GUERTINH, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 1.)
Mas. Antenne tote nigre, singulatim in tuberculo parvo flavido
insidentes ; caput nigrum, lateribus pone et subtus oculos, clypeo
integro labrogue flavidis, mandibulis nigris ; collaris lateribus
fiavidis, macula trigona media nigra; thoracis dorso nigro rugoso;
prosterni marginibus, maculis duabus oblongis infra alas, pedibus
cum coxis abdomineque subtus flavidis ; femorum et tibiarum 2
posticorum dimidio apicali et annulis articulorum tarsalium nigris ;
abdomine supra late chalybeio, sericante, segmento ultimo luteo ;
alis pallide brunneis, anticarum costa stigmategue incrassatis
Juscis, cellula prima submarginali obliterata et in callositatem inter
costam et stigma suffusa, margine antico alarum pone stigma
oblique subtruncato et angustato.
P. ventrali (Guérin Mén.) affinis, at minor.
Long. corp. lin. 53 (12 mili.).
Hab. in Australia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
12. PERGA CAMERONII, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 3.)
Foemina. Luten-fulva, opaca, granulata, abdomine magis testaceo-
Sulvo, hujus apice, tibiis posticis et basi articuli primi tarsorum
posticorum nigris ; mandibulis apice nigris, antennarum articulis
duobus basalibus brunneis ; scutello concolori, apice tuberculis
duobus ordinariis et denticulis duobus intermediis obtusis in-
structo ; corpore infra cum pedibus lutco-albidis ; tibiis 2 posticis
(nisi basi) tarsorumque articulo basali (nisi apice) nigris ; capite
utringue pone oculos et mesopleuris brunneis ; alis fulvescentibus,
dimidio apicali pallidioribus, apice extremo fusco, venis cum
stigmate fulvo-brunneis, cellula marginali apice ovali, cellula prima
submarginali parva, tertia oblonga apice recte truncata.
Long. corp. 2 lin. 63. Expans. alar. antic. lin. 13.
Hab. in Australasia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxoniz,
368 PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. | May 4,
13. PerGa rorrsTert, sp. noy. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.)
Mas. Gracilis, opaca, nigra, flavo varia, abdomine fascia basali
gutlisque trigonis lateralibus fulvis, labro flavo, clypeo nigro
fascia supera flava; tuberculis duobus antenniferis maculisque
duabus oblongis ad marginem internum oculorum, horum orbita
postico-laterali guttisque duabus verticalibus rotundis flavis ;
antennis fulvis, ultra oculos lateraliter extensis, articulis duobus
basalibus nigricantibus ; mandibulis flavis, dentibus nigris ;
collaris lateribus flavis, antice nigris, macula parva discoidali
et lateribus angustis mesonoti flavis ; scutello fere quadrato, flavo,
angulis posticis prominentibus ; metanoto piceo ; segmento basali
abdominis obscure fulvo, postice piceo, segmentis reliquis nigris,
postice chalybeis nitidis, singulatim macula trigona flava laterali
notatis ; pleuris nigris, punctatis, albido marginatis ; mesosterno
valde convexo, nigro, nitido, antice albido marginato; pedibus fulvis,
coxis omnibus albidis, trochanteribus puncto nigro notatis; alis pal-
lidis, venis et stigmate fuscis, area pone stigma fusco suffusa, cel-
lula marginali apice acuto, cellula prima submarginali incompleta
parva, secunda multo majore et tertie e@quali, margine antico
alarum pone stigma haud oblique truncato.
Long. corp. lin. 6. Expans. alar. antic. une. 1.
Hab. in Nova Hollandia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
14. PERGA CRESSONH, sp- nov. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 1.)
Foemina. Nigra, nitida, flavido varia, abdominis segmentis mediis rufis,
Ffemoribus et tibiarum 2 posticarum apice nigris ; capite nigro,
parce punctato, nitido; labro, clypeo, macula magna bipartita
frontali ad clypeum extensa et cum macula utrinque ad oculorum
marginem internum conjuncta, margine laterali capitis pone oculos
guttisque duabus verticalibus flavidis; antennis brevissimis, fulvis ;
mandibulis totis nigris ; thorace nigro, nitido, magis punctato et
longitudinaliter impresso; collaris lateribus dilatatis, albidis,
gutta antica nigra; scutello transverso, flavido, margine postico
fere recto et utrinque angulato ; metanoto et basi segmenti primi
abdominis chalybeio-nigris ; abdominis segmentis reliquis rufis,
ultimis nigricantibus ; mesopleuris macula oblonga et metapleuris
gutta ovali flavidis ; coxis nigris; femoribus anticis piceo-luteis,
subtus fuscis, posticis nigris ; tibiis tarsisque pedum posticorum
apice piceis; alis hyalinis, fusco vix tinctis, stigmate venisque
nigris, cellula prima submarginali majore quam sequens, tertia
apice valde obliquo et curvato, area anali prope basin nubila fusca.
Long. corp. lin. 8. Expans. alar. antic. lin. 14.
Hab. Swan River (De Boulay). In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
15, PeRGA WALKERII, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 5.)
Foemina. Nigra; capite, collaris lateribus dilatatis, pedibus anticis,
tibiis et tarsis 4 posticis, abdominis dimidio apicali obscure fulvis ;
capite fulvo, linea parva inter oculos nigra, vertice convexo utrin-
que impressione rotunda parum profunda notato, lateribus col-
laris fulvis punctatis ; mesonoto antice opaco et in medio linea
1880. ] PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 36)
tenui impresso, dorso pone lineam subplano nitido parum punctalo;
scutello nigro, nitido, subpunctato, transverso-quadrato, sulco
medio, tuberculis binis minutis nigris instructo et postice margi-
nato ; metanoto et segmentis tribus basalibus abdominis nigris ;
horum lateribus sensim, cum segmentis reliquis abdominis totis,
rufo-fulvis ; thorace infra toto nigro, nitido, parum puncetato ;
pedibus anticis, geniculis, tibiis tarsisque pedum 4 posticorum fulvis,
coxis omnibus nigris nitidis ; abdomine infra nigro nitido, lateribus
cum oviductu rufo-fulvis ; alis fulvis, stigmate et venis castaneo-
JSulvis, cellulis prima et secunda submurginalibus distinctis fere
equalibus, tertia elongata, apice valde obliquo et in medio angulato.
Long. corp. lin. 84. Expans, alar. antic. lin. 16.
Hab. in Nova Hollandia, Sydney. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxoniz.
16. PERGA DALMANNI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)
Foemina. Testaceo-fulva ; labro, clypeo, tuberculis duobus antenni-
Seris, margine postico loborum collaris pedibusque albidis, apicibus
JSemorum et tibiarum posticarum nigris; capitis vertice pone
ocellos biimpresso ; antennis concoloribus, articulo tertio duplo lon-
giore quam quarlus ; mesonotosulco antico medio abbreviato, lateri-
bus rectis acute elevatis ; scutello subrotundato, convexo, punctato,
bituberculato ; abdomine subcylindrico, subnitido, cum metanoto
concolort ; corpore toto (cum pleuris) etiam concolori ; pedibus
cum coxis pallidioribus subalbidis, femoribus et tibiis pedum 2
posticorum apice nigris; alis subfulvescentibus, venis stigmate-
gue magis fulvis, cellula prima submarginali parva, vena ejus
postica subobliterata, cellula secunda duplo majore, tertia
haud multo majore quam secunda, apice paullo curvato.
Long. corp. lin. 5. Hxpans. alar, antic. lin. 10.
Hab. in Nova Hollandia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxoniz.
Variat paullo major coloribusque magis vividis ; scil. loborum col-
laris marginibus, tuberculis scutelli lineaque utrinque a scutello
ad basin alarum flavidis, collaris disco lineisque duabus laterali-
bus mesonoti nigricantibus, venis alarum piceis, femoribus pos-
ticis fulvis, mesosterni medio piceo.
Long. corp. lin. 52, Expans. alar. antic. lin. 113.
Hab. in Australasia, Melbourne (Thwaites). In Mus. Hopeiano
Oxoniz.
17. PERGA HARTIGII, sp. nov.
Foemina. Capite, thorace cum scutello piceo-nigris, punctatissimis ;
abdomine, pedibus alisque fulvis ; clypeo et labro cum, tuberculis an-
tenniferis fulvis nitidis ; antennis albidis, oculos ultra extensis,
articulis tribus intermediis gracilibus eque longis ; capitis lateribus
verticeque postice et marginibus angustis loborum collaris fulvis ;
mesonoto antice sulco tenui abbreviato, duobus alteris profundiori-
bus obliquis, postice conjunctis, mesonoti lateribus acute elevatis
parallelis ; scutello subrotundato, opaco, in medio parum impresso,
tuberculis duobus parvis fulvis instructo ; metanoto abdomineque
fulvo ; thorace subtus nigro, nitidissimo; pleuris scabris, concolori-
370 PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. [May 4,
bus ; coxis nigris, trochanteribus et basi femorum albidis ; pedibus
Sulvis, femoribus duobus posticis nigricantibus ; alis fulvescenti-
bus, stigmate venisque magis fulvis, cellula prima et secunda fere
@equalibus, tertia precedentibus duobus simul sumptis paullo minore,
apice obliquo et fere recto.
Long. corp. lin. 8. Eapans. alar. antic. lin. 16.
Hab. in Nova Hollandia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
18. PerGA PELETIERH, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 6.)
Mas. Piceo-nigra, opaca, abdominis dimidio basali testaceo, apicali
nigro nitido ; capite thoracis latitudine, labro et clypeo nigris
nitidis, mandibulis fulvis dentibus nigris ; antennis longioribus,
ultra oculos lateraliter extensis, articulis tertio, quarto et quinto
oblongis, sexto basi angustato; vertice subplano, guttis duabus dor-
salibus lineisque duabus posticis fulvis ; collari piceo-nigro, linea
tenuissima marginal; scutello fere rotundato, convero, tuberculis
duobus posticis fulvis, metanoto et segmentis duobus basalibus abdo-
minis lete testaceis, segmento tertio nigro opaco, reliquis nigris
nitidis; pleuris mesosterni nigris, punctatis, margine tenuissimo an-
ticoluteo, mesosterno nigro nitido; abdomine angustiore quam thorax,
convexo, lateribus parallelis ; coxis et trochanteribus nigro luteo-
que variegatis ; pedibus testaceis ; alis fulvis, costa stigmateque
et cellulis sub stiymate magis fulvis, apice alarum cinerascente,
cellula marginali oblongo-ovata, basi et apice aitenuatis, cellula
submarginali secunda pentagonali, margine antico alarum pone
stigma haud angulato-truncaio.
Long. corp. lin 63. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 1.
Hab. in Nova Hollandia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
19. PERGA NEWMANNI, sp. nov,
Mas. Fusco-nigricans, capite et thorace opacis granulosis, abdomine
nitido, capitis vertice subplano a parte postica lutea angusta sub-
acute separato; antennis perbrevibus ; collari, scutello, lateribus
mesonoti, abdomine (segmentis duabus basalibus nigricantibus
eaxceptis) pallidioribus luteo-testaceis ; thorace subtus cum pedibus
omnino luteo, femoribus tibiisque duabus posticis magis castaneis ;
mesopleuris concoloribus, granulosis; mesosterno polito, linea media
longitudinali impresso; scutello convexo, medio subimpresso,postice
bituberculato ; pedibus brevibus ; alis fulvis, venis obscurioribus,
costa et stigmate castaneis, margine antico alarum pone stigma
oblique truncato, cellula marginali apice*truncata, cellula prima
submarginali cum sequente confluente (vena transversa fere obso-
leta).
Long. corp.unc. 3 (Glin.). Expans. alar. antic. lin. 11.
Hab. in Australia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
Var. Minor, coloribus clarioribus, facie (infra oculos), capite pone
oculos, lateribus collaris et mesonoti, scutello corporeque subtus
omnino mugis fulvis (mas).
Long. corp. fere lin. 5. Eapans. alar. antic. lin. 10.
°
1880. | PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 371
20. PerGa xirsBu, Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 117. (Plate
XXXVII. fig. 4.)
** P. lutescens, capite thoraceque supra fusco-ferrugineis, abdominis
dorso violascenti-ferrugineo ; alis hyalinis, costa stigmateque fer-
rugineis ; abdomine lineari. Maris long. corp. 9, expans. alar.
18 din. Mus, Kirby.’’—Leacu.
Obs. Typus masculinus Leachianus hujus speciei valde distincte
olim in Mus. Kirbii, nune in Mus. Hopeiano (a Leachio ipso in-
scriptus) hospitatur.
21, PerGa pDAHLBOMU, Westw. (Plate XXXV. figs. 3, 4.)
P. bicoiori, Leach, affinis magnitudine et habitu, differt scutello
plano, postice marginato, cellulaque secunda submarginali parva
tertiaque subovali imprimis distincta.
Capite nigro; labro, clypeo mandibulisque concoloribus, tuberculis
antenniferis guttaque pone oculos luteis ; antennis brevissimis, ni-
gris; coliaris lateribus dilatatis, luteis, antice parum obscuri-
oribus ; scutello albido-luteo, subplano, postice tenuiter marginato ;
abdomine nigro-chalybeio ; ale stigmate venisque nigris, cellulis
sabmarginalibus prima et secunda equalibus, tertia multo majore
elongata sabovali, apice valde curvato ; pleuris mesosternt nigris,
macula magna semiovali et metapleuris gutta rotunda luteis notatis ;
cowis anticis basi albidis; pedibus luteis, femoribus omnibus basi
apiceque tibiarum et tarsorum in posticis nigris.
Mas differt vertice longitudinaliter impresso, et maculis duabus
rotundis luteis notato, thorace magno, antice elongato, abdomine
parum minore quam thorax, alarum anticarum stigmate magno
margineque antico pone stigma haud subito oblique truncato.
Long. corp. 3 lin. 5, 9 63. Expans. alar. antic. $ lin. 10, 2
lin, 12.
. Hab. in Australasia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
22. Perea Bicotor, Leach, Zool. Mise. il. p. 116.
“ Pernigra, clypeo, capitis lateribus, thorace ante squamas utrinque,
scutello, tibiis, tarsis coxisque 4 posticis albidis, tarsis tibiisque 4
posticis apice nigris ; alis hyalinis,apice fuscescentibus, pterygosteis
nigris. Femora postica basi albida. Mas adhuc latet,”’ (Leach.)
Species nigra, labro niyro, clypeo scutelloque luteis, coxis, trochan-
teribus hasique femorum 2 posticorum albidis distincta.
Scutellum convexum, medio longitudinaliter impressum. dAlarum
anticarum cellula secunda submarginalis precedente vel sequente
major; cellula tertia subquadrata.
Long. corp. 74. Ewpans. alar, 113 lin.
Long. indiv. nonnullorum femineorum in Mus. Hopeiano lin. 63 ;
expans. alar. antic. lin. 123.
Hab. in Australasia (South Australia, Damel/).
23. PERGA SPINOL#, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 4.)
Foemina. Subgracilis, cylindrica, piceo-nigra, punctata, abdominis
basi et apice flavis, alis anticis dimidio apicali magis fuscis ; labro,
Proc Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXV. 25
&
372 PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. [May 4,
clypei margine, antico orbita (nisi supera) oculorum et tuberculis
antenniferis obscure fulvis, vertice immaculato bisulcato ; collart
nigro, flavido tenuiter marginato ; mesonoto longitudinaliter sul-
cato scutello subquadrato, tuberculis duobus ad angulos posticos
fulvis instructo ; abdomine piceo, segmento primo et duobus ultimis
fulvis, reliquis postice tenuissime fulvo marginatis, pleuris meso-
thoracis et mesosterno valde convexis, nigris, nitidissimis, meta-
pleuris gutta parva fulva; femoribus 4 anticis piceis, basi et
apice pallidis ; coxis posticis dimidio apicali cum trochanteribus
et dimidio basali femorum albidis ; tibiis anticis piceo et flavido
variis, posticis flavidis, upice late nigris ; tarsis flavidis ; alis bast
pallidis, ultra medium obscurioribus, stigmate fulvo, venis nigri-
cantibus, cellula prima submarginali distincta at minore quam
sequens, secunda et tertia fere equalibus, apice recte truncatis.
Long. corp. lin.6. Expans. alar. lin. 12 (1 une.).
Hab. in Australasia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxoniz.
24, PERGA LATREILLU, Leach, Zool. Mise. iii. p. 116. (Plate
XXXVI. fig. 3.)
“<P. luteo-ferruginea ; capite, thoracis dorso tarsisque posticis basi
nigris, pectore ventreque lutescentibus ; clypeo, vertice maculis, scu-
tello squamis, thoracis margine pleurisque albidis ; alis hyalinis ;
pterygosteis luteis ; abdomen articulis duobus primis basi utrin-
que nigricantibus ; antenne articulis duobus basilaribus nigris.
Foemina latet.
“Long. corp. lin, 53. Expans. alar. 91 lin.” (Leach.)
Descriptionem fusiorem typi Leachiani hujus speciei in Museo
Britannico hic offero :—
Caput latum, supra nigrum, margine postico lateraliter dilatato,
punctis duobus parvis verticalibus ovalibus, alteris duobus ad mar-
ginem internum oculorum, tuberculis duobus antenniferis, anten-
nis (nisi articulis duobus basalibus nigris), clypeo transverso con-
vexo luteo-fulvis ; labro obscure fusco; collart nigro postice
fulvo marginato, lateribus fulvis ; mesonoto piceo-nigro, macula
trigona media dorsali scutelloque fulvis ; segmentis duobus abdo-
minalibus rufo-fulvis, basi nigris ; abdomine reliquo pedibusque
castaneo-rufis, illo angusto, subparallelo, apice truncato ; tarsis
posticis fuscis ; alis obscure fuscescentibus, costa basi stigmate-
que fuscis.
Individua tria masculina, in Mus. Hopeiano conservata, huic
speciei pertinentia (ut mihi videtur) puncto elongato-luteo in medio
dorsi thoracis (ante scutellum) tarsisque posticis basi parum obscuri-
oribus (nec nigris), alis pallide infumatis, costa stigmateque brun-
neis distinguuntur.
Long. corp. lin. 5. Expans. alar. lin. 9.
Hab. in Australasia (South Australia, Damell).
25. PeRGA MACLEAII. (Plate XXXV. fig. 2.)
Species perelegans, glaberrima, capite et thorace fulvis, hoc nigro bi=
maculato ; abdomine,chalybeio, albido fasciato ; alis flavidis, medi
1880.] PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 373
Susco fasciatis ; capite fulvo, levi, fronte antice in medio supra
basin antennarum parum porrecta, vertice pone ocellos triimpresso,
mandibulis apice castaneis ; (antennis fractis ;) mesonoto antice
canali medio instructo, lateribus dorsi elevatis nigris, utrinqgue
linea impressa obliqua a dorsi medio separatis ; scutello trans-
verso quadrato, postice parum angustato, in medio subimpresso,
utringue postice tuberculo fulvo instructo; abdomine chalybeio
nitidissimo, segmentis basalibus utrinque, posticis omnino albido
fasciatis ; corpore infra fulvo ; abdomine cyaneo, segmentis anguste
albido marginatis ; pedibus piceis ; alis magnis, flavidis, costa
stigmateque castaneis, hoc basi nigro, fascia media transversa
fusca ; cellulamarginali fere ad apicem ale extensa, cellula prima
submarginali brevi transversa, secunda et tertia fere eque longis,
hac latiore, apice recte truncato ; cellula marginali in alis posticis
interdum vena transversa recta prope apicem in duas partes
divisa. (Femina.)
Long. corp. lin. 63. Hzxpans. alar. antic. lin. 14.
Had. in Australasia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxoniz.
26. PerGA BELLA, Newman, ‘ Entomologist,’ p. 89.
** Testacea: caput testaceum, oculis nigris ; ocelli nigri in macula
concolori siti; anéennarum articuli 1. et 2. aterrimi, apicibus tenui-
ter albis, 3. fuscus, ceeteri lutei ; antennze tubere albo site ; oculorum
margo anticus albus, gene quoque albe ; epicranium asperum, macu-
lis 2 albis signatum ; c/ypeus testaceus, lateribus albis : prothoracis
scutellum margine postico albo: mesothoracis scutum asperum, punc-
tum, linea mediana marginibusque lateralibus elevatis albis, lineis
quoque nonnullis nigris; mesothoracis scutellum dentibus 2 posticis
sublongis obtusis instructum ; mesopleura puncta, margine imo fal-
ciformi late albo: metapleura nigro varia, macula elevata mediana
subtrigona alba; mesosternum aterrimum, glaberrimum: pedes
flavidi, coxis albis: abdomen testaceum, maculis 7 lateralibus elon-
gatis albis, subtus testaceo nigroque varium.
“Corp. long. 7 unc., alar. lat. 1°4 une.
“TInhabits New Holland. A single specimen of this beautiful
insect (now in cabinet of Entomol. Club) was taken by Mr. Davis at
Adelaide.”’— Newman.
P. ferruginee, Leach, proxima, sed multo major, alarum anticarum
medio paullo saturatiore. Variat colore saturatiore maculisque distin-
ctioribus, maculis 7 oblongis, albidis, lateralibus abdominis distin-
guenda, abdomine etiam segmentis ventralibus interdum testaceis,
interdum nigris nitidis segmento ultimo cum oviductu testaceo,
interdum omnino nigris oviductu piceo.
Individua plurima foeminea i in Mus. Hopeiano Oxoniz hospitantur,
variant longitudine une. 3 ad une. #, et expans. alar. antic. unc. 11
ad unc 1}.
Individua hujus speciei ex Adelaida in museo Hopeiano cum
nomine falso P. ventralis, Westw., inscripto e Dom. Smith accepta, et
alia similiter nominata in Mus. Britannico continentur.
Alia individua, ex Adelaida, pallidiora (scil. magis lutescentia) in
*
374 PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. [May 4,
museo Hopeiano etiam hospitantur cum nomine falso Perga ferru-
ginea, Leach, a Smithio inscripta.
27. PerGa FERRUGINEA, Leach, Zool. Misc. iii. p. 118.
«P, ferruginea abdomine pallidiore ; labro, clypeo, fronte, antennis,
tarsis omnibus tibiisque quatuor posticis luteds, alis subfulvescen-
tibus. Maus latet.
“ Long. corp. 64, expans. alar. antic. lin. 12.” (Leach.)
Hab. in Australasia (Sidney, Moreton Bay, &c.).
Individua plurima cum typo Leachiano (a Leachio ipso inseripto)
in Mus. Hopeiano hospitantur.
Caput et thorax opaca, abdomine magis castaneo nitido, femoribus
tibiisque duabus posticis castaneis ; alarum anticarum stigmate cas-
taneo, cellula marginali angusta fere lineari ad basin acutiuscula,
versus apicem sensim latiore, apice obtuso, cellulis submarginalibus
tribus basalibus perbrevibus, tertize apice obliquo.
28. Perca Lewis, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. vol.i. p. 234
(P.S.), and vol. ii. Proceedings, p. xliv; Arean, Ent. i. p. 23,
pl. 7. fig., 1.
Ochracea, capitis thoracisque linea laterali apiceque tibiarum et ar-
ticulorum tarsalium posticorum nigris.
2 supra obscure ochracea ; caput magnum, quadratum, fere tho-
racis latitudine ; antennis articulo sexto procedentibus tribus
articulis parum longiore ; venula transversa inter cellulas 1™ et 2”
alarum anticarum sepe obsoleta ; stigmate magno ; capite subtus
et mesosterno luteis; tibie 2 posticee apice, apiceque articuli
primi tarsalis et articulis reliquis fere omnino mgris ; antennce
perbreves, articulis 2°, 3°, et 4° fere equalibus ; clypeus valde ru-
gosus ; prothoraw (collare) in medio fere obsoletus ; mesonoto
plano continuo ; scuto impressione a parapsidibus haud separato ;
scutello antice rotundato, angulis posticis oblique truncatis ; abdo-
mine Q depresso, apice acuminato ; tarsorum articulis apice
dilatatis ; pedum posticorum tibiis apice apiceque articulorum tar-
salium nigris ; ale antice stigmate fere lincari angusto, apice sub-
obtuso ; cellula prima submargineli a secunda vena (sepe obli-
terata) viv separata.
Long. corp. lin. 10. Ewpans. alar. antic. une. 13 (=hn. 16).
Hab. in Terra Van Diemenii.
Individua plurima in Mus. Hopeiano Oxoniz adsunt: marem non
vidi.
Var. minor, coloribus et facie omnino simillima, e Terra Van
Diemenii et Adelaida in Mus. Hopeiano. Long. lin. 8, expans. alar.
lin. 13.
P. ferruginee, Leach, valde affinis, sed multo major tarsisque
dilatatis distincta.
An interesting account of the habits of this species by Mr. R. H.
Lewis appeared in the first volume of the ‘ Transactions of the En-
tomological Society.of London,’ with the heading “ Case of Maternal
1880. ] PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 375
attendance on the Larva by an Insect of the Tribe of Terebrantia, be-
longing to the Genus Perga, observed at Hobarton, Tasmania.’’ The
female insect deposits her eggs in a longitudinal incision between the
two surfaces of the leaves of one of the Zucalypti, adjoining the mid-
rib. ‘The eggs, about eighty in number, are placed transversely ina
double series. They are of an oblong form, two lines in length and
half a line in breadth. On this leaf the mother sits till the exclusion
of the larvee (which takes place in a few days); nor can she be made
to leave the spot except by actual force, clinging to the edges of
the leaf by her flexible tarsi. The larva, when hatched, are of a
dirty-green colour, with shining black heads: they keep together in
the brood, arranging themselves in oval masses with their heads
pointing outwards. They appear to feed chiefly by night; the
mother insect sitting with outstretched legs over her brood, preserving
them from the heat of the sun and attacks of their enemies with
admirable perseverance, never offering to use her wings (even when
disturbed) or moving from the spot. Instances are mentioned
where two mother insects were found tending one large brood, a
smaller adjacent one being without the parent; and, although so
anxious in the defence of the young, they allowed themselves to be
transposed to other broods, which they tended with equal assiduity
for a period of from four to six weeks. ‘They were, however, never
observed to render any direct assistance to the larve; indeed the
broods which had been accidentally deprived of their mothers were
still in a thriving state. Previously to casting their skins, the larvee
arrange themselves in an oval mass with their heads pointing out-
wards, and the anterior legs elevated, resting on the four posterior
only. The remainder of the body is likewise thrown upwards ;
and their tails meet in the centre, forming a conical mass, concealed
in the midst of which are the small and feeble individuals of the
brood. In a subsequent communication Mr. Lewis states that there
is but one brood in the year, and the earliest portion of their lives is
passed during the winter season, when they are subject to heavy rains.
When resting inthe day the larve, like those of most other Tere-
brantia, carry their heads erect, emitting a drop of a yellow gummy
fluid from the mouth ; and if touched they throw their heads back and
vomit this fluid in some quantity. It is very thick, and seems to be
given to them as a protection against Ichneumonidae, one of which
tribe preys upon them ; but the author had seen one of the Ichneu-
mons dead with the wings and legs covered and glued together by
this gummy matter.
29. Perca smiruu, Westw. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 6.)
Foemina gracilis. P. lewisii similis, at multo minor, pallidior, ab-
domine nitido lutescente, dimidio aprcali castaneo, tibiarum posti-
carum apice et articulis tarsorum posticorum apicibus nigris.
Long. corp. lin. 6-7. Eapans. alar. antic. lin. 103-12.
Hab. in Australasia. In Mus. Hopeiano.
P. ferruginee, Leach, affinis, differt corpore graciliore, abdominis
dimidio apicali obscure castaneo; tarsis elongatis, posticis nigro an-
376 PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. [May 4,
nulatis. Caput subdepressum, punctatum, vertice bicanaliculato,
macula elevata ovali nigra nitida utrinque pone oculos; antennis et
mandibulis nigris. Thorax punctatus, utrinque macula parva nigra
ante tegulas et ad originem impressionum duarum obliquarum
(scutum mesothoracicum, medio canaliculatum includentium). Scu-
tellum medio impressum, postice utrinque angulatum. Abdomen
nitidissimum, pallide luteo-flavidum, dimidio apicali castaneo ; pedi-
bus elongatis, concoloribus, apicibus articulorum tarsalium nee non
tibiarum duarum posticarum nigris; corpore toto infra cum coxis
et pedibus pallide luteo-flavido. Ale pallide fulvescenti-hyaline,
stigmate castaneo, venis fulvis, cellula prima submarginali omnino
obliterata, secunda fere tertize zequali, hujus apice obliquo curvato.
Long. corp. lin. 7, expans. alar. lin. 12.
Hab. in Australasia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
30. Perca scaBra, Newman, Zoologist, 1846, t. 4. p. 1274.
**Colour brown, the legs being paler than the body. The head is of
nearly equal width with the prothorax and semiporrected ; the ocelli
are placed in a triangle, the base of which is much the longest, the
anterior ocellus being but little in advance of the other two; every
part of the head is rendered scabrous by irregular, deep, and often
confluent punctures; the vertex has, moreover, two vague longitu-
dinal depressions, and between them a slight central longitudinal
sulcus terminating at the anterior ocellus ; the antennze are remark-
ably short, even for the genus, when extended laterally they scarcely
reach beyond the eyes. The prothorax is sculptured in the same
manner as the head, and has various depressed spaces and elevated
ridges, all of which have a longitudinal direction. The abdomen is
glabrous, its extremity much recurved. The wings partake of the
brown colour of the entire insect.
** The length varies from + to 4 of an inch.
** Inhabits Australia (Lieut. Ince).””. Newman.
An P. ferruginea, Leach ?
31. PERGA VENTRALIS.
Perga (Pseudoperga) ventralis, Guérin-Méneville, Icon. R. An.
Ins. texte, p. 399.
“* Antennes noires, avec une petite tache fauve sous l’extrémité du
dernier article. Téte noire en dessus, jaune en dessous. Mandibules
noires, labre jaune. Chaperon jaune bordé de noiritre. Un petit
point jaune sur [insertion des antennes. Thorax rugueux, noir,
bords latéraux au prothorax, cdtés du mésothorax sur les rebords
latéraux, tégules des ailes et une petite tache vague aux bords laté-
raux de l’écussion jaunatres. Dessous du prothorax jaune. Dessous
du mésothorax noir, avec une large tache jaune de chaque cété.
Ailes hyalines a nervures rougitres, le point épais est trés dilaté, aussi
large que la cellule radiale; et l’extrémité de l’aile se rétrécissant brus-
quement semble tronquée obliquement au bord antérieur 4 partir de
la callosité. Pattes d’un jaune fauve, avec I’ extrémité des cuisses,
1830. | PROF, WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 377
des jambes et des tarses postérieurs d’un brun noiratre. Abdomen
jaune-fauve, avec tout le dessus d’un bleu noiratre, garni d’un trés fin
duvet gris soyeux et chatoyant.”
Lorg. corp. 15 mill.
Hab. in Terra Van Diemenii.
32. PERGA LEACHII, sp. nov.
Cupite supra nigro, margine postico (lateribus dilatatis), maculis
duabus oblongis verticalibus, antennis, facie infra antennas, man-
dibulis (apicibus nigris) pedibusque luteo-flavidis ; collari piceo,
marginibus posticis luteis ; abdomine obscure luteo-fusco, ceru-
lescenti metallice nitente ; scuto mesonoti trigono, postice Luteo
marginato, in medio canaliculato, marginibus elevatis scutelloque
luteis ; hoc obtrigono, postice tuberculis duobus prominentibus in-
structo ; abdomine infra luteo-fulvo.
Long. corp. lin. 6. Expans. alar. antic. lin. 11.
In Museo Britannico insectum foemineum continetur nomine falso
P. kirbii inscriptum.
Etiam in Museo Hopeiano (e Melbourne), alis pallide lutescenti-
bus, anticis apice rotundatis, stigmate obscuriore; cellula prima sub-
marginali parva sed distincta, quadrata, cellula tertia magna, antice
et postice recte truncata, antennis distincte 7-annulatis.
33. PERGA HALIDAIT, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 5.)
P. leachii valde affinis forma et structura, sed minor et aliter colorata.
Foemina. Capite et thorace nigris subnitidis, levissime punctatis,
facie infra, lateribus capitis et maculis duabus verticalibus, anten-
nis, pedibus, scutelloque bituberculato fulvis; abdomine castaneo ;
ais fulvis ; labro, clypeo (cum punctis duobus minimis mediis
mgris), mandibulis (dentibus nigris) et lateribus capitis fulvis ;
vertice migro, convexo, haud sulcato, maculis duabus ovatis fulvis ;
antennis ultra oculos longe extensis, distinete 7-annulatis, articulo
tertio duobus sequentibus simul sumptis longitudine equali gra-
cili, ultimo ovali, certo situ ante medium ejus subarticulato ;
collaris lateribus nigris, fulvo marginatis ; mesonoto nigro, sulco
antico longitudinali et duobus alteris obliquis postice convergentibus ;
scutello semiovali, convexo,supra subsulcato, postice tuberculis duo-
bus obtusis instructo, lineisque 4 gracilibus a scutello utrinque ad
basin alarum extensis ; metanoti annulo ultimo ( fulvo marginato)
basique segmenti primi abdominis nigris; reliquis segmentis
rufis, lateribus albidis, seymentisque ceeruleo parum nitidis ; me-
sosterno cum pleuris nigris nitidis, fere impunctatis, his albido late
marginatis, et metapleuris macula ovali albida notatis ; pedibus
cum coxis pallide fulvis ; abdomine infra basi fusco, postice cwm
laterebus late albidis ; alis pallide fulvis, stigmate et venis fulvis,
cellule prima submarginali parva distincta quadrata, secunda
duplo majore, tertia magna, oblonga, apice recte truncata.
Long. corp. lin. 63. Expans. alar. antic. lin, 14.
Hab. in Adelaida, In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie,
378 PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. [May 4,
34. PERGA JURINE!, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 6.)
Mas. Nigra, flavido varia, abdomine supra purpureo, ultra medium
magis ccerulescente, apice extremo Luteo, antennis pedibusque fulvis,
alis subfulvis, anticarum medio fusco parum suffuso ; capite supra
transverse quadrato, convero ; labro, clypeo antice, tuberculis an-
tenniferis, antennis, capitis lateribus pone oculos et intraorbitali
maculisque duabus oblongis verticalibus fulvis ; antennis distincte
7-articulatis, articulo tertio longitudine quarti et quinti simul
sumptis cequali, sexto parum majore quam precedens, septimo
oblongo ovali ; ocello centrali in fossula posito ; collaris lateribus
nigris late flavo marginatis ; mesonoto nigro, punctatissimo ; scu-
tello parvo, semiovali, postice bituberculato, convexo, utrinque cum
linea tenuissima ad basin alarum extensa fulva ; metanoto per-
brevi, postice tenwiter fuluvo marginato ; abdomine segmentis latera-
_ liter fulvo marginatis ; mesopleuris nigris, albido late marginatis ;
mesosterno nigro, nitido, antice albido lineato ; abdomine infra lu-
tescente; pedibus flavidis, femoribus et tibis 2 posticis magis fulvis ;
alis pallide fulvescentibus, anticis medio obscurioribus, venis stig-
mateque fulvis, cellula marginali elongato-ovali, cellula tertia
submarginali permagna, apice recie truncato.
Long. corp. lin, 44. Expans. alar. antic. lin. 9.
Hab. in Australasia, Melbourne (Bakewell). In Mus. Hopeiano
Oxonie.
Variat mas capite fere toto fulvo, fossula ocelligera lineisque duabus
ex ocellis per verticem ductis obscuris ; mesonoti scuto conico, fulvo,
fossula media nigra antica notato, pedibus posticis fulvis.
Long. corp, lin. 53. Eapans. alar, antic. lin. 103.
Hab. Swan River. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
35. PerGa MAYRU, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 7.)
Femina. Capite toto, antennis (brevissimis), collaris lateribus, dorso
mesonoti, maculis duabus scutelli, abdomine toto, pedibus anticis,
tubiis tarsisque 4 posticis fulvis, scutelli parte relicta et meta-
noto castaneis, femoribus 4 posticis nigris; facie infra trisulcata,
sulcis supra ocellos terminatis, vertice supra convexo integro ;
antennis tantum 5-articulatis, articulis 3° et 4° perbrevibus,
secundo parum gracilioribus; collaris lateribus fulvis, punctatis ;
metanoto fulvo, in medio nigricante ; scutello transverso, lateribus
subrotundatis, postice leviter trisinuato, dorso subplano, castaneo,
glabro, utrinque macula fulva notato ; metanoto annuliformi,
nigricunte ; abdomine subangusto, cylindrico, toto fulvo ; cowis
anticis piceis, posticis nigris, nitidis, femoribusque nigris geniculis
luteis ; thorace subtus nigro, nitidissimo, glabro; alis fulvis, venis
stigmateque castanco-fulvis, vena inter cellulas prima et secunda
submarginales fere obliterata, cellula tertia magnitudine anticis
duabus subceequali, hujus apice valde obliquo et curvato.
Long. corp. lin. 7. Expans. alar. antic. lin. 134.
Hab. Swan River (De Boulay). In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
Se
ae -”-P.Z.8.1880 Pl XXKUT
oY
WEurlass lith. Hanhart img
DETAILS OF AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF PERGA.
P.Z.S.1880.P1. XXXIV.
®,
W. Purkiss lith Hanhart ump.
AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF PERGA.
P.Z.8.1880 PL XXXV,
W.Purkiss lith Hanhart imp.
AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF PERGA
RXXVI
~
f
P.Z.8. 166071
W. Purkiss lith
Hanhart imp .
AUSTRABIAN SPECIES OF PERGA.
P. Z.S. 1880. ARRVGE
ny
W.Purkiss lith
Hanhart mp
ae
.
J
AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF PER[
1880. ] PROF. WESTWOOD ON THE GENUS PERGA. 379
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXXIII.
Details of the genus Perga.
Head of Perga dorsalis 2 , seen in front.
. Maxille and labium of ditto, from the outside.
Bs i from within the mouth.
Maxilla of P. klugii, separate.
. Labium and labial palpi of ditto.
. Antenna of Perga brullei, with six very short joints.
= P. latreillii (6-jointed, with elongate intermediate joints).
a: P. jurinei (7-jointed).
5 P. mayrii (5-jointed).
a P. klugii 3.
ie P. klugit 2
. Extremity of fore wing of Perga schiodtei, with third submarginal cell
appendiculated.
. Extremity of fore wing of P. drullei, with angulated costa, and third
submarginal cell scarcely extending beyond the middle of the
stigma.
. Extremity of fore wing of P. walkeri, with third submarginal cell angu-
lated at its extremity.
. Extremity of fore wing of P. cameronii, with third submarginal cell
oblong-quadrate and extending far beyond the stigma, and with
the second recurrent veinlet confluent with the veinlet between
the second and third submarginal cells.
. Extremity of fore wing of P. jurinei, with the veinlet between the first
and second submarginal cells nearly obsolete.
. Extremity of fore wing of P. smithii, with the first and second sub-
marginal cells united together.
. Extremity of forewing of P. guerinii, with the same as last, and with
the fore margin angulated.
. Extremity of tibia and tarsus of P. klugii, seen beneath.
20. Two joints of tarsus of P. Alugii, sideways.
Prats XXXTY.
1. Perga klugii 3, p. 363. Fig. 5. Perga vollenhovii 3, p. 365.
2. —— klugii °, p. 363. 6. brullei 2, p. 864.
By schiodtei 3, p. 364. 7. —— resemei 2, p, 865,
4, —— schiodtei Q, p. 364.
Prare XXXV.
1. Perga guerinti $, p. 867. Fig. 5. Perga esenbeckii 2, p. 865.
2. macleati 2, p. 372. 6 peletierti 3, p. 370.
3. dahlbomii , p. 371. is gravenhorstii, p. 366.
4, —— dahlbomii 9, p. 371.
Pratt XXXVI.
1. Perga foersteri, p. 368. Fig. 4. Perga spinole, p. 871.
2. dalmanni, p. 369. 5. —— walkerii, p. 368.
3. —— latreillit, p. 372. 6. smithii, p. 375.
Puarr XXXYVII.
1. Perga cressonit, p. 368. Fig. 5. Perga halidaii, p. 377.
2. christii, p. 366. 6. Jurinei, p. 878.
3. —— cameronii, p. 367. 7. —— mayrii, p. 878.
4, kirbii, p. 371.
380 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 4,
2. On a supposed Instance of Hybridization between a Cat
and Lynx. By W. J. Horrman, M.D.
[Received April 7, 1880.]
The following statement was made to me a short time since by a
medical gentleman, late of the U.S. Army, as having occurred
during his residence at Camp Apache, Arizona Territory, about six
years ago. The doctor had received orders to report at that isolated
station, and took a pet Cat with him, partly on account of his ad-
miration for the animal, also for the purpose of ridding the quarters
of annoying rodents.
Upon the arrival of spring the Cat began to show symptoms of
restlessness, with occasional fits of irritability, which would at times
be replaced by evidences of more than ordinary affection and play-
fulness. Suspecting that the chief cause of these demonstrations was
sexual excitement, and knowing that there was no other cat within
eighty or a hundred miles of the station—the intervening country
being badly broken and very desolate, the result was watched with
interest.
One day the Cat disappeared and remained away for over a week,
when she as mysteriously made her reappearance with an apparent
sense of contentment and a desire to remain about the building. In
due time she gave birth to four kittens, three of which resembled the
mother, but the fourth had a tail of but half the normal length, and
was also of a greyish tawny colour, in time also growing much larger
than the rest. As it grew up it became very tame, following its
master around the buildings like a dog, showing various charac-
teristic traits of the Lynx, such as the gait, quickness of motion,
climbing trees, ete.
As a Lynx (felis rufa) is exceedingly common in the dense woods
surrounding the Post, it is but reasonable to attribute the paternity
of the kittens to the above-named species, especially so when we
consider the general resemblances above stated.
Washington, March 25, 1880.
3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part
II. On the Syrinx and other Points in the Anatomy of the
Eurylemide’. By W. A. Forsss, B.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to
the Society.
[Received April 5, 1880.]
The true position of the Broadbills or Eurylemide in the series
of birds, and particularly the question as to their passerine or non-
passerine affinities, has long been in question amongst systematic
' Part i. supra, p. 143.
1880. ] ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 381
ornithologists'. That more intimate knowledge of their structure
from which alone any true answer to this question could be given,
has been likewise gradually accumulating for many years.
Nitzsch, in his great work on Pterylography, published posthu-
mously in 1840, showed that the species examined by him possessed
a characteristically Passerine pterylosis*. Johannes Miiller, in 1846,
in his classical memoir on the vocal organs of Passeres*, remarked that
in Corydon sumatranus, the only speciesof this group examined by him,
there were “ no muscular fibres on the larynx.” Blanchard, in 1859",
showed that Eurylemus javanicus agreed in its sternal characters
with other Passeres, and particularly compared it with the Swallows
in this respect.
Mr. Sclater*, in 1872, figured the sternum of Cymbirhynchus
macrorhynchus (under the name of Hurylemus javanicus ; cf. Lord
Walden, 7. c. p. 370), and stated that in his opinion these birds were
truly Passerine.
Prof. Garrod °, in 1877, was enabled, by an examination of dry
skins of Cymbirhynchus, Calyptomena, and Eurylemus ochromelas, to
show that these species differed singularly from all other Passeres
yet examined in that in them the tendon of the flexor longus hallucis
sends a strong vinculum to the tendon of the flexor digitorum pro-
fundus, as in nearly all other non-passerine birds in which a hallux
is developed. He also showed at the same time that in these species
the palate was truly Passerine, and proposed to divide the order
Passeres “into two sections to start with, those with the hallux not
free (the Eurylemide), and those with the hallux independently
movable.” The following year he was able to add to this account
some facts in the anatomy of two other species, Psarisomus dalhou-
si@ and Serilophus rubropygius. These facts included the typical
Passerine arrangement of the tendon of the tensor patagii brevis
(P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 508), the presence of the left carotid only, the
* For a succinct resumé of the opinions of ornithologists on this point, see
Mr. Sclater’s paper in the ‘ Ibis,’ quoted below.
* Ray Soc. ed., pp. 76, 77. These were Corydon swmatranus, Calyptomena
viridis, Eurylemus gavanicus and E. ochromelas, and Cymbirhynchus macrorhyn-
chus. In the three last named Nitzsch describes nine of the remiges assituated “on
the hand ;” in all the specimens of this group I have examined, I find there are
ten primaries (cf. also Wallace, Ibis, 1874, p. 406, and Sundevall, Tentamen,
p- 61). An examination of the pterylosis in my spirit-specimens has also con-
vinced me of the partial inaccuracy of Nitzsch’s figure of that of Cymbirhynchus
(pl. ii. fig. 15). ‘The lumbar saddle is here represented as too angular, and the
inclosed space, as well as the antero-lateral tracts bounding it, too broad. The
postero-lateral tracts also are represented as consisting of but a single row of
feathers. In reality, in this species there is a large ephippial space, of an elon-
gated oval shape, the whole shape of the saddle being more like that repre-
sented by Nitzsch in Cephalopterus (1. c. fig. 10.) The tracts behind are two
feathers broad. In Calyptomena, judging from skins, there isan acutely-angled
rhombic saddle, whilst in Zurylemus the condition is intermediate.
I may add that in £. ochromelas and Cymbirhynchus the neck-feathering of
the lower surface is uninterrupted till behind the middle, and that the throat
is entirely feather-clad, with no naked symphysial space.
° Garrod’s edition, p. 27. * Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) Zool. vol, xi. p. 92.
5 Ibis 1872, p. 177, &e, 8 P. ZS. 1877, p. 447.
382 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 4,
normal disposition of the vessels of the thigh, the presence of the
femoro-caudal, semitendinosus and accessory semitendinosus, and the
absence of the ambiens and accessory femoro-caudal muscles. He
also called attention to the unforked condition of the sternum in
Psarisomus, this feature resembling that figured previously by Mr.
Sclater in Cymbirhynchus.
Having lately, through the kindness of Mr. Edward Gerrard, jun.,
become the possessor of a specimen each of Cymbirhynchus macro-
rhynchus and Eurylemus ochromelas trom Sarawak, excellently pre-
served in spirits, I am in the position to supplement the above men-
tioned facts in our knowledge of the anatomy of the Eurylemide by
describing the syrinx and alimentary canal, previously hardly at all
known at all in this group, in these two species, as well as of con-
firming or modifying previously published statements.
As regards osteology, the only point I wish to record is the un-
forked condition of the manubrium sterni in both species. In this
respect they resemble the condition present in Psarisomus, as already
Fig. 1.
Lefi foot of Cymbirhynchus macrorhynchus, viewed from beliind, to show the
deep plantar tendons, and the yinculum (v.), which the flewor longus hallucis
(f. 2. h.) sends to the ten¢ion of the flecor profundus digitorum. The skin
has been turned aside, and the superficial flexors removed ; the flexor
longus hallucis has been cut short above and displaced,
noticed by Prof. Garrod. As this feature appears equally in Mr.
Sclater’s figure of Cymbirhynchus above alluded to, as well as in a
specimen of the sternum of that bird in the College of Surgeons, and
in Mr. Eyton’s figure of Corydon sumatranus (Osteol. Av. pl. 8.
fig. 5), it seems probable that it is a regular character of this family
of Passeres, though in other families of that group it seems to be an
individual or specific characteristic.
1880. | ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS, 383
Both the species under discussion agree entirely with Psarisomus
and Serilophus in the points already noted by Prof. Garrod. I may
add that the pectoralis primus is large, as is also the pectoralis
secundus, this muscle extending to the end of the sternum, or there-
abouts. As in other Passeres, the diceps-slip to the patagium and the
expansor secundaricrum are absent. The semimembranosus is slender,
but muscular. The gluteus primus is large, covering the biceps ;
and the obturator internus is elongatedly oval. As will be seen in
fig. 1, in Cymbirhynchus the vinculum in the deep plantar tendons
is strong, and has the character of a firm round tendon, instead of
being composed of more or less transversely-directed fibres running
between the two tendons, as in many birds where this structure
obtains. In Eurylemus ochromelas it is apparently double, there
being a second additional slip given off lower down from the hallux-
tendon, which joins the tendon of the digital flexor at the point
where the latter, splitting up into three, receives the main vinculum.
As regards the alimentary canal of these birds, there is nothing
unusual in its conformation. The tongue is elongatedly cordate, and
slightly bifid at the tip. Both it and the palate generally are smooth ;
along its posterior sides, it is provided, as is frequently the case,
with about eighteen small, backwardly directed, spiny processes,
that at the angle being much larger than the others. There is no crop
developed ; and the proventriculus is zonary : in Cymbirhynchus it
is 3, in E. ochromelas + inch in vertical depth. The stomach has the
character of a not very muscular gizzard, and is lined with hardened
brown epithelium ; the left lobe of the liver is the smallest (consi-
derably). The ceca are present, as might have been predicted from
the nude oil-gland’, and are truly Passerine in nature, being mere
nipples 4, or, in the smaller species, ;4, inch long. The following are
the intestinal measurements :—
Cymbirhynchus. Small intestine 7 2in., large intestine 11, total 9 in.
53
E. ochromelas. a af 8, 4, 6h in.
The nature of the syrinz was the most interesting question to be
examined in these specimens, Miiller’s short allusion to that of
Corydon, quoted above, being all that was known as regards its
structure.
In Eurylemus ochromelas the syrinx is less specialized, as regards
its cartilaginous constituents, than in Cymbirhynchus, and will there-
fore here be described first.
The tracheal rings have their usual complete form, being notched
before and behind to varying extents, and separated only by narrow
intervals. The strong sterno-tracheales, the only extrinsic syringeal
muscles, are inserted on the last ring but five. Only the last two
tracheal rings are modified. The penultimate ring is narrowed and
slightly produced downwards in front; the last is also narrow, and
closely apposed to the penultimate, the membranous interval between
the two being very much reduced, except in the middle line in front,
’ Cf. Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 119.
384 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 4,
where it is well developed, the last ring being here notched above.
Behind, the ultimate and penultimate rings are united by a vertically
disposed median bar. ‘The last ring forms a three-way piece, there
being a forwardly-directed narrow pessulus developed from its hinder
margin below. The pessulus is apparently membranous, in this spe-
cimen at least, except at its base. The first bronchial semirings are
still narrower than the last tracheal one and strongly arched, being
concave downwards. They are separated by a very slight interval
indeed from the last tracheal ring (three-way piece), and are nearly in
contact with each other in front in the middle line ; behind they are
inturned and somewhat thickened. To the middle of each ring, or
a little posteriorly to this point, is attached the lateral tracheal muscle,
Syrinx of Luwrylemus ochromelas, x 5, viewed from in front.
p, the “ pseudo-ring.”
which is extremely slender and hardly visible when dry. The second
bronchial semirings are shorter than either the first or third; they
are slightly deeper than the first pair, but are narrowed behind.
Being only slightly concave downwards, a considerable membrane-
covered fenestra is left between them and the first pair. What at
first looks like a bronchial semiring is interposed between what are
here described as the first and second of that category. This
pseudo-ring is most evident in front (wide fig. 2), but is also visible
when dry behind ; it is apparently due to the accumulation of tissue
inside, forming the outer boundary of each glottis. The third and
fourth rings are slightly concave upwards : they are deeper, especially
behind, thinning away towards the front, than those that preceded
them. The fifth and other succeeding rings are typical, unmodified
bronchial rings, which more and more encroach upon the membrana
tympaniformis, and eventually almost overlap behind. The second
and succeeding semirings are more or less incompletely ossified at
their ends.
In Cymbirhynchus macrorhynchus (figs. 3-5), the syrinx is
constructed on essentially the same plan, with some modifica-
tions. The trachea, below the insertion of the extrinsic muscles
(on the last ring but six), appears to be somewhat laterally com-
pressed and diminished in size. In the specimen before me the
last few tracheal rings are somewhat irregular in their disposition,
1880. ] ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 385
which may or may not be due to individual variation. The ante-
penultimate ring is apparently incomplete on the right side, or is at
least exceedingly reduced (vide fig. 5). The penultimate ring is
narrowed, and is closely apposed to the terminal ring throughout
except in front, where there is a well-marked subtriangular fenestra.
The last tracheal ring is produced downwards in front, but is ap-
Fig. 4. The same, x 5, from the side, to show the insertion of the intrinsic
syringeal muscle into the middle of the first bronchial semiring. The
sternotrachealis is cut short.
Fig. 5. The same, x 5, from behind, to show the pessulus.
parently incomplete on the left side in front ; so that there the penul-
timate ring is next to the first semiring, in consequence of this
disposition. The pessulus is a well-marked, forwardly-directed
386 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 4,
linear process, formed only by the right half of the last tracheal
ring, which is thus like the antepenultimate, incomplete for a part
of its course. The first bronchial semirings are much thickened and
strongly arched: they are nearly in contact in front in the middle
line, and are separated by but a narrow space from the last tracheal
ring; behind they become incurved and thickened. The second
bronchial semiring is the slenderest of all; it is shorter than the
first or third, and slightly concave downwards. There is the same
pseudo-ring formed, apparently by accumulation of tissue inside, be-
tween it and the first semiring as already described in Zurylemus,
but it is not so apparent here. The third semiring is much longer,
being the longest of all the semirings, and in consequence projecting
at both extremities. It is nearly straight, narrow, but not so narrow
as the second ring, dilated behind and tapering slightly towards the
front. The first, second, and third semirings of each side are nearly
in contact with each other before and behind. The fourth ring has
much the same shape as the third, but is slightly shorter, and more —
concave upwards than that one. The intervals between the second
and third and third and fourth rings are somewhat deeper than are
the rings themselves. The fifth and succeeding rings take on the
usual form of bronchial semirings, gradually becoming more com-
plete. Asin Zurylemus, the single intrinsic tracheal muscle, which
is very slender, is inserted slightly behind the middle of the first
bronchial semiring.
The Eurylemide are therefore, as is evident from this description,
Mesomyodian!, in that respect agreeing with most of the other
‘“‘Formicarioid”’ Passeres of Wallace (Ibis, 1874, p. 406). It is
probable that the existence of an intrinsic muscle in the syrinx of
Corydon sumatranus escaped the notice of Johannes Miiller—always
supposing that in that species the same essential form of syrinx
occurs as in those above described—owing to its slenderness. They
are not Tracheophone; and in that they possess the sciatic, instead of
the femoral artery”, they differ from the Pipride and Cotingide, with
which they have so often been associated. From these, too, they
differ, as they do from the Tyrannide, Pittide, and Rupicola, in the
details of their syrinx as well as in the simple manubrium sterni
and other points. As has already been stated, they differ from all
the other Passeres in the retention of a vinculum in the deep
fiexor tendons of the foot. To the general bearing of these facts
on the classification of the Passeres, I hope to return on some future
occasion.
1 Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 517.
2 Cf. Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 516.
1880. ] ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 387
4. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—
Part III. Onsome Points in the Structure of Philepitta,
and its Position amongst the Passeres. By W. A.
Forszs, B.A., F.L.S., Prosector to the Society.
[Received April 15, 1880.]
The doubt which has hitherto prevailed amongst ornithologists as
to the true affinities of the very singular Malagash bird for which
Geoffroy founded his genus Philepitta', makes a knowledge of its
anatomy, and particularly of its osteology and syrinx, a desideratum.
Its original describer considered this genus most nearly related to
Philedon. Bonaparte, in his Conspectus’, referred Philepitta with
some doubt to the Starlings (Sturnide), placing it near Dilophus.
The late Mr. Gray, in his Hand-list *, made it a genus of Pittide,
Pitta being the only other genus of that family recognized by
him.
Mr. Sharpe in 1870* suggested that it ought to be regarded as an
aberrant genus of the Paradiseide, forming a subfamily which he
proposed to call Philepittine.
That neither this position nor those assigned to it by Geoffroy or
by Bonaparte can be accepted is evident from the fact that, as shown
by Sundevall*, Philepitta possesses a long 10th (“ first ”’*) primary,
at the same time that the tarsus is no¢ bilaminate. The Swedish
naturalist last mentioned made his subfamily Paictine (he having
rechristened Philepitta Paictes) the first in the fifth cohort, “ Taxa-
spidee,” of his ‘‘Oscines Scutelliplantares,” the others being the
Thamnophiline, Myrmornithine, Hpysibemonine, and Scytalopo-
dine, in which last Menura was also included—a striking illustration
of the unsatisfactory results that a classification founded on external
characters only always leads to.
More recently, M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards has figured the two
known species of Philepitta, as well as the tongue and osteology of
P. castanea, in Grandidier’s magnificent work on Madagascar ”,
In this work (the plates only of the part in question having been
issued) he places it next to the Nectariniide, apparently on account
of the eye-wattle of the male and the bifid tongue approximating it
to such a form of that group as Neodrepanis. Having written to M.
Milne-Edwards to ask if he had examined the syrinx or other soft
parts of the bird under discussion, he was kind enough to reply by
sending me the viscera, including the trachea &e., of a specimen (in
all probability P. castanea), and by generously granting me per-
mission to make any use of them I liked. He also informs me that
in the text to the plates he has fully described the osteology,
' Mag. Zool., Ois., pl. 3, 1839. ? Op. cit. p. 422.
° Op. cit. i. p. 297, gen. no. 1094. * P.Z.S. 1870, p. 397.
5 Tentamen, p. 63. 8 See P.Z.S. 1879, p. 256, note,
7 Hist. Phys. Nat. et Polit. de Madagascar, tome iii. Oiseaux, Atlas ii, 17
partie, pls. 109-112,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No, XXVI. 26
388 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 4,
As regards this part of the structure of Philepitta, I only wish to
remark on and give a figure of the palate, extracted from a skin of
P. castanea by Prof. Garrod, M. Milne-Edwards’s figure of this
(pl. 112. fig. 2a) being rather indistinct in some important points.
As will at once be seen, the vomer is truly Passerine, being split behind
and truncated in front ; to its outer and anterior angles are articulated
two small nodules of bone, probably corresponding to the “ septo-
maxillaries”” of Prof. Parker. The maxillo-palatines are slender,
long, recurved apically, and pointed backwards ; the transpalatines
are distinct and slightly curved inwardly, and the palatines tend to
diverge behind. In Pit/a (cyanura) the vomer is proportionally
broader, the maxillo-palatines are much shorter and broader and
more transversely directed, and the palatines are nearly parallel to
each other throughout’. In the Hurylemide’® the maxillo-palatines,
though slender, are nearly transverse to the axis of the skull, and
the “ transpalatines ’’ tend to become obsolete.
Fig. 1.
Palate of Philepitta castanea (nat. size).
Judging from M. Milne-Edwards’s figure (J. ¢. pl. 112. fig. 3), the
manubrium sterni is but slightly bifid, therein approaching that of the
Lurylemide.
As regards other points, in its pterylosis PAilepitta, which was
one of the few important forms unexamined: by Nitzsch, is perfectly
Passerine. There is a longish oval ephippial saddle, with a large
space, much as in some of the Eurylemide (vide supra, p. 381) ;
in Pitta, according to Nitzsch, the saddle is undivided. But
Philepitta differs from the Eurylemide, and agrees with all other
Passeres, in the absence of any vinculum in the deep plantar ten-
dons, as was ascertained by Prof. Garrod from the examination of a
skin, and recorded by him in MS.
‘ Cf. Prof. Parker's fig. of Pitta melanocephala, Trans. Zool. Soc: ix. pl. Lvi.
figs. 6, 7. In this species: the “ transpalatine” processes: are far less. developed
than in P. eyanura,
* Bigures of the. palates, of Hurylemus: ochromelas and Calyptomena viridis
are given in Prof. Garrod’s paper, P. Z.8. 1877, p. 449.
1880. } ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 389
As regards the alimentary canal, there is nothing peculiar. The
tongue, in the specimen forwarded from Paris, was removed ; but,
as we know from M. Milne-Edward’s figure, it is triangular and
bifid at the end. There is no crop developed ; and the zonary pro-
ventriculus is half an inch deep. The stomach is a strong gizzard,
rather elongated in shape, with thick and considerably plicated
epithelium. The liver is unequilobed, the left lobe being half the
size of the right ; it has a gall-bladder. The total length of the intes-
tines is seven inches, of which the last half-inch is large intestine.
The ceeca are truly passerine, being mere nipples, and rather widely
separated.
The syrinx of Philepitta being hitherto entirely unknown, I
herewith give a deseription and figures of it.
Fig. 2. Syrinx of Philepitia, from before. Fig. 3. The same, from behind.
Fig. 4. The same, from the right side. (These figures are magnified about
4 times.)
The trachea is slightly laterally compressed below; the rings,
which are complete, are somewhat irregular in shape, owing to the
greater or less development of the notchings on their borders. In
front, of the last few rings preceding the terminal one, two or more
are joined together by vertically directed bars, which makes it diffi-
cult to count their number with exactitude. Behind, however, they
are all free. The terminal tracheal ring is narrow laterally, and
closely apposed to the first bronchial semirings ; in front and behind
it is produced downwards triangularly, and behind bears a well-
developed forwardly directed narrow pessulus. As seen from behind,
therefore, the terminal tracheal ring has somewhat the shape of an
arrow-head. The narrow sterno-tracheales are inserted on about
the last ring but six. The first bronchial semirings are thickened,
and very much arched, being concave downwards. As seen from the
side (fig. 4) they are more strongly convex anteriorly than posteriorly.
The second and third semirings are very slender indeed, closely ap-
proximate, much shorter and much less concave downward, so that a
large membranous fenestra is left between them and. the first semi-
rings. The fourth and fifth semirings are also slender, but less so
than the last two: they are slightly concaye oe ah so that
26
390 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 4,
a second, though shallower, fenestra is formed between them and
the second and third pairs. The fifth semirings are slightly dilated
at their extremities, where they are in close proximity, before and
behind, with the first four pairs. The sixth and succeeding bron-
chial rings take on the ordinary character, being deeper than
those that precede them, and gradually becoming more complete,
till the fifteenth pair are nearly perfect. On one side, the left, in this
specimen, the eighth and ninth semirings are partially fused exter-
nally.
The lateral muscles of the trachea, after the insertion of the sterno-
tracheales, become excessively thin, so that it is difficult to make
out accurately their exact extent. They apparently fan out, so as
to be nearly in contact with each other before and behind, and are
inserted onto the first bronchial semirings for the greater part (as
far as I can make out) of their lateral surface, the tips, however,
being quite free from muscular fibres.
Philepitta is therefore perfectly Mesomyodian, as Prof. Garrod
predicted would probably be the case '.
There are thus three families of Mesomyodian Passeres in the
Old World—the Pittide, the Philepittide, and the Eurylemide.
All agree in the possession of a broncho-tracheal syrinx, in that
respect agreeing with the Cotingide (including Rupicola), Pipride,
and Tyrannide of the New World, and differing from the Tracheo-
phone families, which are all, as is well known, American. Philepitta
differs in the details of its syrinx from all the other ‘‘ Haploophone ”
Passeres. In Pitta (cf. P.Z.S. 1876, pl. 53. figs 1-6) the bron-
chial semirings are much less modified, being nearly entirely simple
semirings ; the lateral muscle, too, is slender and not spread out as in
Philepitta. This fact, taken with others, as the scutellation of the
tarsi, osteology, &c., justifies, in my mind, the establishment, as has
been done by Sundevall under the name Paictide, of a separate
family for the bird under consideration *®. The Eurylemide differ
in their retention of a plantar vinculum (cf. Garrod, P.Z.S. 1877,
and supra, p. 382), as well asin the structure of their feet and
other points. In the form of their syrinx, however, they approach
Philepitta perhaps more nearly than any form yet described, though
in them too the lateral muscle remains slender and unexpanded.
The peculiarities of the Lurylemide, and especially their oft-spoken-
of retention of the plantar vinculum, are sufficient, I think, to justify
their forming a main division of Passeres by themselves, as suggested
by Prof. Garrod *, which may be termed Desmopacry tt in distine-
tion from the others or ELEuTHERODACTYLI. Prof. Garrod’s
arrangement of Passeres * may therefore be modified as follows :—
' Voice-organs of Passeres, p. 68.
? The general myology and vascular system of Philepitta are still, it must
be remembered, unknown, but are in all probability perfectly Passerine,
° Voice-organs of Passeres, p. 73 and P. Z.8. 1877, p. 449.
+ P.Z.8, 1876, p. 518.
1880. ] ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 391
i. DESMODACTYLI. New World. Old World.
(The plantar vinculum retained ;
manubrium sterni not forked.) Eurylemide.
ii, ELEUTHERODACTYLI.
| (The plantar vineulum lost;
manubrium generally strongly |
forked.)
A. Mesomyodi.
i Hereromert.
a Pipride.
a= Cotingide.
a Homcomeai!.
Ps Haploophone. Tyrannide. Philepittide.
Rupicola. Pittide.
Tracheophone.
Dendrocolaptide.
Furnariide.
| Pteroptochide.
| B. Acromyodi. ABNORMALES.
Atrichiide.
Menuride.
NorMALEs.
Till more material has been examined, it is impossible to say
whether or not some of the points in the above classification fairly
express the affinities of the various groups treated of. This appears
to me particularly the case as regards the primary division of the
Mesomyodi into Hetero- and Homceomeri, depending as it does on
the presence of the femoral or the sciatic artery respectively.
The pseudo-schizorhinal character of the skull also in some of the
Tracheophone * may necessitate an ultimate arrangement of that
group different from that here adopted (taken from Messrs. Sclater
and Salvin’s ‘ Nomenclator’).
As regards the Passeres whose anatomy still remains unknown, the
forms that most require examination are Phytotomaand Oxyrhamphus*
of the New, and Orthonyx and Melampitta of the Old World. The
last may be, as suggested by. Mr. Gould *, a link between Pitta and
Philepitta ; Count Salvadori’ on the other hand, is inclined to regard
it as a Timeliine and therefore a normal (Oscine) Acromyodian form.
It is also highly desirable to obtain some knowledge of the soft parts
of some of the larger forms usually placed amongst the Cotingide,
especially Ptilochloris and Phenicocercus (placed by Sundevall with
Rupicola), as well as of Gymnoderus, Querula, Cephalopterus, &c.
I place Philepitia only provisionally amongst the Homeomeri, presuming
that, as in all Passeres but the Pipride and Cotingide (minus Rupicola), the
artery of the leg is the sciatic.
2 Cf. Garrod, P. Z.8. 1877, p. 452, &e.
3 Very imperfectly desoribel by Eyt on and Hydoux and Souleyet, cf. Joh,
Miller, Stimmorgane, &ec., p. §
4 B, New Guinea, pt. ii. (1876). ° Ann, Mus, Civ. Gen. x. p. 147,
392 MR. F. DAY ON A NEW ENTOMOSTRACON. [ May 4,
5. On a new Entomostracon from Afghanistan.
By Francis Day, F.Z.S.
[Received April 13, 1880.]
Among the zoological specimens kindly collected for me by Dr
Duke in Afghanistan are several examples of a beautiful Entomostra-
con, which were captured in a pond near Kelat in April 1877. I
propose to call it
APUS DUKIANUS, Sp. Nov.
Superiorly the general colour of the carapace is olive, the spinous
projections sienna, and the body and tail dull yellow. The largest
example is 1:4 inch long, 0°6 inch in width, while the caudal
appendages are 0-7 inch in length. The longest appendage to its
front feet or rami 0°5 inch in length. ‘The caudal portion of the
Apus dukianus.
body is twice as long as the carapace. The segments of the body
have each a transverse row of from 6 to 8 short spinous elevations
directed backwards, the lateral spine being that most developed.
The joints of the caudal appendage are similarly but less strongly
armed to those of the body. The entire extent of the semilunar
notch at the posterior extremity of the carapace is armed with very
fine and short needle-like points, all being of about the same size ;
while under the microscope the hind portion of the carapace’s outer
edge is also seen to be minutely and evenly armed with fine points.
The great comparative length of the body of this species distin-
guishes it from known forms of Apus, while its carapace is relatively
smaller and armature less developed. I have named it after Dr.
Duke, who transmitted the species to me.
INDI NOADTHVss Va
TAT, T93SO1M
dat qaeyuey
THX a OeBLS zd
1880.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. 393
6. On Mammals from Ecuador. By Oxprietp Tuomas,
F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British
Museum.
[Received April 19, 1880.]
(Plate XXXVIII.)
The collection to which this paper chiefly refers was brought from
Ecuador by Mr. Clarence Buckley, together with a large number of
birds and other animals obtained by him during his four years’ resi-
dence in that country. It consists of 141 specimens, belonging to
38 species. The specimens are all in an excellent state of preser-
vation ; and a nearly complete set has been selected for the British
Museum. I have also included in my notes a small collection from
the same region received by the British Museum from Mr. Illingworth,
containing 12 specimens belonging to 10 species—the total number
of species being thus increased to 41.
The collection only contains one undoubted new species, Bassari-
cyon allent, an animal especially interesting both by its being the
only known specimen of the genus which shows the external cha-
racters, and also by the remarkable instance of mimiery which it
exhibits. Two of the Squirrels are also interesting as forming the
long-expected links between S. estuans, L., and 8. griseogenys,
Gray.
On the whole this collection confirms the correctness of the views
expressed by Messrs. Newton and Salvin on the division of the
Neotropical Region into subregions, as published in the new edition
of the ‘ Encyclopedia Britannica”! In their opinion the eastern
part of Ecuador belongs to the Amazonian subregion ; and we there-
fore find in this collection a very great preponderance of Amazonian
forms, with a few species belonging to other subregions, such as
Mycetes niger, which is a South- Brazilian type, Tapirus roulini, a
Sub-Andean, and Cariacus rufinus, the range of which, according to
Sir Victor Brooke’, extends from Guatemala to Ecuador.
The only papers hitherto published on the Mammals of Ecuador,
so far as I am aware, are those by Mr. Tomes’, referring to the spe-
cimens obtained by Mr. Fraser at Gualaquiza and Palatanga. These
papers, however, deal almost entirely with the Chiroptera and Ro-
dentia, in which orders Mr. Buckley’s collection is especially defi-
cient, so that I am unable to draw any comparisons between the two.
The localities and dates at which the collections were made were
as follows :—
Sarayacu*, on the Bobouasa river, Upper Pastasa river,
Copataza river, about 50 miles $.E. of Sarayacu, a tributary of the
Pastasa. The specimens from this locality were obtained be-
tween December 1877 and February 1878.
' Vol. iii. p. 744. * P. Z. 8. 1878, p, 925.
* P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 546; 1860, pp. 211 & 260.
* This must not be confounded with the far larger and better known Sarayacu
on the Ucayali in Peru.
394 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. [May 4,
Andoas, on the Pastasa river, 70 miles belowSarayacu. Septem-
ber 1878.
Intac, 50 miles N. of Quito. July 1877.
Pallatanga, 50 miles S.W. of Riobamba.
Balzar, on the Palenque river, 70 miles north of Guayaquil.
The specimens from Balzar were collected by Mr. Illingworth,
all the remainder by Mr. Buckley.
1. Mycertes sentcutus, Linn.
Seven specimens from the Copataza river.
2. Mycetrs NIGER, Geoffr.
M. niger (mas) and I. stramineus (fem.), Geoffr. Ann. Mus.
xix. p. 108.
Simia caraya, Humboldt, Recueil, p. 255, no. 11.
One specimen from Intac.
This Intac specimen, of which, unfortunately, the sex cannot be
determined, agrees exactly with Humboldt’s original description of
the female of his Simia caraya, which he describes as having a black
head and back, while the sides and belly are yellow. In all recent
descriptions, however, the male is described as being nearly uniformly
black, and the female uniformly yellow; but this appears to be just
such an intermediate specimen as Humboldt has described. -On the
other hand Prof, Schlegel’ mentions that adult males sometimes have
the black on the hands and feet mixed with yellow; so that, if our
specimen is a male, it may represent merely an extreme phase of this
variation.
Mycetes palliatus, to which this specimen bears a certain resem~
blance, is only found in Central America’, and differs in the length
of the hair and in the detailed distribution of the colours.
3. LAGoTHRIX INFUMATA, Spix.
Five specimens, Copataza river.
4, NYCTIPITHECUS TRIVIRGATUS, Humb.
Five specimens, Copataza river.
5. PirnEeciA MonAcHUs, Humb.
Nine specimens, Copataza river.
6. CALLITHRIX CUPREA, Spix.
Twelve specimens from the Copataza river, and one from Andoas.
The Andoas specimen, which is a male, differs from the rest in
having the fur on the back of a dirty orange-grey colour, without
annulations, instead of being of a bright annulated black and white.
One of the others, a female, shows a tendency to this condition of the
hair, which is therefore very probably a seasonal change, as the
Andoas specimen was shot in September, while the others were
obtained between December and February.
1 Monogr. Singes, p. 149. 2 Cf. Alston, Biol. Cent. Am., Mamm. p. 4.
1880.] MR.O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. 395
7. CHRYSOTHRIX SCIUREA, Linn.
Seven specimens, Copataza river.
Of the four adult specimens of this species, two are males and two
females. The males are of the normal coloration; but the females
both have a distinct black line along the side of the crown, above
each ear, and extending in front down the side of the face nearly to
a level with the angle of the mouth; and in one of them the two
lines are connected across the neck by a third.
This agrees very well with the description of C. /unulata, Geoffr.!
(C. nigrivittata, Wagn.”), a species founded entirely on specimens
with similar black lines. Dr. Gemminger, of the Munich Academy,
has most kindly examined for me the types of Wagner’s C. nigri-
vittata; and he tells me that the series consists of two males and a
female; so that these lines are not attributable to sexual difference,
as I at first suspected. Dr. Gemminger at the same time states his
opinion that C. sczurea, C. nigrivittata, and C. entomophaga form
but one variable species. I am informed by Mr. Buckley that all
his specimens were collected at the same place, and that the Indians
consider them to be of the same species, and think the black lines
to be merely a sign of old age.
Without further material I do not venture to give a decided opinion
as to the validity of C. dunulata as a species ; but it certainly is sus-
picious that the localities from which it has been recorded are not
close together, but are scattered over the wide range of C. sciurea.
8. Minas 1huicEert, Puch.
Twenty-one specimens, Copataza river. >
All these specimens agree in having the fur across the shoulders
and loins of a rich reddish chestnut-colour, thus differing from the
next species, which has the hair on the same parts annulated with
’ black and yellow.
9. Mipas niGrirrons, Geoffr.
Six specimens, Copataza river.
10. HapaLe pyemma, Spix.
Six specimens, Copataza river.
11. THyRopreRa TRICOLOR, Spix.
One specimen, Sarayacu.
12. Moxossus aBrasus, Temm.
One specimen, Sarayacu.
13. PHYLLOSTOMA HASTATUM, Pall.
Two specimens, Sarayacu.
14, CAROLLIA BREVICAUDA, Wied.
Three specimens, Sarayacu.
1 Archiv. Mus. iv. p. 18, 1844. * Abh, Minch, Akad. y. p. 461,
396 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. [May 4,
15. Artrseus (UropDERMA) BILOBATUS, Peters.
One specimen, Sarayacu.
There can be little doubt as to the correctness of this determina-
tion, although the specimen has been dried, and therefore does not
show the characters of the nose-leaf very well; but the dimensions
agree nearly exactly with those given by Dr. Peters', and there are
three molars in each jaw, as in the subgenus Uroderma. The jaws
are rather more elongated than is usual in Artibeus, and in this
respect resemble those of Vampyrops ; but the form and direction of
the upper incisors prove that it is undoubtedly an Artibeus.
16. Frits pARDALIs, Linn.
Two immature specimens, Sarayacu.
17. Fexis rreria, Erxl.
Two specimens, adult and young, Andoas.
These Tigercats belong to the variety which has been till lately
known as F’. macroura, Wied.; but Mr. Elliot? and Mr. Alston® have
now decided that it is not specifically separable from the earlier-
known F. tigrina.
[Musrexa putorivs, Linn.
One specimen, Pallatanga.
This is of course merely a Polecat which has been used for fer-
retting, and has made its escape from captivity. |
18. GALICTIS BARBARA, Linn.
Two specimens, Sarayacu.
19. PreroNuRA SANDBACHH, Gray.
One specimen, Sarayacu.
This Otter’s skin exactiy agrees with Gray’s type of the species, a
half-grown specimen from Demerara. It is a very remarkable thing
that this species should be found in Ecuador, 1500 miles from its
only hitherto known habitat, on an entirely different river-system ;
but I can find no characters by which to separate the Ecuador form.
The specimen is a flat skin, without skull; but it shows clearly the
three external points by which P¢. sandbachii differs from all other
Otters, viz. the corded margins to the tail, the extension of the
hair on the nose-pad to the absolute edge of the nostrils, and the
yellowish-white irregular blotches on the throat. Prof. Remhardt*
has stated his opinion that this species, or one closely allied to it,
inhabits the province of Minas Geraes, South-east Brazil. If this be
the case, it would show that this Otter is very widely distributed over
Tropical South America, instead of being restricted to Guiana as was
formerly believed.
1 MB. Ak. Berl. 1865, p. 587.
2 P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 704.
3 Biol. Centr. Am., Mamm. p. 61. *PLZ8
1
. 1869, p. 57.
1880.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. 397
20. Nasua rugA, Desm.
Two specimens from the Copataza river, and one from Balzar.
21. BassaRICYON ALLENI, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII.)
One adult female from Sarayacu.
This is by far the most interesting animal contained in the col-
lection, as the genus has been hitherto known from a single skull
only, collected by Prof. Gabb in Costa Rica, and now in the collection
of the Smithsonian Institution, the skin of which has been acci-
dentally mislaid’. This skull Mr. J. A. Allen, in the < Proceedings
of the Philadelphia Academy’ for 1876, described under the name
of Bassaricyon gabbi, and figured it most carefully ; so that, on com-
paring the skull of our specimen with his figures, I was at once able
to see that it was undoubtedly congeneric ; there were, however, so
many differences in detail as, combined with the difference in locality,
to necessitate its separation as a distinct species. ‘his I take the
liberty of naming after the founder of the genus, to whom every
student of the Mammalia owes a heavy debt of gratitude for the work
he has done among the North-American representatives of that
class.
In its external characters our specimen presents a most extraordi-
nary resemblance to the common Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvu-
lus) ; in fact, if the skull had not been taken out of the skin here, so
that no doubt could exist as to their belonging to one another, no
one could have believed that it was any thing but a rather small spe-
cimen of that animal.
The body and tail are orange-grey, the hairs of the back being
tipped with black ; the belly is of the same colour, but lighter. The
face and crown are covered with short whitish hairs tipped with
black, the black tips being longer towards the occiput. The result-
ing clear grey of the face is the only distinction in colour from the
Kinkajou, that animal having the face coloured like the body. The
tail is long, covered with long woolly hairs, many of which show a
distinct golden lustre. From the appearance of the fur it seems pro-
bable that the tail is not prehensile (as it is in the Kinkajou). The
fur all over the body, like that on the tail, is rather longer and more
woolly than that of the Kinkajou. The mamme are two in number,
situated about 24 inches from the anus.
The skull is nearly exactly the same size as that of B. gabbi, and
has the same general proportions; but the following differences are
observable :—(1) The upper outline of the skull in B. gabdi is regu-
larly convex, but in B. alleni the frontal region is flattened from the
crown to the nasals ; thus the perpendicular height of the skull from
the front edge of the alveolus of the last molar to the frontal profile
(fig. 2, @ to 6) in B. gabbi measures 1 inch, in B. alleni only 0:9 in.
(2) In the side view of the skull in B. gab: the frontal profile shows
distinctly above the supraorbital process and ridge, while in B. alleni
1 By an unfortunate mistake Mr. Allen was led to figure in the Proce. Phil,
Acad. for 1877 the skin of the Central-American Coati (Naswa nasica) as that
of his Bassaricyon gabbi; but he has since explained the error.
398 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. [May 4,
the latter appear to be quite at the top of the skull. (3) In the
same view the upper edge of the middle of the zygoma is nearly
Upper jaw of Bassaricyon allent.
horizontal in B. gabbi, while it is evenly convex in B. alleni. (4)
Seen from above, the zygomata are nearly parallelin B. gabdi, but
1880.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR, 399
they slightly diverge behind in B. alleni. (5) The last upper
molar, instead of being subquadrate, as long as it is broad, and nearly
as large as the first, is subtriangular as in Procyon, much broader
than long, and considerably smaller than the first molar, as shown
in the table of measurements. (6) The top of the coronoid process of
. the lower jaw (see fig. 3) is different in shape from that of B. gabéi ;
and in the latter the angular process is further from the condyle than
in B. alleni.
When the external characters of B. gabbi are described, I feel
quite sure that further points of difference will be found between
these two forms from such very distant localities as Costa Rica and
Ecuador.
The skull of Bassaricyon is so absolutely different from that of
Cercoleptes that Mr. Allen did not think of comparing the two; and
I fully agree with him in thinking this animal more nearly allied to
Procyon and Nasua than to any of the other Procyonidz, though in
size it is more similar to Bassaris.
Fig. 3,
Lower jaw of pee alleni.
The external resemblance of this species to Cercoleptes certainly
seems to be an instance of mimicry, which, so common among in-
sects, is somewhat rare among Mammalia. It is, however, very
difficult to understand how being mistaken for Cercoleptes could in
any way benefit Bassaricyon ; but when more of the habits of the
latter are known we may hope to be able to guess at the true use of
the likeness.
Mr. Buckley unfortunately did not take any especial notice of the
habits of this animal, as both he and the Indians thought it to be
merely the common Kinkajou. It is much to be hoped that more
specimens of this interesting genus will be found; and I would draw
the attention of collectors and others to the only external means of
distinguishing it—namely, the flatness of the head and the greyness
of the face as compared with the high head and yellowish face of
the Kinkajou.
400 MR, 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. [May 4,
Measurements in inches and tenths :—
in.
Length, head and Pedy icelases erased 2 MEGRD
Length of tail. . Hata veltrsgiusnce hud Qe
Tip of nose to eye Leino SOG 2, ec ar eitnaeR 1-4
Cal pia pepaaee ct: aces 2:6
Length of skull, from occiput to end of pre
rast Eb oes cw ON pas “ce : - worl
treatest breadth o/s ce aceeraes ‘imaixs ose
Distance between orbitS ..... 0.0.60: sees 65
Width at orbital processes................ 1:10
Front of premaxillze to tip of orbital processes 1°64
Length of upper molar series.............. “90
‘Length, of lgwetgaw 2.025 sii/dc< wen note. 5 2°10
Size of upper molars :— Length. Breadth.
Pist Jou nth sapere: te dete 0-17 0°19
Second =. +: ~/ sSiemwe we Seren 0°21 0°20
hitds.; . os Fie soe ee 0°12 0°18
22. CERCOLEPTES CAUDIVOLVULUS, Pall.
One specimen from Sarayacu of the ordinary character, and two
from Balzar with remarkably short tails, the tails being about 11
inches long only, while the head and body in both measure about 16
inches. The skulls of these specimens are quite of the normal type ;
so that the shortness of their tails must be merely owing to in-
dividual variation.
23. TAPrRUS ROULINI, Fiseh.
T. ecuadorensis, Gray.
Two young specimens, Sarayacu.
Mr. Buckley had obtained a fine series of about fifteen or sixteen
adult specimens of this Tapir; but, unfortunately, before the skins
were prepared, a troop of native revolutionary soldiers put in an ap-
pearance and cut off the hoofs of every specimen to make into
amulets, so that the whole series of skins was perfectly useless for
scientific purposes. Mr. Buckley was so vexed at this misfortune
that he did not even care to, prepare the skulls, which would have
formed a very interesting set.
24. Cartacus(Coassus) rurinus, Puch,
Four specimens, three adults and one young, Sarayacu.
25. Cartacus (Coassus) NEMorivacus, F. Cuyv.
Four specimens, two adult and two young, Sarayacu.
26. ScruRUS sTRAMINEUS, Hyd. & Soul.
One male specimen, Balzar.
27. Scrurus astTuans, Linn.
Two specimens from Intac, and one from Balzar.
Under the heading of S. griseogenys, Gr., Mr. Alston, in his late
1880.] MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM BGUADOR. 401
review of the Neotropical Squirrels’, says, in reference. to the dis-
tinctness of that species from S. estuans, “That connecting links
may yet be found seems very probable; but I have not been able to
find such in the very large series I have examined, and am conse-
quently compelled to keep them provisionally distinct.”” Now these
two Intac specimens seem to me to be just such intermediate-specimens
as Mr. Alston refers to. SS. griseogenys is separated from S. estuans
by having its belly and the tips of the tail-hairs of a rich orange or
rufous, while the same parts in S. @stuans are white or pale yellow,
and also by its larger size. One of the Intae specimens is very like
typical S. estuans, having the belly white and the tail-hairs tipped
with yellow; but it is considerably larger than the average size of
that species, and on the sides of the chest and the middle of the tail
there is a tendency to a reddish coloration. The specim:ns col-
lected by Mr. Fraser at Gualaquiza and referred to by Mr. Tomes’,
seem to have been somewhat of this character; those from Palla-
tanga, on the other hand, were typical S. griseogenys*. The other
specimen is far more like this latter species, as all along the sides of
the belly the fur is a rich orange-rufous, and the tipsiof the tail-hairs
are of the same colour ; so that this specimen only differs.from S. gri-
seogenys by having the throat and centre of the belly white, as in
S. estuans. The Balzar specimen is a typical S. griseogenys.
It was quite to be expected that the links between these two spe-
cies would be found in Ecuador, as S. e@stuans ranges over Bolivia,
Eastern Peru, Brazil, and Guiana, while S. griseogenys is found in
Colombia, Venezuela, and Central America.
S. griseogenys may still be considered a very well marked variety,
and should stand as S. estwans, var. hoffmanni, Dr. Peters having
described it under this varietal name in 1863*, while Dr. Gray’s
S. griseogenys dates only from 1867”.
28. Ca@Locenys paca, Linn.
A single skull, Sarayacu.
29. HoLocuiLus, sp.
An albino Rat from the Balzar Mountains is referable to. this genus ;
but its size and proportions do not agree with those of any of the
hitherto described species of Holochilus. Without seeing normally
coloured individuals, however, I do not feel justified in describing it
as new, as there are numerous species of South-American so-called
Mus and Hesperomys which have been described merely on external
characters, without reference to the skull, by which alone the correct
genus of a murine animal can be determined.
1 P. ZS. 1878, p. 667. 2 P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 547.
3 P. Z.8. 1860, p. 213.
4 Monatsh. Ak. Berl. 1863, p. 654. Mr. J. A. Allen, provisionally accepting
the distinction of the form in his paper (Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geogr: Surv. iy.
p- 885), called it Sciwrus hoffinanni, Ptrs
° Ann, & Mag; N. Hi, sen: 3, xx, p, 419.
402 MR. O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. [May 4,
30. CHoLa@Pus HOFFMANNI, Peters.
A young skin and skeleton from Balzar, showing clearly the pre-
sence of only six cervical vertebree, and six specimens from Sara-
yacu. There is also a skin from the latter place which appears to
be referable to C. didactylus, Linn. ; but, without seeing the skele-
ton, I hesitate to state for certain that the two species are found
together in the same locality. One of the Sarayacu skulls shows
scarcely a trace of the usual inflation of the pterygoids ; the absence
of this inflation in certain species of the Three-toed Sloths caused
Dr. Gray to separate the genus Arctopithecus from Bradypus'; but
this instance of its absence among the Two-toed Sloths shows that
it is not a character which can be relied upon for generic distinc-
tion.
31. Brapypus mnruscatus, Wagl.
A series of seven specimens from Sarayacu, and one from Balzar.
The specimens show well the extraordinary amount of variation that
occurs among the Sloths, there being no two skulls or skins exactly
alike. The Balzar specimen has the soft straight hair on the face
extending on the head to a distance of 24 inches from the tip of the -
nose ; no other specimen that I have seen has this hair extending
more than to just above the eyes, a distance of about one inch.
There is, however, nothing special about the skull of this specimen.
32. PRIODONTES MAXIMUS.
Dasypus maximus, Kerr, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 112, 1792?.
Dasypus giganteus, Et. Geoff. & Cuv., Cat. Mamm. Mus. d’ Hist.
Nat. p. 207, 1802.
Dasypus gigas, Cuv. Régne Anim. i. p. 221, 1817.
Two specimens from Sarayacu.
33. TaTUSIA KAPPLERI, Krauss.
Two specimens, Sarayacu.
This species, like Pteronura sandbachii, was hitherto only known
from the Surinam region. These two specimens, however, agree
exactly with those which the British Museum received some years
ago from Dr. Krauss himself, except that one of them has a fifth
claw on the fore as well as on the hind feet. The genus Zatusia
has normally the rudimentary bones of a fifth toe on the fore feet ;
so that the occasional development of a fifth claw was quite to be
expected.
34. TaTusiA NOVEMCINCTA, Linn.
Tatusia peba, Desm.
One specimen from Sarayacu.
35. XENURUS LUGUBRIS, Gray.
One specimen from Sarayacu.
1P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 69.
2 Cf, Aun. & Mag. N. H. ser, 5, iy. p. 396, 1879.
RW %Ay 4
1880. | MR. BUTLER ON CANDAHAR LEPIDOPTERA. 403
36. MyrmrcopHaca JUBATA, Linn.
One specimen from Sarayacu.
37. TAMANDUA LONGICAUDATA, Wagn.
One specimen, Sarayacu.
38. CycLoruurus DIvACTYLUs, Linn.
Four specimens from Sarayacu, and one from Balzar.
39. DipELPHYs DERBIANA.
Didelphys derbiana, Waterh. Naturalist’ s Libr, xi. p. 97, pl. 2.
Didelphys ornata, Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, p. 146, pl. 7.
A male from Sarayacu, and a male and female from Balzar.
The Balzar specimens are of a very pale reddish colour, while the
Sarayacu one is of a dark reddish grey; but the Museum series shows
every stage between the two.
40. DipeLpuys cinerea, Temm.
A male and female from Sarayacu.
41. Dipetpuys murina, Linn,
One specimen from Balzar.
7. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Candahar. By
ArtHurR G. Butter, F.LS., F.Z.8., Assistant Keeper
Zoological Department, British Museum,
[Received April 20, 1880.]
(Plate XXXIX.)
The very interesting little series of Lepidoptera which forms the
subject of the present paper was collected by Major Howland Roberts
at Rokeran, a small village only about six miles from Candahar, on
the river Urgundab (or “ Argandab ”). Major Roberts writes (date
9th January, 1880) :— “TI made no observation after the 2nd July,
further than that I saw two species of Macroglossa, viz. stellatarum
or one nearly allied, and one considerably larger.
“ After the beginning of April no rain fell ; and when I arrived at
Rokeran about the end of April the country was dried up, except
where irrigation came into play and a few moist spots in the
barren hills. The only plants that were green in these hills
during the summer months were chiefly milky plants such as
Euphorbia, and a few other stunted ones, but no trees ; conse—
quently insects were comparatively rare.
“Along the dry bank of the river were little nullahs running into
the river; these were kept moist from a small canal running above
Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1880, No. XXVII. 27
404 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [May 4,
and parallel to the bank: in these were a few living plants more or
less green. In these nullahs I found no. 26 Butterfly, also nos. 8
and 23, where the food-plants of the larva were common. Not a
single shower of rain fell from the beginning of April till the 20th
December. The lucerne is grown in the young plantations of fruit-
trees, and is watered from small canals which traverse the whole
cultivated portion of the country.” In a letter (dated 15th January)
he adds :— * It is not curious that I have got so few specimens, the
reason being that my hunting-grounds were extremely limited.
There is every reason to believe we shall go towards Ghuznee this
summer, and probably start about the end of February or beginning
of March; and I expect that will be a far better part of the country
than this, there being no forest or even scrub jungle of any kind
here, the only trees being fruit-trees, with a very few exceptions.
The war appears only just to be commencing ; so I cannot form an
idea when I shall get out of the country: the worst of it is, it is not
safe to go even a few yards from quarters without being well armed,
and to go any distance at ail, even afew miles, is very unsafe without
an escort; so that there is not much pleasure in being in a country
like this.” ‘* I collected very few eggs here—only those of the common
and Red-backed Shrike, a small Dove which built its nest on the
rocks, a crested Lark (extremely abundant), a ‘ chikor’ (a red-legged
Hill-partridge), and one or two others; Iam afraid I shall have even
a worse opportunity this year of finding any. I can do nothing
where Iam at present: I gave up collecting Butterflies last year
earlier than I should have wished to, owing to cholera breaking out
here rather severely, as the sick were put in the places I was in the
habit of frequenting. I visited the hills close by ; but after 1st of July
they were so dried up that only a few common butterflies were to be
found ; moths I caught very few of, owing to being unable to go out-
side the walls after dusk, and there being no flowers of any kind
near to attract them.”
‘*T don’t think I ever mentioned to you that there was a silkworm
common at Jutogh on mulberry. It was very like the common silk-
worm so well known in England (B. mori); but (I am sorry to say I
made no description of it at the time) it was light brown, and had a
good many long fleshy projections over the body (some perhaps a
quarter of an inch long). ‘The silk was very like that of the common
one, a beautiful golden colour, and quite as good, if not better. There
was no difficulty whatever in winding off the silk; and it was extremely
strong. In 1876it was common and double-brooded ; but in 1878 1
only observed one brood. In 1877 I was in Cashmir, where, in a
mulberry orchard, I found one crawling up my tent.”
In a subsequent letter Major Roberts forwarded careful sketches
of the larvee of some of the species obtained by him, of which he had
already forwarded descriptions, together with notes on habits, date
of capture, and, so far as he could ascertain, the distribution of the
insects obtained by him, all which information I have incorporated
in the present paper.
—
1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. AUS
List of the Species.
RHOPALOCERA.
NYMPHALIDS.
1. DANAIS CHRySIPPUS 2 (uo. 7).
Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).
ee Common everywhere in June; less common and battered in
ay.
2. DANAIS PLEXIPPUs (no. 19).
Papilio plexippus?, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).
“Saw one specimen, but failed to catch it.
3. HippARCHIA PARISATIS (no. 15).
Satyrus parisatis, Kollar, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, math.-nat.
Cl. i. p. 52. no. 7 (1850).
“When fresh and in the sun the white border is shot with
brilliant blue. Frequents nullahs and shady places, and may be
caught by dozensat atime. Abundant but local at the end of May,
tt in June in shady, moist places among the low, rocky, barren
ills.”
4. HippaARCHIA THELEPHASSA (no. 10).
Eumenis thelephassa, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 85
(1816-24),
“Very common at the beginning and middle of May in the
nullahs and on the rocky slopes at the foot of the hills, resting under
the shade of rocks and stones during the heat of the day, and flying
about in the early morning and evening, when it is easily captured.
In June scarcely a specimen was to be found.”
5. EpINEPHELE ROXANE (no. 20).
Epinephele voxane, Felder, Reise der Noy. Lep, iii. p. 491. no.
849, pl. 69. figs 12, 13 (1867).
«Found commonly at the end of May and in June in company
with the two species of Hipparchia, but lasting longer than H.
thelephassa.”
This species although nearly allied to Z. davendra, differs in its
paler coloration and the more deeply sinuated margin of the
secondaries.
6. EpINEPHELE INTERPOSITA (no. 14). (Plate XX XIX. fig. 1.)
Q. Epinephele interposita, Erschoff, Lep- Turk. p. 22. no. 68,
pl. 2. fig. 16 (1874).
‘“‘ This appears to be rather rare, but is most probably common in
other localities or seasons. I found one male in the middle of May,
and one female at the end of May: the sexes are very much alike.”
27*
406 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [May 4,
Major Roberts forwarded the male only, for identification : it is
much like a small Z. pallescens $ on the upper surface ; but below
all the brown areas are replaced by whitish, and there are two minute
obliquely-placed ocelli near the anal angle of the secondaries as in
E. hispulla.
7. PYRAMEIS CARDUI (no. 3).
Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276. no. 1054 (1761).
‘Common, but not at all abundant; larva found on different
species of thistles; at Jutogh I have found it on the common
artichoke and occasionally on the mallow. June and July. Might
probably be very common later on in the season.”
8. MELITHA ROBERTSI, sp. n. (no. 12). (Plate XXXIX. fig. 2.
Allied to M. didyma ; coloration and general aspect above more
like M. persea: bright fulvous; wings with the fringe white spotted
with black, these spots united at their bases by a black line; a mar-
ginal series of black spots alternating with the spots on the fringe:
primaries with the ordinary black markings on the basal half and
the usual zigzag series of prominent black spots; four minute black
subapical dots: secondaries with a few scattered black scales in the
cell and an angular series of seven black dots beyond the middle; no
trace of the ordinary series of submarginal lunules. Under surface
paler than in M. didyma, the black markings much smaller, the sub-
marginal series of spots in the primaries reduced as above to four
subapical dots (the last two geminate): secondaries with both black
and red spots reduced in size, the series of spots placed ordinarily
halfway between the two red bands closely approximated to the
series which bounds the inner edge of the outer band and continued
across the wing, so as to makea series of slightly interrupted annular
markings ; the series usually bounding the outer edge of the same
red band only represented by a few black scales. Expanse of wings
1 inch 6 lines.
“Rather common on the bare uncultivated wastes at the foot of
the hills at the end of May and beginning of June. I found one
chrysalis, but not the larva; the chrysalis was loose in the middle of
a low plant.”
LyczNID&.
9. Lamprpes R&TICA (no. 6).
Papilio beticus, Linnzus, Syst. Nat.i. 2, p. 789. no. 226 (1767).
uy Common everywhere in April, May, June, &c.; varies extremely
in size.
10. LAMPIDES CONTRACTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 3.)
3. Glossy lilac above, the body dark grey, with the head and_
sides of abdomen white, antenne black annulated with white: wings
with slender black marginal line, fringe white; base of wings bluish;
costal border of primaries pale bluish from the base to the end of
.1880.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. 407
the cell; secondaries with brownish costal border ; two black spots,
the inner one bifid, above the tail, sneceeded by a slender white
line ; tail black tipped with white. Wings below very pale whity-
brown, with a white-bordered pale brown elongated spot at the end
of each cell, followed by a discal series of similar spots, interrupted
in the secondaries; a marginal series of white and brown ocelloid
spots ofthe usual form: secondaries with three black spots above
the tail at anal angle, the two outer ones large, zoned with orange
and varied with metallic golden green, the outermost spot extremely
small; two subcostal black spots and a third within the cell: body
below white. Expanse of wings 112 lines.
9°. Wings above pale brown, with a slender black marginal line
followed by a brown line ; fringe white ; primaries washed towards
base of interno-median area with silvery blue; secondaries with a
series of six ocelloid spots close to outer margin—the first indistinct,
the first four brown with white borders, the fifth large, black, with
orange inner and white outer border, the sixth bifid, black with
bluish inner and white outer border ; tail black, tipped with white ;
body browner than in the male; under surface slightly browner than
in the male ; otherwise the same. Expanse of wings 10 lines.
“Rare in May, very common in June, not so variable in size as
L. beticus, and much smaller.”
Allied to LZ. enejus, but constantly smaller and of an entirely
different colour, the upper surface of the male being altogether blue
and the under surface whiter ; the female is also paler; the pattern
of the under surface is very like that of L. galba as figured by
Lederer. Mr. Moore has a series of LZ. contracta from Kutch.
11. Lycana persica (no. 5).
Lycena icarus, var. persica, Bienert, Lep. Ergeb. p. 29 (1870).
Allied to but distinct from Z. icarus; the fringe shorter; the
secondaries more produced at apex: the male below chalky white,
all the black spots extremely small, the marginal ocelloid spots
scarcely visible, those of the primaries showing no trace of orange,
those of the secondaries with small pale orange lunules along their
inner margins; the female with greyish costal border on the upper
surface of the primaries and with the greater part of the wing behind
this washed with blue, the secondaries broadly washed with blue in
the same manner; the orange submarginal spots well separated on
both primaries and secondaries. The wings below whity-brown with
all the black spots smaller, the primaries with two additional spots
towards the base; the orange on the submarginal spots very pale and
restricted: both sexes with very little blue or green at the base of
the wings below. Expanse of wings, ¢ 1 inch 2 lines, 2 1 inch
4 lines.
** Abundant in April, May, and June.”
12, Lyca@NA BRACTEATA sp. n. (no. 18), (Plate XXXIX. fig. 4.)
3. Allied to LZ. argus, with which it agrees on the upper surface :
below considerably paler, with all the black spots much smaller and
408 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [May 4,
distinctly white-bordered, the orange spots wholly absent from the
primaries, and the orange borders of the secondaries only represented
by small ochreous lunules above the metallic spots, the latter silvery
green with black centres instead of margins, extremely small towards
the apex, but increasing in size towards the anal angle. Expanse of
wings | inch 1 line.
@. Of amore pinky lilac colour than the male; the primaries
with a considerably broader, but brown instead of black, border; a
well-defined black discocellular stigma; secondaries with brown costal
border ; outer margin black preceded by five or six rounded blackish
spots: wings below altogether paler than in the male; but the
example is evidently not a fresh one, so that this character may be
due to fading. Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line.
‘«* Found in May, and common in June.”
The female is utterly unlike that sex of Z. argus on both surfaces,
being in coloration almost like a male insect.
13. SCOLITANTIDES CASHMIRENSIS (no. 11).
Scolitantides cashmirensis, Moore, Proe. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 272.
«Very common here at the end of May and in June, but was
rather local in Cashmir.”
14. CHRYSOPHANUS STYGIANUS, sp.n.(no. 4). (Plate XXXIX.
fig. 5.)
3. Smoky brown: primaries in certain lights shot with fiery
copper ; spotted with black as in C. timeus (eleus? Fabr.); two
small orange spots beyond the interrupted black discal series:
secondaries with a slender undulated deep-reddish-orange band on a
black ground near the outer margin ; above it a series of four or five
ale blue hastate spots, and above these again beyond the end of the
cell two black dots; a black dash at the end of the cell; fringe
greyish white : body blackish. Wings below very like C. timeus, but
considerably paler, the submarginal black spots of primaries less
distinctly white-bordered; the apex and outer margin of primaries
and the ground-colour of the secondaries very pale grey. Expanse
of wings | inch 4 lines.
@. Larger than the male, the primaries with the outer third of
the cell and the subapical area bright orange, the black spots larger,
otherwise similar : below slightly yellower in tint all over, so that the
ground-tint of the secondaries has a pale brownish rather than
greyish hue. Expanse of wings | inch 5 lines.
**Common in April and May, abundant in June.”
This species is considerably larger than C. phloas, and has the
costal margin of the primaries longer.
PAPILIONID.
15. CoLiAs HELICHTHA (no. 24).
Oolias helichtha, Lederer, Verh, zool.-bot. Ges. ii. p. 33 (1823).
“This I should have at once put down as only a variety of no. 2
1880.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. 409
(C. pallida), but for the fact that I have never taken it at Jutogh
or elsewhere. I caught several specimens in the lucerne gardens
here, owing to their being very conspicuous ; but they are rare com-
pared with the above species : April, May, and June. A few
specimens have less orange and more nearly approach no. 2.”
In Kirby’s Catalogue this species is regarded as a variety of
C. erate; but Dr. Staudinger hazards the suggestion that it may be
a hybrid between C. erate and C’. edusa ; unfortunately for the latter
view, C. edusa does not exist at Candahar.
16. Contas ERATE (no. 2),
Colias erate, var. 2 pallida, Staudinger, Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 3.no. 54
(1861).
“This and no. 21 (C. sareptensis) are found here throughout the
year, and are both abundant in June in lucerne fields. I was unable
to find the larvee of any of the Colias.”
Major Roberts has sent both white and yellow females of this
species. He states also that the female is “ yellow or white ;” other-
wise I should have suspected it to be a local race of the European
form.
17. CoLtAs SAREPTENSIS (no. 21).
Colias hyale, var. sareptensis, Staudinger, Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 5.
no. 48 (1871).
Major Roberts says, “This is in some cases very difficult to distin-
guish from no. 2, as I have caught the sexes together which appear
to represent ¢ no. 2 and 9 no 21; and often I am unable to dis-
tinguish the sexes in no. 21.” From this observation I should think
it likely that the female form to which Dr. Staudinger has given
the name of pallida is a hybrid between C. erate and C. sarep-
tensis',
18. Teracous rAustus (no. 26).
Papilio fausta, Olivier, Voy. ’Emp. Oth. Atl. pl. 33. figs. 4a, 0.
(1801).
“Caught seven or eight specimens, all males, along the dried-u
bank of the river, between the 20th June and 2nd July. Probably
the females would have appeared in July ; but I was unable to go out
after them.”
19. BrLenois MESENTINA (no. 8). (Plate XXXIX. fig. 6.)
Papilio mesentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 270. figs. A, B
(1782).
* Rare in April, but abundant in June.” The examples sent were
taken at the end of June.
Major Roberts sends the following description of the larva and
pupa :—“ Larva 118. About 1" long. Back and sides smooth and
* Major Roberts has sent sexes of both Species taken im coitw; one sent as
“no. 21” is certainly a yellow female of “no, 2,” and vice versd with a white
female sent as “no, 2.”
410 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [May 4,
shiny, covered with minute yellow warts (dots); hairy over the feet
and extreme segments; soft, short, and whitish hairs. A broad
yellowish-green dorsal band with a darker green pulsating dorsal
stripe. A dark brown or blackish lateral band, in which the yellow
dots are conspicuous, giving it a grey appearance. Spiracular stripe
green, more or less dirty-looking. Head and thirteenth segment black
with yellow dots. Belly and feet green. Posterior segments slightly
attenuated. Head slightly larger (when crawling) than second
segment, but about the same size as third segment.”
‘“‘Rokeran, end of June; gregarious and abundant on a species of
caper with shining green leaves and thorns, and fruit resembling a
minute melon.
“ Pupa in June. Yellowish white, speckled with yellow and black
dots.”
20. SYNCHLOE DAPLIDICE (no. 9).
Papilio daplidice, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 760. no. 77 (1767).
‘‘Frequents cultivated ground and gardens ; common in June.”
Major Roberts doubts the identity of this species with S. daplidice,
because of its agility as compared with those which he has previously
taken in India. He says, “It is not a sluggish insect, quite the
reverse, as it settles suddenly on a flower and is as suddenly off
again, and not nearly so easy to capture as no. 1.” This, however,
is precisely the habit of S. daplidice as 1 have seen it in the Rhone
valley ; I found it less easy to capture than Colias hyale, so that
after a morning’s hard work, I had only succeeded in boxing three
specimens.
21. SyNCHLO# IRANICA (no. 23). (Plate XXXIX. fig. 7.)
Pieris iranica, Bienert, Lep. Ergebn. p. 27 (1870).
Pieris vipasa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 565.
“Frequents the rocky uncultivated slopes of the hills where the
food-plant of the larva grows. This species is common in June.”
«Larva 112. About 1" long. General colour pale green, with
longitudinal yellow bands and black dots; thickest in the middle,
slightly tapering at both ends ; has a rough appearance from being
ribbed, and is covered with minute hairs. Dorsal and lateral bands
dull green, the black dots giving it a blue appearance. Subdorsal
band yellow. Spiracular band white, yellow at the junction of the
segments. Head pale green with black dots; a yellow patch on
each side, a whitish collar on second segment. Belly pale green.
Feet pale green with a yellow mark above each. Spiracles indi-
stinct.
“*Candahar, middle of May, June; on a wild mignonette growing
on the rocky hills and slopes.
‘* Pupa attached to the stem or leaf of its food-plant by the tail and
also by a thread over the back. A beak-like proboscis turned
upwards and rather long.”
1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. 411
22. GanoriIs MANNII (no. 1).
Pontia mannii, Mayer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1851, p. 151.
‘Found throughout the year, very common in June. I have not
met with this in any part of India.” The pair sent to me were taken
in coitu.
HEsPERMUDS.
23. ERYNNIS MARRUBII (no. 17).
Hesperia malvarum, var. marrubii, Herrich-Schiffer, Schmett.
Eur. i. Hesp. figs. 14, 15 (1845).
“Occurs in May, and common in June.’ The specimen sent
home was taken at the beginning of July.
* Larva 116. About 10! long; thickest in the middle, rather
attenuated at each end; sluggish and wrapped up in a leaf.
“Skin soft, but with ribbed and irregular surface and covered with
very short and minute whitish hairs. General colour dull (dusty)
green; dorsal line green, very fine and only visible on a few of the
front segments. Head large, globular, slightly indented at the top,
deep black (like charcoal), much larger than several segments which
follow; second segment smaller than head or third segment and
forming a black neck or collar with three large yellow spots on it. Sub-
dorsal stripe of a paler green than the ground-colour, but rather dull ;
spiracular, slightly raised or projecting flesh from the sides. Rokeran,
Candahar, end of June; wrapped up in the leaves of the mallow, on
which it feeds.
“* Pupa, wrapped up in a leaf, tightly webbed in and fastened by
the tail only. Colour, brown washed with white.”
SPHINGID2.
24. CH#ROCAMPA CRETICA. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 8.)
Deilephila cretica 2, Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Linn. Paris, 1827,
p- 118. pl. 6.
“The larva of this species was exceedingly common on the vine
(which is largely cultivated here) end of May and June. Itis closely
allied to one found at Jutogh and in Kashmir on the wild balsam,
but is distinct ; the moth of this species is, I think, of a much paler
colour on the front wings. Out of over 100 larvze which I examined
I could not find one black variety (of course they turn brown just
before changing), while in the other species the larva is as often
black as green, so far as my experience goes. Every specimen of
this changed in about two to three weeks after becoming a chrysalis,
while with the Kashmir (balsam) one they all remained through
the winter in the pupa state.”
“Larva 113. About 3” long, at rest ; anterior segments attenuated
and retractile. Robust, skin soft and smooth.
‘* Horn very short, slightly curved, pale mauve or purple, pink at
tip. General colour green (agreeing with the underside of the vine-
leaves), speckled with pale yellow. A thread-like green dorsal line ;
a pale yellow subdorsal stripe, meeting the one on the opposite side
412 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [May 4,
at the base of horn. A subdorsal row of eye-spots, each consisting
of a green patch in a yellow oval, the first spot on the 5th segment
being the largest and most distinct, those on each following segment
becoming smaller, more flattened, and less distinct till lost on the
12th segment, sometimes becoming indistinct after the 7th or 8th
segment: these spots are only distinct as eye-spots on the 5th and
6th segments, that on the 6th being flatter than that on the 5th,
those on the remaining segments appearing like dashes while the
larva is green, but more like eyes on its changing colour ' when well
fed ; spiracles brown or dull pink; head, feet, belly, all green, rather
darker than the back ; the yellow at the bottom of the eye-spots
takes part in the subdorsal stripe.
«* Pupa, end of May and June : at the surface of the ground, under
dead leaves, rubbish, &c. Often in a green leaf turned over and
united by a few threads of silk, or between two leaves jomed in a
similar way.
“ Imago, middle of June. About 2 or 3 weeks in the pupa state.
All my specimens changing the same year.”
25. DEILEPHILA ROBERTSI, sp. n. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 9, 10.)
Q. Primaries above much elongated (more than in D. tithymali);
chalky-white, with a snow-white basal spot, the markings consisting
of a large oblong subbasal patch, the costal border, a very large sub-
costal patch beyond the cell (with a rectangular excision out of the
infero-exterior portion), and a broad discal belt tapering towards the
apex bright olive; the second and third median veins white externally ;
external border very slightly tinted with lilacine, but scarcely per-
ceptibly ; a black spot close to base of internal border: secondaries
black with brown costal border, a dull rose-red discal belt com—
mencing on the abdominal border in a large snow-white patch, as in
D. hippophaes ; external border pale flesh-tint, fringe white: body
olive, sides of head and thorax, margins and fringe of tegule,
antennze and anterior margins of abdominal segments snow-white ;
the three basal segments snow-white at the sides, the two basal ones
with the white area interrupted by large velvety-black spots. Under
surface pale sandy greyish with a paler discal belt on the wings;
primaries with a blackish nebula just beyond the cell; secondaries
with a few blackish scales towards the anal angle. Expanse of wings
3 inches 1 line.
On the upper surface of the primaries this species most nearly
resembles D. dahlii, of the secondaries D. hippophaés, of the body
D. esule, and on the under surface D. lathyrus: the olive tint of the
thorax and the markings on the primaries is greener than in any
species with which I am acquainted.
«The larva of this was found on almost every plant of a species
of Euphorbia which is very common on the rocky hilis here: the
larvee are very beautiful and conspicuous, and are very different in
colouring according to their different stages of growth. It is quite
1 Viz. to a dark brown,
1880. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. 413
distinct from a common one obtained in Kashmir, which was found
on a different species of Huphorbia and was abundant at Goolmurg.
“About half the cocoons produced moths in about three weeks
after changing ; the remainder are still alive in the pupa state (31st
December, 1879). Curiously enough the first larva that changed is
among the latter.’
“Larva 110. About 3” long, at rest. Anterior segments attenuated,
not retractile; skin smooth and soft.
“General colour black, with white dots and Spots; asubdorsal row
of large white roundish spots, one on each Segment, either yellow,
orange, or red: a dorsal stripe varying in colour, but generally the same
as the spiracular blotches; it is, however, sometimes only partially
represented, and sometimes absent ; when present it is broadest at the
interstices, where it sometimes differs in colour from the portions
between ; feet, head, back of head, and base of horn either yellow,
orange, or red, generally the same as the spiracular blotches and
dorsal stripe; horn slightly rough, curved, rather longer than the
segments, black, with the rear-base either orange, red, or yellow
(being the continuation of the dorsal stripe broken by the horn, and
is consequently absent in those which have no dorsal stripe); spiracles
white and rather narrow ovals; head globular ; belly pale yellowish
green, extending up the interstices to above the spiracles. Candahar,
beginning of May ; abundant, all sizes.
“At the end of May most of the larve found presented a different
appearance: the black disappears more or less, and with it many of
the small white spots. In some cases the black only remains as a
ring round the larger white spots; the ground-colour therefore
becomes yellowish green or yellow, varying very considerably ; the
horn becomes black at the apical half, with the basal half the same
colour as the dorsal stripe.
‘The larvee are therefore exceedingly variable in colouring (the
large white spots always remaining ‘the same, however); some
specimens are consequently so unlike one another as, at first, to
appear different species; every intermediate form, however, being
found, does away with the idea.
“The food-plant grows in the nullahs and on the slopes of the
rocky hills, is very common but scattered; and almost every plant
that now (end of May) has any leaves left on it, has several larvee
feeding on it. This larva, like others of the same genus, emits a
large amount of a green fluid from its mouth on being irritated in
the least for the first time, not often doing it a second time.
“Pupa. This species does not change colour when seeking for a
suitable place for its cocoon, which is at or near the surface of the
ground amongst rubbish, &c.”’
26. EusMERINTHUS KINDERMANNI. (Plate XXXIX, figs.11,12.)
Smerinthus kindermanni, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, ii.
pt. 2, p. 92 (1853); Erschoff, Lep. Turk. p. 26. no. 81, tab. ii.
fig. 19 (1874). Th
“The larva I found on willow, not common, in June ;. it struck
414 MR. BUTLER ON CANDAHAR LEPIDOPTERA. [May 4,
me as being smaller than the English Smerinthus ocellatus ; and all
emerged from the pupa state the same year, viz. in June, July, and
August. The fact that some were only three weeks while others were
over two months may lead to a suspicion that this was not natural,
though all were under exactly the same conditions.”
“Larva 114, About 22” long, at rest. Skin rough; head
triangular.
*“ General colour green, covered with minute white dots and seven
long pale-yellow oblique lateral bands. (The ground-colour is the same
as the willow-leaves on which the larva feeds, the yellow stripes the
same as the leaf-stalks, and the head and true legs like the younger
branches.) Spiracles red or dark orange with white line as centre ;
head green, triangular; face green, with a broad stripe of yellow or
pale orange on each side; horn rough, blue, greenish at tip, long,
tapering and curved; front legs same colour as stripes on the face.
Candahar, beginning and middle of June. Turns brown on the back
when about to change.
** Pupa. Subterranean, from 3 to & weeks in this state.”
LirHosupb.
27. DEIOPEIA PULCHELLA.
Tinea pulchella, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 884. no. 349.
** Middle of June.”
TOXOCAMPIDE.
28. APOPESTES PHANTASMA.
Spintherops phantasma, Eversmann, Bull. Mosc. 1843, p. 546.
** About a dozen reared from the larva, which appears to be not
uncommon here, though I do not remember having found it any-
where else ; the moth appeared at the end of May ; the sexes appear
to be alike. The larva was found on a vetch, upright with a thick
stem and whitish soft downy leaves; the plant is very common about
Rokeran.”
«Larva 109. About 2" 6!" long, with 16 legs, but loops when
crawling; skin soft and smooth, without hairs; anterior segments
slightly attenuated.
*‘Ground-colour pale greenish opaque white, extending to the
spiracular line: spiracular band yellow, whitish at its lower margin,
and bounded on its upper margin by a black line, which is broken
on each segment into three or four black dots ; above this is a dis-
tinct black line and, separated from it by a band of the ground-
colour, a broken subdorsal line of small black dots and dashes;
below the spiracular band is a broad black band divided longitudi-
nally by two white lines, which latter are interrupted by the legs and
form two white rings on each segment above the feet; a pale green
band down the belly between the feet; on the outside of each leg
near the foot isa black figure resembling the letter G; head pale
whitish green, shiny, with two transverse rows of black spots, the
front ones being the smaller; spiracles apparently black. Candahar,
end of April, on an upright vetch, 3 feet high, with yellow flowers.
P.Z. 5.1880. Pl. Xxx,
Edwin Wilson, ex-parte del et lith.
LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR.
Mintern Bros ,imp. ;
1880.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 415
“ Pupa, beginning of May. Forms its cocoon by uniting the
leaves of its food-plant together with a white silk.
“Imago, end of May.”
Major Roberts sends notes on several species which, owing to their
rarity, he has not forwarded to me; of one of these (a small blue
butterfly) he sends a pencil sketch; but it would be impossible, either
from a rough representation or the short notes which accompany
the numbers, to ascertain with any certainty the correct names of the
_ species.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX.
- Epinephele interposita 3, Ersch.., p- 405.
. Metitea robertsi 3, Butl., p. 406.
. Lampides contracta g , Butl., p- 406.
. Lycena bracteata 3, Butl., p. 407.
. Chrysophanus stygianus $ , Butl., p- 408.
. Belenois mesentina, Cram , pupa, p. 409.
- Synchloé tranica, Bien., pupa, p. 410.
- Hind segments of larva of Cherocampa cretica, Boisd., p. 411.
- Hind segments of larva of Deilephila robertsit, Butl., p. 412.
. Pupa of D. robertsii.
. Pupa of Husmerinthus kindermanni, Lederer, p. 413.
. Front and hind segments of larva of Husmerinthus kindermanni.
oq”
SO WISH eM Oboe
—
Nore
8. Further Additions to the Marine Molluscan Fauna of South
Australia, with Descriptions of new Species. By Grorcr
Frencu Angas, C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., &c.
[Received April 20, 1880.]
(Plate XL.)
Several months ago I received from Professor Ralph Tate, of the
Adelaide University, a small collection of marine shells obtained by
him (mostly from shell-sand) on various beaches in St. Vincent’s and
Spencer’s gulfs. Amongst these the following Species occur which
have not hitherto been recorded as having been met with in the
Province of South Australia :—
1. Purpura Anomata, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 34.
The type specimens were dredged outside Port-Jackson Heads,
New South Wales.
. 2. Nassa taBecuna, A. Ad. St. Vincent’s Gulf (Tate).
3. Nassa LIRELLA, Beck. St. Vincent’s Gulf (Tate).
4. CLATHURELLA RUFOzoNATA, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 38.
Port Jackson.
416 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [May 4,
5. CLATHURELLA BICOLOR, Angas, P.Z.S. 1871, p. 18. Port
Jackson,
6. DAPHNELLA FRAGILIS, Reeve. Aldinga Bay (Tate).
7. Rissorna crassa, Angas, P. Z. 8.1871, p.17. Port Jackson.
8. ToORNATINA BRENCHLEYI, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, p.40. Out-
side Port-Jackson Heads.
9. LAMELLARIA OPHIONE, Gray. Moreton Bay and New Zealand.
The species described below appear new to science.
10. CLATHURELLA CRASSINA, D. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 6.)
Shell stoutly fusiformly turreted, solid, whitish, tinged with chest-
nut at the base of the aperture; whorls 7, rounded and somewhat
flattened above, longitudinally strongly nodulously ribbed, and sculp-
tured transversely with numerous fine thread-like strie ; aperture
subovate; outer lip thickened, flattened, and variced externally,
dentate within; canal short, slightly recurved; posterior sinus
rather broad, above which there is a small chestnut-coloured spot.
Alt. 43, diam. 2 lines.
Hab. Aldinga Bay, St, Vincent’s Gulf (Tae).
11. GLYPHOSTOMA PAUCIMACULATA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 7.)
Shell fusiformly turreted, solid, white tinged with brown above the
sutures, and with three or four irregular dark-chestnut line-like spots
near the periphery of the last whorl and on the columella ; whorls
6, with about eight stout somewhat nodulous longitudinal ribs,
crossed by smaller transverse ridges that become larger at the back of
the outer lip and towards the base ; aperture narrowly ovate ; outer lip
flattened and variced externally, slightly sulcate within ; columella
with six transverse elevated ribs or ridges ; canal a little produced ;
posterior sinus rather broad and shallow.
Alt. 4, diam. 13 lines.
Hab. Aldinga and Holdfast Bays (Tate).
This curious shell belongs to the late Dr. Gabb’s genus Glypho-
stoma (fam. Pleurotomide.).
12. AMAUROPSIS GLOBULUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 5.)
Shell rimate, globosely turbinate, rather thin, shining, orange
horn-colour, much paler on the last whorl towards the aperture;
whorls 4, convex, with two narrow concentric raised keels on the
subapical whorl; last whorl very large, nearly smooth, with a few
descending lines of growth, crossed here and there with exceed-
ingly fine, delicate, close-set concentric strie, visible only under the
lens ; aperture semilunar; outer lip thin, simple, arcuate; columella
slightly thickened and expanded over the umbilicus.
Length 25, breadth 2 lines.
Hab. Holdfast Bay, in shell-sand.
1880. ] ‘MOLLUSCA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 417
13. RissoinaA ELEGANTULA, nh. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 10.)
Shell elongately pyramidal, moderately solid, white; whorls 8,
slightly convex, longitudinally closely and regularly finely plicate,
the interstices (especially on the last whorl) crossed by fine lire’;
sutures distinct; aperture subovate; outer lip thickened, and
slightly sinuous at the base of the columella.
Diam. 1, alt. 3 lines.
Hab, Aldinga Bay, from shell-sand (Tate).
14. Rissorna LiRATA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 11.)
Shell elongately pyramidal, rather thin, dull milky white; whorls
7, a little convex, longitudinally sculptured with regular moderately
distant ribs that become obsolete towards the centre of the last whorl,
which is crossed between the periphery and the base with numerous
very fine, close-set hair-like striee ; outer lip thekened and variced.
Length 2, breadth ? of a line.
Hab. Holdfast and Aldinga Bays, in shell-sand.
15. CoLtonia (?) RosEOPUNCTATA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 8.)
Shell minute, narrowly and deeply umbilicated, globosely turbinate,
solid, white, more or less dotted or flamed all over with bright rose-
colour ; whorls 4, convex, closely concentrically ridged throughout ;
aperture subcircular ; peritreme a little thickened and contracted.
Diam. 13, alt. 14 line.
Hab. Holdfast Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf; in shell-sand (Tate).
Were it not for its umbilicus, this minute shell in its general
aspect closely resembles a Collonia. If the operculum, when dis-
covered, proves to be calcareous, then its relationship to that genus
will be more nearly established.
\
16. ADEORBIS VINCENTIANA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 9.)
Shell depressedly conical, ovate, broadly umbilicated, moderately
thin, semipellucid, white; whorls 3, rapidly increasing, the last
very large, convex, finely undulately concentrically striated, obtusely
keeled below the periphery, and with a basal keel surrounding the
umbilical region, which is crossed by somewhat irregular rude lines of
growth that become slightly crenate upon the keel; spire small,
elevated; apex papillary; aperture semilunar; outer lip arcuate,
simple ; inner lip nearly straight, sinuously angled posteriorly.
Long. 3, lat. 23, alt. 13 line.
Hab. Aldinga Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf (Tate).
About the same size as Adeorbis angasi, A. Ad., from Port Jackson,
from which it differs both in form and sculpture.
418 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. [May 4,
9. Descriptions of three Species of Marine Shells from
Port Darwin, Torres Straits, discovered by Mr. W. T.
Bednall; and of a new Helix from Kangaroo Island,
South Australia.. By Grorcr Frencu Anaas, C.M.Z.S.,
F.L.S., &e.
[Received April 20, 1880.]
(Plate XL.)
VoxvuTAa (AULICA) BEDNALLI (Brazier). (Plate XL. fig. 1.)
Shell narrowly elongately ovate, solid, white, with four narrow trans-
verse red or bright orange bands on the last whorl, the upper band
close next the suture, the other three at equal distances down the
whorl, which are crossed by about twelve similar, narrow, longitu-
dinal, zigzag bands of the same colour, showing a tendency to spread
into irregular spots between the second and third transverse bands ;
whorls 6, flatly convex, marked with fine longitudinal strize or lines
of growth, which are more prominent on the upper whorls ; the last
whorl more than two thirds the length of the shell; spire elevated, -
apex papillary and obtuse ; aperture somewhat narrow, white within,
columella nearly straight, furnished with four plaits, the two upper
ones the largest and least oblique, the two lower ones very oblique ;
outer lip simple.
Length 3 inches 4 lines, diam. 1 inch 4 lines.
Hab. Port Darwin, Torres Straits, North Australia (W. 7. Bed-
nall).
This remarkable Volute differs from any other known species in
its very singular style of painting, which gives it a latticed appearance,
the brilliant red, narrow, zigzag descending bands crossing the
straight transverse ones at right angles. Mr. Brazier, of Sydney, has
already bestowed on this beautiful shell the name of its discoverer,
Mr. W. T. Bednall; and I have much pleasure in retaining that
name, and figuring it in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London.
Murex (PreRONOTUS) BEDNALLI (Brazier). (Plate XL. fig. 2.)
Shell fusiform, rather thin, pale cream-colour, with three very
broad, flattened, fin-shaped scabrous varices ; whorls 8, sculptured
with somewhat distant elevated transverse ridges that. spread out and
become more developed at the back of the varices, which are striped
and tinged with brown, between which are very numerous close-set,
fine, hair-like concentric strize ; spire prominent, apex pointed ; aper-
ture small, narrowly pyriform ; columella slightly arched, smooth,
shining, with a brown hollow tooth projecting forward at the base,
and another longer one curving outwards and backwards at the junc-
tion of the middle varix with the canal; outer lip very broad and
flat, with wide flattened grooves towards the outer edge, the interstices
GB.Sowerby lith.
Hanhart imp
NEW SHELLS FROM PORT DARWIN & SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
1880. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS, 419
of which are stained with dark brown; canal moderate, a little re-
curved and partly closed by the union of the two lips at their base.
Alt. 3inches, diam. 2 inches.
Hab. Port Darwin, Torres Straits (WW. T. Bednall).
Another very beautiful shell, belonging to the Pteronotus group
of Murices (also discovered by Mr. Bednall, and provisionally
named by Mr. Brazier), which I have great pleasure in figuring in
the Society’s ‘ Proceedings.’
CLANCULUS BICARINATUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 4.)
Shell umbilicated, turbinate, solid, very dark purplish brown ;
whorls 6, prominently keeled in the centre, the last whorl with two
keels, one above and one below the periphery, sculptured all over
with distinct separated rows of regular close-set bead-like nodules,
those on the keels being double the size of those between them, the
interstices crossed with fine oblique striz ; outer lip strongly den-
tate within, and surrounded by a row of black spots at the margin ;
columella nearly straight, with a small tooth-like projection at either
end, the margin of the false umbilicus dentate, with an incurved
tooth above, and crenate at the base, around the umbilical margin
white ; interior pearly white.
Alt. 6, diam. 8 lines.
Hab. Port Darwin, North Australia (W. 7. Bednall).
This shell is remarkable from its having two strong keels on the
last whorl, and also on account of its uniform dark-brown colour.
Hewix (RHAGADA) BORDAENSIs, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 3.)
Shell widely and deeply umbilicated, lenticular, moderately thin,
very strongly and irregularly obliquely flexuously corrugated, the
corrugations becoming larger and more elevated towards the middle
of the whorls, cretaceous, white; spire depressed, apex obtuse ;
sutures very strongly impressed and crenated ; whorls 5, nearly flat,
the last depressed and strongly keeled above the periphery, not de-
scending in front, slightly keeled around the umbilicus ; aperture
oblique, semilunar; outer lip simple; columella very slightly ex-
panded; margins united by a thin callus.
Diam. maj. 8, min. 7, alt. 37 lines.
Hab. Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, South Australia (W. T.
Bednall).
This remarkable shell exhibits a somewhat similar sculpture to
Hf, silveri, Ang. (P. Z. 8S. 1868, p. 275), and H. kooringensis, Ang.
(P. Z.S. 1877, p. 33); but it differs from both those species in having
the raised corrugations more numerous and elevated, displaying at
the sutures and on the keel an elegant frilled appearance. It is also
smaller, flatter, has a wide perspective umbilicus ; and the corrugated
ridges show here and there a tendency to bifurcate.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL.
Fig. 1. Voluta (Aulica) bednalli, p. 418.
2. Murex (Pteronotus) bednalli, p. 418.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXVIII. 28
420 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON SOME ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. [June 1,
Fig. 8. Helix (Rhagada) bordaensis, p. 419.
. Clanculus bicarinatus, p. 419,
. Amauropsis globulus, p. 416.
. Clathurella crassina, p. 416.
. Glyphostoma paucimaculata, p. 416.
. Collonia roseopunctata, p. 417.
. Adeorbis vincentiana, p. 417.
. Pissoina elegantula, p. 417.
-— lirata, p. 417."
> co
BOOMIDN
ee
June 1, 1880.
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. Sclater made some remarks on the principal objects he had
noticed during a recent inspection of the Zoological Gardens of
Berlin, Hamburg, Amsterdam, The Hague, and Antwerp.
At Berlin there was a fine adult pair of the Large Indian Rhino-
ceros (R. unicornis) together, with a good prospect of their breeding
in captivity. There was also, now quite adult, the young Rhinoceros
imported by Mr. Jamrach in 1874, and said to have been obtained
in the Munipore district, of which Mr. Sclater had spoken (in his
paper onthe Rhinoceroses living in the Gardensread before the Society
in 1875"), as probably an example of R. sondaicus. In this con-
clusion he now thought he had been mistaken. The animal was
much too large for R. sondaicus, and did not show the peculiar
shoulder-fold that characterizes that species. He believed it to be
merely R, wnicornis.
In the Hamburg Gardens was a Chimpanzee (Zroglodytes niger)
that had been seven years there, and a fine pair of the Indian Tapir
(Tapirus indicus), which had bred last year, although the young
animal had unfortunately died. There was also what he believed to
be an adult in full breeding-dress of Pelecanus mitratus, in which the
naked space round the eye was orange, the breast tinged with yellow,
and the nuchal crest full and pendent. In other respects the bird
resembled a small Pelecanus onocrotalus. Amongst the Deer at
Hamburg were a male, two females, and three young males of a
fine large Stag allied to C. elaphus, from the Amoor district, which
Dr. Bolau had proposed to call Cervus luehdorfi. The question
was whether it was not C. wanthopygus, Milne-Edwards, Ann. d. Sci.
Nat. sér. 5, tom. vili. p. 376 (1867). One of these it was hoped
to obtain for the Society’s collection.
At Amsterdam Mr. Sclater had observed in the Parrot-house an
example of Trichoglossus mitchelli (the third specimen recorded of this
well-marked species), and two living male Paradise-birds (Paradisea
papuana), which had been some ten months in the collection. There
was likewise a fine pair of Otaria gillespii.
In the Zoological Gardens at The Hague were likewise two Para-
dise-birds of the same species.
* Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ix. p. 650.
1880.] MR. HOLDSWORTH ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF ASTACUS. 421
The Secretary exhibited a Spider of the genus Teyenaria, which
had been forwarded to him from Cape Town with the following
letter :—
Cape Town,
April 9, 1880.
Dear Sir,—
I send per this post a registered package, containing a
“Tarantula” Spider. I caught it within three miles of Cape ‘own, on
the back of a horse. All here were very unwilling to touch it, owing
to its deadly bite ; but I, using chloroform, secured it. The mare has
since died; and the effects produced by the bite are similar to St.
Vitus’s dance in a human being. Trusting to hear of its safe arrival,
I remain, dear Sir,
Yours very faithfully,
J. H. Payne.
The Secretary stated that Mr. O. P. Cambridge, to whom he had
submitted the specimen, had kindly examined the Spider, and had pro-
nounced it to belong to an apparently new species of Tegenaria,
closely allied to 7’. guyoni, a species common in London cellars.
Mr. Cambridge confessed to much incredulity as to the mare
having died from the bite of this Spider, and said that, though no
doubt the facts stated were correct so far as regards the Spider
having been found on the back of the mare and the mare having
subsequently died, he required very clear and good evidence besides
to convince him that the two facts were related to each other as
cause and effect.
Mr. G. E. Dobson exhibited a new and remarkable species of
Megaderma, proposed to be called IZ. gigas, sent from Queensland
to the Gottingen Museum by Dr. Schuette.
Lord Lilford exhibited and made remarks upon some specimens of
hybrid Pheasants between males of Phasianus reevesi and hens of
P. colchicus and allied species, remarkable for their size and beautiful
plumage.
The following papers were read :—
1. Note on the Distribution of the Crayfish (Astacus) in
Spain. By E. W. H. Hotpsworrn, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.
[Received April 20, 1880. ]
In the valuable memoir by Professor Huxley on the Classification
and Distribution of the Cray fishes, published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of
this Society (1879, p. 752), the author refers to the long-standing
belief that the Crayfish is not to be found in the Spanish rivers ; but
he thought there was little doubt that it was to be met oe about
28
422 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. [June l,
Barcelona. It having been stated by some gentlemen who heard
Professor Huxley’s paper read, that Cray fishes were certainly supplied
to the Madrid market, I was led to move some of my Spanish friends
to make careful inquiries as to the localities whence these Madrid
Crayfishes are obtained. he result showed that they are procured
in considerable numbers at only a short distance from Madrid itself.
The Crayfish appears to be unknown in the rivers Douro and Tagus,
on the western side of the Peninsula, and in the Ebro on the eastern ;
but it is found abundantly in the Talegones and Escalote, rivulets
forming part of the sources of the Douro, in the Henares, one of
the sources of the Tagus, and in the upper part of the Jalon, an im-
portant tributary of the Ebro. Widely separated, however, as these
three rivers become in their courses to the sea, both east and west,
the rivulets I have mentioned as forming their principal sources all
take their rise within an area probably not more than twenty miles
square, situated nearly in the centre of Spain, and about forty or fifty
miles north-east of Madrid. It is from these small streams that the
Madrid market is supplied by fishermen of Alhama, Siguenza, and
Berlanga ; and these streams are the only ones well. within the
borders of the Peninsula in which, so far as I can discover, the Cray-
fish is to be found. As before mentioned, Crayfishes are said to be
found about Barcelona; but it may possibly turn out that they are
really caught in the small streams which, rising in the Pyrenees,
afterwards unite to form the river near which Barcelona stands.
My correspondents tell me that they can obtain no information of
the occurrence of the Crayfish south of Madrid ; and they add that
if they were known to be found there the markets of the capital
would not be solely supplied from the northern streams, as is now the
case. The peculiar localization of these crustaceans in the centre of
Spain suggests the idea of their having been specially introduced ; but
experiments in acclimatization are, I believe, unknown in the Penin-
sula; and without attempting any explanation of the difficulty, I may
simply record the fact that the Crayfish is abundant in the rivulets
within the limited area I have mentioned.
2. Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea.—III.
On some Genera and Species of the Temnopleuride. By
F. Jerrrey Betz, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative
Anatomy in King’s College.
[Received April 24, 1880.]
(Plate XLI)
Tor the purposes of present convenience I adopt the name Tem-
nopleuride for those forms which are grouped under it by Prof.
Alex. Agassiz in his ‘ Revision of the Echini.’ I need not now de-
1880. ] PROF. F. J, BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID. 423
fine it in detail, but will say merely of it that it includes those forms
which, with a varying arrangement of their ambulacral pores, are
provided with more or less distinct sutural pores or pits at the angles
of the coronal plates.
There is, perhaps, no group in which variations during growth are
more remarkable than they are in this; there is certainly none in
which they are more instructive. Following the method I have
already adopted’, I have, in the tables of measurement which form
the great body of this paper, expressed the absolute diameter of the
tests in millimetres, while for the height, the abactinal system, the
anal area, and the actinostome, the percentage values have been cal-
culated ; the poriferous zone is also occasionally added. Two re-
commendations present themselves for undertaking this exceedingly
laborious task: the changes which occur during growth are at once
seen ; and, secondly, an aid is afforded to that not small group of
naturalists who have not under their hands so large a series of forms
as is fortunately to be found in our own national collection. Dif-
ferences in proportion will not now form the chief ground on which
new species are established ; and the value of the British-Museum
series will be hereby extended to those naturalists who, for want of
such, are, naturally enough, led to regard their single immature
specimen as the representative of a new species’.
I. Temnopievrus, Agassiz.
The type of this genus is 7. goreumaticus (see Agassiz, Introd.
to Valentin’s Anat. du genre Hehinus, p. vii, & Observations sur les
progrés récens etc., 1841, p. 7).
Prof. Alex. Agassiz recognizes in the genus three species, the
forms 7’. reevesii and J. granulosus of Gray being regarded as
synonymous with 7”. reynaudi, Agass. I have carefully examined
Dr. Gray’s types, and have been led to the conclusion that the two
are not representatives of the same species.
The name Yoreumatica® is ordinarily regarded as a synonym of
Temnopleurus ; but it seems tbat Dr. Gray nowhere defined it, aud
it might well be allowed to fall out.
. 1 P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 662.
2 It appears to me to be unnecessary to justify the seleetion, as a standard of
the diameter of the test, of the regular Kchinida. Save where abnormalities, easily
enough detected, come to development, it seems plain that it stands in very much
the same relation as the diameter of the human thorax does in measurements of
this character, and is the nearest approach to that relation between the dimensions
of the head and of the thorax which has been found so useful in the ease of pro-
portional measurements of the human subject (cf. Liharzik, ‘Das Gesetz des
Wachsthums u. der Bau des Menschen,’ Wien, 1862, p. 38).
3 See P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 39.
424 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDS. [Junel,
1. TEMNOPLEURUS TOREUMATICUS.
rales Percentage value of
diameter in : .
milizs, Height. Abactinal | ‘4 nal area. errs
Leese 9 611 33°3 155 44-4
Alvecretess 14.5 55°1 ? 13'8 31
iy obacetnas 27 50 222 ial 29°6
TE ada as 27°5 50°9 21:9 9°9 29°9
VOoornecce 44 45:45 186 9 28°6
Ullag aces: 47 40:4 19-1 85 28°7
This species is so well known that there is no need to delay over it.
2. TEMNOPLEURUS HARDWICKII.
ups | Percentage value of
| diameter in : :
| millims. Height. Abactinal Anal area. as
area. stome.
Veaanenees L 57-14. | 30 1428 428
pe tle cstot ee 11 63°63 29 136 455
LI; acess | 24 50 22:08 9-6 33'3
LViseasavee 27°25. | 47-7 | 21°8 9:17 291
Misco ses! Oe | 56:2 | 21°38 9°37 29:06
Wiss decstes 43 604 20-93 9°02 26:7
With regard to the height, it would seem that it is not so much
that changes occur init during growth, as that there are considerable
variations in it, with a tendency to a high form (63 per cent.) and a
low form (47°7 per cent.).
3. TEMNOPLEURUS REYNAUDI.
As I have already pointed out, I believe that in the latest Re-
vision two distinct species have been united under this head.
Mr. Percy Sladen has given expression to a doubt on the subject’ ; and
he informs me that the type of Dr. Gray’s T. granulosus struck him
as being ‘‘ a good species ’’ when, some time ago, he had the oppor-
tunity of examining it. 7. reevesii of Gray does, however, seem to
be synonymous with the 7. reynaudi of Agassiz.
When the types of the two species are compared, we find that in
T. granulosus the abactinal area is of moderate size and there is no
specially large plate in the anal area; the connecting ridge of the
auricles * is lower than in 7. reevesii; the miliary tubercles are very
numerously developed and surround the primary tubercles; sutural
furrows, quite distinct from the pits of 7’. reevesii, occupy the middle
1 J. L.8. xiv. p. 487.
2 J feel inclined to attach a little more importance to this character then does
Prof. Agassiz, who says of it that it is high, when he is defining the genus, and
yery low, when defining 7. hardwickit (p. 461).
1880. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDS. 425
line of the interambulacral areze ; and though not so deep nor so wide
as in 7’, toreumaticus, they extend almost to the base of the primary
tubercles ; on the other side of these tubercles there are narrower and
shallower furrows; and in the middle line of the ambulacral are
there are deep sutural pits: all these depressions are much more
distinct above the ambitus than they are on the actinal surface,in
which point they offer a striking point of difference from 7’. reevesii.
The test is by no means thin; all the ocular plates are excluded from
the anal area; the outermost, not the innermost, of the three
tubercles on the interambulacral plates is the smallest.
The following are the more important measurements :—
Diameter. Height. me Anal area. =e Spine.
Gray’s type.. 37. 18 8 10°5
[48.6]! [21-6] [28-3]
32 16°3 7‘0 3°5 10°2 10°5? .
[50] [218] [10:9] [30-9]
‘In other words 7. granulosus differs from 7’. reevesii (i. e. T. rey-
naudt) in the facts that :—
i. The abactinal area is not large; and the anal area is much
smaller.
ii. All the ocular plates are excluded from the anal area *,
iii. There are sutural furrows and deeper angular pits.
iv. The miliaries are much more numerously developed.
v. There is no specially large anal plate.
vi. The actinostome is a good deal smaller.
These differences appear to me to be sufficient to justify us in re-
garding Gray’s Toreumatica granulosa as a distinct species; it is,
however, obviously enough a member of the genus Temnopleurus.
The following is a table of the dimensions of 7’. reynaudi proper,
the 7. reevesii of Gray.
Percentage value of
Absolute
diameter in : :
millims. | Height. tg Anal area, sous
ec 7 46:5 38 17 | 408
Als see e T5 426 40 20 40
Tee aos 10 42 31 15 33
here 10-5 36:19 19 33'3
Voscvsctes 21 47:6 30°9 16°16 33°3
WT ss ct 35 42:8 | 25°7 151 ol4
As in the case of the preceding species, we may here note some
? The numbers in brackets are the percentage results,
2 Greatest length measured.
8 Gray’s type specimen has lost the abactinal plates; but two specimens col-
lected by Capt. St. John in the Corean seas are perfect.
426 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. [June 1,
considerable variation in the height of the specimens; the actino-
stome does not diminish so much in size during growth as it does in
T. toreumaticus or T. hardwickii.
II. Microcyruus.
The specimens of this genus alter in appearance very greatly
during growth, as may be gathered from the fact that Prof. A.
Agassiz formed a new genus Anthechinus (roseus sp.) for some rather
young examples of M. maculatus; and matters are, unfortunately, a
little complicated by the fact that the young of M. zigzag (as deter-
mined by Prof. Alex. Agassiz) have externally a most remarkable
resemblance to the young of M. maculatus (Anthechinus roseus).
The information which can be given regarding these two species
is somewhat meagre; the most interesting point is, perhaps, the
slight extent to which the actinostome of M. zigzag diminishes in
proportional size during growth.
1. MicrocypHuUs MACULATUS.
Percentag
Meniatt ercentage value of
diameter in : ‘
millims. | Height. Abactanal) goal area. | qe
area. stome.
Aecee cet 23 73:8 26 <a 44-7
Tas cees 27 703 26°3 11-1 40°7
rhb soos 37 6271 21:6 oh 386°5
LViesesees on 45 62°6 20 a 33°3
2. M. ziezaG.
P $
aiets ercentage value of
diameter in i :
millims. | Height. oe Aoataren, |
area. stome.
ieaecess 8 an 31:2
IES SA Ae 8-2 ae a zee 329
TLS. 58 15:5 774 32°2 12:9 25°8
vee 23 84:7 23°9 8:7 30°4
Vivuwot 25 84 24 oe 28°8
III. Saumacts,
Of all the genera of the Temnopleuride, this is perhaps the
most difficult; the determination of its species has more than once
engaged my attention, and has been more than once put aside in
despair. Now, however, I have the advantage of having at hand
the preliminary set of specimens collected by the officers of H.M.S.
‘Challenger’ and named by no less an authority than Prof. Alex.
Agassiz. Some of these are exceedingly interesting as being very
young specimens. Now, too, I have at hand the three interesting
1880. | PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. 427
forms which were collected by Captain’ H. C. St. John (H.M.S.
‘ Sylvia’), and which have been so well described by Mr. W. Percy
Sladen’ as the young of S. sulcata.
The number of specimens of this genus, however, is by no means
large ; and though thus increased it is not yet sufficient to enable us
to answer all the problems which the genus presents to us. On the
other hand, the question of whether or not one should put out such
results as have been attained to, seems to me to be more readily
answered in the affirmative in the case of groups, specimens of which
“are notoriously infrequent. In other words, where specimens or series
are scarce, bibliographical aid may be advantageously increased, and
that the more when, as here, very little of that kind of work is al-
ready available. This section of the present communication will
also differ in character from that of the greater part of the rest, by
entering into a fuller account of the constituent species.
The reader shall first be put in possession of the number and charac-
ters of the more important specimens now in the British Museum :—
1, SALMACIS BICOLOR.
a. Two tests, without spines or abactinal plates, buccal membrane,
or dentary apparatus. Coll. Inwood. Had. 2
6. A fine specimen in spirit, perfect. Coll. H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’
Zamboanga.
2. S. DUSSUMIERI.
a. Four dried denuded specimens. Coll. Inwood. Hab, ——?
(The Yoreumatica concava of Gray.)
6. One injured denuded test. No history.
3. S. GLOBATOR, vide infra.
4. S. RARISPINA.
a. A denuded specimen with abactinal and anal area complete.
Bondy Head. Lar! of Derby.
6. A similar specimen. “ Portugal.” Purchased of Cuming,
e. Small, denuded. H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ Station 188.
d. Two small, with a few spines. H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’ Station
186.
e. A larger specimen with some spines. H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’
Station 186.
Jf. A small dry test. Coll. Belcher. East Indies.
g- A small dry test with a few spines. Mindanao. (LI place this
‘specimen here with considerable hesitation.)
5. S. SULCATA.
a. Three small specimens, with some spines. Coll. St. John.
34° 38’ N, 126° 24' E.
6. Two, with spines, in spirit. H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ Island
of Mactan, Cebu, Philippines.
1 J.L.S., Zool., xiv. p. 439.
428 PROF. F, J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID&. [June l,
1. SALMACIS BICOLOR, Ag.
Salmacis bicolor, Agassiz and Desor, Cat. Rais.. Ann. Sc. Nat.
(3) vi. p. 359.
This, when completely covered with spines, isa most beautiful
form : above the ambitus it is covered with short sharp purplish red
spines, banded with greenish-yellow ; at and below the ambitus the
spines are much stronger and longer and are more closely packed,
while the colours are reversed in relation, and they may be said to
be of a greenish-yellow, banded with a purplish red; the base, -
however, is always coloured red. Around the actinostome the spines
are still stronger and are completely flattened. The test is well
rounded and by no means conical. The actinal and abactinal arez are
of a moderate size; a bare median space can, above the ambitus, be
distinctly made out in both the ambulacral and interambulacral areze.
In the denuded test the primary tubercles on the interambulacral
plates are, above the ambitus, best developed on the half of the
plate nearest the ambulacral pores ; about the middle of the side of
the test there are two well developed primary tubercles, and inter-
nally to these there are two smaller ones; passing upwards these
latter gradually diminish in size till they disappear ; and within a few
plates of the abactinal area the same happens with the outermost
row of tubercles; so that the uppermost of the coronal plates have only
one well-developed primary tubercle each. At the ambitus there
are five well-developed primary tubercles on each interambulacral
plate ; and these tubercles, forming a close mail on the actinal face of
the test, gradually disappear as they pass towards the actinostome.
There is a fairly well-marked series of miliary tubercles running
along the upper edge of each coronal plate; but these become much
more irregular on the uppermost plates. A dark-coloured band runs
along the sutures of the plates above the ambitus.
On the ambulacral plates the primary tubercles form a single row,
which is placed quite at the outer edge and extends regularly from
pole to pole, gradually decreasing in sizeas they pass in either direction
from the region of the ambitus ; it is only quite close to the ambitus
that a second row of primary tubercles is at all well-developed. The
actinostome is of a moderate size, not sunken ; its decagonal form is
well marked, the ridges connecting the auricles are low; the pore-
areas are wide, four pores, or two pairs, being placed in an almost
horizontal line. The sutural pores appear to become indistinct with
age.
| Percentage value of
la eee Poriferous
| erie Heicht | Abactinal | Anal | Actino- zone. |
| % Bite area. area. stome. |
ae | 44 go | 4 f 995, | afm
Gitano, be | Be 1. 596 | arse PETE > ons 26 |
eee ee (3 | 666 | 16 8 24 fom |
1880. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. 429
The last specimen had spines of three lengths—8, 13, and 9°5
millims. long being averages.
This species has been very well figured by Desor (Synopsis des
Echin. fossiles, pl. xvii. figs. 11-12), ,
2, SALMACIS DUSSUMIERI, Ag.
S. dussumieri, Agassiz & Desor, Cat. Rais., Ann. Sci. Nat. (3)
vi. p. 359.
Toreumatica concava, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 39.
This species is so well marked that it is unnecessary to give as
full an account of it as of the preceding species. It is certainly not
the most nearly allied of the genus to Temnopleurus toreumaticus ;
and Prof. Alex. Agassiz seems to be completely justified in asso-
ciating the Toreumatica concava of Gray with the representatives of
the genus Salmacis’.
Very few spines remain on the five tests in the Museum col-
leetion ; what there are are quite close to the actinostome, and are
of a milky-white colour; some must have been of some strength,
and others more delicate ; the longest I could measure was 4 millims.
long (from a test 32 millims. in diameter). The ocular plates may be
shut out from the anal area; the anal orifice seems to be placed at the
edge, and not in the centre, of the anal area; when there are
vertical rows of tubercles on each half of the ambulacral plates, the
tubercles do not form transverse rows, but are set alternately. The
auricles are connected by ridges about half their height.
Percentage value of
Absolute
diameter in . .
ae as Abactinal Actino-
millims. Height. tea! Anal area. Wanna.
| ae eeh Aart 37 30 216 12-1 24:3
|
i
Ries Sein 32 29°7 18-7 12:5 26°5
3. SALMACIS RARISPINA, Ag.
Salmacis rarispina, Agassiz & Desor, Catal. Rais., Ann. Sc. Nat.
(3) vi. p. 359.
This is, on the whole, one of the most easily recognizable of the
species of this difficult genns; but its distribution appears to be
somewhat unusual if the locality of ‘‘ Portugal,” attached to one of
the specimens in the collection, be correct ; it will be safer, however,
to wait for further examples of the occurrence of this form off the
Portuguese coast.
It is at once distinguished not only by the flesh-coloured lozenge-
shaped patterns on its yellowish-green upper surface, but by its
1 T. concava was not the type of Gray’s genus Torewmatica ; nor is there any
example of the species in coll. B. M. which is known to have come from Hong-
kong. None of the Museum specimens has any locality attached; but Gray
(loc. cit.) gives “ Hab, China.”
430
PROF, F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDZ.
[June I,
enormous abactinal system, its comparatively large anal area, and ~
its small rounded actinostome with a thin complete edge.
The following measurements of the specimens from Bondy Head
and ‘ Portugal’? may be compared with those given by much
younger and by intermediate specimens.
Maite Percentage value of
diameter in 4 .
millims, Height. Abactinal Anal area, Acting:
area. stome.
Portugal ...... 74 66 19 9°86 22°19
Bondy Head... 64 60 21:09 10-1 21:9
Station 188 ... 22-5 53°3 22-2 1p ea 31-6
Station 186 a.. 14 57-14 21-4 oH 3271
Station 186 f.. 9 ia ae 33°3
‘It is obvious from the above figures that the most marked changes
occur in the actinostome, which, almost large in the young, becomes
so small in the well grown forms; and it is interesting to compare
the change with what obtains in Vemnopleurus. T. toreumaticus
has the actinostome even proportionally larger when young ; but its
adult specimens (50 millims. in diameter) present a percentage value
for their actinostome of as much as 26, the relation between the
young Salmacis and the adult Temnopleurus being, even in the
character of the actinostome, not obscurely indicated.
The following points may also be noted in the young specimens :—
The lozenge-shaped patches are not yet apparent ; the sutural pores
are much more distinctly marked ; there is only one distinct series
of primary tubercles in each set of coronal plates above the ambitus ;
below the ambitus there are indications of a second and, still more
faintly, of a third series in the interambulacral arez ; the anal covering-
plates are for the most part large, and consequently few in number ;
the most striking in the specimen, 22°5 millims. in diameter, are five
peripherally placed plates, which are separated from one another by
small triangular plates, one for each.
The test is much thinner in the fully grown than in the youn
specimens; the bare median spaces are more considerable in this
than in any other species of the genus; and the tubercles are pro-
portionally smaller ; the actinal surface becomes a little swollen, so
that the actinostome becomes somewhat depressed; the ridges con-
necting the not strongly developed auricles are low ; the madreporic
is hardly larger than the other genital plates; the anal opening is
at or close to the centre of the anal area.
4, Satmacis sutcaTa, Ag.
Salmacis suleata, Agassiz & Desor, Catal. Rais., Ann. Se. Nat.
(3) vi. p. 359.
Test rounded, or somewhat conical, closely covered with spines
of a general green coloration, but becoming almost white towards
1880. ] PROF, F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID&. 431
their tips; the upper ones are banded with brown, those near the
‘ambitus with purplish brown; those around the actinostome are
flattened, and the bands become distinctly purple, while the green
is evanescent.
The denuded test, though not unlike that of S. dicolor, is distin-
guished from it by its depressed actinostome, the greater height of
the ridges connecting the auricles, the somewhat narrower ambulacral
pore-areas, and the more distinct sutural pores. The changes
during growth in the proportional size of the actinostome are some-
what striking; and I regret that it is only in the lately acquired
specimens that the abactinal and anal areas are complete, so that it is
impossible to trace the changes which occur in this region. Prof.
Agassiz’s specimens seem to be in a somewhat similar plight ; for he
is only able to give the measurements of the abactinal and anal
systems of one of his specimens; the percentage value of the
abactinal area in the specimen measured by him is 18:5. The great
changes in the proportions of the actinostome point to the necessity
of carefully examining a series of forms before using the size of this
orifice as a specific character.
Alscaltste Percentage value of
diameter in 5 :
millims, | Height. Spachonl Anal area. ene
hee 14 | 592 22-1 125 | 428
dlvceevecees 17 64:9 23°5 7 41:1
Hidean ct oetee 45 ‘53 (OL 365 see 25-4
dive Pinky: 59 45°7 bs. — 26°6
It may be of interest to point out that there is in the Museum col-
lection a specimen which, resembling very closely the S. conica of
von Martens, appears to bear out the view of Prof. Alex. Agassiz
that S. conica is synonymous with S. suleata. Von Martens’s spe-
cimen measured 72 millims. in diameter and 55 millims. in height,
thus giving the latter a percentage value of 76°3 ; the specimen now
under description had a diameter of 77 millims., and the percentage
yalue of the height, abactinal and actinal areas, were respectively
65, 15°5, and 22.
Some link is yet wanting to connect with these conical specimens
of S. suleata a specimen from an unknown locality, the height of
which is 91 per cent. of the diameter, and which hardly conforms,
in some other points, to the ordinary specimens of this species.
. 5. SALMACIS GLOBATOR.
Two distinct species appear to have been described under this
head—one by Agassiz & Desor, in the Catal. Raisonné (Ann. Se.
Nat. (3) vi. p. 359), the other by Prof. Alex. Agassiz, in the
* Revision of the Echini’ (iii. p. 473). One point will suffice to
432 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. [June l,
show that the same specimens can hardly have been described by
both these writers—the only authors who have given us original
accounts. The first description of the species contains the words
** Deux rangées de tubercles sur les aires ambulacraires et sur les
aires interambulacraires ;” in the second we find :—‘ In specimens
measuring 60 millims. there are as many as six vertical rows [of
primary tubercles] on each side of the median line at the ambitus in
the interambulacral, and three in the ambulacral space.’ This
would give twelve interambulacral tubercles, and might therefore
lead us to think that ‘ deux” was a misprint for ‘‘douze,” were it
not that there are still only six ambulacral tubercles.
Any zoologist who will take the trouble to refer to Mr. Alex.
Agassiz’s description, will see that it is impossible to found any
definite opinion on the subject from the data there given ; nor can [
reconcile with one another the two following statements concerning
the species :—(i.) ‘‘ There are no sutural furrows on the actinal
side ;” and (ii.) ‘‘ The sutural furrows of lighter colour and yellowish
on the actinal surface.”
There are in the Museum collection specimens which can be made
to agree with the greater part of Mr. Alex. Agassiz’s deseription ;
and the national collection is credited by him with specimens from the
east and west coasts of Australia. I have searched in vain for spe-
cimens of Salmacis from a locality so described ; but there is a spe-
cimen from the east coast of Australia collected by Stutchbury (?),
which is either a representative of L. Agassiz’s S. globator, or is a
member of an undescribed species ; for this specimen has above the
ambitus only one row of primary tubercles in each half of the inter-
ambulacral areze.
To attempt to resolve the difficulties which beset the determina-
tion of this species, I addressed myself to the distinguished
naturalist who has the care of the Echinodermata in the Muséum
d’Histoire Naturelle at Paris, thinking that, as the type of Agassiz
and Desor’s species was in the “ Collection Deshayes,” it was pos-
sible it might be now under his care. Prof. Edmond Perrier re-
sponded to my appeal with a courteous rapidity ; but, unfortunately,
he could only say that the species is not in the Museum of the
Jardin des Plantes. With great kindness he promised to pay a visit
to the Ecole des Mines, as he fancied the species was there; as,
however, I have not again heard from M. Perrier, I fear that his
search has not been rewarded.
Whatever course be now adopted, it is obvious that there is one
which would add to the present existing confusion ; that would be
to propose a new specific name. That course I will not adopt; and
while it is difficult to know what to do to escape from the difficulty,
I think the safest course at present is to give a short description of
the two forms, and to supply accurate figures of them both. Not-
withstanding the large number of plates, which form a not incon-
siderable portion of the Revision of the Echini, the only parts that
are figured of the rare and little known S. globator is a plate from
the ambulacral tube,
1880. | PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID&. 433
(a) The specimens with a number of primary tubercles in a
transverse row (Plate XLI. figs. 1, 7).
The test is pretty thick; the poriferous zones are narrow; the
actinostome is of moderate size, and sunken; the actinal cuts are
very shallow and wide. The test is grey or light brown; the pori-
ferous zones and the median space of the interambulacral area may
be of a yellowish hue. At the ambitus there are, in the inter-
ambulacral area, six or seven tubercles on either side of the middle
line. In the ambulacral area there are three tubercles on each plate ;
all these tubercles are of very much the same size ; they decrease in
number as they pass to the actinal and abactinal poles: but they are
more closely packed on the actinal surface ; for there there is no bare
median space ; there, too, the plates are not quite so wide, and they
are not separated from one another by any sutural furrows. The upper
portion of the plate is occupied by a fairly regular row of miliaries,
The auricles are exceedingly strong and high, as are, too, the con-
necting ridges; the foramen is not as high as the ridge, and is
triangular. I can give no information regarding the abactinal or
anal areas.
Two specimens measured in diameter 67 millims.; one was 30
and the other 33 millims. high ; the actinostome of either measured
18 millims. across; the smallest of the three specimens was 58
millims. in diameter, 40 in height, and had the actinostome 17
millims. broad.
None of the specimens has any known history or locality.
(3) Specimens with one vertical row of primary tubercles above
the ambitus (Plate XLI. figs. 2, 3, 8).
Test not quite so thick as in (a); the actinostome somewhat
smaller, and the cuts deeper; it is not quite so sunken; the pori-
ferous zone wider; the pores frequently have on their outer edge
tubercles, and do not, therefore, occupy a completely marginal posi-
tion on the ambulacral plates.
At the ambitus there is only one large primary tubercle on either
interambulacral plate; this is rather nearer the outer than the
inner edge of the plate; and on either side of it there are two or
three distinct secondaries. On the actinal surface there are four,
three, or two tubercles, large, and of much the same size, on every
interambulacral plate; below the ambitus in the ambulacral area
there are two rows of primary tubercles; and from the ambitus to
the actinostome two rows, gradually decreasing in size, are inter-
calated between these; above the ambitus the outer rows, which are
continued to the abactinal pole, decrease at first rapidly in size.
The other rows are likewise continued some way up the side of the
test ; but the tubercles diminish so much in size that they are with
difficulty to be distinguished from the miliaries,
The anus is large, the genital rings narrow, the madreporite not
much larger than the other genital plates; the ocular plates are
excluded from the anal area. The auricles are very well developed,
but the connecting ridges are rather low; the foramen is a little
larger than in the form just described, is triangular, and is just
434 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. [June 1,
higher than the connecting ridge. The sutural furrows are barely
indicated ; there are pores, not pits, in the middle line.
Australia (coll. J. B. Jukes). E. coast Australia (Stutchbury ?).
Percentage value of
Absolute
diameter in : f
millims. | Height. peas Anal area. ee
Lahn kh ose 72 61:1 16:6 9 25
Ase eeseh 75 61:3 wai wat 25°3
Site. fleas 102 64:7 ae Sain 21:08
IV. Mespiia.
1. MEspILia GLOBULUS.
I have not the time to notice in detail the bibliography of another
writer; but there are some omissa of references and misprints in the
bibliography and synonymy of this genus, as given in the ‘ Revision
of the Echini,’ that, to save future students a labour similar to that
which has been imposed on myself, I will for a moment turn aside
to point out.
On p. 143 Mespilia is ascribed to Agass., on p. 193 to Des. (i. e.
Desor) ; a reference to the Catal. Raisonné (p. 357°) shows that the
latter authority is the correct one®. In the reference to Klein the
page (p. 16) is omitted ; in that to Leske the page is again omitted
(it is p. 152): pl. x. is a misprint for pl. xi., in the case of both these
authorities. It is impossible to discover whether the MS. name of
versicolor, first used by Agassiz in his ‘ Observations,’ &c. published
in the 2% Monograph. des Echinodermes (1841), p. 7%, is to be
ascribed to Valenciennes, who did name a number of Echinids, or to
Valentin, who was a valuable collaborateur of Prof. Louis Agassiz.
With such confusion, due to the adoption, without definition, of a
MS. name, it is surprising that Mr. Agassiz should complete his
synonymy with giving publication to a manuscript name by Michelin.
It is not the purpose of the present communication to give fresh
definitions of all the genera or species, or there would be much to
say of this interesting and beautiful form. The accessions to the
Museum since the time when the geographical range of the species
was stated in the ‘ Revision of the Echini’ have been from three
sources—(1) the Rev. 8. J. Whitmee, (2) the collection of H.M.S.
‘ Challenger,’ and (3) the collection of the late Dr. Bleeker,—these
being. (1) Samoa and Savaii, (2) Zamboanga, and (3) Celebes
and New Guinea respectively ; but they do nothing to increase the
extent of its area. A specimen from the island of Masbate has long
been in the collection of the Museum. An examination of the
Ann, de Se. Nat. (3) 1846, vi.
°* Cf. also Desor, ‘Réponse 4 M, Agassiz’ (Syn. d. Echin. foss. p. xv).
3 This is ordinarily quoted by Prof. A. Agassiz as Int. Mon. Scut.; on this
occasion, however, he prefers to refer to it as ‘‘ Monog. Scut.”
1880. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. 435
appended Table will show very clearly that the abactinal, anal, and
actinal areas rather vary in individuals than grow smaller with age ;
in this point the species resembles rather Amblypneustes than
Temnopleurus. The specimens vary considerably in colour, being in
some cases banded with bright red and altogether devoid of a
greenish hue; in another the bands are not purplish, but of a darker
green at the base; in others the base of the spine is not light green,
but is of a dark straw-colour. The variations in height are shown
by the measurements to extend within wide limits.
emi = Percentage values of
| diameter . :
lin millims.) Height. | ee Anal area. ae
igen veer 165 787 | 21-2 10-9 33:3
ierecee= 4 7 23°5 a2on al 19-1 85 34
A aoe 24. 84:5 18:7 8°75 33°7
I ised: 31 67-7 193 8:3 32:2
Mieabttc nas 36 88°8 166 86 27:7
Vil a eas icin 40 85 aa 25
Wills cetsance 42:5 66:1 18:8. | 9:8 341
V. AMBLYPNEUSTES.
It will still, I fear, be some time before we shall be able com-
pletely to “‘unravel this difficult genus ;” and so far as the differ-
ence in size of the genital pores is concerned, a new difficulty is
almost as much introduced as old difficulties explained.
I have seen no specimen of A. pentagonus, A. Ag. If Codechinus,
Desor, is really synonymous with Amblypneustes, the genus will differ
from all its allies by passing back as far as the Lower Cretaceous for-
mations ; for even Pleurechinus and Temmnechinus are, so far as we yet
know, Tertiary forms’. But Codechinus is defined by Desor as
having no angular pores, and it is possible that the two genera are
distinct.
1. AMBLYPNEUSTES OVUM.
Mielito Percentage value of
diameter ‘ j
in millimas,| Height. Abactinal | Anal Actino-
area. | area. stome.
i. (?) 15 83°3 OT Pt ep 33
ii. (?) 21 88 7403 me! aaa 0) oo:
ne Ws 3 35 80°5 21°4 11-4 28:'5
EVel weer. 40 102°5 20 9-7 28°72
Vay oaxend 42 100 27 83 2671
Vi 47 100 15 | vie) 21:3
Vii 58 97-4 16 | 8 21-5
_ 1 Handbuch der Palaontologie (Zittel), i. 3, pp. 507-509, and Synop. des
Echinides foss. p. 111. ;
® This is almost a pentagonal variety.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXIX. 29
436 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. [June l,
It is with some hesitation that I include in this rather unsatisfac-
tory series the first and second examples, the great difficulty in the
way of associating them with the larger specimens being the much
greater proportional size of the tubercles on the test; other forms,
however, present just the same relation, and the difference in the
proportional size of the tubercles in examples iii. and vil. is itself
sufficiently striking.
Two of the specimens in the Museum collection are stated to have
been collected at the Cape of Good Hope. The test is sometimes
reddish or purplish in colour, and it is not always that all the ocular
plates are shut off from the anal area.
2. AMBLYPNEUSTES GRIsEUS. (Plate XLI. figs. 4, 5, 6.)
The Table just following shows that there is a considerable varia-
tion in the proportions of the species; it will, however, be pointed
out that these differences are associated with others which led to the
possibility of their being different sex-forms. In any case, it is,
without a large series of specimens, impossible to see fully how these
differences run, and I am convinced that no good would be gained
by attempting to affix distinct names to the two forms. Younger
specimens than have yet come to hand will resolve some of the
difficulties, and an examination of living specimens will do even
more.
es}
Absolute Percentage value of
diameter | de
chided % Poriferous
YS mie ciekk, Abactinal | Anal Actino- zone.
| | S area, area. stome.
bese sy ere ee ed a eee eee ae aa?
iB, ep egeetis® 14 1, ete 21-4 isverhay | 30°7 -1:2
ieee. | 28 89-2 22-1 iit 311 19
Tiles ake 5 ae 28 rales: 16 738 236 2
Veh oes one 28 Hl eas 21:9 a) 35 2
Viavenaetons 33 Bh ft . a 30°3 2
Van cecicneen 35 92:9 el 85 22°8 2:2
Vilewccreaee 40 90 | 22:5 10-2 27:5 23
Ville etacees 41-5 91:5 14-4 Von 22-1 ol
terres thee 4D: 75 20-2 10-6 oes 26
Koecoeeoses 45 | 86:6 144 66 | 20 3°5
Kiviscaeaee- 56 | 85°7 16 | io 21-4 41
It does not require much observation to see that these measure-
ments point to two distinct series of proportions among forms which
by the other characters of their test appear to be most intimately
allied: one series, represented by xi., x., vill., and vi., have a
small actinostome, a small abactinal area, and a rather wide pori-
ferous zone; the other, as seen in ix., vii., iv., has the actinal
and abactinal areas very much larger and the poriferous zone rather
narrower. With these characters two others, that cannot be repre-
sented in the Table, are associated; those with the small actino-
stome have much larger genital pores, and the madreporic plate is
much more prominent. I hesitate, however, to separate them, for
1880. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID. 437
in other points they are almost exactly alike. Is it possible that
they are different sex-forms of the same species ?
3. AMBLYPNEUSTES FORMOSUS.
Capt. Hutton states (Trans. New-Zealand Inst. ix. p. 352) that
his Z. elevatus (Catal. N.-Z. Echinodermata, p. 1]) is synonymous
with this species.
There are, as is well known, a number of specimens of this species
to which it is easy enough to allot their place, and the only diffi-
culties which arise are those which are consequent on the close
affinity of the species A. pallidus.
What is of especial interest to note is that here, just as in the
forms united under the head of 4. griseus, there are two very
distinct sizes of the genital pores; the distinction is obvious enough
when a few specimens are carefully observed; but there is no great
difference in the moderately-sized madreporic plate, nor can I arrive
at any definite correlation of differences in proportion, similar to
those already noticed in A. griseus. It is to be hoped that natu-
ralists, who are enabled to get their speciinens fresh, will be able to
discover with what difference, if any, in the characters of the genital.
organs this difference is connected. I have been anxious to find
some means of expressing this difference :—first, for the purpose of
affording a standard to those who are also working at this subject ;
and, secondly, for the purpose of presenting the difference in rela-
tions distinctly to the minds of those who take a less special interest
in the matter. By the kindness of a colleague I was provided with
four entomological pins of different sizes; the most delicate was
almost exactly half the diameter of the strongest ; their numbers,
for which neither he nor I are responsible, are respectively 2, 17,
14, 16. No. 2 is the most delicate, and no. 14 is thicker than no. 17 ;
and no. 16 is the thickest, and is rather more delicate than an
ordinary toilet-pin.
i. A specimen measuring 34°5 millims. in diameter just allowed
the insertion of pin 16 into one of the genital pores.
_ di. A specimen measuring 35-1 millims. in diameter was injured
by pin 17.
iii. A specimen measuring 28 millims. would only admit the tip
of pin 2.
iv. A specimen measuring 20°5 millims. easily admitted pin 17,
and just refused 14.
v. A specimen measuring 21 millims. only admitted just the tip
of pin 2.
Two series are therefore quite evident.
Prof. A. Agassiz has directed attention by his figures to the
depressed and oviform varieties of the test; the succeeding Table
illustrates this well enough, as it shows that the height may be only
84°1 or as much as 102 per cent. of the diameter of the test; the
three other specimens present, however, a very striking similarity in
proportion.
29*
438 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID&. ([Junel,
| Abaolutert| Percentage value of
[cen ee eee EOLUGLGne
in millims. Heieht Abactinal | Anal | <Actino- zone.
o". | area, | area. | stome.
bates sat |. 14 928 ; 214 | 10 | 3547 ‘9
Weccctensc 21°5 84-1 18-6 93. | BO-Qouh aplil
aH eo ack at LF ty 92°8 178 wid tle) Se
Re 34 91-1 ios 3 88 | 24
Veeresrcee | 36 | 102 16-9 10 27:7 2
j | |
The diminution in the proportional size of the abactinal or actinal
areas is very fairly shown by this Table. The auricular foramen is
sometimes almost a complete square; the auricles vary a little in
height, but the connecting ridges are always low. The spines may
be all white, or they may be of a light brick-red.
4, AMBLYPNEUSTES PALLIDUS.
Just as it is possible to distinguish a number of forms which, by
their exquisite pattern, are seen to be specimens of A. formosus, so,
too, it is possible to separate off a series of forms in which the
pattern on the test is only visible on very close examination ; these
can at any rate be ranged under the head of A. pallidus. When the
succeeding Table of measurements is compared with that of A.
Sormosus, it will not be hard to formulate certain differences between
them: the fifth specimen is interesting as presenting the oviform
arrangement in having the height greater than the diameter; and
here, as in 4. formosus, we find an example of how greatly the
species of this genus may vary in form. We find, moreover, that in
A, pallidus (saving always specimen v.) the abactinal area increases
in size with an increase in diameter, whereas in A. formosus it
diminishes very markedly ; so, again (again excepting v.), we find
the actinostome to be not much larger or much smaller proportionately
in specimens of different sizes, while in 4. formosus the actinostome
diminishes very much in size at a comparatively early stage, and
then varies within considerable limits. These, however, though real
characters, are not easily grasped, and it is difficult to say what
points of distinction can be at once appealed to as readily accessible
to the zoologist.
Prof. Alex. Agassiz states that the only points of difference which
he can find between them are :—
(1) The slight development in 4. pallidus of the coloration and
pattern of sculpture so distinctive of A. formosus.
(2) The presence of secondaries and small miliaries in the narrow
poriferous zone of A. pallidus.
(3) The less numerous median sutural pores of the same form.
(4) The greater uniformity [in size] and more irregular arrange-
ment of the tubercles of A. pallidus’.
* I base this view on the supposition that the word “ separate,” in line 9 of
p. 482, is a lapsus plume for “unite.”
1880. | PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID. 439
For the purpose of this investigation it is unnecessary to enter into
a detailed comparison of the two admirable sets of figures of 4.
JSormosus and A. pallidus given by Valenciennes in the plates to the
‘ Voyage de la ‘ Vénus,’’’ for there is no question as to the existence
of two very different forms ; the difficulty lies rather in the presence
of intermediate forms. Thus both Valenciennes and Agassiz would
seem to look upon the rarer sutural pores of 4. pallidus as an
important distinction ; but specimens, and those always small, will
be found in which these pores are just as numerous as in A. formosus ;
and, on the other hand, there may be found examples of 4. formosus
in which the sutural pores are just as rare as in the typical A. pallidus.
Again, although they are rare, secondaries and miliaries are to be
found in the poriferous zones of A. formosus, and may be rare enough
in A. pallidus.
Iam, on the whole, inclined to keep these two species distinct ;
the differences in proportion are differences which, if, on further
investigation, the results here attained to shall be confirmed, should
of themselves be regarded as at least of equal value with such emi-
nently variable characters as the number of pores or the distribution
of miliary tubercles. But, while I thus exhibit a somewhat stronger
inclination than Prof. Agassiz to keep the species separate, I shall,
no less than he, look out anxiously for those intermediate forms, of
which he speaks with such confidence.
|
| Absolute | Percentage value of
| diameter | Poriferous
| ‘in millims. | Heicht, | Abactinal | Anal Actino- zone.
iad | area. area, stome.
ote epee 17 | 84-7 | 15°2 sis 323 1-1
Hie tee | 192 | 875 | 156 ka 318 12
ieee 31 ei a ae ae 10:3 30°6 19
VEER sees 335 | 928 | 19:4 98 | 32:8 2
Veskseiek _ . 41 ) gOS ~ | dee sale 22°6 2
VI. HoLopnevstes.
HOLOPNEUSTES POROSISSIMUS.
The single specimen by which this genus or subgenus is repre-
sented in the Museum belongs, I fancy, to this species, and not to
H. purpurascens, as stated by Prof. Agassiz. I give the more
impertant measurements, which throw into relief the rather small
size of the actinal and abactinal areas, and the extraordinary develop-
ment of the poriferous zone.
Percentage value of
Da aa a ar —— Le ee Se
Diameter. Abactinal Poriferous
millims. Height. area. Anal area. Actinostome. zone.
52 73°8 15°3 6°9 22°1 6°2
Zoophytes, pl, ii.
440 DR. A. GUNTHER ON JAPANESE MAMMALIA. [June 1,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.
Fig. : Test of Salmacis globator (form a), p. 431; nat. size.
(form (3); nat. size.
3 Apical : area of 3. globator, [3 ; somewhat magnified.
4, Apical area of Amblypneustes griseus, p. 486, from a specimen with large
generative pores; somewhat magnified.
5, 6. A. griseus; the two forms, showing the difference in the width of the
poriferous zone; nat. size.
. Outline sketch of auricle of S. globator, a.
” ” ”
3. Notes on some Japanese Mammalia. By Dr. A.
Ginruer, F.R.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department,
British Museum.
[Received May 22, 1880.]
(Plate XLIL)
I have recently had the opportunity of examining two collections
of Mammalia made by Messrs. H. Pryer and C. Maries in various
parts of the Japanese islands. Several desiderata and the more in-
teresting specimens were acquired for the British Museum, and on
some of them I beg to offer the following remarks.
Urorricuvus TALPones, Temm. (Plate XLII.)
During the examination of the series of specimens in the British
Museum I have met with some points which do not seem to have
been hitherto noticed in the descriptions of this species.
1. The colour of dried specimens is a dark sooty brown; and the
same coloration I notice in an adult female, preserved in spirits,
obtained by Mr. Maries near the river Nikko, in Nippon. This spe-
cimen is adult, as shown by the fully developed condition of its
generative organs. A second female (Plate XLII. fig. B), found by
Mr. Pryer near Yokohama, likewise fully adult, possesses a fur of a
highly iridescent colour, a bright sapphire-green being visible in
whatever direction the animal is viewed. I cannot observe any other
difference between this and the former specimen, except that it has
the tail beset with longer and denser hairs. It would be interesting
to know whether the iridescence of the hairs is apparent at certain
seasons of the year only.
2. In the milk-dentition of an immature example, the skull of
which, however, is 26 millims. long, I notice that each of the anterior
incisors is strongly lobate on its outer margin near the base ; also the
second incisor shows an indication of a similar lobe, and is much less
conical than its successor; the premolars and molars of the milk-
as well as permanent dentition show a remarkable agreement both as
regards number and form.
I have compared on this occasion with the Japanese species the
North-American Urotrichus gibbsii, Bd., of which an adult male
P.Z.S.1880. PLXLI.
TESTS OF TEMNOPLEURIDE.
1880. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON JAPANESE MAMMALIA. 44]
specimen (Plate XLII. fig. A), preserved in spirits, was obtained by the
late Mr. J. K. Lord, who described its babits in the P. Z. S. for 1864,
p. 161.
As far as external characters are concerned, the American species
could scarcely be generically distinguished from the Japanese form.
Its snout and nostrils are similarly formed. The eye is in the same
rudimentary condition, little conspicuous, and nearly hidden under
the skin. "The ears are wide slits, nearly longitudinal with regard
to the axis of the body, and placed so far back on the side of the
head as to be opposite to the base of the fore legs. The fore feet
(fig. a) are rather broader than in U, ta/poides (fig. 6), whilst the
tarsal tubercles on the sole of the hind feet (fig. a!) are much less
developed than in that species (fig. 6’). The fur is lustrous, but
less so than in the female from Yokohama described above; and
the hairs on the tail are so sparse and short as to leave the verticelli
uncovered, almost as in a rat’s tail. The specimen has an extremely
thin but prominent penis, projecting 5 millims. beyond the skin.
With regard to its dentition (figs. u, 7) U. gibbsii differs so much
from the Japanese species, that, in my opinion, it should be placed in
a distinct genus, for which the name Netirotrichus may be used.
Mr. Mivart in the ‘Journal of Anatomy and Physiology,’ ii. 1868,
arranges the dental formula for the Japanese Urotrichus thus :—
2—2 1—1 4—4 , 38—3__ 20
I. == C Pm. 33° M. yop jg 3.
In Neiirotrichus the formula would be
=. C5. Pm. =. M. =; 4 =36.
Dr. Baird (Mamm. N. Am. p. 77) has cee mentioned the
curious scalpriform modification of the upper and lower front in-
cisors, which remind us of those of Scalops and Condylura ; the upper
are much broader than the lower, and inserted in a vertical posi-
tion, whilst the lower are subhorizontal.
TALPA MIZURA, N. Sp.
Japan is inhabited by a second species of Mole beside Talpa
wogura. Inacollection made by Mr. H. Pryer in the neighbourhood
of Yokohama, there is, beside specimens of the common species, the
dried skin of a Mole distinguished by the uniform slate-colour of its
fur, which is also less dense and elastic than in Talpa wogura. But
the most obvious distinctive character is its much longer tail: the
total length of the specimen is 48 lines, the tail measuring 10 lines,
or a little more than one fifth of the length of the body. In a speci-
men of Yalpa wogura of similar size, namely 46 lines, the tail is
only 6 lines long, or nearly one eighth of the length of the body.
In other respects I do not find any difference from Talpa wogura,
and unfortunately the skin is in too bad a condition to allow of the
extraction of the skull.
Ursus arcros, Linn.
Mr. Maries obtained from Yeterop, the largest of the Kurile
442 DR. A, GUNTHER ON JAPANESE MAMMALIA. [June 1,
Islands, an adult Bear, the fur of which struck him as particularly
light coloured, but of which the skull only has been preserved. It
possesses all the dental characteristics of Ursus arctos, by which
this species is distinguished from Ursus horribilis. The last upper
molar is conspicuously contracted behind, with a distinct convex
outer margin ; and the smaller accessory tubercles of all the molars,
which are not developed in U. horribilis, are in our specimen even
more numerous than in typical examples of U. arctos.
In the series of skulls in the British Museum of Ursus arctos,
as well as of U. horribilis, the mastoid process is developed in a very
different degree. As regards certain individuals, this is evidently due
to age; but the same difference obtains in individuals which are not
merely full-grown, but of apparently the same great age. In some
specimens this process is but little raised (3 or 4 lines) above the
level of the bulla ossea; in others the mastoid process projects far
beyond the bulla ossea, its extremity being level with the lower
margin of the glenoid process, as is also the case in our specimen
from Yeterop.
Although our skull approaches those described by Middendorff
and Schrenk as var. beringiana, with regard to the relative length of
the two posterior molars, it is of but moderate size, viz. 330 millims.
long, and without the knowledge of its origin it could not be dis-
tinguished from some of the European varieties.
Ursus saponicus, Schleg.
The specific distinctness of this Bear was recognized by Schlegel and
Sclater, the latter having figured it in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, pl. xxxii.
As far as we are permitted to draw an inference from a single skull,
Fig. 1. Fig. 2.
8
1. First upper molar of Ursus japonicus.
ies chs Ursus americanus,
we must confirm their conclusions, arrived at by a comparison of the
external characters. Mr. Pryer has sent two skulls; but one only
is that of an adult individual, the second being of a half-grown
animal, in which the canine teeth of the permanent set are making
their appearance. The skull of the adult is remarkably like that of
U. ornatus and U. americanus, but smaller than any of the numerous
specimens of these two species in the British Museum, scarcely
measuring 9 inches from the front margin of the incisors to the
occipital condyle. The first upper molar affords a marked distinctive
character, being without the broad interior lobe, which is so well
developed in U. ornatus and U. americanus. In the younger speci-
men, which has its permanent set of molar teeth, the inner lobe is
indicated, but much less developed than in the continental species.
P.Z.S.1880.P1. XU.
ivartern Bros.imp
sjeau, del et ith
B.UROTRICHUS TALPOIDES.
A. NEUROTRICHUS GIBBSI.
1880. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON A NEW BAT. 443
Skulls of Bears collected by Swinhoe in Formosa agree in their
dentition perfectly with the true Ursus ornatus.
CALORHINUS URSINUS, L.
A young Eared Seal, 28 inches long, is in the collection of Mr.
Pryer; it has no skull, but is otherwise perfect, so that there is no
doubt about the correctness of the determination. It shows two
characters by which this species can be readily distinguished—namely,
the great width and length of the hind flapper, and, secondly, the
naked surface of the upperside of the front flapper, already noticed
and figured by J. A. Allen (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. ii. no. 1,
p- 76). The hairs do not proceed beyond the carpal region, where they
are arrested in a straight transverse line. It will be useful to de-
scribe here the colour of this young specimen. The longer hairs of
the upper parts are brownish black with a light greyish tip, the
back looking brownish black if viewed from behind forwards, and
greyish if looked at in the opposite direction. ‘The sides of the ab-
domen are white, the white extending upwards and forming a marked
patch on each side of the sacral region. The throat and fore part
of the chest are dirty whitish ; the lips and chin, the lower part of
the chest, a stripe along the median line of the abdomen, and the
preanal region chestnut-brown, The short hairs of the flappers
blackish brown. The underfur is white, slightly tinged with brown.
This species appears to be new to the fauna of Japan.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLII.
A. Neiirotrichus gibbsii.
B. Urotrichus talpoides.
a. Fore foot of Netrotrichus.
a', Hind foot of Neiirotrichus.
b. Fore foot of Urotrichus.
b'. Hind foot of Urotrichus.
u. Dentition of right upper jaw of Netrotrichus.
1. Dentition of right lower jaw of Netirotrichus.
4, Description of a new Species of the Genus Natalus (Ves-
pertilionidz) from Jamaica. By G. E. Dosson, M.A.,
M.B., &c.
[Received May 8, 1880. ]
During my late visit to the West Indies I was fortunate enough
to obtain in Jamaica the single specimen (an adult male) from which
the following description is taken.
NATALUS MICROPUS, 0. sp.
In general form resembling NV. stramineus, but may be at once
distinguished from that species by the presence of certain processes
on the muzzle in front and by the very small size of the foot.
Ears and tragi like those of N. s¢ramineus, but the tip of the ear-
444 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON A NEW BAT, [June 1,
conch is obtusely rounded off and the emargination beneath it ex-
ternally is very shallow; the inner margin of the conch is also more
convex, so as to project forwards as far as the extremity of the muzzle ;
above the nasal apertures the superior surface of the face terminates
by forming a small rounded wart-like process covered on all sides,
except in front, by thick-set hairs, in front it is naked with a pro-
jecting upper margin; the lower lip is reflected outwards as in N.
stramineus, but beneath it, in front, there is, as in the species of
Chilonycteris (Phyllostomidz), but much less developed, a small
horizontal cutaneous projection, like.a second lower lip.
Wings very like those of N. stramineus, but the wing-mem brane
is attached high up, at the junction of the middle and lower thirds
of the tibia; the interfemoral membrane, the tail, and the calecanea
are exactly similar to the same parts in that species,
Foot extremely small, appearing scarcely half the size of that of
N. stramineus. Fur above pale yellowish brown at the base, the
Head of Natalus micropus.
terminal half reddish or chestnut-brown; beneath pale yellowish
brown throughout. This is the appearance of the fur in alcohol.
Upper incisors like those of NV. stramineus, but the outer incisor
on each side, instead of exceeding the inner in cross section, is
equal to or even smaller than it ; upper premolars as in that species,
but the second premolar is still more widely separated from the third ;
lower incisors, premolars, and molars also quite similar. ;
Length, head and body, 1°5 inch; tail 1°85 ; head 0°65 ; ear 0°5;
forearm 1:3; thumb 0°15 ; third finger—metacarpal 1°5, Ist. ph.
0°55, 2nd. ph. 0°7; fourth finger—metacarp. 1:1, Ist. ph. 0°35, 2nd
ph. 0°35; fifth finger—metacarp. 1:05, Ist. ph. 0°35, 2nd. ph. 0°35 ;
tibia 0°65 ; foot 0°25.
Hab. Environs of Kingston, Jamaica.
Natalus lepidus, Gervais, is still smaller, has a differently formed
tragus, and is also easily distinguished from both this species and
N. stramineus by its dentition. (See Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus. 1878,
p- 344.)
~~
Ww
Pras. 1660 22m
Mintern Bros. imp
R.Mintern lth
=. a 2
1880. ] MR. O'SHAUGHNESSY ON A NEW UROMASTIX. 445
5. Description of a new Species of Uromastiz. By A. W. E.
O’SHaucunessy, Assistant in the Natural-History De-
partments of the British Museum.
[Received May 18, 1880.]
(Plate XLIIT.)
Among some Lizards transmitted by Dr. Kirk from Zanzibar is a
very remarkable new species of the genus Uromastiz, the type speci-
men of which is now in the British-Museum collection. The peculiar
shape of the tail and the extreme development of the upper caudal
scutes distinguish it immediately from the other species at present
known, five in number, viz. U. ornatus, Riipp., spinipes, Merr., acan-
thinurus, Bell, fasciatus, Ménétr., and microlepis, Blanf. I proceed
to give the following description of this well-marked sixth species.
UROMASTIX PRINCEPS, sp. n. (Plate XLIII.)
Head short and broad, covered above with numerous small irre-
gular-shaped scales, much as in U. acanthinurus and other species ;
the scales on the muzzle and the two central series between the
supraorbital regions are, however, larger, and there are two large plates,
a polygonal posterior and a narrow oblique anterior one, between the
nasal plate and the upper anterior part of the orbital region on each
side; also a series of very large infraorbital plates; the posterior
upper labials but slightly enlarged or projecting downwards. Ros-
tral broad, double the size of the mental—the rest of the scales of
the head offering no points of difference from U. acanthinurus or
U. microlepis, excepting that those on the temporal region are flat
and smooth instead of being convex. Sides of the neck with some
puckers, but without any larger pointed scales or tubercles. Neck,
back, and sides covered uniformly with very small, convex, rounded or
feebly pointed scales; the scales on the lower surface of the body
are much larger, rhomboidal, and arranged in transverse series.
Scales on the fore limb large, smooth, becoming still larger near the
carpal region; no tubercular scales. On the upper and anterior part of
the thigh the scales are large, smooth and regular, not spinose, a few
large conical scales eccurring behind and continuing at the knee and
down the front of the tarsus, the inner surface of which is covered
with rather large plain scales, similar to but larger than those of
the foot ; the other parts of the hind limb are covered with very
small scales. No femoral or preeanal pores in the specimen examined.
The tail is broad, flattened, and much shorter than in the other
species of Uromastix, resembling in shape the tail of the genus of
Skinks named Silusosaurus by Gray. Its upper surface is covered
with very large spinose shields, projecting in a long curved point in
the four middle shields of each of the 10 or 11 transverse rows, and
forming a still larger series of more strongly curved or hooked ap-
pendages on each side of the tail; thus there are six longitudinal
446 LORD LILFORD ON THE BREEDING [June 1,
series of spines on the tail, the two central ones being much smaller,
while the outer ones are of extraordinary size and appearance. The
inferior surface of the tail is occupied by smooth elongate scales in
about 17 transverse rows, a very large, flat, unguicular plate at the
commencement of each alternate row accompanying each of the large
lateral hooks just described, but belonging to the lower surface of the
tail.
As regards the teeth, this species exhibits the arrangement cha-
racteristic of the Lizards ofthis group. There are two very distinct
front teeth in each jaw, then a cutting-edge, followed by a series of
lateral teeth.
The general colour of the body is olive-grey, with brownish tints,
and minute darker spots scattered over the back ; hind limbs reddish
on their outer surfaces; tail deep red; chin variegated with dark
markings.
The measurements are as follows :—
millims.
Length from tip of snout to extremity of tail .... 190
5 Ofitall eee Ast Ce Bere ee A Ree 61
es Oetorer lines + cee cos stesce tae + our nee Liy'4
- GUEAOUNEOPEROMULOE ot lnn s conte. 6 ete eters 14
bs ROL UME LEN LOMLILOE. «istics oe citer ees cole eats 12
Bee POLIT HEE DY ner acrecnerignie s © © ores see mreneretee 67
ef Oh LoUTbay WMNGLGOe, wick vee e-scc ciara ie
aa OUHIFO PINUS Ou Eae tr cee ts... Naetencee cites 14
6. On the Breeding of the Flamingo in Southern Spain. By
Tuomas Lyttteton, Lorp Litrorp, F.Z.8.
[Received June 1, 1880.]
Having during the summer and autumn of last year (1879) re-
ceived the two nests now on the table and some four dozen eggs of
the Flamingo (Phenicopterus antiquorum) from Southern Spain, I
think that some remarks of my own, and a few extracts from letters
on the subject, may be of some interest to the Society.
The notes of Mr. Howard Saunders on the nesting of the Flamingo
(in the‘ Ibis’ for 1871, p. 394) are probably well known to all present
who take an interest in European ornithology. Mr. Saunders also
exhibited some eggs of this species from Andalucia, at a meeting of
this Society on June 24, 1869; but, so far as I am aware, these are
the first nests of this bird which have reached this country. Exactly
the same story as that recorded by Saunders about the nests,
eggs, and manner of sitting of the Flamingo was related to me,
aud repeated at various times, by his informant, Manuel Llanos, of
Coria del Rio, a village situated on the right bank of the Guadal-
quivir, some seven or eight miles below Seville. This individual is
the possessor of a house in Coria, with a few acres of vineyard ata
1880. | OF THE FLAMINGO IN SPAIN. 447
short distance from that village, but subsists principally by the sale
of wild fowl killed by himself and his sons in the Marisma—that is,
the great alluvial plains of the Guadalquivir. These plains, roughly
speaking, may be said to extend on the left bank of the main river
almost from Seville to San Lucar de Barrameda, and on the right bank
from La Puebla to the northern edge of the Coto de Dojiana, and con-
stitute a wild district of sand hills overgrown in some places with pines
and cork-trees, and almost everywhere clothed with a dense growth of
cistus, rosemary, lentiscus, brambles, myrtle, and other shrubs. This
district belongs to the ducal family of Medina Sidonia, and is rented
and preserved after a fashion by an association of gentlemen for
shooting-purposes. I am well aware that in using the word marisma
as applying to the whole of the open plains below Seville I am not
strictly correct, for the natives apply the term principally, if not
exclusively, to the uncultivated parts of the said plains; and a vast
portion of them zs cultivated, and produces splendid crops of wheat,
barley, beans, and other cereals. It is, however, with the south-
western portion of these great mud-flats (for they are really little
more) that we have to deal in treating of the objects on the table;
but before detailing any particulars coucerning them, I may per-
haps be allowed to relate a few facts touching upon my own personal
acquaintance with these localities and the Flamingos.
The first time I ever met with this bird in a state of freedom was in
August 1856, when ascending the Guadalquivir by steamer from San
Lucar to Seville. The river was very low, and the weather very hot.
An English stoker forward in the ship cried out, ‘‘ Look at these
here Swans’! and there, not fifty yards off, on our port bow, were
eight Flamingos, apparently swimming, possibly wading, and cer-
tainly looking much like Swans to the eye of the unitiated ; however,
they rose from the water, and, spreading their wings, almost took
away the breath of the astonished Briton. I tried to elicit some par-
ticulars concerning the nesting of these birds from the captain and
the steward of the steamer; but my conversational acquaintance with
Spanish was very limited, and the heat was too great for conversation,
so that my inquiries were only met by another, the usual
“Quien sabe?” On making further inquiries in Seville, I could only
learn that every one was aware of the existence of Flamingos in the
Marisma, but no one seemed to know any thing of their breeding
or ever having bred there. I was again at Seville in 1864, and
though I was on this occasion informed that great numbers of
Flamingos did occasionally breed in the Marisma, I could find no
one who professed to have ever seen their nests, eggs, or young. It was
not till 1869, when, in the company of my friend Colonel Howard
Irby and the Manuel aforesaid, I made some bird-collecting expe-
ditions in the neighbourhood of Seville, that I heard from the latter
the particulars recorded by Mr. Howard Saunders in the ‘ Ibis.’
As Mr. Saunders there mentions, I remained at Seville till well
on into the month of June 1869, principally in the hope that the
Flamingos might remain and lay in the Marisma; but in this hope
I was disappointed ; and I quite agree in the opinion of Mr. Saunders,
448 LORD LILFORD ON THE BREEDING [June 1,
if I quite rightly understand it, that no Flamingos had nested
within thirty miles of Seville for several years previous to 1870.
In the year 1872 I again visited Seville, remaining there from the
middle of February till ‘the Ist of May, on which day we started by
steamer for San Lucar de Barrameda for a fortnight’s exploration
of the Coto de Dofiana. As soon as we left the cultivated parts of
the great plain, we observed Flamingos in thousands standing in long
lines in the lucios’ of the Isla Mayor 2, as well as on the left bank
of the main river as we approached San Lucar. On arrival at this
town, my first inquiry was if the Flamingos were nesting; and the
general answer I met with was, ‘‘ No, there is not water enough, and
they are leaving the country in hundreds for the south every night;;”
you should have been here at this time the year before last (1870),
when ® the Isla Mayor was fairly covered with their eggs, and boat-
loads of them were brought into the town and sold for a few pence
per dozen, and the boys were writing on all the doors and walls with
the ege-shells. In vain I inquired about the nests; no one had
either seen or heard of one; and many of my informants, who had
gathered baskets full of the eggs, solemnly declared that the
Flamingos never did make nests, and left their eggs to be hatched
by the heat of the sun. We remained at the shooting-lodges of the
Coto de Dofana till May 16th ; and almost every night large numbers
of Flamingos passed over in a south-westerly direction at no very
great height from the ground, with a hoarse clamour something like
the music of a flock of Grey-Lag Geese. On ascending the river
about the 17th of May, on our return to Seville, we saw, compara-
tively speaking, very few Flamingos, not more, I should say, than
two hundred at the outside; but the mirage was so strong and so
deceitful, that it is possible that many escaped our notice,
Two eges were sent to me by one of the keepers of the Coto in
the autumn of 1872; but he simply said that he had picked them up
in the Marisma, and that they were offensively rotten, possibly eggs
of 1870. I was in Seville again with my yacht in February and
March 1879; but though I heard that the Flamingos were in the
Isla Mayor in great numbers, we did not see many on our Bustard-
shooting expeditions in the Isla Menor.
I left earnest entreaties for early information on the subject of
their remaining to lav, with the following meagre results.
* “Tucio.” The only translation of this substantive which I can find in the
best Spanish dictionary is Common Pike, Hsow lucius, L.; but it is used in the
Marisma of the Guadalquivir as a name for the great sheets of water caused by
the autumnal rains, some of which sheets are seldom entirely dried up, even in
the fiercest summer heats. The word is in all probability derived from the
verb ‘ Lucir,” to shine or glitter; e. g., “‘Todo no es oro que reluce” (‘all is
not gold that glitters ”’).
* Isla Mayor and Menor. Two large islands formed by branches of the
Guadalquivir, about halfway, roughly speaking, from Seville to San Lucar de
Barrameda by river.
% Mr. Howard Saunders maintains that I must be mistaken as to the date
here mentioned, and that the laying of the Flamingos as related to me must
have taken place in 1871, and not, 2s I was informed, in 1870. ‘This is not a
very material point, and I only tell the story as told to me.
1880.] OF THE FLAMINGO IN SPAIN. 449
From Alberto Ruiz, a young medical man of Seville, who has
travelled with me as preserver of natural-history objects in Spain
and various parts of the Mediterranean, I received letters from which
the following extracts are translated :—
June 19, 1879.
“I have been able to obtain a few eggs of Flamingo, which I shall
have the pleasure of sending to you with some others from Manuel.
On another occasion I will give you exact particulars as to site, date,
&e.”
“July 11, 1879.
“The Flamingos have not bred either this year, and have only
laid a few eges ; for the number of persons who harass them is so
great that they do not allow them to build their nests. Manuel
found the eggs which he has brought to me in the Isla Mayor, in a
spot which is called La Redondilla chica, where there is a sheet of
water-‘‘lucio,”’ in the close neighbourhood of which he found the eggs
scattered about, not in the water. I have 27 (eggs) which were
found in the Lucio Real of the Isla Mayor on May 19, and Manuel
gathered his the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd of the same month,”
“ July 17, 1879.
Enclosed is a bill of lading of the cage which contains the Falcon
(F. feldegii), and a box with a skin of Black Vulture that Manuel
has prepared, and 47 eggs of Flamingo, 20 of which the old hunter
aforesaid brought to me. In my previous letter I gave you the
dates of the gathering of the eggs, and I must correct them with re-
gard to the month, which was April, instead of May.”
“July 24, 1879,
_ “The evening before last I received some Flamingo eggs, and with
them some new particulars, which I am going to relate in case the
may be of any interest. There is a lagoon to the south of the Lucio
Real in the Isla Mayor, which is called Lucio de la Sal, and close to
it a new cut, or channel. Well, in those places is where the Flamingos
have laid in the greatest abundance, and in which they have built an
infinity of nests, which are still to be found intact ; for scarcely had
the San-Lucar folk received notice of the presence of the birds in
the places mentioned, when they attacked them as Don Quixote did
the sheep, and the poor creatures have not been able to use, for their
young, the nests which perhaps they had built with great satisfaction.
I have told Manuel to go for some nests in cage you should wish to
have some sent to you with these eggs which I now have here. The
€ggs were seen in the places named on April 10.”
I received the eggs above mentioned, August 20, 1879, and the
two nests late in September,
From Lieut. W. Verner of the Rifle Brigade, an ardent orni-
thologist, and friend of mine, who accompanied Rudolf, Crown Prince
of Austria, in his trip to the Marisma in May 1879, I received the
following letter ;—
450 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 15,
“Winchester, May 26th.
* Dear Lorp Litrorp,—
“ Yours received this afternoon. I found no nests of the Flamingo
when with Rudolf; this was on May 29th, 1879. We rode many
miles over the Guadalquivir marshes, and saw a flock of about 2000
birds. I found three eggs lying in the slob land about a mile from
the river. The Spaniards swore that a few weeks before a man from
San Lucar de Barrameda had taken about a thousand eggs. This,
Iam pretty sure, wasa lie. From my own observations they appeared
not to have begun to nest when we were there. They were in one
immense flock, and flew bang out of the country after being disturbed
a few times. I will look up my notes when I go to my room after
mess and give any dates.
“T heard on pretty good authority, 7. e. from one of the Jerez sherry-
growers, that in June 1879 the Flamingos were just beginning to
nest, and that some fellow had taken a lot of eggs. You see my
direct evidence is very small.”
From the above it would appear that the Flamingo is a more or
less permanent resident in the Marisma, and that its stay therein
and departure thence are regulated by the amount of rainfall and
the persecution it meets with. The question that naturally rises is,
whither do the immense numbers of Flamingos which frequent the
Marisma in the winter retire to breed when that district is too dry for
them? This question I am unable to answer, and I should be most
happy to receive any information on the subject. On the disputed
question of the position of the bird on the nest, I am unable to say
any thing from personal experience; but I confess that I can see no
reason why the Flamingo should not sit in the same way as any
other bird‘; and I must add that the story of the legs stretched out
behind, appears to me unnecessary, improbable, uncomfortable, and,
as far as I am at present aware, quite unsupported by trustworthy
evidence.
June 15, 1880.
Professor W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during May 1880 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of May was 199, of which 24 were by
birth, 94 by presentation, 68 by purchase, 1 received in exchange,
and 12 received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 106.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. Two side-striped Jackals (Canis lateralis), from Western
Africa.
* Mr. Saunders has also expressed his disbelief in the current ‘“leg-story”
in print and privately.
eo
1880.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 45]
This little-known species was established by me in 18701 (upon
a specimen living in the Society’s Gardens). Mr. Van Bemmelin,
of the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam, having two pairs of it, has
kindly parted with one pair in our favour.
2. A young male Liihdorf’s Deer (Cervus luehdorfi), received
May 30th.
Of the discovery of this Deer I spoke at the last meeting of the
Society (see p. 420). The authorities of the Gardens at Hamburgh
have kindly allowed us to acquire one of the young males born in
their garden for this Society’s collection.
I take this opportunity of offering some remarks upon two
species previously received, which (as must be often the case with
living animals) seem to have been wrongly determined.
A male Black Lemur, purchased Nov. 25th, 1878, was entered on
the list of additions * as Lemur macaco, that being the only known
species of Black Lemur. In June last we received of Mr. Badger a
fine pair of the true Lemur macaco (male black, female=L. leuco-
mystaz), and our Superintendent’s excellent eye immediately told
him that we had here to do with two distinct species.
Fig. 1. Fig. 2.
Head of Lemur macaco. Head of L. nigerrimus.
The first arrival is a larger and more intensely black animal, with
a raised crest of short upstanding hair on its head. Moreover the
ear-conch is naked, and not furnished with tufts of hair as in Lemur
macaco, from which it is certainly distinct (see woodcut). I propose
to name it for the present Lemur nigerrimus, although it may pos-
sibly turn out to be a black variety of some known species, with
the following characters:— =
LEMUR NIGERRIMUS, Sp. NOv.
Ater unicolor; pilei cristati pilis extantibus; auriculis nudis.
Long. tota corp. 16, caude 20 poll. Angl.
In August last year we purchased of a London dealer 18 examples
of a Duck from Australia, which we supposed to be Anas punctata
(sive castanea) in winter costume, as they nearly resembled the
figure of the female given by Mr. Gould (Birds of Australia,
vol. vii. pl. xi.). They were accordingly thus entered in our
1 P. Z. S. 1870, p. 279, t. xviii, 2 See P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 1016.
Pros. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXX. 30
452 DR. GUNTHER ON CERVUS EQUINUS. [June 15,
register’. Having examples of both sexes we naturally expected
that the male would put on in the spring the chestnut breast and
full breeding-plumage portrayed by Mr. Gould in his figure of
that sex. Such, however, has not been the case; little change has
occurred except the brightening of the colour; and, as far as [ can
make out, the birds do not belong to dA. punctata at all, but to
A. gibberifrons, Miiller, a species closely resembling the female of
A. punctata, which has lately been ascertained to occur in Australia ?.
Mr. Sclater exhibited the skin of an Antelope received from the
Gaboon, of which Mr. Wolf has prepared a coloured drawing, and
remarked that it appeared to belong to the female of an undescribed
species of Tragelaphus allied to Zragelaphus spekii, which he
proposes to name
TRAGELAPHUS GRATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XLIV.)
Fur long and coarse, as in 7’. spekii, of a deep rich chestnut, paler
on belly ; dorsal line dark; chin, three spots on the sides of the
head, throat, wide band across the neck, inside of limbs, under
surface of tail, and three or four longitudinal series of spots on
each side of the body (sometimes running into lines) white; feet
with a dark line in front; hoofs much elongated, as in 7. spekiz.
Length of skin from the tip of nose to base of tail 6 inches, tail
6, tarsus 8, ear 4.
Obs. This fine Antelope is obviously nearly allied to 7. spekit,
and belongs to the same division of the genus, characterized by the
long coarse hair and long tarsus and toes, which indicate aquatic and
marsh-loving habits. The generic term Hydrotragus, Gray (Cat.
Rum. 1872, p. 49), should be perhaps employed for these two
species. The skin, which I now exhibit, was sent to Mr. R. W.
Roulston, the Society’s agent at Liverpool, by one of his corre-
spondents at Gaboon, who asked whether such an Antelope would
be required for the Menagerie. I have requested Mr. Roulston to
procure a.skin and horns of the male animal, and hope to receive
them shortly.
Dr. Giinther exhibited a series of horns of Cervus equinus (S.
Miller), collected by H. Brooke Low, Esq., in Sarawak. He
pointed out the variation in the spread of the horns and in the
direction and comparative length of the snags, and expressed his
entire agreement with the view held by Blyth (Proc. Zool. Soc.1869,
p- 659), viz. that the Bornean Sambur was but a small race of the
Indian Cervus aristotelis, at least as far as he was enabled to judge
from the horns and skulls. He also exhibited for comparison a pair of
horns with frontlet of an adult Sambur killed in Bengal, which, as
regards size, were even inferior to those of the Bornean Deer.
1 See P. Z>SshGl9, p. 827.
2 See Dr. BullertegBirds of New Zealand,’ p. 251, _
7 yuma
2?
1§8).] MR. BLANFORD ON THE HIMALAYAN MARMOTS, 453
Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.Z.S., made the following remarks in
reference to the Himalayan Marmots now living in the Society’s
Gardens :—
“There are at present in the Gardens two Marmots from the
Himalaya, said to have been obtained originally from Bhutan—one,
a male, presented by Captain Greenstreet, the other, a female, by
Sir Ashley Eden.
* These Marmots have been identified with A. caudatus, Jacque-
mont. This species was originally described from Kashmir, and
has hitherto, so far as I am aware, only been obtained from the
mountains north of the Kashmir valley. I have never yet seen a
specimen from the Eastern Himalayas. It is a very rafous Marmot,
of large size, with a tail more than half as long as the body and head
together.
“From the Eastern Himalayas the species hitherto procured are
referred to A. himalayanus, Hodgson, A. robustus, A. Milne-Edwards
(which is probably only a variety of A. himalayanus), and A. hema-
chalanus, of Hodgson, the A. ¢ibetanus of the British-Museum
Catalogue, which, to avoid the use of two names intrinsically
identical (himalayanus and hemachalanus) for two distinct species,
I have, at Dr. Sclater’s suggestion, recently proposed (‘Scientific
Results of the Second Yarkand Mission,’ Mammalia, p. 35, note) to
call after its discoverer, 4. hodgsoni. I have given the synonymy of
the different species with full references in a paper, ‘On the Species
of Marmot inhabiting the Himalaya, Tibet, and the adjoining regions’
(J. A. S. B. 1875, xliv. pt. ii. p. 113), and the greater portion is
repeated in the account of the mammals collected by the second
Yarkand Expedition quoted above.
“TJ believe that the two animals in the Gardens belong to the
smaller race A. hodgsoni (vel hemachalanus). A. himalayanus is a
larger animal, paler and more yellowish grey in colour, with a
proportionally shorter tail. The distinctions between the different
species are given in the works already quoted. The present species
has not, so far as I know, been figured; A. himalayanus and
A, caudatus * are represented in plates xii. and xiii. of the Mammalia
of the Second Yarkand Mission.
“It is very singular that although I have now seen eight or nine
specimens, living or dead, of A. hodgsoni, all had been in captivity ;
I have never seen the skin of a wild example. The habitat I
believe to be high elevations in the Eastern Himalayas proper, not
Tibet.
“The following is the synonymy of A. hodgsoni, taken chiefly from
the paper already quoted on Himalayan Marmots :—
“A. hemachalanus, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. 1843, xii. p. 410, nee
A, himalayanus, Hodgs. ibid. 1841, x. p. 777.
‘A, tibetanus, Hodgs., Gray, Cat. Mamm. Birds Nepal, p. 14
1 4. caudatus is also figured in Jacquemont’s ‘ Voyage dans I’Inde,’ Atlas,
vol. ii. pl. 5 (1844), and A. robustus in Messrs. H. and A. Milne-Edwards’
‘Recherches pour servir 4 l' Histoire naturelle des Mammifeéres,’ pl. xlvii.
2()*
454 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON ANTECHINOMYS. [June 195,
(1846), 2nd edition, p. 12 (1863), nee A. tibetensis, Hodgs. J. A.
S. B. 1843, xii. p. 409.
«4. bobac, Schreber’ (partim), Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As.
Soc. p. 108 (1863), nee Schreber.
«<4, hemachalanus, Hodgson,’ Jerdon, Mamm. India, p. 102
(1867); W. Blanf. J. A. S. B. 1875, xliv. pt. 2, p- 122.
“4, hodgsoni, W. Blanf., Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand
Mission, Mammalia, p. 395, note.”
—
Prof. Mivart stated that on Tuesday 8th inst. the Secretary of
the Botanical Society in the Regent’s Park, Mr. W. Sowerby, F.L.S.,
had his attention called to some small animals living in the tank of
the Victoria-regia house. On examination these animals had turned
out to be Meduse', which were thus found to be inhabitants of
fresh water, a circumstance which Prof. Mivart believed to be
unprecedented. These animals were subsequently found to become
torpid, and fall to the bottom almost motionless, when the water
had become as cool as 56° Fahr.; but upon the water becoming
warmed up to 85° they became once more as active as ever,
vigorously continuing the contractions of the umbrella. Mr. Sowerby
had informed Prof. Mivart that they were rapidly reproducing
young like themselves.
The following papers were read :—
1. On Antechinomys and its Alles.
By Epvwarp R. Aston, Sec.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.
[Received May 29, 1880.]
(Plate XLV.)
In March last my friend Mr. J. W. Clark asked me to determine
some spirit-specimens of Mammals belonging to the Museum of the
University of Cambridge. The series included a collection of small
Australian Marsupials, and among these was one which puzzled me
not alittle. Its long Cheropus-like limbs and bushy tail gave it the
aspect of a member of the family Peramelide, yet it evidently be-
longed to the Dasyuride. It was only when Mr. Gerrard showed
me the type of Phascologale lanigera, Gould’, in the British Museum
that I discovered its identity with that species ; and I think that no
one who compares the figure here given (Plate XLV.) with Mr.
Gould’s illustration will be suprised that I failed to recognize the
latter.
In a paper communicated to this Society by Mr. G. Krefft,
‘ Since named by Mr. E. Ray Lankester Craspedacusta sowerbii, ‘Nature,’
vol. xxii. p. 147 (June 17th, 1880), and by Prof. Allman Limnocodium victoria,
Proe. Linn. Soe. [Zool.] vol. xv. p. 131.
2 Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxxiii. (1863, deser. orig.).
P Z.5.1880. Pl. XLV
J Smit lith Hanhart imp,
| ANTECHINOMYS LANIGERA.
1880. ] MR. E. R, ALSTON ON ANTECHINOMYS. 455
C.M.Z.S., in 1866, he proposed that Phascologale lanigera should
be made the type of a new genus, Antechinomys'. The characters
given by him are very brief, and, as the animal appears to be ex-
tremely rare in collections, I trust that the following detailed de-
scription of this remarkable form will be useful to any zoologist who
may undertake the long-needed revision of the Marsupialia. For
the opportunity of fully examining the structure of Antechinomys,
and of comparing it with that of the allied genera Phascologale, Ant-
echinus, and Podabrus, I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Clark,
Dr. Giinther, and Professor Flower.
ExTERNAL CHARACTERS.
General form slender; head proportionally large, legs and tail
greatly elongated. Head narrow, conical; muzzle produced and
pointed; muffle broad, naked, with a slight median groove, but not
cleft. Ears large, tapered, rounded at the tips, almost naked, except
at the base and along the front edge, where they are sparsely haired ;
in the interior of conch near the base of the anterior margin is a
curious free lobe, like the tragus of a Bat, about 0°15 inch in
length, and the same in breadth. This lobe is also found in the allied
genera. No perceptible pouch.
Fore limbs very long and slender, the forearm being about double
the length of the upper arm, scantily clad with short white hairs ;
fore feet very small, with five digits, of which the third is the longest,
the second and fourth subequal, and the first the shortest, each
armed with a small but well-developed claw ; soles with three large
pads, covered with minute tubercles. In Podabrus the fore limbs
are very much shorter, and the soles are similar, but have five tuber-
culated callosities instead of three. In Phascologale and Antechinus,
on the other hand, the fore feet are comparatively broad, and the
soles are naked, with elongated transversely striated pads.
Hind limbs nearly as slender and still more elongated, the foot
longer than the forearm and nearly as long as the tibia; the muscles
of the leg are only fleshy in their upper moiety, leaving the lower
half slender, like that of a bird; the latter portion and the whole of
the foot, except the base of the toes, rather densely clothed with
small whitish hairs. Toes four in number, the first being absent,
the third and fourth equal and the longest, the second and fifth
subequal ; claws similar to those of the fore foot; on the sole at the
base of the toes is a large crescentic callosity covered with small
tubercles, In all the other genera there are five toes, the first being
a short nailless thumb, which is placed furthest back in Podabrus,
but still extends almost to the base of the other digits. In that
genus the hind foot is almost as slender as in Antechinomys, although
much less elongated ; the metatarsus is more or less hairy behind,
and the callosity of the sole is similar, except that it is divided into
three; the tarsus is almost naked behind. Phascologale and Ant-
echinus have the hind foot very broad and short, with naked soles
and transversely striated pads, similar to those of the fore feet.
1 P, Z. 8. 1866, p. 434,
456 MR. E. R, ALSTON ON ANTECHINOMYS. [June 15,
Tail longer than the head and body.; for more than half its length
clad with very ‘short adpressed white and brown hairs; these then
gradually but rapidly increase in length, and the terminal third of
the tail is covered with hairs of about a quarter of an inch in length.
Phascologale has a similar tail; but in Antechinus and Podabrus this
member is shorter than the head and body, and is clothed throughout
with short adpressed hair.
Measurements of the specimen described (a female) in spirits :—
inches.
Length of head and body... 0... 0. 0..< 50+ cous oe
Gs tail (without hairs) .......... oa.~ Syst eee
Prot saOzZle GO PVE oo a. Pan nf tasks tye ee cieess *5
33 a3 to anterior margin of ear-conch .... 95
Leneth. of earscope dy a. 24,59) ola hese hues “Gosia aie “65
rend this Otis ahs, ete etusie Pchat ov ont Ae. sks eee eee 45
DTIC OE NGLOAEI sea Sie. sunt, sti nde saadder hae “95
os fore foot (without claws) ..........+: "26
5 ISREERE BOPET re. ce pel bokis pra einrae es 10
ie TAEER NCR ait 5 Bs 2 oh) t nats 9 See 1°30
S5 hind foot (withcut claws)............ ieee
= longest hind toe (without claws) ...... °20
Colour of the upper parts brownish mouse-grey, darker on the
occiput, paler on the face and upper part of the limbs; the hairs
dusky at their bases, then yellowish white, and mostly tipped with
dark brown; round the eye is an ill-defined dark brown ring, pro-
duced in front. All the lower parts, the fore limbs from the elbow,
and hind limbs from the middle of the tibia pure white; the belly
with a large almost naked space, not involved, and showing only
traces of the mammz. The short adpressed hairs of the basilar
part of the tail are mixed white and brown, the former largely pre-
ponderating ; the longer hairs towards the end rich dark reddish
brown.
SKELETON.
The skull of Antechinomys presents no marked distinction from that
of the allied genera, which agree, as Mr. Waterhouse has remarked’,
in the large size of the brain-case and foramen magnum, and in the
feebleness of the muscular ridges, when contrasted with Dasyurus and
Thylactnus. It is, however, comparatively narrow and elongated, and
the mandible is very slender, with a high coronoid process.
The vertebre number :—cerv. 7, dors. 13, lumb. 7, sac. 3, caud.
25, a formula in which its allies agree, save in the tail. The lumbar
vertebra have the spinous processes better developed than in Poda-
brus, although comparatively much smaller than in Phascologale and
Antechinus, while their metapophyses and transverse processes are
more feeble than in any of the other genera. The caudal vertebrae
are very long and slender, especially towards the extremity of the
tail.
1 Nat. Hist. Mamm. i. p. 403.
1880. ] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON ANTECHINOMYS. 457
In the fore limd (fig. 1) the scapula has the usual characters of the
group, the spine being boldly deflected over the postscapular fossa.
The humerus, which has the usual supracondylar foramen, is almost
straight, slender and simple, with hardly any muscular impressions ;
that of Podabrus is quite similar, but in Phascologale and Antechinus
the bone is curved, and the deltoid and supinator ridges are very
prominent. The greatly elongated radius is straighter in Antechi-
nomys than in the allied forms, and consequently is closely applied
to the ulna for the greater part of its length, although remaining
perfectly free. The bones of the manus are small and delicate.
In the hind limb (fig. 2) the femur is even more slender than in
Podabrus, and the lesser trochanter is less developed. The tibia and
fibula are elongated ; the latter is very slender, the former compata-
tively stout, and so little curved that it and the fibula, although
quite free, are closely applied throughout their lower half; in the
other forms these bones are only in contact near their lower extre-
mities. The calcaneum is considerably produced behind, forming a
very prominent ¢uber calcis. Only four metatarsals are present (the
first being wanting), which are very slender and greatly elongated,
458 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON ANTECHINOMYS. [June 15,
the tarso-metatarsus considerably exceeding the femur in length; in
Phascologale and Antechinus it is only one half, and in Podabrus about
‘ two thirds as long as the femur. The phalanges of the four digits
are short and rather delicate.
Muscues.
In its myology Antechinomys does not differ strikingly from its
allies, save that the muscles of the lumbar region are more largely
developed, especially the ilio-spinal, quadratus lumborum, and psoas
magnus. In the limbs the muscles of the lower arm and leg have
only a very short fleshy portion, the tendons forming considerably
more than half their whole length. It is this that gives the peculiar
bird-like look to the forearm and metatarsus of the animal, strongly
contrasting with the stout short limbs of Phascologale and Antechi-
nus, and even with the more delicate structure of Podabrus. In the
hind foot the best developed muscles are the extensor communis and
flexor brevis digitorum ; the extensor and flexor pollicis are of course
absent.
TEETH.
In dentition I cannot find that Antechinomys differs in any ap-
preciable degree from Podadrus, or, indeed, trom some species of
Antechinus. The middle upper incisors are curved rather inwards
than forwards, and the canines are nearly equal in size to the largest
(third) premolars.
VISCERA.
The tongue in Antechinomys is long aud narrow; the front part
marked with transverse furrows, corresponding to the palatal ridges.
It is covered with fine filiform papillee, mixed with a few fungiform ;
the three circumvallate papille are placed in a triangle, and are large,
pointed, and directed backwards. In the other forms the tongue is
similar, but I was unable to detect the transverse furrows in the
specimen of Phascologale penicillata examined.
Stomachs of Antechinomys (b) and Antechinus (a).
The stomach (fig. 3) is proportionally large, and is almost
globular in shape, with the cardiac and pyloric openings near one
another; the epithelial lining is smooth and uniform, with a few
slight longitudinal puckers. In Podabrus the stomach is of the same
form ; but in Phascologale and Antechinus it is very different, being
transversely elongated, with a considerably produced fundus, and
the pyloric opening is placed at the right extremity.
1880.] MR. E. R. ALSTON ON ANTECHINOMYs. 459
The intestine is perfectly simple and is 6-80 inches long, or little
more than twice the length of the animal; I find a similar pro-
portion in Podabrus macrourus ; while in Phascologale penicillata
the intestine is less than twice, and in Antechinus swainsoni more
than three times the animal’s length. Possibly the various species
may differ in this respect.
Fig. 4.
Liver of Antechinomys.
The liver (fig. 4) resembles that of its allies, the right lateral
lobe being unfissured, while the left is deeply cleft. A gall-bladder
is present and the caudate lobe is well developed,
Conc.LusIons.
Before considering the results of the above comparisons, it will be
well to glance at the literary history of the present group.
In 1827 Temminck established the genus Phascogale! (more
correctly written Phascologale), the type being the Didelphys peni-
_ eillatus of Shaw. Antechinus was’ founded by MacLeay on a
drawing and incorrect description of an animal which he at first
believed to be an Insectivore*; but when he obtained a skeleton,
he was doubtful of its distinction from Phascologale*. It was only
adopted by Mr. Waterhouse as a “section” of the latter genus,
including the species which have the tail covered throughout with
short hair*; but it has been generally accepted, and further
characters have been pointed by Mr. Krefft®. Podabrus appears
to have been first used by Mr. Gould for the slender-footed Phas-
cologale crassicaudatus, but without being characterized®, Mr,
Waterhouse did not recognize it even as a “ section ;°’ and Mr. Krefft
only accepts it with the proviso that he “cannot ascertain the true
characters beyond what Mr. Waterhouse tells us, that it com-
prises the Phascogale with slender feet.? He adds, however,
some characters of his own, one being “Canines small, seldom
exceeding the largest premolar in size; but this is a point in which
there is considerable variation in the species of both Antechinus and
Podabrus. At the same time, as already stated, Mr. Krefft
proposed the name Antechinomys for the Phascoloyale lanigera of
* Mon. de Mamm. i. p. 56. > Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. (1842) p. 249,
° Tom. cit. p. 338. * Nat. Hist. Mamm. i. p. 410.
° P. ZS. 1866, p. 432. ® Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xlvii, (1845),
460 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON ANTECHINOMYS. [June 15,
Gould}, distinguished by having “only four toes on the hind foot, ~
without any indication of a thumb, the tarsi completely covered
with hair, and the underside of the toes and foot alone naked””*, A
fourth genus of Dasyuride, characterized in the same paper, is Che-
tocercus, a form which I only know from Mr. Krefft’s description
and plate, but which is evidently allied to Dasyurus rather than
to Phascologale®*.
From the facts noted above it appears to me to be evident that
Phascologale and Antechinus are much more closely allied with
one another than they are to Podabrus and Antechinomys, which,
in their turn, are nearly related to one another. If we regard the
whole group as a subfamily of the Dasyuride, the apparent
affinities of the genera might be expressed as follows :—
PHASCOLOGALINE.
Pe Shes 28 4—4 :
Dental formula i. 5—, ¢. =—j P- sg M. 7-;7=46; middle upper
incisors larger than the rest, molars with very pointed cusps. Thumb
of hind foot small, opposable, nailless, rarely absent. Tail either
tufted on the apical portion or clothed with short hairs without.
fa. Arboreal. Hind feet short and broad, soles naked to the heel,
with transversely striated pads. Stomach transversely elongated. |
1. PuascoLocatre. Middle upper incisors very large, con-
siderably raked forward, with indications of an incipient inner cusp.
Pouch absent (Kreft). Tail tufted on apical portion, fur soft.
2. AnTecuinus. Middle upper incisors proportionally smaller,
placed more perpendicularly. Pouch present, although sometimes
very shallow. ‘Tail clad with short hairs throughout its length.
[3. Terrestrial. Hind feet slender, the sole more or less hairy on
the metatarsus, with tuberculated callosities at the base of the toes.
Stomach subglobular. |
3. Popasrus. Pouch present. Limbs moderate; thumb of
hind foot present. Tail clad throughcut with short hairs.
4, Anrecuinomys. Pouch absent. Forearm and hind foot
greatly elongate ; thumb, with its metatarsus, absent. Tail tufted
at its apical portion.
Not having sufficient material for a revision of the numerous
described species of Phascologaline, I will conclude by noting
what little is recorded of the life of Antechinomys, which is a native
of east-central Australia. Mr. Gould’s type was obtained by Sir
Thomas Mitchell during one of his expeditions into the interior ;
Mr. Krefft gives “the Lower Murray River district, near the
junction of the Darling,” as a habitat; and the specimen described
above was stated by Mr. L. A. Peers (who presented it to the
Cambridge Museum) to have been caught near Cooper’s Creek,
or the Barcoo, a river which rises in Central Queensland and flows
southwards into Lake Kyre, in South Australia. From the structure
of the limbs and the characters of the soles of the feet, it is evident
1 Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxiii. (1863). 2 P. ZS. 1866, p. 434.
3 Tom. cit. pp. 484, 435, pl. xxxvi.
1880. ] ON BATS FROM THE GOTTINGEN MUSEUM. 461
that it is strictly terrestrial and digitigrade; while the powerful
muscles of the loins indicate that, when going at speed, it probably
moves by a succession of leaps. Mr. Krefft supports these sugges-
tions from actual observations, The stomach of the Cambridge
specimen was unfortunately empty; but the food of the animal is no
doubt similar to that of its allies, which are stated to feed exclusively
on insects and ants.
2. On some new or rare Species of Chiroptera in the Collection
of the Gottingen Museum. By G. E. Dozson, M.A.,
M.B., &e.
[Received May 31, 1880.]
(Plate XLVI.)
To the kindness of Prof. Ehlers I owe the opportunity of examining
the specimens of Chiroptera in the collection of the Gottingen Mu-
seum, among which I find some representing new or rare species.
Of these by far the must remarkable is a specimen of a new species
of Megaderma from Australia, for which, as it is more than double
the size of any hitherto described species of that genus, I propose
the name of '
MEGADERMA GIGAS, n. sp, (Plate XLVI.)
In general structure externally agreeing very closely with W/.
spasma, but the relative proportions of parts are somewhat different.
Thus the posterior lobe of the tragus, though similarly shaped, is
proportionally shorter, while the anterior lobe is much broader at
the base, more convex forwards, and obtuse at the tip; the nose-
leaf also, though almost identical in shape, is not much larger than
that of that species.
While in M. spasma the extremity of the second finger does not
extend as far as the middle of the first phalanx of the third finger,
in this species, as in MZ. frons, it extends beyond it. Tail rudimentary ;
two short vertebrze only project beyond the extremities of the ischiatic
bones, and are quite concealed between the two layers of integument
forming the base of the large interfemoral membrane.
The single specimen, an adult male, is very peculiarly coloured, some-
what like the specimen of M. lyra in the writer's collection previously
described’. As in it, the general colour of the fur, ears, nose-leaf, and
membranes is white, the base of the fur, upon the upper surface only,
being pale slate-blue, the colour so characteristic of the genus: un-
like the other known species, the extremity of the carpus, the thumb,
and the membrane between the thumb and the second finger are
clothed with short hairs, in the type specimen of a white colour.
The teeth scarcely differ in general form from those of MW. spasma ;
but, as in the Ethiopian species of this genus, there is no minute
? Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus. p. 157.
462 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON BATS [June 15,
upper premolar, and the dental formula therefore agrees with that of
M. frons.
The rudimentary premaxillee resemble more closely those of the
Rhinolophidz than those of any other species of Megaderma. As in
that family, they project considerably beyond the line of the canines,
from which they are also separated by a diastema on either side; and
two small depressions in the gum may be seen, which appear to be the
empty sockets of a pair of rudimentary teeth, occupying precisely the
same relative position as in the species of Rhinolophide, an additional
indication of the close affinity of the Nycteride to that family.
In the skull, as I have generally observed in the larger species of
each genus, the sagittal crest is well developed, and the pair of ridges
into which it divides in front are so strongly marked as to cause the
frontal bones between them to appear considerably hollowed ; these
ridges terminate on each side in a blunt but well-marked postorbital
process, which, however, as in M. spasma, is not perforated by a
foramen (Plate XLVI. fig. 4). In this respect, therefore, the skull
agrees with that of J. spasma, which inhabits part of the same
zoological region, though apparently agreeing more closely with M.
frons and M. cor in the flattened and expanded frontals and in the
absence of a minute upper premolar.
Length (of an adult male), head and body 5'°3; head 1'°9;
nose-leaf 0!'-6; ear 2'"2; tragus—anterior lobe 0!:45, posterior
lobe 1!-0;. forearm 4-2; thumb 08; second finger—metacarpal
3'°3, phalanx 0'°6; third finger—metacarp. 2'*7, Ist ph. 1'°85,
2nd ph. 3-6; fourth finger—metacarp. 3'"1, Ist ph. 10, 2nd
ph. 1'°5; fifth finger—metacarp. 3'°3, Ist ph. 1°25, 2nd ph.
1-1; tibia 1-7; caleaneum 1'"1; foot 1!'"1.
Hab. Mount Margaret, Wilson’s River, Central Queensland,
Australia. (Captured by Mr. Wilson.)
This specimen, sent by Dr. Schuette to the Gottingen Museum, is
the same as that mentioned by Mr. G. Krefft, C.M.Z.8., in a com-
munication read before the Society in May 1879 (see P. Z.S. 1879,
p- 386). It was accompanied by the following note on the colour
of its fur and integuments :—
“Flughiiute, Ohren, und Nasenblatt fleischfarbig, Alle Haare
auf diesen Theilen weiss, auf dem Riicken sind die Haare bleifarbig.
Die Haut welche die Ohren verbindet ist tief blutroth.”
RHINOLOPHUS PETERSI, Dobson.
An adult male from Sumatra, thus indicating the Oriental as the
zoological region to which this species (of which the habitat was
unknown) belongs. The only difference observable between this and
the type specimen is that the free extremity of the tail does not pro-
ject so far as in the latter.
VESPERUGO MAURUS, Blasius.
Two specimens in the collection must, I believe, be referred to
this species, though they are said to have been received from localities
many thousands of miles apart. One from Tuscany was sent to the
1880. ] FROM THE GOTTINGEN MUSEUM. 463
Gottingen Museum in 1847, by Prof. Savi, and was labelled by him
“* Vespertilio savii, Bonap.””' ; the other is stated to have come from
a collection made by Degenhardt at Popayan in the U.S. of Co-
lumbia, South America, in 1844.
Neither in the general external form and in the dentition, nor in
the relative measurements, have I been able to find the least difference
of importance between these specimens, except such as depend upon
the immature condition of that from Tuscany, which, as shown by
the extremities of the finger-bones, had not attained its full size.
The following are the measurements of these specimens ;—
Tuseany. Popayan.
inch. inch.
Length, head and 1 ae Ses salen ck nda 1‘8
ss LET Nl Sl AM et Se i 0°63 0°65
5 (aS EG ogee ii 1°45 13
Le do. free from membrane . sienna cae Onl 0°15
33 SV nedanly ed 4 ott Sakae erate caine, S 0°5 0:5
” LL ialle ele aie eyed 0-2 0:2
A forearm, Pisin! Sakon coteyael ovate ee Bed o is
3 IOUT earl ce A gS) 0:2 0-2
a third finger, metwicnrpal “9.7... 1-15 1:15
if us a eR NSS ot, ge 0°45
ae = jag one Dialans ., ee. 0°55 0°55
fifth finger, Mietacarpal =... 119) | ie)
cs 8 eet, Dhalink ©. sae 0°28 0-3
E =~ a3, od phalanx 7.202 3° ° 0°2 0:2
& GUID ME a, Sk ee. 0°45 0-45
55 BOL <2 SoM Ne fen k Sw pe 0°22 0:22
As Blasius has remarked in his description of V. maurus, the first
upper premolar is extremely small in both these specimens. In that
from Tuscany I had considerable difficulty in finding it even with
the aid of a lens. This at once accounts for Bonaparte’s mistake
~ when describing the dentition of V. savii.
* Vespertilio savii, Bonap., and the other species (V. leucippe, V. aristippe,
V. alcytho#) described by Bonaparte (Fauna Italica, 1837), are not included by
me in the ‘ Catal. Chiropt. Br. Mus.,’ because, in the first place, I was unable to
obtain an examination of the types, which appear to be in the possession of Mr, R
subgenus Vesperus ; while V. maurus, Blas., which is evidently another name for
the same species, would haye appeared, as it rightly does, among the species of
the subgenus Vesperugo. I say * evidently,” for it appears quite clear to me
that Prof. Saviknew the species with which his name had been associated, and sent
a correctly named specimen (though not the type of the species) to the Git-
tingen Museum, which corresponds in all respects, except in dentition, with the
descriptions referred to above. N evertheless, I retain Blasius’s name “ J es-
perugo maurus,” given in 1853, in preference to Bonaparte’s, as, for the reasons
have given, it is impossible to be absolutely sure that it isa synonym of V7, savii,
464 ON BATS FROM THE GOTTINGEN MUSEUM. [June 15,
The presence of a single specimen in a collection labelled “‘ Popayan”
is, of course, not sufficient grounds to extend the distribution of this
species to the Neotropical Region, the Chiroptera of which (with one
exception only, Vesperugo serotinus, as 1 have shown") are quite
distinct from those of any of the zoological regions of the eastern
hemisphere. There are, however, in the same collection several
other specimens of species, evidently Neotropical, which are labelled
«‘ Popayan”’ (to be referred to hereafter), and with which this speci-
men agrees precisely in the state of preservation. It is also note-
worthy that /. maurus has been found in Europe at very high ele-
vations only along the Alps; and in this respect the South-American
habitat given agrees very well, for Popayan is situated in an elevated
plain in the Andes, 6000 feet high.
If, then, specimens of this species have really come from such
very distinct and distant zoological regions, and exhibit so few
differences, it becomes evident that we must consider the Oriental
representative of this species, described under the names Vesperugo
mordax, Ptrs., and V. austenianus, Dobson, as a distinct species,
which, although agreeing remarkably in general structure, and
even in the colour of the fur, with V. maurus, differs in its con-
spicuously greater size (forearm 1''6), in the very shallow emar-
gination in the upper half of the outer margin of the ear-conch, in
the considerably less degree in which the extremity of the tail pro-
jects from the interfemoral membrane, and in the much greater
development of the first upper premolar, which, although the second
premolar is also close to the canine, may be seen without difficulty
from without.
VESPERTILIO NIGRICANS, Wied.
Two specimens referable to this species, one from Cordova, Ar-
gentine Republic, the other from Popayan, U.S. of Columbia. The
latter, an adult male, has the forearm 1°5 inches long, and the digits
proportionally longer, but in other respects quite agrees with speci-
mens from other localities in which the forearm rarely exceeds 1°35 .
inch. Can it be that individuals of this and of other species inha-
biting very elevated regions have larger wings to compensate for the
very rarefied condition of the atmosphere ?
ScHIZOSTOMA MEGALOTE, Gray. Popayan.
LoncHoGLossa wiep!, Ptrs. Popayan.
The following are the measurements of an apparently adult male
specimen preserved in alcohol (the zygomatic arches are car-
tilaginous) :—
inches.
Lemeth, Mend atid body, 2265.46 «ei «2am 0.5 Rinse lope 2°5
+ Gael dats Py et cleats Sucks s digi» oxefandeoede 1+]
a tail PoE Sod roe ORR ae cane 0°15
EHIAE id trek trate SU tes ate ahi wid Siheasices nape ema ake 0°6
1 Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus. p. 157.
J | at :
ans
Paul
i880. Pl. XLVI
ab
MEGADERMA GIGAS. Mantern Bros amp
R. Mantern.del et hth
1830.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. 465
inches.
éength qneden! « csisretaseisiain vote seo aya ceases pues § 4 1°6
r febnnntas baiebet ferret de Die ted cs wit Cle acto etardrotante: 3,3 0°35
#8 third fiagermetacarps ie asic a's ae toes 15
3 55 peaMleti plant: 16 nob tipasraR warhtoren 0°5
$6 5 Je BOON od) an yom <2 yearns 0:8
3 ‘5 SURO ctogls tan Rarvialacs daira at 0°5
, fourth finger; thetpearip.l iii tesiccep oe 5 90a 1:45
_ ¥ 55 Wester cabo on Satara diaao yen 0:4
rr by fi PRR haa bees 365 stiate ate cm wb ale 0°55
3, fiffe finer, MmetaeaEp .cvrecyjien d. 25 yey sems 1°25
5 f, “K ETRE UR i ae ean ees ee 0°35
5 és, 3 PASTING) ep Ce ee re a ae 0°5
“a PNA eae Pewee Sate Wau uP ec ations « foragers) oGohe ane 2 0°55
re NOL Pie ge eee eeu aI obey Sashace om c0y-Saanodetisuei taut aie 0°38
ARTIBEUS QUADRIVITTATUS, Ptrs. Popayan.
CHIRODERMA SALVINI, Dobson. Popayan.
An adult male specimen of this species, with faintly marked facial
streaks, and a very narrow white line in the fur along the lower half
of the spine. This shows that the white streaks are as variable in
this species as I have already noticed in the case of Artibeus plani-
rostris (Catal. Chirop. Br. Mus. p. 516). The important structural
characters on which the species depends are, however, as well marked
in the only specimen hitherto known (the type, in the collection of
the British Museum), which was collected by Mr. Salvin in Costa
Rica, and named by me after the discoverer,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI.
Fig. a. Megaderma gigas, natural size.
b, Skull of Megaderma gigas.
3. On the Anatomy of Leptosoma discolor.
By W. A. Forsss, B.A., F.L.S., Prosector to the Society.
[Received May 28, 1880.]
It is to the liberality of my friend Prof. A. Newton that I am
indebted for the opportunity of dissecting a female example of this
bird, the most peculiar, perhaps, with the exception of Mesztes, of
all the anomalous forms that Madagascar produces. Till the past
year or two our knowledge of the structure of Leptosoma was almost
confined to its skin and certain parts of its skeleton.
Mr. Sclater, in this Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (1865, pp. pate 689 ;
also in Nitzsch’s ‘ Pterylography,’ Ray Soe. ed. App. il. p. 158)
has already given us an account of the different views that have at
various times been held by ornithologists as to the position of this
peculiar form ; and he was also the first to point out the existence
466 MR. W. A. FORBES ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. [June 15,
in it of powder-down patches, as well as other of its peculiarities.
Since then I am unaware of any thing more having been done to
elucidate its structure till 1878. In M. Grandidier’s magnificent work
on Madagascar’, in the plates of the Atlas devoted to the birds, M. A.
Milne-Edwards has figured the entire skeleton, together with separate
views of the bones, as well as the tongue and alimentary canal, and
has likewise given pictures of the bird when plucked, showing the
external nares, the position and shape of the powder-down patches,
and its naked oil-gland, In reply to my inquiries on the subject,
M. Milne-Edwards kindly replied that he intended to describe in
full the osteology of Leptosoma, together with that of Atelornis,
Fig. 1.
S ig
nh
Ln
WW
Right foot of Leptosoma (nat. size), seen from before, to show the disposition
ef eae ) (The fourth toe is slightly removed outwards, to pase show
Brachypteracias, &c., of which figures are given also in the above-
named work, in the text, but that, as regards other points, only an
explanation of the plates was to be given. I have therefore thought
it would be of interest to bring before the Society some additional
notes on its pterylosis and soft parts, derived from my examination of
Prof. Newton’s specimen. 2
Before proceeding further, I should like to call attention to the
structure of the feet in Leptosoma, which has already been accurately
described by Mr, Sclater (/. c. p. 685). They are in no way “‘zygo-
dactyle,” in the sense in which that term is applied to the feet of such
Hist. Phys. nat. et pol. Madag., Zool., Ois, pls. 85-88.
1880. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. 467
birds as the Cuckoos, Parrots, or Toucans. In this spirit-preserved
specimen it is easily demonstrable that the fourth digit cannot
naturally be placed in a really reversed position, like that of the
above-named birds. While the second and third toes look directly
backwards, the hallux looks inwards and forwards, and the fourth
toe inwards and slightly dackwards at its apex, there being, as it
were, a slight twist in its axis'. However much the fourth toe is
bent backwards (and this is only done by the exercise of some little
force), its plantar surface always looks more or less inwards. The
presently-to-be-described arrangement of the deep plantar tendons
also confirms the view here taken as to Leptosoma not being a true
zygodactyle bird.
Pterylosis.—As regards Leptosoma, Nitzsch only noted the presence
of an aftershaft and !2 rectrices, he only having been able to examine
a stuffed specimen. Mr. Sclater, in his above-mentioned paper, be-
sides describing the two characteristic lumbar powder-down patches
of this bird, briefly alludes to the pterylosis, which “appears nearly
similar to that assigned by Nitzsch to Coracias and Hurystomus.”
These features are diagrammatically represented in a woodcut
(fig. 5, 2. ¢.).
The following is a more detailed description :—
The inferior tract divides about 1 inch behind the junction of the
rami of mandible—the (badly) so-called “ chin-angle ’’—from which
it starts as a narrow, single tract’. Between this tract and the
mandibular rami, extending as far as the angle of the jaw, a narrow
naked space is left; at this point the inferior tract becomes continu-
ous with the feathering of the head above, so that here the neck,
except for the narrow median ventral apterium, is continuously
feathered. This continuous feathering extends downwards till about
2? inch above the shoulder, when, the inferior and dorsal tracts
diverging, the lateral neck-space is formed. The inferior tracts
diverge gradually as they approach the breast, and then run parallel
to each other over the pectoral muscles and abdomen to the sides of
the vent, leaving a rather wide bare carinal space, with a few scattered
down-feathers. As the inferior tract emerges on the breast, it gives
off a branch to the anterior margin of the patagium ; and this at first
is dilated somewhat, so that the space between it and the main tract
is feathered. The broad humeral tract is also connected with the
inferior tract where the latter gives off this patagial branch. In the
lower part of the neck the inferior tract is about 8 feathers broad, on
the breast about 6, and on the abdomen only 2. About the middle
of the sternum the outer pectoral tract, which is about 4 feathers
wide and slightly stronger than the main tract, is given off; it is
1 This disposition of the fourth toe makes Leptosoma, at first sight, look as if
it had three toes anteriorly directed, and no doubt accounts for Mr. Sharpe
entirely omitting any notice of its peculiar feet in his paper on the Coraciidee
(cf. Ibis, 1871, pp. 187, 285).
2 In Coracias garrula the naked median space left between the halves of the
inferior tract extends quite up to the symphysis, so that the inferior tract is
double from the commencement.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1880, No. XXXI. 31
468 MR. W. A. FORBES ON LEPTOSOMA DiscoLor. [June 15,
not very divergent, but is dilated terminally, and develops a recur-
rent hook, which, however, is not very distinct. There is a circlet
of feathers round the vent, and a short tract of feathers behind it,
on each side of the fleshy part of the tail, continuing the direction
of, though quite separate from, the main inferior tract of its side.
The feathering of the head above is continuous, and from it the
anterior moiety of the dorsal tract runs, being anteriorly continuous
at the sides, as already noted, with the inferior tracts, along the
dorsal median line of the neck, as a rather broad, thickly feathered
band, which forms a strong interscapular fork, just as in Coracias and
the Parrots, the ends of the fork lying about 7 inch anterior to the
posterior extremities of the two scapulee. The posterior moiety has
also a forked form, the two arms enclosing a fairly broad naked
median space, and only uniting about 1 inch in front of the oil-
gland, the united tract so formed ceasing altogether about 7 inch in
front of that organ. This posterior fork is very narrow anteriorly,
not more than two feathers wide ; indeed, for the first two or three
rows each arm consists of only one feather in each row, and the two
arms run in between the forks of the anterior moiety, just as in the
Parrots, Coracias, and some other birds. Posteriorly the fork
widens, and becomes connected closely with the scattered contour-
feathers which are found outside it, over the space between the
dorsal tract proper and the lumbar powder-down patches, so that on
the rump the dorsal tract appears to consist of five or six rows of
feathers on each side of the median line. There is a very strongly
feathered and broad band of feathers over the knee, being the ante-
rior end of the lumbar tract of its side; this tract is quite distinct
from all others but the crural, which are much weaker and clothe
the leg as far as the ‘ankle.’ The powder-down patches, one on
each side, lie between the posterior portion of the dorsal tract and
the lumbar tracts. They form elongated patches, extending forwards
over the femur as far as the sartorius muscle, and backwards to
within 3 inch of the vent; their dorsal border is parallel to the
dorsal tract, the ventral to the lumbar ones. On the inside of the
skin they are conspicuous as dark grey patches, formed by the
closely aggregated insertion of the feathers of which they are com-
posed, these lying at a less angle with the skin than the contour-
feathers. Nitzsch! has described the pterylosis in Coracias garrula
and C. indica, with figures of that of the former, and in Zurystomus
gularis. Ihave examined the first-named species in the flesh, and
also a skin of Atelornis crossleyi. In all essential respects, as will
be seen by a comparison of the above description with Nitzsch’s
figures of Coracias garrula, Leptosoma is essentially Coraciine, though
it differs from all others of that group in its possession of powder-
down patches’,
} Pterylogr. (Ray Soc. ed. p. 89).
* I may here mention that Atelornis crossleyi differs as regards its pterylosis
but shghtly from the Coraciine type. It has the same interrupted dorsal tract,
each half having a furcate form; but here the interscapular fork is yery short
and narrow, and does ot enclose the anterior part of the posterior fork,
1880.] © MR. W. A. FORBES ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. 469
In the Cuculidz the dorsal tract, though it divides between the
shoulders, is perfectly continuous throughout, enclosing an elongated
oval space (vide Nitzsch’s figures of Cuculus eanorus and Centropus
rufipennis, l. c. pl. iv. figs. 12 & 14). In the Cuculidz too, as is well
known, the aftershaft is absent and there are but 10 rectrices. I
may remark that in the possession of an inferscapular dorsal fork
the Coraciidee and Leptosoma form an exception to Prof. Garrod’s
generalization! that when “the dorsal tract develops a fork between
the shoulder-blades a bird is homalogonatous.”’
Visceral Anatomy.—The mucous membrane of the palate and
mouth is smooth throughout, except along the margins of the nasal
aperture, where it develops three or four small blunt retroverted
tubercle-like papillee on each side, and also external to this on each
side along a line parallel to the axis of the palatine bones, where there
is a similar short row of small papille.
The tongue is tapering and elongated in shape; its length is 13
inch. ‘The basal part, which alone is fleshy, and supported by the
hyoid bones, is of a triangularly sagittate shape, about } inch long,
and provided at its postero-external angles with a few minute, blunt,
retroverted papille ; it is prolonged forwards into a horny lamina,
which is strongly concave above and forms the greater part of the
tongue ; at its apex the part, which is of a slightly tapering shape, is
apparently entire’. This tongue closely resembles that of Coracias,
and differs from that of such of the Cuculide as I have examined in
wanting the well-developed retroverted spines that are always present
on the posterior part of the lateral margins in those birds’.
The cesophagus is capacious at first, but rapidly narrows; it de-
velops no crop. The proventriculus is zonary, being 3 inch deep.
The stomach is globose and not strongly muscular ; there is a di-
stinct pyloric bulb indicated externally at the commencement of the
duodenum. Internally it is lined with rather soft epithelium, which
is concentrically striated. In the present example the stomach con-
tained hairs, apparently of lepidopterous larvee, aud the horny jaws
and other hard parts of insects; many of the smaller hairs liad be-
come impacted in the soft lining of the stomach, so that this at first
sight appeared to be villous. ‘The same appearance has often been
described in our common Cuckoo’.
The intestines in all measure 123 inches, of which 2# are “large ;”
they are not markedly capacious. The caeca® are long and cylindri-
which has a long stem or “handle.” There are the same strong lumbar tracts.
Below, the outer pectoral tract, given off on the middle of the breast, is only
indicated by an enlargement of the main tract, and is not at all free, There are
no traces of powder-down patches,
1 Pp. Z. 8. 1878, p. 931.
2 The tongue of Leptosoma has been figured by Mr. Sclater (/. ¢. p. 688), and
also by M. A. Milne-Edwards (J. s. c. pl. 88. fig. 1).
8 Vide also the figures of the tongues of Cova gigas (pl. 63. fig. 1) and
C. olivaceiceps (pl. 64. figs. 1, 2) in Grandidier’s work.
4 Cf. Hunter’s Essays and Observations, ii. p. 285 Ke.
5 Figured, with other parts of the intestinal canal, by M. Milne-Edwards,
1c. pl. 88.
ol*
470 MR. W. A. FORBES ON LEPTOSOMA DIscoLor. [June 15,
cal in shape, largest apically, and slightly tapering towards their
bases ; they measure respectively 2} and 23 inches. The liver has
the left lobe much the smallest ; there is a distinct gall-bladder.
There is thus nothing striking or characteristic about the alimen-
tary canal. In the possession of large cylindrical caeca, Leptosoma
agrees with both Coraciide (including Brachypteracias and Geobi-
astes) and Cuculide, as also in most of the other points noted. In
the Cuckoos, however, the gall-bladder is said to be absent as a
rule’.
Myology &¢.—The first pectoral is big; the second extends
Fig. 2.
HN
a
a \y
A\\
|
é& ———— emt.
Wing-muscles of Leptosoma.
Termination of the tensor patagii brevis (t.p.br.) in Leptosoma. e.mr., the
fleshy belly of the superficial layer of the extensor metacarpi radialis longior
muscle; ¢, the tubercle on the humerus, whence it arises; above it the
humerus. P, the patagiwm, its dorsal layer haying been remoyed to
show the muscles, &e.
at least halfway down the sternum ; the third is not represented.
There is no Jiceps-slip to the patagium, as is the case in all * Ano-
malogonate ” except the Caprimulgide. In none of these points
does Leptosoma differ from the Coraciidee or Cuculide. The ev-
pansor secundariorum is present and well developed ; its proximal
end is T-shaped (“ciconiiform,” Garrod), the sternal part of the
tendon being attached to that bone at the junction of the costal pro-
cess with the body near the coracoid groove; it therefore resembles
1 Owen, Anat. Vert. ii. p. 177. Gadow also states its absence in Cuculus,
Hunter, on the other hand, found it, though ‘very small,” in C. canorus (7. s. c.
p. 285). According to the plates in Grandidier’s work, Cowa gigas has a gall-
bladder (pl. 63); so has Geobiasies squamigera (pl. 99. fig. 2).
1880. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. 471
the same muscle in the Coraciide. In no other birds amongst the
Anomalogonatz is this muscle present. In the Cuculide this
muscle is present, but its terminal tendon is zo¢ T-shaped, the sternal
moiety being undeveloped.
The arrangement of the termination of the tensor patagii brevis
is represented in the accompanying figure (fig. 2, p. 470).
The main tendon (¢.p.47.) runs on to the ulnar side of the arm,
and there becomes fused with the fascia covering the muscles.
Before doing so, however, it crosses the superficial tendon of origin
of the extensor metacafpi radialis longior (e.m.r.), which springs
from the humeral tubercle, and becomes firmly blended with it.
It likewise sends off, distally, a special slip of tendon which joins
the same tendon of that muscle more externally (wristward). This
is much the same arrangement as in the Coraciide, as described and
figured by Prof. Garrod (P. Z. S. 1876, p. 511, pl. 49. fig. 1), except
that in those birds the tendon of the tensor patagii brevis is split
into two quite separate halves; if these were united together, an
arrangement would be arrived at practically identical with that of
Leptosoma. In the Cuculide the condition of things is quite different,
as in them the “ undivided tendon runs on to the ulnar superficial
fascia without any complication”? (/. ¢. p. 512).
Of the leg-muscles, the gluteus primus is present, though small,
only slightly overlapping the diceps, and with its fleshy part not
reaching the innominate, to which it is attached only by fascia. The
ambiens is absent; the femoro-caudal is very large, but lacks the
accessory head, as in all Anomalogonate. Both the semitendinosus
and its accessory are well developed, as is the semimembranosus. The
biceps cruris, as usual, passes through a tendinous loop. The o-
turator externus is well developed, and the obturator internus is of
a very elongated oval shape. The formula of Leptosoma is therefore
—.A.X./Y, exactly the same as that of the Coraciide and the
greater number of Anomalogonatous birds. In the Cuculide the
ambiens is always present and well developed, and the accessory
femoro-caudal usually so’, giving a formula of +.A. @) wen ta Nae
Leptosoma is therefore clearly not Cuculine. In the Cuculide, too,
the obturator internus is triangular in shape, as in the Gallinze and
their allies ; in Leptosoma, as already stated, as in Coracias, it is
oval.
The anomalous arrangement of the toes in Leptosoma made me
very anxious to observe the disposition of its deep plantar tendons,
these, in all ‘‘ zygodactyle’? Anomalogonatous birds, being arranged
in a manner quite unique amongst birds and entirely different from
that which obtains in the even-toed Homalogonatous birds (i. e. the
Psittaci, Cuculide, and Musophagide)’.
But in Leptosoma neither of these conditions occurs; on the
contrary, the disposition of its plantar tendons is exactly that found
in many birds with feet of the ordinary structure. This condition is
1 Tt is absent only in Cuculus, Chrysococcyx, and Cacomantis, [Garrod’s
MSS. ]
2 Vide Garrod, P. Z. 8.1875, p. 345.
472 MR. W. A. FORBES ON LEPTOSOMA DiscoLor. [June 15,
diagrammatically represented in fig. 3; as will there be seen, the
tendon of the flexor longus hallucis (f.1.h.) joins the tendon of the
flexor profundus digitorum (f.p.d.) on the outer side, some little
way above the phalanges, and completely blends with it. From the
single compound tendon so formed the small slip to the hallux is
given off, on the inner side, just before the common tendon splits
up for distribution to the three other digits. ‘This is exactly the
same condition as that found by Prof. Garrod in Coracias garrula,
and by myself in A¢elornis crossleyi (in a skin).
It differs completely from that found in thé Psittacidee, Cuculide,
and Musophagide on the one hand, and that of the Galbulide, Bue-
conidze, and Picidze and their allies on the other. Therefore this
fact, when taken in conjunction with the statements already made as
Fig. 3.
Diagram of the arrangement of the deep plantar tendons in Leptosoma.
fil. h., the flexor longus hallucis; f.p.d., the flexor profundus digitorum.
to the natural position of the fourth digit in Zeptosoma, shows that
Mi are no real grounds for calling Leptosoma a ‘‘ zygodactyle”
ird?.
As regards other points, it may be mentioned that the vessels and
nerves of the thigh are normal ; that is to say, the sciatic nerve and
artery and the femoral vein are all present in their normal position.
There are two carotid arteries present, both of them being un-
usually small, the left particularly so. They run up in the usual
converging way, springing from the vertebral arteries into the hypa-
pophysial canal of the neck, and there become so closely applied to
each other that it is impossible to dissect them away as can usually
* In Podargus cuvieri, where the outer toe is reversed in perching, and in
Colius, where the toes are directed at various times in yery different ways, the
‘same blended” distribution of the deep plantar tendons obtains.
1880. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. 473
be done in birds. As far as I can make out, they do not, however,
fuse, but are continued up to the head and there diverge. In Opis-
thocomus' Prof. Garrod found a somewhat similar condition, though
he says nothing about the vessels being minute. In Leptosoma they
have the appearance of white fibrous cords, and they may possibly
be, like the carotids of Bucorvus?, no longer functional as blood-
channels. But satisfactorily to decide this, as well as the ultimate
termination of these carotids, fresh or injected specimens will be
necessary. ;
In both the Cuculide and Coraciide there are two equisized
carotids, which are as free as usual.
As regards the vocal organs, there are present but one pair of
extrinsic muscles, which diverge to be attached to the “costal
processes”’ of the sternum. The syrinx possesses a single pair of
Fig. 5.
Fig. 4. The syrinx of Leptosoma seen from in front, the muscles of the left
side having been removed.
Fig. 5, The same, from behind. (Both are twice the natural size.)
intrinsic muscles, as usual. This organ having been previously un-
known in Leptosoma, I here take the opportunity of describing
and figuring it.
The tracheal rings, which, as usual, interlock with each other for
the greater length of the trachea, are well ossified, and only separated
by narrow intervals. They gradually narrow as they approach the
thorax, the last two being the narrowest of all. The penultimate
tracheal ring is produced downwards in a triangular way behind, as
is the terminal one in front; behind, this last ring bears the ante-
riorly-directed narrow pessulus, which intervenes behind between .
the inturned ends of the first pair of bronchial semirings, but in front
does no¢ appear, stopping short before it reaches the anterior surface
of the bifurcating trachea.
Like the tracheal rings, the first three bronchial semirings are
well ossified, and separated from each other only by very narrow
interannular intervals. They are nearly straight, with only a very
slight concavity upwards, and increase in depth as they descend. In
front the semirings of opposite sides are separated from each other by
1 P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 112.
* Vide Mr. Ottley’s paper on this bird, P. Z. 8. 1879, pp. 461-467,
474 MR. W. A. FORBES ON LEPTOSOMA DISCOLOR. [June 15,
a small notch ; behind they are less and less complete as they go
downwards. The first semirings are posteriorly closely applied
to, though separate from, the pessulus, and are apparently continued
on, as cartilaginous rings, posteriorly, so as to form complete or
nearly rings. The posterior ends of the second and third semirings
where they appear behind are widely separated from their fellows of
the other side. The fourth and succeeding bronchial rings are all
cartilaginous. Of thesethe fourth is the largest, being nearly straight,
and slightly more prominent than the others. To its middle, rather
towards its posterior margin, is attached the (single) intrinsic syrin-
geal muscle. The rings succeeding the fourth ring rapidly become
more and more complete, at the same time that the bronchus be-
comes less capacious, the whole tube tapering away from this ring
as it approaches the lung. ‘The fifth and sixth semirings are more
slender than those that succeed them, and are slightly concave up-
wards. The remaining ones are straighter and deeper. Except be-
tween the fourth and fifth, and fifth and sixth semirings, the inter-
annular intervals are exceedingly narrow.
This syrinx does not show much similarity of form to that of
Coracias garrula, the only one of the family of Coraciide that I have
been able to examine as regards this point. At the same time it
does not much resemble that of any Cuckoo I am acquainted with.
Reviewing the facts already stated, it is clear that the affinities of
Leptosoma to the Cuculidee are very remote, whilst, on the contrary,
its relations to the Coraciidze are quite the reverse. The subjoined
tabular statement of the principal points in the structure of the three
just named groups will perhaps render this additionally clear :—
+ + + | Caxca.
diet tee WE re | $i Bl a (mo | ee
46/2 les) 8) 8 )/4)/3)e) as a 1S
8S| 8 |tos| 15 malt ces |S z iS 4s ©
STE | Gaerne | ert) SaqGban Se 4) an NS eee
| | <j
2) / oat Mm | 4 i)
Cuculide .... 10> —}—}+/]/+4+)+4 + | + | peculiar |triangular) 2
Leptosoma...| 12) + | — | — | + | — | + | + (ciconiine} oval 2
Coraciide .... 12} + | —| — | + | — | + | + (ciconiine| oval 2
In common with both Cuculide and Coraciide, Leptosoma pos-
sesses a nude oil-gland and long ceca, two carotids, and the femoro-
caudal, semitendinosus, and accessory semitendinosus muscles. Wher-
ever there is any difference, Leptosoma resembles the Coraciide ;
and the same story is told by the pterylosis and tensor-patagii
arrangement,
Nevertheless, both in the syrinx and in these last two points, as
well as in some others, especially osteological ones’, Leptosoma is
not quite typically Coraciine, and it may therefore be retained, as
1 Vide Grandidier’s work, Atlas, Ois. pls. 85, 86.
. ff
oa oh ke iN :
Hanhart ump
J Smit lith
VIDUA. SPLENDE NS
PYTEWMA, WIENERT
ae
10.
i)
1880.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON TWO PLOCEINE BIRDS. 475
was proposed by Mr, Sclater, as the type of a peculiar family, Leptoso-
mide. This should be placed in the series of Passeriform Anomalo-
gonatous birds as defined by Prof. Garrod’, next to the Coraciide,
with which its relations are most intimate. Indeed it is possible
that, when the anatomy of the allied genera, Brachypteracias, Geo-
biastes, and Atelornis* becomes fully known, the truth of Mr. Sharpe’s
proposition’, that Leptosoma should be relegated to the position merely
of a subfamily of the Coraciidze, may be established.
4, On two rare Ploceine Birds now or lately living in the
Society’s Menagerie. By W. A. Forsss, B.A., F.L.S.,
Prosector to the Society.
[Received June 2, 1880.]
(Plate XLVII.)
.1. VipuA SPLENDENS. (Plate XLVII. fig. 1.)
Vidua splendens, Reichen. Orn. Centralbl. 1879, p. 114.
On the 17th of July, 1878, Mr. Archibald Brown presented to
the Society, with some other birds, a specimen of a small Weaver-bird,
which, being then “out of colour,” was entered on the list of addi-
tions as Vidua principalis, the common and well-known “ Pin-tailed
Whydah bird.’ Last summer this bird had assumed an entirely
blue-black plumage, like that of Hypochera nitens, also a common
eage-bird. But I was struck by the appearance of the beak and feet,
these being of a bright coral-red colour, whereas in H. nitens they are
only pale flesh-coloured. The tail-feathers, too, were slightly tipped
with white, and the two central ones became gradually slightly more
lengthened than the others, and so projected beyond them. The
accompanying figure (Plate XLVII. fig. 1) shows the appearance of
this bird at that time, as sketched from life by Mr. Smit. Unfortu-
nately it died on the 29th of March in the present year, being then
in very poor plumage, as it was moulting; on dissection it proved to be
a male. Thinking I had here a new species of Hypochera to deal
with, I took the skin with me, on a late visit to Berlin, to show to
Drs. Hartlaub, Cabanis, and Reichenow. Thelatter gentleman speedily
recognized this bird as the young male of a species he had latel
described from E. Africa as Vidua splendens (Orn. Centralbl. 1879,
p- 114). Of this only a single specimen was collected at Kibaradja,
E. Africa, by Dr. Fischer, and is now in the Berlin Museum. A
sketch from this bird is reproduced in the distant figure of the ac-
companying Plate ; as will be seen from it, the male bird, when fully
adult, possesses enormously elongated rectrices, the two of each
1 P. Z.S. 1874, p. 119, and 7. c. 1878, p. 99.
? The osteology of these genera, with some other points, is figured in Gran-
didier’s work on pls. 97-99, 101, 102, 103a.
3 Ibis, 1871, p. 187.
476 MR. W. A. FORBES ON TWO PLOCEINE BIRDS. [June 15,
side fitting into each other, so that at first sight there only appear
to be ¢wo on each side. The excess of these four central tail-feathers
over the other rectrices is, in this specimen, nearly 6 inches: in the
young male that lived in our Gardens, there are only two lengthened
feathers, which project only to the extent of } inch. If our bird had
lived, the other two tail-feathers would, no doubt, have been duly
developed, the birds in other respects being nearly similar. In our
specimen «il the rectrices, including the two central ones, are slightly
tipped with white: the eyes were very dark red-brown. Vidua
splendens is perhaps most like Vidua hypocherina of Verreaux'; from
that species it can be at once distinguished by the absence of the
white, elongated rump-feathers. Vidua (Hypochera) nitens is also
entirely blue-black, but has zo lengthened rectrices, and, moreover,
has the feet and beak flesh-eolour ; in VY. principalis the beak is also
bright red, but the feet are fleshy, besides many other differences.
The discovery of this bird renders, in my opinion, the retention of
the genus Hypochera, founded by Bonaparte? in 1850, for Fringilla
nitens unnecessary—the males of V. splendens and V. principalis, as
well as probably V. hypocherina * when in winter plumage, as well as
the females and young males at all times, being indistinguishable by
any characters, structural or otherwise, from that section of the group
including V. nitens and V. nigerrima (Hypochera nigerrima, Sharpe,
P. Z.S. 1871, p. 133), in which the male has, in nuptial plumage, no
elongated rectrices.
Our specimen was said to be from the “east coast of Africa,” a
fact rendered probable by the arrival along with it of specimens of
Euplectes nigriventris‘, a truly eastern species.
2. PyreLiaA wWIENERI. (Plate XLVII. fig. 2.)
Pytelia wieneri, Finsch, Gef. Welt, Aug. 9, 1877.
Pytelia cinereigula, Cab. Orn. Centralb. Dec. 1, 1877, et J. f. O.
1878, p. 101.
In the ‘ Gefiederte Welt’ (6th Jahrg. no. 32, p. 317) for Aug.
9th, 1877, Dr. Finsch described as new, under the above title, a
species of Pytelia, of which Mr. A. F. Wiener, F.Z.S., had purchased
four living specimens in London, supposed to be from ‘ Australia.”
On June 18th, 1879, Mr. Wiener presented one of these specimens
to the Society, which is still (May 31) living in the Parrot-house in
good health. From it the accompanying drawing has been taken
(Plate XLVITI. fig. 2).
In the ‘ Ornithologisches Centralblatt’ for Dec. 1, 1877 (p. 182),
1 Vidua hypocherina, J, and E. Verreaux, Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1856, p. 260,
t. 16.
2 C. R. xxxi, p. 434.
8 Vidua superciliosa (Vieill. Gal. Ois. pl. 61) I only know by the plate and
descriptions : it is said to have only two elongated rectrices ; as there are said to
be ten of the ordinary length, this statement is therefore probably correct.
* Cassin, J. Ac. Phil. 1849, p. 242, pl. xxxi. fig. 1. Erroneously entered in the
ee (P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 1008) as #. oryx. Cf. List Vert. 1st supplem. 1879,
p- 65.
1880. } MR. W. A. FORBES ON DENHAM’S BUSTARD. 477
Dr. Cabanis described a Pytelia’ cinereigula, of which there had
been two specimens lately received at the Berlin Museum from East
Africa. One of these had been collected at Zanzibar by Dr. Fischer,
the second at Mombassa by Drs. Hildebrandt and von Kalkreuth.
During my late visit to Berlin I at once recognized in this species
Finsch’s Pytelia wieneri; and by the kindness of Drs. Cabanis and
Reichenow I was allowed to bring back with me to Londonathird skin
of the same bird, still more lately received, and collected in Angola, at
Malange. A comparison of this with our living bird has quite con-
firmed the opinion I had already arrived at, so that Cabanis’s name
must yield to Finsch’s’. The Australian habitat is, of course, a mis-
take, Pytelia being anentirely African form. Of thered-beaked section
of Pytelia, to which it belongs, P. wieneri can only be confused with
P. melba and its ally (or geographical form) P. citerior. The dif-
ferences between these and the bird under consideration have already
been pointed out by Drs. Finsch and Cabanis in their descriptions ;
suffice it to say that P. wieneri is at once, inter alia, distinguished
from these by its very different markings below, and also by the red
of the chin and throat being separated from the greenish-yellow of
‘the lower parts by the interposition of a grey band. In our living
bird the beak is bright red and the feet pink; the irides are dark
red.
5. Note on a Specimen of Denham’s Bustard (EHupodotis
denhami). By W. A. Forszs, B.A., F.L.S., Prosector
to the Society.
[Received June 2, 1880.]
The interest attached to the existence, or otherwise, of special
mechanisms connected with the habit of ‘‘showing off’’ in the males
of the Otididee, together with the fact of the subject of the present
note being of a species rarely seen in captivity, so that some time may
elapse before a further opportunity of examination offers itself, must
be my excuse for this short and imperfect notice.
On March 20, 1872, two specimens of Hupodotis denhami, from W.
Africa, I believe, the first and only ones of this species possessed by
the Society, were presented by Governor Ussher and C. D. O’Connor,
Esq. Of these one lived in good health in the Gardens for many
years, dying on May 12 last, after having been attacked by a com-
panion hen of Otis tarda that was in the same enclosure with it.
Having never observed any signs of “ showing off”’ in this bird, I had
always considered it to be a female. This surmise, however, proved
incorrect, for on dissection it turned out to be a male.
1 This description is reproduced in the J. f. O. 1878, p. 101. I may here re-
mark that, in my opinion, Pytelia, though perhaps a “ nonsense name,” is suffi-
ciently “like Latin” to be retained, and not replaced by “ Zonogastris,” or
altered into “ Pyzilia,” as proposed by Dr. Cabanis (/. c. p. 100).
* T also found a single specimen of this bird, with no precise locality, in the
Museum at Hamburg.
478 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS. [June 15,
On examining the mouth there was no trace of any sublingual or
gular pouch ; on the contrary, the frenum lingue was well developed
in its ordinary position. But the esophagus, for the greater part of
its course in the neck, though stopping short considerably of its
entrance into the thoracic cavity, was much dilated, so that by
blowing it up with a blowpipe a large distention of the neck took
place, confined, however, to the upper two thirds, or thereabouts, of
the neck—the cesophagus, which, as usual in the Otididee, develops
no crop, being in the rest of its course, till it entered the stomach,
of very much smaller calibre.
On inquiring of Mr. Bartlett and the keeper, J. Church, whether
they had ever witnessed any display on the part of this bird, they
both told me that during the last two summers (1878, 1879) it had
** shown off.’ But this display did not take place in the same way as
in F.australis, as depicted and described by Dr. Murie(P. Z.S. 1868,
pp. 474, 475, pl. xxxvi.); for there was none of that downward dis-
tention of the esophagus, and consequent trailing of it on the ground,
that is so marked a feature in the showing-off of that species; on
the contrary, the distention of the cesophagus during display in Z.
denhami is lateral, the neck being immensely puffed out on both
sides ina globular way, and so resembling when seen from in front, touse
Mr. Bartlett’s words, ‘a lady’s muff.” In EZ. australis, it must be
remembered, there isa similar dilatation of the cesophagus, extending,
however, in that species, over a larger extent of its course, so that
‘before dissection, by filling its cavity with air, the lower portion
of the dilated cesophagus protruded downwards considerably in front
of the symphysis furcule, and formed the depending portion of the sac
which was so conspicuous in the living animal’ (Garrod, P. Z.S,
1874, p. 473).
6. Descriptions of twelve new Species of Shells.
By Enear A. Smiru.
[Received June 16, 1880.]
(Plate XLVIII.)
Of the species here described, all, with the exception of the
Trophon and the Heliz, are in the British Museum ; the latter are
in the collection of Dr. J. Perey, F.R.S.
Conus CONSANGUINEUS. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1.)
Testa solida, subponderosa, alba, dilute fusco zonata, epidermide
crassa dense lamellosa induta. Spira breviter conica, ad apicem
pallide rosea. Anfractus circiter 10, declives, sutura irreyulari
discreti. Anfr.ultimus superne rotunde angulatus, deinde leviter
convezus, in medio levissime constrictus, transversim undulatim
rugose striatus, versus basin oblique sulcatus, interstitiis inter
a vs
1880. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS. 479
sulcos elevatis conspicuis. Inflatio basalis nulla. Labrum tenue,
superne et inferne arcuatum, in medio rectiusculum. Sinus sub-
suturalis latus, profundus. Apertura alba, supra et infra sub-
e@qualiter lata.
Long. 88 mill., diam. 49.
Hab. ? (From Mr. Lombe Taylor’s collection.)
The outlines of the spire are straight, converging to an acute
apex. The upper part of the whorls has been attacked by a boring
annelid to such an extent as to destroy almost entirely whatever
sculpture may have existed. As far as can be traced, there appear
to have been one or two small spiral grooves, fine striz in the same
direction, and flexuous lines of growth. The shallow grooves give
the whorls a somewhat concave aspect. The light-brown bands are
not well defined; the uppermost is very broad, and falls just above
the middle of the whorl; at this point there is a white zone, be-
neath which are two ill-defined and somewhat confluent bands. The
portion of the volution above the uppermost zone is in some places
also suffused with light brown. C. fulvocinctus, Crosse, is the
nearest ally of this species. In form it is not so attenuated at the
base, the spire is less elevated, and its epidermis is described as
rather thin, whilst that of C. consanguineus is very thick and firmly
attached; the latter, too, has a rosy apex and more of the light
fulvous transverse banding.
Conus Neptunoipes. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2.)
Testa conica, roseo-albida, lineis fuscis irregulariter reticulata,
paululum supra pauloque infra medium fascia lata, inter-
rupta indistincta ejusdem coloris cincta. Spira elevata, concava,
gradata, lineis contortis fuscis radiatim picta. Anfractus cir-
citer 10, superne declives, leviter excavati, striis tribus spiraliter
sculpti incrementique lineis arcuatis striati, inferne angulati.
Anfr. ultimus superne rotunde angulatus, infra angulum aliquanto
convexus, deinde rectiusculus, transversim tenuiter striatus, infra
medium sulcis angustis remotis 10-12 oblique sculptus, ad basin
supra columellam oblique inflatus. Apertura mediocriter lata,
inferne aliquanto latior, intus dilute rosacea. Labrum obliquum,
superne infra sinum haud profundum leviter arcuatum, in medio
rectiusculum. COolumella infra inflationem anfractus rectiuscula,
callosa.
Long. 45 mill., diam. 20.
Hab. Australia. (From Mr. Lombe Taylor’s collection.)
The pattern upon this shell consists of an irregular network of
brown lines, more or less disconnected. This reticulation becomes
rather coarser and blotched with brown both above and below the
middle of the last whorl, thus forming two broad, but ill-defined
bands. This species is allied to C. neptunus, Reeve, but rather
broader, and has fewer strize upon the spire. The oblique linear sulci
extend only about halfway up the body-whorl, whilst in C. neptunus
they are observable tothe top. The painting, too, is rather different.
480 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS. {June 15,
Conus TAYLoRIANUS. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 3.)
Testa parva, breviter conica, saturate fusca, albo maculata. Spira
breviuscula, gradata, ad apicem prominula, albo variegata. An-
Sractus 9, superne declives, anguiati, ad angulum coronati, striis
spiralibus paucis sculpti. Anfr. ultimus superne coronatus et
angulatus, infra angulum levissime conveaus ; spiraliter puncto-
striatus, ad angulum maculis magnis remotis niveis et paululum
infra medium maculis ejusdem coloris ornatus, et prope basin
niveo punctatus. Apertura angusta, fusco-violacea, albo macu-
lata. Labrum superne vie emarginatum.
Long. 20 mill., diam. 11.
Hab. Australia?
The contrast of the white blotches upon the dark-brown ground
is very conspicuous. ‘This feature, together with that of the trans-
verse deeply punctured striz, easily distinguish this interesting
shell. It formed part of the collection of Mr. Lombe Taylor, and
was purchased with the above locality attached to it.
Conus ALBospirA. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 4.)
Testa breviter conica, alba, zonis duabus vel tribus strigarum pallide
olivaceo-fuscarum picta. Spira concava, mediocriter elevata, ad
apicem dilute carnea. Anfractus 9-10, declives, plani, vir gra-
dati, liris tenuibus tribus spiralibus incrementique lineis sculpti.
Anfr. ultimus superne subacute angulatus, ad latera leviter con-
vexus, striis transversis supra medium tenuissimis sed inferne
profundioribus et subpunctatis insculpti. Apertura supra an-
gusta, versus basin latior, dilutissime liluceo-alba, Labrum ad
angulum viv emarginatum.
Long. 27°5 mill., diam. 14°5.
Hab. 2
This is an unattractive little shell, without any marked charac-
ters. The spire is pure white, with the exception of the first five
whorls forming the apex, which is of a pale fleshy tint. The whorls
are slopingly flattened, and are ornamented with three equal fine
liree, exclusive of the upper raised margin, which might by some be
considered a fourth. They are but very slightly raised one above
the other, and consequently the spire presents but a very feebly
gradated aspect. The painting consists of pale olive stripes, inter-
rupted in such a manner as to form three transverse series of elon-
gate spots, whereof the uppermost are the smallest and situated
just beneath the angle, the next just above the middle of the whorl,
and the third rather below it. ‘The strize or sulci on the lower half
are crossed by lines of growth, and thus present a somewhat punc-
tured appearance. Conus straturatus, Sowerby, somewhat resembles
this species; it is, however, a little longer, more strongly sulcated,
differently coloured, and has a spotted spire.
TreReEBRA MARIESI. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 5.)
Testa elongata, subulata, fusco-albida, rufo-fusco variegata, An-
Sractus 20, planati, superne seriebus tuberculorum duabus ornati,
1880.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS. 481
spiraliter striati, inferne tenuiter costati. Anfr. ultimus infra
medium contractus, in medio zona alba. Columella plica sub-
tuberculiformi superne instructa.
Long. 45 mill., lat. 7.
Hab. Japan (Mr. Maries).
The nodules of the upper row are larger and much more con-
spicuous than those of the lower; the latter are oblique and sepa-
rated from those above by an impressed line. The costz are not
much elevated, a little arcuate, and correspond in number (about 20
on a whorl) and position with the tubercles. The lower half of the
volutions, or that occupied by the ribs, is spirally striated, the strize
being continuous over the coste, and not equidistant. The inter-
stices between the nodules also show indications of spiral lines. The
reddish-brown variegation takes the form of longitudinal oblong
blotches, which are further apart upon the upper volutions than
upon the lower ones. The upper series of granules is comparatively
free from brown maculations. The coste upon the last whorl ex-
tend to the base, where they become obsolete. The columella is
covered with a callosity, and towards the upper part exhibits a pro-
minent plica.
I take this opportunity of changing the name of a species described
by me in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ ser. 4,
vol. xi. p. 267 (1873), as Myurella belcheri, as that name had already
been employed by Philippi for another species. In its stead I now
propose guayaquilensis, as the type specimen was collected by Sir
Edward Belcher at Guayaquil, in Ecuador.
TROPHON sTUARTI, (Plate XLVIII. fig. 6.)
Testa breviter fusiformis, alba. Anfractus 7, superne planati et
angulati lateribus planis, costis late lamelliformibus, aliguanto
obliquis, erectis, superne ad angulum valde sursum productis
dextrorsumque curvatis, costis transversis (in anfr. superioribus
2-3, inultimo 4) equidistantibus, et supra longitudinalibus con-
tinuis instructi. Apertura irregulariter ovata, inferne in canalem
producta. Canalis curvatus, retrorsus, aperturam fere equans,
Columella leviter arcuata, callo tenui extus libero induta. La-
brum expansum, costa ultima lamelliformi extus munitum.
Long. 53 mill., diam. 21. Aperture (cum canali) Jong. 31, lat.
intus 10.
Hab. Vancouver’s Island (Cutter).
This is a pure white shell, remarkable on account of the thin
lamellze which adorn it. At the upper part, at the angle of the
whorls, these are much prolonged upwards, hollow on one side,
ridged on the other, and curved to the right. Of the spiral lire,
that at the angle is rather stouter than the rest. Upon the
upper whorls they are proportionally more elevated than upon the
last, and, with the longitudinal lamellee, form a coarse reticulation.
Upon the body-whorl, towards the lower part, they cease to be erect,
are lapped one upon another, and form an imbricated caudal ridge
subparallel with the canal. The entire surface is both spirally and
482 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS. [June 15,
longitudinally minutely striated, a feature observable only under a
lens. The specimen described is in the collection of Dr. J. Percy,
F.R.S.
Latrrus NAGASAKIENSIs. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 7.)
Testa crassa, fusiformis, rotunde plicata et spiraliter lirata, costis
nigro-fuscis, interstitiis pallide rufis, liris pallidioribus vel albidis.
Anfractus circiter 12, convewiusculi, sutura profunda undulata
sejuncti, costis vel plicis 8 latis, rotundatis, paulo obliquis, supra
spiram subregulariter continuis instructi, liris transversis supra
costas prominulis (in anfr. superioribus 3, in ultimo cireiter 12)
et lineis elevatis filiformibus interjacentibus cincti. Anfr. ultimus
superne rotundatus, infra medium contractus, ad basin angusie
perforatus, costis inferne attenuatis subobsoletis. Apertura
Jusco-albida, cum canali longitudinis totius 3 ad@equans, intus
tenuiter lirata. Columella callo fusco-albido induta, superne
parum arcuata, ad basin obliqua, in medio plicis tenuibus tribus
levissime elevatis instructa, Canalis obliquus, via reflexus.
Loug. 60 mill., lat. 22.
Hab. Japan (Mr. Maries).
This species may readily be distinguished by its striking painting.
The swollen plice, which are about twice as broad as the interstices,
are of a rich chocolate-brown, whilst the interlying spaces are quite
pale. JZ. varicosus is somewhat similarly coloured, but is less
robust, the plicee being narrower and the spiral lire more numerous.
L. craticulatus is more cylindrical, has less pronounced coste,
coarser spiral ridges, and is differently coloured. One specimen has
a distinct transverse tubercle at the upper part of the columella, but
in the other it is less developed.
Cyprma pecipiens. (Plate XLVIII. figs. 8, 8a.)
Testa ovata, antice angustata, alta, in dorso gibbosa, inferne fere
plana, superne pallide olivaceo-fusca, maculis irregularibus valde
saturatioribus guttata et variegata, versus basin colore auran-
tiaco-rubro suffusa, infra eodem colore pictu. Apertura angusta,
intus alba. Anfractus ultimus intra aperturam omnino niveus.
Dentes labri circiter 20, mediocriter validi, columellares minus
distincti, anteriores quingue vel sex ceteris magis producti.
Sulcus columellaris antice latus, haud profundus.
Long. 52 miil., diam. 36, alt. 32.
Hab. North Australia (Mr. Jamrach).
At a first glance this shell, unfortunately in a worn state, might
very naturally be considered a dwarfed and peculiarly coloured variety
of C. thersites; and it is impossible to affirm with certainty that
such may not really be the case. Certain distinctions, however,
present themselves, which, if constant, would certainly entitle this
form to specificrank. Inthe first place, it is considerably smaller than
any examples of C. thersites I have seen; nor has Mr. G. B. Sowerby,
jun., who is thoroughly acquainted with the variation of the species
of this genus, ever had one of such small dimensions come under
1880. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS. 483
his notice; he informs me, too, that, as far as his knowledge of
this species extends, it exhibits but comparatively slight variation
in point of size. Secondly, the form is not quite the same, the back
being higher and more humped. But the chief differences are met
with at the base. This part is certainly flatter than in any individual of
C. thersites I have been able to compare, of a rich orange-red colour,
which also extends up about one third of the sides of the shell. Oa
the contrary, C. thersites is white upon both sides of the aperture,
blotched and stained with black-brown towards the circumference of
the base. The teeth on the outer lip are white, and almost always
faintly streaked with brown above, the streak becoming broader and
more intense in colour towards the margin; they are also rather
more numerous, and not bent over so deeply as in the present
species, consequently the labrum is not so thick. Another distinc-
tive feature consists in the body-whorl within the aperture being
pure white; in C. thersites, judging from the series of specimeus
I have examined, it is invariably partially uncoated with callus, aud
of a brown mottled appearance. The aperture of C. thersites at
the posterior end curves very much to the left; in the present
form the curvature is very slight. Finally, the geographical distri-
bution of OC. thersites, according to Mr. Angas (P. Z. S. 1865,
p- 170), ‘‘is very limited, the above-named locality (Salt Creek,
Yorke’s Peninsula, S. Australia) being the only place where it has
hitherto been met with.” On the coutrary, the shell here described
is North-Australian according to the statement of Mr. Jamrach, from
whom it was purchased for the Museum. Presuming this to be
correct, the probability of its specific distinctness becomes almost a
certainty.
Turso (Pomavurax?) TaytortaNus. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 9.)
Testa turbinato-conica, infra plana, imperforata, purpureo-rosea,
strigis obscurioribus perobliquis indistincte notata, ad basin
albida. Spira breviter conica, marginibus rectiusculis. Anfractus
circiter 8, declives, superne levissime concavi, inferne convexius-
culi, ad suturam carina rugosa subsquamosa ornati, liris nume-
rosis granulorum subequalium parvorum cincti. Anfr. ultimus
infra medium acute carinatus, supra carinam leviter excavatus,
infra eam planus. Basis albida, zona externa purpureo-rosea
cincta, seriebus concentricis granulorum ornata, in regione umbi-
licali callo albo levi flavo-marginato induta. Columella albo-
callosa, arcuata.
Alt. 40 mill., diam. max. 49.
Hab. ? (From Mr. Lombe Taylor’s collection.)
This species is remarkable on account of its flattened base and the
contrast of colour of the upper and lower surfaces. The granular
series are about eleven in number on the penultimate whorl, rather
more numerous upon the upper part of the last, upon the base of
which they number about sixteen, whereof four or five nearest the
circumference are of the same colour as the upper part of the shell,
the rest being nearly white. The entire upper surface between the
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1880, No. XXXII. 32
484 MR. E. A, SMITH ON NEW SHELLS. [June 15,
granules is finely, irregularly, and somewhat obliquely striated ; and
the base exhibits intermediate concentric striz between the rows of
granules. The carina, visible upon the body-whorl, winds up the
spire just above the sutural line, and upon the upper whorls espe-
cially is furnished with numerous, somewhat tubulous short spines,
which, lying upon the volution beneath, give to the sutural line a
festooned appearance. No locality, unfortunately, is attached to
this shell, but it is probable that it is a Chinese or Japanese form.
Liotra crassipasis. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 10.)
Testa solida, umbilicata, alba, Spira brevis, ad apicem depressa.
Anfractus 4, superne plani, vir declives, deinde angulati, carinis
duabus (quarum superior ad angulum sita) et plicis tenuibus
supra carinas acute subnodosis clathrati, lirisque tenuibus supra
angulum circiter quatuor, infra eum duabus cincti, incrementt
lineis elevatis ornati. Anfr. ultimus plicis versus labrum
longe majoribus superneque haud planatis, infra carinam infe-
riorem late constrictus, liris pluribus granulatis concinne or-
natus, ad basin circa umbilicum porca convexa, versus apertu-
ram latissima, spiraliter et longitudinaliter obsolete lirata in-
structus. Apertura circularis, margine basali crassissimo, intus
pallide fusco-margaritacea.
Long. 12 mill., diam. 14.
Operculum extus seriebus concentricis granulorum calcareorum
ornatum.
Hab. :
This is a remarkably sculptured shell and very peculiar in form.
The upper whorls and half the last one are flattened at the top, and
scarcely slope at all. The last half of the body-whorl, however,
upon which the plicze become very much larger than those above,
is a little convex. The lines of growth are elevated, excessively
close together, and cover the entire surface of the shell, being con-
tinuous upon the keels and lire and in the interstices between
them. The plice are somewhat acuminately produced upon the
upper carina, which, when viewed from above, presents a prettily
festooned appearance. The immense thickening at the base of the
body-whorl is very remarkable, and forms an excessively thick base
to the aperture. Between this thickening and the lower keel the
whorl is a little constricted or concave, especially so towards the
mouth ; and in this part the transverse lirze, about twelve in pumber,
are finely granulose. The plicze do not extend below the keels, nor
do they interrupt the spiral liree, the latter being continnous on and
between them,
PALUDINA SPEKEI. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 11.)
Testa pyramidali-ovata, late umbilicata, sub epidermide olivacea
albida, versus apicem lilaceo-fusca. Anfractus 6, superne sub-
humerosi, ad latera parum convexi, spiraliter minutissime striati
lineisque elevatis paucis subequidistantibus subgranosis cincti.
Bi
AH. Searle del s Mintern Bros. imp
NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES
1880. | MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS. AS5
Spira subgradata, pallide lilacea. Anfr. ultimus ad peripheriam
rotundatus, usque ad basin lineis subgranosis ornatus. Aper-
tura late ovata, superne aliquanto acuminata, intus ceruleo-
alba, versus labrum olivacea, longitudinis totius + haud equans.
Peristoma nigrescens, maryinibus callo saturate olivaceo junctis.
Long. 34 mill., diam. 23; aperturee long. 16, diam. 12.
Hab. “Low land near the east coast of Africa, from 6° to 7°
south latitude” (Capt. J. B. Speke).
This interesting species is well characterized by its deep and wide
umbilicus, and the peculiar elevated transverse subgranular lines
encircling the whorls. They are about ten in number on the penul-
timate volution and about thirty on the last. The epidermis is of a
greenish-olive tint, and is varied at intervals by darker concentric
stripes, which probably indicate stages of arrested growth.
Hexrx (Ampewira) percyana. (Plate XLVIII. figs. 12, 12a.)
Testa tenuiuscula, depresso-globosa, mediocriter umbilicata, undique
minute subseriatim granulata incrementique lineis perobliquis
sculpta, fusco-olivacea, opaco-lacteo sparsim fulgurata. Anfrac-
tus 4, celeriter accrescentes, convexi; ultimus magnus, aliquanto
inflatus, antice descendens. Spira prominula, ad apicem obtusa-
Apertura magna, transversa, parum obliqua, fere subhorizon-
talis, intus lilacea. Peristoma album, breviter expansum et re-
flexum, marginibus approximatis, columellari obliquo, rectiusculo,
vie arcuato.
Diam. max. 31 mill., min. 223, alt. 18.
Hab. Madagascar. (In Dr. J. Percy’s collection.)
The ornamentation of this pretty species is very peculiar. The
narrow zigzag lines are irregular in their disposition, and of the same
Opaque creamy colour as frequently adorns many of the species of
Orthostylus from the Philippine Islands. The granules which
cover the entire surface are disposed in somewhat irregular closely-
set transverse series, interrupted considerably by oblique lines of
growth. The texture of the shell is thin, and so transparent that
the fuigurations of the exterior are quite conspicuous through the
lilac interior of the aperture.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVIII.
g. 1. Conus consanguineus, p. 478. Fig. 8, 8a. Cyprea decipiens, p. 482.
2, —— septunoides, p. 479. 9. Turbo (Pomaulax?) taylori-
3. taylorianus, p. 480. anus, p. 483.
4. albospira, p. 480. 10. Liotia crassibasis, p. 484.
5. Terebra mariesi, p. 480. 11. Paludina spekei, p. 484.
6. Trophon stuarti, p. 481. 12, 12a, Helix (Ampelita) percyana,
7. Laterus nagasakiensis, p. 482. p- 485.
486 SIR W. ELLIOT ON THE INDIAN BUSTARD. [June 15,
7. Notes on the Indian Bustard (Eupodotis edwardst), with
especial reference to its Gular Pouch. By Sir Watrer
Exiot, K.C.S.L, F.R.S., F.Z.S8.
[Received June 7, 1880.]
When looking through some of the Society’s ‘Proceedings,’ my
attention was drawn to a paper by Dr. Murie, in the volume of 1868
(p. 471), on the occurrence of a gular pouch in certain species of Oti-
didee, and on the probable use of such an organ, which, with reference
to observations made by him on an individual of Of¢is australis, he
considers to be ‘‘a subject calling for more extended examination in
other members of the family.’ In this view, the following notice
of the habits of the Indian species (Hupodotis edwardsi) may not be
without interest.
This Bustard is found in considerable numbers on the open basaltic
plains of the Dekhan, where I had many opportunities of obsery-
ing it during a residence of several years in that part of India. So
common was it that the late Colonel Robert Mansfield, commanding
the Poonah Irregular Horse quartered at Seroor between Ahmadnagar
and Poona, had killed several hundreds when I saw him in 1829,
and he was trying to make up his bag to 1000 birds, a feat which he
accomplished some three or four years afterwards, and which, when
the shy and wary character of the Bustard is considered, was thought
to be a remarkable incident of sportsmanship.
I had often remarked the gular pouch with which the male is
furnished, and communicated some notes I had made on the subject
to the late Dr. Jerdon, who quoted them in his first Catalogue of the
Birds of India, published in the Madras Journal of Literature and
Science!.
On the occasion there referred to, I was riding across an undulating
plain near the village of Scindaghi, in the Sholapir district, on the
morning of the 1 2th Oct. 1829, when I was attracted by a distant sound
as of a person moaning. Thinking it proceeded from some one in
pain, I turned towards the spot from which it came, and after riding
upwards of a mile, during which the noise became louder and more
distinct, I saw a large cock Bustard strutting about on a rising ground
with gesticulations so extraordinary that I stopped to watch him.
He paced round and round, ruffling his plumage, with wings sweep-
ing the ground, tail erect, neck distended, the feathers standing out
like a ruff, whilst he uttered the cry that had drawn me to the spot,
every now and again rushing forward a few paces, then wheeling
round, and pirouetting back again. I dared not approach very near,
fearing the suspicious disposition of the bird, who would have
made off as soon as he saw me; but I watched him, whilst, to use
Mr. Bartlett’s phrase, he was thus ‘“ showing off,” evidently for the
purpose of attracting the hens, several of whom were seen flying
towards him.
1 Vol. xii. p. 8, 1839-40, and in the Collected Vol. p. 147.
1880.] SIR W. ELLIOT ON THE INDIAN BUSTARD. 487
Whilst so engaged I heard the same sounds coming from another
cock at a greater distance and many birds (generally so solitary and
living so far apart) were seen on the wing; and afterwards I often heard
the call at the same season, about the beginning of the cold weather
(October to December).
On one occasion, somewhat later, in a different part of the country,
south of the Kistna, in the month of February, I raised a hen sitting
on her nest, which was a very simple affair, consisting of a little dry
grass lying on the ground among some low bushes; in it were
two eggs which I carried away and brought home in 1834. They
met with rough usage during my second absence in India: one was
broken to pieces, and the other much damaged, but my daughter has
put it together and it is here on the table. These were of an olive-
green colour, spotted and blotched with brown. Probably the hen lays
more eggs, for I have seen three and even four well-grown young
birds feeding together in company with the old one. They shift
their ground according to the season, frequenting the high grassy
downs (or mals) during the rainy and cold weather, then coming
down towards the cultivation, and in the dry season drawing towards
the neighbourhood of streams and rivers. Their food consists
of insects, berries, grain, &e. In the cold season the crops of
those I examined contained Grylli, beetles of all kinds (Cetonide,
'Elateride, Buprestide, Carabide), frequently the spongy nidus
of the mantis, caterpillars, Julide, Scolopendridz, &c., and on one
oceasion I found an unbroken egg of a Quail (Coturniz tewtilis); with
these were seeds, berries of low-growing shrubs, stones and gravel.
On the cultivated land they devour quantities of the wild gourd (the
kunker of the natives), so abundant on the black cotton soil; and
when the crops ripen they have recourse to the various kinds of
millet, bolting the whole head often entire, and to the many sorts of
pulse cultivated asa second crop. Thus it appears few things come
amiss to them.
Their flight is slow, and heavy, with a regular motion of the wings.
When suddenly disturbed they utter a hoarse note, something like
kok kok, and fly far, but otherwise they are silent except at the breed-
ing-season. I have heard of instances in which they have been ridden
down by a well-mounted horseman where there was space enough’.
Falconers sometimes try to kill them with the Peregrine; but I always
found that the Bhyree was no match for the Bustard, which lighted as
soon as the Falcon stooped and attacked it so courageously that it
would not repeat the assault. So rarely has the pursuit been suc-
cessful that the Nawab of Banganapiliny in Cuddapah conferred a
village Inam (or free tenure) on a falconer who achieved the feat.
These Bustards vary greatly in size, the hens weighing from 10 to
20 lbs., the cocks from 25 to 35 lbs. Col. Mansfield has got them as
high as 401bs. I examined the gular pouch of a cock which weighed
32 lbs.; and, to gauge its capacity, secured it with a ligature at the
bottom and filled it with water from the gape by means of a common
1 Tn the ‘Bengal Sporting Magazine’ for 1857 there is an account of this
having been accomplished by a party of officers at Loodianah,
488 SIR W. ELLIOT ON THE INDIAN BUSTARD. [June 15,
pint bottle; it held the contents of seven with ease. I thought at one
time this organ might be intended to enable the bird to carry a supply
of water in the hot season when every thing is dried up; but consider-
ing the solitary habits of the bird, and that the male alone is furnished
with such an appendage, I incline to Dr. Murie’s opinion that it is
an organ of sound to attract the females in the breeding-season.
The following were the measurements of an average-sized male
bird weighing 25 lbs. :—
inches.
Length from point of beak to end of tail .......... 48
Heipht, stentless iec0c Coa Rees Oe ee ee 1 CREE
Eenethvaiilers ..)i. 25-7. 20 af oe ewets Hie ee
Pe PAT SUIS eu disks, daisien a oleh partes Aida eGR
Expansion af wings ..x0.teoi.6 6 ees le vs Orie Si le
As may be supposed, so remarkable a bird, so widely distributed, has
many native names. It is the “‘tokdar”’ of the Mahomedan falconers ;
“‘ tughdert”’ in Turkish; ‘“ yére-laddu”’ of the Canarese; “ batta
mékha” of the Yanadis or nomade bird-catchers; “ gunad” of the
Pardis or northern bird-catchers. In Rajputana, Gwalior, and
Bundelkund it goes by the name of “ hukna,” from its note on being
frightened, which the villagers compare to the sound “ huh, huk.”
In Sagar they are called ‘ bherar.”
A well-known contributor to the ‘ Bengal Sporting Magazine,’ under
the nom de plume of “ Gunga”’ (Dr. Brown), says that “ during the
breeding-season the cock calls like a lion —a kind of booming growl,
whence its native local name of gooraeen” (gurayin)'’. In other
parts, he adds, ‘‘it is called gugundher* and sohun.”
P.S.—Since the foregoing was read, I have read Prof. Newton’s
paper in the ‘ Ibis’ (vol. iv. p. 107, 1862), in which, with reference to
some disparaging remarks of a continental writer on the statements
of certain English naturalists, he gives an exhaustive summary of all
that has been recorded on the subject of this peculiar structure of the
Bustard. From this it appears that its true nature is still involved in
doubt. 2
The occurrence of a gular pouch in the male of Otis tarda was first
discovered, but not published, by Dr. James Douglas, F.R.C.P.,
before 1740. It is fully described by Edwards (Nat. Hist. B. ii.
tab. 73) ; and this view seems to have been accepted till 1848, when
Prof. Owen, in making a preparation of the head and neck of a male
bird for the Mus. Coll. of Surgeons, stated that there was “ no trace
of a gular pouch.”” In 1853 Mr. Yarrell contributed a paper to the
Linn. Trans. (vol. xxi. p. 159), in which he comes to the same con-
clusion. He was followed by Mr. Newton himself, whose exami-
nation failed to detect the existence of a separate distinct pouch
with an external opening from above, and left it in doubt whether any
1 Probably from the Hindustani “ gurgurdra,” to thunder, to roll, to roar like
a tiger.
? From “ gugan,” the sky, and “ bherna,” to hide=sky-hider.
1880. ] ON SMITH’S ZOOLOGY OF SOUTH AFRICA. 489
such organ exists at all, or whether the bird only has the power of
greatly distending the integuments lining the trachea at the season
of amativeness, and of so effecting the appearance exhibited when
‘ showing off.”’
8. On the Dates of Publication of the Parts of Sir Andrew
Smith’s ‘ Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa.’
By F. H. Warerrnousz, A.L.S., Librarian to the
Society.
[Received June 12, 1880.]
In the ‘Ibis’ for 1868, p. 499, the late Mr. G. R. Crotch pub-
lished the dates of the issue of the various livraisons of Temminck and
Laugier’s ‘ Nouveau Recueil de Planches coloriées d’Oiseaux,’ which
many zoologists have no doubt found of great use when working at
synonymy. As there are many other zoological works which have
appeared in parts occupying some years in completion, and of which
copies in the original wrappers are becoming very scarce, I have
thought it might be desirable to record the exact dates of the issue
of the parts of one of which my father has possession, namely Sir
Andrew Smith’s ‘ Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa.’
As the copy here alluded to did not contain plates xviii. and
XXXVIii. (Mammalia), I have examined three or four other copies ;
and as neither of these plates are to be found in any of these, I pre-°
sume they do not exist.
There are one or two other peculiarities perhaps worth calling at-
tention to—namely, that plate xxxi. (Reptilia) was published after
plate lxix., and plate xix. (Pisces) after plate xxvi.
brata
Mammalia Aves Reptilia Pisces
Part. Date Plates, Plates. Plates. Plates,
L | 1838. re cue ce alee ee 1:
TI. 1838. Di A De 65.7, 0) 03 Ate i thas
10.
III ea ain cians: are’ Eeks f 8. biter t dnccaat el | ao Deckden 1, 2, 3,
IV. 1838, 6, 7 LS. 14s ae ee Oe Pee ee
: 15, 16, 17.
V. 1839. BPS (DIS) sos 1G, LO ZOO DIS Oi. 2.
22, 23.
VI. 1839. LO el, ADE 13,) 24,25) 26. Gio ope hws s
14, 15.
VII. | Sept. 1839. 16, 17. 27, 28, 29, 30, he 3.
31, 32.
VIII. | Noy. 1839. 19. 33, 34, ea ao 8. 4,
37,3
IX. | Jan. 1840. 20, 21, 40, 41, ae eS 9: 5)
44, 45.
X. | Mar. 1840. 22, 23, 24, 25./46, a7, Ni AD lim, tibeieree 6.
—_--
a ee ee
490 ON SMITH’S ZOOLOGY OF SOUTH AFRICA. [June 15,
Table (continued).
: as : Inverte-_
Mammalia Aves Reptilia Pisces
ou: ei Plates. Plates. Plates. Plates, Ea
XI. | July 1840. 26. 51, 52, 58, 54,. —..... 7, 8.
55, 56, 57.
Ki "Oct: TS40! 127 285 29" BONDS) 9,60, Ol,| cencces ln oem
62, 63
XIII. | Jan. 1841. 31, 32 64, 65, 66. |10, 11, 12, 18. 9.
XIV. | Sept. 1541. 33, 34 OF G86. 8) coe 10, 11, 12, 13,
14,
XV. || Feb. 1842. 35, 36. TOTES 14 Dy GS ie Seems elias
XVI. | Aug. 1842. 37. 72, 73, 74. |18, 19, 20, 21. 17, 18.
XVII. | Jan. 1843. 39. 75, 76, 77, 78,| 22, 28. t 20.
79, 80.
XVI | July 18435 | ° “...... 81, 82, 83, 84,|24, 25, 26,27, ......
85, 86. 28, 29, 30.
XIX. | Nov. 1843. 40, 41 87, 88, 89, 90,| t 32, 33, 34.] ......
91.
XX. | Aug. 1844. 42,43. (92, 93, 94, 95.135, 36, 37,38.) —......
XXI. | Oct. 1844. 44, 96, 97, 98. |39, 40, 41, 42.) 21, 22, 23.
XXII. | Mar. 1845. 45, 99, 100,101,| 43, 44. 24, 25, 26.
102.
XXIII. | Oct. 1845. 46. 103, 104, 105.|45, 46, 47, 48,) 19+, 27.
49.
PRONG OD eGs NOLO ll ten cane. 106, 107. |50, 51, 52, 53,) 28, 29, 30.
04.
XXYV. | Oct. 1847. 47. 108, 109, 110, 55, 56, 57, 58.)> ......
111, 112.
XXVI. | Dec. 1847. | 48, 49, 50 113. 59, 60, 61, 62, 31.
63.
AXVII. | July 1848. 51, 52 114. 645,65; GG; 6i,|" os bea eae
68, 69.
XXVIII. TSAO AE eleva Ue Rae Sa rn a hae i Secs
72, 78, 74,
103.40, 7%
78.
Sir Andrew Smith’s expedition into the interior of S. Africa was
performed in the years 1834-36, and in the latter year there was a
Report ' published, for subscribers only, containing a short account
of his journey, with an Appendix containing descriptions of many of
the new species of Mammals and Birds discovered, namely :—(Mam-
MALIA) Galago moholi, Ichneumon ratlamuchi, I. cauui, Macrosceli-
des intufi, M. brachyrynchus, Sorex concolor, Mus marilequensis, M.
coucha, M. lehocla, Gerbillus paeba, G. brantsii, Sciurus cepapi, Rhi-
noceros keitlou. (Aves) Faleo semitorquata, Malaconotus similis,
M. australis, Prionops talacoma, Merula libonyana, M. obscura, M.
litsitsirupa, Crateropus jardinii, Bessonornis humeralis, Erythropygia
1 [Report of the Expedition for Exploring Central Africa from the Cape of
Good Hope, June 28, 1834, under the superintendence of Dr. A. Smith. 8yo.
Cape Town, 1836.] See also Journ. R. Geogr. Soc. vi. (1836), p. 394.
he
+
-
.*
»
* . r - A .
. Aes
. I
'
: *
> - »
P.Z.S 1880.P1.XLIX.
,
R.Mintern.del et hth.
ANOLIS BUCKLEYT.
1880.] MR. A. W. E. O'SHAUGHNESSY ON A NEW ANOLIs, 491
pectoralis, E. paena, Alauda chuana, Mirafra africana, M. africa-
notdes, M. sabota, Certhilauda semitorquata, Emberiza tahapisi, LE.
impetuani, Zonotrichia africana, Megalotis verticalis, M. australis,
Iinaria gularis, L. atrogularis, Estrelda lipiniana, E. squamifrons,
Pyrgita motitensis, P. diffusa, Crithagra selbyii, Euplectes taha,
Ploceus tahatali, Ploceus dubius, Plocepasser mahali, Loxia lathami,
Bubalornis niger, Megalopterus australis, Eurocephalus anguitimens,
Cinnyris mariquensis, C. talatala, Chrysoptilus bennettii, C. abingoni,
Polysticte quopopa, Coliphimus concolor, Perdix swainsonii, P. levait-
lantoides, P. sephaena, P. coqui, Ortygis lepurana, Pterocles varie-
gatus, P. gutturalis, Otis ruficrista, O. afraoides, Cancrophagus
gutturalis, Carbo africanoides.
9. Description of a new Species of Anolis, with Notice of
some other Species of that Genus from Ecuador. By A.
W. E. O’Suavucunessy, Assistant in the Natural History
Departments, British Museum.
[Received June 14, 1880.]
(Plate XLLX.)
In the collection of zoological objects made by Mr, Buckley in
Ecuador, which has proved singularly rich in new and remarkable
forms among the lizards, I find represented the following species of
Anolis.
From Canelos :—
ANOLIs CurysoLepis, D. & B. Erp. Gén. iv. p. 94; Guich. in
Casteln. Amér. du Sud, pl. 4. f. 1.
The Anolis seypheus, Cope, must be considered identical with this
species, if we may judge from some specimens in the British Museuin
to which Mr. Cope some years ago affixed that name.
ANOLIS NuMMIrER, O’S.,=vittigerus, Cope, part.
ANOLIS PENTAPRION, Cope, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1862, p. 178.
Anoutis nasicus, D. & B.l.c. p. 115; Guichen. J. ec. pl. 4.
fig. 2.
From Pallatanga :—
ANOLIS CHRYSOLEPIS, D. & B.
ANOLIS VIRIDIA£NEUS, Peters, MB. Ak. Berl. 1853, p- 147.
ANOLIS BoUvIERI, Bocourt, Miss. Scient. Mex. ili. p. 58, pl. 14.
figs. 8, Ba.
In addition to the above, the same collection contains two speci-
mens of a beautiful Anolis, which I have no hesitation in pronouncing
a new species, and which I now proceed to describe.
492 MR. A. W. E. O'SHAUGHNESSY ON A NEW ANOLIS. [June 15,
ANOLIS BUCKLEYI, sp. n. (Plate XLIX.)
Form elongate, slender; muzzle rounded, very convex anteriorly,
becoming very concave in front of the orbital region, covered with
numerous rounded or polygonal plates, minute between the nostrils,
but rather large elsewhere. Three large plates on the facial ridge
between the orbit and the nostril. Bony orbital and occipital ridges
strongly marked. Plates of the orbital ridge very large, the two
series contiguous and not separated by any interorbital row of scales ;
supraorbital scales large, polygonal. Occipital plates indistinct and
sunken, the diamond-shaped space formed by the orbital and occi-
pital ridges being occupied by plates of irregular shape and size.
All the head-shields smooth. Three series of elongate loreal scales.
Infraorbitals immediately upon the supralabials, which are a series
of elongate narrow scales, eight in number, becoming excessively
narrow posteriorly, where the deepest of the infraorbitals almost
reaches the corner of the mouth.
Mental a very broad and scarcely cleft plate, resembling that of
Anolis nasicus, but reaching further on either lateral infralabial part
of the lower jaw than in that and most other species of Azolis, which
offer degrees of variation in this particular. In the present species
the extent of this plate is very remarkable, the point where it touches
the double series of infralabials on each side of the jaw being ina
vertical with the hinder edge of the first upper labial. Scales of the
chin minute, rounded, becoming granular posteriorly. Gular pouch
very large.
The entire upper and lateral surfaces of the body are finely
granular, the granulation being more minute than in Anolis nasicus.
Ventral surface with moderate-sized square or rounded scales, not
keeled.
Tail very long and tapering, nearly twice the length of the head
and body; granular above, and with larger broad scales beneath.
Hind limb stretched forward reaching to the tront edge of the ear; fore
limbs laid backwards reaching three fourths the length of the side.
Digital dilatations well developed, pyriform, with broad transverse
plates beneath.
Coloration (in spirits). Ground-colour brownish or greenish, with
black spots or punctulations on the back and sides, and a black net-
work on the upper surface of the head round the edges of the scales.
The black spots are very conspicuous on the sides and along the
origin of the gular pouch. The pouch is very large, of a bright
saffron-yellow, with black longitudinal streaks and spots at the base.
A black streak along the loreal space to the eye. Fine oblique
white or bluish stripes down the sides of the body, with rows of
black dots between. Ventral surface pale bluish, dotted with black.
miillims.
Length from tip of snout to extremity of tail .......... 250
Length of head to anterior border of ear-opening ...... 21
Madbi Ol MeN DORLETION ly: . FUR 72. ater me wed Ae Tah x 1]
Length of the body from the ear-opening to the anus.... 67
1880. ] MR, W. POWELL ON THE MORROOP. 493
millims,
Deaeth of the tall ob was shall ptene's )2\9, one d apiem bares « 163
Benet of fhe fempe sd;,«)xpocesais ya ayy ar et» sie pido mes 19
Mere Or the, DBs t, ostens Sigs worst oyoinieiaivie sd ee ckruet ss 20
Hab. Ecuador. The two adult specimens on which the above
description is founded were obtained from Mr. Buckley, and are in
the British- Museum collection.
This species presents a striking similarity in appearance to Anolis
(Rhinosaurus) nasicus, the forms and proportions being the same.
The points of distinction between them are, however, numerous ; the
rostral and mental shields are quite different, the latter plate being
much shorter on each side in A. nasicus, in which also the head-
shields show a different arrangement, and the supraorbital semicircles
of plates are not in contact on the space between the eye.
10. Field-notes on the Morroop (Casaurius bennetti) of New
Britain. By Witrrep Powett.
[Received June 15, 1880.]
The interior of the northern peninsula of New Britain is com-
posed of high tableland and grassy plains of considerable area. It
is on these plains that the Cassowary of this island (Casuarius ben-
netti) is mostly to be found. These birds are generally seen moving
slowly along in the high grass, with their heads just showing above
it. The plains appear to be their feeding-ground, as they are rarely
seen in the bush during the daytime. They are gregarious in their
habits, travelling in flocks of three or four; I have sometimes
seen aS many as seven in a flock together. When in motion
they always go in Indian file, with the cock bird leading. They
do not seem to advance over the ground very quickly unless
alarmed, when they travel with marvellous rapidity, having a
bounding motion, which is not, in my estimation, very graceful.
When they select a place for their nests, they do so usually in
an open glade that is well timbered, but without underscrub. Here
they scrape the earth together into a slight heap with a depression in
the centre. The nest is circular in form, about five feet in diameter,
the outside being raised about six inches from the ground-level. Here
they lay their eggs, which are left to hatch by the heat of the sun.
The natives who search for these nests, in order to obtain the eggs for
food (which they considera great delicacy, though I cannot say I like
them myself, their flavour being too strong), assure me that they
seldom find more than three at a time in one nest, and that when
the bird has laid one egg, it leaves the nest for some days before
returning to lay another; whether they lay eggs elsewhere, in the
meanwhile, I cannot say. The egg is about five inches long by
three inches wide at the broadest part, and is thickly mottled with
delicate light green spots.
The Cassowary’s food consists of lizards, frogs, fruit, nuts, and
494 MR. W. POWELL ON THE MORROOP. [June 15,
they are also very fond of fish. Whilst in conversation with a native
one day, he told me that the Pook-Pook (or Crucodile) was very fond
of Cassowary’s flesh and often eats them. It puzzled me very much
to understand how it was that the alligator, who is so unwieldy in
his movements on shore, could possibly catch a bird of such swiftness.
It chanced that afterwards I witnessed an interesting occurrence
that may very possibly account for it. I was one day some little
distance up a river in New Britain, sitting in my little dingey fishing
(the boat and myself being partially hidden by bushes); I saw a
Morroop (Cassowary) come down to the water’s edge and stand for some
minutes apparently watching the water carefully ; it then stepped
into the river where the water was about three feet deep, and par-
tially squatting down, spread its wings out, submerging them, the
feathers being spread and ruffled. The bird remained perfectly
motionless; I also noticed that the eyes were closed as if asleep.
It remained in this position for fully a quarter of an hour, when
suddenly closing its wings and straightening its feathers, it stepped
out onto the bank, where, shaking itself several times, a number of
small fishes fell from under the wings and from amidst the feathers,
which were immediately picked up and swallowed. The fishes had
evidently mistaken the feathers for a description of weed that grows
in the water along the banks of the rivers in this island, and very
much resembles the feathers of the Cassowary, and in which the
smaller fish hide to avoid the larger ones that prey on them. I
think it would have been very easy for an alligator to seize the bird
whilst thus in the water. These birds generally go into the thickest
scrubs to sleep; and although I have never myself seen them, I hear
from the natives that the hen birds sleep with their heads under their
wings, lying down, and that the male bird lies with his head stretched
out along the ground, probably to guard against surprise.
The method the natives adopt to catch them is to light fires in a
large circle of about a mile in circumference in the long grass on
the plains, leaving one opening in the circle, at which is stationed
several men armed with spears. The fire is made to burn towards
the centre of the circle by men and women on the outside, who beat
out with bushes all fire likely to spread in any other direction ;
this drives the Cassowary that are within the circle to the opening,
where they are speared by the men stationed there for that purpose.
Another method is to place a rope (made of the bark of a tree), with
a running-noose at one end and a loop at the other, round the nest,
covering it with sand so as to hide it. The native takes the other
end (which has been wound round his body) behind a tree, and
waits for the bird to come. When she is seated on the nest, in the
act of laying an egg, he pulls the rope and the noose catches the legs
of the Cassowary ; he then runs with the other end to a tree, and
takes a round turn, which holds the bird in its struggle to escape
until it 1s quite tired out and helpless: he then dispatches it with
his spear. One man, when I was in the Goonuw district (New
Britain), met with his death in the following peculiar manner whilst
waiting for a Cassowary to come to its nest. Having his rope
1880. ] MR. W. POWELL ON THE MORROOP. 495
already laid, he fell asleep; in the meanwhile the bird came to its
nest and laid its ege, but, when going away, got one of its legs
entangled in the noose. Thus the man who had the rope wound
round his body was dragged along the ground, and, I suppose, struck
against a tree, which stunned or killed him. Both the body of the
man and the bird were found dead some days afterwards, still fastened
together by the rope, at some considerable distance from the nest.
The bones of the Cassowary are used in many ways by the natives,
the leg-bones being prized to put on the butt end of spears to balance
them ; others of the bones are used for spatulas, knives, &. The
feathers are made into head-dresses and brushes for driving flies
away. The sharp-pointed claws from the toe are in one part of
New Britain used for points of spears, and are fastened on with wax,
which when the spear is imbedded in the body melts, so that when
the wooden part of the spear is drawn out the horn point remains
in the flesh.
These birds become quite domesticated and tame if kept about
a house, and will follow like a dog aud feed out of the hand.
They have a peculiar cry, beginning high and coming down the scale
about five notes. The natives have adopted this cry as their war-
cry. The young ones make a whistling noise, also when feeding
make a chirping something like a chicken, only considerably louder,
The young on leaving the egg is left to shift for itself, and does
not join a flock until it attains maturity, which, the natives tell me,
takes about five years. The young bird is far from pretty, being
covered with a light brown down, which grows darker as the bird
ages, until it reaches the rich black of the full-grown bird. The
wings are very small in comparison to its size, having no pinion-
feathers, but in their place four black spine-quills, which the natives
prize to wear through the cartilage of the nose. The horny comb
on the head of the male bird is used by him for pushing ‘its way
through the thick scrub, which is very dense in some places, being
often composed of the prickly palm and a creeping cane which is
covered with sharp thorns, and which would, were it not for the
comb, tear the head of the bird.
It is a curious fact that there is no Cassowary in New Treland,
it only being distant from New Britain thirty miles, with Duke-
of-York Island lying between them, which also has no Casso-
wary on it. I saw some fossil footprints on a large flat rock
near the shore in New Ireland which appeared to me to be those of
Cassowary’s feet, being those of a large bird with only the three
front toes, which, if they should be Cassowary’s footprints, tend to
show that they must have been there at one time.
The flesh of the Morroop is often eaten by the natives, and the oil
that is extracted from the fat is considered very valuable as a remed
for rheumatism. Altogether the Cassowary is an extremely useful
bird to the natives in every way, and would form a most interesting
study to the naturalist.
496 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
11. List of the certainly known Species of Anatide, with
Notes on such as have been Introduced into the
Zoological Gardens of Europe, and Remarks on their
Distribution. By P. L. Scuatur, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary to the Society.
[Received June 14, 1880.]
ContTENTS.
. Introductory Remarks, p. 496.
. Anseranatine, p. 497.
| H, Erismaturine, p. 529.
. Cereopsine, p. 497.
J, Merganettine, p. 530.
J. Mergine, p. 531.
. Anserinz, p. 498, K, Conclusions as to Introduction,
. Cygnine, p. 505.
Anatine, p. 508. L.
. Fuliguline, p. 524,
p. 532.
Remarks on the Geographical Dis-
tribution of the Anatide, p. 532,
Qeesahh
A. InrRopuCTORY REMARKS.
There is certainly no group in the class of birds that offers such ex-
cellent subjects for “‘ acclimatization,” as it is often called (that is, for
introduction into foreign countries and reproduction in captivity),
as the Anatide., There can be no doubt that nearly all of the
Geese, Swans, and River-Ducks may be easily tamed and bred in a
semidomestic state if proper means are employed ; and even of the
Sea-Ducks and Mergansers, naturally much more wild and less
suited for life in small ponds, some do exceedingly well in cap-
tivity.
The Zoological Society of London have always paid great attention
to “ Water-fowl,” as they are commonly called, and have been the
first to import and breed in Europe many of the rarer exotic species.
I believe also that our collection of these birds is by far the most
extensive in existence. During the past twenty years, examples of
about 86 species of Anatidee have been exhibited in the Gardens,
and at the present time we have in them about 270 individuals,
belonging to 53 species. Being always anxious to increase our stock
of these beautiful birds, I have thought that it might be well to
draw up a list of the certainly known species of Anatidee, and to
add notes upon such as have been already introduced, and the date
of their introduction when known. By specifying the principal
species desiderate, I hope also in this manner to induce some of our
many excellent correspondents and friends in various parts of the
world to supply our wants.
In former years, I should remark, before proceeding to my list,
the Thirteenth Earl of Derby, President of this Society, was the
great introducer of foreign Water-fowl in Europe. In his celebrated
Menagerie at Knowsley special attention was devoted to this group
of birds, and at the dispersal of that famous collection by auction,
rae
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATID&. 497
in October 1851, examples of no less than 51 species’ were disposed
of, some of the most select of which were acquired by this Society.
The dispersal of this splendid series under the hammer of the
auctioneer was an event which must always be regretted by orni-
thologists. Still more unfortunate is it that not one of the numerous
owners of well-watered parks and grounds in this kingdom have
taken up the subject and devoted themselves to the task of forming
a living collection of these beautiful birds.
The following arrangement of the subfamilies of the Anatide (based
upon their most obvious external character) is slightly modified from
that employed in the ‘ List of Vertebrates’ :—
A. Digito postico simplice.
@., Pedibus Bomtpalmatiss 5.2. ...0co~sceesoosevecedeecetvece 1. Anseranatine.
6, Pedibus palmatis,
a', Collo modico.
Oy Corn LORY aM plat indy soup o4<t sanatesancees<sas 2. Cereopsine.
GU CORR POSIINUM Ae .fesdes-a0ansuasscseeeannestscess 3. Anserine,
Galo lorelonpatosnsseerct ches seersyee at « sted eho 4. Cygnine.
B. Digito postico anguste lobato............ccceecseeesuee eaes tes 5. Anatine.
C. Digito postico late lobato.
ce’. Rostro depresso.
Caudarrinidtusculays 24.1) ssciwevvapes<fosceeucs «ces 6. Fuliguline.
GU ae STOTT OBB ioe wad om «x uihae dare deals 0 93 Caemsron cece vee 7. Erismaturine.
d', Rostro compresso.
Cauda elongata, rigida.........ss0sccescceseerescees 8. Merganettine.
Mand aM OGiea ts vic. sh7sdecccspsaccsgepscdaatent cory 9. Mergine,
B, Subfam. I. ANSERANATIN &.
Genus ANSERANAS. ©
1, ANSERANAS MELANOLEUCA (Lath.). Black-and-White
Goose.
Anseranas melanoleuca, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 2.
Hab. Australia.
The Black-and-White, or Semipalmated Goose, of Australia was
first received by the Society in 1855*, It has never bred with us,
nor am I aware that it has done so in any of the continental
_gardens, although several of them possess specimens.
C. Subfam. II. CEREOPSIN A.
Genus Crreopsis,
1. CEREOPSIS NOVZ-HOLLANDIZ, Lath. Cereopsis Goose.
Cereopsis nove-hollandig, Gould, B, Austr, vii. t. 1.
Hab. Australia.
In 1830 seven Cereopsis Geese were among the animals presented
to the Society by King William (see Rep. Council, 1831, p. 14).
The species bred frequently in the Gardens, in the early years of
the Society (Rep. of Council, 1832, p. 13, and List of Animals,
1 See Catalogue of the Menagerie and-Aviary at Knowsley, formed by the late
Earl of Derby, K.G., President of the Zoological Society of London. Liverpool,
1851.
? See Rep. of Council, 1856, p. 13.
498 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
1844, p. 7), but has not done so since 1860. Fresh introductions
are much needed to keep this bird firmly established in Europe.
Dates of Hatching of Cereopsis Geese.
1835. April 15th. | 1847. May 15th.
VSS 722 ee LO cE 1850. April 9th.
»» May 22nd. », May 3rd.
TS3S8s ess 5th. 1851. April 24th.
Let ee 2th. | 1852. March 30th.
1842. ,, 4th. 1853. May 9th.
18435 2,54 oltre 1855; ‘,)/< 5th:
1844. April 9th. 1856. March 29th.
}, May 19th. 1857. April 29th.
L646. olst: LS6OF “s5er2 iste
D. Subfam. III. ANSERIN #&.
Genus PLECTROPTERUS.
1. Puectrorrervs GAMBENSIS (Linn.). Spur-winged Goose.
Spur-winged Goose, Lath. Syn. iii. pt. 2, p. 452, t. 102; Bennett,
Gard. & Men. Zool. Soe. ii. p. 207 (1835).
Plectropterus gambensis, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 131, t. cliii.
Hab. Western and Southern Africa.
The Spur-winged Goose was one of the earliest inhabitants of the
Society’s Gardens, examples having been received in 1830. It has
never actually hatched young ones in the Gardens, though eggs were
laidin 1868'; nor am I aware that it has bred on the continent.
2, PLECTROPTERUS RUEPPELLI, Scl. Riippell’s Spur-winged
Goose.
Plectropterus rueppelli, Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 131, t. cliii., 1860,
p. 42, 1876, p. 696, 1877, p. 48.
Hab. Abyssinia.
This species was originally described from examples living in the
Gardens. It has not bred with us.
3. PLECTROPTERUS NIGER, Scl. Black Spur-winged Goose,
Plectropterus niger, Scl. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 47, t. vii., et 1879, p. 5.
Hab. Zanzibar coast of Africa.
Also originally described from examples in the Gardens.
Genus CHENALOPEX.
4, CHENALOPEX ZGypPTIACA (Linn.). Egyptian Goose.
Chenalopex egyptiaca, Gould, B. Eur. v. t. 353.
Hab. Africa.
An old introduction to these Gardens, occurring in the earliest
catalogues (Rep. of Council, 1831, p. 22), and a constant breeder.
Also common in other Gardens, and apparently firmly established.
1 See P. Z. S. 1877, p. 48.
1880.] SPECIES OF ANATIDZ. 499
Dates of Hatching of Egyptian Geese.
1837. May 31st. 1846. April 3rd.
>» June 2nd. 1 er Aa oe
» July 9th. 1848. March 4th.
1838. April 23rd. 1850. June 5th.
1839. May 24th. 1868. May 24th.
ae Aa SAU 1869. June 6th.
>, June 30th. 187U. May 2\st.
1840. March 13th. Sled ea rae
»» May 2nd. 1872. June 21st.
1842. April 13th. TSize. ee Ue
1843. July 18th. 1874. July 16th.
1844. June 13th. 1879. June 4th.
1845. May 5th.
5. CHENALOPEX JuBATA (Spix)'. Orinoco Goose.
Anser jubatus, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. t. 108.
Chenalopex jubata, Gray et Mitch. Gen. B. iii. t. elxiv.
Hab. Lower Amazonia.
Introduced, I believe, by Lord Derby at Knowsley, where it bred
freely for many years (see ‘Gleanings,’ vol. ii. sub tab. xv.). It
has not bred with us, at any rate of late years, although we have had
specimens ever since 1830.
Genus ANSER.
6. ANSER CINEREUS, Meyer. Grey-Lag Goose.
Anser ferus, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. v. t. i.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
The Grey-Lag Goose occurs in the earliest lists (Rep. Council,
1831, p. 22), and is recorded as having bred in the Gardens in
1842 (April 21st). In 1843, as mentioned in Yarrell’s ‘ Birds’ (iii.
p. 34), the Grey-Lag crossed with the Domestic Goose in the Gardens.
Some of the produce were exhibited by Mr. Bartlett at the “ Prize-
Poultry Show ” held in the Gardens by the Society in June 1845,
and obtained a prize. ‘‘ Cross-bred Geese,” probably of the same
stock, were also hatched in several subsequent years, as will be seen
by the subjoined table.
Dates of Hatching of Wild Geese.
1842. April 21st. 1845. May 5th. Half-bred.
1843. ,, 26th. Half-bred. 1846. April 24th. Cross-bred.
»» May 28th. = 1847. May 7th. Ad giikee
S443 cox7thie i 18a. Aipril 2th Se 3;
” » 9th. Ey
* Gray (Hand-l. iii. p. 74) gives this species as the type of Brandt’s generic
term Chenonetta. But Brandt instituted that generic name in 1886 (Ic. An.
Ross. i. p. 5), for Anas jubata, Lath., i. e. Bernicla jubata of Australia.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1880, No. XXXIII. ve
500 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
7. ANSER BRACHYRHYNCHUS, Baill. Pink-footed Goose.
Anser brachyrhynchus, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. v. t. iii.
Hab, Palearctic Region.
Occasionally exhibited in the Gardens (18401 and 1861), but has
never, so far as I am aware, bred in confinement, although eggs
were laid in St. James’s Park (see Yarrell, B. B. iii. p. 50).
8. ANSER SEGETUM, Linn. Bean-Goose.
- Anser segetum, Gould, B. Gt. Br. v. t. ii.
Hab. Northern Europe and Asia.
In the earliest lists of animals; but I am not aware that it has
ever bred in our Gardens, although Mr. Bartlett tells me it did so
in St. James’s Park in former years.
9. ANSER MIDDENDORFI, Severtz. Middendorf’s Goose.
Anser grandis, Midd. Sib. Reise, ii. pt. ii. p. 125, t. xx. fig. 1.
Anser middendorfi, Severtz. Turk. Jevotn. p. 149; Ibis, 1876,
p. 416.
Hab. N.E. Asia.
This “‘large form of the Bean-Goose”’ we have not yet seen in
Western Europe.
10. ANsER ALBIFRONS (Scop.). White-fronted Goose.
Anser albifrons, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. v. t. iv.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
The White-fronted Goose has been in the Collection since 1830,
and bred in the Gardens in 1843 (June 11). In 1844 a hybrid
between this species and Bernicla leucopsis was in the Gardens, pre-
sented by Lord Derby (List of An. 1844, p. 26).
11. ANSER GAMBELI, Hartl. Gambel’s Goose.
Anser gambelii, Baird, B. N. A. p. 761.
Hab. North America.
I am not aware that this form of the White-fronted Goose (if
distinct from 4. albifrons) has been introduced into Europe.
12. ANSER ERYTHROPUs, Linn. Little Goose.
Anser erythropus, Dresser, B. Eur. pts. 75, 76.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
First obtained by the Society, I believe, from Holland in 1852
(Rep. of Council, 1853, 4. minutus), but has never bred with us.
13. ANSER INDICUS, Gm. Bar-headed Goose.
Anser indicus, Gould, Cent. B. t. 80.
Anser skor niakoot, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. t. x.; Ibis, 1876,
p- 419.
Hab. Central Asia and Northern India.
Has been in the Collection since 1845, but has never bred with
1 See Rep. of Council, 1841, p. 14.
1880.] SPECIES OF ANATID&. 501
us, though it has done so in the gardens of Antwerp and Berlin,
and, I believe, of Liége.
14. ANsrER CyGnorpEs, Linn. Chinese Goose.
Anser grandis, Gm. et Pall. (?).
fab. China.
The domestic Swan- Goose, introduced from China, has been in the
Gardens since 1831, and breeds readily inter se. It also hybridizes
readily with the Domestic Goose and with Berniela canadensis.
15. ANsrR HYPERBOREUS, Pallas. Snow-Goose.
Anser hyperboreus, Gould, B. Eur. t. 346,
Hab. Northern Europe, Asia, and America.
T have never yet seen the Snow Goose alive, but there were formerly
examples of it in the Knowsley Menagerie. It would be a fine addi-
tion to our Collection, and, I Suppose, might easily be obtained in
British Columbia. Nor have the allied forms of this Species (4.
albatus and J. cerulescens), so far as I know, been imported, at any
rate of late years,
16. ANSER ALBATUS (Cass.). Cassin’s Snow-Goose.
Chen albatus, Elliot, B. N. A. ie Red th
Hab. Arctic America.
17, ANSER CEZRULESCENS (Linn.). Blue Snow-Goose.
Chen cerulescens, Elliot, B. N. A. ii. t. xliii.
Hab. Arctic America.
18. ANSER rossi, Baird. Ross’s Goose.
Exanthemops rossit, Hiliot, B. N. Am. t. xliy.
Hab. Arctic America.
This Goose is also still unknown in captivity.
19. ANSER CANAGICUS (Sewartz.). Emperor Goose.
Chloéphaga canagica, Elliot, B. N. A. t. xlv.
Hab. N.E. Asia and N.W. America.
This fine Goose has not yet been introduced into Europe. It
would be a great acquisition.
Genus Bernic3a.
a. Species Arctice.
20. Bernicta tevcopsis (Bechst.). Bernicle Govse.
Bernicla leucopsis, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. t. v.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
This Bernicle oceurs in the earliest lists (Rep. Council, 1833) ; and
young ones were hatched in the Gardens in 1848 (May 23). It
breeds freely in captivity.
33*
502 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [June 15
21. Bernicua cANADENSIS (Linn.). Canada Goose.
Bernicla canadensis, Wils. Am. Orn. vol. viii. pl. Ixvii. fig, 4.
Hab. Nearctic Region.
The Canada Goose occurs in the earliest lists (Rep. Council, 1831).
I do not find notices of its having bred in our Gardens ; but it is com-
mon in many ornamental waters and parks, and breeds very freely in
semicaptivity.
22. BERNICLA HUTCHINSI, Rich. Hutchins’s Goose.
Bernicla hutchinsi, Aud. B. Am. vi. pl. 377.
Hab. Arctic America.
We have once received (in 1860) an example of this smaller form
of the Canada Goose.
23. BeRNICLA BRENTA (Pallas). Brent Goose.
Bernicla brenta, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. t. vii.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
The Brent Goose occurs in the earliest list (Rep. Council, 1831),
and is always represented in our series. I am not aware that it has
bred in captivity.
24. BeRNICLA NIGRICANS, Lawr. Black Brent Goose.
Bernicla nigricans, Cass. Ill. B. Cal. t. x.
Hab. North America.
I have never seen this Goose in captivity. It would be a fine
acquisition to our ponds.
25. BERNICLA RUFICOLLIS (Pall.). Red-breasted Goose.
Bernicla ruficollis, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. t. vi.
Hab, Palearctic Region.
A female of this fine species, received in exchange in 1853, lived
many years in the Gardens, and paired with a male Brent, but did
not actually breed.
b. Species Ethiopice.
26. BerNnicLa cyANoprerRA, Riipp. Blue-winged Goose.
Bernicla cyanoptera, Riipp. Syst. Ueb. t. 47.
Hab. Southern Abyssinia.
This fine Goose has not yet been introduced, but M. Cornély tells
me he is hoping to receive specimens from Upper Nubia before long.
c. Species Neotropice.
27. BeRNICLA MAGELLANICA (Gm.). Upland Goose.
Oye des terres Magellaniques, Daub. Pl. Eal. 1006 (@).
Chloéphaga magellanica, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 128, et Zool. Sketch.
ji. t. 48.
Hab. Falkland Islands.
The first pair of ‘‘ Upland Geese” were acquired from Governor
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATIDZ. 503
Moore, of the Falkland Islands, in 1857 ; and a second pair was re-
ceived in 1861. The first young birds were hatched in 1863; and
the species has since bred with us with tolerable regularity, as will
be seen by the following list.
Dates of Hatching of Upland Geese.
1863. May 4th. 1872. April 22nd.
1865. April 30th. 1874. ,, * 26th.
1868. May 25th. » May Sth.
S69...435°0- 2 stz 3 yee 17th.
ESF Oe, Sth. 1875. April 29th.
1871. April 23rd. 1878. June 15th.
28. Bernicua pisPAR (Pbil. et Landb.). Chilian Goose.
B. magellanica, Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. t. 24.
B. dispar, Phil. et Landb, Wiegm. Arch. 1863, i. p. 190; Scl. et
Salv. P. Z.S. 1866, p. 364.
Hab. Chili.
We first received examples of this form of the Magellanic Goose
in 1871. The female having died, the male was lent to a corre-
spondent, who placed it along with a female B. magellanica. In
1875 this pair bred and produced hybrid birds, of which a pair were
received in exchange by the Society (see P. Z.S. 1876, p. 365,
where they are figured).
We have since received several pairs of the pure bird from South
America,
29. BrrNICLA POLIOCEPHALA, Sclater. Ashy-headed Goose.
Chloéphaga poliocephala, Sc!. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 388, et Zool. Sk.
i. t. 49; Sel. et Salv. P.Z. S. 1876, p. 366.
Bernicla inornata, Gray & Mitch. Gen. B. iii. t. 163.
Hab. Antarctic America.
The first examples of this Goose were received in 1833. It
bred frequently in the Gardens from 1852 to 1869, when we unfor-
tunately lost most of our stock. We have quite lately succeeded in
obtaining some newly imported birds, and hope now to begin breed-
ing them again.
Dates of Hatching of Ashy-headed Geese.
1852. June 9th. 1860. May 27th.
1854. May 24th. 1865. 5, ‘25th.
1857." 55 . 23rd. 1867. ,, 23rd.
1858. June 7th. KS685/' 5 + 25th:
1859. May 21st. 1869. June Ist.
» dune 2nd.
30. BerNicLa RuBIDICEPs, Sclater. Ruddy-headed Goose.
Chloéphaga rubidiceps, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, t. elxxiii.
Bernicla rubidiceps, Scl. et Saly. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 367.
Tab. Falkland Islands.
Two pairs of this Goose were obtained from the Falklands in 1860,
504 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
but they did not breed until 1865. We have unfortunately now lost
our whole stock of this bird.
Dates of Hatching of Ruddy-headed Geese.
1865. April 30th. 1868. May 1st.
1866. May 8th. ‘3 » 25th.
», June 5th. 1869. June 6th.
1867. May 18th. 1870. May 11th.
> dune 4th.
31. BernicLA MELANOPTERA (Eyt.). Andean Goose.
Anser melanopterus, Gould, Zool. Beagle, iii. t. 50; Sel. et Salv.
P. Z.8. 1876, p. 362.
Hab. Antarctic America.
We have received several pairs of this Goose, but have never suc-
ceeded in getting it to breed.
32. Bernicia Antarctica (Gin.). Kelp Goose.
Bernicla untarctica, Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. i. t. 23.
Hab. Antarctic America.
A single example of this Goose was imported in 1868.
d. Species reg. Australiane.
33. Bernicia suBATA (Lath.). Maned Goose.
B. jubata, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 3; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1864,
p- 587.
Hab. Australia.
We have had examples of hoth sexes of this Goose in the Gardens
since 1864, but it has never bred with us; nor am IJ aware that it
has done so in other gardens on the Continent.
34. BeRNICLA SANDVICENSIS (Vig.). Sandwich-Island Goose.
B. sandvicensis, Jard. et Selb. Ill. Orn. iv. t. 8.
Hab. Sandwich Islands.
This species was originally based by Mr. Vigors on a pair
of birds living in the Society’s Gardens, to which they were
presented by Lady Glengall in 1832 (see P. Z.S. 1833, p. 63,
and Rep. of Council, 1833, p. 13). In 1834 a pair was also received
by Lord Derby at Knowsley (see P. Z.S, 1834, p. 41). They bred
in both places ; and iu subsequent years our pair and their descen-
dants bred frequently in the Society’s Gardens.
Dates of Hatching of Sandwich-Island Geese.
1835. May 7th. 1839. May 8th.
1837. April 6th. pee lT i i
3” ” 12th. ” cB) 30th.
18392> «5, © Lith. 1840. April 21st.
” ” 16th. >” ” 23rd.
1880.] SPECIES OF ANATID&. 505
1841. April Sth. 1849. March 20th.
as » 16th. IC aay Sle
TS sai SAGs »» April 20th.
» May 3rd x» May 5th.
1 ia ia 1851. April 3rd.
1842. April 3rd. 1853. March 21st.
33 oc. » April 24th.
»» May 9th. »» May 9th.
INST S oe esol Givi 8 USoay oe Vo the
1844. April 19th. 1856. April 3rd.
1845. noth. ES57e: 5) U7 ties
1846. March 27th. TESOe Pee Sth s
oe. oy April Stht TS64e" 25th:
ESa7° V4, - Aveht 1871. May 23rd.
Genus NEtTopvs.
No example of any species of this beautiful genus has, so far as I
know, been yet brought alive to Europe.
35. Nerropus auritus (Bodd.). Eared Pigmy Goose.
Sarcelle mile de Madagascar, Daub. Pl. Enl. 770.
Nettapus auritus, Hartl. Vig. Madagase. p. 357.
Hab. Tropical Africa and Madagascar.
36. Nerropus COROMANDELIANUS (Gm.). Indian Pigmy Goose.
Anas girra, Gray, Ind. Zool. i. t. 68.
Hab. India and Malacca.
37. Nerropus aLBIPENNIs, Gould. White-winged Pigmy
Goose.
Nettapus coromandelianus, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 5.
fab. Eastern Australia.
38. Nerropus putcHenivus, Gould. Beautiful Pigmy Goose.
Nettapus pulchellus, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t.
Hab. Northern Australia.
E. Subfam. IV. CYGNINA.
Genus Cyenus.
1. Cygnus oLor (Gm.). Common Swan.
Cygnus olor, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 8.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
This Swan is better known ina semidomestic than ina wild state,
and breeds abundantly in captivity.
506 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
2, CyGNuUS IMMUTABILIS, Yarr. Polish Swan.
Cygnus immutabilis, Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 131.
Hab. Northern Europe.
_In one of our registers it is said that an example of this species was
in the Gardens in 1830, but it is not included in the general list of
1831.
Mr. Yarrell speaks of a pair of this species (or subspecies of C.
olor) as living at Knowsley, where the male paired with a female Mute
Swan and produced hybrids, and two were sold at the Knowsley
sale in 1851.
In 1871 we obtained a living pair of this Swan, which were sub-
sequently deposited with Mr. J. H. Gurney, F.Z.S., for the purpose
of breeding. See Mr. Gurney’s note on this subject, P.Z.S. 1876,
. 466.
: Mr. Gurney has kindly furnished me with the subjoined addi-
tional particulars :—
«I fear I cannot give you much information respecting the
breeding of the Polish Swans or the colour of their cygnets beyond
what is contained in my note in the P. Z. S. for 1877, p. 579.
«They have reareda brood during each subsequent year; but as I
have been from home more or less every spring I have kept no
detailed notes about them since 1877. The number they have
hatched annually has varied from 4 to 6, so that they are not a very
prolific pair as compared with some common Swans. This year
they hatched four, of which one was killed by rats. All the cygnets
have resembled in colour those described in my former note.”
3. Cyenus musicus, Bechst. Hooper Swan.
Cygnus ferus, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 9.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
The Hooper bred in the Society’s Gardens in 1839 (June 16),
1841 (May 27), and in 1842 (May 20), but has not done so of late
years. It cannot be considered by any means a free breeder in con-
finement.
4. CyGnus AMERICANUS, Sharpless. American Swan.
Cygnus americanus, Baird, B. N.A. p. 758.
Hab. North America.
I have never heard of this Swan having been brought alive to
Europe, nor am I aware that it has been exhibited in any of the
American gardens.
5. Cyenus spuccinator, Rich. Trampeter Swan.
Cygnus buccinator, Baird, B. N. A. p. 578.
Hab. Western North America.
Our first examples of this Swan were received in 1866 (see
P. Z.S. 1866, p. 203). The first pair bred in 1870 (June 6th) (see
P. Z. S. 1870, p. 664). Young ones were also bred every subsequent
year up to 1876, but our stock is now unfortunately reduced to a
single bird.
1880.]
SPECIES OF ANATID.
507
Dates of Hatching of Trumpeter Swans.
1870. July 6th.
1871. June 3rd.
W872." 5
1873. ,,
6. Cy@nus BEwicky, Yarrell.
6th.
8th.
1874. May 30th.
1875. June 28th.
1876.
Cygnus minor, Gould, B. G. Brit. y. t. 10.
Hab. North Palearctic Region.
Rpemealiliiay,
Bewick’s Swan.
Bewick’s Swan (represented in our series in 1878 and now bya
single bird) has never bred in captivity, so far as I know. ‘I'wo were
sold at the Knowsley sale in 1851.
7. CYGNUS DAvip1, Swinh. Pére David’s Swan.
Cygnus davidi, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 430; David et Oust.
Ois. Chine
» p. 494.
Hab. Northern China.
Only yet known by a single specimen at Pekin !
8. Cyenus arratus (Lath.).
Cygnus atratus, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 6.
Hab, Australia.
The Black Swan is in the first list of living animals given in
‘the Council’s Report for 1831 (p. 15).
Black Swan.
I find records of its having
hatched at the following dates, which are of interest, as showing
that there is much variation in this respect in an Antarctic species.
Dates of Hatching of Black Swans.
1837
1838
1839
1840.
1841.
1842.
1843..
1844.
1846.
1847,
. May 16th.
August 4th.
ub Stht
. September 12th.
. August 11th.
April 10th.
a U2let.
ast.
March 20th.
April 16th.
March 31st.
October 24th.
1848.
1849.
1850.
1851.
1852.
1860.
1864.
1877.
1878.
April 10th.
Gein
October 4th.
March 21st.
April 14th,
March 2nd.
a) 2th,
3° | 29th.
November 11th.
March 31st.
st LG
The male Black Swan has also mated with the female Common
Swan and produced party-coloured hybrids.
on this subject, P. Z. 8S. 1847, p. 97.
Coscoroba Swan.
Cygnus coscoroba, Gr. et Mitch. Gen. B. iii. t. 166; Sel. et Salv.
9. Cygnus coscorosa (Mol.).
P.Z. 8.1
876, p. 371.
Hab. Antarctic America.
This beautiful Swan was first obtained by us in 1870 (see
See Lord Derby’s note
508 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
P. Z. S. 1870, p. 666). There are examples in several of the Con-
tinental gardens also, but I am not aware that they have bred in
any case.
10. Cv@nus NiGRICOLLIS (Gm.). Black-necked Swan.
Cygnus nigricollis, Wolf, Sel. Zool. Sk. i. t. 48; Scl. et Salv.
P. Z.S. 1876, p. 370.
Hab. Antarctic America.
«<The first importation of the Black-necked Swan was effected by
the exertions of Admiral Hornby. When this officer was in com-
mand on the Pacific station he sueceeded in sending home at
different periods, to the late Earl of Derby, eight individuals of
this species, of which six were living at the dispersion of the
Knowsley collection in 1851’. The present Earl of Derby pre-
sented a pair of these birds to Her Majesty the Queen, and the two
remaining pairs passed into the possession of the Zoological Society.
They, however, for several seasons made no attempt at reproduc-
tion, and one of them having died, the apparent chance of continuing
the species depended on one pair. Fortunately, in the year 1857,
these not only made a nest, as had been done in 1856, but hatched
out four young birds, which rapidly arrived at full size and colour,
and at the end of the autumn could scarcely be distinguished from
their parents. Thesame success occurred in 1858, with the fortunate
and singular result that the four birds of 1857 were all males, and the
birds of 1858 females.”? (Sclater and Wolf, Zool. Sketches, 1. sub
tab. xlviii.)
Since this was written (in 1861)numerous importations of the Black-
necked Swan have taken place, and the species may be considered com-
pletely established in Europe. We have eight examples of it now in
the Gardens.
The subjoined list gives the dates of the hatchings. ,
Dates of Hatching of Black-necked Swans.
1857. June 23rd. 1868. June 22nd.
1858. July 3rd. 1873. July 3rd.
1859. June 27th. 18772923—). TOth.
1865. May 19th. 1S7BEnwss eZObn:
1866. ,, 4th. 1879, May 23rd.
1867. ,, 9th.
F. Subfam. V. ANATINA.
Genus DENDROCYCNA’.
Examples of the eight out of the ten known species of this genus
have been exhibited in the Society’s Gardens ; but the only instance of
any one of them breeding took place in 1872, when a pair of Den-
drocycna fulva mated and two young ones were hatched.
+ See Knowsley Sale-list, p. 44.
2 This generic name being a compound of rv«vos, should clearly be written
thus, not Dendrocygna, as usually spelt.
18§80.] SPECIES OF ANATIDE. 509
On the species of this genus my previous notes (P. Z.S. 1864,
p- 299, et 1866, p. 148) should be consulted.
1. Denprocycena vipuata (Linn.). White-faced Tree-Duck.
Dendrocygna viduata, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 376.
Hab. South America, Africa, and Madagascar.
The White-faced Tree-Duck was first received from Brazil in 1835,
and again in 1862, when Mr. Christie sent us examples. We have
since obtained many specimens.
2. DenprRocycna AUTUMNALIS (Linn.). Red-billed Tree-Duck.
Dendrocygna autumnalis, Scl. et Saly. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 373.
Hab. Mexico and Central America.
This Tree-Duck is enumerated in the first list of animals given in
the Council’s Report for 1831 (p. 22). We have since received
many specimens of it.
3. DENDROCYCNA DISCOLOR, Scl. et Salvy. Southern Red-billed
Tree-Duck.
Dendrocygna discolor, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 375.
Hab. South America.
Received from Para in 1874 (see P. Z.S. 1864, p. 299), and since
frequently exhibited.
4. DenpRocycna ARBOREA (Linn.). Black-billed Tree-Duck.
Dendrocygna arborea, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 375.
Hab. West Indies.
Recorded in the list of animals of 1831, and frequently received
since.
5. Denprocycna GuTTuLaTA, Mill. Miiller’s Tree- Duck.
Dendrocygna guttulata, Scl. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 300.
Hab. Moluccas.
Not yet imported, so far as I know.
6. DenpRocycna FULVA (Gm.). Fulvous Tree-Duck.
Dendrocygna fulva, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 373.
Hab. Mexico and Brazil.
Our first examples of this Tree-Duck were obtained in 1867 (see
P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 687). Two others were obtained in 1871. In
1872, as above mentioned, the only instance of ducks of this genus
breeding took place. Mr. C. Bartlett has furnished me with the
following note on this subject :—
«The Fulvous Tree-Ducks bred in the Gardens in the north pond
in August 1872, while under my charge. The nest was upon the
ground and was domed, the dome being formed of the long grass
_ surrounding the nest. This is the only instance I know of any of
the water-fowl building a dome over its nest. Many of the common
510 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
water-fowl build in the long grass, but do not attempt to form a
dome.
«‘ Two birds were hatched, but unfortunately killed by rats.”
7. Denprocycna MAJgoR, Jerd. Larger Tree-Duck.
Dendrocygna major, Jerd. Il. Ind. Orn. t. 22; Hartl. Vog. Mad.
p. 359; Scl. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 300, et 1861, p. 148.
Hab. India, East Africa, and Madagascar.
It is quite doubtful whether this species in distinct from D. fulva.
We obtained two examples in 1867 (Sept. 18) from the Acclimati-
zation Society of Paris, stated to have been received from Mada-
gascar.
8. Denprocycna Arcuata (Cuy.). Indian Tree-Duck.
Dendrocygna arcuata, Scl. P. Z,8. 1864, p. 300.
Hab. India and Africa.
A single example of this Tree-Duck was purchased at the Knowsley
sale in 1851. In 1857 we again received examples from the Babu
Rajendra Mullick, along with other rare Indian avimals.
9. DenprocycNna VAGANS, Fraser. Wandering Tree-Duck.
Dendrocygna arcuata, Gould, B. Austr. vil. t. 14.
Dendrocygna vagans, Fraser, Zool. Typ. t. 68; Scl. P. Z.S. 1864,
p- 300, et 1866, p. 149.
Hab. Philippines, Moluccas, and North Australia.
Not yet introduced, so far as I know.
10. DenprRocycna EyToN! (Gould). Eyton’s Tree-Duck.
Leptotarsis eytoni, Gould, B. Austr, vii. t. 15.
Hab. North-west Australia.
Our excellent friend Dr. G. Bennett, of Sydney, sent us a pair of
this species in 1867, the only individuals we have yet received
(see P. Z. S. 1867, p. 686); but it was formerly in the Knowsley
Menagerie (see Sale-list, p. 45).
Genus SARCIDIORNIS.
11. SARCIDIORNIS MELANONOTA (Forst.). Indian Wattle-Duck.
Sarcidiornis melanonota, Scl. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 694, t. 67.
Hab, India.
I find no record of this species having been introduced until 1837,
when a pair were acquired by purchase from the Jardin d’Acclima-
tation of Paris.
Notes on the distinctions between this and S. carunculata will be
found in my paper above referred to.
No Sarcidiornis has yet bred with us.
12. SarcipIoRNIs AFRICANA, Eyton. African Wattle-Duck.
Sarcidiornis africana, Hartl. Vog. Madagase. p. 355.
Hab. Africa and Madagascar.
An example of this form of Sarcidiornis was purchased at the
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATIDA. 511
Knowsley sale in 1851. According to Hartlaub it merely differs
from S. melanonota in its smaller size.
13. SARCIDIORNIS CARUNCULATA (Licht.). American Wattle-
Duck.
Sarcidiornis carunculata, Scl. P. Z.S8. 1876, p. 694, t. 68.
Hab. South America.
See my notes (above referred to) on this species, which was first
received in 1876.
Genus Catrina.
14. Catrina moscuata (Linn.). Muscovy Duck.
Catrina moschata, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S8. 1876, p. 378.
Hab. Central and South America.
The domestic ‘‘ Muscovy Duck,’’ as it is called, has long been
introduced into Europe, and breeds readily (inter se), besides hybri-
dizing freely with the common Domestic Duck.
In 1851 I find a record of “ Wild Muscovy Ducks” having been
received from America, and noticed as new to the Collection. We
have recently (May 6, 1880) received three examples from Paraguay,
which I believe to be probably of the wild race.
Genus Tapornal!.
15. TaporNa cornuta (Gm.). Common Sheldrake.
Tadorna vulpanser, Gould, B. G. Brit. v.t. 11; Sel. P. Z.S. 1864,
p- 189.
Hab. Europe and North Asia.
The Sheldrake is in the earliest list, and in former years bred
frequently in the Gardens. It is not, however, a ready breeder in
captivity, and requires special treatment.
Dates of Hatching of Common Sheldrake.
1835. June 6th. 1845. June 9th.
T8420 FS) Othe 1846. May 7th.
1843. May 30th. 1848.) 4,08 27th:
1844. ,, 16th.
16. TaporNA RADJAH, Garn. Radjah Sheldrake.
Tadorna radjah, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 8; Scl. P.Z. S. 1864,
p- 190.
Hab. North Australia and Moluccas.
This beautiful Sheldrake would form a fine addition to our intro-
duced Water-fowl. It would, I should say, be easily obtainable in
Queensland.
17. TApoRNA RuTILA (Pall.). Ruddy Sheldrake.
Casarca rutila, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 12; Scl. P. Z.S. 1864,
p- 190.
Hab. Sonth Europe, West Asia, and North Africa.
1 Cf. articles, P. Z. 8. 1864, . 189, and 1866, p. 148, on this genus.
512 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 13,
The Ruddy Sheldrake appears to have been first received in these
Gardens in 1850, when a pair were obtained from Egypt.
This pair first bred in 1859, as will be seen by reference to my
notes above referred to. I add a list of the dates of hatching.
Dates of Hatching of Ruddy Sheldrake.
1859. May 13th. 1870. May 19th.
1860. ,, 18th. LO7lArys te pith:
1861. June 2nd. 1872. ,, 19th.
1867. May 18th. ASV3cu 47 wLOuls
1868. ,, 20th. 1874. ,, 3lst.
1869....., 19th.
18. TaAporNA cANA (Gm.). White-fronted Sheldrake.
Tadorna cana, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 190.
Hab. South Africa.
The only individual of this species yet received by the Society was
the female acquired at the sale of the Knowsley Menagerie in 1851.
The facts as to the breeding of this remarkable bird will be found in
former communications (P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 442, et 1864, p. 191).
19. TADORNA TADORNOIDES, Jard. & Selb. Australian Sheldrake.
Casarca tadornoides, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 7.
Tadorna tadornoides, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 191, t. xviii.
Hab. South Australia.
We received females of this species in 1862, and examples of both
sexes in 1863. We have now also pairs, but have not yet succeeded
in getting them to breed in this country.
20. TADORNA VARIEGATA (Gm.). Variegated Sheldrake.
Tadorna variegata, Scl. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 191, t. xix., et 1866,
p: 149.
Hab. New Zealand.
This beautiful species is one of our most successful introductions.
First received in 1863, and first bred in 1865, it is now to be found
in most of the larger zoological gardens of the Continent.
Dates of Hatching of the Variegated Sheldrake.
1865. May 17th. 1873. May 19th.
1866. ,, 8th. Sy As senee bls
1867. >, 5th: LS 7 eet 55 9 29th.
1869. ,, 12th. WS7iGsees;senlilahs
1870. July 12th. Sean asae LOUD.
a », 930th. 1878. June 3rd.
1872. May 29th. pe ~) May 17th:
21. Taporna scurutata, Mill. White-winged Sheldrake.
Anas scutulata, Mill. Verh. Ethn. p. 159; Scl. et Wolf, Zool.
Sk. ii. t. 49.
Casarca leucoptera, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1859, p. 114, t. 64.
Hab. Jaya.
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATID, 513
Two living examples of this rare Duck were received by the
Society from Mr. Blyth in 1851. Mr. Blyth supposed that these
birds were from Tenasserim ; but it would appear that the species
is not of ordinary occurrence in that country (cf. Hume & Davison,
Str. Feath. vi. p. 489). Miiller obtained several examples in Java
(Schl. Mus. d. P.-B. Anseres, p- 64).
Genus Sticronerta'.
22. Sricronetra Navosa (Gould). Freckled Duck.
Anas nevosa, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 10.
Hab. Australia.
Not yet received alive.
Genus Arx.
23. Arx sponsa (Linn.). Summer Duck.
Aix sponsa, Baird, B. N. Am. p- 785.
Hab. North America.
The Summer Duck occurs in the earliest list, and breeds with us
nearly every year, as will be seen by the following list :—
Dates of Hatching of Summer Ducks.
1831. June 4th. 1857. May 31st.
af silt 7th. » dune 2lst.
1834, May 12th, 1858. May 3lst.
>» June 3rd. » June 19th.
A sum th. 1859. May 24th.
I835..- ,.aeeath: 1860. July Sth.
~ lien fai he 1865. May 23rd.
es » 18th. » June 9th.
S372 0s, 9 othe 1866. ,, 18th.
S3955 3, 1 Sth: INS\CV/ee = hy we elie
A az thi. 1869. ,, 18th.
1844. May 18th. 1870. May 26th.
1846. June 27th. 1871. June Ist.
» July 16th. 1873. May 31st.
1848. May 29th. 1874. June 2nd.
1852. June 19th. 1875. ,, 16th.
1853. May 29th. 1876. July Ist.
1854. June 11th. 33 » 10th.
x 3; /15th 1877. June 5th.
1855. May 29th. < Vaults
» duly Ist. TB/S. veo eth.
24. Arx GaLerRicutata (Linn.). Mandarin Duck.
Aix galericulata, Gould, B. Asia, pt. 4 (1852).
Hab. China.
The Mandarin was also an inhabitant of the Gardens in 1830,
1 Stictonetta, Reichenb. Syst. Ay. p. ix. (1852).
514 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
and first bred with us in 1834. It is perhaps not quite so free a
breeder as the Carolina, but does very well if attention be paid
to it.
Dates of Hatching of Mandarin Ducks.
1834. June 23rd. 1858. May 31st.
a 5 2th 1859. June 2nd.
1837. July 3rd. 1862. 2
1840. ,, 14th. 1863. June Ist.
1851. June 18th. 1865. ,, 14th.
a sh 20th: 1866. July 7th.
» duly 6th. 1868. June 18th.
1852. June 30th. 1869. July 9th.
LBdds. ws ecist. 1870. June 29th.
» duly 3rd. MSZile we xsse oth
1854. June 26th. 1872. July 19th.
1856. July 12th. 1874. June 13th.
1857. June 17th. » duly 16th.
Genus Marerca.
25. Mareca PENELOPE (Linn.). Wigeon.
Mareca penelope, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 13.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
The Wigeon is in the first list (1831), and has always been repre-
sented in the Gardens, but has not bred with us very frequently.
Dates of Hatching of the Wigeon.
1870. June 24th. 1874. June 20th.
187201 -;.. 29the
26. Mareca AMERICANA (Gm.). American Wigeon.
Mareca americana, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 783; Scl. et Salv. P. Z.8.
1876, p. 394.
Hab. North America.
The American form of the Wigeon has not yet been imported into
Europe, so far as 1 know.
27. Mareca stBrLatrix (Poeppig). Chiloe Wigeon.
Mareca sibilatriz, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 395.
Mereca chiloensis, Eyton, Mon. Anat. pl. 31; Sel. List of An.
p- 371 (1879).
Hab. Antaretic America.
First imported from Chili in 1870 (see P. Z. S. 1870, p. 667), and
commenced breeding the following year. We have now supplied
most of the Continental gardens with examples of this highly orna-
mental species.
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATID&. 515
Dates of Hatching of Chiloe Wigeon.
1871. June 7th. 1875. June 2nd.
1872. May 22nd. », July 10th.
US73e ee 29th: 1876. June 7th.
1874. ,, 28th. VST SF Se 2Onde
» daly 3rd. 1879 = oa8 loth.
Genus Daria.
28. Darita acuta (Linn.). Common Pintail.
Dafila acuta, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 18.
Hab. Palearctic and Antarctic Regions.
The Pintail does well in captivity. Its name occurs in the earliest
lists, and it breeds freely in our ponds.
In the early years of the Society I find numerous records of its
having hybridized with Anas boschas. The pure bird is registered as
having bred as follows :—
Dates of Hatching of the Common Pintail.
1839. May 9th. 1850. June 11th.
S42 ee othe os tS 1Sthe
1845. June 16th. 1851. June 5th,
1846. May 26th. 1852. ,, 23rd.
» June 4th. 1853. May 13th.
1847. ,, 9th. 1857. June 15th.
1848. May 22nd, 1860. May 16th.
1850. ,, 29th. USGllee =. wlth
29. DarFILA ERYTHRORHYNCHA (Gm.). Red-billed Duck.
Anas erythrorhyncha, Smith, Ill. 8. Afr. Zool., Aves, t. 104.
Hab. South Africa and Madagascar.
The Red-billed Duck was first imported by Lord Derby. Five
examples sold at the Knowsley sale in 1851 were acquired by the
Society. It bred first in 1856, and continued to do so until 1860.
But I regret to say we have now lost this species, which requires re-
introduction.
Dates of Hatching of Red-billed Ducks.
1856. August 5th. 1859. July 5th.
1857. June 28th. 1860. ,, 9th.
30. Darica sprntcaAupA (Vieill.). Chilian Pintail.
Dafila spinicauda, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 666, t. xxxviil.; Sel. et
Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 392.
Hab. Antarctic America.
The Chilian Pintail was introduced by Lord Derby, and a single
example sold at the Knowsley sale in 1851 was purchased by the
Society. It was not obtained again, I believe, until 1870, when
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXXIV. 34
516 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE {June 15,
eight examples were procured from Mr. Weisshaupt. These began
to breed in 1872. It has thriven well ever since, and we have sup-
plied many of our continental friends with examples of it.
Dates of Hatching of Chilian Pintail.
1872. June 11th. 1876. March 10th.
re Fa ltl » duly 24th.
1873. April 28th. 1877. May Ist.
» May 9th. » dune L5th.
3 os EDA. “a epee se
», June 16th. Ape ATE
1874, April 22nd. 1878. May 10th.
» May 9th. os te okoe
- 3 LAth. 1879. June 23rd.
1875. April 26th. | » August 7th.
» May 11th.
31. Darita BAHAMENSIs (Linn.). Bahama Duck.
Dafila bahamensis, Sel. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 393.
Hab. South America.
The Bahama Duck was first obtained by the Society at the Knowsley
sale in 1851, and began to breed in 1853. It seems now to be
firmly established in Europe.
Dates of Hatching of Bahama Ducks.
1853. June 28th. 1865. June 15th.
LS54toeetohl oth: » duly 7th.
1855. July 7th. BH Ge) se Othe
1856. June 25th. 1867. June 22nd.
» duly 19th. » duly 19th.
1857. June 16th. 1868. June 25th.
73 peer ULTe 4 ;, 30th.
1858. July 8th. 1869. ,, 26th.
USO0S° 5, “OUSL, 1870. July 6th.
1863. June Ist. 1878. August 31st.
Genus ANAs.
32. AnAs BoscHas, Linn. Common Wild Duck.
Anas boschas, Gould, B. G. Brit. y. t. 15.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
The Common Wild Duck breeds readily in semi-domestication,
and often pairs with the Domestic Duck.
Dates of Hatching of Wild Ducks.
1844. April 24th. 1845. May 15th.
1845, May 3rd. 1847. ,, 18th.
1880. | SPECIES OF ANATIDE. 517
33. ANAS MELLERI, Scl. Meller’s Duck.
- Anas melleri, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 487, t. xxxiv.; Hartl.
Vog. Madag. p. 360.
Hab. Madagascar.
Not yet introduced.
34. ANAS WyVILLIANA, Scl. Wyville-Thomson’s Duck.
Anas wyvilliana, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1878, p- 350; Birds Chall. Exp.
DIS, ts Xgl:
Hab. Sandwich Islands.
Not yet introduced.
35. Anas onscura, Gm. Dusky Duck.
Anas obscura, Baird, B. N. A. p. 775.
Hab. North America.
The Dusky Duck was introduced into our Gardens in 1850, and
bred well until 1867. We have now lost the species; but hope soon
to receive it again from some of the Continental gardens or from our
American correspondents.
In 1858 and 1859 it hybridized with 4. Loschas.
Dates of Hatching of Dusky Ducks.
1851. May 7th. 1858. May 14th (hybrid).
1852. ,, 29th. 1859. .,, fhovste;,
» June 19th. 1860. July 5th.
1853. May 12th. 1861. May 21st.
beads! Paths Lees, . 3,°" 23rd.
1855. June 19th. 1866: ,, 8th.
1857. May 18th, 1867. ,, 10th.
36. Anas Luzonica, Fraser. Luzon Duck.
Anas luzonica, Fraser, Zool. Typ. t. 67.
Hab. Philippines.
Not yet introduced into Europe.
37. ANAs SUPERCILIOSA, Gm. Australian Wild Duck.
Anas superciliosa, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 9.
Hab. Australia and Pacific Islands.
Our first Australian Wild Duck was received from the late Mr.
Edward Wilson, of Melbourne, in 1860. In 1863, 1865, and 1866
we obtained additional specimens from Dr. Mueller and the Accli-
matization Society of Melbourne. It first bred in 1869, and may
now be considered well established in Europe.
Dates of Hatching of Australian Wild Ducks.
1869. June 29th. | 1874. June 6th.
1S/3e ote - » 20th.
2 ot baklerigghy 1875. ,, 25th.
5c Ald we epaeep 1878. ,, 22nd.
op lop bath.
34*
518 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
38. ANAS XANTHORHYNCBA, Forst. Yellow-billed Duck.
Anas flavirostris, Smith, Ill. S. Afr. Zool., Aves, t. 96.
Hab. South Africa.
The Guilbec, or Yellow-billed Duck, was first obtained at the
Knowsley sale in 1851. It bred in 1859 and 1860; and we have
supplied some of the Continental gardens with our produce. But
I am not quite sure, I regret to say, that our present stock of this
Duck is pure-bred.
Dates of Hatching of Yellow-billed Ducks.
1859. May 20th. 1868. June 17th,
1860. ,, 30th. 1870: .2,. 18th.
1863. June Ist. 1871. ,, 11th (hybrid).
39. ANAs pwcrLoRHyNcHA, Penn. Spotted-billed Duck.
Anas pecilorhyncha, Gray, Ind. Zool. i. t. 67.
Hab. India.
A single example of this fine Duck was obtained at the Knowsley
sale in 1851, but we lost the species; and it was not again intro-
duced, I believe, until 1868, when we received several males from
the Babu Rajendra Mullick. In 1872 we received females from Mr.
E. Buck (see P. Z.S. 1872, p. 729); and in 1874 the first pure-
bred birds were hatched. The species may now be considered fairly
established, and is also found in several of the Continental gardens.
Dates of Hatching of Spotted-billed Duck.
1874. June 2nd. 1877. June 13th.
Itsy AS AB 2nd. 5 1 Oth:
55. L4th; 1879: so 2ard.
(Sys) tee cen:
40. ANAS ZONORHYNCHA, Swinhoe.
Anas zonorhyncha, Swinh. Ibis, 1866, p. 394.
Hab. China. ;
I have not yet seen this close ally of the last species living in Europe.
41. Anas sparsa, Smith.
Anas sparsa, Smith, Ill. 8. Afr. Zool., Aves, t. 97.
Hab. South and East Africa.
Not yet introduced.
42. ANAS CASTANEA (Eyton). Chestnut-breasted Duck.
Anas punctata, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 11.
Mareca castanea, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 119, t. 22.
Hab. Australia.
In June 1870 we purchased a single male example of the Austra-
lian Duck along with a lot of other animals from the same country.
Whether the female obtained in 1865 (and credited to this species
in the Cat. of Animals) really belonged here or to the next species,
I cannot at present say.
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATIDE. 519
43. ANAS GIBBERIFRONS, Mill. Miiller’s Duck.
Querquedula gibberifrons, Buller, B. New Zealand, p- 250.
Anas gracilis, Buller, Ibis, 1869, p. 41.
Mareca albigularis, Hume, Str. F. i. p. 303.
Hab. Celebes, Moluccas, Australia, New Zealand.
Eighteen Australian Ducks which we purchased of a dealer in
August last, and entered as 4. castanea, J now believe to belong to
this species, which much resembles the female of A. castanea. (See
above, p. 518.)
Several pairs have been obtained out of the above-mentioned lot :
and we expect that they will breed with us this year.
44. ANAs BERNIERI, Verr. Bernier’s Duck.
Anas bernieri, Hartl. Vig. Madag. p. 363.
Hab. Madagascar.
Not yet introduced.
45. Anas cHLorotis, Gray. Brown Duck.
Anas chlorotis, G. R. Gr. Voy. Ereb. & Terr. Aves, t. 20.
Hab. New Zealand.
Not yet brought to Europe.
46. ANAS SPECULARIS, King.
Anas specularis, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 380.
Hab. Antarctic America,
Not yet brought to Europe alive.
47. ANAS CRISTATA, Gm.
Anas cristata, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1876, p. 381.
Hab. Antarctic America,
Not yet imported alive.
Genus CHAULELASMUS.
48. CHAULELASMUS STREPERUS (Linn.). Gadwall Duck.
Chaulelasmus strepera, Gould, B. G. Brit. y. t. 19.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
The Gadwall is in our first list, as having been in the Collection in
1830, and usually breeds with us.
Dates of Hatching of Gadwall Ducks.
1839. June 30th. 1852. June 4th.
18405), 927th: 1853. 5, °° 12th.
1848. ,, 21st. 1854. ,, 14th.
18505% 357 “2st: 1855, July 5th.
1851. May 28th. ” 3” 12th.
» dune 7th. 1856. June 13th.
July 8th. USE fees Ali
1852. June 3rd. LSGle :,; ' 20th.
520 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
49. CHAULELASMUS COoUESI, Streets. Coues’s Gadwall.
Chaulelasmus couesi, Streets, Bull. U.S. N. Mus. no. 7, p. 21.
Hab. Fanning Islands, Pacific.
Not yet brought alive to Europe.
Genus HrtTrRoNeETTA.
50. HerrRoNETTA MELANOCEPHALA (Vieill.). Black-headed
Duck.
Heteronetta melanocephula, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 382.
Hab, South America.
Not yet introduced.
Genus MARMARONETTAl.
51. MARMARONETTA ANGusTIROsSTRIS, Ménétr. Marbled Duck.
Anas augustirostris, Gould, B. Eur. v. t. 373.
Hab. South Europe, North Africa, and Western Asia.
I have never seen this Duck in any living collection, though Mr.
Bartlett tells me he believes he has seen examples in captivity.
Genus RHODONESSA.
52. RuopoNrssA CARYOPHYLLACEA (Latham). Pink-headed
Duck.
Rhodonessa caryophyllacea, Gr. et Mitch. Gen. B. t. 167; Sel.
P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 110; Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 153.
Hab. India.
In 1874 we obtained a pair of this beautiful Indian Duck, which,
however, unfortunately did not live long with us.
Genus QUERQUEDULA.
a. Species Arctice.
53. QuERDUEDULA circiA (Linn.). Garganey Teal.
Querquedula circia, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 17.
Hab. Europe.
The Garganey is always to be found represented in the Collection,
being recorded in the earliest list (1831), the Catalogue of 1849, and
the various Lists of Animals (1852-79). It is, however, I consider
rather a shy breeder, having only bred twice with us, so far as I can
ascertain by our records.
Dates of Breeding of Garganey Teal.
1849, June 6th. | 1859. July 19th.
” Reichenb. Syst, Ay. p. ix (1852).
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATID. 521
54. QueRQueDuLA piscors (Linn.). Blue-winged Teal.
Querquedula discors, Baird, B. N. A. p. 779; Scl. et Salv.
P. Z.8. 1876, p. 383.
Hab. Eastern N. America.
Not yet introduced.
55. QUERQUEDULA CRECCA (Linn.). Common Teal.
Querquedula crecca, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 16.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
In the Gardens since 1830, and a constant breeder.
Dates of Hatching of Common Teal.
1839. June 30th. 1855. July 12th.
1843. July 14th. 1856. June 4th.
1844. June 10th. 1860. ,, 24th.
1846. ,, 9th. L8Gle +4;
1847. July 3rd. 1865. July 6th.
1850. 8th. 1876. ,, 24th.
1854. Sas 23rd.
56. QUERQUEDULA CAROLINENSIs (Gm.). Carolina Teal.
Querquedula carolinensis, Scl. et Salv. P. Z, 8. 1876, p. 385.
Hab. North America.
Not yet introduced.
57. QUERQUEDULA rorMmosA (Gm.). Japanese Teal.
Anas formosa, Temm. et Schl. F. J. Aves, tt. 82 B et 82c.
“« Anas perpulchra, Yarr.,”’ Rep. of Counc. 1831, p. 22.
Hab. North-eastern Asia.
Examples of this beautiful Teal were acquired by the Society in
its earliest days; but it did not breed in our Gardens until 1840,
although, I believe, it had previously done so at Knowsley. I find
the following four instances of young birds hatched in the registers: —
Dates of Hatching of Japanese Teal.
1840. July 15th. 1842. July 10th.
LSA). 55... Lath. ee ets
The species was subsequently lost and not again acquired, I
believe, until 1867, when two pairs were purchased out of a merchant-
vessel. We have since obtained additional specimens, but have not
yet succeeded in inducing the recent arrivals to breed.
58. QUERQUEDULA FALCATA (Pallas). Falcated Teal.
Querquedula falcata, Midd. Sib. Reise, t. 21. fig. 2
Hab. N.E. Asia.
Examples of both sexes of this splendid Teal were acquired in
1874, but the species has not yet bred with us.
522 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
b. Species Athiopice.
59. QUERQUEDULA HARTLAUBI, Cassin. Hartlaub’s Teal.
Querquedula hartlaubi, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Sc. Phil. 1859, p. 175.
Hab. West Africa.
Not yet introduced.
60. QueRQuEDULA PuNCTATA (Burch.). Hottentot Teal.
Querquedula hottentotta, Smith, Ill. 8. Afr. Zool., Aves, t. 105.
Anas punctata, Burchell, Travels, i. p. 283 (1822).
Hab. South Africa.
Not yet introduced.
c. Species Neotropice.
61. QurRQueDULA cYANopTERA (Vieill.). Blue-winged Teal.
Querquedula cyanoptera, Baird, B. N. A. p. 780; Scl. et Salv.
P.Z. 8S. 1876, p. 384.
Hab. South America and Western North America.
Not yet imported, so far as I know.
62. QuERQUEDULA OxyPTERA (Meyen). Sharp-winged Teal.
Querquedula oxyptera, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 385.
Hab. Andes of Peru.
Not yet introduced.
63. QuERQUEDULA FLAYVIROsTRIS (Vieill.). Chilian Teal.
Querquedula flavirostris, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 386.
Hab. Antarctic America.
Obtained from Chili in 1871, and again in 1874, but has not
bred with us.
64. QuERQUEDULA ANDIUM, Scl. et Salv. Andean Teal.
Querquedula andium, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 387.
Hab. Andes of Ecuador and Venezuela.
Not yet introduced.
65. QUERQUEDULA VERSICOLOR (Vieill.). Brilliant Teal.
Querquedula versicolor, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1876, p. 388.
Hab. Antarctic America.
Not yet introduced.
66. QuERQUEDULA PUNA (Tsch.). Puna Teal.
Querquedula puna, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 388.
Hab. Andes of Peru and Bolivia.
Not yet introduced.
67. QuERQUEDULA ToRQUATA (Vieill.). Ringed Teal.
Querquedula torquata, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 389.
Hab. Paraguay and Buenos Ayres.
Not yet acquired.
1880. | SPECIES OF ANATIDZ, 523
68. QuERQUEDULA BRASILIENSIS (Gm.). Brazilian Teal.
Querquedula brasiliensis, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 390.
Hab. South America.
We received a single example of this pretty Teal in 1864 from
Para. In 1873 we obtained a pair in exchange from Mr. Polvliet, of
Rotterdam, and soon afterwards other examples. The species did
not breed with us until 1878, when two were hatched on June 11th.
It bred again last year, when seven were hatched on August 7th.
69. QuERQUEDULA EATONI, Sharpe. LEaton’s Teal.
Querquedula eatoni, Sharpe, Ibis, 1875, p. 328; Phil. Trans.
vol. 165, p. 105, pl. vi.
Hab. Kerguelen’s Land.
Genus Sparu.a.
70. SPATULA CLYPEATA (Linn.). Shoveller.
Spatula clypeata, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 14.
Hab. Palearctic and Nearctic Regions.
The Shoveller is named in the list of 1831, and breeds readily in
ornamental waters.
Dates of Hatching of Shoveller Ducks.
1845. July 5th. 1859. July 4th.
1846. June 9th. 3 sao the
1852. July 20th. 1860. June 24th.
1853. June 12th. 1870. July 9th.
1855. July 2nd. MS j2a, Stie
1857. June 30th. 1876:°73,"" 10th:
71. Sparuta capensis, Smith. Cape Shoveller.
Rhynchaspis capensis, Smith, Ill. S. Afr. Zool., Aves, t. 98.
Hab. South Africa.
Not yet introduced.
72. SPATULA RHYNCHOTIS (Lath.). Australian Shoveller.
Spatula rhynchotis, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 12.
Hab. Australia.
Not yet introduced.
73. SPATULA VARIEGATA, Gould. New-Zealand Shoveller.
Spatula variegata, Buller, B. N. Zealand p. 252, t.
Hab. New Zealand.
Not yet introduced.
74. SPATULA PLATALEA (Vieill.). South-American Shoveller.
Spatula platalea, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 396.
Hab. Antarctic America.
Not yet introduced.
524 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
Genus MaLacoruyNCHUS.
75. MALACORHYNCHUS MEMBRANACEUS, Swains. Membra-
naceous Duck.
Malacorhynchus membranaceus, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 13.
Hab. Australia.
Genus Mreroriana.
76. Merorr1ana peposaca (Vieill.). Rosy-billed Duck.
Anas peposacd, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 687.
Metopiana peposaca, Scl. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 666, t. xxxvil.; Sel.
et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 398.
Hab, Antarctic America.
A single male of this beautiful Duck was received in 1867. In
1870 we obtained three pairs from Mr. Weisshaupt’s Chilian
collections, but they did not breed until 1873.
Dates of Hatching of the Rosy-billed Duck.
1873. July 20th. 1876. July Ist.
1874. ,, 6th. TS7O 5, . a bulls
1875. September 7th.
G. Subfam. VI. FULIGULIN 4.
Genus FuLIGULA.
a. Spectes Arctice.
1. FunrGuna rurinA (Pallas). Red-crested Whistling Duck.
Branta rufina, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 22.
Hab. South Europe, North Africa, and Western Asia.
We first received a single male of this beautiful Duck from our
Corresponding Member Mr. E. C. Buck, in 1874. In 1876 the
same gentleman most liberally presented us with twelve males and
six females of the same species, obtained in the Punjaub.
In spite of every care lavished upon several pairs of this Duck,
selected out of the lot thus acquired, they have hitherto refused to
reproduce inter se. But last year five curious hybrid Ducks were
bred in the Society’s Gardens, which seem certainly to be the
produce of a cross between this species and Metopiana peposaca,
as examples of these two species were in the pond in which they were
hatched, although it is not certainly known of which sex the parents
were respectively.
2. Funieuna cristata (Leach). Tufted Duck.
Fuligula cristata, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 23.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
The Tufted Duck occurs in the earliest list (1831), and is a
familiar inhabitant of our “ Three-island Pond.” Up to 1848 it
bred pretty regularly in this situation. In 1849 it hybridized with
the White-eyed Duck, and the hybrids thus produced continued to
breed either inter se or with one of the parets until 1861.
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATID. 525
Dates of Hatching of Tufted Ducks.
1840. July 13th. 1845. June 11th.
1841, June 27th. ” ” 17th.
1842. ,, 19th. 1846. ,, 7th.
1843. May 30th. ” ” 12th.
» dune 5th. 18470" 3. othe
be a Ath: iy eT es
1844. ,, 10th. 1848. ,, 17th.
», duly 29th.
Dates of Hatching of hybrid Tufted and White-eyed Ducks.
1849. June 26th. 1854. July 11th.
» duly 20th. Veo. 32,7 nds
1850. June 21st. s ag) ati
1851. July 8th. if end:
hd -.eobn, 1857. June 19th.
1854. June 14th. 1859. July Ist.
ke sail athe si 5, Ath.
3 SP 2Bthe 1861. June 12th.
» duly Sth.
3. FuniguLa couuaris (Donoy.). Ring-necked Duck.
Fuligula collaris, Scl. et Saly. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 400.
Hab. North America.
Not yet introduced into European gardens.
4. FuxiGuLa Mariza (Linn.). Scaup Duck.
Fuligula marila, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 24.
Hab, Palearctic and Nearctic Regions.
Exhibited first in 1845 and frequently since, but has not bred
in our Gardens. I am not sure that it has ever done so on the
Continent.
5. FuniGuia arrinis, Eyton. American Scaup Duck.
Fuligula affinis, Sel. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1876, p- 399.
Hab. Nearctic Region.
Not yet introduced into European waters.
6. FuLiGguLA MARILoIDEs (Vigors). Chinese Scaup Duck.
Fuligula mariloides, Vig. in Beechey’s Voy. Zool. p. 31; Swinhoe,
P. Z.S. 1873, p. 412.
Hab. China.
We received three females of this somewhat doubtful species
from Mr. Swinhoe in 1873 (see P. Z. S. 1873, p. 312).
7. FuLiguLa FERINA (Linn.) Red-headed Pochard.
Nyroca ferina, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 20.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
The Pochard occurs in the earliest list (1831). I am not sure
526 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
that it has ever bred in our Gardens, but it has done so in other
ornamental waters, such as Knowsley and Kew Gardens (1880).
Three Pochards bred at Knowsley were sold at the sale in 1851.
8. Furiguia AMERICANA, Eyton. American Pochard.
Fuligula americana, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 400.
Hab. Nearctic Region.
We have not yet received living examples of this close ally of our
Pochard.
9. FuLIGULA VALISNERIA, Wils. Canvas-backed Duck.
Fuligula valisneria, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 400.
Hab. Nearctic Region.
Never yet introduced alive into Europe, so far as I know.
10. FurieuLa nyroca (Gould). White-eyed Duck.
Nyroca leucophthalmos, Gould, B. G. Brit. vy. 21.
Hab. Western Paleearctic Region.
The White-eyed Duck is an old inhabitant of our Gardens, but
does not occur in the first list. I can find no evidence of its having
bred pure; but it hybridized in 1851, and some of the following
years either with the Pochard or Tufted Duck.
Dates of Hatching of Cross-bred Castaneous Ducks.
1851. June 24th. 1856. July Ist.
1855. July 12th. 1860. June 15th.
b. Species Athiopice.
11. FunreuLa capensis (Less.). Cape White-eyed Duck.
Anas capensis, Less. Tr. d’Orn. p. 632 (1831).
Nyroca brunnea, Eyt. Anat. t. 23, p. 161 (1838).
Hab. South Africa.
A single female of this little-known Duck was purchased by the
Society at the Knowsley sale in 1851, and lived many years in the
Gardens.
ce. Species Neotropice.
12. FuniGuLa NATIONI, Scl. et Salvy. Nation’s Pochard.
Fuligula nationi, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 522; Sclater,
P. Z. S. 1878, p. 477, t. xxxil.
Hab. Western Peru.
d. Species Australiane.
13. Fuxiguta avusrrauis (Gould). Australian White-eyed
Duck.
Nyroca australis, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 16.
Hab. Australia.
Not known alive in Europe.
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATIDE. 527
14, FuLIGULA Nov#-ZEALANDIZ (Gm.) New-Zealand Scaup.
Fuligula nove-zealandia, Bull. B. N. Zeal. p. 259.
Hab. New Zealand.
Not known alive in Europe.
Genus HyMENoLzamMus.
15. HyMENOLZMUS MALACORHYNCHUs (Gm.) Blue Duck.
Hymenolemus malacorhynchus, Bull. B. N. Zeal. p. 262.
Hab. New Zealand.
A single example of this rare Duck was obtained from the
Acclimatization Society of Melbourne in 1876, but did not live
long. (See P. Z. S. 1876, p. 463.)
Genus CLANGULA.
16. Cuaneuxa exLaucion (Linn.). Golden-eye.
Clangula glaucion, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 31.
Hab. Northern Palearctic and Nearctic Regions.
Exhibited first in 1832 or thereabouts, and frequently obtained
subsequently, but has not bred with us, nor, so far as I know, else-
where in captivity.
17. CLANGULA ISLANDICA (Gm.). Barrow’s Golden-eye.
Clangula islandica, Elliot, B. N. A. ii. t. xlvi.
Hab. Iceland and Arctic America.
Not known in captivity.
18. CLraneuLa ALBeota (Linn.). Buffel-headed Duck.
Bucephala albeola, Baird. B. N. A. p. 797.
Hab. North America.
Not known in captivity.
Genus CosMONETTA.
19. CosMONETTA HISTRIONICA (Linn.). Harlequin Duck.
Histrionicus torquatus, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 32.
Hab. Circumpolar regions.
Not known in captivity.
Genus HARELDA.
20. Harexpa GuaciAuis (Linn.). Long-tailed Duck.
Harelda glacialis, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 33.
Hab. Circumpolar area.
Not known in captivity.
Genus HENICONETTA.
21. HENICONETTA STELLERI (Pallas), Steller’s Duck.
Eniconetta stelleri, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 25.
Hab. North Paleearctic Region and Western America.
Not known in captivity, I believe.
528 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
Genus CAMPTOLEMUS.
22. CAMPTOLAMUS LABRADORICUS (Gm.). Labrador Duck.
Camptolemus labradoricus, Baird, B. N. A. p. 803.
Hab. Arctic America.
This now extinct bird has never, so far as I know, been cap-
tured alive.
Genus SOMATERIA.
23. SOMATERIA MOLLIsSIMA (Linn.). Eider Duck.
Somateria mollissima, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 26.
Hab. Circumpolar area.
Eiders were first obtained by the Society in 18381, and bred
several years in the Gardens. They were also in the Knowsley
Menagerie. Of late years we have received but few specimens,
and they have not bred with us.
Dates of Hatching of Eider Ducks.
1841. July 7th. 1849. June 9th.
1848. June 25th.
24. SOMATERIA V-NIGRUM, Gray.
Somateria v-nigrum, G. R. Gray, P. Z.8. 1855, p, 211, t. 107;
Elliot, B. N. A. t. xlviti.
Hab. Arctic America.
Unknown in captivity.
25. SOMATERIA SPECTABILIS (Linn.). King-Duck.
Somateria spectabilis, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 27.
Hab. Circumpolar regions.
Not yet obtained alive, so far as I know.
Genus LAMPRONETTA.
26. LAMPRONETTA FISCHERI, Brandt. Fischer’s Eider.
Lampronetta fischeri, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S. 1855, t. 108; Elliot,
BuNwASt. 47.
Hab. N.W. America,
Not known in captivity.
Genus (XpEMiIa.
27. CEpEeMIA NIGRA, Flem. Black Scoter.
Oidemia nigra, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 28.
Hab. North Palearctic Region.
The Black Scoter is occasionally obtained alive, but does not do
weil in captivity.
1 Rep. Council, 1839, p. 39.
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATID&.
Or
bo
=)
28. CEpEMTIA AMERICANA, Sw. American Scoter. |
demia americana, Baird, B. N. A. p- 807.
Hab. North America,
Not known in captivity.
29. CEDEMIA FUSCA (Linn.) Velvet Scoter;
Oidemia fusca, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 29.
Hab. Palzarctic and Arctic Regions.
An example of the Velvet Scoter was obtained from Holland in
1853 (Rep. Council, 1853, p. 16).
30. prema VELVETINA, Cassin. American Velvet Scoter,
Edemia velvetina, Baird, B. N. A. p. 805.
Hab. Northern America.
Not known in captivity.
31. CEDEMIA PERSPICILLATA (Linn.). Surf-Scoter.
Oidemia perspicillata, Gould, B. G. Brit. y. t. 30.
Hab. North America; rare in Europe.
Not known in captivity, as is also not the American &. trowbridgii,
if distinct.
Genus Tacuyeres,
32. TACHYERES CINEREUS (Gm.). Loggerhead Duck.
Tachyeres cinereus, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 482,
Hab. Antarctic America.
A single example of this Species was received by the Society from
Capt. Moore, of the Falklands, in 1861. (See P. Z. S, 1861, p. 367.)
HA. Subfam. VII. ERISMATURINA.
The Lake-Ducks are not facile subjects for domestication, and I
am not aware that any of them have yet been introduced into
European gardens.
Genus Bizrura.
1. Brzrura LoBaTa (Shaw). Musk-Duck.
Biziura lobata, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 18.
Hab. Australia.
Genus THALAssorNISs.
2. THALASSORNIS LEUCONOTA (Smith). White-backed Lake-
uck,
Thalassornis leuconota, Smith, Ill. S. Afr. Zool., Aves, t. 107.
Hab. Lakes of South Africa,
530 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
Genus ERISMATURA.
3. ERISMATURA LEUCOCEPHALA (Scop.). White-headed Diving-
Duck.
Lrismatura leucocephala, Gould, B. Eur, vii. t. 383.
Hab. 8.K. Europe.
4, ErisMATurRA mocoa, Smith. Mocoa Diving-Duck.
Erismatura mocoa, Smith, Ill. 8. Afr. Zool., Aves, tt. 108, 109.
Hab. Lakes of South Africa.
5. ErisMATuRA RuBIDA (Wils.). Ruddy Diving-Duck.
Erismatura rubida, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 403.
Hab. North and Central America.
6. ErRIsMATURA AUSTRALIS (Gould). Blue-billed Diving-Duck.
Erismatura australis, Gould, B. Austr. vii. t. 17.
Hab. Australia.
7. ErisMATURA FERRUGINEA, Eyton. Ferruginous Diving-Duck.
Erismatura ferruginea, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 404.
Hab. Antarctic America.
8. ErtsmMaTuraA pominica (Linn.). Dominican Diving-Duck.
Erismatura dominica, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 405.
Hab. West Indies and Central and South America.
Genus Nresonertra.
9. NESONETTA AUCKLANDICA, G. R. Gray. Auckland-Islands
Diving-Duck.
Nesonetta aucklandica, G. R. Gray, Voy. Erebus & Terr., Birds,
p- 31, t. xvii.
Hab. Auckland Islands.
I. Subfam. VIII. MERGANETTIN 2.
The Torrent-Ducks of the Andes of South America are allied to
the Lake-Ducks and to the Mergansers, but seem to be most naturally
arranged as a separate family.
None of the three known species have yet been introduced into
living collections.
1. MerGANETTA ARMATA, Gould. Chilian Torrent-Duck.
Merganetta armata, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 406.
Hab. Rivers of the Andes of Chili.
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATIDE. 531
2. MerRGANETTA TURNERI, Scl. et Salvy. Turner’s Torrent-
Duck.
Merganetta turneri, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1876, p.407; Ex. Orn.
p. 199, t. 100.
Hab. Rivers of the Andes of Cuzco.
3. MeRGANETTA LEUCOGENYs (Tsch.). White-cheeked Torrent-
Duck.
Merganetta leucogenys, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1876, p. 408.
Hab. Rivers of the Andes of Columbia, Ecuador, and North Peru.
J. Subfam. IX. MERGIN &.
The Mergansers are not good subjects for our Gardens, requiring
supplies of live fishes to keep them in good health. We have occa-
sionally examples of the Goosander, Red-breasted Merganser, and
Smew ; but they cannot be said to thrive under our treatment.
Genus Mereus.
1. MerRGuUs MERGANSER (Linn.). Goosander.
Mergus castor, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 34.
Hab. Palearctic aud Nearctic Regions.
We received females of the Goosander in 1864, and males in 1865
and 1867; but they have never done well with us.
2. MERGUus sERRATOR, Linn. Red-breasted Merganser.
Mergus serrator, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 35.
Hab. Palearctic and Nearctic Regions.
We obtained two examples of this bird from the Zoological Gar-
dens of Hamburgh in August 1866; but one arrived dead and the
other did not long survive.
3. Mereus cucuLtatus, Linn. Hooded Merganser.
Mergus cucullatus, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 36.
Hab. N. America, occasional in Europe.
Not yet obtained alive, so far as I know.
4. MereGus ALBELLUS, Linn. Smew.
Mergus albellus, Gould, B. G. Brit. v. t. 37.
Hab. Palearctic Region.
First exhibited in 1851, according to our records, and since ob-
tained occasionally.
5. MrEreus austrais, Hombr. et Jacq. Antarctic Merganser.
Merganser australis, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. P. S., Ois. t. 31,
fig. 2.
Hab, Auckland Islands.
Only known, I believe, from the original example in the Paris
Museum.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXXV. 35
532 {June 15,
MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE
6. Mereus ocTosetacevs, Vieill. Brazilian Merganser.
Mergus octosetaceus, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 409.
Hab. Interior of Brazil.
Rare even in the best-stocked collections, and not known alive.
K. Concuvsions As TO INTRODUCTION.
It would appear, therefore, from the foregoing list (as will be
seen more closely by the subjoined summary) that out of about
176 certainly known species of Anatide, 94, or more than one half,
have been at some time or other acquired in the living state, and
shown in zoological gardens or other such places, and that of these
50 have propagated in captivity.
Table I. Showing the numbers of introduced Anatide.
Species.
Known. | Exhibited. Bred.
1. Anseranatine ...... 1 1
2, Cereospin® ......... 1 1 1
3, ANSerin® .. ....6050- 38 25 14
4, Cygnine ........... 10 8 5
BD Angbhinee of vikwesesutts 76 43 25
6. Fuliguline ......... 32 13 5
7. Erismaturine ...... 9 bie ah
8. Merganettine ...... 3 aor
9. Merging «.....:.. + 6 3 <
176 94 50 |
ZL. REMARKS ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE
ANATIDZ.
I will conclude with a few remarks upon the geographical dis-
tribution of the Anatide.
In treating of this part of the subject I find it impossible to sepa-
rate conveniently the Palearctic and Nearctic species. So many of
the high northern species are circumpolar, or common to both con-
tinents, and so many other of the Palearctic species have closely
allied (in some cases barely separable) representatives in the Nearctic
area, that it is much more natural to unite these categories into
one group as “Arctic Anatide.’’ Adding to this the other four
generally recognized divisions, we shall find the Anatidee come out
somewhat as follows, in five great geographical groups :—
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATIDA. 533
Table II. Distribution of the Anatidee.
diy II. III. IV. V.
ee JEthio- Todas Austra- | Neotro- | Total.
* | pian. 2 2\t, Hams pical.
1. Anseranatine . a 1 ae 1
2. Cereopsine ...| ... 1 one 1
3. Anserine ...... 20 6 1 4 7 38
4. Cygnine ...... 7 a 1 2 10
5. Anatine ...... 18 13 ll 15 24 761
6. Fuliguline ...| 26 1 ‘ae 3 2 32
7. Erismaturine 2 2 P 3 2 9
8. Merganettine ss ote aa a6 3 3
9. Mergine ...... 4 = ad 1 1 6
77 22 12 29 41 176
I will make a few observations on each of these five categories.
I. Arcric ANATID&.
The Arctic Anatidee are, as will be seen, by far the most nume-
rous, these birds with their thick covering of feathers and aquatic
habits being more naturally adapted to cold and watery climates.
Out of the 33 known species of Geese 20, out of the 10 known
Swans 7, and of the 31 Sea-Ducks not Jess than 26 belong to this
category. Of the whole number of 176 generally recognized species
of Anatide, 77 may, I think, be best set down as Arctic—although
some of them, such as Tadorna rutila, Fuligula rufina, and Marmaro-
netta angustirostris, cannot be strictly so termed, as they inhabit only
the temperate portions of the Palearctic Region. Very many of the
Palzarctic species also, as will be noted below, go far south in winter,
and intrude far into the AXthiopian, Indian, and Neotropical Regions.
The generic forms restricted to the Arctic area are not numerous,
except among the Fuliguline, where out of 11 known genera (as will
be seen by the subjoined Table), 8 are not met with elsewhere.
Amongst the Anatinze, dix only is peculiarly Arctic.
Table III. Distribution of Fuliguline.
; A&thio- | Austra- | Neotro-
che pian. lian. pical. sa EL
WS Haligula ....2..: 10 1 2 1 13
2. Hymenolemus oe site 1 oe 1
3. Clangula......... 3 3
4. Cosmonetta...... i! 1
5. Harelda ......... 1 1
6. Heniconetta ... 1 ; 1
7. Camptolemus... 1 : 1
8. Somateria ...... 3 7 3
9, Lampronetta ... 1 f 1
10, Cdemia.......... 5) 5
11. Tachyeres ...... é: 1 1
26 1 3 2 31
' Certain species of Anatine occur in more than one of the regions ; so that
the total of species is in this case less than the sum of its constituents.
35*
534 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [June 15,
II. Aruropran ANATIDS.
Under this head I place only those species that live all the year
round and breed within the region. These are about 22 in number,
as given in the following list :—
List of Aithiopian Anatide.
Plectropterus gambensis. Tadorna cana.
rueppelli. Dafila erythrorhyncha’.
niger. Anas melleri*.
Chenalopex egyptiaca. xanthorhyncha.
— sparsa.
Bernicla cyanoptera. bernieri'.
Nettopus auritus”. Querquedula hartlaubt.
punctata’.
Dendrocyena viduata?. Spatula capensis.
major’. Fuligula capensis.
arcuata. Thalassornis leuconota’.
Sarcidiornis africana’. Erismatura mocoa.
Amongst these are two generic forms not found elsewhere, Plectro-
pterus and Thalassornis. Of the nine Anatide hitherto registered
as met with in Madagascar, two species only are peculiar to the island,
Anas melleri and A. bernieri, the remaining seven being also found
in Africa.
In winter many of the Palearctic Anatidee descend far into Eastern
Africa. Heuglin includes Anser albifrons, Bernicla brenta, Cygnus
olor and C. musicus, Mareca penelope, Dafila acuta, Anas boschas,
Querquedula circia and Q. erecca, Chaulelasmus streperus, Spatula
elypeata, Fuligula cristata, F. marila, F. ferina, and F. nyroca,
Clangula glaucion, Gdemia fusca, and Mergus serrator under this
category; while Tadorna vulpanser and T. rutila, and probably also
Marmaronetta angustirostris and Fuligula rufina, breed in Egypt.
III. Inpran ANATID2.
In this category again I include only species that are permanent
inhabitants of some part of the region. They are not numerous,
consisting only of twelve species :—
Nettopus coromandelianus. Tadorna scutulata.
Sarcidiornis melanota. Anas luzonica.
Dendrocyena guttulata. —— pecilorhyncha.
—— major. zonorhyncha.
arcuata. gibberifrons.
—— vagans. Rhodonessa caryophyllacea.
Amongst these there is only one peculiar generic form, Rho-
donessa. |
In winter, however, a host of immigrants from the north invade
the Indian Region. Jerdon gives us accounts of upwards of twenty
? Peculiar to Madagascar. 2 Also found in Madagascar.
1880. ] SPECIES OF ANATID&. 535
northern Ducks and Geese which are found jn various parts of the
Indian peninsula in the cold weather,
IV. AusrraLian ANATID&,
As we advance further south the Anatide commence to increase
again. Instead of only 12 native species, we find the number run-
ning up to 29. The greater number of them are Australian, that
great continent, although so dry and arid, being well supplied with
water-fowl, as will be seen by the subjoined list,
List of Australian Anatide.
Anseranas melanoleuca. Tadorna tadornoides.
——. Stictonetta nevosa.
Cereopsis nove-hollandia. Anas superciliosa.
——— castanea.
Bernicla jubata. gtbberifrons.
Nettopus albipennis. Spatula rhynchotis,
—— pulchellus. Malacorhynchus membranaceus.
Cygnus atratus.
Fuligula australis.
Dendrocycna vagans.
aa CUCONG. Biziura lobata.
Tadorna radjah. Erismatura australis.
Among these there are no less than 5 generic monotypic types
peculiar to the Australian Region—namely, Anseranas, Cereopsis,
Stictonetta, Malacorhynchas, and Biziura.
Proceeding to the outlying parts of the Australian Region, we find
New Zealand also well provided with Anatide. Dr. Buller compre-
hends the following 9 species in his excellent work :—
Dendrocyena eytoni. * Spatula variegata.
*Tadorna variegata. Fuligula australis.
Anas superciliosa. *—__ nove-zealandia.
*—— chlorotis. *Hymenolemus malacorhynchus.
—— gibberifrons.
Of these, however, Anas gtbberifrons and Dendrocycna eytoni are
only occasional visitants, and Anas superciliosa and Fuligula australis
are likewise Australian. The remaining five (marked *) are peculiar
to the island, and Hymenolemus is a generic type not known else-
where.
The adjacent Auckland Islands are tenanted by two very peculiar
Ducks quite unknown elsewhere, namely, Nesonetta aucklandica and
Mergus australis.
In Polynesia Anatidz are scarce, Dendrocycna vagans and Anas
superciliosa being the only species known until we come to the
Fanning group, where Chaulelasmus couesi has lately been dis-
covered.
In the Sandwich Islands two peculiar species occur, Bernicla sand-
vicensis and Anas wyvilliana.
536 ON THE SPECIES OF ANATID. [June 15,
V. NreotropicaL ANATIDE.
The Neotropical Region is better supplied with Anatidee than any
other of the divisions here adopted except the Arctic, 39 species
being specially attributable to it. Besides these, as Mr. Salvin and
I have shown in our article on the Neotropical Anatidze, published
in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 18761, 23 of the Arctic Anatide
are more or less regular visitauts to it during the winter season.
The generic types of Anatide restricted to the Neotropical area
are 5, namely, Catrina, Heteronetta, Metopiana, Tachyeres, and Merga-
netta. There are, however, only 7 species belonging to these peculiar
genera; so that the mass of the Neotropical Anatide belong to
Arctic genera.
On the whole, the Neotropical Anatifauna (if such an expression
is allowable) is not more peculiar than that of Australia, where there
are also 5 special generic types not found elsewhere. In true Anatidee
the Neotropical Region is specially rich, possessing 23 species against
the Arctic 18, as will be seen better by the subjoined Table.
Table IV. Distribution of Anatinee.
Genus. Arctic. Aithio- Indian. Austra- | Neotro- Total.
pian. lan. pical.
1. Dendrocyena ...... 85 3 4 2 5 10?
2. Sarcidiornis ...... Bae 1 1 aa il 3
oe ORIFING, _c0./eecsecnas xe ae she ot 1 1
AST adornd.coccssstens 2 1 1 3 aie 7
5. Stictonetta ......... ay sos cae 1 Be 1
Gs Aix ctr Ave 2 48% ae tx 2
Fa MIBLOCA! Leste. scale bs: 2 wave 1 3
Se Dathilact.cccvees: «dase 1 1 ase 2 4
OU AgiagS. Meee is 2 + 4 5 2 16?
10. Chaulelasmus ...... 1 if oat 1 ele 2
11. Heteronetta ...... “Re a iti ae 1 1
12. Marmaronetta ... 1 yeaa 3a ‘ 1
13. Rhodonessa ...... os ae 1 8 ta 1
14. Querquedula ...... 6 2 or ott 8 16
15. Spatula ............ 1 1 ave 2 1 5
16. Malacorhynchus... tae, Sth ets ere 1 oe 1
17. Metopiana ......... de ob iia re 1 1
18 13 11 15 23 75
In Fuliguline, on the other hand, it is very poor (see Table III.
p- 533), having only 1 species against the Arctic 26.
1“ Revision of the Neotropical Anatide,” P.Z. S. 1876, p. 358.
? In these genera some of the species occur in more regions than one, so
that the total is not equal to the sum of the constituents.
1880.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 537
November 16, 1880.
Prof. Huxley, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,
September and October 1880 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of June was 197, of which 30 were by birth,
93 by presentation, 58 by purchase, 8 were received on deposit,
and 8 by exchange. The total number of departures during the
same period by death and removals was 99.
The most noticeable additions during the month of June were as
follows :—
1. A male Leonine Monkey (Macacus leoninus) from Arracan, re-
ceived in exchange, June 14th, from the Zoological Gardens of Cal-
cutta. This rare Monkey agrees well with the excellent figure by
Mr. Wolf (P. Z.S. 1870, p. 664, pl. xxxv.) taken from our former
individual of this species.
2. A Tufted Umbre (Scopus umbretta) from Africa, purchased June
26th, being the first example of this peculiar African form that has
reached us.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 192 in number ; of these 101 were acquired by
presentation, 22 by purchase, 5 by exchange, 22 by birth, and 42
_ were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period by death and removals was 109.
The most noticeable additions during the month were a pair of
Ocellated Turkeys (Meleagris ocellata) from Yucatan, presented by
Mr. W. E. Sibeth, July 20th.
The acquisition of a pair of this beautiful species is of great inter-
est, as we have had no pure-bred specimens of it in the Gardens since
1864.
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of August was 113; of these 42 were ac-
quired by presentation, 45 by purchase, 2 by birtn, 23 were re-
ceived on deposit, and 1 in exchange. The total number of de-
partures during the same period by death and removals was 114.
The most noticeable additions during the month were ;—
1. A pair of Tcheli Monkeys (Macacus tcheliensis) presented by
Dr. 8S. W. Bushell, C.M.Z.S., of H.B.M. Legation, Pekin, and re-
ceived August 17th.
The foliowing is an extract from Dr. Bushell’s letter, dated Pekin,
17th January, 1880, referring to these animals :—‘‘I have a living
specimen of a Monkey which I believe has not yet reached Europe
and I shall be happy to present it to the Society if I am assured
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXXVI. 36
538 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Noyv. 16,
it will be acceptable. It is a male of the Macacus tcheliensis of A.
Milne-Edwards (Recherches pour servir & l’hist. nat. des Mammif.
p- 227, pls. 32, 33; A. David, Journ. N.C. B. R. As. Soc. 1873,
p- 230; ‘Journ. de mon troisiéme voyage,’ 1875,1. p. 42). It was
obtained by me from the Yung-ling, or Eastern Mausoleum of the
reigning Manchu dynasty, situated about 70 li from Pekin, in latitude
40° N. It is covered with a thick fur, fitted to endure the bitterly
cold winter of this part of North China, where the thermometer
goes down to 10° below zero.
“<I hope to get also the female of the same species, to accompany
this specimen, which is a male just over a year old’.
In a subsequent communication (dated June Ist, 1880) Dr. Bushell
informed me that he had succeeded in obtaining also a female of
this Macaque, and had brought the pair with him as far as Shanghai.
They have now arrived in the Gardens in good health and condition.
Macacus tcheliensis evidently belongs to the section of the group
allied to M. rhesus, but has a shorter tail, shorter and thicker fur,
and is generally of a more rufous colour.
2. A male specimen of Michie’s Tufted Deer (Llaphodus michia-
nus), from China, purchased August 25th.
This is the fourth example of this little-known ruminant which we
have received.
3. A young pair of Koodoos (Strepsiceros kudu), purchased August
26th. The acquisition of this young pair of animals is very accept-
able, as, having nowa male and two females in good health and con-
dition, we have every prospect of inducing this fine Antelope to breed
in the Gardens.
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of September was 87; of these 34 were ac-
quired by presentation, 25 by purchase, 16 were bred in the Gardens,
and 12 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period by death and removals was 92.
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of October was 109, of which 1 was by birth,
42 by presentation, 37 by purchase, 3 were received in exchange,
and 26 on deposit. ‘The total number of departures during the same
period by death and removals was 99.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :-—
1. A pair of Gayals (Bibos frontalis), from the hills of Chittagong,
received in exchange from the Zoological Gardens of Calcutta.
2. A pair of young Polar Bears (Ursus maritimus), twins, caught in
Eira Harbour, N. lat. 80° 5! and E. long. 48° 35', and presented to
the Society by Mr. B. Leigh Smith, F.Z.S.
3. An Ivory Gull (Larus eburneus), also from an island in the
Polar Seas, in N. lat. 80° 4', E. long. 53° 5!, and presented by the same
donor, being the first example of this species that has reached us.
4. An Indian Jerboa (Alactaga indica), obtained in May last, in
1880.] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE HEAD OF A PARTRIDGE. 539
the Logar valley between Kabul and Guzni, and presented to the
Society by Major W. E. Money.
Major Money has kindly favoured me with the subjoined notes upon
this interesting animal, which is new to the Society’s Collection :—
“T had at first a pair of these Jerboas : they were caught at His-
sarak, in the Logar valley, between Kabul and Guzni, about 40 miles
from Kabul. When I first caught them, in May last, though the
weather was not then very cold, I once or twice found them in the
morning quite stiff from the cold, and had to revive them by putting
the box in the sun. I took to filling their box with cotton-wool; but
this did not answer, as I found their legs got tightly entangled in it ;
so I used sheep’s wool chopped short, and soon found that the little
captives appreciated a comfortable berth.
“The Jerboa lives in holes in the ground at all seasons, as far as I
could ascertain. It isnot often seen in the day, feeds at night on all
kinds of grain, does not appear to require water in its natural state :
but in the excessive heat on the march from Kabul (up to 115° in
tents) I believe that without it my specimens would have died; for
they would drink from a tea-spoon at all times.
“The second, which was a young male, was well and healthy, but
could not stand the heat, and died at Peshawur when all its worst
troubles were over. I had been told that I should never succeed in
landing them in England; and had they not shared my umbrella, I
think this would have been the case. I fed them on green wheat,
green rice, indian corn, lucerne, raw potatoes and gram and other
grain and dry biscuit.”
Mr. Sclater laid upon the table a skin of the beautiful Guinea-
fowl from Zanzibar lately described by Mr. Bartlett (P. Z.S. 1877,
P- 652, pl. Ixv.) as Numida ellioti, of which the Society had recently
received several living examples.
Dr. Cabanis, to whom the skin in question had been forwarded for
comparison, had declared it to be the same as Numida pucherani,
Hartlaub (J. F.O. 1860, p. 341); and Mr. Sclater was inclined to
agree with this view, It was evident that Mr. Bartlett had been
misled by the inaccurate colouring of the head given in Mr. Elliot’s
figure of Numida pucherani (Monogr. Phasian. vol. ii. pl. xlvi.), in
which the whole side of the head is coloured blue instead of red,
as accurately represented in Mr. Bartlett’s figure.
Mr. G. E. Dobson exhibited the head of a Partridge shot by
Mr. C. W. Griffith at Ashley, near Stockbridge, in which excessive
growth of the intermaxillary bones had caused the upper mandible
to project nearly halfits entire length beyond the lower. The palatine
bones were normal; and no trace of previous injury to the beak,
which might account for the excessive growth, could be traced.
ee
36*
540 MR. W. A. FORBES ON ANTILOCAPRA AMERICANA. [Nov. 16,
Mr. W. A. Forbes exhibited some drawings of the horns of the Prong-
buck ( Antilocapra americana), and made the following remarks :—
«Many of those here present tonight will doubtless remember the
surprise created amongst naturalists by Mr. Bartlett’s anounce-
ment, in 1865, of the shedding of the horns of the Prongbuck. The
first surprise that this statement created having passed away, the
deciduous nature of the horns of Antilocapra americana seemed in
a fair way of being accepted as one of the commonplaces of zoology.
Fig. 1.
Head of Prongbuck, showing the new pair of horns the day after the
shedding of the old ones: reduced. _
About two years ago, however, the celebrated’ American zoologist
Prof. F. D. Cope appended the following editorial note to a short
account of this animal published in the ‘ American Naturalist ’ (xii.
1878, p. 557) by a Mr. F. W. Endlich :—‘ After several years’
familiarity with the Prong-horned Antelope in a wild state, I may
say I have never met with an undoubted case of shedding of the
horn-sheath, Shed horn-sheaths are not common where these
a
1880.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON ANTILOCAPRA AMERICANA, 541
animals abound, as they would be were the phenomenon usual.
Their appearance on the animal at times indicate that they may be
shed; and I supp»se the evidence is sufficient that the shedding
occurs. But it is not periodical, or even frequent.’
«Fortunately, we have not had long to wait before being able to
again test the accuracy of Mr. Bartlett’s original position.
«On December 4, the Society purchased a pair of Pronghorns, the
male of which was nearly or quite adult, and had ‘apparently
lately shed his horns, as the pair which he bears were quite soft
when he arrived’ (ef. P. Z.S. 1380, p. 23). In confirmation of
this, Mr. Bartlett tells me that his horns also had then no trace of
the ‘prong,’ which subsequently grew in the ordinary position.
Our male animal lived in good health and condition through the
summer, and grew a good (though by no means large) pair of horns.
Fig. 2.
Horn of Prongbuck, drawn the day after the shedding of the old horns :
} nat. size,
«During the night of October 18-19th last, these horns were
shed; but no trace of them could be found, after the most careful
search ; so that in all probability they were either devoured by the
animal itself, or carried away by some predatory rat, or visitor !
“Mr, Smit’s drawings that I now exhibit were made on the spot,
under my supervision, the day after the shedding (October 20).
«Fig. 1 shows the general form and size of the new horns. From
it it is obvious that any person who was not acquainted with the
mature horns of the animal would not for a moment suspect that
any shedding had taken place. Fig. 2 shows one of the new
542 MR. W. A. FORBES ON ANTILOCAPRA AMERICANA. [Nov. 16,
horns, drawn of half the natural size, so far as the movements of
the animal allow this to be done. The base of the newly uncovered
horn is thicker and larger than the top part, and is of a different
texture, being greyer and pretty thickly covered with long, whitish,
closely appressed hairs. The integument is rather soft and decidedly
warm to the touch; and growth is evidently going on here at a
rapid pace. The top part, about one inch long, is smoother and
blacker, though nearly white at the tip. It is nearly glabrous, with
only a very few small hairs, and has the appearance and touch of
ordinary horn. It is separated from the basal ‘pedicel’ part by a
slight constriction, and is movable on this part in a slight degree from
side to side.
Horn of Prongbuck, one month after the shedding of the old horns:
4 nat. size.
‘Fig. 3 shows the condition of the horns today (November 16),
exactly four weeks after the shedding took place. As will be seen,
the horns have grown rapidly, and have already acquired a charac-
teristic inward curve. The hair-covered ‘ pedicel’ and the black
apical part still retain their original character unaltered ; and all the
increase of length in the horn is due, as far as I can make out, to
the lengthening-out of the ‘node’ (to use a botanical term), which is
marked off as a slight constriction on the fresh horn (vide fig. 2).
1880.] MR. J. E. HARTING ON BARTRAM’S SANDPIPER. 943
The horn above the ‘pedicel’ is still slightly movable on this
latter part, which is still markediy warm to the touch, particularly
in its upper half, just below the annular constriction which separates
the two parts of the horn. It is here, I am inclined to believe, that
the new formation of horn is going on, the apical, harder part being
pushed, by the growth of new matter, further and further away
from the pedicel. I may add that the ‘snag’ or ‘prong’ is not
yet visible, but may be felt as a slight eminence at the dase of the
‘ pedicel,’ close to the skull, on the anterior margin of the horn.
“On making a longitudinal vertical section of a horn of Antilecapra,
I find that there is a more or less open canal in the substance of
the horn, continued for nearly the whole extent of the main part of the
horn, but considerably nearer its posterior than its anterior margin.
In its upper part are still observable minute blood-vessels, which
have become naturally injected. The horn has obviously been
formed around this dermal papilla, which, whilst. the surrounding
parts have become hard and corneous, has remained soft and
vascular for a while; but eventually its tissues have shrivelled up. It
will be readily understood how in this way the papilla has gradually
been converted into a hollow channel by the growth and elongation
of the horn formed originally round it. ;
“In conclusion, I can only express my surprise that Prof. Cope
has apparently overlooked Judge Caton’s excellent chapter on the
Prongbuck in his ‘ Antelope and Deer of America’ (1877). Judge
Caton himself has apparently witnessed the phenomenon several times;
and his accouut of the growth of the horns (pp. 25-35) agrees very
well with my own observations, excepting as regards the point of
origin of the ‘prong.’ If the shedding of the horns is ‘ not
periodical or even frequent,’ it is certainly strange that both his
and the Society’s specimens should all have exhibited it. I may
remark that the period of the year assigned for shedding the horns
by Mr. Caton also quite corresponds with the dates of shedding
here (November 7 and October 19).
[P.S. To-day (Dec. 2) the « prong”’ is still concealed beneath
the hairy covering of the pedicel, but is now very easily perceptible
to the touch. The hairy covering of the “ pedicel ”’ is thicker now
than six weeks ago, apparently owing to the growth of new hairs
round it. The horn above is still movable on the “ pedicel.’ —
W. A. F.]
Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on a
Specimen of Bartram’s Sandpiper (Actiturus bartramius), which
had been purchased freshly killed in Leadenhall Market. Mr.
Harting had made searching inquiries as to the origin of this
specimen, which had resulted in the conclusion that it had been
killed in Lincolnshire. Mr. Rye had examined the fragments of
Coleoptera contained in the stomach, and believed them to be
referable to British species.
544 MR. PARKER ON THE SKULL OF BATRACHIANS. [Nov. 16,
Mr. W. K. Parker read the following abstract of a memoir on
the development of the skull in the Urodele Batrachians.
«In the present paper I have worked out the skulls of :—
“1. The Giant Salamander (Sieboldia maxima) (adult).
«2. The Menopoma (adult).
“3. Siren lacertina (adult and young).
“4, In the native Newts (Z'riton cristatus and Lissotriton punc-
tatus), several stages, including the adult.
“These latter I have found to be extremely instructive, as they
show in their various stages that which is permanent in the skulls
of the larger but lower types.
“The skull of the Great Salamander has been figured before (by
Temminck and Schlegel, Wiedersheim, &c.), but never to my satis-
faction ; and the specimen which lived so long in the Gardens of the
Society was evidently larger and older than those dissected and
figured by the authorities above mentioned. The types of Urodeles
worked out by Wiedersheim and me are now very numerous ; and
if any one curious in such matters will read and compare what we
have written and illustrated, I am confident that he will find that
this field has been cultivated, relatively to its extent, as carefully and
as neatly as any that can be mentioned.
“But Prof. Huxley’s paper on Menobranchus, published in the
Proceedings of the Society in 1874 (March 17), remains for all
time the model ‘headland’ for all such husbandry: to it, and to
the more general account of the Urodeles in his article on the
Amphibia in the new edition of the ‘ Encyclopzedia Britannica,’ I
am greatly indebted.
“Tam satisfied that this group is extremely well worth all the labour
that has been spent upon it, from time to time, by many workers,
and that there is in it still much land to be possessed.
“* We have no such persistently larval forms in the ‘ Anura’ as we
have in this group, where all the forms of the larger and lower
‘ Proteidea’ can have their counterparts shown in the developing
series of the young of any of the higher and smaller (Caducibran-
chiate) types.
“The indefiniteness of the boundary line between the Proteidea
and the Salamandroids is of extreme interest ; and this is heightened
by the well-known facts of the variable metamorphosis of the Axolotl
(Siredon) and of what can be done in the way of altering the time of
metamorphosis in the viviparous Salamander, which, as a rule,
absorbs its gill-tufts before it is born.
‘‘ Morphologically, the interest of this group is unsurpassable ; here
for the first time we meet with the rudiments of structures that go on
unto perfection in the ascending scale of types.
« Amongst these I may mention the cartilaginous larynx, and the
stapes and columella (the outworks of the ear), the latter being
formed of a half-aborted or arrested or partly absorbed element that
belongs to the hyoid arch.
‘“«In these forms we see the very simple bony plates and cartilages
of the larva that correspond with what we find in those very genera-
P.Z.S 1880 Pos
dier.pirec
.. Via
R
7)
BUFO VIRIDI
P. Z.S .1880.PLEP
RViandier pin tern Brows)
BUFO MAURITANICUS
B:)
Mintern Bros
/varice ear
REGULARIS.
UFO
B
1880.] ON THE PALZARCTIC AND ETHIOPIAN TOADS. 545
lized fishes the ‘Dipnoi’ (Zepidosiren and Ceratodus), becoming
greatly modified, cut up into separate parts, with most diverse modi-
fications and uses.
“Indeed the loss of the gills and the full development of the lungs
in these forms is correlated with many other excellencies and accom-
plishments in these creatures, which make them the forerunners and
prophets of the still more excellent types that rise, group above
group, in the ascending scale of the Vertebrata
“I know full well that the tailless Amphibia form a nobler group
than this, with richer endowments and clearer prophecies ; but they
spring from another root-stock, and look upwards towards another
culmination.
**In these, the Anura, we have, so to speak, the ‘ primee lineze’ of
the Mammalia; we see the ‘members’ of the Sauropsida written in
legible characters in the unfolding scroll of the ‘ Urodeles.’
“Tn conclusion, I have to thank Dr. Sclater and the President for
much of the invaluable materials for this paper, and to express a
hope that the Members of the Society will not be slow to receive
and put value upon any honest work that explains the morpholo-
gical meaning of this or that type, or group of types, of the Verte-
brata.”
The following papers were read :—
1, On the Palearctic and Aithiopian Species of Bufo. By G.
A. Boutrncer, Aide-Naturaliste at the Royal Museum
of Belgium. (Communicated by Dr. A. Ginrtuer.)
[Received August 3, 1880.]
(Plates L.-LII.)
The present monograph I had undertaken a year ago in collabo-
ration with my friend M. Lataste of Paris, who, after having worked
at it during several months, has given it up, being obliged to attend
to other studies. He had collected a good deal of information, and
he has been so kind as to give me the free use of all his notes con-
cerning this subject.
The African species of the genus Bufo have been but little studied,
and their synonymy is in a state of great disorder ; species which
are evidently identical have been separated, whilst others quite di-
stinct have been united. This is the reason that induced M.
Lataste and myself to undertake this study. But as the species
of the Asthiopian and Palearctic regions are very closely allied,
we thought it necessary to extend our investigations to both
regions—especially as the variations that some of the Palzearctic
species undergo have not yet been noticed by authors, and as, at
present, even in the most important collections, these species are not
always properly distinguished,
546 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Nov. 16,
The chief condition for doing useful work was to examine the
types of all the species. I am glad to say that, in this respect, we
have been perfectly successful. The species of nearly all the large
collections of Europe have been examined by us. M. Lataste has
received, through the kindness of Prof. Schlegel, Dr. Steindachner,
and M. Coulon, communication of the African Bufones of the mu-
seums of Leyden, Vienna, and Neuchatel. Both of us have studied
all the specimens in the Paris Museum ; and Prof. Vaillant has kindly
communicated to me in Brussels the most interesting forms of that
rich collection. Prof. Cornalia has sent me all the African speci-
mens of the Milan Museum ; and Dr. Strauch has supplied me with
very numerous specimens of Bufo viridis from various parts of Asia.
Dr. Giinther has allowed me to study the specimens in the British
Museum. I beg these learned gentlemen to receive my sincere
thanks. Finally, I have had at my disposal the collection of the
Brussels Museum and that of M. Lataste, which he has most libe-
rally communicated to me.
Thus, this monograph is based upon :—all the specimens of the
British, Paris, and Brussels Museums, and M. Lataste’s private col-
lection; all the African specimens of the Leyden and Milan Mu-
seums; many interesting specimens of the Vienna, St. Petersburg,
and Neuchatel museums.
The genus Bufo, as understood by me, corresponds to the family
Bufonidee of Dr. Giinther, and includes the genera Schismaderma,
Bufo, and Otilophus. The first two are the only genera represented
in the two regions above mentioned. I admit ten species—four
in the Palearctic region, five in the Athiopian, and one (Bufo
viridis) inhabiting both regions.
The chief characters I have used for distinguishing these species
differ in some respects from those hitherto employed. Such is that
taken from the subarticular tubercles under the toes, which in some
species are in a single and in others in two rows. This character I
have found to be quite constant in all the species but one (Bufo an-
gusticeps) ; and it has been of great help to me in a group where the
forms are so closely allied and difficult to distinguish specifically.
Another good character, but which cannot be used in very young
specimens, exists in the relative size of the tympanum. I have
paid but little attention to the size and shape of the parotoid glands,
as I am convinced that they do not afford any good specific cha-
racters, being subject to considerable variation.
Whenever I have been able to examine the skeleton of a species,
I have given a short account of it, restricted to those characters only
that are of some interest as distinguishing the species.
By the following dichotomical key I have tried to facilitate the
determination of the species; I must say, however, that it can only
be applied with security to specimens which are adult, or nearly so.
1. Subarticular tubercles under the toes in a single row .........ceeeeceee 5.
Subarticular tubercles in two rows (most of them) ......c.c..-seeerenes 2.
2. First finger not extending beyond second ............sesee-eeseeeeeeeeeees 4,
First finger extending beyond second..........-.000++ 4, B. mauritanicus.
1880. | PALHARCTIC AND ATHIOPIAN TOADS. 547
3. Parotoids black-edged ; interorbital space as broad
SAMO NPN asc ccnansasaneh tn sete aatarensbetes 8. B. vulgaris.
Parotoids not black-edged; interorbital space nar-
mowmenihan the NpPpen eyelid) 2:4. -..-s..d-cecessataness etsescaeenssssedes 4,
4. A parotoid-like gland on the upper side of the calf;
hellyjentirely eranulate.........50tesdsss .as<coseesnen 1. B. calamita.
No large gland on the calf; belly almost entirely
RIFIQOLIEE Se ptens cones Recaeen- sce abhictness ass «ess ato ote ees 6. B. angusticeps.
6. First finger not extending beyond second .............ceccecceeceeeeeeeees 6.
First finger extending beyond second .................ccceeeeeee ee saseevees {[-
6. A parotoid-like gland on the upperside of the calf;
belly, entirely pranulate, . .2...:cccvcceces+-s-ee-teeces 2. B. raddei.
No large gland on the calf; belly almost entirely
BEA OMe, oeady-ey wees Poezoness sec cbdesee tes seca. ie een seats 6. B. angusticeps,
(enearotoids dat andistinch, ea. ivsses ciseeassies-scss-sneccedein 7. B. carens,
IRAMGHOIIIG ISA Glis a, eoekas c= waned Joris ina pees danestnsgsignsstasoadscwesiead 8.
Sa PANGU LE BO OMI APS AL LOG icp oan on deeetnign'esannscocthananeloadacs@ aces astedean 9.
iNosistsal COU pe sists san eeerendan oP -Bat tecay cesta secacai conse aes sisanade tees 10.
9. Tympanum not more than half the size of the eye ;
first finger not much longer than second............ 3. B. viridis.
Tympanum nearly as large as the eye; first finger
much longer than second ...........cseceesseeeeeeeeeee O. By regrularis,
LOM Pympanum distinct .........<sceaccwnstiveosswosasarsseos- 9. B. tuberosus.
PPyrmipamarn WiG0GH. 1: toraeccnate dent sacs seastr cos vasnecece. 10. B. taitanus.
1. Buro cauAmira, Laurenti.
Bufo terrestris fetidus, Rosel, Hist. Ran. p. 107, pl. 24 (1758).
Bufo calamita, Laurenti, Syn. Rept. p. 27, pl. i. f. 1 (1768);
Daudin, Hist..Rain. Gren. Crap. p. 77, pl. 28. f. 1 (1802) ; Daudin,
Hist. Rept. viii. p. 153 (1803); Bonaparte, Faun. Ital. (1832) ;
Beli, Brit. Rept. p. 116 (1839) ; Giinther, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 57
(1858) ; Fatio, Vert. Suisse, ili. p. 402 (1872); Schreiber, Herp.
Eur. p. 141 (1875) ; De Betta, Faun. Ital. Rett. Anf. p. 75 (1875) ;
Lataste, Herp. Gir. p. 291 (1876) ; Leydig, An. Batr. p. 36 (1877).
Bufo cruciatus, Schneider, Hist. Amph. f. i. p. 193 (1799).
Bufo cursor, Daadin, Hist. Rept. viii. p. 164 (1803).
Bufo viridis, part., Duméril & Bibron, Erp. Gén. viii. p. 681
(1841).
Characters.—Crown of the head without bony ridges.
short, blunt. Interorbital space narrow. 'Tympanum small, round,
rather indistinct. Parotoids small, oval, or subtriangular, depressed.
Fingers short, with two-rowed subarticular tubercles; first not ex-
tending beyond second. Hind limbs short ; a parotoid-like gland on
the calf; a cutaneous fold along the inner edge of the tarsus ; toes
short, webbed at the base, with the subarticular tubercles in two rows.
Upper parts with irregular, depressed, distinctly porous warts.
Olive-marbled or spotted above, generally a yellow vertebral line ;
beneath whitish, more or less black-spotted. Male with a much de-
veloped subgular vocal sac.
Snout
548 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Nov. 16,
Dimensions.
a. b. e. d.
m. m. m. m.
From snout to vent ............ 0-074 | 0-080 0-048 | 0-044
Length of head...............-- 0-019 | 0-018 | 0-013 | 0-014
Breadth of head ............... 0:023 | 0024 | 0-017 0-017
From eye to nostril ............ 0-004 0:0045 | 0-003 0:003
From eye to tip of snout...... 0-010 | 0-010 | 0-007 | 0-007
Greatest diameter of orbit .... 0007 | 0-007 | 0:0055 | 0:0055
Interorbital space..............- 0:0045 | 0:005 | 0:0085 | 0:0035
Diameter of tympanum ...... 0003 | 0:003 | 00015
Length of parotoid ............ 0-012 | 0-013 | 0:0085 | 0:007
Breadth of parotoid............) Q°007 0-008 | 0:005 00055
IBOd ys aeeeeceeeetese teraaesaedees 0-055 0-062 0-035 0-030
ilo awlbban|) Facaqasraseecncnedore dec 0 046 0-043 0:026 0-027
Le bnece biel oy. ersegoancnse aasaaaceD 0:086 0:074 0:048 0:047
PTD soso sctacg temas tenat co saanenns= 0:023 0:020 0-014 0-014
a. &. Brussels. Brussels Museum.
b. 9. Geneva. Brussels Museum.
ce. Young 9. Geneva. Brussels Museum.
d. Young ¢ without vertebral line or any trace of tarsal fold.
Ciudad Real. M. Lataste’s collection.
Description.— Bufo calamita is a short-limbed species, the phy-
siognomy and habits of which are so peculiar that no one, I think,
will any longer unite it with B. viridis, as was done forty years
ago by the authors of the ‘ Erpétologie Générale.’ However, the
characters which are generally given for distinguishing the two
species are not so constant as was thought until now, and, though
sufficient in many cases, cannot always be relied upon. One of these
characters is the presence in B. calamita and the absence in B. viridis
of a yellow vertebral line ; and we shall see further on that this line is
sometimes absent in the former and often very distinct in the latter.
Another character, which has been considered the most impor-
tant, is the presence in B. calamita and the absence in B. viridis of a
large parotoidiform gland on the upper side of the calf. Again, this
becomes of no value if we consider a large series of these toads. I
have seen many individuals of B. viridis from North Africa and
especially from Asia, which possess the gland more or less developed,
sometimes even more than is generally the case in B. calamita.
It is on such a specimen from Algiers that M. Lataste established
a new species, which he named after me, B. boulengeri, but which
cannot be considered different from B. viridis, as M. Lataste
himself acknowledges now that he has seen numbers of these toads
during a journey in Algiers.
The shorter limbs of B. calamita will always, in adult specimens,
be sufficient to distinguish it from B. viridis. Another character,
which I have found to be quite constant in this species, is the dispo-
sition of the subarticular tubercles under the toes, most of which are
in two rows; this character, which seems to have been discovered
by Prof. Leydig, will immediately distinguish B. calamita not only
1880. } PALEZARCTIC AND ETHIOPIAN TOADS. 549
from B. viridis but also from B. raddei, the Chinese representative
of B. calamita.
The length of the head equals three fourths or four fifths
of its breadth; the snout is short and blunt, the loreal regions
slightly concave, the canthus rostralis indistinct. The nostrils are
a little nearer the anterior angles of the eyes than the tip of the
snout ; and the space between them equals that between one of them
and the lip. The eyes are about equally distant from the tip of the
snout and the angles of the jaws. The interorbital space is flat
and narrow, its breadth being equal to two thirds or four fifths
of the upper eyelid’s greatest breadth. The tympanum is rather
indistinct, generally quite hidden in its posterior half, small and
rounded ; its diameter does not equal haif the greatest diameter of
the orbit. The cleft of the mouth extends hardly beyond the pos-
terior corners of the eyes. The tongue is elliptical, moderate ; its
length equals twice, or nearly twice, its breadth ; it is somewhat
broader in females than in males. The parotoids are small, ovate or
subtriangular ; they begin at a short distance from the upper eyelids,
and are slightly convergent backwards; their breadth equals two
thirds or four fifths of their length, ‘which equals the distance
between their anterior edge and the nostril or less.
The body is about three times as long as the head in females, a
little less in males and young.
The fore limb is always shorter than the body, especially in
females, which have it thinner than males. The fingers are short
and rather pointed ; the third is the longest ; when laid side by side
the first does not extend beyond the second, which is a little longer
than the fourth ; the thumb is hardly broader in males than in
females ; the subarticular tubercles are mostly two-rowed. There is
a large flat rounded tubercle in the middle of the hand, and another,
smaller and oval, at the base of the thumb.
The hind limb is relatively very short; a little longer than head
and body in males, it is scarcely more, or even less, in females and
young ; if it is carried forwards against the body, the heel reaches to
the posterior corner of the eye in males, to the shoulder in females
and young. In these the tibia is scarcely longer than the head ; it is
rather longer in males ; its upperside is occupied by a large parotoid-
like gland, which, however, is sometimes rather indistinct. A cuta-
neous fold, generally very distinct, extends along more than half the
length of the inner margin of the tarsus. The metatarsus is provided
with two large tubercles, that at the base of the first toe oval and ver
prominent, that at the base of the fourth toe round and flat. The
toes are depressed and short, especially in females, united at the base
by a very short web ; the fourth is one third longer than the third,
which is distinctly shorter than the fifth ; the subarticular tubercles
are not very prominent, rounded, and mostly in two rows.
The warts which are spread on the back are not very prominent,
are flattish, and uever exhibit any trace of spines ; the largest are di-
stinctly porous to the naked eye ; there are two or three very promi-
nent ones at each angle of the mouth. These warts are little deve-
550 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 16,
loped on the limbs. The lower surfaces are covered with rounded
granules, which are much more developed and more distant from
one another on the lower belly and under the thighs.
The coloration of the upper surface varies very much. The
ground-colour is greenish, greyish, brownish, or pinkish, with nu-
merous dark olive spots, very variable in size and in shape. These
spots are generally more distinct from the ground-colour upon the
limbs. The body is often dotted all over with black. The large
warts on the back are often reddish, margined with black; those at
the angles of the mouth are of a beautiful red ; the parotoid and
tibial glands are often reddish. Nearly always a narrow yellow ver-
tebral line extends from the level of the anterior corners of the eyes
to the vent; this line, however, may be more or less indistinct or even
entirely absent. Females have often a light undulous stripe on the
sides of the body. During the breeding-season males and females
have the tips of the fingers and toes brown or black. The lower
surfaces are dirty white, more or less abundantly spotted with
blackish.
The iris is greenish yellow, vermiculated with black.
The males are furnished with a subgular vocal vesicle, which, wheu
swollen, much resembles that of the common Tree-frog; the air
penetrates by a short slit situated in the mouth, sometimes on the
right side, sometimes on the left ; in none of the specimens I have
examined have I found two of these slits. During the breeding-
season the male’s throat is bluish or violet, and the first three fin-
gers are furnished on their inner side with blackish rugosities.
Skeleton.—The prefrontals are large, subtriangular, convex, once
and a half as broad as long, separated backwards by an angular
prolongation of the superior plate of the ethmoid. The fronto-
parietals are flat, much broader backwards than forwards, especially
in males, with a rather large central fontanelle. The anterior arm
or zygomatic apophysis of the temporomastoidians is very short, ru-
dimentary.
The length of the vertebral column to the base of the coccyx
equals hardly once and a half that of the skuli in males, once and
two thirds in females. The diapophyses of the seventh and eighth
vertebrae are directed slightly forwards; those of the ninth, or
sacral, are strongly dilated, rather higher than broad. The coceyx
is deprived of any trace of diapophysis at its base, and is of the same
length as the skull.
The first metacarpian or rudiment of thumb, which is so much
developed in the male B. viridis, is in this species scarcely distinct
and rounded.
Geographical Distribution. B. calamita is a Western Palearctic
species, inhabiting Scotland, England, Belgium, France, Spain and
Portugal, Southern Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Switzerland,
Austria, and reaching eastwards to the frontiers of Russia. It seems
to delight in the sea-coast, being very abundant on the dunes; in
the interior it is rather local than rare,
1880. ] PALEARCTIC AND ETHIOPIAN TOADs. 551
2. Buro RAppDEI, Strauch.
Bufo raddei, Strauch, Voy. Lieut.-Col. Przewalski, Rept. et
Batr. p. 53 (1876); Lataste, Rev. Intern. Se. Ist year, p. 437
(1878).
Characters.—Crown of the head without bony ridges. Snout
short, blunt. Interorbital Space narrow. Tympanum small, round,
very distinct. Parotoids large, kidney-shaped or suboval, depressed.
Fingers short, with single-rowed subarticular tubercles; first not
extending beyond second. Hind limbs short ; a parotoid-like gland
on the calf; a cutaneous fold along the inner edge of the tarsus ;
toes short, webbed at the base, with single-rowed subarticular tuber-
cles. Upper parts with irregular, depressed, distinctly porous warts.
Brown- or blackish-spotted or marbled above; a light vertebral
stripe; beneath whitish, generally unspotted. Male with a little-
developed subgular vocal sac.
Dimensions.
b. C.
m. m.
From snout to yent 0-072 0-031
Worth Of hpads oo. hie. =, ik. k.3 2. 0.021 0-010
Breadth of head 0-025 0-011
From eye to nostril 00055 0.003
From eye to tip of snout 0-010 0-005
Greatest diameter of orbit 00075 0-0045
Interorbital space 0-004 0-:0025
Diameter of tympanum 0-0035
Length of parotoid 0-015 00075
Breadth of parotoid 0-010 00045
(Bod yas oeeeee ls 0-051 0-021
iE ee ae a ee ee 0:038 0-016
LT Site a aR Re Rg 0-078 0-030
wal LOST eas ellie eas 0-022 0-0095
a. 3. Chefoo. M. Lataste’s collection.
6. 2. Chefoo. M. Lataste’s collection.
e. Young. Amour. M. Lataste’s collection.
Description.—This species is very closely allied to the preceding
one, having like it short limbs, scarcely webbed toes, a very much
developed parotoid-like gland on the upperside of the calf, and the
first finger not extending beyond the second ; it approaches B. viridis
in the simple subarticular tubercles under the toes, the very distinct
tympanum, and large parotids. It must be regarded as an inter-
mediate form between B. calamita and B. viridis.
The head resembles in shape that of B. calamita, but is relatively
larger and its breadth a little less with regard to its length. The
nostrils are equally distant from the anterior corners of the eyes and
the tip of the snout; and the space between them equals that which
Separates one of them from the lip. The eyes are a little nearer to
the tip of the snout than to the angles of the jaws. The interorbital
552 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 16,
space is flat and narrow, its breadth equalling about two thirds
of the greatest breadth of the upper eyelid. The tympanum is
always very distinct in adult specimens ; its greatest diameter equals
about half that of the eye. The cleft of the mouth extends to the
level of the front edge of the tympanum, or a little beyond. The
tongue does not differ from that of B. calamita. The parotoids are
large, broad, depressed, oval, subtriangular or kidney-shaped, be-
ginning at a short distance behind the upper eyelids, their inner
edges slightly convergent backwards; they are larger in females than in
males; if directed forwards, their extremity would reach the nostrils
in the former, scarcely beyond the eyes in the latter.
The body is about twice and a half as long as the head in females,
somewhat less in males and young.
The fore limb is always shorter than the body; it is stronger
in males. ‘The fingers do not differ in shape and proportions
from those of B. calamita; but the subarticular tubercles are single-
rowed.
The hind limb is not quite so short as that of B. calamita, nor so
long as that of B. viridis ; if it be carried forwards along the body the
metatarsal tubercles reach the middle of the eye in males, the tympa-
num in females and young. The tibia is a little longer than the
head, and provided on its upperside with a large gland like that of
B.calamita. The cutaneous tarsal fold is not so distinct as is gene-
rally the case in B. calamita. The inner metatarsal tubercle is strong,
oval, and very prominent; the outer one is rounded and much
smaller than that of B. calamita. The toes are a little longer than
those of that species, webbed at the base, and provided with simple
subarticular tubercles.
The warts upon the body do not differ from those of B. ealamita.
The upper surfaces are of a light olive tint, with large, insuliform,
chestnut-brown or blackish, more or less confluent spots, giving the
animal a very beautiful appearance ; these spots respect the vertebral
line, where the light ground-colour appears as a rather broad dorsal
stripe. This is especially the case in females, whilst in males the
spots are generally much less accentuated, and the vertebral stripe
consequently rather inconspicuous. The tips of the fingers, and
sometimes of the toes, are blackish brown. ‘The lower surfaces are
dirty white ; very seldom a few small blackish spots may be seen
wide apart on the belly.
Such is the coloration of specimens preserved in spirit. It
differs very little from that of the living animal, as I know from
two water-colours which M. Collin de Plancy had executed by a
Chinese artist in Pekin, one of which has been kindly given to me
by M. Lataste. These paintings represent the fingers and toes flesh-
coloured, and the iris greenish yellow abundantly vermiculated with
black, except a narrow ring round the pupil.
The males (which do not seem to reach the size of the females)
are provided with a subgular vocal sac, which is much less developed
than that of B. calamita; the apertures inside the mouth are, as in that
species, either on the right side or on the left, or they may be double.
a eRe ay ie we - ~~
1880. ] PALEZARCTIC AND ZTHIOPIAN TOADS. 553
The blackish rugosities on the inner side of the first three fingers are
like those of calamita.
Skeleton (from a single female specimen).—Differs slightly from,
that of B. calamita. The skull.is larger, its length being included
once and a third in that of the trunk. The fronto-parietal bones are
scarcely broader backwards than forwards. The zygomatic apophysis
of the temporomastoidians is more developed, measuring about half
the length of the mastoidian apophysis.
Geographical Distribution —This species represents in Eastern Asia
our B. calamita. Like it, it is very abundant on the sea-coast, the
numerous specimens sent from China to M. Lataste, by his friend
M. Collin de Plancy, having been collected on the sea-shore at Chefoo.
The typical specimens of Dr. Strauch come from the valley of the
Amour and from Daouria.
3. Buro viripis, Laurenti.
Bufo viridis, Laurenti, Syn. Rept. pp. 27 & 111, pl. i. (1768) ;
Daudin, Hist. Rain. Gren. Crap. p. 79, pl. 28. f. 2 (1802); Daudin,
Hist. Rept. viii. p. 156 (1803); Bonaparte, Faun. Ital, (1832);
Guichenot, Voy. Abyss. Lefebvre &c. part iv. Zool. p. 221 (1848) ;
Giinther, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 58 (1858); Strauch, Mém. Ac. St.
Pétersb. sér. 7, iv. 7, p. 79 (1862); Steindachner, Reise Novara,
Zool. i. p. 39 (1869); Fatio, Faune Vert. Suisse, iii, p. 411 (1872);
De Betta, Faun. Ital. Rett. Anf. p. 74 (1875); Lessona, Atti Ac.
Lincei, Mem. Cl. Sc. Fis. &c., i. p. 1085, pl. iv. (1877).
Bufo schreberianus, Laurenti, 1. c. p. 27.
Rana variabilis, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. vii. p. 1, pl. vi. f. 1 & 2
1769).
Bufo variabilis, Merrem, Syst. Amph. p. 180 (1820) ; Eichwald,
Zool. Spec. Ross. Pol. p. 167 (1831); Schreiber, Herp. Eur. p. 138
(1875); Leydig, An. Batr. p. 29 (1877).
Bufo arabicus, Riippell, Reise nordl. Afr. Rept. p. 20, pl. v. f. 2
(1827).
Bufo viridis, part., Duméril & Bibron, Erp. Gén. viii. p. 681
(1841).
Bul calamita, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 426 (1864).
Bufo boulengeri, Lataste, Rev. Intern. Sc. 2nd year, p, 438
(1879).
Bufo hemprichii, Fitzinger, MS.
Characters.—Crown of the head without bony ridges. Snout
short, rather blunt. Interorbital space narrow. ‘Tympanum small,
round, distinct. Parotoids very variable in shape and in size, gene-
rally moderately elongate and kidney-shaped, depressed, sometimes
enormous. Fingers moderate, with generally two-rowed subarticular
tubercles ; first extending a little beyond second. Hind limbs mode-
rate; parotoidiform gland on the calf absent, or more or less deve-
loped ; a cutaneous fold along the inner edge of the tarsus ; toes
moderate, half-webbed, with simple subarticular tubercles. Upper
parts with irregular, depressed, distinctly porous warts. Olives or
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1880, No. XXXVII. 37
554 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 16,
greenish-spotted or marbled above ; generally without light vertebral
Tine; beneath whitish, uniform or black- or olive-spotted. Male
with a very broad thumb and a littie-developed subgular vocal sac.
Dimensions.
a. b. C. d. e. We g-
m. m. m. m. m. m. m.
From snout to vent ...... 0:072 |0:067 | 0-039 |0:059 | 0:070 | 0:082 | 0:078
Length of head .........44. 0:018 |0:017-| 0-011 | 0-017 | 0-020 | 0-022 | 0-021 |
Breadth of head............ 0-025 |0:025 | 0:0135} 0:022 | 0-024 | 0:028 | 0:026
From eye to nostril ...... 0:0045] 0-005 | 0:003 | 0:005 | 0-005. | 0:0055) 0-005
From eye to tip of snout | 0:0095) 00095 0:0055) 0:009 | 0-009 | 0:011 | 0-010
Greatest diameter of orbit! 0°007 | 0-007 |0:005 | 0-007 | 0-007 | 0:007 | 0-007
Interorbital space ......... 0:005 |0:005 | 0-0035)| 0-005 | 0:0045) 0:0055) 0:005
Diameter of tympanum... poe 0:003 | 00015) 00035) 0-003 | 0:003 | 0-003
Length of parotoid ...... ‘016 | 0-013 | 0:0075) 0-012 | 0-014 | 0-023 | 0-022
Breadth of parotoid ...... 0:008 | 0:0065) 0-004 |0:006 | 0:007 | 0-013 | 0-010
Od ype ten pordeeese oe tee se 0-054 | 0-080 | 0:028 | 0:042 | 0:050 | 0-060 | 0:057
Hove TMD. each ee vacneceges 0-047 |0:042 | 0-024 | 0-040 | 0-041 | 0-045 | 0:050
i 3 Hate li lian| Queene ear edee roe 0-086 | 0-077 |0:048 | 0-077 |0:080 | 0:093 | 0-102
sDipiasieceerae Spereocbbah seo 0-024 |0:022 |0:013 0-022 | 0:023 | 0-028 | 0-029
a. 3. Copenhagen. Brussels Museum.
b. 9. Hungary. Brussels Museum.
e. Young. Hungary. Brussels Museum.
d. Q. Egypt. M. Lataste’s collection.
e. 2. Algiers. ‘Type of Bufo boulengeri. M. Lataste’s collec-
f. 2. Noukouss, Amou-Daria (Asia). M. Lataste’s collection.
g. &. Tschinas, Turkestan. St.-Petersburg Museum. '
These two last specimens have enormous parotoids and a very large
parotoid-like gland on the calf.
Description.—Compared with that of B. calamita, the head is
rather more depressed, the snout more prominent, the canthus ros-
tralis more distinct. The nostrils are equally distant from the ante-
rior corners of the eyes and from the tip of the snout; the space
between them is rather less than that between one of them and the
lip. The eyes are equally distant from the tip of the snout and
from the angles of the jaws. The interorbital space is flat and nar-
row, its breadth equalling two thirds of the upper eyelid’s greatest
breadth. The tympanum is always quite distinct, at least in its
anterior half, rounded or a little higher than broad ; its transversal
diameter equals about half that of the eye. The cleft of the mouth
extends to the level of the posterior corners of the eyes. The tongue
varies much ; it is generally moderately large, elliptical, about twice
as long as broad : in some Asiatic specimens it is very large, pear-
shaped, its greatest breadth contained once and a third in its length,
covering nearly the whole surface of the mouth; other specimens
1880.] PALZARCTIC AND ZTHIOPIAN TOADS. 555
are intermediate. The parotoids exhibit astonishing variations; in
all the European and African specimens I have geen, as in most of
the Asiatic ones, the parotoids are more or less kidney-shaped, their
greatest width being forwards, and more elongate than those of B.
calamita, their length equalling double their breadth, and the distance
between their front edge and the tip of the snout, or nearly so; in
some Asiatic specimens* they are enormous, often ovate, much longer
than the head, and once and a half to twice as long as broad. -
These differences in the dimensions of these glands do not correspond
either with the age, sex, or origin of the specimens ; and as (among
the numerous Asiatic specimens kindly sent to me by Dr. Strauch)
I have found intermediate forms, I am convinced that these modi-
fications are nothing more than individual, and do not necessitate the
establishment .of a distinct variety, as I should certainly have done
had I not had a large series of specimens from various localities.
Whatever be their form, the parotoids are depressed, and anteriorly
in contact with the upper eyelids.
The body is about three times as long as the head; and there is
but little variation between sexes in that respect.
The proportionsof the fore limb are the same as in B. calamita; but
the fingers are not so short nor so pointed ; the third is the longest,
then come the first, the second, and the fourth ; the first, or thumb,
which is very broad in males, being laid against the index, exceeds
it a little in length; the subarticular tubercles are two-rowed, often
imperfectly, under the first and sometimes the second and third
fingers. The tubercles of the hand are like those of B. calamita.
The hind limb is longer than that of B. calamita and B. raddei ;
being carried forwards along the body, the metatarsal tubercles reach
the anterior corner of the eye in males, the posterior corner in females ;
the tibia is always considerably longer than the head, and some-
times with a parotoid-like gland, sometimes without. It was first
noticed by M. Lataste on an Algerian specimen, which he therefore,
and also on account of its origin, regarded as the type of a new
species; but other Algerian specimens do not exhibit the least trace
of that gland. Ihave found it, and much developed, on some Asiatic
specimens ; and I thought for some time, before I had an oppor-
tunity to examine a great number of these Toads, that its presence
corresponded with the extraordinary size of the paroteids, and that
these two characters united indicated a species distinct from B. viridis ;
but now I have seen the gland in specimens with normal parotoids.
I have, however, never noticed it somewhat developed in any Euro-
pean specimen. It is therefore necessary to give up considering
the absence of a parotoid-like gland on the upperside of the calf
a character of absolute value, distinguishing this species from the
two preceding ones. The cutaneous fold along the tarsus is like that
of B. calamita. The metatarsus is provided with two tubercles, the
inner one a little more prominent than in B. calamita. The toes are
moderately elongate, the fourth one third longer than the third ;
? Noukouss (Amou-Daria), Tschinas (Turkestan), Mangyschlak (eastern coast
of the Caspian Sea). 7a
3
556 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE Nov. 16
they are depressed and half-webbed; the subarticular tubercles are
large and single-rowed.
The back is covered with more or less prominent, sometimes spi-
nous, distinctly porous warts of various sizes; as in the preceding
species, those at the angles of the mouth are much developed. Very
often a series of larger prominent warts extends on each side of the
body ; this character is very conspicuous in specimens from Denmark.
- The upper surface of the forearms and calves is nearly smooth ;_ that
of the arms and thighs is slightly warty. The granules of the lower
surfaces are larger and more distant from one another on the lower
belly and under the thighs.
The upper surfaces are covered with large, irregular, insuliform,
more or less confluent, olive or green spots, often margined with
black, on a greyish, brownish, or pinkish ground. These spots are
sometimes smaller, isolated, resembling the markings of some species
of Felis. They are rarely interrupted on the vertebral line, as is
the casein B.raddei. The larger warts of the angles of the mouth,
of the sides of the body, and sometimes of the back, of a reddish or
pinkish tint. The large greenish spots are generally more accen-
tuated in females than in males. Contrary to what Dr. Fatio’
thought, the specimens always have a duller coloration during the
breeding-season. A character which has often been used as dis-
tinguishing this species from B. calamita is the absence in the former
and the presence in the latter of a yellow vertebral line. But this
line, which is sometimes wanting in B. calamita, sometimes occurs
in B. viridis; I have seen many specimens, from Italy and from
Algiers, which exhibit more or less distinct traces of it. The lower
surfaces are dirty-white, sometimes without, sometimes with more or
less abundant blackish or olive spots. The presence or absence of
these spots does not correspond with the sexes.
The iris is greenish yellow, vermiculated with black.
The males are furnished with a subgular vocal sac, which is much
less developed and less pigmented than that of B. calamita; as in
the latter, the openings which give access to the air are sometimes
on the left, sometimes on the right side. Blackish rugosities occupy
the inner side of the first three fingers during the breeding-season ;
on the thumb they cover a much greater surface than in any other
species of Bufo.
Skeleton.—The prefrontals are large, subtriangular, convex, once
and a half as broad as long, in contact on their whole inner sur-
face, or slightly separated behind by the prolongation of the upper
plate of the ethmoid. The fronto-parietals are flat, much broader
backwards than forwards, especially in males ; the fontanelle is much
smaller than in B. calamita. The zygomatic apophysis of the tem-
poromastoidians is very short.
The vertebral column, to the base of coccyx, measures once and a
third in males, once and a half in females, the length of the skull.
The diapophysis of the seventh and eighth vertebre are rather
strongly directed forwards ; those of the ninth or sacral are a little
1 Faune des Vertébrés de la Suisse, iii, p. 413.
1880. } PALZARCTIC AND ZTHIOPIAN TOADS. 557
less dilated than in B. calamita. The coccyx is a little longer than
the skull, without any trace of diapophysis at its base.
The males have the first metacarpian or rudiment of thumb very
much developed.
Geographical Distribution —The geographical range of B. viridis
is a very extensive one. It is the only Bufo inhabiting both Pale-
arctic and Ethiopian Regions. In Europe it is found in the eastern
half, from Southern Sweden and Denmark to the extreme south; it
is totally absent from Great Britain, Belgium, Holland, France, and
the Spanish peninsula ; in Switzerland it inhabits the region south
of the Alps. It extends over entire Temperate Asia, being found
eastwards in China and in the Thibet, whence the British Museum
has received specimens, which Dr. Giinther has considered, in his
great work on the Reptiles of British India, as belonging to B. eala-
mita. Dr. Strauch has communicated to me the list of the Asiatic
localities whence the St.-Petersburg Museum has received speci-
mens ; I think it will be of some interest to reproduce it here: —
“Aralykh (Mount Ararat), Bakou, Barnaoul, Bessarabia, Caucasus,
Elisabethpol, river Emba, river Ili, Kherson, Khouldsha (western
frontiers of China), Kirschinew, Maugyschlak (eastern coast of the
Caspian Sea), Nicolajew, Noukouss (Amou Daria), Nowo-Alexan-
drowik, Odessa, Soudagh (Crimea), Tiflis, source of Tongensken,
Tschabroutsch (Bessarabia), Tschaptschatschi, Tschinas (Turkestan),
Tse Balkhasch, Uenowka (Transcaucasia). I have also seen speci-
mens from Lebanon and Arabia. It extends over the northern coast
of Africa, from Egypt, where it is rather common, to Algiers,
4, Buro mavriranicus, Schlegel.
Bufo arabicus, Gervais, Ann. Se. Nat. sér, 2, vi. p. 312 (1836).
Bufo mauritanicus, Schlegel, Wagn. Reis. Alg. iii. p. 134 (1841).
Bufo pantherinus, part., Duméril & Bibron, Erp. Gén, viii. p. 687
(1841); Giinther, Cat. Batr. Sal. p- 59 (1858).
Bufo pantherinus, Guichenot, Expl. Se. Alg. Zool. y. p. 23 (1850);
Strauch, Mém. Ac. Sc. St. Pétersb. sér. 7, iv. 7, p- 80 (1862).
Characters.—Crown of the head without long ridges. Snout
short, blunt. Interorbital space broad, concave. Tympanum small,
suboval, distinct. Parotoids rather large, elliptic, depressed. Fingers
moderate, with two-rowed subarticular tubercles; first much longer
than second. Hind limbs moderate ; no large gland on the calf; a
cutaneous fold along the inner edge of the tarsus; toes moderate,
webbed at the base, with two-rowed subarticular tubercles. Upper
parts with irregular, depressed, distinctly porous warts; above
with large insuliform brown, olive, or reddish spots; beneath
whitish, unspotted. Male with a rather developed subgular vocal
sac,
558 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 16,
Dimensions.
Se: | Saale De PI" he ONS NO en eer SSE RS Ee Aire et re ees
a b. ¢
m, m. m.
Brom snout to venti .......cccsciensosmasseeses 0112 0:122 0:041
Length of head.........ccseeeseeecrrsereeseenees 0:080 0-033 0-012
Breadth Of HAC ms cidceecessendstacinesessnsat 0:040 0-045 0-016
From eye to nostril ..........:0c00 creeee seen 0-008 0:008 0:003
From eye to tip Of SMOUb,......cceeeseeean ees 0-013 0-014 0:0055
Greatest diameter of orbit .........see.eeeee 0:012 00125 0-005
Interorbital space......csscesseeeeensereneenees 0-010 0-012 0-004
Horizontal diameter of tympanum......... 0-004. 0:0055 0-002
Vertical diameter of tympanum.,,.......... 0:0055 00065 0:0025
Length of parotoid ......ccssecesneeseesneeees 0-024 0:026 0-008
Breadth of pavot0id ........sssscesneeseesennes 0-013 0-015 0-0045
BOYS. Sobsds neve gace: ueeareaeem spb essves aes 0-082 0:089 0-029
Tap fs ben Nerseasconord ious osnoccbbedocenacooace 0-082 0-079 0023
TERRA aU Mi8 0% gong osone donsngaaeondeosneroceunana: 0155 0163 0-048
MID ceesevceusuressaeseeneusasssetee Peeebentete a OlOdG 0-050 0:016
a. &d. Loc.? Brussels Museum.
6. 2.. Loc.? Brussels Museum.
e. Young. Loc.? Brussels Museum.
Description.—This species has generally been confounded with the
following one, from which it differs chiefly in its physiognomy, its
small tympanum, its very concave fronto-parietal bones, and its two-
rowed subarticular tubercles under the fingers and toes.
The head resembles that of B. viridis ; but the interorbital space
is very concave in adult specimens, and broad, its breadth being
always more than the greatest breadth of the upper eyelid. The
nostrils are rather nearer the tip of the snout than to the anterior
corners of the eyes; the space between them equals that between
one of them and the lip. The eyes are equally distant from the tip
of the snout and from the angles of the jaws. The tympanum is
very distinct, subovate ; its greatest diameter, the vertical, is some-
what more than half the horizontal diameter of the orbit. The cleft
of the mouth extends to the level of the centre of the tympanum.
The tongue is generally broader than in the preceding species, its
breadth equalling about two thirds of its length in males, three
fourths in females. The parotoids are rather large, depressed,
elliptic, their inner edges slightly divergent backwards, their front
edges nearly in contact with the upper eyelids ; their length equals
nearly the double of their breadth, or the distance between their
anterior edge and the tip of the snout.
The body is rather more than twice and a half as long as the
head, with slight difference between the sexes ; it is shorter in
oung.
The fore limb is very stout and as long as the body in males,
thinner and much shorter in females. The fingers are moderately
elongate, truncated or even slightly swollen at the tips, especially in
1880. | PALEZARCTIC AND ATHIOPIAN TOADS 559
old specimens ; the first and third fingers are about equally long ,
the first being laid against the second, exceeds it by about one
third or one fourth of its own length ; the subarticular tubercles are
double, although often imperfectly, The principal palmar tubercle
is relatively larger than that of B. viridis.
The hind limb is longer than in the preceding species ; being cat
ried forwards along the body, the metatarsal tubercles reach the tip
of the snout in males, the anterior corner of the eye, or slightly
beyond, in females ; the calf is much longer than the head, and with-
out parotoid-like gland. The cutaneous tarsal fold is like that of B.
viridis. The metatarsal tubercle at the base of the first toe is strong,
oval, very prominent ; that at the base of the fourth toe rather
smaller, subcircular, flat. The toes are somewhat longer than those
of B. viridis, slightly depressed, very obtuse ; the fourth is one third
longer than the third, which is a little longer than the fifth; they
are united at the base by a short web, which extends as a fold
along their borders; most of the subarticular tubercles are two-
rowed.
The warts of the back and sides are like those of the preceding
species, and sometimes spinose. The upper surface of the forearms
and calves, instead of being nearly smooth, are strongly warty. The
granules of the inferior surfaces are larger and more distant from one
another upon the lower belly and under the thighs.
The upper parts are greenish yellow or brownish, with large, in-
suliform, rarely confluent, olive, or reddish-brown black-margined
spots. M. Héron Royer has shown me a living specimen which is
above light grey, with some traces of spots on the head only. The
lower surfaces are dirty white or yellowish, without spots. The tips
of the fingers and toes are, at least during the breeding-seagon,
reddish-brown or blackish.
The iris is light yellow; on each side of the pupil, the black ver-
miculations, which are nearly absent above and beneath, cover the
yellow tint, and produce the aspect of a dark vitta through the eye.
The males are provided with a subgular vocal vesicle, which is
nearly as much developed as in B. calamita; the few males I have
had the opportunity to examine have either two vocal slits or only
one on the right side. During the breeding-season the throat is
bluish, and the first three fingers are provided with black rugosities
like those of B. calamita.
Skeleton.—The skull of B. mauritanicus is very remarkable, and
differs greatly from that of the preceding species, approaching in
some respects that of some Indian and American species, B. mela-
nostictus and B. agua for instance. The fronto-parietal bones, which
do not show any trace of a fontanelle, and which are even sometimes
nearly soldered together, expand laterally into a sort of crest, which,
united with another one formed by the supraorbitals, to which they
are quite soldered, borders the orbit above and behind; these bones
are ‘very concave, and nearly twice as broad backwards as for-
wards. The prefrontals are large, a little broader than long. Some-
times the prefrontals and fronto-parietals meet together along their
560 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE (Nov. 16,
entire edges; sometimes they leave between them a little lozenge-
shaped space, in which the upper plate of the ethmoid remains
uncovered. The zygomatic apophysis of the temporomastoidians is
very short.
The length of the vertebral column to the base of coceyx equals
hardly once and a half that of the skull in both sexes, The dia-
pophyses of the eighth vertebra are strongly directed forwards ;
those of the sacral are very dilated, as high as broad. The coccyx,
which sometimes presents traces of diapophysis at its base, is longer
than the skull, measuring the length of the first eight vertebree.
In the males the rudiment of a thumb is rather developed.
Geographical Distribution —Bufo mauritanicus inhabits only the
Palearctic part of Africa. It has been found in Tunis, in Algiers
(where it is very abundant), and in Morocco.
5. Buro rEGULARIS, Reuss.
( Grenouille ponctuée, Geoffroy, Descr. Egypte, Rept. pl. 4. f. 1 & 2
1809).
Bufo regularis, Reuss, Mus. Senckenb. i. p. 60 (1834).
Bufo pantherinus, part., Duméril and Bibron, Erp. Gén. viii.
p- 687 (1841); Giinther, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 59 (1858).
Bufo cinereus, Hallowell, Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. i. p. 169
(1850).
Bufo maculatus, Hallowell, 7. ¢. vii. p. 101 (1854).
Rana mosaica, Seetzen, Reise Syr. Paliist. iii. p. 492 (1855).
Bufo guineensis, Giinther, Cat. p. 59 (1858).
Bufo spinosus, Barboza du Bocage, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1868,
. 845.
3 Bufo pantherinus,, Boié, MS.
Bufo nubicus, Fitzinger, MS.
Characters.—Crown of the head without bony ridges. Snout
short, rather blunt. Interorbital space rather broad. Tympanum
large, ovate, very distinct. Parotoids elliptic, more or less elongate,
more or less prominent. Fingers moderate, with simple subarticular
tubercles, first much longer than second. Hind limbs moderate, no
large gland on the calf; a cutaneous fold along the inner edge of
the tarsus; toes moderate, one third webbed, with simple sub-
articular tubercles. Upper parts with irregular, depressed, in-
distinctly porous warts. Above uniform or variously spotted ;
sometimes a yellowish vertebral line. Beneath immaculate or with
large burnt-like spots. Male, with a little-developed subgular vocal
sac.
aa
From eye to nostril
From eye to tip of snout
Greatest diameter of orbit
Interorbital space ........2...2e0s-2s08
Horizontal diameter of tympanum ..
Length of parotoid ..........c0ccceeeeee
1880. ] PALHARCTIC AND ETHIOPIAN TOADS. 561
Dimensions.
m. m. m. m m. m m.
From snout to vent,........sccsseccssevs 0:069 | 0°093 | 0-085 | 0-038 | 0:051 | 0:053 | 0°136
Dength of head........0...sscessesccsenees 021 | 0-025 | 0-021 |0-011 | 0-015 | 0:014 | 0:037
Breadth of head ............ ..-.|0°025 | 0:032 | 0°028 | 0-013 | 0-017 | 0-019 | 0-047
*0055) 0:0055) 0-005 | 0-003 | 0-003 | 0:003 | 0-008
0-011 | 0-010 | 0-005 | 0-006 | 0-006 | 0-017
0-009 |0:008 | 0-005 | 0-006 | 0-006 | 0-012
0-007 | 0-006 | 0:004 | 0-003 | 0-004 | 0-014
0-0055) 0-005 | 0-002 | 0:004 | 0:0035) 0:006
0:0055
0:010
0:008
0-0055
0:0045
Vertical diameter of tympanum...... eit 0:0065) 0-007 | 00025) 0-005 | C:004 | 0-007
0:014
0-005
0:048
0-041
0:086
Breadth of parotoid........sescsseseees | 0010 | 0-008 | 0-003 | 0-005 | 0:004 | 0-013
PG Vier soseun cannes asqaseon-sanbesesascaw-ist 0-068 | 0.064 | 0:027 | 0:036 | 0-039 | 0-099
IROTOMIMD st ete ccceeess navesctt cess enes 0-050 | 0-045 | 0:020 | 0-033 |0:032 | 0:078
Mirren tn btied-vascsscaecs tests schs eevee
a. 6. Gaboon. Brussels Museum.
6. 9. Senegal. Paris Museum.
ce. Q. Benguella. Milan Museum,
d. Young. Egypt. Brussels Museum.
e. dg. Var. A. Boutry, W. Africa. Leyden Museum (as
B. pantherinus).
f. 2. Var. A. Boutry, W. Africa. Leyden Museum (as
B. pantherinus).
g. Q. Var. B. Port Elizabeth. British Museum.
Description.—The head resembles that of B. vulgaris. The snout
is short, rather prominent, truncated ; the canthus rostralis is rather
distinct. The nostrils are nearly equally distant from the anterior
angles of the eyes and from the tip of the snout; and the distance
between them equals two thirds of that between one of them and
the lip. The eyes are nearly equally distant from the tip of the
snout and from the angles of the jaws. The interorbital space, flat
or slightly concave, is rather broad, its breadth being equal to or a
little less than the greatest breadth of the upper eyelid. The
tympanum is very distinct, large, vertically oval ; its greatest dia-
meter equals at least three fourths of that of the eye in the adult ; it is
smaller inthe young. The cleft of the mouth extends to the level of
the centre of the tympanum. The tongue is rather large, elliptic,
nearly twice as long as broad. The parotoids vary greatly ; though
always elliptical, and with slightly divergent inner edges, they may
be very prominent or depressed, longer or shorter than the head
from their front edge to the tip of the snout; their breadth equals
from a third to half their length. But all these differences cor-
respond with no others, nor with the localities whence the specimens
come; and ina large series of specimens it is easy to find all the
transitions; so that no importance must be attached to these pecu-
liarities,
0-022 | 0-022 | 0-008 |0:010 | 0-011 | 0-024
0-112 | 0-090 | 0-043 | 0-063 | 0:064 | 0-162
Pera atest ps ecestae « doaceeccesnebansdeenees 0-026 | 0-033 | 0:028 | 0-013 |0:019 |0:019 | 0:047
562 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 16,
The body is twice and a half or three times as long as the head.
There is no important difference between the sexes in this respect.
The fore limb is always shorter than the body. The fingers are
either rather obtuse or very pointed. To whoever has not examined
a great number of specimens it would appear as if two varieties
might be established on account of the different shape of the fingers ;
but that would certainly not be natural, as there are intermediate
specimens which could not be placed in either of the two varieties :
nevertheless this is a very remarkable fact, which [ have not met
with in any other species of Bufo. The first finger is generally
shorter than the third, and always longer than the second, which is
as long as the fourth ; the subarticular tubercles are simple. The
principal palmar tubercles are a little smaller than in the preceding
species.
riThe hind limb being carried forwards against the body, the
metatarsal tubercles reach the tympanum or the anterior corner of
the eye; the calf is much longer than the head, and without any
trace of parotoid-like gland. The tarsal fold is narrow and very
distinct, extending at least two thirds the length of the tarsus. The
metatarsal tubercles do not differ from those of B. viridis. The toes
are moderately elongate, slightly depressed, the fourth one third
longer than the third, and show the same variations as the fingers,
being either obtuse or pointed ; they are one third webbed; the sub-
articular tubercles are pointed and very prominent.
The back and sides are covered with irregular depressed, sometimes
spinous warts, the pores of which are generally not distinct to the
naked eye; the upperside of the limbs is more or less warty. Young
specimens exhibit along the outer edge of the forearm a row of very
prominent rounded tubercles, which can also be seen, but much less
prominent, in adult individuals. The lower surfaces are covered
with small granules, which, contrary to what is seen in the preceding
species, are not larger on the lower belly and under the thighs ;
behind the thighs are larger pearl-like ones ; there are large rounded
tubercles under the tarsi.
The upper surfaces are brown, greyish, or reddish, with or without
a yellowish vertebral line; the young always show on each side of
the back three or four dark brown or reddish black-margined spots,
and two others, chevron-shaped, between the eyelids; there are also
vertical ones on the sides of the head, and transversal ones upon the
limbs. In the adult these spots often become indistinct, irregular,
or entirely absent. Sometimes then the upper surfaces are entirely
dark greyish-brown, with scarcely any traces of the dark regular
spots, and with some large, irregular, distant white spots. The
lower surfaces are greyish, immaculate, or sometimes with reddish-
brown burnt-like spots. The throat is blackish in males.
Males do not differ considerably from females; they possess a
little-developed subgular vocal sac, the internal openings of which are
double in all the specimens I have examined. Blackish rugosities
cover the inner surface of the first two fingers during the breeding-
season.
pi
Ae Se
1880. ] PALZARCTIC AND ZTHIOPIAN TOADS. 963
Varietas A.—This form is, perhaps, specifically different from
the former, as it does not reach a size much superior to that of a
full-grown Alytes obstetricans. The tympanum is quite close to
the eye; and the fingers are very slender. However, I will not ven-
ture to separate it from B. regularis, as the last two characters are
not of great importance, being subject to a certain variation.
This is the form which was considered distinct from “ B. pan-
therinus”’ by Dr. Giinther, who named it B. guineensis, after the
Leyden-Museum specimens. But the types of B. guincensis examined
by M. Lataste agree with the typical B. regularis ; therefore, should
this form be considered a distinct species, the name guineensis must
not be applied to it. B. spinosus, Barboza du Bocage, is, I think,
to be referred to this variety.
Varietas B.—Differs from B. regularis typus in its larger size, its
rather concave interorbital space, and in its coloration, which in
some specimens, however, approaches very closely that of the
typical form. The upper surfaces are olive or brownish, with four
or five pairs of very large, irregular, dark brown spots; there is
generally a yellowish vertebral line. The young have generally
the dorsal spots of a fine pink colour, black-margined, beneath
immaculate.
Geographical Distribution.—B. regularis inhabits the whole of
continental AXthiopian Africa. Var. A is confined to the western
coast, where it occurs with the typical form ; var. B alone represents
the species in the south.
Seetzen has observed this species in Egypt, where it is very plen-
tiful. He says:—‘ On September 19th (1808) I had one of the
frogs captured which croaked in the flooded fields between Kahira
and Bulak after sunset; and I was convinced that these croaking
frogs, the voice of which is heard in the evening from the beginning
of September, are nothing else than these toads, which, immediately
after the flood, spread over the flooded plain, where the sexes meet
for breeding ; but at other times of the year they are never heard in
the fountains, where they can be found at anytime. At the end of
this month and in the beginning of October the voice of these
toads ceases gradually ; and at the end of October they can be heard
no more.”
Historie.—This species is first mentioned in the ‘ Description
de P Egypte,’ 1809, where Geoffroy St.-Hilaire gives a good figure
of it under the name “ Grenouille ponctuée,”? but does uot de-
scribe it.
In 1834 Reuss describes it from specimens brought from Egypt by
Riippell, and names it Bufo regularis. He identifies his B. regularis
with ‘ Grenouille ponctuée” of Geoffroy, and B. nudicus, Fitzinger,
MS.
The ‘ Erpétologie générale’ unites, under the name of B. panthe-
rinus, Boié MS., two quite distinct species, viz. B. mauritanicus,
Schlegel, and B. regularis, Reuss.
Afterwards Hallowell describes, very concisely, the species, giving
it the name of B. cinereus, which he changed afterwards to that of
564 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 16,
B. maculatus, the term cinereus having been applied to our common
toad by Schneider and Daudin.
This species is described in Seetzen’s ‘ Voyage in Syria, Palestine,
and Egypt,’ and named Rana mosaica. It is easy to recognize it
by the not very technical description of Seetzen. We see that the
tympanum is oval, the first finger longer than the second, the throat
blackish, the latter character being evidently only applicable to
males. If we consider that Egypt is inhabited by only two species
of Bufo (B. regularis and B. viridis), and that the latter never exhibits
a blackish throat, that its tympanum is round, and not oval, and that
the disproportion between the thumb and the index is too slight to
have been noticed by a naturalist such as Seetzen, we cannot doubt
that the identification of R. mosaica and B. regularis is correct.
Desirous, however, to have further information on this subject,
I wrote to Prof. Peters, in Berlin, who has answered me that
Seetzen’s collection has not been preserved.
Dr. Giinther, in his ‘ Catalogue of Batrachia Salientia,’ 1858,
admits two African species besides B. tuberosus, viz. B. pantherinus
and B, guineensis. ‘The former corresponds to B. mauritanicus and
B. regularis typus and var. B, the latter to B. regularis var. A.
M. Lataste has, through the kindness of Prof. Schlegel and Dr.
Steindachner, examined the types of B. pantherinus, Boié MS.,
B. guineensis, Schlegel MS., and B. nubicus, Fitzinger, MS., and has
found them identical with B. regularis typus.
I have not employed for this species the name of pantherinus,
because this MS. name, though first intended for it by Boié, has been
applied to two or more very distinct species, and would therefore
be a source of confusion.
6. Buro ANGUSTICEPS, Smith.
Bufo pantherinus, part., Duméril and Bibron, Erp. Gén. viii.
p- 687 (1841).
Bufo angusticeps, Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr. pl. 69. f. 1 (1849);
Giinther, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 59 (1858).
Bufo gariepensis, Smith, /. c. pl. 69. f. 2.
Characters.—Crown of the head without bony ridges. Snout
short, blunt. Interorbital space rather narrow. Tympanum very
small, round, distinct. Parotoids generally small, elliptic or sub-
oval, depressed. Fingers short, with single or two-rowed sub-
articular tubercles; first not extending beyond second. Hind limbs
short ; no parotoid-like gland on the calf; cutaneous fold on the
inner edge of the tarsus more or less distinct, or entirely absent ;
toes short, webbed at the base, with single or two-rowed sub-
articular tubercles. Upper parts with irregular, depressed, dis-
tinctly porous warts. Brown or olive, spotted or marbled above ;
generally a yellowish vertebral line; beneath whitish, generally
immaculate. Male with a little-developed subgular vocal sac.
1880. ] PALZARCTIC AND ZTHIOPIAN TOADS. 5 65
Dimensions.
a. b. e. d.
|
; m. m, m. m.
From snout to vent........... 0048 | 0051 0-061 0-035
Length of head...............+6 | 0013 | 0-015 | 0-016 | 0-010
Breadth of head ............6. | 0-016 0:018 | 0-020 0-012
From eye to nostril............ 0:0035 | 0:0035 | 0:0035 | 0:0025
From eye to tip of snout...... | 0:0065 | 0:0075 | 0-007 | 0-005
Greatest diameter of orbit...) 0°006 | 0007 | 0:0065 | 0:005
Interorbital space.............+ 00035 | 0-004 | 0004 | 0:0025
Diameter of tympanum ...... 0:002 | 0-002 | 0-002 | 0-001
Length of parotoid ............ 0:008 0:009 | 0-010 0-006
Breadth of parotoid...........- 0:004 | 0:0045 | 0:0045 | 0-004
MSOC yA. chs cata sie se thas doceee 0:035 | 0:036 | 0:0045 | 0025
(ROKOVIMP AE. deny ects. deges verses 0028 | 0:034 | 0-032 | 0.019
Panic Shem Pvsiss ssc yeehacees oe ap 0:055 | 0-061 | 0:065 | 0-037
ED IDIAR ch cancuase dasacandoes canoes 0-016 | 0018 | 0018 | ‘0-011
a. &. Cape of Good Hope. British Museum. Presented by
Dr. Smith.
- 6. g. Cape of Good Hope. Paris Museum.
c. 2. Capeof Good Hope. Paris Museum.
d. Young. Cape of Good Hope. British Museum. Type of
B. gariepensis, Smith.
Description.—This is a small species, resembling greatly B. cala-
mita in its physiognomy and coloration ; it never exhibits, however,
any trace of parotoid-like gland on the calf. Two characters which
can generally be considered very important and constant, are
subject here to great variation; one of them is the cutaneous
tarsal fold, which is either perfectly developed or entirely absent ;
the other resides in the subarticular tubercles under the toes, which
in most specimens are simple, in others two-rowed.
The head resembles very much that of B. calamita ; but the inter-
orbital space is rather broader. The nostrils are equally distant
from the tip of the snout and from the anterior corners of the eyes ;
the space between them is rather less than that between one of them
and the lip. The tympanum is very distinct, small, rounded ; its dia-
meter equals one third, or rather less, of the greatest orbital diameter.
The cleft of the mouth extends to the level of the front edge of the
tympanum. The tongue is generally broader than in B. calamita, its
breadth being contained about once and half in its length. ‘The
parotoids are not very prominent, elliptic, oval, or subtriangular,
and generally about twice as long as broad; but, as in most
species, their proportions are subject to great variation; there is
always a rather considerable space between their front edge and the
upper eyelid.
The body is nearly thrice as long as the head in females, twice
and a half or a little less in males.
The fore limb is nearly as long as the body in males, much
566 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 16,
shorter and thinner in females. The fingers are short and rather
pointed; the third is the longest; the fourth is somewhat shorter
than the second; placed against each other, the first and second
appear equally long ; the subarticular tubercles are either simple,
with a tendency to bipartition, or double. A large flat rounded
tubercle occupies the middle of the hand, and a smaller oval one the
base of the thumb.
The hind limb is short ; being carried forwards along the body,
the metatarsal tubercles reach the posterior corner of the eye in the
males, hardly the tympanum in females. The calf is not much
longer than the head, and destitute of alarge gland. The cutaneous
fold along the tarsus is, as above stated, either entirely absent or
more or less developed, as well in adult as in young. Smith has
given as a character of his B. gariepensis the absence of the tarsal
fold; but of the two specimens which he has given to the British
Museum, one exhibits it very distinctly. The large metatarsal
tubercles are like those of B. calamita. The toes are short, depressed,
webbed at the base in females, not much more in males. Of the
sixteen specimens examined, four have the subarticular tubercles
two-rowed, the others have them simple.
The warts of the upper surfaces are like those of B. calamita ; the
lower surfaces are smooth, except on the sides, on the lower belly,
and under the thighs, where they are granular.
The upper surfaces are greyish or olive, with irregular brown or
dark olive spots or marblings, which are confluent into transversal
bars upon the limbs. A yellowish vertebral line, rarely absent,
extends from the level of the nostrils to the vent. The lower
surfaces are whitish, unspotted, or blackish-spotted in some males
and young.
Males are furnished with a little-developed subgular vocal vesicle,
the inner opening of which is double. Blackish rugosities cover the
inner side of the first three fingers during the breeding-season.
Geographical Distribution. B. angusticeps inhabits South Africa,
where it seems to be rather abundant.
Historic.—-The present species has been described and very well
figured by Smith, in his ‘Illustrations of the Zoology of South
Africa,’ the adult as B. angusticeps, the young as B, gariepensis.
I have convinced myself, by the examination of Smith’s typical
specimens in the British Museum, that the two forms must be united,
the difference in the shape and size of the parotoids (which is the
single difference of some importance between the two forms) being
in other species subject to such great variation that it cannot be
considered of specific value. ‘The specimens upon which B. garie-
pensis is founded are, besides, not adult.
This species is quite distinct from all other African Toads, though
it is considered by most authors to be referable to a young state of
“* B. pantherinus.”
1880. ] PALZARCTIC AND ZTHIOPIAN TOADS. 567
7. Bu¥ro CAREnS, Smith.
Bufo carens, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr. pl. 68. f. 1 (1949).
Bufo vertebralis, Smith, 1. ec. pl. 68. f. 2.
Schismaderma lateralis, Smith, l. c. App. p. 28.
Schismaderma carens, Giinther, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 138 (1858).
Characters.—Crown of the head without bony ridges. Snout
short, truncated. Interorbital space broad. Tympanum very large,
very distinct, rounded. Parotoids flat, indistinct. Fingers mode-
rate, with single-rowed subarticular tubercles, first extending a
little beyond second. Hind limbs moderate; no large gland on
the calf; a cutaneous fold along the inner edge of the tarsus; toes
moderate, half-webbed, with single-rowed subarticular tubercles.
Upper parts with irregular, depressed, distinctly porous warts. Above
olive darker-spotted ; beneath whitish blackish-spotted. Male with
a little-developed subgular vocal sac.
Dimensions.
a. b. C.
m. m. | om,
From snout t0 vent........:sceccerescevees 0-078 0-081 0-030
Wer ata Oneal se. acne Baie shad coe oscaniss 0-021 0-020 0-008
Fea pin Of Head ..eocscccesceodesss posses 0-026 0025 | 0-010
From eye to nostril ..............cceesea0e- 0-005 0-005 0-002
From eye to tip of snout ...........0... 0-009 0°010 0-004
Greatest diameter of orbit ............... 00075 | 0:007 0-003
Interorbital space. .i:....d...cense.cedeee- 0007 | 0-008 00025
Diameter of tympanum .................. 00065 0:007 0-002
MGUVee oc tssncccrevetss ccs metho nets te crceek 0057 | 0-061 0022 |
move rin PAG, LO Se hE aA. | 0-046 0-048 0-015
hrc Mlimi byt ahs tk hee 0-099 0:095 0-034
Dears stot cxes ipwacgd Aadsine soedes «seers 0029 | 0:030 0-010
a $. Natal. British Museum. Presented by Dr. Smith.
6. 2. Natal. British Museum. Presented by Dr. Smith.
c. Young. Cape of Good Hope. British Museum. Presented
by Dr. Smith. Type of B. vertebralis.
Description.—Bufo carens is avery remarkable species, on account
of its physiognomy and the apparent absence of parotoid glands. The
latter character has even been regarded as of generic value, and
this species has become the type of a genus, Schismaderma, Smith.
The parotoids, however, are not absent, as Dr. Giinther has shown :
and this species must evidently be placed in the neighbourhood of
B. regularis. I cannot, therefore, admit Schismaderma, even as a
subgenus.
The head is very short and small with regard to the trunk; the
snout is vertically truncated; and the loreal regions are nearly vertical.
The nostrils are about equally distant from the anterior corners of the
eyes and from the tip of the snout; the space between them equals
568 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 16,
two thirds or four fifths of that between one of them and the
lip. The eyes are nearer to the angles of the jaws than they are to
the tip of the snout. The interorbital space is flat and very broad,
especially in females ; in these its least breadth is much more than
the upper eyelid’s greatest breadth ; it nearly equals it in males.
The tympanum is more distinct than in any other species of Bufo,
rounded and quite close to the eye ; its diameter equals the greatest
orbital diameter, or nearly so. The cleft of the mouth does not quite
extend to the level of the centre of the tympanum. The tongue is
elliptical and about twice as long as broad. In preserved speci-
mens the parotoids are quite invisible; but, as Dr. Giinther has
observed, the skin of the regions where they ought to be found is
much thicker; it is therefore most probable that during life flat
parotoids are conspicuous. ;
The body is thrice as long as the head in females, shorter in males
and young.
The fore limb is always shorter than the body ; it is rather thicker
in males than in females. The fingers are moderately elongate, with
blunt tips and simple subarticular tubercles, which, however, have a
tendency to bipartition ; the first is a little longer than the second,
which is a little shorter than the fourth. A large flat oval tubercle
occupies the middle of the hand, another smaller one the base of the
thumb.
The hind limb is moderately elongate; being carried forwards along
the body, the metatarsal tubercles reach the eye in males, the tym-
panum in females and young. The tibia is much longer than the
head, and deprived of a parotoid-like gland. A. very distinct cuta-
neous fold extends along the two thirds of the inner edge of the
tarsus. The metatarsal tubercles are oval, the inner one more promi-
nent. The toes are moderately elongate; the web extends to near
their tips, but is deeply emarginate; the subarticular tubercles are
simple.
The body is covered above with irregular, flat, distinctly porous
warts which do not exhibit any trace of spines; larger warts form a
sort of chain along the sides. The lower surfaces are granular; the
granules are scarcely larger beneath the thighs; they are larger on
the male’s throat.
The upper parts are olive, with a few dark black-circled spots; a
blackish vitta, beginning behind the eye, extends on the sides of the
body. The hind limbs are transversely barred with blackish. The
lower surfaces are more or less vermiculated with blackish ; the thighs
are often blackish beneath. The young very often exhibit a light
rhomboidal spot on the scapular region.
The males are furnished with a little-developed subgular vocal sac,
the opening of whichis double. The throat is blackish. Blackish
rugosities occupy the inner surface of the first three fingers during
the breeding-season.
Geographical Distribution.—This species has only been found in
South Africa. It is rare in collections.
1880.] PALHZARCTIC AND ZTHIOPIAN TOADS. 569
8. Buro vutearis, Laurenti.
Bu,o terrestris, Rosel, Hist. Ran. p. 85, pl. 20-21 (1758).
Rana bufo, Linné, Syst. Nat. 12th ed. i. p. 354 (1766).
Rana rubeta, Linné, 1. c. p. 354.
Bufo vulgaris, Laurenti, Syn. Rept. p. 28 & 125 (1768) ; Daudin,
Hist. Rain. Gren. Crap. p. 72, pl. 24 (1802); Daudin, Hist.
Rept. vill. p. 139 (1803) ; Eichwald, Zool. spec. Ross. Polon. p. 167
(1831) ; Bonaparte, Faun. Ital. (1832); Bell, Brit. Rept. p. 105
(1839) ; Duméril & Bibron, Erp. Gén. vill. p. 671 (1841) ; Guiche-
not, Expl. Se. Alg. Rept. p. 27 (1850) ; Giinther, Cat. Batr. Sal.
p- 55 (1858) ; Strauch, Mém. Ac. Sc. St. Pétersb. sér. 7. vii. p. 79
(1863) ; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 419 (1864); Fatio, Vert.
Suisse, iii. p. 587 (1872) ; Lataste, Herp. Gir. p. 283, pl. xi. (1876) ;
Schreiber, Herp. Eur. p. 134 (1875); De Betta, Faun. Ital. Rett.
Anf. p. 72 (1875); Leydig, An. Batr. p. 12 (1877); Lessona, Atti
Ac. Lincei, Mem. Cl. Se. Fis. ete. i. p. 1080, pl. iv. (1877).
Bufo cinereus, Schneider, Hist. Amph. f. i. p. 185 (1799); Daudin,
Hist. Rain. Gren. Crap. p. 73, pl. 25 (1802); Daudin, Hist. Rept.
viii. p. 141 (1803); Merrem, Syst. Amph. p. 182 (1820).
Bufo rubeta, Schneider, l. c. p. 227.
Bufo roeselii, Daudin, Hist. Rain. Gren. Crap. p. 77, pl. 27
(1802); Daudin, Hist. Rept. viii. p. 150, pl. 96 (1803).
Bufo ventricosus, Daudin, Hist. Rain. Gren. Crap. p. 83, pl. 30
(1802) ; Daudin, Hist. Rept. viii. p. 168 (1803) ; Merrem, Syst.
Amph. p. 131 (1820).
Bufo spinosus, Daudin, Hist. Rept. vii. p. 199 (1803).
Bufo palmarum, Cuvier, Régne Anim. 2nd ed. ii. p. 109 (1829).
Bufo colchicus, Eichwald, Zool. spec. Ross. Polon. p. 167 (1831),
Bufo vulgaris japonicus, Schlegel, Faun. Japon. Rept. p. 106, pl. ii.
(1833) ; Lataste, Le Naturaliste, 2nd year, p. 219 (1880).
Bufo gargarizans, Cantor, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 483
(1842).
Bufo commutatus, Steenstrup, Ber. 24. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf.
etc. Kiel, p. 134 (1846).
Bufo griseus, Hallowell, Proc. Ac. N. Se. Philad. 1860, p. 506.
Bufo japonicus, Camerano, Atti Ac. Sc. Torino, xiv. p. 884
(1879).
Characters.—Crown of the head without bony ridges. Snout
short, blunt. Interorbital space broad, Tympanum small, round,
often indistinct. Parotoids elliptic, rather elongate, very prominent.
Fingers rather short, with two-rowed subarticular tubercles, first exe
tending scarcely beyond second. Hind limbs moderate; no large
gland on the calf; no tarsal fold ; toes moderate, at least half-webbed,
with two-rowed subarticular tubercles. Upper parts with more or
less prominent indistinctly porous warts. Above brown- or blackish-
spotted; parotoids blackish-margined. Beneath whitish, more or
less black-spotted. Male without vocal sac.
Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1880, No. XX XVIII. 38
570 M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 16,
Dimensions.
a. b. ic. d. é. ip g.
m,. m. m, m. m. m. m.
From snout to vent............ 0:070 | 0-090 |0-103 | 0°094 | 0-077 |0°134 |0-101
Length of head............0000-. 0:019 | 0-024 | 0-027 | 0-026 | 0-024 | 0-048 | 0:028
Breadth of head ..............- 0'023 | 0-032 |0:036 |0:033 | 0-029 |0:055 | 0:036
From eye to nostril ............ 0:0045| 0:005 | 0-006 | 0:006 |0°005 | 0-010 | 0-0055
From eye to tip of snout...... 0-009 | 0-011 | 0-012 | 0-012 | 0-0105/0-019 | 0-012
Greatest diameter of orbit ...|0:007 | 0-009 | 0-009 | 0-0085) 0-008 | 0-015 | 0-009
Interorbital space ............ 0-007 | 0:008 |0:009 | 0-008 |0:007 |9:014 | 0-010
Diameter of tympanum ...... a ze 1. a ... | 0008 | 0:005
Length of parotoid ............ 0:013 |0-017 | 0-021 | 0-019 | 0-016 | 0-026 | 0-018
Breadth of parotoid ......... 0:0055)| 0-006 |0-010 | 0.009 | 0-0085) 0-011 | 0-011
DBO Opie. cae sates lenag especies ol 0-051 | 0-066 |0:076 | 0-060 | 0°:053 | 0-086 | 0:073
HORE Vim Deaccetarcasce act nan sees 0:047 |0:055 |0°064 | 0-060 | 0-050 | 0-084 | 0056
Hinid’ limber ke.ccn.s chor snae 0-095 | 0-104 |0-126 |0°125 | 0-101 | 0:170 | 0-110
MEDIAN Pee veds cy dete sts Pew wdddon et 0:025 | 0-030 | 0-036 | 0-034 | 0-028 | 0:049 | 0-033
a. &d. Brussels. Brussels Museum.
6. 2. Geneva. Brussels Museum.
ec. @. Milan. Brussels Museum.
d. 3. Spain. Brussels Museum.
od. Pekin. Brussels Museum.
3. Japan. British Museum.
Q Ningpo. __ British Museum.
Description.—The head is about one fourth broader than long ;
the snout is short and blunt, the canthus rostralis scarcely distinct.
The nostrils are equally distant from the anterior angles of the eyes
and the tip of the snout, or somewhat nearer the former ; the space
between them equals that between one of them and the lip. The
eyes are nearer the tip of the snout than to the angles of the jaws.
The interorbital space is flat, in some very old specimens slightly con-
cave and broad, its least breadth being somewhat more than the
upper eyelid’s greatest breadth. The tympanum is generally hidden,
except its front edge ; it is distinct in most Japanese and some Chinese
specimens ; it is rounded; and its diameter equals hardly half that of
the orbit. The cleft of the mouth extends much beyond the level
of the posterior angles of the eyes. The tongue is elliptical, moderate,
once and a half to twice as long as broad; it is generally broader in
females than in males. The parotoids are elliptic, twice or twice and
a half as long as broad in European and Japanese specimens, shorter
and oval in the Chinese; they are very prominent, and their inner
edges diverge backwards.
The body is from twice to nearly three times as long as the head.
The fore limb is as long as or slightly shorter than the body and
very stout in the male, shorter and thinner in the female. The
fingers are rather short and more or less pointed; the third is the
longest ; the second and fourth are equal and scarcely shorter than
the first ; the subarticular tubercles are two-rowed. ‘There are two
a
Cs
heer ears
Hite ony ies
1880. | PALZARCTIC AND ETHIOPIAN TOADS, 571
large metacarpal tubercles—one on the middle of the hand, large and
rounded, another at the base of the thumb, smaller and oval.
The hind limb is moderately elongate; being carried forwards along
the body the metatarsal tubercles reach the eye in the male, the
shoulder in the female; the tibia is considerably longer than the
head and destitute of a parotoid-like gland. There is no tarsal fold.
The metatarsus is provided with two large tubercles—the inner very
prominent and oval, the outer flatand rounded. The toes are mode-
rately elongate, depressed, nearly entirely webbed in the male during
the breeding-season, at other times half-webbed ; the subarticular
tubercles are small and two-rowed.
The upper surfaces are covered with irregular, more or less pro-
minent, often spinous warts, the pores of which are nearly quite in-
distinct to the naked eye; the Japanese specimens are remarkable
for the greater prominence of the warts, which are very spinous; the
Chinese have also the warts very prominent, but rather less spinous
and more elongate, as if two warts had blended into one. The lower
surfaces are granular, the granules being larger and more distant
from one another on the lower belly and beneath the thighs.
The upper surfaces are brown, greyish or reddish, with irregular
dark brown or blackish spots. The young and some females have
the parotoids and the large warts fine brick-red. The parotoids are
margined on their outer side with dark brown or black, which, in
Chinese and Japanese specimens, extends as a vitta along the upper
side of the flanks. The lower surfaces are dirty white, greyish or
brownish, more or less spotted with blackish; these spots are very
large and dark in the Asiatic specimens.
The iris is reddish, more or less vermiculated with black.
The male is furnished with blackish rugosities on the inner side
of the first three fingers during the breeding-season.
Most recent authors have considered the Chinese and Japanese spe-
cimens of this Toad a distinct variety (B. vulgaris japonicus, Lataste),
or even species (B. japonicus, Camerano). But none of the characters
given to distinguish them from the typical form appear to me
to be constant. These chief characters are the more prominent and
spinous warts and the black horny layer on various parts of the body,
the rather larger head, and the blackish stripe on the flanks. M.
Lataste has discovered a difference in the shape and size of the liver
and of the testicles in specimens from Pekin. If the Japanese form
should be separated from the European, it should certainly also be
separated from the Chinese: but | do not think that distinction
necessary ; and I do not agree with M. Lataste when he says that,
on the same ground upon which he has separated Rana esculenta of
Europe from its Asiatic representative 2. marmorata, he admits two
subspecies in B. vulgaris, viz. cinereus and japonicus.
Skeleton.—The prefrontals are large, subtriangular or pear-shaped,
convex, once and a half as broad as long, their inner edges in con-
tact on their whole length. The fronto-parietals are flat, not or
scarcely broader backwards than forwards, without fontanelle. The
zygomatic apophysis of the temporo-mastoidians is very short.
38*
572 “M. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 16,
The length of the vertebral column to the base of the coccyx
equals once and a third or once and a half that of the skull. The
diapophyses of the seventh and eighth vertebre are not directed
forwards ; those of the ninth are moderately dilated, broader than
high. The coccyx does not show any trace of diapophysis at its base,
and is a little longer than the skull.
The rudiment of thumb is little developed.
Geographical Distribution.—B. vulgaris inhabits the entire Pale-
arctic Region, extending southwards to Algiers, eastwards to China
and Japan.
9. Buro ruserosvs, Giinther.
Bufo tuberosus, Gimther, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 60, pl. iii. f. C
(1858).
Characters.—Crown of the head without bony ridges. Snout
short, prominent, obliquely truncated. Interorbital space broad.
Tympanum rather small, round, distinct. Parotoids moderate, oval,
very prominent. Fingers slender, with single-rowed subarticular
tubercles ; first extending beyond second. Hind limbs rather elon-
gate; no large gland on the calf; no tarsal fold; toes rather short,
webbed at the base, with single-rowed subarticular tubercles. Upper
parts with very prominent spinous indistinctly porous warts. Uni-
form brown, lighter beneath, immaculate or with indistinct spots.
Dimensions.
a b. c
m. m. m.
BPO BOWE LO, VEN o.cvecseseveersacseees: 0:065 0-071 0:025
Denribvot headiverpreatsesssascrsnsesncrasee 0:018 0-019 0:0075
Bread Gh wOLeaa his seescssee ot eveteesecest 0-022 0:025 0-009
From eye to nostril) ......2........s00es9s 0:005 0:0055 | 0:0025
ry Pe LUPIORANOUE ney os.cenr'aasel 0:008 0-008 0:0045
Greatest diameter of orbit .........0.066- 0:0065| 0-007 0-003
Interorbital space.........cs.sssecceeeessees 0-006 | 0:0065} 0-003
Diameter of tympanum ............0..08 0003 | 0:0085| 0-001
Length of parotoid 0-011 | 0013 | 0-004
Breadth of parotoid 0-007 0-007 0-002
BODY cunstap terete Wa-ne es 0:047 0:052 | 00175
Pore Limp ssceatpessceess ys 0:046 0:048 0-018
Ifinid: Tim ceevt.cseecccerc decease csc eunsd ees 0-088 0-090 0:034
UTA DIAL AS eR eee dee seeds. tocemaece ena at ete es 0-027 0-028 0-011
a. g. Fernando Po. British Museum. Typical specimen.
6. 9. Loc.? British Museum.
ce. Young. Gaboon. British Museum.
Description—The shape of the snout of this species is quite
different from that of the preceding: it is short, prominent, obliquely
truncated from front to back; the canthus rostralis is rather dis-
tinct ; and the loreal regions are high and vertical. The nostrils are
nearer the tip of the snout than the anterior corners of the eyes ; the
a
1880. ] PALEZARCTIC AND ZTHIOPIAN TOADS. 573
space between them equals that between one of them and the lip.
The eyes are nearer the tip of the snout than to the angles of the
jaws. The interorbital space is slightly concave; its breadth equals
about that of the upper eyelid. The tympanum is distinct, rounded,
or a little higher than broad; its diameter equals about half the
greatest orbital diameter. The cleft of the mouth extends to the
level of the centre of the tympanum. The tongue is elliptical, narrow ;
its breadth contained twice in the female, twice and a half in the
male, in its length. The parotoids are very prominent, oval, oblique,
divergent backwards; their breadth is contained hardly twice in
their length ; they begin at a rather considerable distance behind the
upper eyelids.
The body is about twice and a half as long as the head.
The fore limb is as long as the body in the male, scarcely shorter
in the female. The fingers are long and slender; the first equals
the third and is much longer than the second, which isa little longer
than the fourth ; the subarticular tubercles are simple, and larger and
more prominent than in any other species of Bufo I have seen. A
large rounded tubercle occupies the middle of the hand, and another,
smaller and oval, the base of the thumb.
The hind limb is slender; being carried forwards along the body
the metatarsal tubercles reach the tip of the snout in the male, between
the eye and the nostril in the female; the tibia is much longer than
the head and does not show any trace of parotoidiform gland. The
inner edge of the tarsus is tuberculous. The first cuneiform tubercle
is moderate, oval, rather prominent ; the other metatarsal tubercle
is rounded, and not very distinct from the other large tubercles that
surround it. The toes are rather short; the fourth is rather more
than one third longer than the third, which is scarcely longer than
the fifth; they are webbed at the base; the subarticular tubercles
are large, prominent, and single-rowed.
The integument is most peculiar. Above, the warts are very pro-
minent, the larger ones composed of a central, conical, spine-bearing
tubercle surrounded by several others ; the parotoids are very rough.
The lower surfaces are covered with minute granules intermixed with
larger spinous ones.
The upper surfaces are brown, uniform in the adult, with a few
angular symmetrical blackish spots on the head and body and across
the limbs in the young. ‘The lower surfaces are lighter, with some
indistinct traces of dark spots in the male.
The male has no vocal sac.
Geographical Distribution Bufo tuberosus inhabits West Africa.
It is very rare in collections.
10. Buro Tarranus, Peters.
This species has been lately described by Prof. Peters (Monatsb.
Berl. Acad. 1878, p. 208, pl. i. f. 9) from a young specimen. It
seems to be distinct from all other African Bufones, being most closely
allied to B. tuberosus. Not having seen the animal, I will reproduce
the diagnosis given by Prof, Peters.
574 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF RUK. [Nov. 16,
«Crown of the head flat; snout rather prominent, as long as the
diameter of the eye; canthus rostralis distinct ; nostril lateral and
beneath the latter; at the end of the snout a linear furrow. Body
slender; parotids flat and elongate; tympanum hidden; temporal
region, back, and sides covered with prominent warts ; beneath finely
granulate. Fingers and toes short ; the latter shortly webbed. No
tarsal fold ; palm with one, sole with two small tubercles.”
“Dark yellowish brown, with irregular longitudinal and transver-
sal black spots. Limbs irregularly barred. Belly brownish yellow,
marbled and spotted with black.”
«Total length 0:030 m., length of head 0-008, breadth of
head 0:009, fore limb 0°018, hand (to the tip of the third
finger) 0:006, hind limb 0°028, foot (to the tip of the fourth
toe) 0°083.”
Hab. Taita (East Africa).
Brussels, July 31, 1880.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pratt L.
a. Bufo viridis 2. Noukouss, M. Lataste’s collection.
b. Upper surface of head of 2. | Mangyschlak ip rom the St. Petersburg
e. a. 8 :
” ” Museum.
d. § s d. Copenhagen. Brussels Museum.
Puats LI.
a. Bufo mauritanicus 9. Algiers. M. Lataste’s collection. .
= rp o. Skull from above. Algiers. M. Lataste’s
collection,
“ Prats LII.
Bufo regularis, var. B, 2. Cape of Good Hope. Paris Museum.
2, A List of the Birds of the Island of Ruk in the Central
Carolines. By Orro Fivscu, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S., &e.
[Received August 12, 1880.]
Ruk, Rug, or, as the natives call it, more correctly, Tug (Hogo-
leu of the older charts), is the most important island of the Central
Carolines. It consists of several low and high islands, surrounded
by a barrier-reef. Of these islands Tol and Ruk are the largest and
highest. The zoology of this group of islands is very limited ; and,
if I am right, Hombron and Jacquinot are the only naturalists who
have examined it. The ‘ Voyage au Péle Sud,’ however, gives us
only three species of birds as occurring there—namely, Drymophila
rugensis, Myiagra oceanica, and Calamoherpe syrinz ; and no other
additions have been made since. During my stay on Ponapé it was
my privilege to inspect a considerable series of birds collected by
Mr. J. Kubary, who spent fourteen months in investigations and
collections on this island. I have thought it useful to give a short
1880. ] DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF RUK. 575
notice of this collection —the more so as Mr. Kubary has kindly fur-
nished me with a list of all the species observed or obtained by him ;
so that the following list will contain a full enumeration of the birds
of Ruk. Of the total number of 29 species, only two are peculiar
to the islands (Drymophila rugensis and Myiagra oceanica). The
species marked in the subjoined list with an asterisk I did not in-
spect myself, but insert on the authority of Mr. J. Kubary.
1. CoLLocaLia VANICORENSIS (Quoy & Gaim.).
Agrees in every respect with specimens from the Palaos and
Kushai.
2. MyzoMELA RUBRATRA (Less.).
Agrees with Ponapé specimens.
3. CALAMOHERPE SYRINX, Kittl.
Agrees with Ponapé specimens.
4, ZOSTEROPS SEMPER, Hartl.
Exactly like specimens from Ponapé.
5. METABOLUS RUGENSIS.
Colluricincla rugensis, Jacq. et Puch. Voy. Pole Sud, iii. p. 62;
Atlas, t. 13.
Metabolus rugensis, Bp. C. R. xxxvili. p. 650 (1854).
Native name “ Uua.”
The adult males of this species in full dress (in July) are of a
silky white, with the front, lores, lower part of cheeks, chin, and
throat of a dark shining black. In August the same birds are of a
uniform dull sooty black. Young males and females (in July and
August) are above bright cinnamon-colour, darkest on the wings
and tail ; below of a light pale rusty colour, passiag into whitish in
the female, and of a nearly isabelline-white in the male. From this
dress the latter change into that of the old male, as one specimen
before me already shows the development of the black face.
Young females change from the cinnamon into the black garb.
Mr. Kubary also found nests and eggs of this species, of which I
have examined specimens. ‘lhe nest is of a distinctly cup-shaped
form, about 13 inch deep by nearly 3 inches in diameter ; the wails
are thick, and consist entirely of fine halms of grass and fibres. The
nests are placed in forked branches of trees, and contain one or two
eggs. The latter are cream-coloured, speckled all over with rufous,
which at the large end are confluent, and cover this part all over
with rufous speckles. Some eggs have more of a pale reddish
ground-colour.
6. Myracra oceanica, Jacq. et Puch. Voy. Péle Sud, Zooi. iit.
p- 77; Atlas, pl. 12 bis, f. 1 & 2.
The nest and eggs were obtained by Mr. Kubary. The former
576 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF RUK. [Nov. 16,
resembles that of M. pluto from Ponapé. It is cup-shaped, 12!"
deep by 20! to 24!" in diameter, and consists of fine grass fibres,
&c., covered all over outside with moss and lichen. The egg
(c. 10’” long) is of a shining cream-colour, passing faintly into isabel-
line. A little above the centre, towards the larger end, there is a
broad ring of reddish-brown spots, which are confluent and are mixed
with some greyish ones; the remaining portion of the egg has a few
reddish speckles. The nest is placed on the branches of trees, and
contains mostly a single egg, seldom two. The breeding-season is
nearly the whole year through. I inspected eggs collected in May,
June, and August.
This is a very good species, and by no means identical with
M. albiventris, Peale, as was suggested by us (Ornith, Centralpolyn.
p- 93). Ladd a short description :—
Male. Upper parts slate-grey ; wing and tail darker, of a brownish
black ; head above with steel-black lustre ; underparts white ; chin
pale ; throat and upper part of a bright rust-red.
Female. Like the male, but paler; above smoky brown; head
above the same, underneath with only the throat washed with rufous-
yellow.
Long. al. caud. rostr. Lat. rostr, Long. tars.
m "4
3 9" rhe Gan Ae g'
This species is much larger than M. albiventris ; the latter has
only the chin and throat vivid rufous-red and the upper parts
black.
7. CALORNIS PACIFICUS (Gm.).
Specimens from Ruk agree with others from Ponapé and Kushai,
although some look apparently a little more shining. A young
male has the feathers of the underparts from below the throat dis-
tinctly margined on the sides with whitish, forming light longitudinal
stripes, as I described in Palau specimens.
*8, ERYTHRURA TRICHROA (Kittl.).
9. Prinopus PONAPENSIS, Finsch.
Agrees with Ponapé specimens.
*10. CARPOPHAGA OCEANICA, Less.
11. PHLoGa@NAS ERYTHROPTERA (Gm.).
Agrees with specimens from Ponapé.
*12. SrREPSILAS INTERPRES, L.
*13. CHARADRIUS FULVUS, Gm.
14. Numenius pHxopvus, L. ‘
This is perhaps rather N. uropygialis, as the specimens have a
dark-barred rump.
*15. Actiris IncANA (Gm.).
1880. ] DR. 0. FINSCH ON NEW PIGEONS, 577
*16. ARDEA SACRA, Gm.
17. ARDEA SINENsIs, L.
18. NycricoraxX MANILLENSIS, Vig.
19. OrTYGOMETRA CINEREA, Vieill.
This species breeds on Ruk. The nest is placed in the grass on
swampy ground, and contains but two eggs. The latter (14! long,
11" diameter) are speckled all over minutely with pale rufous-
brown on a pale yellowish-rufous ground.
*20. SrerRNA BERGI, Licht.
#21, STERNA MELANAUCHEN, Temm.,
22. Anous stouipus (L.).
Agrees with specimens from Ponapé and Kushai.
23. ANOUS MELANOGENYs (Gm.),
*24, GyGis ALBA (Sparrm.).
*25, PuFFINUS OBsCURUs (Gm.).
*26, Puaiiron CANDIDUS, Briss.
*27. PHairoN RUBRICAUDA, Briss.
*28. TACHYPETES AQUILA, L.
*29. Dysprorus suuA, L.
3. On two Species of Pigeons from the Caroline Islands.
By Orto Finscu, M.D., C.M.Z.S., &c., late Director
of the Zoological Museum of Bremen.
[Received August 12, 1880.]
1. PriLopus HERNSHEIMI, sp. nov.
Diagn. Like P. fasciatus, but without any marked pectoral or
ventral spot ; lower part of breast and sides of vent of a uniform
grass-green.
Hab. Kuschai (Strong Island, Ualan).
Kittlitz long ago mentioned a small Pigeon as observed by him on
the island of Ualan, which he did not obtain. It is now my privi-
lege to be the first naturalist to report on this species; and, after a
careful investigation, I feel no doubt as to its specific distinctness,
and have given above its chief characteristic differences from its
nearest ally. I may remark that I have been able to compare ten
specimens. These all correspond in wanting the pectoral spot,
which is a well-marked feature and very significant in distinguishing
578 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS MyopoRA. [Nov. 16,
these localized species. The absence of any reddish-purple cross
mark on the gular feathers, the red cap, and the general coloration
are the same asin P. fasciatus; but the tail-feathers have a deep-
yellow apical band about 22 millims. in breadth.
I have the pleasure of naming this species after Mr. Franz Herns-
heim, Imperial German Consul at Jaluit (Marshall group), as a
slight token of my personal affection, and of my thankfulness for the
great help he has rendered to my scientific undertakings throughout
my stay in the South Seas.
2. Pritopus ponapeEnsis, Finsch, P. Z.S8. 1877, p. 779.
During my stay on the island of Ponapé I had the pleasure of
examining a considerable series of specimens of this species, and may
state that I found the diagnostic characters previously given quite
constant, but that to them there should be added the following :—*‘ A
distinct dark-green ventral spot, changing in certain lights into dark
violet.” This ventral spot is always present, and occurs in both
SeXeS.
I should likewise say that P#. ponapensis is not confined to the
island of Ponapé, but inhabits also the Ruk group (Hogoleu).
Specimens collected by Mr. Kubary at the latter island agree in every
respect with those from Ponape.
4. On the Genus Myodora of Gray.
By Enear A. Suiru.
[Received September 2, 1880.]
(Plate LIII.)
This genus was indicated by Gray in the ‘Synopsis of the Contents
of the British Museum’ published in 1840, and in the ‘Annals of
Natural History’ for the same year. In the latter work the name is
printed Myadora, and in like manner on p. 136 of the former.
Further on, however, on p. 150 in the same work, it is written
Myodora; and in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1847, p. 191, the author
also employs the latter spelling. This orthographic discrepancy
is probably due to the printer’s misreading of Gray’s manuscript ;
for he was no calligrapher.
In the last-mentioned work Gray questions Reeve’s propriety in
quoting Myadora as of Gray. On this account, and seeing that he
himself there adopts the other spelling and that it has been more
generally used by authors, although not the first actually published,
I shall employ the same word in the present monograph.
Considerable difference of opinion appears to have existed as to |
which is the right valve of shells belonging to this genus and which
the left. Reeve, Philippi, Chenu, and Woods call the flat valve
the right and the deep one the left. On the contrary, Woodward,
Gould, and Hutton (copying Woodward) say the left is flat and the
1880. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS MYODORA. 579
right deep or convex. An equal amount of uncertainty prevails re-
specting the anterior and posterior ends of the shell. Reeve, Woods,
and Hanley describe the former as truncated and the latter as rounded.
On the other hand, Woodward, Adams, Gould, Philippi, and Hutton,
hold a precisely opposite opinion respecting these patts.
In this genus it is a constant character that one valve is flatter
than the other; and in the description of the following new species
the terms ‘‘ flat valve” and “deep valve” will be employed, thus
removing all doubt respecting which valve is spoken of; and the
truncated end, or, in other words, that towards which the beaks in-
cline, will be termed the posterior extremity, and the opposite curved
end the anterior.
Generic Characters of Myodora.
Animal unknown. Shell inequivalve; one valve flattish, the other
convex ; white, more or less truncated at the posterior extremity,
rounded in front, concentrically suleated. Hinge composed of the
sharply reflexed dorsal margins of the flat valve, forming pseudo-
lateral teeth, which fit into corresponding elongate grooves in the
deep valve. Cardinal teeth none. Ligament internal, situated in a
triangular space beneath the umbones, and supported (probably
always) by a free shelly structure termed the clavicle. Exterior of
valves sculptured with microscopic concentric striz, interrupted by
others radiating from the umbones. Interior more or less nacreous,
marked with one or more impressed rays curving from the umbones
towards the ventral margin. Pallial impression with a small sinus.
Genus Myopora.
Myadora, Gray, Ann, Nat. Hist. 1840, p. 306; id. Synopsis Brit.
Mus. 1840, p. 136.
_ Myodora, Gray, Synopsis, p. 150; id. P. Z.S. 1847, p. 191.
. Myadora, Reeve, Con. Icon., Monograph; id. P.Z.S. 1844,
p- 91; Woodward, Man. Moll. p. 499.
Myodora, Hanley, Cat. Rec. Bivalve Shells, p. 338; H. & A.
Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. vol. ii. p. 371; Conrad, Amer. Journ.
Conch. vol. iv. Appendix, p. 71; Chenu, Man. de Conch. vol. ii.
p- 51; Philippi, Handbuch der Conch. u. Malacozool. p. 322.
Pandora, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. iii. p. 537
(striata); Sowerby, Appendix to Stutchbury’s Sale Cat. p. 3
(brevis).
Anatina, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. vol. v. p. 99, 100 (érevis,
pandoriformis, crassa, ovalis).
1, Myopora srriata (Quoy & Gaimard).
Pandora striata, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. vol. iti.
p- 537, pl. 83. f. 10; Jay, Cat. Shells, ed. 3, p. 120, pl. 6. f. 6, 7.
Myadora striata, Gray, MSS., Reeve, Con. Icon. f. 6-Ge; id.
P. Z. S. 1844, p. 93.
Myodora striata, Deshayes, Chenu, Man. de Conch. vol. ii.
p- 52, fig. 215.
580 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS MyopoRA. [Nov. 16,
Myodora striata, Q. & G., Hanley, Cat. Biv. Sh. pl. 12. f. 12.
M. brevis, Woodward, non Sowerby, Manual Moll. pl. 23. f. 12.
Hab. New Zealand. ‘Common in the north, rare in the south,
Dunedin” (Hutton, Manual of N.Z. Mollusca, p. 137).
This is the largest species of the genus. The concentric strize on
the flat valve are comparatively fine, and generally less conspicuous
than as represented by the figures in the ‘Astrolabe’ and the ‘ Con-
chologia Iconica,’ the latter depicting a shell with the angle formed
by the dorsal margins exceptionally acute. The sculpture of the
deep valve is rather coarser than that of the other valve.
2. Myopora roTuNDATA, Sowerby.
Myodora rotundata, Sowerby, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 129, pl. 24. f. 8.
Myodora rotunda, Hutton (as_of Sowerby), Manual N.Z. Moll.
1880, p. 137.
Hab, New Zealand.
This species differs from M. striata in having the convex or
deep valve much deeper, the hinder dorsal margin proportionally
shorter, less incurved and more sloping, the ligamental pit much
smaller, and the contour of the shell more rounded.
3. Myopora BREVIS (Sowerby).
Pandora brevis, Sowerby, Appendix to Stutchbury’s Sale Cat.
oobi Dlngls 2
Cae brevis, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. v. p. 99, tab. Suppl.
AS. f. Ly ae
Myadora brevis, Reeve, P.Z.S8. 1844, p. 93; id. Con. Icon.
f. 7a-b; Hanley, Rec. Biv. Shells, pl. 10. f. 13; Chenu, Man. de
Conch. vol. ii. p. 52, fig. 217. :
Non M. brevis, Woodward, Man. Moll. pl. 23. f. 12,=M. striata.
Non M. brevis, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. vol. iii. pl. 98.
f. 2-2a,= M. pandoriformis.
Hab. Port Jackson (Stutchbury § Brenchley); Lane Cove, Farm
Cove, and Mossman’s Bay (Angas, P. Z. S. 1867) ; Cape Upstart
(Mus. Cuming) ; New Zealand (Bolton); Stewart Island (C. Traill) ;
Tasmania (I. Gunn).
The form of this species is subject to considerable variation. This
may be seen by comparing the figure in the Stutchbury Sale Cata-
logue with that in the ‘Zoological Journal.’ The series of specimens
in the Museum, too, indicate how variable the species is with regard
to outline, the apical angle in some being much more acute than in
others.
The microscopic sculpture consists of a very minute granulation,
the granules being of unequal sizes and frequently transversely
oblong. This granulation is coarser than in the other species of
the genus; and the almost total absence of the radiating microscopic
lines obtaining in all of them is remarkable.
The Tasmanian specimens are peculiar on account of the greater
coarseness of the concentric raised ridges; but in other respects
1880. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS MYODORA. 581
they agree with the normal Australian form, except that the umbonal
angle is rather less acute.
4. Myopora PANDORIFORMISs (Stutchbury).
Anatina pandoriformis, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. v. p. 99, tab.
Suppl. 43. f. 3-4.
Myodora pandoriformis, Hanley, Rec. Biv. pl. 10. f. 9.
M. pandoreformis, Reeve, Con. Icon. f. 10; id. P. Z.S. 1844,
. 93.
: M., brevis, H. & A. Adams (non Sowerby), Gen. Moll. vol. iii.
pl. 98. f. 2, 2a.
Hab. Port Jackson (Stutchbury §& Macgillivray) ; Middle Har-
bour (Angas); Sydney Heads, 15 fathoms ( Brenchley); Port Philip
(Brit. Mus.) ; Stewart Island (C. Traill).
This species is easily recognized from the others by its transversely
elongate form, its comparative smoothness, and the excessive fineness
of the microscopic sculpture.
5. Myopora crassa (Stutchbury).
Anatina crassa, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ, v. p. 100, tab. Suppl.
43. f. 5-6.
Myodora crassa, Hanley, Rec. Biv. pl. 10. f.6; Reeve, Con. Icon.
f.1; id. P. Z.S. 1944, p. 92.
Hab. Port Jackson (Stutchbury, Macgillivray, King); Middle
Harbour (Angas, P. Z.8. 1867); Stewart Island (C. Trail).
This species is remarkable for its solidity and its flat valve
being less flattened or concave than in other species of the genus.
6. Myopora ovatis (Stutchbury).
: Anatina ovalis, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. v. p. 100, tab. Suppl. 43.
27-8.
Myodora ovalis, Hanley, Rec. Biv. pl. 9. f. 53.
Hab. Port Jackson.
This species, judging from the figure, appears to belong to this
genus. It is omitted by Reeve in his Monogragh, by Conrad in his
Catalogue in the fourth volume of the ‘American Journal of Con-
chology,’ and by Angas 1n his list of the shells of New South Wales.
Stutchbury’s description runs thus :—“ Shell ineequivalve, thin, pel-
lucid, posterior side truncated; right valve convex, superior margin
suleated, receiving the inflated edge of the other valve; left valve
slightly convex. Hinge with an oblique elongate internal cartilage.
Sinus of the impression of the mantle large.”
The figure is rather like that of Myodora pandoriformis as regards
form ; but the sculpture of the deep valve appears finer. The
pallial sinus is said to be large, which is hardly descriptive of that
in pandoriformis, or, indeed, of any species of the genus. Indeed,
this fact and its “thin, pellucid”’ substance suggest the possibility
of its belonging to another group—Thracia?
582 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS MyopoRA. [Nov. 16,
7, Myopora ostoneGa, Reeve. (Plate LIII. figs. 1, 1a.)
Myodora oblonga, Reeve, Con. Icon. f. 8; id. P.Z.8. 1844,
. 93.
: M. curvata, Reeve, J. c. f. 9; id. P. Z.S. 1844, p. 93.
Hab. Mindoro Island, Philippines, and Corrigidor Islands.
On comparison of the types of these two so-called species I fail
to observe any real distinctive characters; indeed I might say they
are almost identical. I may add, too, that the figure of M. curvata
is incorrect ; the anterior dorsal slope should be less curved, and the
hinder end not produced to such a point.
This species is more elongate transversely than IM. ovata; its
sculpture is scarcely so coarse, and is not interrupted or obsolete on
the posterior depressed areas of the valves; indeed, upon the margins
the terminations of the plicze are quite prominent.
8. Myopora ovata, Reeve. (Plate LIII. figs. 2, 2a.)
Myodora ovata, Reeve, Con. Icon. f. 4; P. Z. 8. 1844, p. 92;
Chenu, Man. de Conch. vol. ii. p. 52, f. 216.
Hab. Zebu, Philippine Islands (Cuming); Port Jackson and
Port Adelaide (Angas) ; New Zealand (Hutton).
In the description of this species the right valve is said to be
‘slightly convex.” This is incorrect, and should be ‘slightly con-
cave ;”’ for all the specimens, including the type itself, agree in this
respect.
The hinder end of the convex or lower valve has a faint ridge
running from the umbo to the lower angle of the truncated end; and
upon the portion of the surface parted off by it the coarse concentric
plice are all but obsolete. The corresponding end of the other
valve too exhibits a similar space upon which the concentric sculpture
is more feebly expressed ; this portion of the valve is rather excavated.
The microscopic sculpture of the deep valve is a trifle finer than
that of the flattened one, the radiating minute thread-like lines
upon the latter being a little more remote from one another.
9. Myopora TRigona, Reeve. (Plate LIII. figs. 3, 3a.)
Mycodora trigona, Reeve, Con. Icon. f.2; P. Z. 8. 1844, p. 92.
M. tincta, Reeve, l.c. f.5; P. Z. 8. 1844, p. 93.
Hab. Islands of Luzon and Ticao, Philippines.
On comparing the types of the two species described by Reeve
under the above names, I have come to the conclusion that they are
not specifically distinct. MM. tincta, judging from the description,
merely offers a difference of colour. It is said to be “‘ stained with
light brown,” a feature common to all the other species represented
on the same plate. ‘The form is almost exactly the same as the
young of M. oblonga; but the sculpture is finer.
10. Myopora pLana, Reeve. (Plate LIII. figs. 4, 4a.)
Myodora plana, Reeve, Con. Icon. f. 3 a-b; P.Z. 8. 1844, p. 92.
Hab. Island of Bohol, Philippines.
1880.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS MYODORA. 583
This form is scarcely separable from MV. trigona. It is, however,
a trifle more oblong, with the apical angle hardly as acute and the
concentric ridges of the deep valve fewer and more distant.
11. Myopora riuctuosa, Gould.
Myodora fluctuosa, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1861,
vol. vili.; Otia Conch. p. 161.
Hab. Japan, Kagosima Bay.
This species is known to me only by Gould’s description, which
runs thus:—‘* T’. parva, tenuis, albida, umbonibus fere medianis :
valv. dextra convexa, postice triangularis, apice truncata, undulis
concentricis cire. 20 ad margines haud protractis ornata; (valva
sinistra ignota ;) cardo debilis, dentibus elongatis. Long. 8, alt. 7,
lat. 3 millim.”’
12. Myopora convex, Angas.
Myodora convexa, Angas, Proc, Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 57, pl. ii
f. 13-14.
Hab. New Caledonia.
This species, as its name implies, has the deep valve very convex.
It is of a rather rounded form and finely regularly lirated.
13. Myopora TASMANICA, Woods.
Myodora tasmanica, Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1875,
p- 160.
“Testa albida, curvato-oblonga, antice leviter flecuosa, abrupte
truncata, valva sinistra ventricosa-convera, dextera distincte
concava ; concentrice striata ; striis paucis, rotundatis, latiusculis,
subdistantibus, regulariter crescentibus ; sub lente elegantissime,
tenuissime decussata. Long. 17, lat. 13, alt. 4 mill.”
Hab. Long Bay, Tasmania.
“This very distinct species of Myodora has more affinities with
the Australian IL pandoreformis than any other; but it has no
movable testaceous appendage, and the valves are both distinctly
striately ridged ”’ (Woods).
The above description applies exactly to IM. ovata, which, how-
ever, is said to be from the Philippine Islands.
14, Myopora AusrpA, Woods.
Myodora albida, Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasman. 1875, p. 160.
“ M. testa alba, translucida, subquadrate oblonga, subconveza,
antice latissime truncata; concentrice striata; striis elevatis,
rotundatis, regularibus, paucis, prope marginem anticum angulatis.
Long. 10, lat. 6, alt. 2 mill.’
Hab. Long Bay, Tasmania.
‘A very pretty species, differing from the last in its subquadrate
form and its convex valves, which are both regularly and distinctly
striate” (Woods).
584 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS Myopora. [Noyv. 16,
15. Myopora NOVE-ZEALANDI, sp.nov. (Plate LIII. figs. 5,
5a, 56.)
Shell inequilateral, subequilaterally triangular ; deep valve con-
siderably convex, with an indistinct shallow groove posteriorly near
the margin, concentrically rather coarsely sulcated, the sulci ex-
tending from the front margin to near the posterior side, where they
suddenly stop, leaving a smooth narrow space between their termi-
nation and the edge, or, in other words, a plain posterior dorsal area.
The front dorsal margin is nearly straight and a trifle longer than the
posterior, the latter being feebly incurved ; ventral margin arcuate.
Interior pearly, marked with two subparallel or slightly diverging
rays or striz, radiating from the umbo a little beyond the centre
of the valve. Flat valve a trifle concave, with much finer concentric
sculpture than the other valve ; anterior dorsal margin straight, acute.
Length from apex to ventral margin 81 millims., width 91.
Hab. Stewart Island (C. Traill); New Zealand.
This species is more equilaterally triangular than any other in the
genus, and is remarkable for the abrupt termination of the con-
centric grooves on the deep valve, the smooth posterior dorsal area,
and particularly for the two divergent impressed rays within both of
of the valves radiating from the umbones as far as the pallial
impression. ‘The sinus in the latter is rather deep; and the hinder
muscular scar is higher up or nearer the umbo than the anterior one.
The shallow depression or groove proceeding down the hinder side
of the deep valve is near the margin, and very conspicuous.
16. Myopora suBRostTrRATA, sp.nov. (Plate LIII. figs. 6, 6a,
6b, 6c.)
Shell subtrigonally ovate, posteriorly rather acuminated and
scarcely truncated at the extremity, anteriorly sharply curved;
ventral margin curved and feebly sinuated posteriorly, giving the
shell a somewhat rostrated appearance. Deep valve moderately
convex (in young specimens much flatter), with only a trace of a
shallow depression down the posterior side; its hinder dorsal margin
almost rectilinear, the anterior much arcuated; concentric sulci
rather coarse, generally continued to the margins. Other valve
quite flat, with finer sculpture. Hinge-cartilage furnished with a
small pellucid clavicle. Interior with a single impressed ray,
curving from the umbones to the sinus in the pallial impression
in the flat valve, and further within the valve in the deep one.
Anterior scar somewhat elongated, posterior more circular.
Length 14} millims., width 18, diameter 5.
Hab. New Zealand (Colonel Bolton § Mus. Cuming) ; Stewart
Island (C. Traill).
This species may have been confounded with J/. ovata, which is
included by Hutton among the species of this genus said to be found
at New Zealand.
M. ovata is not so narrowed posteriorly, is broadly truncated,
and more elongated transversely. Its sculpture too is coarser; and
the apical angle formed by the convergence of the dorsal slopes is
1880.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS MYODORA. 585
not so acute. The present species is more broadly and deeply
suleated than MW. striata, and of a different form, the hinder dorsal
slope being straighter and the anterior more curved. The deep
valve has not the elevated and strongly sculptured hinder marginal
ridge which is so characteristic of that species.
17. Myopora ANTIPODUM, sp. nov. (Plate LIII. figs. 7, 7a.)
Shell transversely elongate, broadly truncated behind, acuminately
curved at the opposite extremity. Anterior dorsal slope shorter
than the posterior, considerably oblique, rectilinear, hinder margin
feebly incurved. Deep valve rather shallow, concentrically lirate ;
lire thickest near the anterior side, and less distinct posteriorly.
In the latter region a ridge runs from the umbo to the lower end of
the truncation; and between this and the dorsal margin the surface
is concave. Flat valve very slightly concave, concentrically,
finely, and shallowly sulcate, the interstices on the front dorsal
margin being raised and prominent. Interior of valves with a single
impressed ray, curving from the umbones to the lateral boundary of
the pallial sinus. The latter is broad and not deep.
Length 9 millims., width 131, diam. 2.
Hab. New Zealand (Col. Bolton, R.£.).
This species may be known from M. boltoni by the broader
posterior truncated end, and the fact of the hinder dorsal slope being
longer than the anterior, whilst in that species it is the reverse.
The sculpture of the deep valve too is coarser, and the pallial sinus
broader and not so deep; and the impressed ray meets the latter at
a different point. M. pandoriformis has a curved front dorsal
margin, is more equilateral, its deep valve more convex; and the
form is deeper from the umbones to the ventral margin.
18. Myopora BOLTON], sp. nov. (Plate LIII. figs. 9, 9a, 96, 9c.)
Shell transversely elongated, much narrowed posteriorly, and
obliquely truncated at the end, broad and curved at the other
extremity. Anterior dorsal margin very slightly oblique, rectilinear,
posterior a little incurved, a trifle shorter than the other. Lower
or deep valve moderately convex, with a raised ridge from the umbo
to the lower end of the truncated extremity, and with a depression
between it and the raised margin. Surface almost smooth, with
the exception of the posterior end, which is distinctly sulcated,
especially upon the raised ridge and the margin. Upper or flat
valve somewhat concave, finely concentrically striated. Interior of
valves with a single impressed ray curving from the umbones to the
upper boundary of the pallial sinus. The latter is conspicuously
deep. Hinge-clavicle present.
Length 9 millims., width 14}, diam. 3.
Hab. New Zealand (Colonel Bolton, R.E.).
This species can hardly be compared to any of the known
forms. M. pandorifoimis is more like if then any other; but that
is more strongly sulcated, more broadly truncated posteriorly, more
Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXXIX. 39
536 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS Myopora. [Nov. 16,
curved on the anterior dorsal margin, and the pallial sinus is much
less deep.
The microscopic radiating strize on the present species are very
conspicuous.
19. Myopora proxiMa, sp. nov. (Plate LITI. figs. 8, 8a, 80.)
M. triangularis, A. Ad. MS. in Mus. Cuming.
Shell subequilateral, triangular, thick ; dorsal lines converging to
a sharp point, anterior a little convexly curved, posterior a trifle
concave near the umbones; anterior and hinder ends rather sharply
rounded, subangular, the latter sometimes more or less obliquely
truncated ; ventral margin broadly arcuate. Deep valve not very
convex, with only a trace of a depression down the posterior side,
rather coarsely lirated from margin to margin ; upper valve flat or
very slightly convex, sulcated very nearly as coarsely as the other
valve. A single impressed ray in the interior, curving from near
the umbones to the inner or latera) boundary of the small pallial
sinus in the flat valve, and nearer the centre in the deep one.
Posterior scar subrotund ; anterior one more elongate, subpyriform.
Length 10 millims., width 103, diam. 3.
Hab. Japan, 22-47 fathoms (Capt. H. C. St. John, R.N.); China
(Mus. Cuming).
This species approximates very closely to J. trigona from the
Philippine Islands. It may, however, be specifically separated on
account of the more acute apical angle, its greater depth from the
umbo to the ventral margin, the less-distinct posterior depression
on the convex valve, the slighter truncation of hinder margin, and
the less regularity and less elevation of the concentric ridges.
20. Myopora REEVEANA, sp. nov. (Plate LIII. figs. 10, 10a.)
M. reeveana, A. Adams, MS. in Mus. Cuming.
Shell transversely ovate, posteriorly broadly truncated, anteriorly
rounded, subequilateral; front dorsal slope of deep valve nearly
rectilinear, only feebly arcuate, hinder rather incurved ; concentric
ridges very fine, continuous from margin to margin; upper valve
flat, with a slight depression down the posterior side, finely con-
ceutrically striated. Jnternal impressed ray a little curved, extending
to the inner side of the pallial sinus.
Length 51 millims., width 72, diam. 2.
Hab. China.
This species is remarkable for the fine concentric sculpture, in
which respect it differs from its congeners. MV. convewa is lirated
nearly as finely, but differs in form. Young specimens of .V/. pan-
doriformis would probably agree very fairly in the latter character;
but their concentric liree are much too remote.
The truncation at the posterior end is very abrupt in this species,
and forms almost a right angle with the hinder dorsal slope. The
microscopic sculpture is excessively fine in comparison with that of
other species.
P Z.S.1880. Pl. LIL
SPECIES OF MYODORA.
1880.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS MYODORA. 587
21. Myopora TENUISCULPTA, sp. nov. (Plate LIII. figs. 11,
11a.)
Shell thin, inequilateral, abruptly truncated behind, and sharply
rounded at the other end ; anterior dorsal slope rectilinear, longer
than the posterior ; the latter is remarkably incurved. Deep valve
only slightly convex, with a very feeble depression posteriorly, and with
very shallow concentric sulci, scarcely apparent to the naked eye.
Flat valve a trifle concave, concentrically finely striated. Impressed
ray of the interior curved, meeting the inner boundary of the mantle-
impression in the flat valve and falling a little further within in the
deep valve. Posterior scar subrotund; anterior elongate, much
narrower.
Length 5 millims., width 7, diam. 13.
Hab. 2
This is the most finely sculptured species in the genus, and is less
equilateral than W. reeveana.
22. Myopora compressa, sp.nov. (Plate LIII. figs. 12, 12a.)
Shell compressed, rather thin, subtrigonal, posteriorly obliquely
truncated, acutely rounded in front. Hinder dorsal slope rather
incurved, shorter than the anterior, the latter being nearly rectilinear.
Ventral curve slight. Lower or deep valve very shallow, with a feeble
depression posteriorly near the margin, and marked with shallow
concentric sulci and strize, the interstitial ridges being most prominent
at ashort distance from the hinder extremity, or, in other words, on
that part of the surface which bounds the depression. Angle formed
by the truncated end and the dorsal margin rather abrupt, of about
90 degrees. Upper valve flat, with a shallow depression posteriorly,
finely concentrically striated. Impressed ray of the interior curved
a little, extending in the flat valve to the inner boundary of the pallial
sinus, and a little nearer the centre in the other valve.
Length 74 millims., width 9, diam. 12.
Hab. ?
This is a very compressed species, and very finely sculptured.
It is thinner than WM. proxima, with a straighter anterior dorsal
margin, more finely sulcated upon both valves, broader and flatter.
It is hardly so finely sculptured as M. tenuisculpta, and of a different
form, being much less elongated transversely.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII.
Figs. 1,1la. Myodora oblonga, | Figs. 8, 8a,8b. Myodora proxima,
F 86
582. p. 586.
2, 2a, ovata, p. 582. 9, 9a, 9b, 9c. —— boltoni, p, 585.
3, 3a trigona, p. 582. 10, 10a. —— reeveana, p. 586.
4, 4a plana, p. 582. 11, lla. —— tenuisculpia,
5, 5a, 56. nove-zealandia, p. 587.
p. 584. 12, 12a. —— compressa,
6, 6a, 6b, 6c. —— subrostrata,584. p- 587.
7, 7a. antipodum,
p- 58
39*
588 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Nov. 16,
5. On a Collection of Phytophagous Coleoptera made by Mr.
Buckley at Eastern Ecuador. By Marri Jacosy.
[Received September 7, 1880.]
(Plates LIV.-LV.)
Although the series of Phytophaga collected by Mr. Buckley
during his last travels in Ecuador is not very numerous and is
devoid of the smaller species of Halticide and Galerucide, it
nevertheless contains a good many new and interesting species, of
which a great part are not only inhabitants of Ecuador, but have
also been found either in Peru or the Amazonian region. The
insects here described are in the collection of Messrs. Godman and
Salvin, and my own.
Genus Lema, Fab.
1, LeEMA VIRIDANA, Sp. noy.
Oblong, parallel: Flavous ; head, antennze (the two apical joints
excepted), tibie, and tarsi black; elytra deeply punctate-striate,
metallic green, the lateral margin and the apex flavous.
Length 33 lines.
Head rather deeply constricted behind the eyes, the vertex with a
small fovea; front deeply grooved on either side, the intermediate
space and the clypeus impunctate, shining black ; antenne half the
length of the body, black, the last two joints and part of the preceding
flavous. Thorax a little broader than long, sides rather deeply con-
stricted, the basal transverse groove deep and distinct; surface
smooth, flavous, shining; scutellum black. Elytra very slightly con-
stricted laterally before the middle, deeply punctate-striate, the in-
terstices strongly raised towards the apex, anteriorly here and there
trausversely wrinkled and minutely punctate. Underside, with the
exception of the upper part of the breast, which is black, as well as
the underside of the femora and tibia, flavous; tarsi black.
From L. cincta, Lac., distinguished by the black head, the colour
of the antenne, and the strongly raised elytral costa ; from L. limba-
tipennis, Jacoby (Journ. Munich Entom. Soc. 1878), by the black
antennze and the colour of the legs.
Mus. Jacoby.
2. LeMA SEMICYANEA, Sp. nov.
Oblong, convex. Black; abdomen and the base of the thighs
flavous; elytra deeply punctate-striate, flavous, a trigonate large
patch, from the base to below the middle, metallic greenish blue.
Length 4 lines.
Head impunctate, orbital grooves very deep, the intermediate
space raised and berdered behind by a distinct transverse groove, en-
tirely black; antennee one third the length of the body, black.
Thorax transverse, very deeply constricted at the sides and trans-
versely grooved near the base ; a rather deep but short longitudinal
1880.] mr. M. JAcoBy ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 589
groove is situated at the middle near the base; anterior angles of
the thorax rounded ; surface shining black, with two short rows of
small punctures; scutellum black, Elytra much wider than the
thorax, deeply punctate-striate, more finely punctured near the
apex, the interstices at the latter place semicostate, impunetate,
flavous ; a broad pear-shaped metallic blue patch, common to bath
elytra, occupies nearly the entire disk, commencing from the sca-
tellaum and ending at about two thirds of the length of the elytra,
without, however, touching the lateral margins, the posterior margin
of this patch is nearly truncate, the hinder angles oblique. Under-
side and legs black, base of the femora and lower part of the abdo-
men flavous.
This species bears some resemblance to L. degaudei, Baly, also
from Ecuador ; but in that insect the second and third joints of the
antenne are of equal length, which is not the case in the present
species, the third joint being double the length of the second; the
interspaces of the elytra are not elevated, and the strize are regular ;
the blue colour in L. deyaudei extends also through the entire length
of the elytra. It might perhaps best be placed after Z. bipartita,
Lac.
Mus. Jacoby.
3. LeMA FLAVICoRNIs, sp. nov.
Oblong, fulvous ; head, sides of the breast, and a spot on each
fernur black ; antenne flavous, the basal joint black.
Length 33 lines.
Extreme base of the head fulvous, the rest black, shining, impune-
tate, finely transversely grooved behind the eyes, orbital grooves very
deep; antennz one third the length of the body, rather robust,
flavous, the first joint subglobular, black. Thorax subquadrate,
anterior angles rounded, basilar transverse groove distinct, sides
deeply constricted below the middie; surface fulvous, with two
parallel rows of fine punctures from the apex to the middle. Elytra
convex, strongly punctate-striate near the base, the punctures
becoming very fine towards the apex ; interstices smooth, not costate,
minutely punctured towards the base. Sides of the breast and a
mark in the shape of a ring at the middle of the femora black ; rest
of the underside and the legs fulvous ; claws piceous.
Mus. Jacoby.
Genus Mastostrtuvs, Lacord.
4. Mastostreraus BUCKLEY], Baly, Cistula Entomol. 1878.
Mus. Godman and Salvin.
5. Masrosrernus THORACICUS, Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1859,
p- 200,
6. Masrosrrruvus moprstus, sp. nov.
Broadly ovate, robust. Light fulvous ; head black, variegated with
testaceous, sides and base of mesothorax black ; elytra fulvous, with
590 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Nov. 16,
a black transverse sinuate fascia at the apex, surrounding a light
flavous apical spot.
Length 5 lines.
Head distinctly punctured in front of the eyes, black ; lower part
of the face deeply excavated, that portion, as well as the anterior
margin of the clypeus and labrum, flavous ; two testaceous spots are
placed near the upper part of the eyes. Antenne rather long, ex-
tending further than the base of the thorax, fulvous, the first four
joints black above. Thorax impunctate, of usual shape. Elytra
moderately deeply and closely punctured, coloured like the thorax ;
the apex of each elytron occupied by a black narrow band in the shape
of a ring, the upper portion of which is widened towards the lateral
margin; the space within this ring is of a light testaceous or yellowish
colour, as well as a convex narrow band above the black marking; the
elytra may also be described as light flavous at their last third, in-
terrupted by a black ring near the apex; a short lateral streak of
flavous extends also from the shoulders downwards. Underside tes-
taceous ; sides of the breast and base of the mesothorax black ; legs
fulvous, tarsi and claws piceous.
Mus. Godman and Salvin.
7. MasTostTeTuus suavis, Bates.
Of this species, two specimens were collected by Mr. Buckley.
The elytra have four black spots each, of which the two anterior ones
are longitudinal and oblique, the others transverse, but isolated in
the specimens from Ecuador, and not connected in shape of a ring,
according to Mr. Bates’s description of his type.
Genus AGATHomMERus, Lacord.
8. AGATHOMERUS SIMPLICIPENNIS, sp. nov.
Elongate, parallel. Flavous-testaceous ; shining, a transverse
band at the vertex, labrum, antennz, part of the anterior femora,
and the tibize and tarsi black.
Length 5 lines.
Head deeply punctured near the eye, the rest impunctate ; flavous,
with a broad black band between the eyes. Antenne extending to
the base of the thorax, black, the first four joints shining, the rest
pubescent. Thorax transverse, sides nearly straight seen from above ;
disk with a transverse groove near the anterior and posterior margins,
the former slightly arched at each side, the latter nearly straight ;
surface glabrous, impunctate, fulvous, margined anteriorly and pos-
teriorly with testaceous. Scutellum trigonate, its apex rounded.
Elytra closely but rather finely punctured, the punctures much more
distant towards the apex, coloured like the thorax. Underside of
the same colour, the femora rather darker; hinder tibize distinetly
bat covered, like the rest of the underside, with long testaceous
airs.
Mus. Godman and Salvin.
= be
1880.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 591
Genus Mrcaxorvs, Fabr.
9. MeGatorus armatus, Lacord.
I am somewhat doubtful whether I am to refer the specimens col-
ected by Mr. Buckley to this species, inasmuch as they differ in
coloration from any specimens of M. armatus I have seen; but as
this difference is the only one, and the insect itself is rather variable
in that respect, I consider it a local variety, which differs from the
type as follows: there are three transverse fulvous bands at the
elytra in both male and female, which is the case also in M. armatus,
but in the female only; the apex of the elytra in the Ecuador insects
is also fulvous, with the exception of a black spot in the centre; in
M. armatus the apex is always black. There are eight specimens
before me from Ecuador which show no variation in colour; and it
is therefore not improbable that they belong to another species
according to our present ideas.
10. Iscuropacuys BicoLor, Lacord.
1]. IscHiopacHys FULGIDIPENNIS, Lacord.
12. PororpLeuRA C@LesTINA, Lacord.
13. CHALCOPLACIS RUFIVENTRIS, Erichs.
_ The antenne in the only specimen before me are entirely rufous,
thus differing from the type; the elytra are dark violaceous.
Genus Mreraxyonycua, Marsh.
14, METAXYONYCHA LEFEVREI.
Colaspis lefevrei, Baly.
On account of the distinct concavity at the end of the inter-
mediate tibie, I think this species ought to be classed in the genus
Metaxyonycha. The specimens from Ecuador do not vary from
Baly’s type before me.
15. PrrionopERA ELEGANS, Jacoby.
Genus Cotasris, Fabr.
16. CoLAsPis BUCKLEYI, sp. nov.
Ovate. Dark metallic green below, antenne and legs dark brown;
above dark purplish, the margins of the thorax and that of the elytra
narrowly metallic green.
Length 43 lines.
Head deeply but not closely punctured, witha central deep groove ;
anterior margin of the epistome metallic green, labrum black ; palpi
slender, testaceous ; antennz fulvous, joints 5-8 piceous, the apical
ones testaceous. Thorax about twice as broad as long, sides dis-
tinctly bidentate ; surface punctured like the head, impressed at
each side with a rather deep fovea, the ground of all the punctures
metallic green, this colour specially noticeable near the margins on
592 MR.M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Nov. 16,
account of the closer punctuation. Scutellum impunctate. Elytra
very convex, very dark purplish, subopaque ; the punctuation not
differing from that of the other parts, but closer and arranged in
almost regular rows near the suture, more confused near the sides,
where a costa runs parallel with the lateral margin; the apex of
the tibiz and the tarsi fulvous, rest of the legs dark brown.
Mus. Jacoby.
17. CoLasPpis CHLORITES, Erichs.
18. CoLASPIS FULVILABRIS, Sp. nov.
Oblong. Below bluish black, shining; legs and antenne (three
middle joints of the latter excepted) testaceous, labrum fulvous ;
above dark violaceous ; sides of thorax one-toothed, deeply punctate.
Length 43 lines.
Head with a distinct central groove ending in a shallow fovea,
rather closely and deeply punctate; antenna testaceous, joints
6-8 piceous. Thorax convex, distinctly toothed at the middle of
the lateral margin, in front of which the latter is widened; anterior
angles thickened, posterior ones acutely toothed ; surface distinctly
foveolate at each side, deeply and irregularly punctured. Elytra
convex, scarcely wider at the base than the thorax, punctured like
the latter, but the punctures more evenly distributed ; interstices
smooth except near the apex, where they are somewhat wrinkled.
Underside shining, lead-coloured ; legs fulvous.
Mus. Jacoby.
19. CoLAsPIS NIGRIPENNIS, Sp. nov.
Black, antennze and legs testaceous; thorax bisinuate at the
sides, and, as well as the elytra, finely punctate.
Length 4 lines.
Head with deep oblong punctures between the eyes and a narrow
longitudinal central groove ; clypeus and the vertex more sparingly
punctate ; labrum fulvous; antennze nearly as long as half the body,
together with the palpi testaceous. Thorax transverse, convex,
obsoletely bisinuate at the lateral margin, surface with a deep fovea
at each side; surface distantly and finely punctate, the punctures
near the sides deeper but not more closely placed, the interstices at
the same place also very minutely punctured when seen under a strong
glass. Scutellum finely longitudinally striate. Elytra parallel,
moderately convex, punctured like the thorax, but more regularly
striate, except near the lateral margin, where the puncturing be-
comes more confused. Underside black with a bluish tint, legs
entirely testaceous.
Mus. Jacoby.
20. CoLAsPiIs FOVEICOLLIS, sp. nov.
Greenish black below, above black, last four joints of the antenne
and the legs testaceous ; thorax bidentate, deeply foveolate at the
sides ; elytra finely subgeminate-punctate- striate.
Length 3 lines.
1880.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 593
Head transversely and longitudinally grooved, with a few irre-
gularly distributed deep punctures, violaceous or purplish; labrum
fulvous, with a piceous patch. Antenne more than half the length of
the body, the first seven joints black, shining, the others testaceous,
closely pubescent. Thorax convex, distinctly bisinuate, all the
angles acute, the posterior ones toothed; disk with a very deep
oblique fovea near the base at each side; several shallow obsolete
depressions are also situated near the base; rest of the surface very
remotely and rather finely punctured, black with a slight purplish
tint, the lateral margin metallic green ; scutellum smooth. Elytra
very slightly transversely depressed below the base, each elytron with
about seven double rows of punctures finely impressed, the first two
rows consisting of only a single line of punctures towards the posterior
half, the other rows somewhat irregular ; surface of the same
colour as the thorax, rather broadly margined with metallic green.
Underside darker green ; legs testaceous, last two joints of the tarsi
fuscous.
Mus. Jacoby.
Genus CuaLcopHana, Chey.
21. CHALCOPHANA EFFULGENS, Erichs.
22. CHALCOPHANA BUCKLEYI, sp. nov.
Black; abdomen, base of the femora and tibiz rufous; head
and thorax fulvous ; elytra dark purplish, shining, the lateral margin
narowly and the apex broadly testaceous.
Length 4 lines.
Head with a deep central groove and a transverse depression
between the eyes, the upper part remotely punctured, lower part of
face testaceous; first three joints of the antennee testaceous, marked
with black at the upperside, the rest dark fulvous or piceous.
Thorax narrow, transverse, anterior angles acute, testaceous or
fulvous ; surface with a few very deep punctures on the disk, more
crowded at the sides and intermixed with smaller ones; scutellum
purplish. Elytra with a shallow transverse depression below the
base, moderately deeply and rather regularly punctate-striate, the
punctuation much finer towards the posterior part; a highly raised
costa runs parallel with the lateral margin to the apex, where it ends
in a point; the elytra are of a dark purplish colour, margined
with testaceous, the latter colour widened into a triangular patch at
the apex. Breast, the first abdominal segments, and the apex of the
femora and tibize greenish black ; all the other parts rufous.
I also possess this species from Peru.
Mus. Godman and Salvin.
23. CHALCOPHANA DIMIDIATA, Baly.
24. CHALCOPHANA IGNICOLLIS, sp. nov.
Broadly ovate. Metallic green, last seven joints of the antenne
and the tibize and tarsi black ; above dark purplish ; head, thorax,
594 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Nov. 16,
and the apex of the elytra metallic rufo-aureous, margined with
green.
Length 4 lines.
Upper part of the head rufo-aureous, remotely and deeply punc-
tate, lower part metallic bluish green, more finely punctate, labrum
and the four basal joints of the antennz fulvous, rest of the joints
black. Thorax long for this genus, about twice as long as broad, the
anterior margin straight, the sides evenly rounded, all angles acute
but not produced ; surface remotely but deeply punctate, intermixed
with minute punctures, coloured like the upper part of the head,
margined with metallic green ; scutellum pentagonal, smooth, of the
latter colour. Elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, deeply
punctate near the sides, finer and much more distantly towards the
apex, the punctures at the latter placed regularly in double rows,
otherwise confusedly arranged ; extreme apex brilliant metallic green,
bordered with rufo-aureous above, but not extending to one third of
the length of the elytra.
This species is also found in the Amazonian region.
Mus. Jacoby.
Genus Eumoxpus, Weber.
25. EumMourus praAsinus, Erichs.
Amongst the normal-coloured specimens an entirely black variety
has been collected, which, however, does not differ in other respects.
26. Eumoupus suRINAMENSIS, Fabr.
Genus Coxtasporpgs, Casteln.
27. COLASPOIDES CUPREIPENNIS, sp. nov.
Subrotundate, convex. Rufous; last seven joints of the antenne
black ; elytra greenish aureous, shining, finely punctate.
Length 3 lines.
Head impunctate ; clypeus separated from the front by a more or
less triangular transverse groove; jaws black; antennz two thirds
the length of the body, third joint one third longer than the fourth,
four basal joints fulvous, the others black, rather compressed from
the seventh joint. Thorax narrow, about three times as broad as
long, the anterior margin not produced, sides rounded, fulvous, sur-
face smooth, impunctate. Scutellum subtriangular, impunctate,
geneous or purplish. Elytra convex, rounded towards the apex,
obsoletely obliquely depressed round the humeral callus; surface
finely semipunctate-striate, the punctuation not very closely placed,
dark greenish or purplish zeneous. Underside and the legs entirely
rufous.
Closely allied to C. Bicolor, Oliv., but distinguished by the colour of
the elytra, which is blue in this species; it may, however, be but a
local variety of that insect.
Mus. Godman and Salvin.
1880.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 595
28. CoLASPOIDES ELONGATUS, Sp. noy.
Subelongate. Fulvous; elytra black, very finely punctate-striate.
Length 32 lines.
Head witha short longitudinal fovea in the middle, impunctate ;
upper part of the clypeus depressed, when seen in a certain light
finely punctate; labrum subquadrate, mandibule black ; antenne
nearly as long as half the body, entirely fulvous, third joint twice as
long as the fourth. Thorax transversely convex, its sides much
deflexed, surface impunctate, shining fulvous; scutellum subrotun-
date, smooth, black. Elytra much longer than broad, parallel,
shining black, regularly convex, surface very finely punctate, the
punctures arranged in regular rows near the suture, more irregularly
towards the sides. Underside and legs entirely fulvous.
Mus. Godman and Salvin.
Genus PLaciopEra, Chevrol.
29. PLAGIODERA SEXMACULATA, Sp. nov.
Snbrotundate, convex. Fulvous; last six joints of the antennz
and seven small spots on the thorax black ; elytra light fulvous, a
pear-shaped sutural mark, a small spot near the apex, and two sub-
triangular large patches on each elytron, one before, the other behind
the middle, dark metallic blue.
Length 4 lines.
Head flat, with a few fine punctures ; labrum deeply emarginate ;
antennze extending further than the base of the thorax, the first five
joints fulvous, the rest black, compressed. Thorax narrowly trans-
verse, the anterior margin deeply concave, the posterior one obso-
letely bisinuate; surface finely punctate, the disk with seven small
black spots, of which five are placed in a semicircular row near the
base, and the other two in the centre above it. Scutellum sub-
elongate, smooth, dark fulvous. Elytra slightly widened at the
middle, from there to the apex regularly rounded, irregularly but
distinctly and much more deeply punctured than the thorax, with the
humeral callus prominent, and the lateral margin thickened ante-
riorly and posteriorly ; the disk of each elytron is occupied by two
triangular blue patches, of which the anterior one is the smallest ;
the sutural pear-shaped spot extends from the base to the middle ;
the rest of the sutural margin is also of a piceous colour, and con-
nected at the apex with another round blue spot. Underside and
legs entirely fulvous.
Mus. Godman and Salvin.
Genus Prosiceta, Chevrol.
30. PROsICELA FLAVIPENNIS, Erichs.
31. PRosIcELA SPECTABILIS, Baly.
32. PROSICELA SIMPLICIPENNIS, sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate. Black; thorax bifoveolate, minutely punctate ;
elytra irregularly but distinctly punctate, flavous,
596 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Nov. 16,
Length 43-5 lines.
Head with some fine punctures and irregular impressions near the
eyes ; anterior margin of labrum testaceous ; antennee black, ex-
tending one third the length of the body, apical joints long. Thorax
about twice as broad as long, scarcely widened in the middle, sides
nearly straight, the anterior angles produced and pointed ; surface
with a few distinct punctures near the base; the disk remotely and
finely punctate, with a deep round fovea at each side, and another
oblique shallower depression at the lateral margin, as well as the scu-
tellum, black. Elytra oblong, convex, rather closely and deeply
punctate, the punctures forming irregular double rows near the
suture, but confusedly arranged at the rest of the surface. Under-
side and legs black.
33. PROSICELA BICRUCIATA, Sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate. Greenish black, shining; elytra deeply punctate-
striate, flavous ; the suture, a short transverse oblique band below the
base, common to both elytra, and another larger one behind the
middle greenish black.
Length 5 lines.
Head with a fine central groove and a few irregularly distributed
punctures; labrum piceous, finely margined with testaceous ; an-
tenn extending to half the length of the body, greenish black.
Thorax twice as broad as long, its sides nearly straight, and the
anterior angles produced into a point ; surface very minutely punc-
tured, with a few remotely placed deeper punctures near the base
greenish black; seutellum impunctate. Elytra with about ten rows
of rather deep punctures, visible to the naked eye, the punctures
running in double lines towards the lateral margin ; the others con-
sisting of single rows, but meeting at their ends at the apex, where
the interstices are raised into cost; they are of a light flavous
colour, with -a short transverse greenish-black band across the
suture below the base having an upward direction, and another more
irregular-shaped band, and hollowed at its anterior margin, ex-
tending nearly to the sides, below the middle ; the suture also is
of the same colour, but gradually narrowed to the apex; claws
simple.
Genus Doryrnora, Illig.
34. DoryPHORA PUNCTATISSIMA, Oliv.
35. DoryrHora BATESI, Baly.
36. DorypHora PRINCEPS, Gray.
37. DorYPHORA FULGORA, Stal.
The Ecuador specimens are devoid of the fulvous spots of the
head and thorax, and approach nearer to D. celsa, Erichs. ; the
coarser sculpturing of the elytra and the elongate terminal joint of
the antenne, however, distinguish it from that species.
38. DorYPHORA RUBROPUNCTATA, De Geer,
vor
1880.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 597
39. DorypHoRA BUCKLEYI, Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xiv.
(Zoology) p. 352.
40. DorypHora FABRICII, De Geer.
41. DoryrHora saveti, Baly.
This species seems to be subject to variation, varying from 6 to 8
lines in size. The smaller specimens show a much finer punctuation
of the thorax, and approach nearer in that respect D. alumna, Stal ;
but they do not differ in other respects from D. javeti, and I consider
them to be a variety of that species.
42. DorYPHORA FULVICORNIS, Gueér.
43. DorypHora THOMsONI, Baly.
The Ecuador specimens differ from the type in having two
metallic green spots at the base of the head, but are similar in all
other respects.
44. DorypHora PLuviATA, Baly.
45. DoryrpHora AmBIGuA, Erichs.
46. DoryrHoRA NYMPHA, Stal.
I cannot find any difference between this species and D. pulchella,
Baly (Entom. Monthly Mag. 1877), except that the latter is metallic
blue instead of green. Baly does not himself point out the differ-
ence; and as some specimens from Ecuador, collected by Mr.
Buckley, are aiso blue, I believe the two insects to be identical.
47. Dorypuora Festiva, Baly.
48. DorypHora Hebe, Baly.
49. DorypHora cHapuisi, Baly.
50. DorypHora VESPERTINA, Baly.
51. DorypHora pEGAuDET, Baly.
52. DorypHora riexvuosa, Baly.
53. DoryPHORA ALBOVIRENS, Stal.
54. DorYPHORA FUNEERIS, Sp. Nov.
Oblong-ovate. Metallic green; elytra finely geminate-punctate-
striate, testaceous, each elytron with three deeply dentate transverse
greenish zeneous bands.
Length 63-7 lines.
Head very finely punctate; labrum testaceous; antenne black,
the two basal joints metallic green, fulvous below, apical joiuts
distinctly flattened and as broad as long, terminal joint longer than
broad. Thorax rounded and widened near the apex, anterior angles
mucronate ; surface with a distinct round fovea on each side near the
lateral margin, distinctly but very remotely punctate, with a deeply
598 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Nov. 16,
impressed row of punctures parallel with the extreme lateral margin.
Scutellum elongate. Elytra wider than the thorax, finely impressed
with double rows of punctures, which are nearly obsolete near the
apex, flavous or testaceous, with a spot below the base, the anterior
half of the suture and three broad deeply erose bands greenish
zeneous; the first of these bands is placed before the second,
behind the middle, while the third occupies nearly the apex,
none of them extending to the lateral margin; they all, however,
extend to the suture, and consist each of three or four longitu-
dinal patches connected together.
This species is closely allied to D. sa/vini, Baly, but differs in the
finer punctuation of the elytra, and in the markings of the latter,
which in the present species do not extend to the lateral margins,
and are also wider, the space between them being much narrower
than in D. salvini.
55. DoRYPHORA SEXGUTTATA, Sp. Nov.
Ovate, convex. Dark fulvous; elytra regularly punctate-striate,
each elytron with six flavous spots, viz. four placed longitudinally
near the sutural, two near the lateral margin.
Length 43 lines.
Head finely and rather closely punctured, labrum testaceous.
Antennz black, the basal joint entirely and the second one below
testaceous, terminal joints slightly longer than broad. Thorax a
little widened in the middle, its sides very moderately rounded from
base to the apex, anterior angles not produced but acute; surface
nearly impunctate, sides with a few distinct punctures, dark fulvous,
shining. Scutellum smooth. Elytra very convex and regularly
rounded, each elytron with ten rows of very distinct punctures,
which mostly unite at their apex and are interrupted by the flavous
spots; four of the latter run parallel with the sutural margin andare
of a round shape; the other two are larger, more elongate, and placed,
one at the shoulder, the other below the middle near the lateral
margin. Underside and legs a little lighter fulvous.
From D. 12-guttata, Fabr., this species is principally distinguished
by the single punctured striz of the elytra, which are geminate in
the former species; the shape and position of the spots are also
slightly different.
56. DoryPHORA MARGINICOLLIS, Sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate, convex, widened behind. Black ; above bronze-
coloured, closely punctured ; an elongate spot at the head, the lateral
margins of the thorax and of the elytra flavous testaceous.
Length 5 lines.
Head rather closely covered with larger and smaller punctures,
with a longitudinal central testaceous spot. Thorax narrow, its an-
terior margin straight, the posterior one slightly rounded, sides
straight near the base, rounded from the middle to the apex, an-
terior angles acute but not produced; surface punctured like the
head, more closely near the sides than on the disk ; brownish zeneous,
PO) Dh me nae
ty!
me = ee
1880.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 599
the lateral margins testaceous, but this colour narrowed at the base.
Scutellum impunctate. Elytra very convex towards their first half,
distinctly widened behind the middle, subgeminate-punctate-striate
near the suture; rest of the surface confusedly punctate, the inter-
stices aciculate near the apex, of the same colour as the thorax ; the
lateral margins narrowly testaceous and impunctate. Underside and
legs black, the latter rather slender ; mesosternal process long and
slightly curved.
This species resembles much in colour D. flavomarginata, Jacoby,
but is much larger, more convex, and more strongly punctured on the
elytra: the yellow margin of the thorax also is much narrower ; and
the colour of the legs is uniform, instead of being black and tes-
taceous as in D. flavomarginata.
57. DoryYPHORA CONNEXA, Sp. nov.
Broadly ovate. Greenish eneous; thorax remotely punctate ;
elytra distinctly geminate-punctate-striate ; flavous, the suture, a
transverse irregular-shaped band before the middle, common to both
elytra, and four large spots behind the middle ef each elytron
metallic green.
Length 6 lines.
Head remotely and finely punctate, labrum testaceous. Antennze
rather short, extending a little further than the base of the thorax;
the last five joints transverse; four basal joints metallic green, the
rest black. Thorax scarcely widened in the middle, sides nearly
straight ; surface with rather deep but distant punctures, forming a
closely punctate row near the lateral and posterior margin, greenish
geneous, subopaque. LElytra wider at the base than the thorax,
convex, regularly ovate-rotundate, deeply geminate-punctate-striate,
the punctures less strongly impressed near the apex, and the striz
somewhat irregular; light flavous; each elytron with four metallic
green spots behind the middle, of which the anterior ones are much
larger than the others, subquadrate, the posterior ones elongate and
placed obliquely, neither of them touching the lateral or the sutural
margin; a broad transverse band extends also across the disk below
the base connected with the suture, near which it is deeply dentate
at its anterior margin.
This species is not unlike D. funedris (supra, p. 597), but is much
more rounded in shape, the punctured elytral striz are deeper and
visible to the apex, and the shape of the spots also is different.
58. Dorypuora SELECTS, Hrichs.
The Ecuador specimens vary somewhat from the type; there are
three small spots on the elytra—one at the base near the shoulder,
one near the suture before, the other behind the middle; but I con-
sider them to be but local varieties, as in all other respects they are
similar to Erichson’s species.
600 MR. M.JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Noyv. 16,
Genus DesmoGramMaA, Erichs.
59. DESMOGRAMMA MARGINELLA, Sp. nov.
Ovate, convex. Fulvous; elytra punctate-striate, violaceous black,
the lateral margin flavous.
Length 33 lines.
Head with a distinct central line and a few rather deeply impressed
punctures; labrum testaceous. Antenne black, their five basal
joints fulvous, the seventh to the eleventh joints gradually widened
and thickened. Thorax transverse, three times as broad as long,
sides straight near the base, slightly rounded near the apex ; surface
distantly impressed with deep punctures, fulvous, the extreme base
at each side stained with piceous. Scutellum elongate, smooth,
fulyous. Elytra very convex, longer than broad, each elytron with
six rows of rather regularly placed punctures on the inner disk ; rest
of the surface confusedly punctate, nearly black, with a slight vio-
laceous tint, the lateral margin narrowly flavous, this colour slightly
widened near the apex. Underside and legs fulvous.
Mus. Jacoby.
Genus ELtyTrRospH ara, Stal.
60. ELyrrosPHZRA FLAMMIGERA, Stal.
HaLtTicin«&.
Genus Crimissa, Stal.
61. CrimIssA CRURALIS, Stal.
Genus Aspicrxa, Clark.
62. AsPICELA ALBOMARGINATA, Latr.
63. ASPICELA RUGOSA, Guér.
64. ASPICELA DISCOIDALIS, Clark.
65. ASPICELA CRETACEA, Latr.
Genus @pronycuis, Latr.
66. CEpIONYCHIS SEPTEMMACULATA, Jacoby.
Also Peru.
67. @pionycuis BirascraTa, Baly.
Also met with on the Amazons.
Genus Ruoicvus, Clark.
68. Ruorcus MACULICOLLIS, sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate. Flavous; antennze(theirtwo apical joints excepted),
three spots on the head and five on the thorax, as well as the tibize
and tarsi, black; elytra subopaque, finely punctate-striate, testaceous,
the sutural and lateral margins, and a basal, a central, and an apical
spot on each elytron black. ;
Length 4 lines.
Head much longer than broad, with a few punctures at the base,
1880.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 601
flavous, shining, a spot at each side at the base and another between
the eyes black. Antenne robust, reaching to a short distance below
the base of the elytra; the third joint the longest, black ; the two
terminal joints fulvous. Thorax nearly square-shaped, slightly
broader than long, the sides distinctly angulate before the middle,
the anterior angles broadly produced ; surface impunctate, flavous,
shining, with five round black spots, of which three are placed trans-
versely near the anterior, the other two near the posterior margin.
Scutellum triangular, black, pubescent. Elytra much wider at the
base than the thorax, subdepressed ; extremely finely granulate and
punctate-striate, subopaque, testaceous, each elytron with a round
spot at the base, another transverse-shaped one at the middle, and
a third, of the same shape but much narrower, near the apex, black ;
the sutural and lateral margins are of the same colour; some re-
motely placed black hairs are visible near the apex of the elytra.
Underside and legs (with the exception of the tibiee and tarsi, which
are black) flavous, shining.
This handsome species bears some superficial resemblance to PR.
trifasciatus, Jacoby (Cistula Entomologica, 1879, vol. ii. p. 520),
but is at once distinguished by the spots of the head and thorax,
and the black tibize and tarsi, as weil as the antenne.
Mus. Jacoby.
Genus Aspuara, Chevrol.
69. AspHHRA TOMENTOSA, Sp. Nov.
Oblong-ovate, convex. Black, margin of the thorax rufous; elytra
finely granulate and punctate, opaque, sparingly pubescent, obscure
rufous variegated with black,
Length 43 lines.
Head deeply transversely grooved between the eyes, the base
finely granulate, and rather deeply punctate at each side. Antennze
nearly as long as half the body, black, pubescent; the last four
joints closely covered with whitish hairs. Thorax with its sides
straight and narrowed from base to apex, all the angles acute but
not produced ; surface finely granulate, covered here and there with
yellow hairs, black, opaque, margined with rufous. Elytra convex,
slightly widened behind; surface very finely granulate and punctured,
covered (especially near the apex) sparingly with golden-yellow hairs ;
obscure rufous mixed with black, the former colour prevailing near
the apex. Underside and legs black, covered sparingly with yellow
pubescence ; first tarsal joint as long as the two following united,
posterior claw moderately swollen.
This interesting species is, as far as I know, the only one belonging
to the genus Asphera in which the upper parts are pubescent as
well as the underside.
Mus. Jacoby.
70. ASPHZRA BASALIS, sp. nov.
Oblong. Black, abdomen fulvous; thorax and elytra testaceous,
the latter with a subrotundate large basal black pateh.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XL. 40
602 MR. M.JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Noy. 16,
Length 4 lines.
Head longer than broad, impunctate, the usual frontal elevations
almost absent, with a short but deep longitudinal groove. Antennze
half the length of the body, black. Thorax about: twice as broad
as long, narrowed in the middle, sides moderately flattened and
rounded, the posterior margin straight, anterior angles produced
into a distinct tooth ; surface impunctate, light fulvous or testaceous.
Scutellum black. Elytra slightly widened posteriorly, distinetly
margined, the base of each elytron distinctly raised and limited be-
hind by a transverse depression; surface very minutely punctate,
testaceous, with a purplish black subrotundate patch from the base
to nearly the middle, but not extending to the lateral margin. Breast
and part of the first abdominal segments, as well as the legs, black ;
abdomen fulvous; claw-joint moderately thickened.
Mus. Jacoby.
71. ASPHHRA DECEMMACULATA, Sp. Nov.
Broadly ovate. Light fulvous ; elytra closely and deeply punc-
tate, testaceous, staimed with piceous near the apex, each elytron
with the base, a spot at the shoulder, two others before and two
narrow transverse bands behind the middle, bluish black.
Length 43 lines.
Head broader than long, vertex swollen and impunctate, divided
from the frontal tubercles by a transverse groove, the former rather
broad and divided by a narrow central groove. Antenne entirely
fulvous, the last four terminal joints shorter than the preceding
ones. Thorax three times as broad as long, sides much flattened
and separated from the disk by a sinuate groove, the anterior angles
much produced and terminating in a distinct tooth; surface with a
few fine punctures. Scutellum fulyous, impunctate. Elytra much
widened behind the middle with a distinct flattened margin, closely
and deeply punctured ; each elytron with a spot at the shoulder, two
others below the base, transversely placed, a narrow transverse line
immediately below the middle, and another oblique one near the apex,
as well as basal and sutural margins, bluish black ; these posterior
bands extend to the lateral, but not to the sutural margin ; inflexed
margin of the elytra concave, its anterior half fulvous, the posterior
one piceous. Underside and legs obscure fulvous, claw-joint rather
swollen.
Mus. Jacoby.
GALERUCINE.
Genus Diaprorica, Chevr.
72. Diaprotica pimip1ATA, Baly.
This is one of the largest known species of the genus Diadrotica,
varying from five to over six lines. I may add to Baly’s short dia-
gnosis, that the head is much longer than broad, the antenne ex-
tending to two thirds the length of the body, with the third joint
double the length of the second. Thorax with a curved transverse
depression at the disk, not extending to the sides, impunctate. Elytra
1880.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 603
much widened posteriorly, very finely punctate, the anterior por-
tion to nearly the middle flavous, the rest, as well as the abdomen,
bluish or greenish black.
Also found on the banks of the Napo.
73. DIABROTICA DISUUIDALIS, Baly.
The specimens collected by Mr. Buckley agree very nearly with
Dr. Baly’s description, but show the following differences :—The
broad transverse band of the elytra is light green instead of flavous ;
the entire elytral margin and the apex are also of the former colour,
which Baly does not mention; the black parts of the elytra are con-
nected laterally by a narrow line. Not having the type to compare,
I am unable to say whether my insects are specifically different.
An almost similarly coloured species is the followmg :—
74, DIABROTICA TRANSLUCIDA, Sp. nov.
Light-green ; head, breast, and legs black ; elytra finely punctate,
a transverse band at the base, and another broader cone near the
apex, black.
Length 3 lines.
Head impunctate, frontal tubercles obsolete; antenne half the
length of the body, the second and third joints short, fourth joint
longer than the two preceding united, black, three basal joints testa-
ceous stained with piceous above, ninth and tenth joints flavous.
Thorax subquadrate, very obsoletely bifoveolate at the disk; the
latter impunctate, hght green; scutellum black. Elytra slightly
widened behind, finely punctured, of the same colour as the thorax ;
a narrow transverse basal band deeply tridentate at its posterior
margin, and a much wider one, rounded at its margins, close to the
apex, black. Legs and breast black, the base of the femora light
green.
75. DiaABROTICA VARIOLOSA, Jacoby, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 151.
76. DiaBrorica PUNCTICOLLIS, Baly.
77. DIABROTICA VERRUCOSA, Sp. nov.
Testaceous; head and six basal joints of the antenne black ;
thorax fulvous, trifoveolate; scutellum piceous; elytra rugose,
punctate, and transversely wrinkled, metallic green, the lateral mar-
gin and the apex testaceous.
Length 4 lines.
Head longer than broad, foveolate between the eyes, impunctate.
Antenne two thirds the length of the body, second joint short, third
joint more than twice as long, the rest of nearly equal length,
slender; the six basal joints black, underside of the first three and
the terminal five jomts flavous, extreme apex black. Thorax trans-
verse, the sides distinctly sinuate near the base, deflexed, and longi-
tudinally grooved parallel with the lateral margin, posterior angles
tuberculate ; surface impunctate, fulvous, with a deep oblique fovea
at each side, and an oblique longitudinal central groove «near the
40
604 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Nov. 16,
base. Elytra rugose and irregularly wrinkled, green, the lateral
margin narrowly and the apex broadly testaceous. Legs very long
and slender, first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than the tollow-
ing joints together; entire underside and legs pale testaceous.
3. Elytra near the apex with a short curved ridge.
Nearly allied to D. ewimia, Baly, but distinguished by the colour
of the underside and of the antenne.
Mus. Jacoby.
78. DIABROTICA FLAVONOTATA, Sp. Nov.
Ovate, convex. Flavous ; head and breast black ; antenne piceous,
the tenth joint testaceous; thorax fulvous; elytra finely semipunc-
tate-striate, violaceous blue, shining, each elytron with five spots
(2, 2, 1) and the margin flavous.
Length 4 lines.
Head longer than broad, impunctate, black, with a large shallow
fovea between the eyes; lower part of face partly punctate, with
some yellow hairs. Antenne as long as half the body, the second
joint about one half the size of the first, the third joint more than
twice the length of the second ; the three basal joints piceous, testa-
ceous below, the tenth joint entirely of that colour, the rest black.
Thorax transverse, the sides nearly straight ; surface very obsoletely
transversely grooved, very finely punctate ; scutellum fulvous. Elytra
widened behind, distinctly margined, finely punctured, the punctures
arranged in rather regular rows near the suture, violaceous blue ; a
narrow spot below the shoulder, a larger one near the scutellum, two
round spots placed transversely at the middle, and a narrow trans-
verse spot near the apex flavous. Underside and legs testaceous ;
breast and a streak on the upper part of the femora and on the
anterior tibize black ; the four posterior tibiae and the tarsi entirely
black, clothed, like the breast, with thick yellow pubescence.
Allied to D. regalis, Baly, and D. angulicollis, Erichs.
Mus. Jacoby.
79. DIABROTICA NIGROPLAGIATA, Sp. Nov.
Oblong-ovate, widened behind. Black; head, antenne, thorax,
and the femora fulvous; elytra finely punctured; the anterior half
fulvous, with four black spots, posterior half black.
Length 43 lines.
Head longer than broad, wedge-shaped, with a deep longitudinal
central groove; the frontal tubercles very obsolete, entirely impunc-
tate. Antenne half the length of the body, the third joint one
half longer than the second, fourth and following joints longer than
the third; fulvous, the apical joints slightly darker. Thorax sub-
quadrate, narrowed at the base, the sides at the same place flattend,
surface rather convex, obsoletely transversely depressed near the
base; disk shining, impunctate. Elytra distinctly widened poste-
riorly and convex, very finely punctured, a little more strongly to-
wards the basal half, with some very obsolete longitudinal coste to-
wards the apex; the anterior fulvous portion does not quite extend
1880.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 605
to the middle, and is very regularly divided by the posterior black
part ; each elytron has also two black spots at the base—one at the
shoulder, the other near the scutellum. Underside (with the excep-
tion of that of the thorax) and the tibize and tarsi black, closely
covered with yellow pubescence ; coxee and the femora fulvous.
To be distinguished from D. divisa, Baly, and its allies, by the
colour of the underside and the black spots of the elytra.
Mus. Godman and Salvin.
80. DiaABROTICA QUADRIMACULATA, Sp. DOV.
Elongate. Black; antennze (the three apical joints excepted),
thorax, femora, coxze, and two transverse bands on each elytron (one
below the middle, the other near the apex), as well as two small spots
below the base, flavous.
Length 43 lines.
Head very finely granulate and punctate, the frontal tubercles di-
stinct and divided by a deep groove ; lower part of face either flavous
or black, like the rest of the head. Antennz as long as half the
- body; the second joint half the length of the third, rest of the joints
slender and filiform, pubescent; three apical ones flavous, the ex-
treme apex black. Thorax a little broader than long, with the
angles slightly produced ; surface rather convex, flavous, minutely
punctured and extremely finely granulate, without impressions.
Scutellum black. Elytra finely but more distinctly punctured than
the thorax, also very finely granulate, black; each elytron with a
very small spot below the shoulder, another below the base near the
suture, a broad transverse band below the middle, not extending to
the sutural margin, and a narrow transverse band near the apex
light flavous. Underside, tibia, and tarsi black ; coxee, femora (the
latter streaked with black above), and the margins of the abdominal
segments flavous, all covered with rather long yellow hairs.
From D. generosa, Baly, this species may be distinguished by the
want of the fovez at the thorax, the greater size, and the colour
and length of the antennze.
Mus. Jacoby.
81. DiaBROTICA BASALIS, sp. Nov.
Oblong-ovate, widened behind. Rufous ; antennee, tibize, and tarsi
black; thorax transversely depressed; elytra finely punctate, a
transverse band at the base rufous, another at the middle flavous,
the rest black.
Length 3 lines.
Head longer than broad, front impressed with a distinct fovea-
Antenne two thirds the length of the body, filiform, third joint
double as longas the second, black. Thorax broader than long,
narrowed at the base; anterior angles produced into a short obtuse
tooth ; disk with a deep sinuate transverse groove not extending to
the sides ; surface impunctate, rufous; scutellum of the same colour.
Elytra distinctly widened posteriorly, convex, closely but finely
punctured ; a narrow, transverse, rufous band at the base; another
606 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [ Nov. 16
testaceous band below the latter ; and the posterior half of the elytra
black. Entire underside and the femora rufous; tibize and tarsi
black.
82. DIABROTICA ATRIVENTRIS, Sp. Nov.
Oblong-ovate, widened behind. Flavous, shining ; antennze (the
first joint excepted), tibize and tarsi, abdomen, and the posterior
half of the elytra black.
Length 3 lines.
Head much longer than broad, longitudinally grooved in the
middle, impunctate. Antennze two thirds the length of the body, the
second joint half the length of the third, black; basal joint fulvous.
Thorax transversely subquadrate, widened at the middle, surface
impressed with a deep transverse sinuate groove not extending to
the sides; disk minutely punctured. LElytra closely and finely but
much more distinctly punctured than the thorax; the anterior half
fulvous, the rest black; breast and the femora fulvous; abdomen,
tibize, and tarsi black.
The small size and the differences in colour will distinguish this
species from others nearly similarly coloured.
Genus Cerotoma, Chevrol.
83. CEROTOMA TRIFASCIATA, Sp. Nov.
Black ; head, legs, and thorax fulvous, the latter deeply sulcate,
with two piceous spots; elytra costate, the intervals geminate-punc-
tate, flavous; a transverse band at the base, another at the middle,
and a third one near the apex bluish black.
Length 4 lines.
Q. Head and epistome deeply rugose punctate; labrum testa-
taceous, with a piceous mark; antenneze light testaceous, the basal
joint flavous. ‘Thorax with a deep sinuate fovea in the middle of
the disk in shape of a W, and having a piceous spot at each end ;
surface with a few obsolete punctures near the anterior margin ; scu-
tellum fulvous. Elytra widened behind, each elytron with seven or
eight longitudinal costee, which do not quite extend to the apex ;
the interstices deeply geminate-punctate ; flavous, with three trans-
verse bluish-black bands, of which the last is the broadest and ex-
tends to the lateral margin, the others not quite reaching it ; under-
side black, the abdominal segments margined with fulvous, legs en-
tirely of that colour.
This species is not unlike O. deyrollei, Baly, but is much larger,
and differs in the colour of the underside and in the two spots of the
thorax.
Mus. Godman and Salvin.
Genus Caiomera, Chevrol
84. C@LOMERA BUCKLEYI, sp. nov.
Elongate, parallel( ¢ ), or dilated posteriorly( 2). Flavous ; head,
antenne, breast, tibie and tarsi, and last joint of the abdomen
1880.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 607
black ; elytra finely rugose, punctate, and pubescent, metallic blue or
violaceous.
Length 6-7 lines.
Head convex, with a more or less distinct central groove, finely
punctate. Third joint of the antenne very long, and much longer
than the two preceding ones, rest of the joints closely covered with
whitish pubescence. Thorax but moderately constricted near the
base, rather obsoletely transversely grooved on the disk ; impunctate,
shining flavous. Scutellum subquadrate, black, distinctly punctate.
Elytra convex and parallel in the male, or slightly constricted at the
middle, finely rugose, punctate, and covered with thin whitish hairs,
dark blue or violaceous.
The black abdominal last segment and the tibiz, as well as the
black seutellum and the fine pubescence of the elytra, distinguish
this species from C. violaceipennis, Clark. Except in the colour of
pg elytra, all the specimens before me resemble each other per-
ectly.
85. C@LOMERA RUFICOLLIS, Oliv.
86. Ca@LoMERA CAJENNENSIS, Fabr.
Genus Maracosoma, Chevvrol.
87. Matacosoma oLivAceum, Fabr.
88. MatacosomMa OBSOLETUM, Fabr.
Genus Dircrema, Clark.
89. DircEMA RUFIPENNIS, sp. nov.
Fulvous below; head and antennz black, last five joints of the
latter flavous; thorax transversely sulcate, rufous, shining; elytra
finely punctate and pubescent, rufous.
Length 5 lines.
Head swollen, longitudinally impressed between the antenne,
finely punctured at the same place, black ; lower part of the epistome
and margin of the labrum more or less testaceous ; palpi flavous ;
antennze black, extreme base of the first and the last five joints
flavous. Thorax narrowly transverse, the sides greatly widened and
rounded near the apex; disk broadly transversely sulcate, very re-
motely but distinctly punctate, with a few yellowish hairs; rufous,
very shining. Scutellum pubescent, rufous. Elytra parallel, convex,
of a lighter rufous than the thorax, and less shining, closely punc-
tured, and finely covered with yellow hairs. Entire underside and
the legs pale fulvous.
Easily distinguished from any other species of this genus by the
rufous colour and glossy appearance of its upper surface.
Genus Monocesra, Clark.
90. Monocesta pimip1aTa, Jacoby, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 520.
Also found in Peru,
608 MR. M.JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Noy. 16,
91. Monocersra SPLENDIDA, Clark.
Six specimens of this handsome species were collected ; they differ
slightly from the type in the metallic blue (not green) colour of the
elytra and underside, as well as in the somewhat stronger punctuation
of the former parts.
Genus CuTuonets, Baly.
92. CHTHONEIS APICALIS, sp. Nov.
Elongate, widened posteriorly. Black; elytra finely and closely
punctured, fulvous, their posterior half dark blue.
Length 5 lines.
Head distinctly punctured at the vertex, the latter obscure rufous,
deeply transversely grooved between the eyes; antenne half the
length of the body, black ; first and fourth joints of nearly equal
length and the longest, second and third joints subequal, the rest
subdepressed, widened. Thorax subquadrate, broader than long,
the angles thickened; surface irregularly depressed, closely and
rather strongly punctured; scutellum black, triangular. LElytra
widened from base to apex, moderately convex, very closely and
' rather finely punctured, the interstices slightly wrinkled, the anterior
portion to a little below the middle fulvous, the rest dark greenish
blue, shining. Abdomen at the sides or entirely testaceous, rest of
the underside and the legs black.
Mus. Godman and Salvin, and Jacoby.
I believe I am right in referring the above insect to Mr. Baly’s
Chthoneis, although the species before me is larger and more robust
and the antennz shorter; the open anterior coxal cavities, the com-
pressed antenne, however, as well as the unarmed tibie and the
long first tarsal joints, agree well with the typical species belonging
to Baly’s genus.
Index of Species.
Lema vViridana, sp. noy., p. 588. Chalcophana effulgens, p. 593.
semicyanea, sp. nov., p. 588. buckleyi, sp. nov., p..593.
flavicornis, sp. nov., p. 589. — dimidiata, p. 593.
Mastostethus buckleyi, p. 589. ignicollis, sp. noy., p. 593.
thoracicus, p. 589. Eumolpus prasinus, p. 594.
suavis, p. 590, —— surinamensis, p. 594.
modestus, sp. noyv., p. 589. Oolaspoides cupreipennis, sp. noy.,
Agathomerus simplicipennis, sp. noy., p. 594.
p- 590. elongatus, sp. nov., p, 595.
Megalopus armatus, p. 591. Plagiodera 6-maculata, sp. nov.,
Ischiopachys bicolor, p. 591. 595.
fulgidipennis, p. 591. Prosicela flavipennis, p. 595.
Poropleura ccelestina, p. 591. spectabilis, p. 595.
Chalcoplacis rufiventris, p. 591. —— simplicipennis, sp. nov., p. 595.
Metaxyonycha lefevrei, p. 591. —— bicruciata, sp. noy., p. 596.
Prionodera elegans, p. 591. Doryphora punctatissima, p. 596.
Colaspis buckleyi, sp. noy., p. 591. batesi, p. 596.
chlorites, p. 592. —— princeps, p. 596.
nigripennis, sp. noy., p. 592. — fulgora, p. 596.
—— fulvilabris, sp. nov., p. 592. rubropunctata, p. 596,
—— foveicollis, sp. nov., p. 592. buckleyi, p. 597.
Ee Zi eOO EL tii,
W Purkiss lith Hanhart imp
NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA
a SE eG OP bila
W Purkiss. ith : Hanbarl inp
NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA
1880.]
Doryphora fabricii, p. 597.
—-— Javeti, p. 597.
— fulvicornis, p. 597.
thomsoni, p. 597.
pluviata, p. 597.
ambigua, p. 597.
—— nympha, p. 597.
— festiva, p. 597.
— hehe, p. 597.
chapuisi, p. 597.
vespertina, p. 597,
—— degaudei, p. 597.
— flexuosa, p. 597.
albovirens, p. 597.
funebris, sp. noy., p- 597.
—— 6-guttata, sp. noy., p. 598.
marginicollis, sp. nov., p. 598.
connexa, sp. noy., p. 599.
selecta, p. 599.
Desmogramma marginella, sp. noy.,
p- 600.
Elythrosphera flammigera, p- 600.
Crimissa cruralis, p. 600.
Aspicela albomarginata, p. 600,
rugosa, p. 600.
—— discoidalis, p. 600.
cretacea, p. 600.
ON NEW PAPUAN BUTTERFLIES. 609
Cidionychis 7-maculata, p. 600.
bifasciata, p. 600.
Rhoicus maculicollis, sp. noyv., p- 600.
Asphzera tomentosa, sp. nov., p. 601.
basalis, 601.
10-maculata, sp. noy., p- 602.
Diabrotica dimidiata, p. 602.
discoidalis, p. 603.
translucida, sp. noy., p.603.
variolosa, p. 603.
—— puneticollis, p. 603.
verrucosa, sp. noy., p. 603.
flayonotata, sp. nov., p. 604.
—— higroplagiata, sp. nov., p. 604.
—— 4maculata, sp. noy., p. 605.
—— basalis, sp. nov., p- 605.
atriventris, sp. noy., p. 606.
Cerotoma trifasciata, sp. noy., p. 606.
Celomera buckleyi, sp. nov., p. 606.
ruficollis, p. 607.
cajennensis, p. 607.
Malacosoma olivaceum, p. 607.
obsoletum, p. 607.
Dircema rufipennis, sp. nov., p. 607.
Monocesta dimidiata, p. 607.
—— splendida, p. 608.
Chthoneis apicalis, sp. nov., p. 608.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
Pratr LIV.
. Lema semicyanea, p. 588.
. Mastostethus modestus, p. 589.
. Colaspis foveicollis, p. 592.
nigripennis, p, 592.
buckleyi, p. 591.
. Prosicela bicruciata, p. 596.
stmplicipennis, p. 595.
. Doryphora connexa, p. 599,
- —— 6-guttata, p. 598.
marginicollis, p. 598.
- — funebris, p. 597.
Fig.
SOMAID Op oo no
—
S
—
i
12. Plagiodera 6-maculata, p. 595.
Fig.
Prats LY.
. Rhoicus maculicollis, p- 600.
Asphera tomentosa, p. 601.
basalis, p. 601.
10-maculata, p. 602.
- Diabrotica 4-maculata, p. 605.
verrucosa, p. 603.
Jlavonotata, p. 604.
basalis, p, 605.
nigroplagiata, p. 604.
10. Cerotoma trifasciata, p. 606.
ll. Celomera buckleyi, p. 606.
12. Dircema rufipennis, p. 607.
$2 DO TIS Sv Co bo
6. Descriptions of some supposed New Species of Butter-
flies from New Guinea.
O. Savin.
By F. D. Gopman and
[Received September 16, 1880.]
(Plate LVI.)
Mr. Andrew Goldie, who visited New Guinea in 1879, sent us in
February last a small collection of Butterflies, made by himself
about thirty miles in the interior from Port Moresby. The speci-
mens were, unfortunately, pinned and packed in boxes; and several
610 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN [Nov. 16,
of them getting loose in transit caused much damage to the others,
so that the greater part arrived in a very broken condition. A por-
tion of the same: collection, which Mr. Goldie considered duplicates
of those he had forwarded to us, was sent to the Rev. Mr. Lawes, of
Reading. Mr. Lawes subsequently disposed of them to Mr. Henley
G. Smith, by whom they were submitted to us for examination.
Amongst these were some species not included in the first set we
received. Since this Mr. Goldie has sent us from the same collection
a third set; and it is from these several sources that the following
descriptions have been compiled. Besides those here described,
the collection contains others which are probably still unnamed ;
but we prefer to await the arrival of further specimens before we
determine the species.
MELANITIs AMABILIS, Boisd. Voy, Astr. Lép. p. 140, t. 2.
it bong
3d. Much smaller than female; upperside dark brown, wings
crossed beyond the end of the cell by a broad yellow band extending
to the anal angle.
Mus. nostr.
Boisduval describes and figures the female of this species from an
individual from New Ireland, from which locality we have also
received it. Mr. Goldie now sends it from Port Moresby, together
with three specimens of the male, which we believe has been
hitherto unknown ; and we therefore give a short description of it.
MycaLgsiIs MELANOPIs, sp. nov. (Plate LVI. fig. 1.)
3. Exp. 2°3 inches.
Black, proximal half (except the costa) of the primaries bright
fulvous, darker towards the base; two white-pupillated black ocelli
towards the outer margin—one subapical, the other between the first
and second median branches; the basal portion of the secondaries
paler brown, a white-pupillated ocellus near the centre of the outer
margin. Beneath, basal half of both wings drab, outer half darkish
brown, paler towards the margin, and with two fine submarginal
darker lines ; primaries with two large ocelli, secondaries with four,
whereof the second and fourth are the smallest.
Mus. nostr.
Allied to M,. mucia, Hew., from Dorey, but with the fulvous
colour of the upperside restricted to the basal half of the primaries ;
the rest of the wings being nearly black with a brownish tinge ;
beneath, the ocelli, though similarly placed, are smaller.
LAMPROLENIS, gen. nov.
Palpi erect, densely covered with short stiff scales directed out-
wards, terminal joint short, erect. Primaries pointed, outer margin
curved inwards, apex slightly faleate ; bases of the costal, median,
and submedian nervures swollen ; cell moderately long, two long sub-
costal branches emitted before the end, third branch short; lower
discocellular bent to an acute angle, emitting a short recurrent
1880. ] ON NEW PAPUAN BUTTERFLIES. 611
nervule at the angle; middle discocellular straight, in a line with
the upper segment of the lower discocellular; upper discocellular
short, directed forwards. Secondaries with the anal angle much pro-
duced, and terminating almost in a lobe, outer margin slightly
sinuous, abdominal margin with a deep sinus near the anal angle ;
cell closed with strong nervules; discocellulars long and well de-
fined ; third segment of the median nervure long and distinct, the
second branch and the lower discocellular each having a distinct
origin.
We have been unable to satisfy ourselves as to the correct posi-
tion of the remarkable species here described; but on the whole it
seems to come nearest in relationship to Mycalesis, though it differs
in several important particulars. The palpi are much the same as
in that genus, which it also resembles in having the bases of the
costal, median, and submedian nervures swollen, and in the general
structure of the primary wings. In shape, however, there is a
marked difference, especially in the elongation of the secondaries,
and in the neuration of these wings: Mycalesis has the lower dis-
cocellular starting from the same point of the median as the second
median branch, instead of having a distinct origin. In the colora-
tion of both the upper and under surface of the wings Lamprolenis
differs widely from any Mycalesis, though M. orseis, in the purple
gloss of its upper surface, shows some approach to the style of colour
so remarkable in this new form.
LAMPROLENIs NITIDA, sp. nov. (Plate LVI. fig. 2.)
Exp. 2°4 in.
Above brown, shot with metallic greenish red, which varies to
ournished copper in different lights, and is more intense on the
secondaries. Beneath, primaries dullish brown, with irregular darker
spots on the proximal half, and a submarginal dark line, a white-
pupillated black ocellus surrounded by a light-brown ring about
midway between the end of the cell and the apex ; secondaries very
dark brown, faintly marked with a lighter colour, and with two
large pupillated ocelli, situated one about the middle of the costal
region, the other near the anal angle.
Mus. nostr.
Two specimens of this brilliant species are in Mr. Goldie’s col-
lection.
TENARIS CHIONIDES, sp. nov.
Exp. 5 in.
Upper surface white, costa of both wings dusky black, primaries
tinged with a dusky colour towards the base, secondaries with proxi-
mal third ochreous; beneath as above, but with a large ocellus
surrounded by an ochreous ring towards the apex of secondaries ;
head and thorax blackish, body and palpi ochreous.
Mus. nostr.
This species resembles 7. jamesi (Butl. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 767, t. 77.
f. 4), but differs in being considerably larger, in having no dusky mark
612 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN [Nov. 16,
at the anal angle of the primaries beneath, and in having only one
ocellus on the secondaries, which is not visible on the upperside.
TERINOS ALURGIS, Sp. NOV.
Exp. 3°3 in.
Wings vivid purple, with large black patch passing through the
middle of the cell and curving round till it meets the centre of the
outer margin of the anterior, and extending downwards to the pos-
terior wing, of which it occupies the apical third, primaries with a
subapical fulvous mark, secondaries with the anal half of the outer
margin tinged with the same colour, and crossed with a double band
of purple spots; beneath reddish brown, crossed by undulating silvery
grey bands, secondaries with a band of faintish brown spots crossing
the wing beyond the cell.
Mus. nostr.
Allied to 7. terpander, Hew., but with the dark patch of the pri-
maries black instead of brown, and the purple of a bluer tint. The
primaries are not nearly so falcate, nor does the centre of the outer
margin of the secondaries project so much ; the blue lunate markings
of these wings comes much nearer the outer margin.
DOLESCHALLIA DASCON, sp. noy. (Plate LVI. fig. 3.)
3. Exp. 3°4 in.
Brownish red; apical half of primaries blackish, crossed beyond
the celi by a broadish blue transverse stripe partially broken into
spots, extending from the costa towards the outer margin ; near the
costa are two small subapical white dots; costa and outer margin of
secondaries dark brown. Beneath rusty brown, with a transverse
narrow dark band crossing the middle of both wings; a bent whitish
band about the centre of the cell, beyond which is a dark subtri-
angular spot enclosed by a narrow reddish line; a conspicuous white
spot on the costa near the apex, and six very small subparallel to the
margin ; two ocelli on the secondaries (one near the anal angle, the
other towards the apex), and a greyish spot towards the end of
the cell.
Mus. nostr.
Two males but no female of this species are in the collection.
DoOLESCHALLIA DASCYLUS, sp. noy. (Plate LVI. fig. 4.)
3. Exp. 3°5 in.
Black, basal third of primaries bright ferruginous ; four subapical
white spots, below which are two or three blue ones, the top one
much the largest, the third almost, sometimes quite, obsolete; the
basal half of the secondaries dark reddish brown ; beneath like the
preceding species, but much darker.
Q. Like the male, with a broad white band crossing the end of the
cell of the primaries, at the upper and inner edge of which is a small
black spot; the blue submarginal spots are less conspicuous; beneath
paler than the male, a broad whitish grey band commencing at the
1880. ] ON NEW PAPUAN BUTTERFLIES. 613
costa and extending within the transverse band to nearly the apical
angle of secondaries and gradually becoming narrower.
us. nostr.
This species is much like the last, but differs in having the outer
half of both wings black, curtailing to a much greater extent the
reddish-fulvous of the basal portion of the wings. The blue spots
on the primaries, instead of forming a distinct band across the wing,
form the lower end of the apical series of white spots which in
D. dascon are only indicated near the costal margin.
The female is not unlike that of D. comriei, but is smaller, has a
more restricted white patch on the primaries, and the base of the
wings is of a richer fulvous tint.
PIERIS ORNYTION, sp. nov. (Plate LVI. fig. 5.)
3. Exp. 2°5 in.
Upper surface white, apex of primaries, extending nearly to the
anal angle, and cilia of secondaries, black: beneath, apical third of
primaries black, tipped with yellow, the rest white; secondaries black,
with a strong crimson dash extending from the base some distance
along the costal region, and a fine submarginal line of the same
colour (in some specimens almost obsolete) commencing shortly
beyond this and running to the anal angle.
Q like g, but costa and apical half of primaries black, secondaries
greyish, with broad black outer margin; beneath, the black is
broader than in the male, and the submarginal red line of the
secondaries is but faintly indicated.
Mus. nostr.
PaPILio GOLDIEI, sp nov. (Plate LVI. fig. 6.)
D. Exp. 3°59 i.
Wings dusky black, primaries beneath the median nervure (and
also above, occupying nearly half the cell) creamy-white, divided
into four long stripes by the median branches, which are edged with
black ; a row of submarginal whitish spots commencing near the end
of the cell extends to the anal angle; within this are four subapical
irregular-shaped spots of the same colour ; secondaries have a broad
creamy patch, extending from the basal half of the inner margin to
beyond the cell, divided by the nervules, which are strongly marked,
and a submarginal row of six white spots; beneath as above, but
with four small white spots (one on the primaries, three on the
secondaries) at the base of the wings.
Mus. nostr.
Mr. Goldie has sent four examples of this insect, all of which
are females: three of these are precisely similar, and correspond to
the description given above; in the fourth (fig. 6) the black extends
over the greater portion of the wings, the whitish markings being
reduced to a very narrow compass. In the absence of more speci-
mens, we are inclined to regard this as merely a dark variety. In
form the species resembles Papilio leucothoe of Westwood, from
614 MR. A. E. CRAVEN ON [Nov. 30,
Malacca; but in the arrangement of its markings there is but little
similarity. At present we do not know the male'.
PAPILIO LESCHES, Sp. nov.
Size and shape of P. albinus, but with an irregular creamy-white
patch, deeply dentate on its outer edge, midway between the end
of the cell and the apex of the primaries, extending from the costa
to beyond the middle discocellular nervule; beneath, this mark is
narrowly indicated, and extending beyond and below it isa broadish
band of greyish scales; the secondaries have the white band much
narrower than in P. albinus.
Mus. nostr.
Several examples, all agreeing with one another.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LYI.
Fig. 1. Mycalesis melanopis, p. 610.
Lamprolenis nitida, p. 611.
. Doleschallia dascon, p. 612.
dascylus, p. 612.
. Pieris ornytion, p. 618.
. Papilio goldiei, p. 613.
> OB oo bo
November 30th, 1880.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The following papers were read : —
1. On a collection of Land- and Freshwater Shells from the
Transvaal and Orange Free State in South Africa, with
Descriptions of nine new Species. By Atrrep E,
Craven, F.Z.S., F.L.S., F.R.G.S., &e.
[Received October 8, 1880.]
(Plate LVII.)
Hevrix (Petia) pianti, Pfr. P. Z. S. 1854, p. 51; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. pl. 189. sp. 1325.
Plentiful at the Leydenburg goldfields.
HeELIx SYMMETRICA, sp. nov. (Plate LVII. fig. 2.)
Shell globose, imperforate, vitreous, semitransparent, light olive-
green, dull above, glossy below and very glossy within the aperture,
faintly spirally striated, lines of growth very apparent ; spire slightly
* Since the above was in type, we have received several more specimens of
this species, including males. These do not differ in colour from the females
described above. The variation described is shown by these fresh specimens to
be due to individual peculiarity.
Pa.0. (600° LVic
W Purkiss lith
Hanhart inp
NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM NEW GUINEA
1880.] SHELLS FROM THE TRANSVAAL. 615
elevated, apex obtuse ; whorls 43, symmetrically increasing, convex,
the last equal to the others in breadth; aperture large, lunate, as
broad as high; labrum simple, acute, slightly reflexed near the
upper part of the columella ; suture deepish, well defined. Greatest
diameter 16 millims., smallest diameter 14, height from base of
aperture to apex 11°5, diameter of aperture 9.
Locality. Leydenburg, Transvaal. Only a single fine specimen
taken.
This species may eventually prove to be a Vitrina when the
animal has been observed.
VirrinaA PorpPiGiI, Menke, Pfr. Symb. iii. p. 81.
Not very plentiful on the banks of the Moori River, Transvaal.
VITRINA TRANSVAALENSIS, sp. nov, (Plate LVII. fig. 3.)
Shell globular, hyaline, semitransparent, fragile, glossy, amber-
coloured; apex obtuse; whorls 33 to 4, very convex, rapidly increasing,
the upper whorls smooth, the last faintly striated by the lines of
growth and slightly puckered at the suture; suture linear, deep ;
aperture lunate, as broad as high, slightly flattened at the base.
Greatest diameter 103 millims., smallest diameter 9, height from
base of aperture to apex 84, diameter of aperture 53.
Locality. Leydenburg, ‘Transvaal. Not rare.
This species is nearly allied to V. poeppigi, Menke, but is more
globular and the coloured spiral band found in that species is wanting.
ViTRINA VANDENBROECKII, sp. nov. (Plate LVII. fig. 4.)
Shell oblong, vitreous, depressed, flattened above, of a pale yellow
colour, dull above, glossy below and within the aperture; apex,
suture and margin of labrum ofa dark umber-colour ; spire depressed,
apex very obtuse ; whorls 33, the last very large and rapidly in-
creasing, puckered at the suture ; suture deep and very well marked ;
aperture oblong lunate, subhorizontal, flattened beneath; peri-
treme, viewed from above, rather prominent; columella slightly
arcuate. Greatest diameter 143 millims., smallest diameter 11, height
of aperture 73, breadth of aperture 9,
Locality. Pilentiful at Leydenburg, Transvaal.
I have great pleasure in naming this shell after my friend M.
Ernest Van den Broeck, of the Musée Royale, Brussels. -
Buiimus (PACHNODUS) DRACKENBERGENSIS, E. A. Smith, Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th series, vol. xx. p. 538.
Locality. Pilgrim’s Rest, Transvaal.
Butimus (Srenoeyra) TuRRIFORMIS, Krauss, Siidafr. Moll.
p- 78, pl. v. fig. 2; Pfr. in Zeitschr. f. Malak. 1848, p. 121.
Plentiful at Leydenburg, Transvaal.
616 MR. A. E. CRAVEN ON [Noy. 30,
Buximus (STENOGYRA) LINEARIS, Krauss, Stidafr. Moll. p. 78,
pl. v. fig. 3; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 87. sp. 648; Chemn. (2nd
edition) Bull. No. 366, pl. 69. figs. 15-17.
Near Wynberg, Orange Free State and Leydenburg, Transvaal ;
very plentiful.
ENNEA CRASSILABRIS, sp. nov. (Plate LVII. fig. 5.)
Shell subcylindrical, perforate, opaque, yellowish white, finely
and closely obliquely costulated throughout ; spire ovate, apex very
obtuse; whorls 8, very slightly convex, the last three of nearly the
same diameter, very gradually increasing, the last whorl slightly
ascending near the aperture; suture somewhat irregular and pre-
senting a puckered appearance caused by the meeting of the costule ;
aperture sinuately semioval, glossy within; paries armed with a
large curved lamella extending far within the aperture and forming
a deep canal with the outer lip, the lamella somewhat overhanging
the canal; a thick tooth is situated about the centre of the outer
lip near the margin, and an expansion or plication is placed behind
the columella far within the aperture ; labrum thickened, expanded
and reflexed ; a pit or depression behind the labrum corresponds
with the tooth within. Length 114 millims., diameter of the three
equal whorls 53, diameter of aperture 34.
Locality. Leydenburg, Transvaal.
ENNEA INFANS, sp. nov. (Plate LVII. fig. 6.)
Shell cylindrical, perforate, semitransparent, yellowish brown,
glossy, obliquely lirate (lirae attenuating inferiorly), and faintly
spirally striate between the liree; apex obtuse; whorls 74, a little
convex, very gradually increasing, the Jast narrower than the two
preceding and ascending slightly near the aperture; suture well
marked, denticulated by the extremities of the lire ; aperture small,
sinuately semioval; paries furnished with a large straight lamella
adjoining and forming a canal with the outer lip; labram armed
with a tooth situated a little below its centre ; a pit or depression
behind the labrum corresponding with the tooth ; peristome thickened,
expanded and reflexed, of a pure white. Length 5 to 5? millims.,
diameter 22, diameter of aperture 12.
Locality. Leydenburg, Transvaal.
This species at first sight appears to be a perfect miniature of EZ.
crassilabris ; but, besides its diminutive form, it is more cylindrical
than that species, and the dentition of the aperture presents various
differences.
ACHATINA Dimip1ATa, E. A. Smith, Quart. Journ. Conch. 1878,
No. 15, p. 348.
Not rare at Leydenburg, Transvaal.
ACHATINA TRANSVAALENSIS, E. A. Smith, Quart. Journ. Conch.
1878,. Nex15yipa51.
Not rare at Leydenburg, Transvaal.
a a
1880. j SHELLS FROM THE TRANSVAAL. 617
ACHATINA SMITHII, sp. noy. (Plate LVII. fig. 1.)
Shell ovately conical, thin, semitransparent, striated by the lines of
growth, which, upon the upper whorls and upper part of the last whorl
are crossed by coarse spiral strie, producing a granulose striated
appearance ; whorls 8, somewhat convex, the last occupying about
half the entire shell; upper whorls of a dull orange-yellow, last
whorl of a greenish yellow, the whole marked with numerous irre-
gularly waved stripes of a burnt-sienna colour ; spire somewhat elon-
gated, apex obtuse ; suture deep; aperture elliptically ovate, interior
having a faint purple lustre and showing the stripes through the
shell; columella arcuate, terminating in a small truncation ; peri-
stome simple. Length 55 millims., greatest breadth 27, height of
aperture 293, breadth of aperture 15.
Locality. Leydenburg, Transyaal.
I propose to name this shell after Mr. E. A. Smith, of the British
Museum.
CycLosTOMA KRAUSSIANUM, Pfr. P. Z.S. 1852, p. 64; Chemn.
2nd ed, p. 334, pl. 43. figs. 17, 18.
Very plentlful at Pilgrim’s Rest, Transvaal:
SUCCINEA DELALANDI, Pfr. Zeitschr. f. Malak. 185], p. 28;
Chemn. 2nd ed. p. 37, pl. 3. figs. 38-40.
In great numbers on the banks of the Oliphant’s River, Transvaal.
LiMnXA NATALENSIS, Krauss, Siidafr. Moll. p- 85, pl. v. fig. 15;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. vii. sp. 46.
Not very plentiful at Pilgrim’s Rest, Transvaal.
Puysa LtrATA, sp. nov. (Plate LVII. fig. 10.)
Shell globosely conical, perforate, very thin, shining, vitreous and
semitransparent, regularly lirate, very pale horn-colour ; spire some-
what produced, apex not very acute; whorls 4, the last very convex
and globular; aperture inversely auriform ; columella but little
curved, exhibiting no fold, considerably reflexed over the umbilicus,
which is small but deep. Length 9-9 millims., greatest breadth 7:2,
height of aperture 7, breadth of aperture 4.
Locality. Mooi River, Transvaal. Plentiful.
This species is remarkable for the regularity of the lirze.
ANCYLUS TRANSVAALENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate LVII. fig. 11.)
Shell broadly ovate, horny brown, varying from light to dark, very
finely and regularly concentrically striated and also faintly radiately
striated ; apex somewhat rounded, rather nearer the posterior ex-
tremity, a little dextrally recurved ; extremities well rounded. In
young specimens the radiating strize are very conspicuous. Length
75 miilims., breadth 5:3, height 3-2.
Locality. Mooi River, Transvaal. Plentiful.
This species differs from A. caffer, Krauss, in its larger size, the
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1880, No. XLI. 4}
618 MR, CRAVEN ON SHELLS FROM SOUTH AFRICA. | Noy. 30,
position of the apex, and the sculpture. In 4. caffer the radiate strize
are much more developed, and the apex is recurved so as to overhang
the margin, and is about one quarter of the length of the shell from
the extremity, whereas in A. ¢ransvaalensis it is only a little recurved
to one side and is much nearer the centre.
CoRBICULA OLIPHANTENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate LVII. fig. 12.)
Shell subcireularly trigonal, solid, subequilateral, marked with
rather fine concentric strize ; epidermis of a greenish yellow colour ; in-
terior of shell nearly white, in young specimens of a beautiful pinkish
orange towards the umbones; umbones rather prominent; lateral
teeth lamellar, finely serrated, produced ; hinge-teeth three on each
valve, equidistant. Breadth 12 millims., length 104, thickness 73.
Locality. Oliphant’s River, Transvaal; very plentiful.
This shell resembles C. africana, Krauss, in the dentition of the
valves, but differs from that species in its smaller size, finer striz,
much paler-coloured epidermis, and different-coloured interior.
Unio carrer, Krauss, Siidafr. Moll. p. 18, pl. 1. fig. 14; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. pl. 41. sp. 226.
A very marked variety of this species occurred to me in the Riet
Spruit, near Wynberg, in the Orange Free State, differing from the
type in its larger size, much more acuminated posterior, rather
rounded basal margin, and thicker hinge-teeth. Breadth 784 millims.,
length 39, thickness 25.
2. Description of three new Species of Land-Shells from
Cape Colony and Natal. By Atrrep E. Craven, F.Z:S.,
F.L.S., F.R.G.S., &e.
[Received October 8, 1880. |
(Plate LVIL)
Pupa (VERTIGO) SINISTRORSA, sp. nov. (Plate LVII. fig. 8.)
Shell sinistral, subperforate, ovately conical, of a horny-brown
colour, paler near the apex, rather glossy, faintly striated by the
lines of growth; whorls 55, very convex, gradually increasing, the
last two equal in diameter ; suture deep and well defined ; aperture
nearly circular, armed with four internal teeth, viz. one large tooth
situated on the paries near its centre, another sraaller tooth on the
columella far within the aperture, another at the base of the outer
lip, and a very small one at its centre; labrum outwardly reflexed ;
extremities of peristome connected by a thin callosity. Length 3 fo
3% millims., greatest diameter 2, diameter of aperture 1.
Locality. Cape Recif, entrance of Algoa Bay: Klein Setjes Bosch,
near Beaufort, Cape Colony. Not very abundant.
P.Z.S.1880 .Pl. LVI.
Mintern Bros. imp
NEW SOUTH AFRICAN SHELLS.
VSS s.r
es air o c “ c
: f
1880.] MR. CRAVEN ON SHELLS FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 619
ENNEA NATALENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate LVII. fig. 7.)
Shell elliptically conical, subperforate, semitransparent, pale yel-
lowish green, rather glossy, finely and indistinctly obliquely costulated,
excepting near the suture; the base of last whorl regularly lirate ; -
suture moderately distinct, coarsely crenulated between the last
three whorls ; whorls 84, scarcely convex, very gradually increasing
till the last one, which occupies about two fifths of the entire shell ,
apex very obtuse; aperture angularly semioval; paries furnished
with a thin, short, curved lamella, placed near the outer lip, but not
contiguous to it; outer lip armed with a small tooth near the
centre; columella furnished with two small teeth, one near the
centre and one near the base; peristome somewhat expanded and
reflexed. Length 9 millims., greatest diameter 5, diameter of aper-
ture. 27.
Locality. ‘lwo specimens found near the lighthouse at the entrance
of Durham Harbour, Port Natal. x
Cycnorus ALABASTRIS, sp. nov. (Plate LVII. fig. 9.)
Shell depressed, discoid, widely umbilicate, semitransparent, of a
pure white colour, rather glossy, vitreous, faintly obliquely striated ;
spire but little raised ; apex moniliform, raised suddenly above the
penultimate whorl; umbilicus very large, perspective, exposing all
the whorls; whorls 43, very convex, the last descending considerably ;
suture deep and well defined ; aperture obliquely cireular; peristome
simple, continuous. Greatest diameter 5*7 millims., least diameter
4°8, diameter of aperture 1-6, héight from base of aperture to apex 3.
Locality. Cape Récif, entrance of Algoa Bay.
Hewix Gioxosus, Miill. (Verm. ii. p. 68. no. 264).
I must also mention having found a fully developed sinistral speci-
men of this species in company with immense numbers of the
normal dextral form on Robben Island in Table Bay, Cape Colony.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVILI.
Vig. 1. Achatina smithii, p. 617.
2. a, b. Helix symmetrica, p. 614.
. a,b. Vitrina transvaalensis, p. 615,
» CAD: vandenbroeckii, p. 615.
. ac. Ennea crassilabris, p. 616.
a-c. —— infans, p. 616.
a-c, —— natalensis, p. 619.
a-c. Pupa sinistrorsa, p. 618.
a, b. Cyclotus alabastris, p. 619.
a, b. Physa lirata, p. 617.
. a,b. Ancylus transvaalensis, p. 617.
. ad, Corbicula oliphantensis 618.
NRE OVAAG ue
ol
41*
620 ON REPTILES ETC, FROM BALUCHISTAN. [Nov. 30,
3. On a Collection of Reptiles and Amphibians from Balu-
chistan made by Dr. C. Duke in April and May, 1877.
By A. A. W. Husrecut. With a Note by W. T.
Buanrorp, F.Z.8.}
[Received October 17, 1880.|
Having been requested by Mr. Francis Day, F.L.S., F.Z.S., of
Cheltenham, to name and accept for the Leiden Museum the above-
mentioned collection of Reptiles and Amphibians, I have had great
pleasure in complying with this wish, and may here be allowed to
give the list of the different species it contains. Although there are
no novelties amongst them, still our knowledge of the geographical
distribution of certain species may profit by such enumerations, »
especially in the case of a country like Baluchistan, which by its
position on the border between the Paleearctic and Oriental regions
has an increased interest for the student of geographical zoology.
1. Catorres versicoLor, Daud.
Nal. Anadult specimen. ‘The species has already been recorded
from Afghanistan and Baluchistan (Blanford).
2, AGAMA AGILIS, Oliv.
Nal. This species is exceedingly common in Persia (Blanford),
and has also been obtained in the Punjab and in Sind.
3. Srer“xiro cAucasicus, Eichw.
Nal. One fine specimen, adult,
4, AGAMURA CRURALIS, Blanf.
Of this interesting Gecko with its Agamoid affinities, one speci-
men was captured at Nal. Blanford’s type specimens all came
from Baluchistan (W. T. Blanford, ‘Eastern Persia,’ vol. ii.
p. 356, pl. xxiii. f. 3). The specimen is unfortunately deprived of
its tail.
5. ACANTHODACTYLUS MICROPHOLIS, W. Blanf. J. ¢. p. 383,
pl. xxvi. f. 2.
Like the foregoing species this one was first described by Blanford
from specimens from Baluchistan. A specimen was captured at
Nal which decidedly belongs to this species, although the keels on
the dorsal scales are much less conspicuous,
6. TAPHROMETOPUM LINEOLATUM, Brandt, Bull. de l’ Acad. Se.
St. Pétersb. iii. p. 243 ; Blanford, l. ¢. p, 422.
One specimen from Quetta.
' Communicated by Mr. F. Day, F.Z:8.
by i a te © lea
is ' — 5 -} esa yr”
wr i. oi y re. > nS
i 5 1 Pat:
2 , ¥ « * asm ne sa
i -% A ae
- : : ae.
wa v
» >
-
i
‘A
-
-
x
.
: i
ay
_
: 7
'
i
¥ 4
‘
'
* ' ’
a oe s
” j > fr = ,
? OLY OS oP ee ‘ Pay 4)
Hanhart rmp
t hth
~
om
J
1880.] MR. J. H. GURNEY ON DRYOTRIORCHIS SPECTABILIS. (21
7. NAsA TRIPUDIANS, Merr.
Quetta. One specimen, of which only the head and tail were
preserved. Careful comparison with Strauch’s description of Naja
oxiana, Kichwald, shows this specimen to belong to the Indian, and
not to the Caspian species.
8. Rana EscULENTA, L.
Two specimens——one from Nal, the other from Baghunna, the
latter so badly preserved that doubts about its identity with this or
any other species may be entertained.
9. Buro oxtvacevs, Blanf. /. c. p. 434, pl. xxviii. f. 3.
One specimen from Nal. The species appears to be well charac-
terized by its exceedingly large parotoid glands. Blanford’s speci-
mens came from Baluchistan.
Nos. 4, 5, and 9 clearly show that the country about Nal corre-
sponds in detail with respect to its fauna to that of the last-named
province.
[The locality Nal, whence most of the species enumerated were
obtained, is situated in the Mari country, nearly north of Jacobabad,
in Sind (lat. 29° 30’ N., long. 66° E.). The elevation above the
sea is marked on the map as 2200 feet.
Ras Malan, the nearest point to Nal, and whence Agamura cruralis
and Acanthodactylus micropholis have been obtained, is 350 miles
distant to the south-west, whilst the nearest localities from which
Bufo olivaceus has hitherto been reported are nearly 500 miles from
Nal in the same direction.—-V. T. B. |
4, Note on the Immature Plumage of Dryotriorchis specta-
bils (Schleg.). By J. H. Gurney.
[Received November 16, 1880.]
(Plate LVIII.)
On October 8, 1880, I examined an immature specimen of a
very scarce raptorial bird from the Gaboon country in Western
Africa (Dryotriorchis spectabilis), which is living in the Gardens of
this Society’, and which is so remarkably tame as to afford great
facility for the inspection of its plumage. As this example differs
considerably from the nearly adult specimen figured in the Neder.
Tijdsch. vol. i. pl. 6, as well as from the fully adult bird belonging
to Captain Shelley and figured in ‘The Ibis’ for 1878, pl. 11, the
following notes relating to it may perhaps be worth recording :—
The irides are pale bright hazel; the eyelids and lores are pale
bluish grey, the latter being bare, with the exception of numerous
* The bird in question was obtained by purchase on June 30th, 1880, and
entered erroneously in the List of Additions for June as Astur macrocelides.—
Pel, 8;
622 MR, GURNEY ON DRYOTRIORCHIS SPECTABILIS. [ Nov. 30,
_ sparsely set and slightly curved black hairs, from 3 to 7 of an inch
in length, similar but shorter hairs also fringing both eyelids ; the
cere, gape, and base of the lower mandible are lemon-yellow, the
sides of the lower ramus, as far as the yellow colour extends, being
furnished with sparse hairs, some dark and some white, not curved,
but otherwise resembling those on the lores ; with the exception of
the yellow base of the lower mandible, and a spot of dull pale blue
on each side of the upper mandible, adjacent to the nostril, the
entire billis jet-black ; the tarsi and feet are a clear rich yellow ; and
the claws are white with a faint tinge of bluish pink—which is not
a little remarkable, considering that the adult bird, as evidenced by
Captain Shelley’s specimen, has the claws jet-black; the middle
‘claw is distinctly serrated on its external edge. :
The whole aspect of the head, both as regards the coloration and
the arrangement of the feathers, is remarkably Cireaétine—an effect
which is increased by the curved hairs springing from the lores, as
well as by the power the bird has of partially erecting the feathers
on the back of the head; the cheeks and ear-coverts are pale whitish
buff; the feathers on the sides of the neck are similarly coloured on
the edge, with dark brown centres ; but two of these feathers on the
left side are quite white; on the forehead the feathers are also of
a pale buff, with narrow dark brown shaft-marks.
The crown of the head and entire mantle are dark brown with
very narrow light brown edges to the feathers; these are palest on
the lesser wing-coverts, and are most strongly marked on the upper
tail-coverts ; some feathers of the median wing-coverts show one,
others two cross-bars nf a darker brown than the general colour of
the mantle; the quill-feathers of the wing are pure white on the
inner web, the outer web being brown with crosg bars of a darker:
brown; many of the primaries had been cut before the bird came
into the Society’s possession ; and it may probably be owing to this
cause that some of the new primaries appear to be abnormally
deficient in colour, being white on both webs, with the exception of
a slight longitudinal mottling of dark brown on each side of the
shaft, which is also dark-coloured.
Mr. Bartlett informed me that when the bird first came to the
Gardens, about three months since, the tail was worn down: new
rectrices have since been grown, the colour of which is dark brown,
crossed by five somewhat irregular blackish brown bars ; the ground-'
colour of the inner web of the lateral rectrices, however, is white.
The throat wants the blackish brown central streak which is found
in the adult bird; but the dark lateral throat-streaks are visible,
though not. conspicuous. The under surface of the body is white,
with the centre of the feathers occupied by large dark brown spots,
surrounded by margins of pale buff; the flanks are similarly spotted ~
instead of being barred as in the adult; the under wing-coverts are
white, with a few narrow marks of dark brown.
In illustration of. these remarks, I am glad to be able to refer to
an excellent drawing of this specimen, taken from the life, which is
reproduced on the accompanying Plate,
art imp
H an }
lith
fal
7 I
J. Omiv
N
af
C
LANIARIUS APR Gir
ee ee
1880. | MR. R. TRIMEN ON A NEW LANIARIUS. 623
5. On an undescribed Laniarius from the Interior of
Southern Africa—By Rotann Trimen, F.L.S., F.Z.S8.
ete. Curator of the South-African Museum, Cape Town.
[Received November 16, 1880].
(Plate LIX.)
The skin which I now exhibit to the Society formed part of the
collection of Dr. B. F. Bradshaw, from which the Trustees of the
Seuth-African Museum obtained the fine Roller ( Coracias spatulatus,
mihi), described in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1880, pp. 31-33.
As was the case with the bird just mentioned, only one example of
this peculiar form of Laniarivs was contained in the collection brought
by Dr. Bradshaw to Cape Town; and it is so thoroughly like
L. atrococcineus (Burchell) in every respect but the very striking
difference in the colour of the underparts, that I was much disposed
to regard it as a singular ‘‘sport’’ of Burchell’s well-known species,
and thought it well to refrain from describing it as new until I could
obtain the opinion of practised ornithologists on the subject. I find
that opinion to be rather against my suggestion that the rich orange-
yellow in this skin might be only a solitary individual aberration
from the crimson of LZ. atrococcineus ; and I therefore submit to the
Society the following description of the specimen in question, which
has been added to the collection of the South-African Museum.
LANIARIUS ATROCROCEUS, sp. nov. (Pl. LIX.)
Entire upper surface (including that of wings and tail), together
with sides of head and neck, glossy black shot with a steel-blue
lustre; under surface throughout, from base of bill to under tail-
coverts, rich yellow, with a surface-tint of warm orange; rump
irregularly varied with numerous whitish-tipped feathers ; middle
upper wing-coyerts and external borders of outer webs of three last
secondaries pure white, forming a continuous longitudinal wing-
stripe; all quill-feathers dull fuscous beneath, paler towards their
bases ; under wing-coyerts dull blackish, irregularly flecked with
whitish ; tail beneath not so black as above, and without steel-blue
lustre.
Bill and legs black; iris lavender” (B. F. Bradshaw).
Total length 8 in. 3 lin.; length of culmen 8 lin. ; of folded wing
3 in. 6 lin., of tail 3 in. 10 lin., of tarsus 1 in. 3 lin.
Beyond the very conspicuous difference in the colour of the under-
parts, I have not found in this skin any characters to separate it
from L. atrococcineus except its rather smaller dimensions. Bur-
chell’s bird is very frequently met with from the northern border -
of the Cape Colony far into the interior ; and Dr. Bradshaw told me
that it occurred in the same district as the curious bird now under
notice. The latter was the only example seen by -Dr. Bradshaw,
624 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON NEW [Nov. 30,
who informed me that he shot it on the Upper Limpopo or Croco-
dile River, about sixty miles in a south-easterly direction from Shos-
hong, on the edge of the southern tropic. He was at once struck
by its peculiar appearance, and found it so shy and wary of approach
that he was a long time in pursuit before he succeeded in securing it.
6. On some new Birds discovered and collected by Dr. Emin
Bey in Central Africa, between 5° and 2° N. lat., and 31°
and 32° KE. long. By Dr. G. Harrravs.
[Received November 18, 1880.]
(Plate LX.)
1, TRICHOLAIS FLAVOTORQUATA, 0. Sp.
Supra dilute olivacea, pileo et capitis lateribus cinereis ; subtus
alba, pectore excepto citrino-flavo, abdomine canescente ; hypo-
chondriis et subcaudalibus cinerascenti lavatis; remigibus et
rectricibus obsolete fuscis, his, mediis exceptis, limbo apicali
albido ; tectrictbus minoribus dorso concoloribus ; subalaribus
albido flavidoque variis; rostro plumbeo-fuscescente, pedibus
carneis (3). Long. tota circa 102 mill., rostri a fr. 10, ale
50, caude 37, tarsi 18.
One specimen obtained on January 12 at “ Magungo.”’ Iris brick-
red.
The generic characters of this species agree in every respect with
Heuglin’s genus Tricholais (Ornith. N.-O. Afr.i. p. 285). 7. elegans,
the typical species, differs in its yellow abdomen &c. The colour
of the upper parts is in both species the same, a light yellowish olive-
green. The lemon-yellow pectoral band is not very circumscript.
The white of the underparts is purest on the throat. The dark line
through the eye, so conspicuous in Heuglin’s figure of 7’. elegans,
is entirely: wanting in the new species.
2. CisTICOLA HYPOXANTHA, 0. Sp.
Minor, supra in fundo. olivaceo-rufescente minus distincte fusco
longitudinaliter notata, subtus tota unicolor, pallide flava; uro-
pygio subrufescente ; remigibus tertiariis et tectricibus rufe-
scenti marginatis ; subalaribus albis ; rectricibus fuscis, rufe-
scenti limbatis et ante apicem pallidius rufescentem obscure adum-
bratis ; rosivo pallido, culmine obscuro; pedibus pallidis (3).
Long. tota vix 100 mill., rostri a fr. 8, ale 44, caude 38, tarsi 20.
One specimen. ‘ Magungo, December 1].
A small typical species which appears to be undescribed. The
darker longitudinal markings of the upper parts not very conspicuous ;
underparts of a uniform pale straw-yellow. The pale apical spot
of the rectrices, as well as the dark portion before it, is more distinct
on the underside. Wings short, obtuse, subtruncate. Remiges
3-7 longest and of nearly equal length. Feet rather large.
3
J.Smit lith Hanhart imp
!
) Mug. | EMINIA LEPIDA. Fig.2. DRYMOCICHLA INCANA
1
1880. ] BIRDS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA, 625
Eminta, gen. nov. MALURINARUM.
Char. gen. Rostrum elongatum, gracile, rectum, integrum, cari-
natum ; mavilla superior (culmen et commissura) subcurvata, gonyde
parte apicali vix conspicue ascendente; nares in fossa majuscula
posite, longitudinales, aperte; vibrisse obsolete. Ale convexe,
breviuscule, caude dimidium non attingentes, obtuse ; remige primo
subspurio, 5—9. subequalibus, ceteris longioribus. Cauda subelongata,
rotundata, mollis, rectricibus satis angustis. Pedes magni; tai sis
scutellatis ; pollex pre c@teros robustus, ungue magno bene curvata
armatus ; digiti-elongati, graciles.
3. Eminia LEpIDA, n. sp. (Plate LX. fig. 1.)
Supra dilute olivaceo-virescens, cauda concolori; pileo pure cinereo,
Sronte albicante ; fascia a rostro per oculos ducta et occiput late
cingente nigerrima; genis et regione parotica sericeo-albidis ;
tectricibus alarum dorso concoloribus, remigibus fuscis olivaceo
limbatis, macula ad flexuram ale intense cinnamomeo-rufa ; sub-
alaribus in fundo ochraceo rufo variegatis: subtus dilute cinerea ;
mento albido ; macula gule majore, longitudinali, subirregulari,
circumscripte cinnamomeo-rufa; abdomine medio purius albicante ;
crissi plumis, cruribus et subcaudalibus flavido rufoque variis ;
rostro nigro ; pedibus corneo-pallidis (3 ad.).
Q vix diversa, minor.
me g
millim. millim.
Long stotwe 82! circa 158 143
335 Tostrfalin, Syne, 2) leat Wf 15
got alee Neer cic's cis ics eee 12 65
a. Blcalidee Po says. FUG. 28 62 58
ae METAT SIME e a Gare oc oa adat ons 25 23
ay) tee THEM. CF URE. 2s 5 22 20
a1 MB POU cs ccs « 10
Five specimens. ‘‘ Magungo.”
A very interesting new genus belonging to the Camaroptera group
(Malurine, Sundey.), which I dedicate to Dr. Emin Bey, who has added
so much to our knowledge of the zoology of these distant regions.
The colour of the upper parts is a fine yellowish olive. The light
bluish grey of the crown reappears a little beyond the broad black
band which encircles the occiput. Thighs, vent, under tail- and
inner wing-coverts of a lively olivaceous yellow, varied by rufous
shades. The large longitudinal rufous spot of the throat is sharply
defined on the whitish ground of the underparts.
DryMocicu4a, gen. MALURINARUM.
Char. gen. Rostrum gracile, breviusculum, integrum, rectum, subu-
latum, carinatum, culminis parte apicali subcurvata, gonyde apicem
versus conspicue ascendente; nares longitudinales, aperte; vibrisse
obsolete. Ale subconvere, breves, caude basin parum superantes,
obtuse, remige 1. spurio, 2. multo longiore, 3-5. subequalibus, ceteris
626 ON NEW BIRDS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. [Nov. 30,
longioribus, 6. et 7. vix brevioribus. Cauda longiuscula, subgradata ;
mollis, rectricibus angustis. Pedes parvi, debiles ; tarsus scutellatus ;
ungues minimi, pollicis fortior.
4, DrYMOCICHLA INCANA, . sp. (Plate LX, fig. 2.)
Pure et dilute cerulescenti-cinerea, fronte albicante; subtus dilutior,
mento, gula et abdomine medio albioribus ; rectricibus unicoloribus
cinereis, scapis fuscis ; remigibus 1, et 2. eodem modo pictis, 3-8.
in dimidio basali pogonii externi leie aurantiaco-fulvis ; tectricibus
alarum dorso concoloribus ; subalaribus sericeo-albis isabellino
lavatis; subcaudalibus canis; rostro nigro, pedibus pallidis
(dh ef Oye
a
maillaet millim.
Long. tota .......... cirea 140 130
Meee LOSUDIAG Utes ate at ieee ll 10
ag Warletecar ok a cba Pose Oe 5D
Ae RCH Ge eee nce ree ee 51
ee ee URED ne RS eter!) 19
> Gig. post. ci uns... . , Le 13
Fe OO ao tia hong, he 3
Six specimens from “ Magungo.””
The curious orange-yellow markings of the wing contrast strikingly
with the fine light grey of the upper parts. The colour of the tail-
and wing-feathers is a pale obsolete brown strongly shaded with
bluish grey ; lores and the small feathers round the eye white ; vent
with a very faint fulyous shade.
The systematic position of this elegant form is also with the
Malurine, Sundey.
5. MUSCICAPA INFULATA, 0. sp.
Supra saturate et pure fusca, remigibus et rectricibus concoloribus,
tectricibus et remigibus tertiariis indistincte pallidius marginatis ;
gula et abdomine pure albis, pectore et hypochondriis dilutius
Susco adumbratis; subcaudalibus albis ; subalaribus fulvo fuscoque
variegatis ; remigibus in interno margine pallentibus ; rostro et
pedibus nigris ; vibrisse satis elongate sed tenues (3 et 2).
3 2
millim. millim.
Long. tofa .......... circa, 123 123
ee SPOSUEM ALA eh cos sicy cepa 1Z 12
sepalasr A cae: eo ee ee 67 67
: oh CHU OR ir tee Se Get A 51
Pea Ht) ken ds See ae 15 15
Typical. A sliort and compact little bird, and, I think, un-
described, It is allied to Levaillant’s ?Ondulé (Muscicapa fuscula,
Sund.). The principal colour of the upper parts is a deep rich
brown, The uppermost part of the chin has a faint brownish shade,
i i hi ee te a
P 2.5. 1880. PELE
JSmit lith Hamhart imp
RUBICUNDUS.
it
PZ.S.1880.P1 LA
Hanhart amp
” BRACHYURUS RUBICUNDUS, Wat. Scze
y
au
ut
JIPUUPY
a! mM
See lee,
eae ee eS ae a
no Pee
1880.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. 627
Th an apparently somewhat younger specimen the same faint
brownish tint appears on the under tail-coverts. In the same speci-
men the pale rafescent margins of the wing-coverts and lesser
remiges are more distinct. Feet very slender,
7. On the External Characters and Anatomy of the Red
Uakari Monkey (Brachyurus rubicundus) ; with Remarks
on the other Species of that Genus. By W.A. Forszs,
B.A., F.L.S., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge,
Prosector to the Society.
[ Received November 50, 1880.]
(Plates LXI.-LXIII.)
On May 24th, 1879, the Society purchased a female specimen of a
red-haired short-tailed American Monkey, which on its arrival was
somewhat doubtfully entered as an example of Brachyurus rubicundus
of Isidore Geoffroy’. This animal lived in fair health till April 22nd
last, when it died without any premonitory symptoms. On dissection,
both lungs and liver, so frequently the seat of disease in Monkeys
kept in captivity, were found to be perfectly healthy : indeed, with
the exception of a little inflammation of the stomach and small
intestines, and a slight intussusception of the transverse colon, no
morbid appearances whatever were found.
The death of this animal has enabled me to give that further
notice of it promised on its arrival (vide Mr. Sclater’s monthly
report, infra cit.), as well as to give some notes on its anatomy.
For though, as might have been expected, Brachyurus differs in no
essential respect from its allies, the great rarity of Monkeys of this
genus in captivity makes it advisable to record any facts concerning
the anatomy of its soft parts. In particular, the brain of this genus
of Monkeys being hitherto unknown, the description of it will fill
up one of the few gaps till now left in our knowledge of this organ
amongst the Primates.
Our specimen of Brachyurus was a female, not yet adult, though
perhaps nearly full-grown. All the teeth are in place, but the
canines, both above and below, have not yet finished cutting, and the
epiphyses of the bones are still unanchylosed.
As regards the name of our animal, I may at once state that,
Mr. Blanford having been kind enough to take the skin to Paris for
comparison with the types of Brachyurus rubicundus in the gallery
of the Jardin des Plantes, no doubt remains that it really belongs to
that species. The specimen from which Isidore Geoffroy’s figure ?
was taken is still extant in Paris; and the apparent shortness of its
tail, reproduced in the figure, is due in all probability to the
“ make” of the skin, the skin of the tail having apparently shrunk
1 Pp. ZS. 1879, p. 551. ° Arch, d. Mus. y. pl. 30,
628 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. [Noy. 30,
much after the removal of the bones inside. Other specimens in
the Paris Museum, Mr. Blanford informs me, have tails of about the
same length as ours, while they closely correspond in other respects,
the amount of grey on the crown of the head varying in different
specimens.
The accompanying plate (Plate LXI.), taken from a sketch made
by Mr. Wolf shortly after the animal’s arrival, will give a more
correct impression of this Monkey than the figures hitherto published
of it.
The weight of our specimen, considerably emaciated, was 2 lb.
11 oz. The following measurements were taken on the body before
being skinned or otherwise interfered with :—
inches,
Total length (measured in a straight line from super-
ciliary ridges, over head and body, to tip of tail).. 21:
Length of tail, including hairs .................. 6°5
Fleshy part ofttail) ssc25 eo 5 oe ye, cs Pe ee 5°65
Length of head, from occipital prominence to glabellum 2°65
From occiput to anterior margin of upper lip, in a
ptraighit limes: 450.8 00.95 Pes 2 5 Pe
Breadth of face (just above the eyes, from outer
MALE OF OTbitsy 76 FFL OR i ye 2°0
Breadth of nasal septum vo Nace Wie Sie hd eeinl gt yea a
Breddthiol maoth i750 Wb 255. Pal. eee ee 1°2
Leigth oferta 0). 53.2075.) 5 os of waa ayo fel 9 ne
Length of forearm............ : 5:0
Length (extreme) of manus .. 3°5
Length of thigh 6°5
ength wr tee cic iia s hy be eee Pains oe 5°75
9°25
Length (extreme) of pes (plantar surface) ...... .
The face, chin, and sides of the head, as far as the ears, are
nearly naked, with only a scanty covering of hairs. The nose and
the interval between the eyes (measuring 3 inch) are very nearly
bare, there being here only a very few most minute hairs, only seen
in aside light. Along the superciliary ridges are a few long, for-
wardly directed, black hairs, white at the base, and slightly curved
forwards. There are a few similar hairs also on each side of the
face between the nostrils and the angle of the mouth, as well as on
the chin.
The muzzle, which is somewhat truncated, and the chin are
sparsely covered with short bristly white hairs, directed more or less
downwards and forwards.
The naked skin of the sides of the head was in life flesh-colour,
the naked ears being slightly redder. The face and muzzle were, as
will be seen from Mr. Wolf’s sketch (Plate LXI.), during life bright
vermilion-red, so red, indeed, as to give the animal the appearance
of being painted; but the amount of this bright red varied much
from time to time, depending, apparently, both on the animal’s
health and on its emotions. Mr. Bartlett tells me he has seen the
1880.] MR. Ww. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. 629
animal flush up, as it were, in a moment a brilliant red all over the
naked parts of its face, and as soon become pale again when the
disturbing cause had subsided, After death the brilliant red colour
was confined to the region of the nasal openings and the interval
between them and the upper lip’. The eyelashes are represented
only by very fine silky minute hairs. The irides were light hazel-
brown, the sclerotic white. These points may be well seen in the
accompanying figure of the head (Plate LXII.), of the natural size,
drawn soon after death by Mr. Smit~, The ears are of a somewhat
squared shape—much more so than in a specimen of Pithecia
satanas I was able soon afterwards to examine in the flesh—with the
angles rounded off. There is no lobule; and both tragus and anti-
tragus are little developed. The helix has a small recurved flap
above, lying over the top of the helical fossa. They are quite
naked. Ata point about corresponding with the top of the occiput
there is a parting of the hairs of the head, these radiating forwards,
outwards, and backwards from this point—the long red hair which
covers the sides of the head, passes over and behind the ears,
passing outwards and then forwards, whilst the hairs of the back of
the head and neck pass backwards. The short silky grey and white
hairs covering the top of the head pass directly forwards. ‘These are
very fine, and closely appressed to the scalp; white for the greater part
of their length, they become black at the tips ; towards the sides and
front of the scalp they become tinged with reddish, so gradually
passing into the red of the sides of the head. This reddish tinge is
produced by the presence on these hairs of a rufous zone between
the white of their bases and the black of the tips; a few, however,
are black throughout. These short hairs almost entirely disappear
a little behind the long superciliary hairs. The hairy covering of
the scalp ceases along a line between the top of the ears and the top
of the orbits. Below this limit the sides of the head are only very
sparsely covered with rather long, fine, forwardly-directed hairs,
which are mostly rufous, paler at the base, and black-tipped ; here,
as elsewhere, however, some are quite black. The skin round the
angles of the mouth is, for a small area, almost completely naked.
The posterior border of the lower jaw, on the contrary, as well as
the sides of the throat, are covered by long rich chestnut largely
black-tipped hairs, which are directed forwards; these run as far
as the symphysis, and form a sort of whiskers. The hairs of the
back of the head, nape, and neck are paler in colour than those
on the rest of the body, being pale fulvous, many having, however,
black tips, whilst a few are entirely of that colour. The rest of the
body is covered with very long, fine, backwardly-directed hairs of
a bright rich chestnut colour, as usual more or less black-tipped,
with a sprinkling of quite black ones.
In general colour and texture the coat of the Uakari greatly
1 Cf. Bates, ‘ Naturalist on the Amazons, il. p. 510. -
2 In this figure the extent of tha red colour of the face has been restored,
partly from memory and notes taken from the liying animal, and partly from
the sketch made by Mr. Wolf,
630 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. [ Nov. 30,
resembles that of the Orang, as was noticed by many who saw the
animal alive. These red hairs are continued onto the limbs and
tail, the hair being particularly long on the arms, about the
shoulders (forming here a sort of cape over the back and shoulders),
and along the posterior border of the thigh and leg—there being a
Hand of Red Uakari. Palmar aspect ; natural size.
wide patagial-like expansion of skin behind the knee, between the
thigh and lower part of the limb. Some of the hairs on the back
—_—*
1880.1]
MR. W. A, FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS,
Foot of Red Uakari, Plantar aspect ; natural size.
631
632 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. [Novy. 30,
measure over 4 iniches ; and those on the limbs are from 3-3} inches in
length’. The tail is pretty uniformly covered with moderately long
hairs, and is in no degree, in the fresh state, bushy. It is not
flattened or bare beneath.
On the forearms the hairs converge on the posterior margin to the
elbow, being directed backwards and more or less upwards as the
elbow is approached. On the anterior margin, however, all the
hairs are directed downwards and forwards, so that a parting of the
hairs runs down here from the elbow to the wrist. On the posterior
limbs this is not observable. The lower surface of the body is much
less hairy than above ; and there is a well defined median parting
running along it from the thorax to the abdomen.
The greatest length of the hand (fig. 1) is 3°5 inches, the
breadth across the knuckles about 1°35. The fourth digit is the
longest (2°15), being 0°15 inch longer than the third ; the second
and fifth are about equal (1°75). The thumb is, asin other Cebide,
directed in the same plane as the remaining digits ; it measures 1-15
inch in length, reaching slightly beyond the first phalanx of the second
digit. The interdigital membrane is slight. The nails are com-
pressed, and rather elongated, particularly on the fifth digit; that
of the pollex is shorter, and more compressed and “ nail’’-like. The
palmar surface is nude; the dorsal sparingly hairy, the hairs ex-
tending onto the fingers.
The greatest length of the nude plantar surface is 5:25 inches ; its
breadth, at the base of the hallux, is 1:5 inch. The toes have about
the same relations as the fingers, except that the fifth is notably
longer than the second. The fourth is about 2°25 inches long. The
hallux measures 1°25 inch, and has a broad oval nail, slightly com-
pressed; the nails of the other digits are much compressed, slightly
curved, and rather claw-like. The inferior aspects of the hand
and feet, of the natural size, are represented in the accompanying
figures (fig. 1, p. 630, & fig. 2, p. 631).
The axillary folds are well marked ; and the axillze are quite nude,
as is a space continuous with them on the inner aspect of the arm
for nearly one third its length. The teats, two in number, are
situated about 13 inch from the middle line, just on a line between the
ends of the axillary folds*, about 1:25 inch from the apex of the
axilla.
The umbilicus is represented by a slight, scarcely perceptible slit-
like mark 43 inches from the pubic symphysis. The anus is a
transverse slit ; the vulva, which is provided with a short clitoris, is
1 One of the characters of Dr. Gray’s genus “ Ouakaria” is “ Fur short,
silky”! (Cat. Monk, p. 61).
* In fig. 2 the second digit of the foot is seen to be twice bent abruptly on
itself. This position was constant after death, and if altered it was always
returned to. Iam not, however, prepared to say that it is natural, as I never
observed it in the living animal. The other digits showed no trace of it.
3.In a female of Mycetes seniculus, examined some years ago by Prof.
Garrod and myself, the mamme were found to be situated Zz the axillee.
1880.] = MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. 633
vertical. The perinzeum measures about ‘35 of aninch. The ischi-
atic prominences, perineeum, and root of the tail are covered by
greyish skin forming a rhomboidal space, about 1°5 inch broad and
high; under the tail there is a slight hollow, with a raised fold of
skin at each side.
The skin of the cheeks is thin and smooth throughout inside.
The hard palate has about ten slightly curved (lunate) ridges on each
side, best marked anteriorly, and not meeting mesially. The first
two lie between the canines, the last on the level of the last molar.
The more posterior ones are faint and irregular, and straighter; the
two most anterior the strongest and most curved. In front of the
most anterior are two small slits, one on each side of the centre,
directed antero-posteriorly, and lying in a line with the inner margin
of the median incisor.
The tongue is elongate and _parallel-sided, being bluntly squared
off at the tip. In front of the palato-glossal folds, which are well
developed, it is covered, above and on the sides, with filiform papillee ;
below it is smooth. The fungiform papille are numerous, and dis-
tributed over the sides and tip of the tongue in front of the circum-
vallate papillee ; of these there are four, arranged in the usual reversed
A-shape, the extra one lying on the right side. In Pithecia satanas
I found three only. There is a “‘ Mayer’s organ”? of about 15 slits, in
the usual position in front of the palato-glossal folds. There is a
Jrenum lingua, anda smooth, fleshy, well-developed sudlingua,
bifid apically, with the duct of the submaxillary glands opening on
the two papillee behind this. The uvula is blunt and feebly developed.
All the salivary glands are well developed. he parotid is large,
measuring 2 inches across at its greatest development ; it occupies
part of the ‘anterior triangle,” sending a lobe up and behind the
auditory meatus ; it then runs forward over the masseter muscle, the
superior border coinciding with the zygoma, as far as its anterior
border, where on one side there is a small downwardly directed
lobule developed. Below it extends far into the fossa behind the
jaw, and is in contact beneath with the submaxillary. The duct
opens opposite the last premolar.
The submaxillary glands are also large; in contact with the
parotids above, they nearly meet each other below. A few small
accessory lobules appear superficially towards the anterior part.
The glands are covered to a large extent by the jaw, running up on
the deep side of the ascending ramus of the mandible, and covering
there the digastric muscle ; at the angle of the jaw they appear super-
ficially. ‘The sublingual glands, well developed, extend back in the
floor of the mouth for 1 inch behind the sudlingua. ,
On opening the abdomen, the great length and narrowness of the
abdominal cavity are striking. ‘The ceecum occupies superficially
nearly all the posterior part of the abdominal cavity, filling up thus
nearly one third of the whole. Behind, it rests on the bladder, covering
the rectum; its apex, directed downwards, lies in the right iliac region.
The descending colon is quite superficial and lengthy, as is the
ascending, which is also superficial, except in the middle ; the trans-
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XLII. 42
634 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. [Nov. 30,
verse, on the contrary, is very short’. (It was partly intussuscepted. )
The stomach was visible in the left hypochondriae region, the
liver appearing all across the abdomen. The great omentum did
not cover any of the viscera as now exposed ; it was attached only to
the upper part of the ascending colon, for about 2 inches. It con-
tained no fat, the animal being, it is to be remembered, considerably
emaciated.
'The stomach is of the usual Simian form, with a globular cardiac
cul-de-sac, and fairly distinct tubular pyloric part ; it- measured
3 inches in length by 14 deep. The pyloric constriction is distinct ;
and towards that part the walls become thicker. Internally there
is a distinct thick ridge on the lesser curvature, } inch to the right
of the cesophagus, dividing off the pyloric part, which is quite smooth
internally, whilst the mucous membrane of the cardiac part has a
few irregular, slightly developed rugz.
The length of the intestines is as follows :—
inches.
Small.intestine: eékiker weosiaieb ae ral USS
Large Heyl. cteeakind’ Ssatie kaa shared 19-0
Caecum (distended)........ s ratey (och quotes bee eagles
I append a few measurements of the alimentary canal of other
species of Cebine Monkeys for comparison.
Length of
| | |
Name. Sex. | juss Sass Gy wc. Authority.
| Jad las) es)
Bilao] Po| &
H ‘SPacAs bos aa &
H |w 4 iS) .
Ateles geoffroyi (nearly in. | in. | ins | an. |
SAMI) reiertiawe based: | QO |... | 95 117 | 35 |Prof. Flower.
EE Ee Q|...| 99 |15 |4 |A. H. Garrod (MS) |
— (young) ...... © |15 | 92°5)13 | 2°75/W. A. F.
Cebus CUPUCiNUS ....+++- ace {ds | 958.) 11» | 2° Prof "Blower™ |
Seen cceen05e fg |... | 565) 8:5 | 1-75/W. A. FB.
Lagothrix humboldti...... g |18 {102 |19 |4 jA. H. Garrod (MS.).|
Nyctipithecus vociferans..| 3 F339) PS Ye bale ts
Sie Bice scien a, teseeacoaalo "cbr WE CAC Be |
PUFYPES ...ceensveceees | O|... | 48 |12 |2 |A. H. Garrod (MS.). |
Callithrix amicta ......4.. O41... | 421115 | 2:5 (W. ALE.
Pithecia monachus |
(nearly adult)........-.+. © |11 | 50 |22 |4:5 |Prof. Flower?.
—— —— (young) ...... S125) 52-5) 1275/2 |W. A. Be
—— satanas (young) ...| 9 | ... | 68 | 9 | 2°75, W. A. F.
(not adult) ...) g | 16 | 108 |12'5 | 2°75)W. A. F.
Brachyurus rubicundus |
(not adult) .........+-+00- © | 15:5) 108-5) 19 | 6 |W. AWE.
1 In Pithecia satanas the transverse colon hardly exists, the descending colon
being bent sharply back upon the ascending. The caecum lay altogether to the
right of the descending colon and rectum; the latter, therefore, was not hidden
by it. -
2 Taken from his lectures, Med. Times &c. May 4, 1872.
1880.] | MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. 635
As far as can be judged from the few examples given in this table,
Brachyurus rubicundus apparently has a greater absolute, and even
greater relative, length of intestines and czecum than any other New-
world Monkey, including even the considerably larger Lagothriv.
This would seem to indicate that in its native forests Brachyurus
is more of a vegetarian than its allies.
There are no valvulz conniventes. Peyer’s patches are almest
confined to the last yard of the ileum, there being 14 large and
well defined ones in that space, the largest # inch long. There is a
large one close to the ileo-czecal aperture. Higher up only a few
can be found ; and they disappear in the jejunum. The ezecum isin
no degree sacculated, neither is the colon. The former, which is of
considerably larger calibre, is cylindrical, blunt, and curved on itself
when distended into more than a circle, with a well-developed
median peritoneal freenum.
The general form and proportions of the liver may be scen in figs.
3 & 4 (pp. 636, 637), representing respectively the diaphragmatic and
visceral (superior and inferior) aspects of that orga. Regarding its
form in the Cebidz we are told by Prof. Flower, in his lectures on the
digestive system of the Mammalia (Med. Times and Gaz., May 4,
1872, p. 509), that “all the members of this group in which he has
been able to describe the liver, agree in the depth to which the
lateral fissures cut up the organ into its four principal lobes, and
also in the great development of the caudate lobe, which is the prin-
cipal character by which they can at once be distinguished from the
Old-world families.” In both these respects, as will be seen by an
inspection of the figures, the liver of Brachyurus is perfectly Cebine.
The two lateral fissures extend very nearly, at least on the superior
surface, back to the posterior (attached) margin of the liver. The
‘four principal lobes are very distinct; the left central is markedly
smaller, as is often the case in the Cebide, than the three others,
which are here all very nearly equal. The left lateral lobe is de-
cidedly thin along its outer margin; the other lobes are thick, and
of simple form ; the right lateral is much longer antero-posteriorly
than transversely. The caudate is large and square ; on its visceral
surface it is marked by a conspicuous diagonal ridge running from
the entrance of the vena cava towards its postero-external angle. It
develops two weli-marked though small fissures, but is otherwise
simple. The right lateral lobe appears internally to it, when viewed
from below. The Spigelian is an elongated, somewhat clavate
thickening, which is not free, but is most developed on the left side.
The umbilical fissure is well-marked, extending for about one third of
the total median depth of the liver. There is no trace of a cystic notch;
and the gall-bladder, which is large, does not reach by some little
distance the anterior (free) margin of the liver. It lies very super-
ficially, and, as in most of the Cebidee (though not in Cebus itself
or in Afeles), lies very close to, and almost in, the umbilical fissure.
An accessory lobule, developed at the internal angle of the left cen-
tral lobe, helps in large part, on this side, to forma shallow cystic fossa,
A second similar, but smaller, partly free lobule is also developed
42”
636 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. [ Noy. 30,
by the left lateral lobe at its antero-internal angle. The vena cava
inferior is almost entirely bridged over by hepatic tissue between the
Spigelian and caudate lobes. The development or otherwise of this
bridge, however, is an unimportant feature in the liver of the Primates,
and is largely an individual structure.
On the whole, this liver of Brachyurus rubicundus more resembles
that of Callithrix amicta in its structure and proportions than that
Fig. 3.
uf
V.C.&V.H
Liver of Red Uakari, from above. About natural size,
of any other species I am acquainted with, though I have not seen
that of Pithecta monachus’, which, judging from Prof. Flower’s de-
scription*, must much resemble that of Brachyurus. In two speci-
mens I have by me of the liver of P.satanas, the caudate lobe is
triangular and forked instead of square, and the left lateral lobe is
proportionally smaller than in Brachyurus ; this develops moreover
* P.S, Jan. 27, 1881.—The recent death of a specimen of this species allows
me to confirm the resemblance of its liver to that of Brachyurus.
* P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 832, and Med. Times, &e., s. c. p. 508.
1880.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. 637
a very marked, subtriangular, inwardly directed process at its antero-
internal angle, which is not seen in the other genus.
The pancreas is fairly compact, and is, at its greatest extent,
3 inches long ; its duct opens, with that of the bile-duct, 3 inch from
the pylorus. About } an inch from the common aperture of these
in the duodenum is a smaller opening, apparently that of a secon-
dary pantreatic duct.
Fig. 4.
l.7:
EDS gy Ane
VP.
V.C,
The same, from helow.
F.C, Right central lobe. Z.C. Left central lobe. R.Z. Right lateral lobe.
LL. Lett lateral lobe. C. Caudate lobe. Sp. Spigelian lobe. w.f. Um-
bilical fissure. 7./.f, 1.1.f. Right and left lateral fissures. GB. Gall-
bladder, V.P. Vena porte. V.H. Hepatic vein. JV.C. Vena cava in-
fertor. s.7. Suspensory ligament, Ur. Ligamentum rotundum,
The spleen is elongated and flattened, and attached to the left of
the greater curvature of the stomach; it is of a red colour, and
2% inches long.
The great vessels are given off as in Man and the other Primates.
The external and internal iliacs are given off from a common trunk ;
the caudal artery is small.
The lungs have two lobes on the left, and three on the right side‘,
* Ina Q Pithecia satanas the right lobe was only two-lobed, the extra superior
lobe being only indicated and not cut off.
638 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. [Nov. 30,
besides an azygos lobe, which lies behind the heart in a transverse
direction, and is triangular in shape. The left lower lobe is the
largest, the right lower the next.
The cricoid cartilage is deeply notched above. The vocal cords
are “well developed, °35 of an inch long; the ventricles have the
shape of watch-pockets, extending downwards and inwards. There
are no laryngeal pouches. The epiglottis is notched above. There
are about 27 tracheal rings.
The kidneys are smooth and rather elongated in shape; the
suprarenal bodies are well developed and oval. The ureters open
‘75 inch trom the neck of the bladder.
The ovaries measure ‘45 inch, the Fallopian tubes 1 inch. The
uterus is single and smooth within; it is ‘75 inch long. The
vagina is double that length ; and the clitoris is small and flattened.
As regards the osteology, already briefly described by Gervais
(“Remarques ostéologiques sur les genres Birachyure et Calli-
triche”’) in Castelnau’s ‘ Expédition dans l’ Amérique du Sud’ [ Paris,
1855, Anatomie, pp. 93-99], there is not much of interest to add.
The vertebral formula of my specimen of Brachyurus is C. 7,
D. 13, L. 6, 8. 4, C. 15 or 167:
Gervais gives C. 7, D. 14, L. 6, 8.4, C. 17 for B. rubicundus ;
the British Museum Catalogue 7, 13, 6, 3, 18, for both B. calvus
and B. melanocephalus. In the latter skeleton (“Ouakaria spivxii,”
806 6) I counted, however, nineteen or twenty caudal vertebrze, the
first five of which bear transverse processes, whilst the terminal
ones are very minute and styliform.
The carpus has an os centrale, and the humerus a well-marked
supracondylar foramen. The clavicles are well-developed, and strongly
curved sigmoidally. The manubrium sterni is broad.
I may, however, take this opportunity of pointing out a useful
means of discriminating, in most cases, between the skulls of the
Platyrrhine and Catarrhine Monkeys, in addition to the well-known
differences in their dentition and in the form of their external
auditory meatus.
In nearly every skull of a New-world Monkey, it will be found
that the parietal and malar bones are in contact with each other, for
a more or less considerable extent, on the side walls of the skull
(wide fig. 5). In the Old-world Monkeys, on the contrary, this
contact never (with the exception named below) takes place, the
frontal and alisphenoid bones articulating with each other, and so
cutting off the connexion between the parietals and malars (vide
fig. 6). In the skulls of the genus Hylobates that I have examined
this isthmus is very narrow, so that the parietals and malars
approach much nearer each other than is usually the case in the
Catarrhini; indeed, in one specimen in-the College of Surgeons
Museum (50278) the malar and parietal of one side only touch each
1 In my specimen the few minute terminal caudal vertebrxe haye unfortunately
been laid aside, and cannot now be found. There were not, however, more
than three or four of them, which, added to the twelve that remain, give the
above numbers,
i a hl et
1880.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. 639
other for a very short distance, the frontal and alisphenoid not
meeting. On the other hand, in all the New-world Monkeys’ skulls
that I have examined, the arrangement above described obtains, ex-
cept in some skulls of the genera Mycetes and déeles. Thus of five
——
W iH ro
NU
}
Wine
Mets)
Part of side walls of skull of a New-world Monkey (Brachyurus rubicundus). The
parietal (P@) and malar (Ma) articulate, as in other members of this group.
The same parts in an Old-world Monkey (Cercopithecus pyrrhonotus), showing
the parietal and malar separated from each other by the intervention of
the frontal (Fr), alisphenoid (AZ), and squamosal (Sq), which are shaded
obliquely.
skulls of the first genus in the Royal-College-of-Surgeons Museum,
in one the sutures are invisible on account of age, whilst in the
remaining four the union takes place in one only on both sides,
640 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. [Noy. 30,
and not at all in the remaining three. In the same collection, a
single skull of an Adeles (4717 a) also shows no trace of this union. -
In all the remaining genera, so far as I have yet seen, the rule
holds good. I was first struck with the arrangement here described
when examining the collection of Monkeys’ skulls in the Cambridge
Museum ; and finding that there was no exception whatever, either
there or in the skulls belonging to the Prosector’s department, I
examined the entire collection of unmounted skulls in the
College-of-Surgeons Museum (including nearly every known genus
of Monkey), with the results already mentioned. The character is at
all events worth knowing for practical purposes, even if of no greater
scientific value. This, of course, must be left open for more
extensive examination’.
The brain of Brachyurus rubicundus is represented in the accom-
panying figures (figs. 7-10, pp. 642, 643), which give views of its
superior,inferior, external, and internal aspects, of the natural size,
drawn after the organ had been hardened in spirit for a short time.
The total length of the hemispheres is 2°3 inches, their greatest
breadth 1°8 inch, whilst the vertical depth is about 1°25 inch.
Viewed from above, the hemispheres have a fairly rounded contour,
and the cerebellum does not project beyond their posterior margin,
though it appears above in the middle line between the somewhat
cut-away inner margins of the occipital lobe. From the side, the
hemispheres are seen to be but slightly arched. The occipital lobe
is well developed, and the orbital surfaces but little excavated. The
temporal lobes are also well developed.
The hemispheres possess the most important sulci characterizing
the Simian brain well developed ; as regards their complexity, they
stand between Aéeles, Cebus, and Lagothrizx, on the one side, and
Callithriv, Mycetes, Pithecia, &e., on the other.
The Sylvian fissure* (s.) is well developed, running upwards and
backwards to end, °3 inch from the middle line of the hemispheres,
a little in advance of the spot where the temporo-occipital sulcus
1 P.S. Jan. 27, 1881.—My views have been both confirmed and anticipated
by Dr. Gustay Joseph,in a paper in the first volume of the ‘ Morphologisches
Jahrbuch’ (i. pp. 453-65, Taf. xy.). Whilst my paper was going through the
press, Prof. Flower was kind enough io call my attention to this paper, as
well as to another by the same author in the ‘ Bericht der Schlesischen Gesell-
schaft ’—which, as yet, I have not been able to see—both being referred to in a
recently published ethnological paper (in Russian) by Demetrius Arnoutchine,
which also, apparently, contains some more information on the same subject.
* Tn the following description of the sulci, &c., I have in the main followed
the nomenclature proposed by Prof. Husley in his yaluable paper on the brain
of Ateles paniscus (P. Z. 8. 1861, pp. 247-260, pl. xxix.), and adopted by Prof.
Flower in his descriptions of the brains of Mycetes seniculus (P. Z. 8. 1864,
pp. 335-3838, pl. xxix.) and Pithecia monachus (P. ZS. 1862, pp. 328-331). The
late Dr. Paul Broca has more recently written an elaborate article on the sub-
ject of cerebral nomenclature (‘‘ Nomenclature Cérébrale, dénomination des
divisions et subdivisions des hémisphéres et des anfractuosités de leur surface,”
Reyue d’Anthropologie, (2) i. 1878, pp. 193-2836). In this he endeayours to
limit more strictly than has hitherto been done the terms used by various
writers on the structure of the brain, and to introduce a uniform nomenclature.
I have, where necessary, added his names in brackets after those here used,
1880.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. 641
(scissure occipitale externe) first appears externally. It is at first
slightly concave forwards, then convex. At about two thirds of its
course it is joined by the well-marked antero-temporal sulcus (a.t.)
(scissure paralléle, Gratiolet ; premier sillon temporal, Broca), which
commences near the lower margin of the temporal lobe. This is
a condition not found in Ateles, Lagothria, Mycetes, or Pithecia
monachus ; it is represented by Gratiolet as existing in Cebus capu-
cinus (Mém. Plis Cér. Atlas, pl. x. figs. 7 & 8), and likewise occurs
in Cynocephalus, Macacus, and other Old-world genera,
Embracing the upper extremity of the Sylvian fissure is a some-
what Y-shaped sulcus, the “stem” of the Y being short and springing
from the median line, whilst the two arms are much longer and run
downwards and outwards, and in the case of the anterior one forwards
as well, onto the external surface of the hemispheres, appearing
there one on each side of the upper part of the Sylvian fissure (fig. 9).
The posterior of these is, no doubt, the aforesaid temporo-occipital
sulcus (¢.0.) (scissure perpendiculaire externe of Gratiolet, scissure
occipitale externe of Broca). The anterior limb no doubt corre-
sponds to the anterior part of the “sulcus (4) bounding the upper
border of the angular gyrus, having the form of a broad pointed
arch,’ described by Prof. Flower in Pithecia monachus (1. ¢. p- 330).
A comparatively slight modification of the condition of these parts
in that species as represented in his fig. 1 would bring about that
which obtains in Brachyurus, which also is represented in Gratiolet’s
figures of Cebus capucinus and C. apella (l.c. pl. x. figs. 7 & 11).
This “supraangular’’ (s.a.) sulcus defines anteriorly the well-
’ developed angular gyrus. The union of the temporo-occipital and
occipito-parietal (the two parts of the scissure occipitale of Broca)
sulci divides off perfectly the occipital and parietal lobes; so that
there is here no such superficial ‘pli de passage” between these
two lobes as exists in Cebus capucinus and Pithecia satanas. In
P. monachus there is, in addition, a second, more superior passage-
fold between these two lobes (Flower, J. c.)'. In Cebus apella
(according to Gratiolet’s figure, 7. c. pl. 10. figs. 12, 12 is), as in
Brachyurus, the “pli de passage” is concealed, so that superficially
the two lobes appear perfectly distinct.
Anterior to the supraangular sulcus, the fissure of Rolando (p.p.)
(postero-parietal, Huxley) is seen as a well-developed sulcus forming
a sigmoid curve extending very nearly to the middle line. Ante-
rior to this is the superofrontal sulcus (s.f.), also curved, though
roughly parallel with the external border of the hemispheres. The
orbital surface of the hemispheres is also marked by a somewhat
H-shaped complex suleus (incisure en-H). The occipital lobe is
almost entirely smooth ; below a sulcus is observable, curving up-
wards, and ending in a bifurcate manner in front of the lower termi-
nation of the occipito-temporal sulcus. Posterior to this is a very
* As regards this and sundry other differences between Pithecia monachus
and P. satanas, it must be remembered that the two are not perhaps strictly
congeneric, P. satanas having been separated, with P. chiropotes, as a genus
Chiropotes, :
642 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKART MONKEYS. [Nov. 30
much smaller, short sulcus, easily seen internally, but only just
appearing on the inferior margin of the lobe externally.
The internal surface of the hemispheres has the ordinary sulci
Brain of Red Uakari, seen from above.
Fig. 8.
Right half of the same, seen from below.
well displayed. The calloso-marginal sulcus (c.m) (scissure sous-
frontale) somewhat broken up anteriorly, inclines posteriorly towards
the margin of the hemispheres, but does not reach it by about *] inch,
ee ee ee
—— 2s , °
1880.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYs, 643
The occipito-parietal fissure (9.p) (seissure perpendiculaire interne)
is distinct, inclined first backwards, and then abruptly bent forwards
for a small distance. Between its termination and the posterior end
of the corpus callosum is a faintly-impressed triradiate mark. The
calearine sulcus (¢) is well developed, and terminates posteriorly
Fig. 9.
The same, left half, seen from the outside,
Fig. 10.
The same, from the inside; the cerebellum and medulla have been removed.
All the figures of the natural size.
s, Sylvian fissure ; pp. Postero-parietal; s.f, Supero-frontal ;_s.a. Supra-
angular; a.t. Antero-temporal; “0. Temporo-occipital; cm. Calloso~
marginal ; ¢, Calearine; cl, Collateral ; o.p. Occipito-parietal.
by its characteristic fork ; the point of division is -15 inch from
the margin of the brain; and the upper arm is slightly longer than
the lower. The sulcus is continued forwards with an upward con-
cavity to the end of the corpus callosum, where it passes into the
dentate sulcus’. Ata point *3 inch in front of its bifurcation it is
* According to Broca (Revue d’Anthrop. viii. p. 470, 1878) the bridging
convolution between the callosal and uncinate convolutions, which here in-
terrupts the apparent continuation of the calearine into the dentate sulcus, is
nearly always present in Monkeys, although it may be deep and in some cases
extremely delicate also. He considers, howeyer, that it is wanting in the
Hapalide. It is certainly present in Brachyurus, though small and deep.
644 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. [ Noy. 30,
joined by the collateral suleus’ (¢/), which passes forwards and
slightly outwards, so appearing on the external face of the temporal
lobe (fig. 9). The temporal lobe has, in addition, a slight impres-
sion anterior and internal to this, but is otherwise quite smooth
below.
The corpus callosum is well developed; it is nearly ] inch in
total length ; the preecallosal part of the cerebrum is 0°45 inch,
the postcallosal 0°9 inch in length.
The cerebellum is well developed ; the superior vermis is 0°85 inch
in length; with the lateral lobes it is altogether 1°25 inch trans-
versely. The flocculi are large, and the pons Varolii well developed.
The medulla has distinct olivary bodies.
In the general characters of its brain, as will be thus seen,
Brachyurus approaches most nearly the genera Cebus and Pithecia
(including Chiropotes), and especially the type found in Cebus apeila,
With Afeles and Lagothriv it has no close relationship; and the
same may be said as regards Mycetes; it also departs widely in the
greater complication and development of the brain from Callithrix,
Chrysothriz, and the smaller Cebide generally.
Reviewing the facts already stated as to the structure of Bra-
chyurus rubicundus, it is evident that Brachyurus is a perfectly
good genus, more or less intimately related to a number of the
larger Cebine forms, but nevertheless characterized by a combination
of characters peculiarly its own. A relationship to Mycetes, sug-
gested by its external appearance and the form of the lower jaw, is
not borne out by its visceral anatomy, the brain and liver both pro-
nouncing decisively against the idea, besides other peculiarities.
With Aéeles and Lagothri« it has no particular features in common,
but it undoubtedly approaches Cebus in the structure of its brain ;
and itis with this genus and Pithecia (including CAiropotes) that it
has probably the nearest affinities.
The institution of a genus Ouakaria for the reception of these
short-tailed’Monkeys by Dr. Gray (P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 9) seems to
me unnecessary. As he there remarks, the genus Brachyurus, as
originally proposed by Spix (Sim. et Vespert. Bras. p. 11), con-
tained two species, B. israelita (l.c. pl. vii.) and B. ouakary
(pl. vii.).. The former of these is now generally referred to the
genus Pithecia, standing as Pithecia chiropotes (cf. Sclater, P. Z. 8.
1871, p. 228). Having examined skulls of all the known species
of Brachyurus, as well as of Pithecia satanas, which is merely a repre-
Prof. Flower says of Myceres (/.c. p. 337), “the dentate suleus is continuous
with the calcarine.” On the other hand, in Afeles (ef. Huxley, /. c. p. 255,
fig. 2) it is superficial and obvious. Broca also figuresits existence in Lagothrix
(Zc. p. 471, fig. 51).
? This junction, at least superficially, of the calearine and collateral sulei I
also find exists in Cebus capucinus (cf. also Gratiolet’s figure, Atlas, pl. x. fig. 9)
and Pithecia satanas; in Ateles and Nyctipithecus, &c., however, it does not
exist, as far as I have seen, nor do I find any allusion to such a condition existing
at all in any of the memoirs already quoted on the brain of Primates,
a ae Te
Se nn ee ee ....a.a.aQeaS
1880.] | MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. 645
sentative form of P. chiropotes, I am unable to agree with Dr.
Gray (/. c.) as to Spix ‘‘ having evidently described the teeth &e. of
his first species in his generic character,” for I find the characters
there given apply equally well to both the forms under consideration.
Indeed, as the ‘character essentialis’’ of the genus Brachyurus is
* Cauda non volubili, abbreviata,” B. israelita, in which that organ
is of the normal length, cau in no way be considered the type of
the genus. With certain other points, too, of the “ descriptio”’ there
given, B, ouakary corresponds better than the first species. I
therefore agree with Isidore Geoffroy (Expéd. Am. Sud, Mammif.
p- 18) in retaining the generic name Brachyurus, of which Ouakaria
thus becomes a synonym’.
As regards the species of this genus, there are three well-marked
ones, each inhabiting a distinct geographical area; of each of
these I have seen skins and skulls. They may be arranged as
follows :—
a. Facie nigra.
1. BRACHYURUS MELANOCEPHALUS. — (Plate LXIII.)
Simia melanocephala (Cacajao), Humboldt, Ree. pl. xxix. p. 317
(1811). .
Pithecia melunocephala, Geoffr. Ann. Mus. xix. p. 117 (1812).
Brachyurus ouakary, Spix, Sim. et Vesp. Bras. p- 12, pl. vii.
(1823).
Ouakaria spivii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 10, fig. ;
Ouakaria melanocephala, Gray, Cat. Monkeys &c. p. 62 (1870).
Pithecia melanocephala, Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 227 (1876).
Ater, dorso lateribusque cum brachiis posticis plus minusve
castaneo-brunneis.
Hab. Forests traversed by the Casiquiare and Rio Negro
(Humboldt); forests between the Solimoes and Ica (Spitz); Mara-
bitanas, Rio Negro, and Moura, Rio Branco (Natterer, fide Pelzeln
apud Schegel, l.c.).
This species is at once distinguishable by its black face, as well
as by the black hands, feet, &c. It is the most northern form of
the three, and apparently the most wide-spreading also. No doubt
it is the “black-faced, grey-haired’’ species heard of, but not
obtained, by Mr. Bates as being found “ 180 miles from the mouth
of the Japura” (Nat. Amaz. ii. p. 313).
Of this species we have, at different times, had two specimens
living in the Gardens (vide Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1870, p. 1). From
_* The name Brachyurus has also been used, but erroneously (cf. Sclater,
‘Tbis, 1877, p. 260), for the Ant-Thrushes (Pitta). My. Alston has, since this
paper was read, pointed out to me that the same term also had been proposed
some years previously to Spix by Fischer (‘Zoognosia,’ i. p. 24) for a genus of
Rodentia (1813). As, however, this name has neyer, I believe, been adopted
for use in that group, it seems to me quite unnecessary, on that ground, to
reject the name for the Uakaris. Purists will have, I suppose, to adopt Lesson’s
barbarous term, proposed as a subgenus, Cacajao (Species des Mammiféres,
p. 181, 1840).
646 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. [ Nov. 30,
the first of these the water-colour drawing by Richter in the
Society’s possession, which is here reproduced on a diminished
scale (Plate LXIII.), was taken. In all probability it is the
skin and skeleton of this individual which are now preserved in
the British Museum. [The stuffed skin is marked ‘‘ Zool. Soc.’s
collection,” the skeleton 806 0. |
b. Facie rubra.
2, BRACHYURUS CALVUS.
Brachyurus ealvus, Isid. Geofir. C. R. xxiv. p. 576 (1847), et
Arch. Mus. v. p. 560; Expéd. Amer. Sud, Mammif. p. 17, pl. 4.
fig. 1 (1855),
Ouakaria calvus (sic), Gray, P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 10.
Ouakaria calva, Gray, Cat. Monk. p. 62 (1870).
Pithecia calva, Schl. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 228 (1876).
Pithecia alba, Schl. Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 229 (1876).
Corpore fulvido-albicante, subtus saturatiore.
Hab. Opposite Fonteboa (Castelnau § Deville); banks of the
Japura delta, west of its mouth (Bates).
According to Castelnau (J. ¢. p. 567), B. ealvus is confined to the
forests lying on the north bank of the Amazons, between the rivers
Putumayo (or Ica) and Japura.
The locality ‘‘ Para,” given to the species by its discoverer
M. Lisboa, and also marked on the mounted specimen in the
British Museum, is of course a mistake, as already pointed out by
Schlegel (/.c. p. 226). Mr. Bates’s notes on this species and the
next, and their distribution, are well known to naturalists. On
his short’ description and the figure in the second edition of the
‘Naturalist,’ Prof. Schlegel has attempted to found a fourth species,
“ Pithecia alba.’ But, in the first place, the short description
given, as well as the locality, suit B. calvus quite well; and,
secondly, there is a specimen in the British Museum, purchased
of Stevens, which in all probability was one collected by Mr. Bates
himself, and is quite the same as three other specimens of that species.
3. BrRacHyuRUS RUBICUNDUs. (Plates LXI., LXII.)
Brachyurus rubicundus, Isid. Geoffr. & Dev. C. R. xxvii. p. 498
(1848); Geoffr. Arch. Mus. v. p. 564, pl. 30; Expéd. Am. Sud,
Mamm. p. 19, pl. 4. fig. 2 (head).
Ouakaria rubicunda, Gray, Cat. Monk. p. 62 (1870).
Pithecia rubicunda, Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. vii. p. 228 (1876).
Corpore castaneo-rufo, collo pallidiore.
Hab. Forests on the north bank of the Amazons opposite Oli-
venca, not passing eastwards of the Ica (Castelnau).
The exact westward extension of this species still remains un-
known. The young specimen seen at Fonteboa by Bates (J. c. p. 313)
and by him referred to this species, was more probably B. calvus,
as we know, from Geoffroy and Castelnau’s account, that the young
of B. rubicundus resembles in coloration the adult, and is no¢ paler.
1880.| MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE UAKARI MONKEYS. 647
Opposite Fonteboa, moreover, is exactly the locality where the
French expedition obtained B. ca/vus, and is well within the limits
assigned to that species by Castelnau.
B. rubicundus is the western representative of B. calvus, which
it very closely resembles, but can at once be distinguished by its
very different coloration, being nearly all over of a rich deep
chestnut, only paler on the neck, instead of the pale sandy-white,
slightly rufous below and on the inside of the limbs, of the last
species. The fact of the series of individuals of each of these species
Fig. 11.
‘eke a eaewrarabitanas ee
| s BRE eS, | ! adr ali, Sate 5
| AT HT LAL
ees ec i
oa He om La
: =
SEKI
RRR
SRR CS
2 Se
SRIKSS
Map of part of the basin of the Amazons, to show the distribution of the
Uakari Monkeys.
Supposed area of B. melanocephalus.
— 42 + B. calvus.
RSI k a
RSS Fr » + B. rubieundus.
obtained by Castelnau and Deville differing to no important extent
amongst themselves, as well as their different ranges, clearly show
that, so far as our knowledge yet goes, there is no reason whatever
for considering B. calvus an albino form of B. rubicundus ; more-
over in B. calvus a considerable number of hairs on the back &e.
are black: throughout, just as in B. rubieundus; this would hardly
be the case in an albino.
Gray’s arrangement of these species in the ‘Catalogue of
Monkeys’ has already been dealt with by Schlegel :—* Il semble,
@ailleurs, que ce savant se soit formé une idée a lui propre de ces
animaux, puisque, apres avoir mis les Ouakaria rubicunda et
calva dans une catégorie & part, laquelle porte en téte: ‘ pelage
blanchatre ou rougeatre,’ il ajoute: ‘albinos de l Ouakaria mela-
nocephala.’ On avouera que ceci est trop fort pour le directeur d’un
des plus grands établissements de Zoologie.”’ (Mus. P.-B. p. 229).
648 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON PAUXIS GALEATA, [ Dee. 14,
December 14, 1880.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1880 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of November was 116, of which 3 were by
birth, 39 by presentation, 67 by purchase, 3 were received on
deposit, and 4 by exchange. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 133.
The most noticeable additions during the month of November
were as follows :—
1. Two Matamata Terrapins (Chelys matamata), purchased No-
vember 26th. Only two examples of this singular Tortoise have
been previously received.
2. A Uniform Water-snake (Fordonia unicolor), purchased No-
vember 29th, and new to the collection. This Snake was captured
in the Hoogley by a man round whose leg it had clung when he was
in the water, and was brought home in a bottle of water. It is slug-
gish in habit, and appears to live corstantly in the water.
Mr. Sclater exhibited the skin of the brown female of Pauzis
galeata, formerly living in the aviary of the late Mr. G. Dawson
Rowley, F.Z.8., and alluded to in Mr. Sclater’s memoir on the
Curassows, published in the Society’s Transactions (vol. ix. p. 285).
The bird having recently died, Mr. G. F. Rowley, F.Z.S., had kindly
forwarded it in the flesh to Mr. Sclater. The bird had been ascer-
tained by dissection to be a female, and was no doubt an old bird,
as when Mr. G. D. Rowley wrote to Mr. Sclater on the subject in
1873 it had then been five years in Mr. Rowley’s possession. There
could be no doubt, therefore, that the adult female of this Curassow
did not always assume the black plumage of the male, as had been
observed to be the case in certain specimens.
Mr. Sclater also exhibited the trachea of the above-mentioned
specimen, which was of a short and simple form instead of present-
ing the complications well known to occur in the male (cf. Tem-
minck’s Pig. et Gall. vol. iii. pl. iv. fig. !).
Dr. Giinther, F.R.S., read a paper on some rare Reptiles and
Batrachians now or lately living in the Society’s Menagerie. The
species spoken of were Chelys fimbriata, Metopoceros cornutus,
Teius rufescens, and Ceratophrys ornata.
This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
Pr a eS) ee
«me
1880.] ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE MAMMALIA. 649
1. On the Application of the Laws of Evolution to the
Arrangement of the Vertebrata, and more particularly
of the Mammalia. By T. H. Huxtey, F.R.S,
[Received November 23, 1880. ]
There is evidence, the value of which has not been disputed, and
which, in my judgment, amounts to proof, that, between the com-
mencement of the Tertiary epoch and the present time, the group of
the Equidze has been represented by a series of forms, of which the
oldest is that which departs least from the general type of structure
of the higher Mammalia, while the latest is that which most widely
differs from that type.
In fact, the earliest known equine animal possesses four complete
subequal digits on the fore foot, three on the hind foot; the ulna is
complete and distinct from the radius ; the fibula is complete and
distinct from the tibia; there are 44 teeth, the full number of canines
being present, and the cheek-teeth having short crowns with simple
patterns and early formed roots. The latest, on the other hand, has
only one complete digit on each foot, the others being represented by
larger or smaller rudiments ; the ulna is reduced and ankylosed with
the radius ; the fibula is still more reduced and partially ankylosed
with the tibia; the canine teeth are partially or completely sup-
pressed in the females ; the first cheek-teeth usually remain unde-
veloped, and when they appear are very small; the other cheek-
teeth have long crowns with highly complicated patterns and late-
formed roots. The Equidee of intermediate age exhibit intermediate
characters,
With respect to the interpretation of these facts, two hypotheses,
and only two, appear to be imaginable. The one assumes that these
successive forms of equine animals have come into existence inde-
pendently of one another. The other assumes that they are the
result of the gradual modification undergone by the successive
members of a continuous line of ancestry.
As Iam not aware that any zoologist maintains the first hypo-
thesis, I do not feel called upon to discuss it. The adoption of the
second, however, is equivalent to the acceptance of the doctrine of
evolution, so far as Horses are concerned ; and, in the absence of
evidence to the contrary, I shall suppose that it is accepted.
Thus, since the commencement of the Eocene epoch, the animals
which constitute the family of the Equidee have undergone processes
of modification of three kinds :—
1. There has been an excess of development of some parts in
relation to others.
2. Certain parts have undergone complete or partial Suppression.
3. Certain parts, which were originally distinct, have coalesced.
Employing the term “law”? simply in the sense of a general
statement of facts ascertained by observation, I shall speak of these
. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XLIII, 43
650 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE [Dec. 14,
three processes by which the Zohippus form has passed into Zquus
as the expression of a threefold Jaw of evolution.
It is of profound interest to remark that this law, or generalized
statement of the nature of the ancestral evolution of the Horses, is
precisely the same as that which formulates the process of individual
development in animals generally, from the period at which the
broad characters of the group to which an animal belongs are dis-
cernible, onwards. After a mammalian embryo, for example, has
taken on its general mammalian characters, its further progress
towards its specific form is effected by the excessive growth of one
part in relation to another, by the arrest of growth or the suppres-
sion of parts already formed, and by the coalescence of parts pri-
marily distinct.
This coincidence of the laws of ancestral and individual develop-
ment creates a strong confidence in the general validity of the former ;
and a belief that we may safely employ it in reasoning deductively
from the known to the unknown. The astronomer who has deter-
mined three places of a new planet, calculates its place at any epoch
however remote ; and if the law of evolution is to be depended upon,
the zoologist who knows a certain length of the course of that evo-
lution in any given case, may with equal justice reason backwards to
the earlier but unknown stages.
Applying this method to the case of the Horse, I do not see that
there is any reason to doubt that the Eocene Lquide were preceded
by Mesozoic forms which differed from Hohippus in the same way
as Eohippus differs from Hquus. And thus we are necessitated to
conceive of a first term of the Equine series, which, if the law is of
general validity, must needs have been provided with five subequal
digits on each plantigrade foot, with complete, subequal antebrachial
and crural bones, with clavicles, and with, at fewest, 44 teeth, the cheek-
teeth having short crowns and simple-ridged or tuberculated patterns.
Moreover, since Lartet’s and Marsh’s investigations have shown that
the older forms of any given mammalian group have less developed
cerebral hemispheres than the later, there is a primé facie probability
that this primordial Hippoid had a low form of brain. Further,
since the existing Horse has a diffuse allantoic placentation, the
primary form could not have presented a higher, and may have
possessed a lower, condition of the various modes by which the foetus
derives nourishment from the parent among vertebrated animals.
Such an animal as this, however, would find no place in any of our
systems of classification of the Mammalia. It would come nearest
to the Lemurotdea and the Jnsectivora, though the non-prehensile pes
would separate it from the former, and the placentation from the
latter group.
A natural classification is one which associates together all those
forms which are closely allied and separates them from the rest. But,
whether in the ordinary sense of the word ‘‘alliance,” or in its purely
morphological sense, it is impossible to imagine groups of animals
more closely allied than the primordial Hippoids are with their
descendants. Yet, according to existing arrangements, the ancestors
1880. | ARRANGEMENT OF THE MAMMALIA. 651
would have to be placed in one order of the class Mammalia and
their descendants in another.
It may be suggested that it might be as well to wait until the
primordial Hippoid is discovered before discussing the difficulties
which will be created by its appearance. But the truth is, that the
problem is already pressing in another shape. Numerous “ Lemurs,”
with marked ungulate characters, are being discovered in the older
Tertiaries of the United States and elsewhere ; and no one can study
the more ancient mammals with which we are already acquainted,
without being constantly struck with the ‘‘ Insectivorous”’ characters
which they present. In fact, there is nothing in the dentition of
either Primates, Carnivores, or Ungulates whieh is not foreshadowed
in the Insectivora; and I am not aware that there is any means of
deciding whether a given fossil skeleton, with skull, teeth, and limbs
almost complete, ought to be ranged with the Lemurs, the Insecti-
vores, the Carnivores, or the Ungulates.
In whatever order of Mammals a sufficiently long series of forms
has come to light, they illustrate the threefold law of evolution as
clearly, though perhaps not so strikingly, as the Equine series does.
Carnivores, Artiodactyles, and Perissodactyles all tend, as we trace
them back through the Tertiary epoch, towards less modified forms
which will fit into none-of the recognized orders, but come closer
to the Insectivora than to any other. It would, however, be most
inconvenient and misleading to term these primordial forms “ Insec-
tivora,” the mammals so called being themselves more or less spe-
cialized modifications of the same common type; and only, in a
partial and limited sense, representatives of that type.
The root of the matter appears to me to be that the palzontological
facts which have come to light in the course of the last ten or fifteen
years have completely broken down existing taxonomical conceptions,
and that attempts to construct fresh classifications upon the old
model are necessarily futile.
The Cuvierian method, which most modern classifiers up to the
time of the appearance of Haeckel’s ‘ Generelle Morphologie ’ have
followed, has been of immense value in leading to the close inves-
tigation and the clear statement of the anatomical characters of
animals. But its principle, the construction of sharp logical cate-
gories defined by such characters, was sapped when Von Baer showed
that, in estimating the likenesses and unlikenesses of animals, de-
velopment must be fully taken into account; and if the importance
of individual development is admitted, that of ancestral development
necessarily follows.
If the end of all zoological classification is the clear and concise
expression of the morphological resemblances and differences of ani-
mals, then all such resemblances must have a taxonomic value. But
they fall under three heads:—(1) those of adult individuals ;
(2) those of successive stages of embryological development or indi-
vidual evolution; (3) those of successive stages of the evolution of
the species, or ancestral evolution.
An arrangement is “natural” (that is, logically peonae in view
43
652 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE [ Dee. 14,
of the purpose of classification defined above) exactly in so far as it
expresses the relations of likeness and unlikeness enumerated under
these heads. Hence, in attempting to classify the Mammalia, we
must take into account not only their adult and embryogenetic
characters, but their morphological relations, in so far as the several
groups represent different stages of evolution. And thus, just as
the persistent antagonism of Cuvier and his school to the essence
of Lamarck’s teachings (imperfect and objectionable as these often
were in their accidents) turns out to have been a reactionary mistake,
so Cuvier’s no less definite repudiation of Bonnet’s “échelle
des étres’’ must be regarded as another unfortunate effort to
oppose the development of just biological conceptions. For though
no one will pretend to defend Bonnet’s ‘‘ échelle” at the present
day, the existence of a “scala animantium”’ is a necessary con-
sequence of the doctrine of evolution; and its establishment con-
stitutes, I believe, the foundation of scientific taxonomy.
If all the Mammalia are the results of a process of evoluticn ana-
logous to that which has taken place in the case of the Equidee, and
if they exhibit different degrees of that process, then a natural classi-
fication will arrange them, in the first instance, according to the place
which they occupy in the scale of evolution of the mammalian type,
or the particular rung of the ‘scala mammalium” on which they
stand. The determination of the position thus occupied by any group
may, I think, be effected by the deductive application of the laws of
evolution. That is to say, those groups which approach the non-
mammalian Vertebrata most closely, present least inequality of deve-
lopment, least suppression and least coalescence of the fundamental
parts of the type, must belong to earlier stages of evolution; while
those which exhibit the contrary characters must appertain to later
stages.
Judged from this point of view, there can be no doubt that the
Monotremes embody that type of structure which constitutes the
earliest stage of mammalian organization :—
1. The mammary glands are devoid of teats ; and thus the essential
feature of the mammal could hardly be presented under a simpler form.
2. There is a complete and deep cloaca, as in Vertebrata lower in
the scale.
3. The openings of the ureters are hypocystic ; that is to say, they
open not into the bladder of these animals, but behind it, into the
dorsal wall of the genito-urinary passage. As this answers to the
neck of the allantois, the ureters of the Monotremes retain their
primitive embryonic position.
4. There is no vagina apart from the genito-urinary passage ; and
the oviducts are not differentiated into distinct uterine and Fallopian
regions.
5. The penis and the clitoris are attached to the ventral wall of
the cloaca.
6. The epiphyses of the vertebree are but slightly, or not at all,
developed’.
* Dr, Albrecht (“Die Epiphysen und die Amphiomphalie der Saugethier-
1880. ] ARRANGEMENT OF THE MAMMALIA. 653
7. The malleus is relatively very large ; and the “ processus gra-
cilis,” which is singularly long and strong, passes between the tym-
panic and the periotic bones to the pterygoid, with which it is firmly
united. Thus the palato-pterygoid apparatus is directly connected by
a “suspensorium”’ with the periotic, as in the Amphibia and Sau-
ropsida. As in these, the representative of the incus is extremely
small, and that of the stapes columelliform.
8. The coracoid is complete, distinct, and articulates with the
sternum.
9. The hip-girdle is provided with large epipubes; and the iliac
axis is inclined at a large angle to the sacral axis.
10. The corpus callosum is very small.
11. There appears to be no allantoic placenta, though, from the
obvious remains of the ductus arteriosus and of the hypogastric
arteries, there can be little doubt that the foetus has a large respira-
tory allantois. It is quite possible that, with a large umbilical sae,
there may be an imperfect “ umbilical”’ placentation.
But, while the Ornithorhynchus and the Echidna are thus the
representatives of the lowest stage of the evolution of the Mammalia,
I conceive it to be equally unquestionable that, as Haeckel has
already suggested, they are greatly modified forms of that stage—
Echidna, on the whole, representing a greater, and Ornithorhynchus
a less, departure from the general type. The absence of true teeth
in both genera is an obvious sign of extreme modification. The long
tongue, extraordinary external auditory passages, and relatively large
convoluted brain of Hehidna, and the cheek-pouches and horny
mouthplates of Orxithorhynchus, are other indications of the same
kind,
Hence the primary mammals, which were less modified, and the
existence of which is necessarily postulated in the conception of the
evolution of the group, cannot, without risk of confusion, be called
Monotremata or Ornithodelphia, since in all probability they were
as widely different from Ornithorhynchus and Echidna as the In-
sectivora are from the Edentata, or the Ungulata from Zhytina.
Hence it will be convenient to have a distinct name, Prototheria,
for the group which includes these, at present, hypothetical embo-
diments of that lowest stage of the mammalian type, of which the
existing Monotremes are the only known representatives.
A similar reasoning applies to the Marsupialia. In their essential
and fundamental characters they occupy an intermediate position
between the Prototheria and the higher mammals.
1. The mammary glands are provided with teats.
2. The cloaca is so greatly reduced that it is often said to have
disappeared. ‘
Wirbelkérper,” Zoologischer Anzeiger, 1879, No. 18), while admitting that
Echidna has no epiphyses, describes epiphyses of an incomplete character be-
tween the posterior twelve caudal vertebrae of Ornithorhynchus, So far as Lam
aware, the memoir, of which Dr. Albrecht has given a preliminary notice,
has not yet been published; I content myself therefore with remarking that
my own recent obseryations are in harmony with Dr. Albrecht’s statement,
654 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE [Dec. 14,
3. The openings of the ureters are entocystic ; that is to say, the
ureters open into what is called the “ base”’ of the bladder, in front
of the narrowed “neck”? by which it passes into the tubular
“urethra.” This means, I conceive, that, morphologically, the
bladder of the Marsupial represents the bladder of the Monotreme
+ the anterior part of the genito-urinary passage—the so-called
** trizonum,”’ if not more, of the bladder of the Marsupial, being the
homologue of that anterior segment of the genito-urinary passage of
the Monotreme.
4. There is a distinct and long vagina, quite separated from the
cystic urethra, in the female; and the oviducts are differentiated
into uterine and Fallopian portions.
5. The penis is large, and the corpora cavernosa are connected by
fibrous tissue and muscles with the pelvis. The spongy body has a
large bifureated bulb; and Cowper’s glands are very largely de-
veloped.
6. The vertebrae have distinct epiphyses.
7. The malleus is small; and its connexions are similar to those
which it possesses in the higher mammals. The incus is relatively
larger, and the stapes more or less stirrup-shaped.
8. The coracoid is short, does not articulate with the sternum, and
becomes ankylosed with the scapula.
9. The hip-girdle is provided with epipubes, usually of large size
and well ossified ; and the iliac axis is inclined at a small angle to
the sacral axis.
10. The corpus callosum is small.
11. In the few forms of which the foetus is known there is no
allantoic placenta; while the umbilical sac is so large that the possi-
bility of the existence of a transitory umbilical placentation must
be taken into account.
1t will be observed that in the characters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and
the latter part of the 9th, the Marsupials agree with the higher
mammals; while in the former part of the 9th, the 10th, and the
.11th they present Prototherian characters. - So far, therefore, they
constitute an intermediate type between that of the Prototheria and
that of the higher mammals, which may be termed that of the Me-
tatheria. And if there were any known animals which combined
these characters, with a complete double dentition, unmodified pen-
tadactyle manus and pes, and normal uterogestation, they would
furnish us with the exact transition between the Prototheria and the
higher mammals, which must have existed if the law of evolution is
trustworthy,
No known Marsupial, however, possesses these additional cha-
racters. None has more than a single successional tooth on each
side of each jaw ; and, as Prof. Flower (to whom we owe the highly
important demonstration of this fact) has pointed out, the question
arises whether we have here a primary dentition with only one
secondary tooth, or a secondary dentition with only one tooth of
the primary set left. I have no doubt that the answer given to
this question by Prof. Flower is correct, and that it is the milk-
1880.] ARRANGEMENT OF THE MAMMALIA. 655
dentition of which only a vestige is left in the Marsupialia. Among
existing Rodents, in fact, all conditions of the milk-dentition exist,
from a number equal to that of the permanent incisors and premolars
(as in the Rabbit!) to none at all.
The same thing is observed in the Insectivora, where the Hedge-
hog, and probably Centetes, have a full set of milk-teeth, while none
have yet been found in the Shrews. In these cases it is obvious that
the milk-dentition has gradually been suppressed in the more modi-
fied forms ; and I think that there can be no reasonable doubt that
the existing Marsupials have undergone a like suppression of the
deciduous teeth, in the course of their derivation from ancestors
which possessed a full set,
Again, no existing M arsupial possesses an unmodified pentadactyle
pes. Ifthe hallux is present, it presents an extensive movement in
adduction and abduction; in fact, the pes is prehensile. This is
the case in the Phascolomyide, Phalangistide, Phascolarctide, and
Didelphide. The Dasyuride present the same type of pes, with the
hallux reduced or suppressed. Hence, considering the relations of the
Macropodide and the Peramelide with the Phalangers, it seems likely
that the hind foot in these groups is also.a reduced prehensile pes ;
in which case this special modification of the foot would characterize
the whole of the existing Marsupialia.
Thirdly, the most marked peculiarities of the reproductive organs
and processes in the Marsupial are in no wise transitional, butare singu-
larly specialized characters. The suspension of the scrotum in front
of the root of the penis is unlike any arrangement in the higher
mammals ; aud the development of the bulb and of Cowper’s glands is
in excess of any thing observable in them. In the female, the cystic
urethra is as completely separated from the vagina as it is in’ the
higher mammals; while the doubling of the vagina must, in my
opinion, also be considered a special peculiarity which leads from,
rather than towards, the higher mammals. In a Monotreme, in
fact, the anterior end of the genito-urinary passage exhibits two
very short dilatations or cornua, one on each side. In the middle
line, a little distance behind these, the ureters open on a prominent
ridge-like papilla. The opening of the bladder lies in front of and
below the genital cornua. Now, if we compare this arrangement
with that which obtains in the lower forms of the higher Mammalia,
we find that the ureteric papillze have separated laterally and
moved forwards, in such a manner as to occupy the base of the
bladder, and the genital cornua come to lie behind and somewhat
dorsad of them. At the same time a longitudinal separation has
taken place between what may be called the “ ureteric ” regicn of the
* The deciduous molars and the posterior deciduous upper incisors of the
Rabbit have long been known. But I have recently found that unborn Rabbits
possess, in addition, two anterior upper and two lower deciduous incisors,
Both are sinrple conical teeth, the sacs of which are merely embedded in the
gum. The upper is not more than one hundredth of an inch long, the lower
rather larger. It would be interesting to examine foetal Guinea-pigs in relation
to this point ; at present they are known to possess only the hindmost deciduous
molars, and, so far, agree with the Marsupials,
656 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE [Dec. 14,
genito-urinary passage and the “genital” region. The first is
taken into the bladder and becomes connected by a longer or shorter
‘eystic urethra ”’ with the latter, which is converted into the longer
or shorter vagina. In the Marsupial the same general modification
has taken place; but the ‘‘ genital cornua”’ become immensely
elongated, and give rise to the so-called ‘‘double”’ vagina.
Lastly, the marsupium, where it exists, is a no less special feature
of the Marsupialia, and, like the peculiarities of the female genital
organs, appears to be related with the abnormally early birth of the
foetus. Among the higher Mammalia, it is well known that the foetus
is born in a relatively much earlier state in some cases than in others,
even among closely allied species. Thus Rabbits are born hairless and
blind, while Hares are born hairy and with their eyes open. I think
it probable, from the character of the pes, that the primitive forms,
whence the existing Marsupialia have been derived, were arboreal
animals; and it is not difficult, I conceive, to see that, with such habits,
it may have been highly advantageous to an animal to get rid of its
young from the interior of its body at as early a period of develop-
ment as possible, aad to supply it with nourishment during the later
periods through the lacteal glands, rather than through an imperfect
form of placenta.
However this may be, the characters of the existing Marsupialia
leave no doubt on my mind that they are greatly modified members
of the metatherial type ; and I suspect that roost, if not all, of the
Australian forms are of comparatively late origin. I think it pro-
bable that the great majority of the Metatheria, of which I doubt
not a great multitude will shortly be discovered in Mesozoic for-
mations, differed widely from our existing Marsupials—not ouly
lacking the pouch, as do some existing ‘‘ Marsupialia,”’ but possessing
undivided vaginze, and probably bringing forth their young not
earlier than existing Carnivores and Rodents do, the nutrition of the
foetus during prolonged gestation being provided for, in all proba-
bility, by an umbilical placental apparatus, and its respiration by a
non-placental allantois.
In the remaining group of the Mammalia, hitherto spoken of as
the “higher Mammalia,’’—
1, The mammary glands are provided with teats '.
2. The cloaca has usually disappeared. Sometimes, however
(Beavers, Sloths), a shallow cloaca is present, especially in the
female.
3. The openings of the ureters are always entocystic; but their
position varies greatly, from close to the neck (e. g. Sorex) to the an-
terior end of the bladder (e.g. Hyraz).
4. There is a distinct vagina, which is almost always undivided.
The oviducts are differentiated into uterine and Fallopian portions.
5. The penis is usually large, the bulb single or partially divided,
and the corpora cavernosa almost always directly attached to the
ischia.
* The only exception known to me is the Cape Mole (Chrysockloris), which,
according to Peters, has none,
1880. | ARRANGEMENT OF THE MAMMALIA. 65"
6. The vertebre have epiphyses.
7. The malleus is usually small, the incus relatively large, the
stapes stirrup-shaped.
8. The coracoid is almost always much reduced, and it is anky-
losed with the scapula.
9. The iliac axis makes a small angle with the sacral axis; and
there is no epipubis, or only a fibrous vestige of it.
10. The corpus callosum and the anterior commissure vary widely,
In such forms as Hrinaceus and Dusypus they are almost Mono-
treme-like.
11. The foetus is connected with the uterus of the mother by an
allantoic placenta. The umbilical sac varies in size; and in some
lower forms (e.g. Lepus) it is, at first, highly vascular, and perhaps
plays a quasi-placental part during the early stages of development.
It is obvious that, in all these respects, we have the mammalian
type in a higher stage of evolution than that presented by the Pro-
totheria and the Metatheria. Hence we may term forms which
have reached this stage the Hutheria. -
It is a fact, curiously in accordance with what might be expected
on evolutionary principles, that while the existing members of the
Prototheria and the Metatheria are all extremely modified, there are
certain forms of living Eutheria which depart but little from the
general type. For example, if Gymnura possessed a diffuse pla-
centation, it would be an excellent representative of an undiffer-
entiated Eutherian. Many years ago, in my lectures at the Royal
College of Surgeons, I particularly insisted on the central position of
the Insectivora among the higher Mammalia; and further study of
this order and of the Rodentia has only strengthened my conviction,
that any one who is acquainted with the range of variation of structure
in these groups possesses the key to every peculiarity which is met with
in the Primates, the Carnivora, and the Ungulata. Given the common
plan of the Insectivora and of the Rodentia, and granting that the
modifications of the structure of the limbs, of the brain, and of the
alimentary and reproductive viscera which occur among them ma
exist and accumulate elsewhere, and the derivation of all the Hutheria
from animals which, except for their simpler placentation, would
be Insectivores, is a simple deduction from the law of evolution.
There is no known Monotreme which is not vastly more different
from the Prototherian type, and no Marsupial which has not far
more widely departed from the Metatherian type, than Gymnura or,
indeed, Erinaceus, have from the Eutherian type.
The broadest physiological distinction between the Prototheria,
.the Metatheria, and the Eutheria, respectively, lies in the differences
which the arrangements for prolonging the period of intra-uterine
and extra-uterine nutrition by the parent present in each. ‘The pos-
sibility of a higher differentiation of the species is apparently
closely connected with the length of this period. Similarly, the
broadest morphological distinction which can be drawn among the
Eutheria lies in their placentation. All forms of deciduate placen-
tation commence by being non-deciduate ; and the intimate connexion
658 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE [Dec. 14,
of the fetal with the maternal structures is subsequent to their loose
union. Hence Hutheria, with deciduate placente, are in a higher
stage of evolution than those with non-deciduate placentee.
In discussing the relations of the various existing groups of the
higher Mammalia with one another, it would be a mistake to attempt
to trace any direct genetic connexion between them. Lach, as the
case of the Equidee suggests, has probably had a peculiar line of
ancestry; and, in these lines, Eutherian forms with deciduate pla-
centation constitute the latest term, Eutherian forms with non-
deciduate placentation the next latest, Metatherian forms the next,
Prototherian forms the earliest among those animals which, ac-
cording to existing definition, would be regarded as Mammals.
The accompanying Table (p. 659) presents, at a glance, the
arrangement of the Mammalia in accordance with the views which I
have endeavoured to express. The sign O marks the places on the
scheme which are occupied by known Mammals; while x indicates
the groups of which nothing is known, but the former existence of
which is deducible from the law of evolution.
I venture to express a confident expectation that investigation
into the Mammalian fauna of the Mesozoic epoch will sooner or later
fill up these blanks. But if deduction from the law of evolution is
to be justified thus far, it may be trusted much further. If we
may confidently expect that Hohippus had a pentadactyle claviculate
ancestor, then we may expect, with no less confidence, that the
Prototheria proceeded from ancestors which were not mammals—in so
far as they had no mammary glands, and in so far as the mandible
was articulated with a quadrate bone, of which the malleus of the
true mammal is the reduced representative. Probably also the
corpus callosum had not appeared as a distinct structure.
Our existing classifications have no place for this “ submammalian”’
stage of evolution (already indicated by Haeckel under the name of
Promammale). It would be separated from the Sauropsida by its two
condyles, and by the retention of the left as the principal aortic
arch ; while it would probably be no less differentiated from the
Amphibia by the presence of an amnion and the absence of branchize
at any period of life. I propose to term the representatives of this
stage Hypotheria ; and I do not doubt that when we have a
fuller knowledge of the terrestrial Vertebrata of the later palzo-
zoic epochs, forms belonging to this stage will be found among them.
Now, if we take away from the Hypotheria the amnion and the
corpus callosum, and add the functional branchize—the existence of
which in the ancestors of the Mammalia is as clearly indicated by
their visceral arches and clefts, as the existence of complete clavicles
in the ancestral Canide is indicated by their vestiges in the dog—
the Hypotheria, thus reduced, at once take their place among the Am-
phibia. For the presence of branchize implies that of an incompletely
divided ventricle and of numerous aortic arches, such as exist in
the mammalian embryo, but are more or less completely suppressed
in the course of its development.
Thus I regard the Amphibian type as the representative of the
r=) Stages of
Oo Eyolution. MamMatta.
aN
1. Teats.
2. Allantoiec placenta.
3. Ureteric apertures ento-
cystic.
4. Small malleus.
5. Reduced coracoid.
6. Epipubis rudimentary
or absent.
. Two occipital condyles
and an osseous basi-
occipital,
8. Amnion present.
fai A corpus callosum.
. No branchie.
(fetter a)
EvuTHerta ...
4, 5,
above.
ij. and vi. as below.
8, 9, 10 as above.
i. No teats.
ii. No allantoic placenta,
iii. Ureteric apertures hypo-
cystic.
y. Large malleus.
v. Complete coracoid.
Large epipubes.
|
\ vi
8, esas 11d, mL Veye\ Vey Vik
METATHERIA .
PROTOTHERIA,.
ARRANGEMENT OF THE MAMMALIA.
as above.
a. No mammary gland.
b. Mandible ‘articulating
with quadrate.
. No corpus callosum.
Hyroruerta .
i880.]
non-deci-
duate.
deciduate.
Placenta.
Primates.
O
< Marsu-
| PIALIA,
x O
Hyra- Insxuc-
Cont- Eperyrara.
Ropentra. Prososcrpua, COIDEA. TIVORA. CARNIVORA. ROPTERA. Ory “ycteropu.
(@) O O ra) O Myrmecophaga.
O
Lemu- Unau-
ROIDETA. SIRENIA, LATA, Crracea. Manis,
i O oO O O
| | |
x x x x x x x x x x x
Mono-
| TREMATA
x x x x x x x x x x x Oo
|
|
x x Me x x x x x x x x x
660 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE [Dec. 14,
next lower stage of vertebrate evolution; and it is extremely in-
teresting to observe that even the existing Amphibia present us
with almost every degree of modification of the type, from such forms
as the oviparous, branchiate, small-lunged Siredon and Menobran-
chus, which stand in the same relation to it as Gymnura to the
Eutheria, to the exclusively air-breathing Salamanders and Frogs,
in which the period of intraovular development, either within the
uterus itself or in special receptacles, may be as much prolonged as
it is in the Mammalia.
A careful study, on full materials, of the development of the young
of such forms as Hylodes will probably throw great light on the
nature of the changes which ended in the suppression of the branchie,
and the development of the amnion and of the extra-abdominal part
of the allantois in the feetus of the higher Vertebrata.
The recent researches of Boas' on the structure of the heart and the
origin of the pulmonary arteries of Ceratodus fell into my hands when
I happened to be working afresh at the subject, and had arrived, so
far as the heart is concerned, at results which are entirely confirma-
tory of his. This wonderful creature seems contrived for the illus-
tration of the doctrine of Evolution. Equally good arguments might
be adduced for the assertion that it is an amphibian or a fish, or both,
or neither—the reason of this being that, as it appears to me, Cera-
todus is an extraordinarily little-modified representative of that
particular stage of vertebrate evolution of which both the typical
Fishes and the typical Amphibia are special modifications. I think
it will be convenient to have a name for the representatives of this
stage ; and I propose that of Herpetichthyes.
If we were to take away from Ceratodus the membrane-bones of
the head and the pneumatoceele, and slightly simplify the structure
of the heart, the result would be an animal which would undoubtedly
be classed among the Chimeroidei ; and if, in such a Chimeeroid, the
lamellar septa of the branchiz were not reduced, as they are in the
Chimeroids, while the opercular fold remained undeveloped, the
product would be a little-modified representative of the Selachian
group, to which, among actually known forms, Heptanchus and
Cestraciun present the nearest approximations. Vertebrated animals
in this stage of evolution may be termed Chondrichthyes.
Suppose the limbs and the genital ducts of the Chondrichthyan
stage to be undeveloped, and let the two nasal sacs be repre-
sented by a partially divided sac with a single external aperture, the
result will be a still lower grade of vertebrate life, which may be
termed Myzichthyes, represented only by the greatly modified Lam-
preys and Hags of the existing fauna.
Finally, let the head retain its primitive segmentation, and the
heart its primitive character of a contractile tube, and we reach, in
the Hypichthyes, a stage of simplification of the vertebrate type,
from which it would be difficult to remove any essential feature
without reaching a point at which it is questionable whether an
1 Ueber Herz und Arterienbogen bei Ceratoduvs und Protopterus,” Morph,
Jahrbuch, 1880,
1880. ] ARRANGEMENT OF THE MAMMALIA. 661
animal should be called “vertebrate.” This stage is at present
represented only by a singularly modified form, the living Am-
phioxus.
Thus, in the order of Evolution all the Vertebrata hitherto con-
sidered may be arranged in nine stages:—1, that of the Hypichthyes ;
2, that of the Myzichtiyes ; 3, that of the Chondrichthyes ; 4, that
of the Herpetichthyes; 5, that of the Amphibia; 6, that of the
Hypotheria; 7, that of the Prototheria; 8, that of the Metatheria;
and, 9, that of the Butheria. All these stages, except that of the
Hypotheria, are represented by existing groups of vertebrated ani-
mals, which in most cases are composed of greatly modified forms
of the type to which they belong, only the Amphibia and the
Eutheria exhibiting near approximations to the unmodified type in
some of their existing members.
It will be observed that I have omitted to mention the Ganoid and
the Teleostean Fishes and the Sauropsida. I have done so because
they appear to me to lie off the main line of evolution—to represent,
as it were, side tracks starting from certain points of that line. The
Ganoidei and the Teleostei I conceive to stand in this relation to
the stage of the Herpetichthyes, and the Sauropsida to the stage of
the Amphibia.
There is nothing, so far as I can see, in the organization of the
Ganoid and Teleostean fishes which is not readily explicable by the
application of the law of Evolution to the Herpetichthyes. They
may be interpreted as effects of the excessive development, reduction,
or coalescence of the parts of a Herpetichthyan’.
Similarly, the suppression of the branchie, the development of an
amnion, and of a respiratory extra-abdominal allantois, and that en-
largement of the basioccipital relatively to the exoccipitals which
gives rise to a single skull-condyle, is all the change required to con-
vert a Urodele Amphibian into a Lizard. It is needless to recapi-
tulate the evidence of the transition from the Reptilian to the Bird
type which the study of extinct animal remains has brought to
light.
The scheme of arrangenient of the Vertebrata which naturally
flows from the considerations now brought forward will stand
thus :—
1 That the heart of Butirinus affords a complete transition between the char-
acteristically Ganoid and the characteristically Teleostean heart, has tecently
been proved by Boas (Morphol. Jahrbuch). Thus the last remnant of the sup-
posed hiatus between the Ganoids and the Teleosteans yanishes.
662 LIEUT.-COL, H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Dec. 14,
Representative Groups.
Stages of Evolution. §$=——————-—————_—_-. ——~
9. Hutheria ......... Monodelphia.
O -
8. Metatheria ...... Marsupialia.
O
7. Prototheria...... Monotremata.
O
p 1 . ee Aves.
6. Hypotheria ...... Saini gt ey ae ae 2 { Reptilia,
5. Amphibia ...... Amphibia v.cccriecaee x
O
mahichthaes Gert 3 Ganoidet.
4. Herpetichthyes... eae pdodigudodomoes Sst scl enn et { Teleostei.
3. Chondrichthyes.. Chimeroidet ......... ae Xx
O
Selachii. 2 nals x
O
2. Myzichthyes .... Marsipobranchii ... > Sheet x
O
1. Hypichthyes .... Pharyngobranchii... Seah: x
O
It appears to me that every thing which is at present known
respecting the Vertebrata of past epochs agrees with the assumption
that the law which expresses the process of ancestral evolution of the
higher Mammalia is of’ general application to all the Vertebrata. If
this is admitted, I think it necessarily follows that the Vertebrata
must have passed successively through the stages here indicated, and
that the progress of discovery, while it will obliterate the lines of
demarcation between these stages, and convert them into a con-
tinuous series of small differentiations, will yield no vertebrate
form for which a place does not exist in the general scheme.
2. On the Anatomy of Ferussacia gronoviana, Risso, from
Mentone. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gonpwin-Austen,
F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. Concluding with a Note on the
Classification of the Genus and its Allies, by Grorrrey
Nevitt, C.M.Z.8.
[Received November 22, 1880. ]
(Plate LXIV.)
In a communication made to this Society last year (P. Z. 8. 1880,
p- 133), Mr. G. Nevill’s paper on the Land Shells of Mentone, I
alluded, in a footnote, to having had an opportunity of examining the
animal of Ferussacia gronoviana, which Mr. Nevill had brought home
alive ; the promised details are now given. ‘The animal apparently,
1880.] FERUSSACIA GRONOVIANA. 663
for so thin and fragile a form, possesses considerable powers of
vitality, as a large number of them packed together in acorked tube
had survived for many weeks. It may be that, being carnivorous,
they had been living on their less fortunate companions.
The animal (PI. LXIV. fig. 1) is of a fine bright sea-green colour :
the eye-tentacies are dark and thick at their bases, which are conti-
guous ; the oral very short and blunt; muzzle retractile, and can be
produced considerably. It is of darker tint at the extremity of the
foot, which has a distinct mucous gland with a truncate lobe above it.
There is a well-marked pedal line parallel to the edge of the foot,
from which a series of regular transverse furrows extends to the
dorsal side ; but the intervals between these furrows are smooth, not
papillate : this is seen to extend to the muzzle ; but from the oral ten-
tacles the whole upper part of the neck is strongly and longitudi-
nally grooved. The animal when fully extended is long and narrow,
end of foot equal with apex of shell when moving; and the mantle
is all round slightly reflected over the thin margin of the peristome.
The right dorsal lobe is small, the left is larger (fig. 2).
The odontophore (figs. 8, 8 @) consists of over a hundred rows of
teeth, about 60 in each row, with a very considerable difference in
the size of the centrals and laterals, the centre being very small,
bluntly tricuspid, on an elongate oblate base; the next seven having
a long pointed central tooth with the two smaller on either side ; the
outer laterals are minutely evenly tricuspid on broad, oblong, rect-
angular bases. The dental formula is 22—7—1—7—22. The jaw
(figs. 4, 4a, 4 6) is peculiar, not hard and chitinous as is usually the
case, but thin and elastic, consisting of a thin membranous ribbon,
closely ribbed or rather folded longitudinally, and presenting on the
anterior side a zigzag or serrated edge. This elastic plicate structure
of the jaw is thus quite in accord and adapted most admirably to
the retractile muzzle of the animal. The buccal mass is well de-
veloped, of rounded form ; the salivary ducts short, the glands of
unequal size.
Generative organs.—The penis (fig. 7) is short, fusiform, conical
near the junction of the vas deferens ; the retractor muscle is given
off close to this. The spermotheca is elongately pear-shaped. No
dart-sac was observed in the three specimens examined. The ovo-
testes (fig. 5) in one specimen appeared to be a mass of globosely
pear-shaped follicles united at their basal ends into a duct; but in
two specimens (fig. 6) there was found near the apex, embedded in
the livers, a dark triangular-shaped organ, which, when examined more
closely, was trilobed, uniting in a single duct, streaked and coloured
black along its straight terminal margin, and may possibly have con-
sisted of closely packed bundles of spermatozoa. The hermaphrodite
duct was not made out, nor the albumen-gland; and I most unac-
countably did not notice the exact position, with respeet to the right
eye-tentacle, of the generative aperture.
This species in many respects assimilates to Agraulina, Bourg.
(Lovea tornatellina, Lowe), of Madeira, described and figured by the
Rey. R. Boog Watson (together with Lovee melampoides, triticea,
664 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE CLASSIFICATION [Dec. 14,
and oryza) in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1875, p. 677 :—first, in
the reflection of its mantle over the edge of the shell and the dorsal
lobes, which are well developed, though not to the extent that they
are in the Madeiran species (perhaps in a fresh state they may be
larger in the European); secondly, and more particularly, in the
truncate mucous-pored extremity of the foot; thirdly, in the dentition
there is close affinity ; and, fourthly, the jaw of Z. tornatellina,
though more solid, exhibits transverse striation or scoring. All the
characters taken together, to say nothing of the shell, places Lovea
(=Agraulina, Bourg.), and Ferussacia side by side, if they are
not generically identical, which I am inclined to think. It is most
interesting to find this very distinct genus represented both in the
Mediterranean and the far distant island of Madeira.
Note by Grorrrey Nevitt, C.M.Z.8.
As IT hope my friend Colonel Godwin-Austen will shortly pub-
lish an account of the animal of the type species of Risso’s genus
Ferussacia, F, gronoviana, Risso (from specimens found by me at
Mentone), it may be well to give a short account of what seems to
me the correct classification of this small group, now that Colonel
Godwin-Austen has shown the animal of Ferussacia to be possessed
of a mucous pore.
Family StenoGyrip#, Crosse and Fischer
(Moll. Miss. Sci. Méxique, 1874).
A. Animal with mucous pore.
Genus Ferussacta, Risso
(Hist. Nat. Europe Mér. 1826: type 2’. gronoviana).
Folliculiana, Bourg. Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1856.
Prof. C. Semper (Reisen Philippinen, iii. p. 135) gives some
details of the anatomy of the Mauritian species Ferussacia barclayi,
Benson, P. Z.8. 1855 [as Spirawis sp.|. I have already recorded
in my Hand-list that I found one living sinistral specimen.
Subgenus Procerutrana, Bourg.
(Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1858: type Ferussacia procerula, Morl.).
I have given Colonel Godwin-Austen specimens in spirit of a
typical species of this well-marked group.
Subgenus AGrau.ina, Bourg.
(Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1858: type Ferussacia triticea, Lowe).
Pars=Fusillus, Lowe, Anu. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1852: type
Ferussacia oryza, Lowe, sine descr.
Pars=Amphorella, Lowe, 1. c.: type Ferussacia mitriformis, Lowe,
sine descr.
1880. | OF FERUSSACIA AND ITS ALLIES. 665
=Lovea [emend. Lowea], Watson, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 677: type
Ferussacia tornatellina, Lowe.
The animal of this group is well described and figured by the
Rey. R. Boog Watson, /. ¢.
(?) Subgenus CyLicunip1A, Lowe
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1852: types Ferussacia leacockiana
and F. cylichna, Lowe, sine descr.).
The animal of these two species not being known, correct classifi-
cation is necessarily rather doubtful; I have little doubt, however,
that the subgenus is correctly placed here.
Subgenus Hypnopuiza, Bourg.
(Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1858: type Ferussacia pupeformis, Cantraine).
=Cryptazeca, Folin, Bull. Soc. Borda, Dax, 1877: type Ferus-
sacia monodonta, Folin.
‘Animal adimirably described (/. c.) by the Marquis de Folin.
(?) Subgenus HonenwartiAna, Bourg.
(Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1858: type Ferussacia hohenwarti, Rsm.).
_ Another section of which the correct classification still seems very
doubtful ; I am inclined to think it will prove more nearly allied to
Cecilianella than to Ferussacia!
(2?) Subgenus PsevposrrerrTosty.a, Nevill.
A new subgenus, which I propose for the remarkable form de-
scribed in my paper on the Land-Shells of Mentone (P. Z. 8. 1880,
p- 134) as Ferussacia(?) abnormis. Its classification is also still
very doubtful.
B. Without mucous pore.
Genus Zua, Leach
(Syn. Brit. Moll. 1820: type Helix lubrica, Miller, publication
disputed ; also of Gray’s Manual, 1840). :
= Cionella, Jeffr. Linn. Soc. Trans. 1830: types Helix lubrica,
Miill., and Turbo tridens, Pult., =Azeca tridens, fide Jeffr. 1864,
Brit. Conch., should be Cochlicopa, Fér. Prod. 1821, &c., as re-
stricted by Risso, 1826.
= Cochlicopa, section Styloides, Férussac, Prod. &c., 1821,
part., which cannot, however, be retained as Cochlicopa; if main-
tained at all, must be applied to the matine form Halia priamus.
If Zua be not accepted, Cionella must be used; undoubtedly
Zua and Azeca are very closely allied.
Genus Azeca, Leach
(Leach, Syn. Moll. Brit. 1820: type Zurbo tridens, Pulteney, publi-
cation disputed ; also of Turton’s Manual, 1831. =Cionella part.),
Jeffr., Zc.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XLIV. 44
666
Fig. 1.
“I Go Or
3. O
it
MR, A. G. BUTLER ON [ Dee. 14,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIV.
Animal of Ferussacia gronoviana, very much enlarged. 1a, extremity of ©
foot, showing the mucous gland; 14, the same from above ; 1c, head
viewed from above; 7, muzzle.
. Aperture of shell; animal withdrawn into, showing :—*.d./, right dorsal
lobe; 7.d./, left dorsal lobe ; s./, shell-lobe ; f, foot.
. Buccal mass and salivary glands; 7, jaw. X 8 times.
. daw, X 55: a, anterior side ; 6, posterior, muscles of the buccal mass ;
4a, ditto, another view still more enlarged; 4, the anterior edge,
x 160 times.
. Oyotestis, as seen in one individual,
. Ditto ? in two specimens.
. Generative organs, ov, oviduct; v.d, vas deferens; P, penis; sp, sper-
motheea; 7.m.P, retractor muscle of penis; Gen. ap, generative aper-
ture. 4
. Odontophore, x 350; L, outermost laterals. 8a, x 1250; C, central;
M, 8, 9, median; L, 13 & 14, of outermost laterals.
nasecond Collection of Lepidoptera made in Formosa
by H. E. Hobson, Esq. By Artaur G. Burer, F.LS.,
I.Z.8., &e.
[Received November 24, 1880.]
will be noticed, by a reference to my paper on Mr. Hobson’s
first Collection (P. Z. 8, 1877, pp. 810-816), that the Heterocerous
Lepidoptera were very poorly represented. On that account I wrote’
to Mr. Hobson, asking him to pay particular attention to the Moths,
the result of which was that we received in 1879 a small case,
containing 334 Lepidoptera (chiefly Heteroceva), collected at Takow’.
The following is an account of this series :—
iP
RHOPALOCERA.
NyYMPHALID&.
DANAIS LIMNIACE.
Papilio limniace, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 59. figs. D, E (1779).
One specimen of the male.
9
STICTOPL@A SWINHOEI.
Huplea swinhoet, Wallace, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 358.
A
3
female.
STICTOPL@A LATIFICA.
Euplea letifica, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 292, pl. 29. fig. 3.
A
4,
male specimen of this Philippine species.
MELANITIS LEDA.
Papilio leda, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 773 (1766).
Three specimens.
* Thirty-three of these are described as new to science in the present paper.
P.Z.5. 1880. Pl LXIV
8a. x 1250.
FERUSSACIA.
Maehure & Macdonald, Imp
HLH Godwin Austen, del et hth.
iv
ott hod
iP) ts
Cre fe)
oe
5
A a) Fee ee
ai
4 -
‘ Aa of
‘ ‘ -
ret Wes
] eles fee
he - -
’ ‘
- i ¢ 1
“ > at,
oP.
i ~
Ge Pin é
i 4, ir:
/ ona
‘
1 uaa t
4 bey = a
sade 5
i ae 4
, Fr i
a
f ‘
“ q
; ee,
1880.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA. 667
5. MYCALESIS MINEUS.
Papilio mineus, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 768 (1766).
Two males, rather worn.
6. MycA.esis prusta.
Papilio drusia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 84. figs. C, D (1779).
One good female and a shattered pair. These three specimens
show variation in the width of the submarginal whitish stripes on
the under surface.
7. ELYMNIAS NIGRESCENS.
Elymnias nigrescens, Butler, P. Z. 8.1871, p. 520, pl. xlii. fig. 1.
A pair. This species somewhat resembles Stictoplea swinhoei.
8. HypoLiMNas MisIPPus.
Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).
One male.
9. HyPoLIMNAS KEZIA.
Diadema kezia, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 812.
Two males.
10. ERGOLIS ARIADNE.
Papilio ariadne, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 778 (1766).
Five specimens.
1], MrssarAS ERYMANTHIS,
Papilio erymanthis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. i. pl. 15. figs. 3, 4
(1773).
One shattered example.
LYCANIDZ.
12. LAMPIDES STRABO.
Hesperia strabo, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 287 (1793).
A male in good condition.
13. LAMPIDES DEMOCRITUS.
Hesperia democritus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 285 (1793).
Two males.
14. LAMPIDES VARUNANA.
Polyommatus varunana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 772, pl. xli.
fig. 6.
Five specimens.
15. LAMPibES PLINIUs.
Hesperia plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii, 1, p. 284 (1793).
Two pairs, rather shattered.
44*
665 MR. A. G, BUTLER ON [Dec. 14,
16. Lyc@NA SANGRA.
Polyommatus sangra, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 772, pl. xli. fig. 8.
A pair.
17. LycaHNa INDICA.
3 Q.Lycena indica, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 525,
pl. x. figs. 2, 3.
Q. Two faded specimens.
PAPILIONID.
18. DELIAs LUZONIENSIS.
Pieris luzoniensis, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 285 (1862).
A fairly good male of this beautiful species.
19. NYCHITONA NIOBE.
Pontia niobe, Wallace, P. Z. 8S. 1866, p. 357.
One male.
20. TeRIAS HECABE.
Papilio hecabe, Linnzus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 249 (1764).
A rubbed male.
21. 'TeRIAS HOBSONI, sp. n.
3. Citron-yellow: primaries above with a slender chocolate-
brown costal margin, a broad external chocolate border nearly as in
T’. hecabe, its apical portion broadest, the inner edge excised and
forming an angle at the fifth subcostal branch, it terminates in an
acute angle on the third median branch, below which the border is
very deeply bisinuated, at external angle it is distinctly wider than
in 7. hecabe; secondaries with a narrow diffused squamose brown
border. Wings below rather paler than above, with elongated spots
outlined in brown at the end of each cell; veins terminating in
blackish dots ; primaries with a dot in the cell, and a few scattered
brownish scales on the disk ; secondaries with a few scattered brown
scales indicating the ordinary markings on the disk, but very
indistinctly. Expanse of wings 1 inch 84 lines.
2. Larger than the male, lemon-yellow, with similar brown
borders to the primaries ; secondaries, in Mr. Hobson’s example,
immaculate, but usually with squamose border as in the male:
wings below with the discocellular markings and marginal dots as in
the male, the scattered brown discal scales absent in Mr. Hobson’s
example, but usually present. Expanse of wings 2 inches.
One female. Mr. Moore, however, has three or four specimens
from Formosa of both sexes.
22, TERIAS UNDULIGERA, Sp. 0.
3. Bright citron-yellow. Primaries with slender dark chocolate-
brown costal margin ; outer border nearly as broad as in 7’. hecabe,
but the apical portion not angulated but obliquely inarched and
Ee
1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA. 669
forming five nearly equal sinuations between the subcostal and
radial branches ; the bisinuation on the median interspaces shallow,
but distinctly marked; the border between the first median branch
and the inner margin internally irregularly notched: secondaries
with a regularly sinuated brown border, of medium width, between
the first subcostal and second median branches: wings below nearly
as in 7. hecabe, but not quite so distinctly marked. Expanse of
wings | inch 8 lines,
One male, This species would seem to represent 7’. anemone in
Formosa ; but the border of the primaries is markedly wider than in
that species.
23. CATOPSILIA CHRYSEIS.
Papilio chryseis, Drury, Ill. Exot, Ent. pl. 12. figs. 3, 4 (1770).
Two females, representing the two varieties of that sex.
24. APPIAS FORMOSANA.
Pieris formosana, Wallace, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 356.
One female in fine condition.
25. PAPILio ERITHONIUS.
Papilio erithonius, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 232. figs. A, B(1782).
One specimen.
HersPeRuDs.
26. PAMPHILA MATTHIAS.
Hesperia matthias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798).
A shattered male.
27. PAMPHILA BADA.
Hesperia bada, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 688.
Three male specimens.
28, PAMPHILA BEVANI.
Hesperia bevani, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 688.
Two males.
29, PAMPHILA SUNIAS.
Pamphila sunias, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. math.-nat. Cl. xl.
p. 462 (1860).
30, PLESIONEURA FOLUS.
Papilio folus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 74. fig. F (1779).
One specimen.
The present collection, although it contains only 30 species of
Butterflies, has added no less than 10 to the fauna of the island,
namely Danais limniace, Euplea letifica, Mycalesis mineus, Lam-
pides democritus, Lycena indica, Delias luzoniensis, Terias hobsoni
and 7’. unduligera, Pamphila bada and P. bevani.
670 MR, A. G. BUTLER ON [ Dec. 14,
Ergolis ariadne is probably the E. coryta of Wallace’s paper, and
Pamphila sunias his P. mesa; therefore I have not included these.
The number of species of Butterflies now known from Formosa is 80.
HEetTeroceRa.
SPHINGID&.
31. MACROGLOSSA NIGRIFASCIATA.
Macroglossa nigrifasciata, Butler, P.Z.S.1875, p. 241, pl. xxxviil.
fig. 3.
One male.
32. CH#ROCAMPA ALECTO.
Sphinx alecto, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr, p. 357 (1764).
Four specimens.
33. CH#ROCAMPA THEYLIA.
Sphinx theylia, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 360 (1764).
Five specimens.
34. CHHROCAMPA OLDENLANDIZ.
Sphinz oldenlandie, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 148 (1781).
One female.
35. PROTOPARCE ORIENTALIS.
Protoparce orientalis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ix. p. 609
(1876).
Six specimens.
ZYGENIDE.
36. EUCHROMIA FRATERNA.
Euchromia fraterna, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xii. p. 364
(1876).
One example of this beautiful species. I find, by comparing it
with other specimens, that my original description omitted one
important character—the first black belt on the primaries, which is
broad and continuous in ZL. polymena and E. orientalis, being here
represénted by two black conical dots below the median vein. The
sixth segment of the abdomen is often wholly scarlet, as in Z. ori-
entalis, such being the case in the Formosan example before me.
ARCTIDZ.
37. PELOCHYTA RHODOPA.
Amerila rhodopa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 505 (1864).
One specimen.
38. PHISSAMA TRANSIENS.
Spilosoma transiens, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iii. p. 675 (1855).
One worn female,
1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA, 671
LiryHostipa.
39. MILTocuRISTA SINICA.
Afiltochrista sinica, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xx. p. 87 (1877).
One large male example.
4), CRAMBOMORPHA ENTELLA.
Phalena Tinea entella, Cramer, Pap, Exot. iii. pl. 208. f. D (1782).
One specimen, rather worn.
4]. KarHA IMMACULATA, sp. n.
Primaries buff-coloured, slighily sericeous, paler below than above ;
secondaries cream-coloured, margins and tips of veins tinted with
ochreous: body above testaceous, front of head pale, below cream-
coloured, the legs slightly darker. Expanse of wings !1 lines.
One specimen. This species would be well represented by
Mr. Moore’s figure of Systropha auriflua; but the neuration is
entirely different, the fourth and fifth subcostal branches of the
primaries being emitted from a footstalk which starts from below the
third branch as in Katha. The natural-position of K. immaculata
will be next to A. intermivta.,
42, DeiopEeIA PULCHELLUA.
Tinea pulchella, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 884 (1766).
Var. Phalena lotrix, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 109. f. E(1779).
Six specimens, four of which belong to the variety D. lotriz.
43, NoLA INNOCUA, sp. n.
Primaries sordid white, base of costa whity brown, limited below
by a short black dash; a circular brown spot in the cell, bounded
externally by a black zigzag line which runs to the inner margin at
basal third ; a brown costal patch, terminating below in a black spot
at the end of the cell ; a brownish discal belt immediately beyond the
cell, bounded externally by a partially black angular zigzag line; sub-
marginal area and marginal line brownish: secondaries silvery white,
apex slightly brownish: body pearly white, palpi brown-speckled
towards the tips. Under surface shining, primaries brownish, second-
aries and body pearly white. Expanse of wings 6 lines.
One specimen.
Allied to N. candida from Japan,
44, NoLa sPRETA, Sp. n.
Primaries above brown, crossed by three parallel irregularly
undulated blackish lines, the first across the basal third, the second
discal, the third submarginal ; a marginal series of black dots : second-
aries silvery white, semitransparent, with slender brownish marginal
line and veins: thorax pale brown, metathorax and drums pearly ;
abdomen shining grey with a longitudinal dorsal black dash at the
base, Primaries below pale brown ; secondaries white, with brownish
672 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Dec. 14
costal border and veins; body below sordid white, legs partly brown-
ish. Expanse of wings 6 lines.
One specimen, slightly rubbed.
More nearly allied to WV. strigulalis than any other species known
to me, but considerably smaller.
45. Hypsa ZEBRINA.
Hypsa zebrina, Butler, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 815.
Seven specimens, completely establishing the constancy of the
specific characters.
46. DAMALIS EGENS.
Hypsa egens, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 453 (1854),
Four specimens.
NYCTEMERIDZ.
47. PITASILA INCONSTANS, Sp. Nn.
Near to P. dijunctella of the Philippines. Primaries dark brown,
the extreme base crenm-coloured spotted with black ; two oval white
spots close to the base, one costal, the other (which is much larger)
interno-median ; an oblique series of four elongated spots before the
middle, a broad oblique belt, partly divided into spots by the veins
and forking externally from second median vein to costa, just beyond
the middle; two large subapical spots, a dot on the outer margin,
and part of the inner margin chalky white. In some examples all the
markings on the external half are united at their extremities, in which
case the specimen would be better described as having the apical half
white, varied by five transverse curved brown streaks and spots, and
with the apical border brown; but all sorts of intermediate forms
exist between the two extremes. Secondaries snow-white with a dark-
brown border, interrupted at apex and on the second median interspace
by large white spots, which frequently break through and unite with
the general area of the wing; fringe white. Thorax cream-coloured
spotted with black; abdomen bluish white with black dorsal dots.
Wings below darker than above; body below sordid white. Expanse of
wings 2 inches to 2 inches 2 lines.
Six examples, exhibiting considerable variation of pattern.
Some time since Mr. Kirby called my attention to a paper on the
Nyctemeride by Snellen van Vollenhoven, published in the ‘Tijdschrift
voor de Dierkunde’ for 1863, pp. 35-51, in which a number of new
species are described. As this paper appears to have been overlooked
by every one, it may be useful to give a list of these new species, stating,
so far as I have been able to identify them, what they are :—
*1. Leptosoma anthracinum, De Haan, = Secusio mundipicta,
Walk.
*2, Leptosoma assimile, Voll. Close to Secusio distincta, Walk.
*3. Leptosoma herklotsii, Voll. Close to Nyctemera baulus,
Boisd.
1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA, 673
*4, Leptosoma quadriguttatum, Voll. Said to be near the prece-
ding species.
5. Leptosoma miilleri, Voll. Near to Deilemera evergista,
Cram.
*6. Leptosoma noviespunctatum, Voll., = Deilemera maculata,
Walk.
7. Leptosoma.luctuosum, Voll. Near to Detlemera mutabilis,
Walk.
8. Leptosoma marginale, Voll. Near to Pitasila leucospilata,
Moore.
9. Leptosoma leucostigma, De Haan. Agrees with none of the
Nyctemeridz known to me; may be a Craspedosis.
10. Leptosoma nubecula, Voll. Close to the preceding species.
*11, Leptosoma arcuatum, Voll. Near to Leptosoma iatistriga,
Walk.
12, Leptosoma pallens, Voll. Probably near to Zonosoma inter-
lectum, Walk.
13. Leptosoma flavescens, Voll., = Secusio sp. between S. strigata
and S. mundipicta.
*14. Leptosoma inconstans, Voll. Near to L. latistriga, Walk.
15. Leptosoma clathratum, Voll. Near to L. coleta, Cram.
16. Leptosoma ludekingii, Voll. Near to Trypheromera plagi-
Sera, Walk.
17. Leptosoma macklotii, Voll. Near to Pitasila guttulosa,
Walk.
18. Leptosoma scalarium, De Haan. Near to Pitasila incon-
stans, Butl.
The species marked with an asterisk are in the British-Museum
collection.
Lipari.
48. ARTAXA VARIANS.
Artawa varians, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 796 (1855).
Two pairs.
49. PoRTHETRIA BHASCARA.
Lymantria bhascara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I, Comp. ii. p. 345
(1858-59).
A male and two females in fair condition.
LIMACODID&.
50. APHENDALA CONSPERSA, sp. 0.
Whity brown: primaries above minutely speckled with dark brown;
a spot in the cell, a larger spot closing the cell, and a submarginal
sinuated series of subconfluent dots black ; apical margin blackish ;
primaries below pale fuliginous brown with whitish inner border:
secondaries whitish with squamose brown costal border: body whity
brown. Expanse of wings 9 lines,
A pair, somewhat rubbed,
674 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Dec. 14,
NycTEOLID.
51. Eartas, sp.
Too much rubbed for identification ; apparently nearest to E.
insulana,
PsYCHID™®,
52. EUMETA PRYERI.
Humeta pryeri, Moore in litt.
A male specimen, much rubbed.
I believe that the description of this species will shortly appear in
a Revision of the Eastern Psychide being prepared for publication
by Mr. Moore,
LEUCANIID.
53, LeucANIA LOREYI.
Leucanea loreyi, Duponchel, Hist. Nat. Lép. France, iv. p. 81,
pl. 105, fig. 7.
One specimen.
54, LEUCANIA INFERENS.
Leucania inferens, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 103 (1856).
One rubbed specimen.
55. LEUCANIA PERCUSSA, Sp. N.
Primaries above pale brown sprinkled with darker scales; veins
whitish ; a short longitudinal basal interno-median black line; a dot
at the inferior angle of the cell and a marginal series black : second-
aries shining pearly white; the veins, outer border, and fringe tinted
with pale shining golden brown: thorax brown; abdomen sordid
white. Primaries and body below pale shining brown; secondaries
pearly white with the outer margin and fringe sordid, the costal
border pale brown ; all the wings with black marginal dots. Expanse
of wings 1 inch 2 lines,
Two specimens, both somewhat rubbed.
56. Levucantia INSULARIS, sp. 0.
Primaries above pale golden brown sprinkled with grey scales; a
brownish streak just below the cell and extending into the lower
radial interspace ; a marginal subapical dash of the same colour; a
dot in the cell, a second at the inferior angle of the cell, and a slightly
arched discal series dark brown; a marginal series of black dots:
secondaries semitransparent pearly white, the veins and outer border
tinted with golden brown ; six prominent marginal black dots: thorax
golden brown, abdomen silvery whitish. Under surface shining white,
the primaries and body tinted with golden brown, the wings with
black marginal dots. Expanse of wings | inch 1 line.
One rubbed male example.
57. SESAMIA TRANQUILLARIS, Sp. 0.
Primaries above pale golden brown, with the base of the lower
radial interspace and the outer border dusky, a slender blackish
“Tle
1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA. 675
marginal line, fringe sordid white; secondaries silky white; thorax
pale golden brown ; abdomen sordid silky white : under surface white,
the primaries and body tinted with golden brown, Expanse of wings
1 inch,
One specimen.
Very much like Leucania inferens im colouring.
58. ALETIA FORMOSANA, Sp. n.
Primaries above pale reddish clay-colour mottled with grey, the
apical third of costal border and a cuneiform subapical patch on the
outer margin grey; reniform spot just visible as an indistinct B-
shaped marking, the lower half filled with blackish scales; an
angular discal series of seven black dots, the lower three forming an
oblique line with the inner edge of the subapical cuneiform patch:
secondaries opaline white with broad pale smoky-brown outer border,
veins brownish: thorax pale clay-colour: abdomen pale brown, densely
clothed with long white hair at the base. Under surface of the
wings shining opaline white, the costal and apical areas tinted with
brown and speckled with black: primaries with a nearly straight
discal series of eight black dots on the veins, the first two confluent ;
a marginal series of very minute black dots : secondaries with a curved
discal series of seven black dots on the veins, a marginal series of
smaller black dots between the veins: body sordid, black-speckled.
Expanse of wings ] inch 5 lines.
One specimen in fair condition.
Resembles some of the Moths associated by Walker with Leucania
extranea ; indeed it is possible that this genus may be represented in
that series.
59. NONAGRIA GRACILIS, sp. nl.
Primaries pale golden brown, with slender darker marginal line
and whitish fringe ; secondaries silky white, tinted with golden brown ;
body pale golden brown, the thorax greyish, the abdomen whitish :
primaries below paler than above, the internal area white; second-
aries white, the veins slightly sordid; body below pale sandy brown.
Expanse of wings 10 lines.
One male example.
GLoTTuLipz?},
60. CHASMINA GLABRA.
Chasmina glabra, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. ii. p. 636 (1865).
Two females, undistinguishable from a female in the Museum from
New Caledonia.
XYLOPHASIIDA.
61. SPODOPTERA ERICA, sp. n.
Primaries above sericeous fuliginous brown, markings very indis-
tinct; a small blackish-edged white discoidal stigma; four or five
1 Walker places the genus Chasmina in this family with hesitation; in my
opinion it is more nearly allied to the Acontiids.
676 MR, A. G. BUTLER ON [ Dec. 14,
white costal dots beyond the middle; a discal transverse slightly
irregular series of dark-edged pale lunules followed by a submarginal
series of similarly coloured dots; fringe with a white basal line ;
secondaries pearly white; a dark-brown marginal line; costal and
external borders brown, diffused: body fuliginous brown. Primaries
below pale shining fuliginous brown, with subconfluent marginal
black dots, fringe as above ; secondaries with the borders paler than
above ; body paler than above, the legs whitish. Expanse of wings,
3 1 inch one line, @ 1 inch 3 lines.
A pair in good condition and three rubbed examples.
62. LAPHYGMA INFECTA.
Prodenia infecta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 196 (1856).
A pair.
63. PRODENIA RETINA.
Neuria retina, Herrich-Schiffer, Eur, Schmett. ii. p. 292, pl. 29.
tig. 145.
Six worn specimens.
64. PRODENIA GLAUCISTRIGA.
Prodenia glaucistriga, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 197 (1856).
Four worn specimens.
Noctuip2,
65. PERIGEA DOLOROSA.
Mamestra dolorosa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. ii. p. 667
(1865).
One male.
66. PERIGEA ILLECTA.
Perigea illecta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. ii. p. 684 (1865).
One female; probably that sex of the preceding species, from
which it differs very litile.
HELIOTHID2.
67. HELIOTHIS ARMIGERA.
Noctua armigera, Hiibner, Noct. pl. 79. fig. 370 (1805-24).
Three specimens.
68. HELIOTHIS SUCCINEA.
Heliothis succinea, Moore in litt.
Two specimens, varying considerably in colour.
ACONTIID2,
69. XANTHODES IMPELLENS.
Xanthodes impellens, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het, xv. p- 1752 (1858).
One faded example,
1880. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA. 677
70. ACONTIA MERIDIONALIS.
Acontia meridionalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. ili. p. 785
(1865).
One damaged specimen.
71. ACONTIA MACULOSA.
Acontia maculosa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xii. p. 795 (1857).
One good specimen. ©
ANTHOPHILID.
72. Micka DEROGATA.
Micra derogata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xii. p. 825 (1857).
One good specimen.
73. ACANTHOLIPES'’ INCONSPICUA, Sp- 0.
Nearest to A. nigrisigna and A. affinis. Sericeous, dark grey :
primaries with an oblique black discoidal stigma, immediately fol-
lowed by a broad sigmoidal blackish belt from the centre of the
inner margin to the subcostal vein ; external area limited internally
by an oblique blackish stripe enclosing an ochreous line, and running
from inner margin almost to apex: secondaries with the disk
blackish, crossed from close to the external angle to the radial vein
by an oblique narrow ochreous stripe. Under surface much paler
than above ; the wings very pale grey, speckled with darker scales,
crossed beyond the middle by two parallel darker stripes (the outer
one of primaries confluent with the external border), and a broad
dark grey external border: palpi blackish above, white below. Ex-
panse of wings | inch.
Two specimens, somewhat rubbed.
PLUSIIDz.
“74. PLusiA VERTICILLATA.
Plusia verticillata, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 344 (1852).
One specimen.
75. PLUSIA OCHREATA.
Plusia ochreata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. iii. p. 839 (1863).
One specimen.
GONOPTERID,
76. CoSMOPHILA INDICA.
Cosmophila indica, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 396 (1852).
Three specimens.
1 This species agrees with Doce/a, Walk., in general pattern and coloration,
Mr. Moore assures me that that genus is structurally identical with Mécro-
physa=Acantholipes, Lederer.
678 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON (Dee. 14,
HypoGRAMMID&,
77. GADIRTHA IMPINGENS ?
Gudirtha impingens, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiii. p. 1103 (1857).
One specimen, apparently referable to this species, but larger than
the type, and too much rubbed for certain identification.
78. ERCHEIA CHARON, Sp. lL.
Near to #. cyllaria', but the primaries above with no distinct
oblique costal whitish dash, the discal parallel black lines forming a
wide semicircular curve; a submarginal irregularly undulated whitish
line: secondaries with the central white spot large, the discal spot
obsolete, the apical spot large and oblong. Secondaries below with
no distinct black patch on the anal area, but the discal belt conti-
nuous ; two distinct zigzag submarginal pale brown lines. Expanse
of wings 2 inches 5 lines.
One female example.
I have compared this with a specimen of #. eyllaria in Mr. Moore’s
collection, and find it very distinct ; it is larger than that specimen.
CaTEPHIIDE,
79. ERCHEIA FUSIFERA.
Achea fusifera, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1398 (1857
One example.
The following species, placed in dehea by Walker, must be referred
to Ercheia-—A. cyllota, A. cyllaria, A. fusifera, A. signivitta, and
A. polychroma ; Catephia dubia may also be placed in this genus.
TOXOCAMPID.
80. PLECOPTERA DOLOSA, Sp. nl.
Greyish brown, more cinereous in the female than in the male:
primaries above partly crossed near the base by an abbreviated zigzag
dark-brown litura; a black dot near the inner margin ; an internally
white-edged black stripe across the basal third; ‘‘ reniform” whitish,
with grey centre and brown margin, followed in the male by a
notched dark-brown spot ; discal Tine extremely irregular, having
two deep angular sinuses; submarginal line indistinct, zigzag,
bounded internally i in the male by a series of trigonal blackish spots,
which become gradually more defined towards the costal margin ; in
the same sex there is an indistinet marginal series of greyish spots:
secondaries crossed in the middle by an oblique, slightly sinuous,
whitish-bordered, blackish stripe ; external area dark brown, crossed
by an abbreviated whitish zigzag line, and interrupted bya marginal
series of pale spots. Under surface altogether paler; wings ‘with
black discocellular spots, discal line, and submarginal belt. Expanse
of wings 1 inch 3-4 lines.
One male and three females.
Cramer, Pap. Exot, iii. pl. 251. figs, C, D.
1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA. §79
81. ANOPHIA ACRONYCTOIDES.
Anophia acronyctoides, Guénée, Noct. iti. p. 47 (1852).
Five specimens.
82. STEIRIA, sp.
One specimen, too much worn for satisfactory identification.
OPHIDERID.
83, OPHIDERES FULLONICA.
Phalena-Noctua fullonica, Linneus, Syst. Nat. p. 812 (1766).
Two specimens.
OpHivsiIps&,
84. LaGoprera DOTATA.
Noctua dotata, Fabricius, Eut. Syst. iil. 2, p. 55 (1793).
One specimen.
85. OpHIODES TRIPHEZNOIDES.
Ophiodes triphenoides, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1358 (1857).
Two specimens.
86. Opnioprs CUPREA.
Ophiodes cuprea, Moore, P..Z.8. 1867, p. 74.
Two specimens,
87. ACHZA MELICERTE.
Phalena-Noctua melicerte, Drury, Il. Ex, Ent. i. p. 46, pl. 23.
fig. 1.
Three specimens.
88. OpHIUSA ARCUATA.
Ophiusa arcuata, Moore, P, Z, 8. 1877, p. 609.
One specimen.
89. OPHIUSA SIMILLIMA.
Ophiusa simillima, Guénée, Noet. iii. p. 266 (1852).
One perfect and two breken specimens.
90. GRAMMODES AMMONIA.
Phalena ammonia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iti. pl. 250. f. D (1782).
Three specimens.
91. GRAMMODES MYGDON.
Phalena mygdon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 156. f. G (1779).
One good and two broken examples.
680 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Dec. 14,
EUCLIDIID.
92. TRIGONODES HYPPASIA.
Phalena-Noctua hyppasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 250. f. E
(1782).
Four specimens, more or less worn.
93. TRIGONODES INACUTA.
Trigonodes inacuta, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 284 (1852).
One good and one much rubbed example.
REMIGUD.
94, REMIGIA ARCHESIA.
Phalena-Noctua archesia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 273. figs. F, G
(1782).
Remigia gregalis, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 320 (1852).
Nine specimens.
This has been confounded with the succeeding species, from which
it appears to me to be distinct.
95. REMIGIA VIRBIA.
Phalena-Noctua virbia,Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 273. fig. H(1782).
Four specimens.
96. Remie1a? oprativa.
Remigia optativa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1510 (1857).
Four specimens. The species appears to me to be referable to the
genus Polydesma rather than Remigia.
97. REMIGIA FRUGALIS.
Noctua frugalis, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 138 (1793).
Two examples.
THERMESIID.
98. THERMESIA RETICULATA.
Thermesia? reticulata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. iii. p. 1062
(1865).
Homodes? thermesioides, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 1876, p. 28,
pl. 2. fig. 15.
One specimen.
This is one of the numerous species described by Walker which
Herr Snellen has renamed. It seems a great pity that any entomo-
logist, by practically ignoring the labours of his predecessors, should
continue every year to add to the already over-burdened synonymy
of the Lepidoptera. Although many of the species described by
Walker are referred to genera, families, and even tribes to which
they have no affinity, so many more are readily recognizable from
his descriptions as to leave no excuse for any one who carelessly or
recklessly redescribes them.
ae,
1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA. 681
Hyrenip2.
99. HypEna suBcYANEA, sp. n.
Greyish brown: primaries above brilliantly shot with pale lilacine
blue which towards the base becomes pale silvery blue, crossed
near the base by two or three blackish dots ; an oblique black line
beyond the middle, slightly crinkled towards the costa, where it
crosses an oblique apical white dash; a discal series of black dots
or abbreviated dashes; fringe dark brown: secondaries with a
slender whitish marginal line, the margin itself black, fringe whitish :
thorax shot with lilac. Under surface altogether paler; the secon-
condaries whitish, with brownish costal border : body below sordid
white. Expanse of wings 1 inch.
One specimen.
100. Hypena susvioacea, sp. n.
Greyish brown: primaries above shot with lilac, crossed near
the base by several blackish dots; a blackish Spot at the end of the
cell; an externally white-edged crenulated black discal line, much
less oblique than in the preceding species and subangulated; a
discal series of black dots; a marginal series of white-edged semi-
circular black dots; fringe broad, clay-brown, traversed by two
parallel black lines: secondaries with a slender blackish marginal
line; fringe grey, traversed by a darker line : thorax above shot witli
lilacine. Wings below as in the preceding species. Expanse of wings
1 inch.
Three more or less worn specimens.
HerMINIIDz.
101. Hyprittopes mnpistiNcTA, sp. n.
Primaries above fuliginous brown, crossed by two widely separated,
very indistinct, angulated, subparallel, slender black lines, between
which is a well-marked black discoidal stigma ; an indistinct abbre-
viated zigzag subapical black line: secondaries sordid white, with
greyish diffused outer border: thorax fuliginous brown; abdomen
greyish brown. Primaries below sericeous, pale grey, with pale-
brown costal and external borders ; secondaries whitish, with whity-
brown costal and external borders,.a discocellular dot and sub-
marginals tripe greyish brown : body below whity-brown ; legs grey.
Expanse of wings 11 lines.
One specimen.
102. AMBLYGOES EVULSALIS.
Apphadana evulsalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. iv. p. 1213
(1865).
One specimen.
PyRALID&.
103. PyRrauis TENUIS, sp. n.
Whity-brown, sericeous. Primaries with the costal margin plum-
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1880, No. XLV. 45
682 MR, A. G. BUTLER ON [ Dec. 14,
coloured at base, remainder of costal margin cupreous ; two trans-
verse widely separated grey lines dividing the wing into three nearly
equal parts, the inner line slightly angulated; fringe traversed by a
grey line and tipped with grey : secondaries crossed near the middle
by two angulated, arched, subparallel grey lines; fringe traversed by
a very pale grey line. Wings below golden or sandy yellow, glossy,
with lines as above, the secondaries paler excepting at the outer
border; body below bright sandy yellow. Expanse of wings 11
lines.
One rather ragged specimen.
This species seems to be allied to the ‘‘ Asopia decoloralis”’ of
Lederer (Wien. ent. Monatschr. vii. pl. 6. fig. 10).
104. Pyratis, sp.
Two rubbed examples, too much worn for identification; the
species seems allied to P. farinalis.
105. DorHTHA THERMUSALIS.
Pyralis? thermusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p. 311 (1859).
‘Two examples.
It is doubtful whether the genus Doththa can be distinguished
from Endotricha (Asopiidze).
ENNYCHIID&.
106, PyRAUSTA ABSISTALIS.
Pyrausta absistalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p. 311 (1859).
One example with rather larger and darker spots than in the
type, in which respect it approaches ‘* Asopia lydialis”’? of Walker,
from Moreton Bay, Australia, which is a Pyrausta closely allied to
P. absistalis.
ASOPIID,
107. SAMEA DIVES, sp. un.
Bright ochre-yellow. Wings above mottled and striped towards
the base with burnt-sienna ; a very irregular waved and crenulated
slender black discal line; a rather broad sericeous plum-coloured
external border, sinuated and black-edged internally ; fringe short,
dark brown: primaries with an irregularly notched black-edged
plum-coloured and burnt-sienna reniform spot: body spotted at
the sides with burnt-sienna, and with whitish hinder margins to the
abdominal segments. Wings below altogether paler than above, the
markings indistinct; body below creamy white. Expanse of wings
10 lines.
One specimen: it is brighter in colour than any species known
to me.
108. AsopiA RUFIPICTA, sp. n.
Bright straw-yellow, with the lines and spots arranged almost
exactly as in A. vulgalis of Guénée, but rose-coloured instead of
.
1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA. 683
black; outer border rather broadly tinted with pale rose-colour ;
costal margin of primaries and front of thorax reddish ; head, back
of thorax, and abdomen whitish : under surface creamy white, the
wings tinted with straw-yellow, markings very indistinct, Expanse
of wings 9 lines.
One specimen.
This species somewhat reminds one of the “ Botys egenalis”’ of
Lederer.
109. Asopra HIPPONALIS.
Asopia hipponalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p. 374 (1859).
One specimen of this Australian species,
110. Asorra? 10LEALIs.
Botys iolealis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 666 (1859).
One specimen.
111. Hymenta Fascrauis.
Phalena-Pyralis fascialis, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 398. fig. O
(1782).
Seven specimens.
STENIIDE.
112, Diasem1a GEOMETRALIS,
Lepyrodes geometralis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 278 (1854).
Two specimens. Notwithstanding the arrangement of their Spots,
the form of their Wings seems rather that of Diasemia than
Lepyrodes.
113. Stent, sp.
Three specimens, all far too much rubbed for description.
The following species may be referred to Stenia—Cataclysta?
elutalis of Walker, from Ceylon, and C. fraterna, Butl., from Natal,
both of which are nearly allied to C. ornatalis of Europe.
114. Srenta oRNATALIS.
Asopia ornatalis, Duponchel, Lép. viii. 2, p. 207, pl. 223.
fig. 8.
One example.
Hyprocampip x.
115. CaTAcLysTA NyMPHA, sp. n,
Wings above opaline, semitransparent white : primaries with a
large ovoid ochreous patch occupying the lower half of the basal
area and enclosing a longitudinal stripe of the ground-colour, which
is edged below with black; external two fifths bright ochreous
crossed by two grey-edged slightly curved stripes of the ground-
colour; basal fifth of costal margin dark brown; a large triangular
costal brown patch at the end of the cell, crossed by opaline disco-
cellular veinlets ; two dark-brown dashes at apex: secondaries with a
45*
684 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Dee. 14,
blackish-edged ochreous dash across the median branches, bounded
below by a vividly opaline stripe; an ochreous nebula on the
external area, and a little congregation of jet-black spots and dots
spangled with metallic green upon the outer border: body creamy
yellowish, anal tuft black. Under surface creamy white. Expanse
of wings 10 lines.
One specimen. We have it also from Borneo and Sumatra. It is
most nearly allied to C. seapunctalis of Moore and C. tolumnialis of
Walker (erroneously referred to Leucochroma).
116. CyMoriIzA MINIMA, Sp. n.
Grey: primaries with a series of equidistant black-edged white
dots on the costal margin, an angulated white line across the basal
third, and a second near the outer margin; a whitish-bordered
black. discocellular lunule ;_ fringe yellowish, tipped with black and
snow-white: secondaries with a black spot in the cell, a white-
bordered, abbreviated, curved subanal discal line ; fringe yellowish
at base, traversed by a black line and tipped with snow-white.
Primaries below brown, with no subbasal line, otherwise as above:
secondaries white mottled with dark brown, with white-edged irre-
gular discal stripe and a discoidal spot black : pectus white, venter
brown. Expanse of wings 6 lines.
One specimen.
SPILOMELID2E.
117. ZEBRONIA ABDICALIS.
Zebronia abdicalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p. 480 (1859).
One example in good condition, and one much broken. ‘“‘ Con-
chylodes eriferalis” of Moore appears to me to be referable to this
species.
118. GLYPHODES BIVITRALIS.
Glyphodes bivitralis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 293 (1854).
One specimen.
119. GLYPHODES MALAYANA, Sp. 0.
Nearly allied to G. itysalis. Primaries fuliginous brown, slightly
cupreous towards the base; the base of inner margin, an angular
subbasal line, an oblique streak tapering to a point below the origin
of the first median branch, a small triangular spot below the latter
on the inner margin, an externally angulated transverse abbreviated
band beyond the cell from costa to first median branch, and a (rather
more bluish) litura on the discocellulars semitransparent white with
opaline reflections; a scarcely perceptible crenulated transverse
discal silver-white line, immediately followed by a lilacine band,
which alone separates it from the external border: secondaries
opaline transparent white; the discocellulars, an oblique streak near
the base of the first median branch, and an internal streak black; a
black-bordered silvery line, followed by a lilacine band and broad
brown border as in the primaries; abdominal area opaque cinereous
1880. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA. 685
creamy white: body white, abdomen with a series of blackish spots
on each side; anal tuft of male. often tipped with black. Under
surface altogether paler, the basal markings obsolete. Expanse of
wings 1 inch 1 line.
Eleven specimens, all more or less rubbed. A local form of the
same species, only differing in its slightly superior size and the more
cupreous brown colouring of its wings, occurs at Sarawak, and was
doubtless supposed by Walker to be a variety either of G. itysalis
or G. zelimalis'.
120. PHAKELLURA INDICA.
Eudyoptis indica, Doubleday, Zool. ix. p. 3070 (1851); Trans.
Ent. Soc. n. s. vol. i. pl. 12. fig. 5 (1850-51).
Five examples.
121. MarRGARONIA POMONALIS.
Margarodes pomonalis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 309 (185-1).
Two specimens.
122. Maruca AaquatILis.
Hydrocampa aquatilis, Boisduval in Guérin’s Ic. Régne Anim.
Ins. pl. 90. fig. 9.
Three specimens.
Botyp1p£.
123. Borys DAMOALIS.
Botys damoalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 656 (1859).
One example.
124. Borys CocLESALIs.
Botys coclesalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 701 (1859).
Three specimens of this Bornean species.
125. Borys TROPICALIS.
Botys tropicalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 670 (1859).
One specimen.
126. Borys sTULTALIs.
Botys stultalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 669 (1859).
Seven specimens.
+ Another Bornean species overlooked by Walker may be called G. /acteata.
it is white, the wings opaline, with cream-coloured outer borders preceded by a
broad cupreous-brown band enclosing a lilac stripe between two cream-coloured
lines. Frimaries crossed by three convergent brown stripes—the first running
from base of costa to the second stripe and then downwards with a short elbow
to the inner margin, the second from basal fifth of costa to apical third of inner
margin, where it joins the third (between the first and second is a slender brown
line); the third broader, and enclosing a lilacine discocellular litura: body
silvery white, above with a brown dorsal stripe on the collar and abdomen, and
another on each shoulder. Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line. Sarawak, Coll.
B. M.
686 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Dec. 14,
127. Borys THYASALIS.
Botys thyasalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 734 (1859).
One specimen.
128. Borys prurnatis?
Botys pruinalis, Lederer, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vii. pl. ix.
fig. 6.
One specimen, of apparently this species.
TaTOBOTYS, gen. nov.
Wings ovoid, elongated, with rounded apex. Palpismall and short ;
antennze thick, nearly as long as the primaries. Body extremely
long, with small furcate terminal tuft. Legs very long; tibize of
second pair with one long and two short terminal spines, of third
pair with two central and two terminal spines, the inner one in each
case being much longer than the outer, but both pairs tolerably
long. Type 7. argillacea.
129. TATOBOTYS ARGILLACEA, Sp. Nn.
Dark clay-coloured, clouded with cupreous brown. Primaries
with very irregular denticulated blackish subbasal and discal lines,
a black dot in the cell and a double spot at the end, fringe dull
black : secondaries with a small black annulus at the end of the
cell and an irregular denticulated discal line, a slender black mar-
ginal line; fringe blackish, with a pale basal line; costa whitish.
Wings below paler ; body below whitish. Expanse of wings 10 lines.
One example. It is also in Mr. Moore’s collection.
130. GopARA COMALIS.
Godara comalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xix. p. 8U9 (1859).
Three more or less rubbed specimens.
ENNOMID2.
131. ScARDAMIA METALLARIA.
Scardamia metallaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 89 (1857).
One example.
BoaRMIID.
132. BOARMIA INCONCLUSA,
Q. Boarmia inconelusa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxi. p. 382
(1860).
One rather shattered female.
133. HypocHROMA RUGINARIA.
Hypochroma ruginaria, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 278 (1857).
Two specimens.
1880. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA, 687
PALYADIDS.
134. EUMELEA AURELIATA.
Eumelea aureliata, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 394, pl. 22. fig. 6 (1857).
One example.
ACIDALIID&.
135. ACIDALIA NESCIARIA.
Acidalia nesciaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 750 (1861).
One specimen.
136. ACIDALIA PERLINEATA.
Acidalia perlineata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 775 (1861).
Acidalia eulomata, Suellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 1876, p. 42, pl. 3.
fig. 21.
Five specimens.
On the same plate as that on which ‘‘ A. eulomata”’ is figured is
a representation of a splendid little member of the family Adelide,
described by Herr Snellen as a Simethis! (and referred to the family
Tineidze !!) under the name of “ Simethis pronubana.” Lord Wal-
singham has called my attention to the fact that this supposed new
species is nothing more nor less than Badera prodigilla of Walker,
Lep. Het. Suppl. v. p. 1820 (1866), referred by the latter author
to its proper family and well described as follows :—‘‘ Cuprea,
micans ; caput viride, subtus pallide ochraceum ; ale antice strigis
tribus basalibus viridibus, secunda arcuata, dimidio exteriore
purpureo; postice vitta lineaque abbreviata pallide ochraceis.”
The locality of the type is in both cases Java.
_ Whether the description in the Tijdschrift is more complete
than Walker’s I cannot say, since the figure is unmistakable, and
the description occupies two entire pages ; but it seems strange that
the long antenne of the species never suggested the family Ade-
lide to Herr Snellen, and that in penning his minute description
no thought of Walker’s concise diagnosis ever flashed across his
brain.
137. ACIDALIA REPLETARIA ?
Acidalia repletaria, Walker, Cat. Lep, Het. xxiii. p. 778 (1861).
One specimen apparently referable to this Australian species.
138. TIMANDRA AVENTIARIA.
Timandra aventiaria, Guénée, Phal. ii. p. 3 (1857).
A specimen of this Australian species.
139. ZANCLOPTERYX FRAGILIS, Sp. 1.
Small for the genus. Snow-white: wings semitransparent, with
minute black marginal dots connected by a very slender crenulate
dusky marginal line; a continuous irregularly sinuated discal
testaceous line: primaries with a second testaceous line across the
688 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Dec. 14,
basal fourth ; a well-marked black discocellular spot: secondaries
with a testaceous discocellular spot. Expanse of wings 84 lines.
One specimen. j
Micronip&.
140. MicroniIa GANNATA.
3. Micronia gannata, Guénée, Phal. ii. p. 26 (1857).
2. Micronia aculeata, Guénée, 1. c. pl. 13. fig. 8 (1857).
Five examples, of which four are males having the dark under
surface of M. gannata; the fifth (which is much broken) is a
female, and has the under surface white, as in typical M/. aculeata.
Although it is true that there are males in which the under surface
is white, I have seen numerous gradations from this colour to the
dusky brown tint of the type, and I have never yet seen a female
with the under surface dark. I therefore agree with Walker
in his statement that M. gannata “‘appears to be the male of
M. aculeata.” Why this author described a second male as M. acu-
leata, with the wings below “‘ plus minusve cinere@,” I cannot under-
stand, since the only reason for separating the two forms is that the
wings below are not “plus minusve cinerea,” but albe.
LARENTIID.
141. EvpirHecta, sp.
One specimen too much rubbed for description ; it seems to come
nearest to E. implicata.
142, EUPITHECIA TRISTRIGOSA, sp. 0.
Brown ; wings crossed near the base by an angular black stripe,
and close to the base by a greyish band with undulated margins,
followed by a central greyish stripe; an angulated discal black stripe
followed by two parallel grey lines ; a slightly undulated submarginal
black stripe; under surface redder than the upper surface, the
markings less distinct. Expanse of wings 10 lines.
Two specimens. The name which I have given it notes the three
black stripes across the wings, a peculiarity which distinguishes it
from all species which I have seen. The primaries are unfortunately
rather badly rubbed ; but traces of the submarginal band are distinctly
visible upon the rubbed portion of these wings.
Puycip£.
143. TRACHONITIS PUNCTIGERA, Sp. Nl.
Primaries above olivaceous, base and internal border brown; two
or three ill-defined oblique brownish costal lines; discoidal stigma
lunate, silvery white ; apical third plum-coloured, angulated inter-
nally so as just to enclose the discoidal stigma, beyond which it
emits a diffused reddish streak into the cell; a subapical reddish-
bordered olivaceous spot ; fringe pale brown, with a subbasal dusky
line: secondaries sericeous greyish brown with cupreous reflections ;
fringe whitish, traversed by a grey line: body above greyish brown,
1880. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA. 689
Under surface greyish brown, with cupreous reflections; wings with
whitish fringe, traversed by a grey line and with a yellowish basal
line. Expanse of wings 9 lines.
Three examples.
144. NepHOPTERYX HYEMALIS, sp. 0.
Primaries shining slaty black : secondaries pearly white, trans-
parent ; costal border and marginal line brownish ; fringe traversed
by a grey line: thorax slaty black; abdomen brown. Primaries,
costal border of secondaries, and body below sericeous grey. Expanse
of wings 11 lines.
One slightly broken example. It is most nearly allied to N. semi-
nivella.
145. PemMpeLia ZINCKENELLA.
Phycis zinckenella, Treitschke, Schmett. Eur. ix. 1, 201 (1832).
Assara albicostalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxvii. p. 80 (1863).
Modiana scitivittalis, Walker, l.c. p. 83 (1863).
Alata anticalis, Walker, l. c. p. 108 (1863).
Crambus sabulinus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv.
p- 455 (1879).
One specimen. This European species seems to come from all
parts of the world : the specimen upon which Walker founded his
genus Assara is from Borneo, that on which he founded his genus
Modiana from Australia, those upon which he founded his genus
Alata from St. Jago and Sierra Leone; and the example which
(misled by its long palpi) I described as a Crambus was from Japan.
It now comes from South Formosa; and we have an example in the
Museum collection from Espirito Santo in Brazil.
CERATAMMA, gen. nov.
Allied to Pempelia, but the basal joint of the antenne thicker;
the second joint large, and covered on both upper and under surfaces
by a flattened tuft of hair-like scales ; frons terminating in a conical
process projecting downwards; palpi about as long as in P. zinc-
kenella, but projecting obliquely downwards ; neuration as in Pem-
pelia.
Type C. hobsoni.
146. CERATAMMA HOBSONT, Sp. n.
Primaries above greyish brown ; basal fourth dark brown, limited
externally by an orange oblique stripe, margined internally with black
and externally with pearly whitish: secondaries pearly white, costal
border, outer margin, and a line on the fringe grey: body sericeous
greyish brown. Under surface sericeous greyish brown, the secondaries
becoming white towards the abdominal margin. Expanse of wings
84 lines.
Four examples, all more or less rubbed, but showing the markings.
690 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM FORMOSA. [ Dec. 14,
CRAMBID.
147. SctRPOPHAGA PR#ELATA.
Tinea prelata, Scopoli, Entom. Carn. 198 (1763).
One pair.
148. SctRPOPHAGA DEGENERELLA.
Rupelat degenerella, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 524 (1863).
One pair.
149. JARTHEZA CHRYSOGRAPHELLA.
Chilo chrysographellus, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 494
(1848).
One example.
150. JARTHEZA SIMPLEX, Sp. 0.
Form of the preceding species, but the primaries of the male
uniformly greyish brown, minutely sprinkled with darker scales, a
marginal series of black dots, fringe blackish ; of the female testaceous
with black marginal dots and pale testaceous fringe : secondaries
silvery white, slightly greyish in the male: body corresponding
in colour with the wings. Under surface white, the wings suffused
with brown in the male and with testaceous in the female towards
the costal margin. Expanse of wings, ¢ 11 lines, 9 13 lines.
A pair.
151. APURIMA GRATIOSELLA, Walker (in litt. ?).
Very near to 4. bipunctifera (Tipanea bipunctifera, Walk.), but
the primaries ochraceous, with deep-ochreous fringes and a very small
black dash or dot at the inferior angle of the discoidal cell ; secon-
daries silvery white, tinted with cream-colour and with ochraceous
fringe ; body white. Expanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines.
Five specimens, and one variety with no trace of the black dot.
It also comes from Sarawak, Borneo.
152. CiRROCHRISTA BRIZOALIS.
Margaronia brizoalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xix. p. 976 (1859).
Cirrochrista etherialis, Lederer, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vii. Taf.
17. fig. 9 (1864).
ue fine specimen. The type, which is a bad specimen, was from
Hong-Kong; the examples quoted by Walker as coming from Borneo
and Moreton Bay appear to be distinct.
HyPoNoMEUTID.
153. ATTEVA NIVEIGUTTA.
Atteva niveigutta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 526 (1854).
One example. The type was from Silbet.
This species is distinct from, although allied to, Corinea nicnnitialia
C. impariguttata, and C. emissella.
1880. ] ON A NEW SPECIES OF REITHRODON, 691
154. AZINIS HILARELLA,
Azinis hilarella, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 542 (1863).
Three fine specimens. The genus is easily distinguished from
Hyponomeuta by the broadly expanded abdominal border of the
secondaries ; H. circumdatellus and H. assamensis must be referred
to Azinis.
TINEID2,
155, TrINgEA TAPETZELLA,
Tinea tapetzella, Linneus, Syst. Nat. x. p. 536 (1766).
One specimen,
4, Description of a new Species of Reithrodon, with Remarks
on the other Species of the Genus. By Otprieip
Tuomas, F.Z.S., British Museum.
[Received December 6, 1880.]
The subject of the present description was obtained by the late
Mr. D. Dyson in Venezuela, and is now in the British Museum.
It belongs to a well marked and most interesting species, which I
propose to name after my friend Mr. E. R. Alston, whose work on
Rodents generally, and especially on those of America, is well known
to all interested in the subject.
R&ITHRODON ALSTONI, sp. n.
Form rather slender and rat-like, not so stout as in the other
species. Ears rather short: laid forward they do not reach to the
Pig? ?,
Right hind foot of Reithrodon alstoni,
eye. Limbs short, fifth toe of both fore and hind feet barely
reaching to the end of the fourth metacarpal or metatarsal, as in
Zt. typicus and R. cuniculoides, thus differing from R. chinchilloides
692 MR. 0. THOMAS ON A NEW [ Dec. 14,
in which they reach to the end of the first phalanx of the fourth
digit’, Tail about equal in length to the body without the head.
Quality and coloration of the fur almost exactly as in pale
specimens of Sigmodon hispidus, Say and Ord, to which this species
bears a most remarkable resemblance. Fur of the back of two
kinds: the woolly underfur dark slaty blue; and of the longer hairs
some are black for their whole length, and others have a long
yellowish-white tip. Belly white, with a slaty tinge at the roots of
the hairs; sides of the muzzle yellowish ; whiskers brown.
The anterior edge of the root of the zygoma is rather deeply
emarginate in front, though not so much so as in 2. cuniculoides.
The palate agrees more with that of 2. chinchilloides, ending just
behind the molars, and being less ridged and excavated than in
R. cuniculoides. Posterior nares not narrowed by the approxima-
tion of the-pterygoids. Incisive foramina short, ending in front of
the first molar. Pterygoid fossee deep. Frontal bones with a
strong concavity just behind the orbital constriction, as shown in the
drawing (see fig. 2).
Skull of Reithrodon alstoni.
The teeth are very different from those of any of the other species
of the genus, being much shorter and broader, so that the whole
length of the molar series is contained twice in the distance
between the incisors and the first upper molar, while in none of the
others is it contained more than once and a half; and the second
upper molar is distinctly broader than long, while in tie other
species the opposite obtains. The molars of the type specimen are
too much worn down for their pattern to be described; but the
woodcut (fig. 2) shows their general shape. The upper incisors
have a deep and distinct groove down the centre of their front
surface, a groove much more strongly marked than in any of the
other species.
-1 This character; which Waterhouse appears to have overlooked, seems to
carry out still further the parallelism between Sigmodon and Oryzomys on the
one hand and the two ‘“‘ subgenera” of Reithrodon on the other, which Dr.
Coues drew attention to when subdividing this genus (see imfra, p. 694).
1880. ] SPECIES OF REITHRODON. 693
Measurements of the type, an adult male in spirit :—
in,
enpthyof pheade-andibodyy ss «iis Ji) Awd Seek be
3 Gailey At satyasrg acne WEES Sree 3°6
+ hind foot without claws ...,...... 1-0
ss Med hens Bese eked eee d4e 1°65
a MOSEMOLEV OIG eis SITs HG se te 0°65
sshd Mosestoxear-onrificey<'.: Vid eerses dowel ys 1°30
$5 ear-conch 0°65, breadth .......... 0°62
45 forearmmnd handtata! aa. Stik. 4 1-28
5 tibia from knee to sole .........-.. 1:3
Ss skulle eet) Seibert hes ody a 1°36
One of the most interesting facts about this species is its extraor-
dinary resemblance to Sigmodon hispidus, referred to above. So
strong is this resemblance that I can fairly say that, with the
exception of the grooved incisors, there is not one single character,
cranial or external, which would make me hesitate to refer this
specimen to the genus Sigmodon ; while, as regards the species, the
only characters of any sort on which it might be separated from
S. hespidus are the decidedly shorter tarsus and the more distinct
concavity of the frontal bone mentioned above. The very shape of
the molars is similar, and different from that of the other species of
Reithrodon, though, as stated above, the pattern is too worn in the
type to be distinguishable ; ; yet the incisors are deeply and
distinetly grooved, while in Sigmodon they are especially smooth
and convex in front and not in the least showing an approximation
to a groove, as is done in some other murine non-grooved forms.
It is true that in the other species of Lteithrodon the grooves are
often shallow and indistinct; but in these species there is no
resemblance whatever to Sigmodon, and their locality, the extreme
south of S. America, is the very opposite of intermediate. Neither
can we explain this resemblance of ft. alstoni to Sigmodon by the
theory of “mimicry,” as the likeness is quite as strong in the
cranial as in the external characters, and also because Sigmodon is
not as yet recorded from Venezuela—though I believe it probably
will be, as I have recently seen what I believe to be a specimen of
that genus obtained in Ecuador.
There is of course another explanation possible, namely that
R. alstoni has been independentiy developed from some Sigmodont
form and has nothing to do with Reithrodon, except what is shared
by the other American Murine. Considering how different from
the other Reithrodons the general appearance and shape of skull of
RR. alstoni are, it seems just possible that this may be the case; and
if so, it would show that grooved incisors are not nearly so import-
ant a character, at least in the New-World Murines, as they have
always been taken to be, and would on the whole be strongly
confirmatory of Dr. Coues’s opinion’ as to the future necessity r of
amalgamating all the New-World Murine (except Neotoma) into
1 Mon. N. Am. Rod. p. 32 (1877
694 MR. 0. THOMAS ON A NEW [Dec. 14,
one large genus, with the present genera Holochilus, Hesperomys,
Sigmodon, Reithrodon, and Ochetodon each representing a subgenus
of greater or less extent. Of these names Sigmodon would have to
be the one to stand for the genus, antedating Waterhouse’s appro-
priate name Hesperomys by 14 years.
As, however, we must for the present consider R. alstoni as a true
Reithrodon, the next point we have to consider is its relationship to
the other described species. ‘The only species of this rare genus
hitherto known are Waterhouse’s three original ones, the North-
American mice described as belonging to it by Baird and De Saus-
sure having been separated by Dr. Coues as a distinct genus under
the name of Ochetodon’. At the same time that he founded this
last genus, Dr. Coues also divided the true Reithrodon into two
subgenera—Reithrodon proper, containing 2. typicus and R. cuni-
culoides, and Euneomys, containing R. chinchillotdes only. This
subdivision certainly seemed to be justified by Waterhouse’s figures
and descriptions ; but now that &. alstoni has to be arranged with
the others it is at once plain that these subgenera cannot stand as such,
that species being, as far as regards the subgeneric characters used
by Dr. Coues, precisely intermediate between them. ‘Thus, it has
the concave front edge of the zygoma-root, the deep pterygoid
fossee, the rounded descending process of the lower jaw, and the
short fifth toe of Retthrodon as restricted, and the short incisive
foramina, the short palate, and the uncontracted posterior nares of
Euneomys. Unless, therefore, we are prepared to make a third
subgenus for the reception of this species, a course which I think is
hardly necessary, we must abolish the subgenera above named and
include all the species under Reithrodon proper.
With regard to the specific distinctness of 2. cuniculoides and R.
typicus, about which Dr. Coues rather naturally expresses some
Fig. 3.
Front part of skull of R. typicus.
doubt, it unfortunately happens that the type of the latter in the
British Museum is in an extremely bad condition, having all the
cranial and palatal portions of the skull broken away ; but there
remains enough to show that the nasal region, though similar, is not
identical with that of 2. cuniculoides, and that the muzzle is some-
1 Proc, Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1874, p. 184,
1880. ] SPECIES OF REITHRODON. 695
what more strongly made. As the ears also in R. typicus are decidedly
longer than in &. cuniculoides, being 0°74 inch long as against
(56, measured in each case from the base of the outer edge, and
the tarsi are shorter (1°12 against 1°26 without the claws), I do not
think that at present we are justified in assuming the existence
of intermediate forms, though I have but little doubt that such will
yet be found to occur. I exhibit a drawing (fig. 3, p. 694) of
what remains of the skull of the type of &. ¢ypicus, which has only
recently been taken out of the skin, and therefore was not figured
with the others in the Zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. * Beagle.’
As to the localities from which specimens of this genus have been
obtained, I may mention that, besides the types of Waterhouse’s
three species, the British Museum possesses a specimen in spirit
of 2. chinchilloides, obtained by the Antarctic Expedition of 1842
close to Cape Horn, and a skin of the same species collected
by Mr. T. Bridges in the province of Mendoza, Central Chili.
There is also a specimen of R. typicus recorded from Parana, La
Plata, by Burmeister '.
As we have thus two specimens in spirit belonging to the genus
Reithrodon, besides a good series of Sigmodon and Hesperomys, I
have thought it worth while to examine and compare the alimentary
canals of specimens belonging to these genera.
In the first place I exhibit a drawing (fig. 4) of the cecum
Fig. 4.
Czxcum of Reithrodon alstoni.
of R. alstoni; it is of the natural size, and shows the shape
of the organ very well. In R. chinchilloides the cecum is very
? Reise durch die La Plata-Staaten, p. 418 (1861).
696 ON A NEW SPECIES OF REITHRODON. [Dec. 14.
much longer, as shown by the Table below, while that of Sigmodon
is very similar to that of R. alstoni ; and altogether the czecum con-
firms the opinions expressed above as to the affinities of R. alstoni
with Sigmodon. On the other hand the length of the small intes-
tine and the proportion that the colon and rectum bear to that
length, are more like those of Reithrodon than Sigmodon.
The following Table may be useful as giving a few measurements
(in inches) of the lengths of the intestines in this group ; but, of
course, no general deductions can be drawn until a much larger
number of specimens has been examined. The Table has been
arranged in the order of the percentages that the colon and rectum
bear to the small intestine :—
We thus see that 2. alstoni has the short cecum of Sigmodon,
while it has even shorter intestines than R. chinchilloides ; so that,
the diameter of the canal being about the same in all, it has the
least extent of digestive surface of the specimens measured. The
Table also shows how very distinct from the other Hesperomys H.
(Nyctomys) sumichrasti is, thus further confirming its separation
as a subgenus ’.°
The following synopsis shows briefly the chief characters of the
four species of Reithrodon :—
A. Front edge of zygoma-root concave. Fifth digit
short (see p. 691).
a. Posterior nares contracted, Palate lengthened.
a. Muzzle slender. ars rather short .............66 1. R. cuniculoides.
$B. Muzzle stout. Ears longer; tarsi shorter ...... 2. R. typicus.
2, Posterior nares uncontracted. Palate ending oppo-
Site Me LIShMOlAT esse dcakce tsetse sche tanta tnaec ee 3. RP. alstoni.
B. Front edge of zygoma-reot perpendicular. Fifth
digit long.
c. Posterior nares and palate as in R. alstoni ......... 4. R. chinchilloides.
> Cf. Alston, Biol. Centr.-Am., Mamm. p. 148 (1880).
(f)
3°55
1:85
3°59
28
2:15
2°35
19
1°95
107
1:05
| Small in-
Length testine | Colon | Percent-
Matsa of head | Whole | from py-| and_ | age of d| Cecum.
; and _/intestine.| lorus to | rectum. | _ to e.
body. exeum.
(a) (>) (¢) (d) (e)
| Reithrodon chinchilloides, Waterh. 5-1 24:3 14:5 9:8 67
“ alstond). 22. ceebe se aswee 53 21:3 13-4 9 59
Hesperomys sumichrasti, De Sauss. 4:7 27°7 17°4 10°3 59
7 ane, Beaks seateesece 4:7 328 20°5 12:3 59
Sigmodon hispidus .................. 51 33°5 229 10°6 46
Wt, Beseeetitan eres Sy) 42°5 29°5 13-0 44
HME teasers nase 47 319 22°4 95 42
r. ay weuaph ich aee saan uate 51 359 25°6 10:3 40
; Hesperomys angouya, Desm. ... 47 27-9 220 5:9 26
_ coulesis Alsi eercer-. 53 36-4 30:0 6-4 21
ae
APPENDIX,
LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY'S MENAGERIE
Jan.
"
Vv.
Oy
<a]
DURING THE YEAR
1880.
2 Red-under-winged Doves (Leptoptila rufavilla). Presented
by Dr. A. Stradling
2 Giant Toads (Bufo agua), Presented by Dr. A, Stradling.
From Savanilla,
1 Tuberculated Iguana (Iguana tuberculata). Pyesented by Dy,
A. Stradling.
- 1 Brown Bear (Ursus aretos), 2. Presented by Messrs. Jas,
Veitch & Son & Mr. Charles Maries. Fyrom J apan,
3 Tigrine Snakes ( Tropidonotus tigrinus). Pvesented by Messrs,
Jas. Veitch & Son & Mr. Charles Maries,
1 Japanese Hawk-Kagle (Spizaetus ortentalis). Presented by
Harry Pryer, Esq.,C.M.Z.S. See P. Z. S. 1880, p. 67.
3 Oystercatchers (Zematopus ostralegus). Purchased.
3 Brant Geese (Bernicla brenta), Purchased.
2 Corean Pigs (Sus scrofa, var.?), g and Q. Presented by
Byeney. Ringer, Esq., M.D. From the island of Quelpaert,
orea,
» 1 Golden Conure ( Conurus luteus). Received in exchange.
- 2 Common Gulls (Larus canus). “Presented by George Weaver,
Esq.
. 1 Arabian Gazelle (Gazella arabica), 2. Presented by Miss M,
Murray.
1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by
the Rey. G, H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8.
4 Rufescent Snakes (Leptodira rufescens). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Lsammophylax rhombeatus). Pre-
sented by Eustace Pillans, Esq.
1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa lapponica). Presented by F
Cresswell, Esq.
1 Grey Plover (Squatarola helvetica). Presented by F, Cresswell,
E
aq
6 Knots (Zringa canutus). Presented by F. Cresswell, Esq.
13 Dunlins (Zringa cinclus). Presented by FE. Cresswell, sq.
13. 2 Bankiya Jungle-fowls (Gallus bankiva), $ and 2. Presented
Ss.
by W. Dunn, Esq., C.E., O.M.Z,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XLVI. 46
698
Jan. 15.
15,
16,
17.
19,
APPENDIX.
2 Starred Tortoises (Z'estudo stellata). Presented by W. Dunn,
Esq., C.E., C.M.Z.S.
3 Chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera). Purchased.
1 Grey Struthidea (Struthidea cinerea). Purchased.
1 Red-throated Amazon (Chrysotis collaria). Purchased.
1 Changeable Troupial ( Quiscalus versicolor). Purchased.
1 Greater Spotted Woodpecker (Picus major). Purchased.
From Siberia.
2 Fulmar Petrels (Fulmarus glacialis). Deposited.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus),2. Presented by F.C.
Grosvenor, Esq.
4 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), 23 and 2Q. Purchased.
2 Knots (Zringa canutus). Purchased.
1 Kittiwake Gull (Rissa tridactyla). Presented by W. H. Cope,
Esq., F'.Z.5.
. 1 Common Raven (Corvus corax), Presented by C. H. Knight,
Esq.
1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Mr. G.
D. Edwards.
. 4 Wigeons (Mureca penelope), 23 and 29. Purchased.
1 Common Wild Duck (Anas boschas), 2. Purchased.
2 Scaup Ducks (Fuligula marila), ¢ and 9. Purchased.
1 Jaguar (Felis onga), $. Purchased.
. 1 Chinese Rhesus Monkey (Macacus lastotis), 3. Presented by
Messrs. John Morris and A. H. Brown. From Shanghai,
2 Martinican Doves (Zenaida martinicana), Presented by Capt.
H. King.
. 2 Blue-eyed Cockatoos (Cacatua ophthalmica). Presented by
the Rey. Geo. Brown, C.M.Z.S. From Duke-of-York’s
Island. See P. Z.S8. 1880, p. 67.
1 Black Lemur (Lemus macaco), §. Purchased.
. 1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), Presented by G. Whitmore Christie,
Esq.
5 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). De-
posited.
. 1 Tamandua Anteater (Tamandua tetradactyla). Purchased.
1 Feline Douroucouli (Nyctipithecus vociferans). Presented by
the Rt. Hon. Hugh Childers, M.P.
1 Little Grebe (Podiceps minor). Presented by Thos, Edward
Pryce, Esq.
1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 2. Presented by
Mrs. R. Wynne Roberts.
. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 9. Presented by
Miss Mabel Beale.
1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis), @. Presented by W. H.
Stevenson, Esq.
1 ae Gull (Rissa tridactyla), Presented by H. R. Bower,
sq.
0.
. 2 Thars (Capra jemlaica),29. Presented by H.R.H. The Prince
of Wales, K.G, See P. Z.S. 1880, p. 186,
6 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus impeyanus), 8¢ and 39.
Presented by H.R.H. The Prince of Wales, K.G.
3 Horned Tragopans (Ceriornis satyra),1g¢ and2Q. Presented
by H.R.H. The Prince of Wales, K.G.
1 Temminck’s Tragopan (Ceriornis temmincki), 3. Presented
by H.R.H. The Prince of Wales, K.G.
Feb.
10.
11.
15,
14.
. 1 Spur-winge
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 699
oa! Ppobies Turtle Dove (Zurtur swratensis). Presentedby H.R.H.
he Prince of Wales, K.G.
bt Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by Wm. Addison,
Es
sq.
. 2 Black Lemurs (Zemu» macaco), § and 9. Presented by the
8.
Rey. G. P. Badger, D.C.L., I'.Z.
1 Stanley Crane (Tetrapteryx paradisea). Presented by Capt.
E. Jones, R.M.S.S. ‘ Conway Castle.’
1 Bewick’s Swan (Cygnus bewick?). Deposited.
1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rujfifrons), $. Presented by W.
C. Gordon, Esq.
2 Hawh-headed Caiques (Deroptyus accipitrinus). Presented
by Chas. Fricke, sq.
1 Peregrine Falcon (Kalco peregrinus). Presented by F, R.
Hayes, Esq. From Newfoundland.
d Goose (Plectropterus gambensis), Presented by
2. B. Dobree, Esq.
1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodiius acutus). Purchased.
1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by
W. Porter, Esq.
1 Serval (Fels serval), Purchased.
1 Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates hoolock).
1 White-handed Gibbon (Hylobates Jar). Deposited.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by
J. Snowdon Henry, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 2. Presented by J.
Snowdon Henry, Esq., F.Z.5.
2 Hybrid Macaque Monkeys (between Macacus cynomolgus and
rad erythreus). Presented by J. Snowdon Henry, Esq.,
» fe Grey Plover (Squatarola helvetica), Purchased.
1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa lapponica). Purchased.
. 14 Seven-banded Snakes (Tropidonotus leberis). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Ocellated Monitor (Monitor ocellatus). Purchased.
2 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), Gd and 2. Purchased.
See P, Z. 8. 1880, p. 186.
4 Common Bluebirds (Stalia wilsont), 2 g and 29. Pur-
chased.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Mr.
Macaulay.
1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macucus nemestrinus), §. Deposited.
1 Water-Rail (Rallus aguaticus). Presented by T. J. Mann, Esq;
1 Serval (Felis serval). Purchased.
1 Broad-fronted Crocodile ( Crocodilus frontatus). Purchased.
1 Kittiwake Gull (Rissa tridactyla). Purchased.
3 Greek Land-Tortoises (Testudo greca). Purchased.
24, 1 Allen’s Galago (Galago allen). Purchased.
1 Scops Owl (Scops giu). Presented by W. H. St. Quintin, Esq:
2 Rutfous-necked Weaver birds (Hyphantornis tertor). Pre-
sented by W. H. St. Quintin, Hsq.
1 Fallow Deer (Cervus dama), 2. Presented by Louis Hirsch,
Ksq.
. 2 Grey-headed Love-birds (Agapornis cana). Purchased.
. 8 Summer Ducks (Atv sponsa), 4g and 49. Purchased.
8 Mandarin Ducks (Atw galericulata), 4gand42. Purchased:
5 Common Lapwings ( Vanellus cristatus), Purchased.
46*
700
Mar.
bo
Go
18.
APPENDIX.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Deposited.
1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus), Purchased.
1 Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphys cancrivora). Presented by
George Dundas, Hsq.
1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by
J. Veale, Esq.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mrs. H. D.
Martin.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Mrs. 8. M. Young.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Presented by
Lady Dorothy Nevill. ;
1 Harpy Eagle (Thrasaetus harpyia). Presented by Stephen-
son Clarke, Esq.
1 Harnessed Antelope (Tragelaphus scriptus). Purchased.
. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by F. Phillips, Esq.
1 Common Pheasant (Phasianus colehicus, pied var.), 3. Pre-
sented by W. T. Everitt, Esq.
. 2 Wild Boars (Sus scrofa), § and 9. Presented by H.R.H.
K.G
The Prince of Wales, K.G.
2 Wild Cats (Felis catus). Presented by J. C. Forster, Esq.
. 1 Gaimard’s Rat Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus gaimardi), 6. Born
in the Menagerie.
. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasa rufa). Deposited.
. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus), 3. Presented by
Mdme. Sparagnapane.
4 Wild Swine (Sws serofa). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Guilding’s Amazon (Chrysotis guilding’). Purchased.
1 Horrid Rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus). Presented by Karl
J. Schmettau, Esq.
- 1Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), 9. Presented
_by H. E. Laver, Esq.
8 Golden Plovers (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.
2, 1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), 2. Presented by Mr.
W. Dunt.
. 1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaetos). Presented by the Viscount
Jill.
. 1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rufifrons), g. Presented by the
Viscount Hill.
1 Natal Antelope (Cephalophus natalensis), 3. Presented by
the Viscount Hill.
. 2 Concaye-casqued Hornbills (Buceros bicornis), g and Q.- Pur-
chased.
. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 2. Presented
by Mrs. Ladell.
1 Brazilian Cariama (Cariama cristata). Purchased.
2 White-backed Trumpeters (Psophia leucoptera). Purchased.
1 Marbled Polychrus (Polychrus marmoratus). Presented by
Dr. A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S
1 Saw-marked Snake (Philodryas serra). Presented by Dr. A.
Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
1 Square-spotted Snake (Oxyrrhopus doliatus). Deposited.
2 oh ipa ia Hornbills (Buceros bicornis), 2 9. Pur-
chased.
2 Common Badgers (Meles tarus). Born in the Menagerie,
Mar, 19,
to
S
30.
April 1.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 701
2 Spanish Ichneumons (Herpestes widdringtoni), 2 92. Pre-
sented by J. C, Forster, Hsq., F.Z.8. See P. Z. 8. 1880,
p. 288,
3 Impeyan Pheasants (Lophophorus impeyanus), 1 3 and 2 9,
Deposited.
1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), $. Presented
by W. C. Gordon, Esq.
1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 3. Presented by
ELS. Savage, Esq.
1 Caflre Wild Cat (4elis caffra). Presented by the Rey. G. H.
R. Fisk, O.M.ZS.
1 Redshank ( Totanus calidris). Purchased.
1 Carpet-Viper (Zchis carinata). Presented by Capt. C. S.
Sturt, C.M.Z.8.
2 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis). Purchased.
2 Mountain-Linnets (Linota flavirostris). Purchased.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Presented by J. R.
Cullen, Esq.
. 2 Golden-headed Parrakeets (Brotogerys tui). Purchased.
1 Kyton’s Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna eytont). Purchased.
1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Weceived in exchange.
3, 2 Striped Hyzenas (Hyena striata). Presented by Capt. the
Hon. F. G. Hay and — Wylde, Esq.
1 American Red Fox (Canis fulvus). Presented by Capt.
Russell.
1 Eland (Oreas canna), 9, Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes). Deposited.
1 Vulturine Guinea-fowl (Wumida vuliurina). Deposited.
. 1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotels), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
. 2 Dingo Dogs (Canis dingo), ¢ and 2. Received in exchange,
2Common Wombats (Phascolomys wombat), § and 2. Re-
ceived in exchange.
2 Red Kangaroos (Macropusrufus),2 9. Received in exchange.
2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina, yar.), ¢ and Q.
Received in exchange.
2 Maugé’s Dasyures (Dasywrus maugei). Received in exchange.
1 Short-headed Phalanger (Belideus breviceps). Meceived in
exchange,
2 Emus (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Received in exchange.
1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus), 3. Deposited.
1 Horned Tragopan (Ceriornis satyra), 3. Deposited.
31. 1 Prince Albert’s Curassow (Craa albert), 2. Presented by
H. B. Whitmarsh, Esq.
1 Feline Douroucouli (Nyctipithecus vociferans). Purchased.
1 Yellow-toothed Oavy (Cavia flavidens). Purchased.
1 White-spotted Rail (Rallus maculatus). Purchased.
1 Orinoco Goose (Chenalopex jubata). Purchased.
1 Brazilian Teal ( Quergquedula brasiliensis), Purchased,
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), §. Presented by
Mr. G. Kirby.
1 Long-eared Owl (Asio otus), Presented by Dr. W. Anderson.
Captured in the Red Sea.
1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus). Presented by
E. Thornhill, Esq.
2. 1 West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria), Presented by
J. W. Gillespie, Esq.
702
April 3,
16,
©
18.
19,
APPENDIX.
1 Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchua nudicollis). Pur-
chased.
1 Slowworm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by Leslie Jeyes,
Esq.
. 1 African Civet Cat (Viverra civetta). Presented by P. Lem-
bery, Esq.
. 1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnetti). Presented by A. Chirn-
side, Esq.
1 Marsh-Ichneumon (Herpestes paludosus). Presented by A.
Chirnside, Esq.
1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus). Presented by Mr.
A, Ferris.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), g,. Presented by
L. Samuel, Esq.
1 Cape-Hyrax (Hyrav capensis). Purchased.
1 Robben-Island Snake ( Coronella phocarum). Purchased.
1 Amherst’s Pheasant (Thaumalea amherstie), 2. Received in
exchange.
1 Black Saki (Pithecta satanas). Purchased.
1 Great-billed Rhea (Rhea macrorhyncha), Purchased.
. 2 Graceful Ground-Doves (Geopelia cuneata). Deposited.
. 1 Common Jay (Garrulus glandarius). Presented by Mrs, M.
Dutton.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Hsq.
1 Kyra Cat (Felis eyra), @. Purchased.
1 Elate Hornbill (Buceros elatus). Purchased.
3. 1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos), 2. Presented by Commander
Atwell Lake, R.N.
. | Short-nosed Perameles (Perameles obesula). Purchased. See
P. Z.S. 1880, p. 355.
1 Stanley Broadtail (Platycercus icterotis). Purchased.
1 Blue-crowned Hanging Parrakeet (Zoriculus galgulus), Pur-
chased.
2 Red-naped Fruit-Pigeons (Carpophaga paulina). Purchased,
1 Common Squirrel (Seturus vulgaris). Presented by G. Mil-
ward, Esq.
2 Common Wombats (Phascolomys wombat), 2 9. Presented
by Dr. J. C. Cox, C.M.Z.S.
1 Sloth (Mehu'sus labiatus). Deposited.
2 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis). Purchased.
5 Kyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Purchased.
1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the
Menagerie.
. 2Nutmeg-Finches (Munia undulata). Presented by Mrs.
Hylton Jolifte.
1 Chestnut-breasted Finch (Donacola castaneothorax), Pre-
sented by Mrs. Hylton Joliffe.
53 Wheatears (Saxicola enanthe). Purchased.
1 Meadow-Pipit (Anthus pratensis). Purchased.
2 Sealy-breasted Lorikeets (Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus),
Purchased.
1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta), Purchased,
1 Cape Hunting-Dog (Lycaon picta),3. Presented by C. Ernest
Pope, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1880, p. 355.
1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis @stiva). Presented by Miss
E, Bentley.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 703
Apr. 19, 1 Common Adder (Viperaberus). Presented by W. H. B. Pain,
Esq.
2 Common Seals (Phoca vitulina). Purchased.
20, 1 Black Scoter (Uidemia nigra). Presented by J. E. Harting,
Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Many-spotted Snake: (Coronella multimaculata). Presented
by Eustace Pillans, Esq.
2 Jameson’s Gulls (Larus jamesoni). Bred in the Gardens.
» 1 Drill (Cynocephalus leucopheus), 9. Purchased.
1 Long-eared Owl (Aso otus), Presented by Capt. C. A,
Lumsden.
» LStump-tailed Lizard (Trachydosaurus rugosus). Presented
by Capt. J. Thomas,
» 1 Green-winged Trumpeter (Psophia viridis), Presented by
R. M. Hyde, Esq.
24, 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Presented by
Capt. Fife.
26, 2 Common Foxes (Canis vulpes). Born in the Menagerie.
~
1 Pied Wagtail (Motacilla yarrelli). Purchased.
2 Elliot's Guinea-fowl (Nwmida elliot’). Presented by the Rey,
T. Wakefield.
- 1 Grey Squirrel (Sciwrus cinereus, var. nigra). Purchased.
8. 1 Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus). Purchased. See P. Z. 8,
1880, p. 355.
2 Common Barn-Owls (Striv flammea). Presented by G. E,
Dobson, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
2 Blue-streaked Lories (Zs reticulata). Purchased.
9 Blue-faced Lorikeets (Trichoglossus hematodes), Purchased.
. 2 Prince Albert’s Curassows (Crax alberti). Purchased.
1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Purchased.
1 Hybrid Fowl. Presented by W. D. Powles, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Common Oceolot (Felis pardalis). Presented by Stephenson
Clark, Esq.
. 4 Chilian Pintail (Dajila spinicauda). Bred in the Gardens.
2 Radiated Tortoises (Zestudo radiata). Presented by Hugh
McCubbin, Esq.
- 5 Bosca’s Newts (Cynops boscai). Presented by Dr. A.Giinther
F.R.S. From Spain.
. 1 Silver-backed Fox (Canis chama). Presented by the Rey,
G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.ZS.
1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased.
2 Tuberculated Lizards (Iguana tuberculata). Purchased.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus). Received in ex=
change,
2 Slowworms (Anguis fragilis). Presented by O. Thomas,
Ksq., F.Z.8,
hal Meas Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited.
2 Foxes (Canis sp. inc.). Presented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.8. ‘
1 Common Turtle Dove (Zwrtwr auritus). Presented by My.
H. Moore.
1 Indian Cobra (Nata tripudians). Presented by Mr. W. R.
Higham.
3 Muscovy Ducks (Catrina moschata),1 g and2 9. Presented
by Mr. W. Petty.
7. 1 Ruddy Ichneumon (Herpestes smithi), ¢. Presented by A,
R. Lewis, Esq.
704 APPENDIX.
May 7. 1 Tayra (Galictis barbara), §. Presented by G. A, Mihlhauser,
lisq.
1 Indian Chevrotain (Zragulus meminna). Presented by W.
H. Ravenscroft, Esq.
4 Upland Geese (Bernicla magellanica) 2 g and2 2. Pur-
chased.
1 Cinereous Vulture (Vultur monachus), Presented by Capt.
A. Alexander, R.E. From Cyprus.
8, 1 Axis Deer (Cervus avis). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Goflin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffint). Deposited.
1 Galeote Lizard (Calotes opkiomachus),$. Deposited.
9. 1 Zebu (Bos indicus). Born in the Menagerie.
ll. 1 Grey-cheeked Monkey ( Cercocebus albigena), 3. Presented by
Capt. Thomas.
6 Paradise Whydah Birds (Vidua paradisea). Presented by J.
Colman, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.
2 Yellow-backed Whydah Birds (Coliopasser macrurus). Pre-
sented by J. Colman, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 White-winged Whydah Bird (Urobrachya albonotata), Pre-
sented by J. Colman, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
12 Red-beaked Weaver Birds ( Quelea sanguinirostris). Presented
by J. Colman, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
2 Common Bluebirds (Stalia wilson). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 3. Presented by
J. M. Donovan, Esq.
4 Rose-coloured Pastors (Pastor roseus). Presented by 8.
Bayliss, Esq., F.Z.8.
18. 1 Indian Gazelle (Gazella bennetti), 3. Presented by Harvey
Chevallier, Esq.
1 Gotfin Cockatoo (Cacatwa goffint). Pyesented by W. F. Green,
Esq.
14, 3 Yours Lions (Felis leo). Deposited.
1 Red-throated Amazon (Chrysotis collaria). Deposited.
16, 2 Yellow-legged Herring-Gulls (Larus cachinnans). Bred in the
Gardens.
18, 2 Common Nightingales ( Daulias luscinia). Purchased.
1 Canary Finch (Serinus canarius), 3. Purchased. Captured
at Hampstead.
19. 1 Black Wallaby (Halmatwrus .ualabatus), 2. Born in the
Menagerie.
2 Toco Toucans (Rhamphastos toco). Purchased.
1 Brown Passerine Owl (Glaucidium phalenoides), Purchased.
1 Rusty Urubitinga (Urubitinga meridionalis). Purchased.
1 Downy Owl (Pulsatrixv torquata). Purchased.
1 Long-eared Owl (Asio otus). Presented by G. E. Dobson, Esq.
20, 1 Pinche Monkey (Midas edipus), g. “Presented by Mrs.
Henry Denman Macaulay.
2 Black-tailed Hawfinches ( Coccothraustes melanurus), g and @.
Purchased.
4 Golden Sparrows (Awripasser euchlorus). Purchased.
4 Blood-breasted Pigeons (Phlogcenas cruentata). Purchased,
1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), 3. Presented
by Sir Harry St. George Ord, C.B., F.Z.S.
4 Short-tailed Wallabies (Halmaturus brachyurus) 38 § andl 2.
Presented by Sir Harry St. George Ord, C.B., F.Z.S,
3 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by Sir
Harry St. George Ord, C.B., F.Z,8,
12
-
21
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 705
May 21. 3 White-backed Piping Crows (Gymnorhina leuconota). Pre-
sented by Sir Harry St. George Ord, O.B,, F.Z.8.
1 Javan Chevrotain (Tragulus Javanicus), 3. Presented by
Mrs. L. Dudfield.
1 Guilding’s Amazon (Chrysotis guildingi). Purchased.
1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Purchased,
22, 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 8. Presented by Chas.
A. Craven, Esq.
1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Presented by Chas. A. Craven, Ksq.
1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta), 2. Presented by Chas. A.
Craven, Esq.
1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by Lieut. L. L.
Fenton. From San Remo, North Italy.
1 Asculapian Snake (Coluber esculapii). ° Presented by Lieut.
L, L. Fenton. From San Remo, North Italy.
6 Viperine Snakes (TZropidonotus viperinus). Presented by
Lieut. L. L. Fenton. From San Remo, North Italy. '
1 Bordeaux Snake (Coronella girondica). Presented by Lieut.
L. L, Fenton. From San Remo, North Italy.
A Collection of Young Salmonidee. Presented by I. Buckland,
Esq., F.Z.8,
24, 2 Cashmere Shawl-Goats (Capra hireus), SandQ. Presented by
Wm. Taylor, Esq., M.D.
3 Cashmere Shawl-Goats (Capra hireus), 2 3 andl 9. De-
posited.
12 Yellow-billed Ducks (Anas vanthorhyncha). Bred in the
Gardens.
25, 1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis alevandri). Pyesented by
C. Williams, Esq.
2 West-African Love-birds (Agapornis pullaria), 3 and 2.
Presented by C. Williams, Esq.
1 Common Raven (Corvus corar). Presented by C. Williams,
Esq.
1 Cisiaieti Canary (Serinus canarius, var.). Presented by ©,
Williams, Esq.
1 Crimson-eared Waxbill (Estrelda phencotis). Presented by
C. Williams, Esq.
2 Crested Screamers (Chauna chavaria). Purchased.
26, 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), Deposited.
1 Marked Paradoxure (Paradovurus stigmaticus), 9. From
Southern Borneo. Purchased.
1 Axis Deer (Cervus avis), 9. Born.
27. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), $. Presented by
Frank Simpson, Esq.
1 Balearic Crowned Crane (Balearica pavonina). Presented by
Frank Simpson, Esq.
2 Side-striped Jackals (Canis lateralis), Purchased. See P.Z.S.
1880, p. 450.
28. 1 (Grey Sh psed Monkey (Cercocebus albigena), 2. Presented
by the Earl of Lonsdale, F.Z.S.
1 Anguine Lizard (Chameosaura anguina). Presented by
Eustace Pillans, sq. From the Cape colony.
1 South-American Rat-Snake ( Spilotes variabilis). Presented
by G. H. Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
3 Black Tortoises (Testudo carbonaria). Purchased.
80, 2 Purple-faced Monkeys (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus). Pures
chased.
706
May 30.
June |,
2.
co
APPENDIX.
1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans). Purchased.
1 African Brush-tailed Poreupine (Atherura africana). Pur-
chased.
2 Spotted Hysenas (Hyena crocuta). Purchased.
1 American Bison (Bison americanus). Purchased.
3 Indian Tantali (Tantalus leucocephalus). Purchased.
5 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis). Purchased.
1 Schomburgk’s Deer (Cervus schomburghi), 3. Purchased.
1 Liihdorf's Deer (Cervus luehdorfi), g. Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1880, p. 451.
1 Common Rook (Corvus frugilegus), albino, Presented by R,
Clayton, Esq.
31. 1 Red Lory (Eos rubra). Purchased.
1 Ornamental Lorikeet (Tvrichoglossus ornatus). Purchased.
1 White-billed Parrakeet (Tanygnathus albirostris). Purchased,
1 Noble Macaw (Ara nobilis), Purchased.
2 Yellow-fronted Amazons ( Chrysotis ochrocephala). Purchased,
2 Black-headed Conures (Conurus nanday). Purchased,
1 White-headed Parrot (Pionis senilis). Purchased.
2 Cinereous Waxbills (Estrelda cerulescens). Purchased.
1 Crimson-eared Waxbill (Estrelda phenicotis). Purchased.
4 Bengal Weaver Birds (Ploceus bengalensis). Purchased.
1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus ludio), 9. Presented by J. G.
Hamilton, Esq.
1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 2. Presented by J.
G. Hamilton, Esq.
1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus). Presented by Mr.
W. C. Lawes.
1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta), g. Purchased.
1 Black-footed Penguin (Spheniscus demersus). Purchased.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by T. J. Mann,
Esq.
356 Goltien Tench (Tinca vulgaris, yar.). Presented by Lord
Walsingham, F.Z.S.
1 Anoa (Anoa depressicornis),?2. Received in exchange.
1 Brahminy Kite (Haliaster indus), Purchased.
1 Brown Crane (Girus canadensis). Purchased.
1 Levaillant’s Parrot (Peocephalus robustus). Purchased.
1 Russ’s Weaver Bird (Quelea russi). Presented by Mr. G.
F. Westerman.
1 Double-crested Pigeon (Lopholemus antarcticus). Purchased.
2 Black Rats (Mus rattus, var.). Presented. by William Cubitt,
Esq.
q
. 1 Leucoryx Antelope (Orya leucoryx), 3. Purchased.
2 Victoria Crowned Pigeons (Goura victorie). Purchased.
1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucus), 3. Presented
by Miss Baker.
2 Yellow-headed Troupials (Xanthocephalus icterocephalus),
Presented by W. A. Conklin, Esq.
. 1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus),Q. Presented by H. P.
Brenan, Esq., R.N.
1 Common Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Presented by C. H.
Greaves, Esq.
1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Purchased.
2 Turquoisine Parrakeets (Zuphema pulchella). Bred in the
Gardens.
June 4,
11.
12.
15
16.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 707
1 Geoffroy’s Dove (Peristera geoffroyi). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Wonga-Wonga Pigeon (Leucosarcia picata), Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos). Presented by C. Overbeck, Esq.
1 Dingo Dog (Canis dingo). Presented by Lord Ernest Gor-
don.
2 Silky Marmosets (Ifidas rosalia). Purchased.
8 Chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera). Purchased.
3 Ashy-headed Geese (Bernicla poliocephala), Purchased.
1 Upland Goose (Bernicla magellanica). Purchased.
White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus), Presented by J.
Simonds, Esq. P
1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata),3. Presented by
G. Mantell, Hsq.
1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), $. Born in the Menagerie.
2 Swift Parrakeets (Lathamus discolor). Purchased.
3 Slender Loris (Loris gracilis). Presented by Lord Lilford,
F.ZS. d
1 Musky Lorikeet ( Trichoglossus concinnus). Presented by Mr.
A. H, Jamrach.
1 Jaguar (Felis onga). Purchased.
2 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). Purchased.
1 Horsfield’s Tortoise (Testudo horsfieldi). Presented by Capt.
W. Cotton. From Afghanistan.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by W. Penny,
Esq.
1J pues Deer (Cervus sika). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by T,
HH. Adey, Esq.
. 1 Common Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Presented by 0. W.
Craven, Esq.
. 1 Leonine Monkey (Macacus leoninus), 3. Received in exchange
from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta. See P. Z.S. 1880,
. 537,
1 aioe Loris (Wycticebus tardigradus). Received in exchange
from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta.
2 Bay Bamboo-Rats (Rhizomys badius). Received in exchange
from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta.
2 Sumatran Wild Dogs (Canis rutilans), 3 and 2. Received in
exchange from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta.
1 Javan Adjutant (Leptoptilus javanicus). Received in ex-
change from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta.
1 ent ee (Macacus erythreus). Presented by W. Con-
nell, Esq.
1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare). Presented by Edw. Cooper, Esq.
1 ei Harrier (Circus gould’), Presented by Capt. J. Sea-
orne.
4 Beautiful Finches (Estrelda bella). Purchased.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by Mrs. M. A. Brown.
1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), §. Born in the Menagerie.
4 Mandarin Ducks (Atx galericulata), Bred in the Menagerie.
4 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata). Bred in the
Menagerie.
2 Virginia Deer (Cariacus virginianus), ¢ and 2. Purchased.
1 Salt-water Terrapin (Clemmys terrapin). Presented by Mr,
A. D, Bartlett.
708
June 17
18.
APPENDIX,
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 3. Presented by George
L, Amlot, Esq.
1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis),?2. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Common Ocelot (Felis pardalis), Purchased.
1 Quica Opossum (Didelphis quica). Presented by Capt. E.
Ball.
2 Common Gulls (Larus canus). Presented by J. Castell, Esq.
3 Siamese Pheasants (Zuplocamus prelatus). Bred in the Gar-
dens.
2 Horned Tragopans (Ceriornis satyra), Bred in the Gardens.
2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinguis). Bred in the
Gardens.
. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). » Purchased.
1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus). Purchased,
1 Australian Crane (Grus australasiana). Deposited.
1 Dominican Gull (Larus dominicanus), jr. Presented by
Capt. R. Bower.
21, 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
22,
1 Arabian Gazelle (Gazella arabica), 2. Presented by Capt.
Ticehurst.
1 Crested Ground-Parrakeet (Calopsitta nove hollandie). Pre-
sented by Miss M. 8. Spooner.
53 Ruddy Sheldrakes (Zadorna rutila), 3. Purchased.
. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the
Menagerie.
3 Red-beaked Weaver Birds (Quelea sanguinirostris). Pre-
sented by the Marchioness of Westminster.
1 Greater White-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua cristata). Pre-
sented by Mrs. A. L. Chetwode.
1 Ocellated Monitor (Monitor ocellatus), Purchased.
. 1 Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus), 9. Deposited.
1 Common Cesk (Genetta vulgaris), 9. Presented by G. H.
Thunder, Esq., R.N.
1 Tufted Umbre (Scopus umbretta). Purchased. See P.Z.S.
1880, p. 537.
2 Sandwich-Island Geese (Bernicla sandvicensis). Purchased.
2 Blood-rumped Parrakeets (Psephotus hematonotus), Pur-
chased.
1 Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Presented by A. McIlwraith,
Ksq., F.Z.8
. 1 Celebean Rail (Rallus celebensis). Purchased.
1 Australian Rail (Rallus pectoralis). Purchased.
. 1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 6. Bornin the Menagerie.
1 Doubtful Toucan (Ramphastos ambiguus). Purchased.
. 1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus). Presented by H.
Hall, Esq.
1 Reeves’s Muntjac (Cervulus reevesi), 2. Bred in the Mena-
gerie.
2Common Peafowls (Pavo cristata), Presented by Miss
Wedderburn.
3 Upland Geese (Bernicla magellanica). Bred in the Gardens,
30, 1 Beautiful Wood-Hawk (Dryotriorchis spectabilis). Pur-
chased.
1 Brown Mock Thrush (Harporhynchus rufus). Purchased.
2 Bronze-spotted Doves ( Chalcopelia chalcospilos). Purchased.
2 Tambourine Pigeons (Tympanistria bicolor). Purchased.
6 Chinese Quails (Coturnix chinensis), 2g and 42. Purchased,
June 30.
July 1,
bo
we CO
10.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 709
2 American Kestrels (Zinnwnculus sparverius). Purchased.
1 Ocellated Monitor (Monitor ocellatus). Purchased.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), g. Presented by Mr.
Fred. Felix.
1 Java Sparrow (Padda oryzivora). Presented by St. Julien
Arabin, Esq.
1 Spotted-sided Finch (Amadina lathami). Presented by St.
Julien Arabin, Esq.
1 Chestnut-eared Finch (Amadina castanotis), Presented by
St. Julien Arabin, Esq.
2 Chestnut-bellied Finches (Munia rubronigra). Presented by
St. Julien Arabin, Esq.
2 Red-beaked Weaver Birds ( Quelea sanguinirostris). Presented
by St. Julien Arabin, Esq.
1 Crimson-crowned Weaver Bird (Euplectes flammiceps). Pre-
sented by St. Julien Arabin, Esq.
1 Paradise Whydah Bird (Vidua paradisea). Presented by St.
Julien Arabin, Esq.
1 Brazilian Tanager (Lamphocelus brasilius). Presented by St.
Julien Avabin, Esq.
1 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothriv luteus). Presented by St.
Julien Arabin, [sq.
1 Bearded Tit (Panurus biarmicus). Presented by St. Julien
Arabin, Esq.
1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus), 8. Presented by T.
Douglas Murray, Esq., ¥.Z.S, >
1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Liemetis tenuirostris). Presented by
H. F. Bussey, Esq.
. 2 Coypu Rats (Myopotamus coypus). Deposited.
1 Cereopsis Goose (Cereopsis nove-hollandie), 3. Purchased.
- 2 Huanacos (Lama huanacos). Deposited.
. 1 Jaguar (Felis onga). Presented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.
2 American Barn-Owls (Strix flammea). Deposited.
» 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata), 3. Deposited.
1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon),?. Born in the Menagerie.
1 ste, Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited.
2 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroos (Petrogale xanthopus). Re-
ceived in exchange from the Zoological Gardens, Berlin.
2 Bewick’s Swans (Cygnus bewickt). Received in exchange
from the Zoological Gardens, Berlin.
. 4 Egyptian Jerboas (Dipus egyptius). Presented by the Earl
of Winterton.
2 Slowworms (Anguis fragilis). Presented by J. Rodney, Esq.
1 Green Woodpecker (Gecinus viridis). Presented by C. H.
Davis, Esq.
1 Ostrich (Struthio camelus), 2. Deposited.
. 1 Ocelot (Kelis pardalis). Presented by C. B. Robinson, Esq.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa). Presented by C. B. Robin-
son, Esq.
2 Blood-breasted Pigeons (Phlogenas cruentata). Presented by
J. Day, Esq.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by My. A. Ken-
dall.
all.
1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia), Presented by N.
P. Fenwick, Esq., F.Z.S.
July 11.
13.
14,
16.
APPENDIX.
1 Common Raven (Corvus corav). Presented by the Earl of
Bradford, F.Z.8.
11 Common Guillemots (Uria troile). Presented by Sir Hugh
Dalrymple, Bart.
2 Kittiwake Gulls (Rissa tridactyla). Presented by Sir Hugh
Dalrymple, Bart.
. 1 Common Badger (Meles taxus). Presented by Mr. Frank G.
Haines.
1 Eland (Oreas canna),g. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 2. Received in exchange,
1 Huanaco (Lama huanacos), 2. Presented by the Marquis of
Queensberry.
1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Presented by the Marquis
of Queensberry.
4 Green Woodpeckers (Gecinus viridis). Purchased.
2 Green Woodpeckers (Gecinus viridis). Presented by Mr, J.
King.
| Lasse: Black-backed Gull (Larus fuscus), Presented by My.
Beazley.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythrets),Q. Presented by Mrs.
_ C. Salvin.
1 Common Seal (Phoca vititlina). Purchased.
1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Deposited:
- 1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus),3. Pyesented by
Col. C. S. Sturt, C.M.Z.S.
1 Goflin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffin’), Presented by Miss Bart-
lett.
2 Red-legged Partridges (Cacubis rufa). Pyesented by Mr. W.
H. St. Quintin. Ba
2 Northern Buzzards (Buteo borealis). Presented by Mr. W.
H. St. Quintin.
2 Japanese Pheasants (Phasianus vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Bar-tailed Pheasant (Phasianus reeves’). Purchased.
2 Lions (Felis leo), ¢ and 2. Born in the Menagerie.
4 Ring-tailed Coatis (Nasua rufa). Presented by Lt.-Col. J.
A. Smith, 1st W.LR.
. 1 Greek Land-Tortoise (Testudo grec). Presented by J. Holt
Esq.
1 Cece Hedgehog (Erinaceus europeus). Presented by J.
Holt, Esq.
2 American Darters (Plotus anhinga), Presented by Gerald
Waller, Esq.
1 Spotted Salamander (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by
My. L. C. Brook.
1 Slowworm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by Mr. L. C. Brook:
1 Speckled Terrapin (Clemmys guttata). Presented by Mr. L.
C. Brook.
. 1 Common Bluebird (Stalia wilsonii). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera). Bred. in the
Gardens.
1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Theo.
8. Harris, Esq.
. 1 Crimson-crowned Weaver Bird (Euplectes flammiceps). De-
posited.
~ 2 Common Bluebirds (Stalia wilsonii), Deposited.
2 Ocellated Turkeys (Meleagris ocellata), 2.3. Presented by W.
Ii. Sibeth, Esq. See P. Z, S. 1880, p, 537,
July 21.
22.
25.
26.
27.
28.
30.
31,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. rid G1)
2 Red-backed Pelicans (Pelecanus rufescens). Purchased.
1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo mavimus). Presented by Mr. Lindsay
von Julin.
5 Four-rayed Snakes (Elaphis quaterradiatus). Deposited.
1 Lacertine Snake (Ccelopeltis lacertina). Deposited.
4 Dahl’s Snakes (Zamenis dahli). Deposited.
15 Vivacious Snakes (Tachymenis vivax). Deposited.
1 Four-lined Snake (Coluber quadrilineatus, vay. leopardinus).
Deposited.
1 Chinese Elaphis (Elaphis saewamates). Deposited.
. 1Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), $. Presented by
Frederick Peake, Esq., F.Z.S.
5 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa). Bred in the
Gardens,
3 Garganey Teal (Querquedula circia). Bred in the Gardens.
3 Common Teal (Quergquedula crecca). Bred in the Gardens.
. 2 Horned Tragopans (Certornis satya). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron chinqws). Bred in the Gar-
dens.
2 Great Eagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Purchased.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by
Mr. J. Anson.
10 Amaduvade Finches (£strelda amandava), Preseuted by
J. W. Wilson, Esq.
1 White-necked Crow (Corvus scapulatus). Purchased.
2 Abyssinian Crows (Corvus affinis). Purchased.
1 Ground-Hornbill (Bucorvus abyssinicus), Purchased.
1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Purchased. ;
4 Globose Curassows (Crax globicera), Presented by F. P.
Barlee, Esq., C.M.G.
1 Little Guan (Ortalida motmot). Presented by F. P. Barlee,
Esq.,, C.M.G.
1 Pike (Zsox luctus). Presented by J. Smith, Esq.
1 Bream (Abramis brama). Presented by J. Smith, Esq.
1 Tench (Tinea vulgaris). Presented by J. Smith, Esq.
2 Common Peafowl (Lavo cristata), ¢ and Q. Presented by
Mrs. Joseph Hoare.
1 Mississippi Alligator (Alhyator mississippiensis), Presented
T. L. M. Rose, Esq.
. 1 Side-striped Jackal (Canis lateralis),$. Presented by Com-
mander Owen, R.M.S. ‘ Anclian,’
2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Elate Hornbill (Buceros elatus), Purchased.
1 Virginian Eagle-Owl (Bubo virginianus). Purchased.
2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus radiatus), § and 9. Deposited.
1 Common Ocelot (Felis purdalis). Presented by A. L. Schiitte,
Sq.
1 Acie Fox (Canis lagopus). Deposited.
1 Nylghaie (Boselaphus pictus),3. Purchased.
2 Horrid Rattlesnakes (Crotalus horvidus). Presented by Messrs.
Holt, Lord, & Co.
1 Common Trout (Salmo fario), Presented by Mr. Stanley
Wilson.
1 Collared Peccary (Dicotyles tajacu). Purchased.
1 Thick-necked Tree-Boa (Ejncrates cenchris). Presented by
Mr. G, H. Hawtayne, C.M.Z.S.
1
3
or
on
10.
—
a]
APPENDIX.
. 1 Cayman (Jacare, sp. ine.). Deposited.
. 2 Russ’s Weaver Birds (Quelea russi), 3 and 2. Deposited.
1 Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus gaimardi), 3. Born
in the Gardens.
1 Anaconda (EZunectes mwinus). Purchased.
10 Barbadian Anolises (Anolis cepedii), Purchased.
1 Mesopotamian Fallow Deer (Cervus mesopotamicus),2. Born
in the Gardens.
2 Swainson’s Lorikeets (Trtchoglossus nove-hollande), Pur-
chased.
4 Brown Capuchins (Cebus .fatuellus), 2 ¢ and 29. Pur-
chased.
1 Red-handed Tamarin (Midas rufimanus), 6. Purchased.
From Surinam,
4 Common Sheldrakes (Yadorna vulpanser). Purchased.
2 Lesser Black-backed Gulls (Larus fuscus). Presented by
Mr. Beazley.
1 Servaline Cat (Felis servalina). Purchased.
1 Coquetoon Antelope (Cephalophus rufilatus), 3. Purchased.
. | Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum), Presented by Mr.
Luiz de Tavares Ozorio.
. 1 Azara’s Capuchin (Cebus azare?), 3. Purchased.
. 4 Richardson’s Skuas (Lestris crepidatus). Presented by Robert
T. C, Scott, Esq. From the Shetland Islands.
3 Richardson’s Skuas (Lestris crepidatus). Deposited. From
the Shetland Islands.
5 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Deposited.
1 Common Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Purchased.
1 Areolated Tortoise (Zomopus areolatus). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Geometric Tortoise (Zestudo geometrica), Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Northern Buzzard (Buteo borealis). Presented by Mr. R.
Starling.
2, 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris), Presented by
Percy Howard, Esq.
1 Common Squirrel (Sczwus vulgaris). Presented by Capt.
Tholandix.
2 Common Nightjars (Caprimulgus europeus). Presented by
Mr. E. Ockenden.
3. 1 Black-handed Spider Monkey (Afeles geoffroyi),?. Presented
by Capt. Woolward.
4 Glass Snakes (Pseadopus pallast). Deposited.
1 Yellow-collared Parrakeet (Platycercus semitorquatus), Re-
ceived in exchange.
2 Three-ridged Terrapins (Clemmys trijuga). Presented by the
Hon. L. 8. Jackson.
2 Hamilton's Terrapins (Clemmys hamilton). Presented by the
Hon. L. 8. Jackson.
1 Black-necked Hare (Lepus nigricollis?), Presented by the
Hon. L. 8. Jackson.
1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes auropunctatus). Presented by
the Hon. L. 8. Jackson.
14. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus),Q. Presented by J. E,
Kincaid, Esq.
4 Abyssinian Guinea-fowls (Numida ptilorhyncha), Presented
by Gerald Waller, Esq.
Aug. 14.
16.
a
18.
19.
26.
31.
Sept. 1.
Proc
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 713
1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Presented by Capt.
H. King.
1 Common Jackdaw (Corvus monedula). Purchased.
2 Brown Mynahs (Acridotheres fuscus). Purchased.
1 Gray's Amphisbena (Lepidosternum grayi). Presented by
W. A. Forbes, Esq., F.Z.S. From Pernambuco.
2 Tcheli Monkeys (Macacus teheliensis), ¢ and 9. Presented
by Dr. Bushell. From Shangai. See P. Z.S. 1880, p. 537.
1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), ¢. Presented by Percy
E. Serutton, Esq.
1 Spotted Salamander (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by
Dr. Gibbes, F.Z.S.
1 Axolotl (Stredon mexicanus). Presented by Dr. Gibbes.
1 Common Tench (Tinca vulgaris), Presented by Dr. Gibbes.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by
H. G. Wainwright, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Cecil Peele, Esq.
2 Moor Macaques (Macacus mawrus). Purchased.
1 Straw-necked Ibis (Carphibis‘spinicollis). Purchased.
1 Maned Goose (Bernicla jubata). Purchased.
i West-Indian Agouti (Dasyprocta cristata). Presented by W.
H. Braithwaite, Esq.
i Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited.
1 Elate Hornbill (Buceros elatus). Purchased.
. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Purchased.
1 Electric Silurus (Malapterurus beninensis). Purchased.
. 2 Olive Finches (Phonipara olivacea),2 9. Purchased.
2 American Moorhens (Grallinula galeata). Presented by G. H.
Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Turnstone (Strepsilas interpres). Presented by Captain A.
M‘Ritchie, s.s. ‘Utopia.’ Captured at sea off the Azores.
. 1 Nylghaie (Boselaphus pictus), 2. Purchased.
1 Harnessed Antelope (Zragelaphus scriptus), 2. Purchased.
1 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Elaphodus michianus), ¢. Purchased.
See P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 538.
1 Syrian Fennec Fox (Canis famelicus). Purchased.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by
George G. Turner, Esq.
2 Koodoos (Strepsiceros kudu), g and 2. Purchased. See
P.Z. 8. 1880, p. 538.
1 Red-billed Toucan (Ramphastos erythrorhynchus). Pur-
chased.
1 Common Squirrel (Seiurus vulgaris). Deposited.
1 Gold Pheasant (Thaumalea picta), $. Presented by James
M‘Gregor, Esq.
1 Bonnet Monkey (Macacus radiatus), S$. Presented by C.
Kerry Nicholls, Esq.
1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Presented by E. Schweder, Esq.
1 Weka Rail (Ocydromus australis). Presented by H. Frank
Rose, Esq.
. 1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by George Edson, Esq.
. 2 Boatbills (Cancroma cochlearia). Purchased.
1 White-lipped Peccary (Dicotyles labiatus), 3. Purchased.
1 Louisianian Heron (Ardea ludoviciana). Purchased.
6 Mocking-birds (Mimus polyglottus). Presented by Mr. W.
Cross.
. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XLVII. 47
714
Sept. 3.
4,
6.
7
APPENDIX.
1 Hybrid Mesopotamian Fallow Deer (between Cervus dama 9
and C. mesopotamicus 3), 2. Born in the Gardens.
1 Brazilian Cariama (Cariama cristata). Presented by Charles
Stanley Barnes, Esq.
1 Rufescent Snake (Leptodira rufescens). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.ZS.
. 1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Mrs.
Budgett.
. 1 Cuckoo (Cuculus eanorus). Presented by G. Chandle, Esq.
1 Stock-Dove (Columba enas). Presented by A. B. Brooke, Esq.
. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 9. Deposited.
2 Bull-Frogs (Rana mugiens). Deposited.
. 1 Common Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by A. W.
Mitchison, Esq.
. 1 Reeve’s Muntjac (Cervulus reevest), $. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Long-headed Snake (Xenodon rhabdocephalus). Presented
by Dr. A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
1 Pointed Tree-Snake (Dryiophis acuminata). Presented by
Dr. A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
1 White Amphisbzena (Amphisbena alba), Presented by Dr.
A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus), ¢. Purchased.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Purchased.
1 Saturnine Mocking-bird (Mimus saturninus). Purchased.
2 Silky Hangnests (Amblyrhamphus holosericeus). Purchased.
1 Sulphury Tyrant-bird (Pitangus sulphuratus). Purchased.
1 Maximilian’s Aracari (Pteroglossus wiedi). Purchased.
1 Brazilian Amphisbena (Bronia brasiliensis). Presented by
W. A. Forbes, Esq., F.Z.S. From Parahyba do Norte.
. 1 Common Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by E. G.
Forbes Higginson, Esq.
5 Rutis (Machetes pugnax). Purchased.
. 1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus), 2. Purchased.
. 1 Brown-necked Parrot (Peocephalus fuscicollis). Presented by
H. Wood, Esq.
. 1 Spotted Cavy (Calogenys paca). Purchased.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by
Major Gape.
. 1 Southern River-Hog (Potamocherus africanus). Purchased.
1 Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by Dr. Hastings.
. 1 Nightingale (Daulias luscinia), Purchased.
. 1 Common Squirrel (Sezwrus vulgaris). Deposited.
1 Cape Bucephalus (Bucephalus capensis). Presented by C. B.
Pillans, Esq.
. 2 Black-faced Spider Monkeys (Afeles ater), 22. Purchased.
1 Razor-billed Curassow (Mitua tuberosa). Deposited.
1 Yarrell’s Curassow (Crax carunculata), 2. Deposited.
2 Rufous Tinamous (Rhynchotus rufescens).° Deposited.
1 Blue-and-yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Deposited.
2 Orinoco Geese (Chenalopex jubata). Deposited.
2 Polish Swans (Cygnus olor, var. immutabilis). Presented by
J. H. Gurney, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Purchased.
1 Spotted-billed Toucanet (Selenidera maculirostris). Purchased.
1 Electric Silurus (Malapterurus beninensis). Purchased.
, 1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus), g. Pre-
sented by Wim. Collingwood, Esq.
1 Rose-Hill Broadtail (Platycercus eximius). Presented by
Charles Porter, Esq.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 75
Sept. 28. 1 Macaque Monke (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Henry J, Thimbleby, Esq.
1 Python (Python sebe), Presented by Dr. F. Speer.
1 Sulphur-breasted Toucan (Ramphastos carinatus). Purchased.
29, 1 Prince Albert’s Curassow (Crax alberti), 9. Purchased.
2 Common Cranes (Grus cinerea). Presented by Norman W.
Shairp, Esq. From Lula, Sweden.
30, 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulyaris). Presented by
Perey Day, Esq.
Oct. 1. 2 Mandarin Ducks (Air galericulata). Purchased.
1 Gerbille (Gerbillus, sp. inc.). From Upper Nubia. Presented
by Count Rembielinski.
1 White-cheeked Capuchin (Cebus lunatus), ¢. Presented by
Henry Ch. Marckman de Lichtabbell, Esq.
2 Gayals (Bibos frontalis), 3 and 2. Received in exchange
from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta. See P. Z. 8. 1880,
. 538.
1 Tedian Crocodile ( Crocodilus palustris). Received in exchange
from the Zoological Gardens, Caleutta.
2 Indian Porcupines (Hystrix cristata). Presented by Capt.
Smerdon.
1 Greater Spotted Woodpecker (Picus major). Purchased.
2 Central-American Agoutis (Dasyprocta isthmica). Deposited,
1 Variable Squirrel (Sciurus variabilis). Deposited.
1 Plantain-Squirrel (Seiurus plantani). Presented by D. Tober,
E
bo
Pe So
ot
sq.
1 Citta Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia). Presented by W.
H. St. Quintin, Esq.
1 European Pond-Tortoise (Emys europea). Deposited,
2 Adorned Terrapins (Clemmys ornata). Deposited.
1 Speckled Terrapin (Clemmys guttata). Deposited.
1 Pennsylvanian Mud-Terrapin (Cinosternon pennsylvanicunr).
Deposited.
2 Scorpion Mud-Terrapins (Cinosternon scorpioides). Deposited.
3 Moorish Geckos (Platydactylus mauritanicus). Deposited.
2 Glass-Snakes (Pseudopus pallast). Deposited.
1 Lacertine Snake (Celopeltis lacertina). Deposited.
1 Common Snake ( Zropidonotus natriz, var.). Deposited.
. 1 Fraser’s Squirrel (Sczerus stramineus). Purchased.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Purchased.
3 Californian Quails (Cuallipepla californica), 8 and 2. Pur-
chased. :
1 Cayenne Lapwing (Vanellus cayennensis). Purchased,
1 Smooth Snake ( Coronella levis). Presented by D. Tober, Esq.
From Hampshire.
2 West-African Pythons (Python sebe). Deposited,
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Deposited,
for)
8. 1 Common Kestrel ( Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by
J. Young, Esq.
9. 1 Plantain Squirrel (Seirus plantanr). Presented by Mrs,
Elliott.
11. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), $. Deposited.
1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 3. Born
in the Menagerie.
12. 1 Ring-Ouzel (Turdus torquatus). Purchased.
13. 1 Rohl ihvy (Cerodon rupestris), Purchased.
1 Green-winged Trumpeter (Psophia viridis). Purchased,
1 White-bellied Parrot (Caica leucogastra). Purchased.
47*
716 APPENDIX.
Oct. 13. 1 Red-vented Parrot (Pionus menstruus). Purchased.
2 Golden-headed Parrakeets (Brotogerys tu). Purchased.
2 Toco Toucans (Ramphastos toco). Purchased.
1 Orinoco Goose (Chenalopex jubata), g. Purchased.
2 Orchard Hangnests (Icterus spurius). Purchased.
1 Baltimore Hangnest (Jcterus baltimore). Purchased.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), g. Presented by
W. 3B. Tustin, Esq.
1 Black Iguana (Metopoceros cornutus), Purchased.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased.
14, 1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Presented by W. Mid-
dleton, Esq.
3 Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroos (Hypsiprymnus gaimardr), 23 and
19. Presented by A. B. Gow, Esq.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mr. J. Palmer.
1 Sun-Bittern (Luropyga helias). Deposited.
1 Centipede. Presented by Mr. H. Keep.
6, 2 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Belideus sciureus). Born in the
Menagerie.
2 Polar Bears ( Ursus maritimus). Presented by B. Leigh Smith,
Esq., F.Z.8. See P. Z. S. 1880, p. 538.
1 Ivory Gull (Larus eburneus). Presented by B. Leigh Smith,
Esq., F.Z.S. See P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 538.
1 Red Brocket (Cariacus rufus). Presented by W. A. Forbes,
Esq., F.Z.S. From Pernambuco.
1 White-bellied Opossum (Didelphys albiventris). Presented by
W. A. Forbes, Esq., F.Z.S. From Pernambuco,
1 Brazilian Hare (Lepus brasiliensis), Presented by W. A.
Forbes, Esq., F.Z.8. From Pernambuco.
1 White-bellied Guan (Ortalida albiventris). Presented by W.
A. Forbes, Esq., F.Z.8. From Pernambuco.
1 Frigate-bird (Hregata aquila). Presented by the Rey. G,
Bayldon. From Fernando de Noronha.
2 American Black-backed Geese (Sarcidiornis carunculata), 3 and
Presented by Miss Dayis. From Pernambuco.
1 Yellow-headed Conure (Conwrus jendaya). Presented by C.
A. Craven, Esq. From Pernambuco.
1 White-throated Finch (Spermophila albogularis). Presented
by Mr. S. Jones. From Pernambuco.
1 Horrid Rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus). Presented by H. E.
Weaver, Esq. From Pernambuco.
1 Rufous Pigeon (Columba rufina). Purchased. From Parahyba.
3 Picazuro Pigeons (Columba picazwro), Purchased. From
Pernambuco.
1 White-eyebrowed Guan (Penelope superciliaris). Purchased.
From Panellas, Brazil.
4 Brown-throated Conures (Conurus eruginosus). Purchased.
From Garanhuns, Brazil.
2 Banded Tinamous (Crypturus noctivagus). Purchased. From
Garanhunsg, Brazil.
7 Tataupa Tinamous (Crypturus tataupa). Purchased. From
Garanhuns, Brazil.
1 Yarrell’s Siskin (Chrysomitris yarrelli). Purchased. From
Parahyba.
1 Scarlet Tanager (Ramphocelus brasilius). Purchased. From
Bahia.
1 Black Tanager (Tachyphonus melaleucus). Purchased. From
Pernambuco,
1
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 717
Oct. 16. 1 Blue-and-black Tanager (Calliste brasiliensis). Purchased.
Nov.
27.
31.
From Bahia.
1 Black-headed Tanager (Orchesticus ater). Purchased. From
Pernambuco.
2 Sealy Hea (Scardafella squamosa). Purchased. From Pa-
rahyba.
1 Passerine Ground-Dove (Chamepelia passerina). Purchased.
From Pernambuco.
1 Great-billed Rhea (Rhea macrorhyncha). Purchased. From
Agoas Bellas, Pernambuco.
3 Yellow-shouldered Hangnests (Icterus tibialis). Purchased.
From Pernambuco.
1 Black Tortoise (Testudo carbonaria). Presented by W. A.
Forbes, Esq., F.Z.S. From Garanhuns, Brazil.
. | Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum), Presented by W.C.
Boyd, Esq.
. 1 Waxwing (Ampelis garrulus). Deposited.
1 Dunlin (Tringa cinclus). Presented by Edmund Elliot, Esq.
1. Sanderling (Calidris arenaria), Presented by Edmund Kl-
liot, Esq., M.R.C.S.
. 1 Black Saki (Pithecia satanas). Purchased.
1 Roseate Spoonbill (Platalea ajaja). Purchased.
1 Great-billed Rhea (Rhea macrorhyncha). Purchased.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by F.
W. Manley, Esq.
. 1 Ornamented Ceratophrys (Ceratophrys ornata). Purchased.
26. 1 Ursine Dasyure (Dasyurus wrsinus). Purchased.
1 Common Wigeon (Mareca penelope). Purchased.
1 Grey Plover (Squatarola helvetica), Purchased.
1 Knot ( Tringa canutus). Purchased.
1 Greenshank ( Totanus calidris), Purchased.
1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), Q. Presented by
the Officers of the Royal Yacht.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 2. Presented by the
Rey. J. Saunders, B.A.
1 Two-toed Sloth (Cholopus didactylus). Presented by G. H.
Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From Demerara.
1 Common Trumpeter (Psophia crepitans). Presented by J.
Stovell, Esq.
2 Silver Pheasants (Luplocamus nycthemerus),2 3. Presented
by Miss C. Hallet.
. 1 Long-eared Owl (Asio otus). Purchased.
30.
1 Indian Jerboa (Alactaya indica). Presented by Major Money.
From Afghanistan. See P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 559.
1 Green Monkey ( Cercopithecus callitrichus).. Presented by Mr.
A. Haynes.
2 Common Eels (Anguilla vulgaris). Purchased.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 3. Presented by Miss
Tilbury.
1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), 2. Presented by
Charles Atkins, Esq.
5 Schlegel’s Doves ( Chalcopelia puella). Purchased.
2 Gambian Pouched Rats (Cricetomys gambianus). Purchased.
. 1 Jaguar (Felis onga), $. Presented by Lady Florence Dixie.
From Corrientes, 8. America.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 9. Presented by Wm.
Underwood Harvey, [sq.
718
Noy. 3.
~
2 or
10.
10h
APPENDIX.
2 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Miss
Branscom.
1 Spanish Terrapin (Clemmys leprosa). Deposited.
. 1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans). Purchased.
2 Indian Fruit-Bats (Pteropus medius). Purchased.
2 Guira Cuckoos (Guira piririgua). Purchased.
2 Red-bellied Thrushes (Turdus rujiventris). Purchased.
1 Bodinus’s Amazon (Chrysotis bodini). Purchased.
4 Blood-breasted Pigeons (Phlogewnas cruentata), Purchased.
1 Brown-necked Parrot (Peocephalus fuscicollis). Purchased.
2 Javan Parrakeets (Paleornis javanica). Purchased.
3 Euler’s Finches (Spermephila eulert). Purchased.
1 Bearded Lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus). Purchased.
. 2 Pampas Deer (Cariacus campestris), g and Q. Purchased.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
M. M. Winchester, Esq.
1 Chinese Water-Deer (Hydropotes inermis), 3. Received in
exchange.
1 Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by H. T. Jones, Esq.
2 Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroos (Hypsiprymnus gaimardi). Born in
the Menagerie.
. 1 Anubis Baboon (Cynocephalus anubis), . Presented by Cap-
tain Barrow.
1 Collared Mangabey (Cercocebus collaris), 3. Presented by
Captain Barrow.
1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseoviridis), 9. Presented
by Captain Barrow.
1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus ludio). Presented by Captain
Barrow.
. 1 White-winged Chough (Corcorax leucopterus). Received in
exchange.
1 Alligator Terrapin (Chelydra serpentina). Presented by J. H.
Thomson, Esq., C.M.Z.8.
. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Presented by
E. A. Evans, Esq.
2 Summer Ducks ~~ sponsa), Gand 9. Presented by Lord
Braybrooke, F.Z.S. bo
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by J. Forbes
Nixon, Esq.
1Blyth’s Pastor (Pastor blythi). Presented by Capt. C. S.
Sturt, C.M.Z.S.
1 Banded Sand-Grouse “(Pterocles fasciatus). Presented by
Capt. C. S. Sturt, C.M.Z.S.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mrs. Lawson.
3 Red-crowned Pigeons (Lrythrenas pulcherrima). Presented by
Lady Bowen.
4 Knots (Tringa canutus). Purchased.
2 Curlews (Numenius arquata). Purchased.
2 Pink-footed Geese (Anser brachyrhynchus). Purchased.
. 1 Algerian Hedgehog (Zrinaceus algirus). Presented by Dr.G.
E. Dobson, C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Bonnet Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 9. Presented by Mr. M.
Nicholson.
. 1 Common Gull (Larus canus), Presented by G. Herring, Esq.
1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Purchased.
1 Maximilian’s Parrot (Pionus maximiliani). Purchased.
1 White-necked Crow (Corvus scapulatus). Purchased.
1 Silky Hangnest (Amblyrhamphus holosericeus). Purchased.
2 Dark-green Maize-eaters (Pseudolistes virescens) Purchased.
Noy. 15.
16
18,
19.
bo
. 2 Moor-Harriers
17,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 719
1 Annulated Snake (Leptudira annulaéa). Purchased.
1 Dekay’s Snake (Ischnognathus dekayi). Purchased.
Sires maurus). Purchased.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented
by Wm. Behrens, Esq.
2 Bearded Tits (Panurus biarmicus), ¢ and Q. Presented by
J. Young, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Mantchurian Crossoptilons (Crossoptilon mantchuricum), 2 2.
Received in exchange.
2 Hardwicke’s Mastigures (Uromastix hardwickii). Presented
by Mr. Wm. Jamrach.
2 Ruddy-headed Geese (Bernicla rubidiceps), ¢ and 2. Pur-
chased.
1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus ruber), 2. Presented by Dr.
Horlock.
1 Viviparous Lizard (Lacerta vivipara). Presented by Miss
Flora Russell.
1 Sand-Lizard (Lacerta agilis). Presented by Miss Flora
Russell.
1 Ring-Ouzel ( Zurdus torquatus). Purchased.
. 1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maawelli?), 2. Presented
by G. P. Henderson, Hsq., Lieut. R.N.
6 Common Dormice (Muscardinws avellanarius), Purchased.
1 Silver Fox (Canis fulvus, var. argentata). Presented by
Edward Harris, Esq., F.L.S. From Hudson’s Bay.
1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétos). Presented by Edward
Harris, Esq., F.L.S. From Hudson’s Bay.
. | American Tantalus (Tantalus loculator). Purchased.
- 1 Molucea Deer ( Cervus moluccensis), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
. 2 Matamata Terrapins (Chelys matamata). Purchased. See
P. Z.S. 1880, p. 648.
3 Indian Cobras (Nata tripudians). Purchased.
. 3 Crested Tits (Parus cristatus). Purchased.
. 1 Uniform Water-Snake (Fordonia unicolor), Purchased. See
P. Z. S. 1880, p. 648.
. 1 Central-American Agouti (Dasyprocta isthmica). Presented
by Mr. H. B. Whitmarsh.
1 Prince Albert’s Curassow (Craa alberti),?. Purchased.
1 Rufous-vented Guan (Penelope cristata). Purchased.
. 1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Presented by J.
F, Williams, Esq.
1 Paradise Whydah Bird (Vidua paradisea),3. Received in
exchange.
. 1 Common Hare (Lepus europeus). Presented by Mrs. G.
Ringrove.
» 9 Dunlins (Tringa cinclus), Purchased.
6 Knots (Zringa canutus). Purchased. ;
1 Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.
1 Common Lapwing (Vanellus cristatus). Purchased.
2 Redshanks ( Totanus calidris), Purchased.
1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa lapponica). Purchased.
1 Oystercatcher (Hematopus ostralegus). Purchased.
2 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Purchased.
1 Goosander (Mergus merganser). Purchased.
1 Razorbill (Alca torda). Purchased.
. 1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), 9. Presented by Lord L-
chester.
10.
11.
APPENDIX.
. 3 Madagascar Porphyrios (Porphyrio madagascariensis). From
6.
Madagascar. Presented by Messrs. Hugh Low & Co.
1 Red Wolf (Canis jubatus),?9. Presented by Mr. W. Petty.
From Buenos Ayres. See P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 165.
2 Grey-breasted Parrakeets (Bolborhynchus monachus). Pur-
chased.
. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Naswa rufa). Presented by J. Hallawell,
E
Sq.
1 Yellow-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis autumnalis). Presented
by Captain Henniker, F.Z.S.
. 1 Goosander (Mergus merganser), 3. Purchased.
1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilis). Presented by Dr.
eid.
. L Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Presented by
J. E. Saunders, Esq.
1 Egyptian Ichneumon (Herpestes ichneumon). Presented by
Mrs. Elizabeth Hooker.
1 Cape Eagle-Owl (Bubo capensis). Presented by V. A. Litkie,
Esq. From Griqualand West.
1 American Mocking-bird (Mimus polyglottus). Deposited.
21 Seven-banded Snakes (Tropidonotus leberis). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Papuan Pig (Sus papuensis). Presented by Lieut. De Hoghton,
H.MLS. ‘ Beagle.’ From Brooker Island, Louisiade Archi-
pelago. See P. Z.S. 1881, p. 165.
1 Black Wallaby (Halmaturus ualabatus), 2. Presented by
Commander C. E. Gissing, R.N.
. 1 Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). Purchased.
. 2 Lovebirds (Agapornis pullaria), Sand. Purchased.
. 1 Sumatran Civet (Viverra tangalunga). Presented by W. B.
Pryer, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Blood-breasted Pigeon (Phlogenas cruentata). Presented by
Messrs. Hugh Low & Co.
. 1 Long-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus cataphractus). Presented
by Surgeon F. Speer.
. 1 Black Rat (Mus rattus). Presented by E. Worssam, Esq.
. 1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by H.
Dumbell, Esq.
4 Blue-crowned Hanging Parrakeets (Loriculus galgulus). Pur-
chased.
1 Common Jackdaw (Corvus monedula). Purchased.
1 American Darter (Plotus anhinga). S. America. Purchased.
. 1 Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus gaimardi),?. Pur-
chased.
. 1 Hawfinch (Coccothraustes vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Banded Parrakeet (Paleornis fasciatus), $. Deposited.
. 1 Variegated Sheldrake (Tadorna variegata), $. Received in
exchange.
. 2 Greater White-crested Cockatoos (Cacatua cristata), De-
posited.
. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by J.
Morison, Esq., F.Z.S. ‘
3 Egyptian Geese (Chenalopex egyptiaca), 3 3. Deposited.
2 Swainson’s Lorikeets (Zrichoglossus nove hollandie). Pur-
chased.
2 Chattering Lories (Lorius garrulus). Purchased.
2 Blue-streaked Lories (Eos reticulata). Purchased.
2 Red Lories (Zos rubra). Purchased.
4 Purple-capped Lories (Lorius domicella). Purchased.
1S MV USE
(* 74» %%
ig < , D %}
\ a SJ = }
Acanthodactylus
micropholis, 620, 621.
Acantholipes
affinis, 677.
inconspicua, 677.
nigrisigna, 677.
Accipiter
bicolor, 211.
erythrocnemis, 211.
pectoralis, 155.
stevensoni, 14.
Achza
eyllaria, 678.
fusifera, 678.
melicerte, 679.
polychroma, 678.
signivitta, 678.
Achatina
dimidiata, 616.
heuglini, 345.
kirkii, 218, 219.
mamillata, 215, 219.
nilotica, 345.
smithii, 617, 619.
transvaalensis, 616.
(Limicolaria), martens-
tana, 345, 352.
( ) rectistrigata,
346,
Achlyodes
vasava, 152.
Acidalia
eulomata, 687.
nesciaria, 687.
perlineata, 687.
repletaria, 687.
Acme
emaciata, 137, 142.
foliniana, 94, 136, 137,
138, 142.
mentoni, 138.
pachystoma, 137, 142.
Acontia
maculosa, 677.
meridionalis, 677.
INDEX.
Acrea
buxtoni, 185.
chilo, 184, 185.
horta, 184.
insignis, 184, 185.
Acridotheres
tristis, 311.
Actitis
incana, 576.
Actiturus
bartramius, 548.
Adamastor
cinereus, 164.
Adela
albicornis, 77, 78.
bella, 78, 79.
bellela, 77, 78, 79.
biviella, ‘77, 78, 79.
chalybeis, 78, 79.
degeerella, 78.
fasciella, 78, 79.
flammensella, 78, 79.
gemmella, 81, 92.
griseella, 82, 92.
tochroa, 79.
lactimaculella, 80, 92.
natalensis, '78.
orientella, 82.
purpurea, 77, 79.
ridingsella, 78, 79.
rufimetrella, 81.
schlegert, 78, 79.
septentrionella, 79, 92.
stmpliciella, 81, 92.
singulella, 80, 92.
sulzella, 80.
trifasciella, 78.
trigrapha, 78, 79, 92.
violella, 81.
(Dicte) coruscifasciella,
79
(Nomotois) ¢rifasciella,
78, 79.
Adelomyia
melanogenys, 207.
|
Adeorbis
angasi, 417.
vincentiana, 417, 420.
Bgialitis
curonica, 38, 39.
jerdoni, 39.
minuta, 38.
/Egoceros
musimon, 59.
/&theria
elliptica, 345, 352.
gama
agilis, 620.
Agamura
cruralis, 620, 621.
Agathomerus
stmplicipennis, 590,
608.
Ageleeus
pheniceus, 311.
Agleactis
cupreipennis, 207.
parvula, 207, 208.
ix
galericulata, 513.
sponsa, 318, 513.
Alactaga
decumana, 64.
indica, 538.
ta
anticalis, 689.
auda
chuana, 491.
Alcelaphus
bubalis, 307.
Aletia
Sormosana, 675.
Alytes
obstetricans, 563.
Amauropsis
globulus, 416, 420.
Amaurornis
moluccana, 65.
Amazilia
leucophea, 208.
722
Ambassis
nama, 230.
Amblygoes
evulsalis, 681.
Amblypneustes
formosus, 437, 438, 439.
griseus, 436, 437, 440.
pallidus, 437, 438, 439.
pentagonus, 435.
Amerila
rhodopa, 670.
Ampullaria
kordofana, 848.
ovata, 345, 348.
Aneretes
parulus, 202.
Analcipus
cruentus, 15.
Anas
angustirostris, 520.
bernieri, 519, 534.
boschas, 515, 516, 517,
534.
capensis, 526.
castanea, 518, 519,
585
chlorotis, 519, 535.
cristata, 519.
erythrorhyncha, 515.
flavirostris, 518.
formosa, 521.
gibbertfrons, 452, 519,
534, 53
girra, 505.
gracilis, 519.
gubata, 499.
luzonica, 517, 584.
melleri, 517, 534.
nevosa, 513.
obscura, 517.
peposaca, 524,
perpulchra, 521.
pecilorhyncha, 518,
534.
punctata, 451, 518,
522.
scutulata, 512.
sparsa, 518, 534.
specularis, 519.
superciliosa, 517, 535.
wyvilliana, 517, 535.
axanthorhyncha, 518,
534,
zonorhyncha, 518, 534.
Anatina
brevis, 580.
erassa, 581.
ovalis, 581.
pandoriformis, 581.
Ancylus
caffer, 617, 618,
|
INDEX.
| Ancylus
transvaalensis, 617,618,
Anesychia
cirrhocnemia, 88.
multipunctella, 85.
spareicella, 89.
sparsiciliella, 85.
hagenella, 85, 88.
Anolis
bouvieri, 491.
buckleyi, 492.
chrysolepis, 491.
nasicus, 491, 492, 493.
nummifer, 491.
pentaprion, 491.
scypheus, 491.
viridieneus, 491.
vittigerus, 491.
(Rhinosaurus) zasicus,
493.
Anophia
acronyctoides, 679.
Anostostoma
alatum, 152,153.
cuniculator, 152,
153.
Anous
melanogenys, 577.
stolidus, 577.
Anser
albatus, 501.
albifrons, 500, 534.
brachyrhynchus, 317,
500.
cerulescens, 501,
canagicus, 501.
cinereus, 499.
cygnoides, 501.
erythropus, 317, 500.
ferus, 499.
gambeli, 500.
grandis, 500, 501.
hyperboreus, 501.
indicus, 500.
jubatus, 499.
melanopterus, 504.
middendorfi, 500.
minutus, 500.
rosst, 501.
segetum, 317, 500.
skorniakooi, 500.
Anseranas
melanoleuca, 497, 535.
Antechinomys
laniger, 187.
Antechinus
swainsont, 459.
roseus, 426.
Anthracoceras
malayanus, 14.
Anthropoides
virgo, 315.
Anthropopithecus
trogledytes, 301.
Anthus
bogotensis, 191.
Antigonus
vasava, 152.
Antilocapra
americana, 22,
540.
Antilope
redunca, 307.
Aphendala
conspersa, 673.
Apopetres
phantasma, 414.
Apphadana
evulsalis, 681.
Appias
pf atm 669.
Apurima
bipunctifera, 690.
gratiosella, 690.
Apus
dukianus, 392.
Aquila
chrysaetos, 308.
Ara
ararauna, 310.
chloroptera, 310.
macao, 310,
maracana, 310.
Arctomys
sp. ine., 60.
bobac, 454.
caudatus, 453.
hemachalanus, 455,
454
himalayanus, 453.
hodgsoni, 453, 454.
marmotta, 305.
robustus, 453.
tibetanus, 453, 454.
Ardea
atricapilla, 39, 40.
chrysopelargus, D4.
garzetta, 316.
javanica, 39.
rutenbergi, 39, 40.
sacra, 577.
scapularis, 39.
sinensis, 577.
virescens, 39.
Ardetta
cinnamomea, 15.
Argyrodes
abscissa, 328, 342,
343
afinis, 336, 337, 342,
343.
Argyrodes
amboinensis, 331, 332,
342, 343.
amplifrons,
339, 342, 344.
antipodiana, 327.
argentata, 325, 327,
342, 343.
bicornis, 384, 342, 343.
cognata, 326.
concinna, 322, 342,
34
3.
epeire, 321, 322, 323,
325, 327, 328, 336,
Sp ai
felix, 340, 342, 344.
Jissifrons, 329, 330, 331,
342, 343.
flavescens, 321, 342,
343.
infelix, 340, 342, 344.
aloe e oy 329, 330,
331, 342, 343.
jucunda, 326, 342, 343.
lugens, 323, 327, 342,
343.
minax, 336, 3387, 342,
343.
nasuta, 333, 342, 343.
naphsle, 3
342, 343.
nigra, "341, 342, 344.
obtusa, 335, 337, 338,
339, 342, 344.
procrastinans, 329, 330,
342, 348.
rostrata, 325, 342,
samoensis, 323, 342,
348
seintillulana, 320, 332,
343
sextuberculata, 335,
342, 344.
ululans, 336, 337, 339,
Arion
austenianus, 108.
hortensis, 108.
rufus, 290, 296.
Arremon
nigriceps, 196.
Arrenga
melanura, 16.
Artaxa
varians, 673.
Artibeus
planirostris, 465.
quadrivittatus, 465.
(Uroderma) dilobatus,
396.
335, 337,
24, 325, 326,
INDEX.
Arvicola
arvalis, 63, 64.
guentheri, 62, 63.
leucura, 62, 64.
micrurus, 62.
mystacinus, 62.
nivalis, 64.
socialis, 62.
stoliczkanus, 64.
syriacus, 62.
Asopia
decoloralis, 682.
hipponalis, 683.
tolealis, 683
lydialis, 682.
ornatalis, 683.
rufipicta, 682.
vulgalis, 682.
Asphera
basalis, 601, 609.
decemmaculata, 602,
609.
tomentosa, 601, 609.
Aspicela
albomarginata, 600,
609
discoidalis, 600,
9,
609.
rugosa, 600, 609.
cretacea, 600, 609,
Assara
albicostalis, 689.
Astroides
calicularis, 27.
Astur
macrocelides, 621.
Ateles
ater, 302.
geoffroyi, 634,
paniscus, 642.
Atelornis
crossleyi, 468,
472.
Athene
noctua, 309.
Atteva
niveiguita, 690.
Atticora
cyanoleuca, 192.
Aulocera
brahminus, 147.
werang, 147.
Austenia
cinerea, 298.
gs. 294, 298,
minuta, 298.
resplendens, 298.
salia, 298.
solida, 298.
venusta, 298.
723
Australica
violacea, 171, 182.
Automolus
dorsalis, 158.
pallidigularis, 158.
Azeca
tridens, 665.
Azinis
hilarella, 691.
Badera
prodigilla, 687.
Balznoptera
rostrata, 358.
Balearica
chrysopelargus, 94.
pavonica, 93.
pavonina, 316.
regulorum, 93,94, 316.
Barbus
canius, 225.
diplocheilus, 226.
gelius, 225.
milesi, 225, 228, 231.
sarana, 230.
terio, 225, 229, 231.
tieto, 230.
tor, 225, 228, 230,
231.
Barilius
vagra, 230.
Basileuterus
nigricristatus, 191.
trefasciatus, 191.
Bassaricyon
allent, 393, 397, 398,
399.
gabbi, 397, 398, 399.
Belenois
mesentina, 409, 415.
Berardius
arnouxi, 237.
Bernicla
antarctica, 504.
brenta, 317, 502, 534.
canadensis, 317, 501,
502.
eyanoptera, 502, 534.
dispar, 503.
hutchinsi, 502.
inornata, 503.
Jubata, 499, 504, 535.
leucopsis, 317, 500,
501.
magellanica, 502, 503.
melanoptera, 5
nigricans, 502.
poliocephala, 503.
rubidiceps, 503.
ruficollis, 502.
sandvicensis, 504, 535.
‘
724
Bessonornis
humeralis, 490.
Bhringa
remifer, 14.
Bibos
frontalis, 588.
Bison
americanus, 308.
Biziura
lobata, 529, 535.
Boarmia
inconclusa, 686.
Bolborhynchus
aurifrons, 211.
monachus, 310.
Boselaphus
pictus, 307.
Botia
geto, 229, 231.
Botys
coclesalis, 685.
damoalis, 685.
egenalis, 683.
iolealis, 683.
pruindis, 686.
stultalis, 685.
thysalis, 686.
tropicalis, 685.
Brachyurus
calvus, 638, 646, 647.
israelita, 644, 645.
melanocephalus, 638,
645.
ouakari, 644, 645.
rubicundus, 627, 634,
635, 636, 638, 641,
644, 646, 647.
Bradypus
infuscatus, 402.
Branta
rufina, 524.
Brissus
carinatus, 34,
unicolor, 34.
Buarremon
assimilis, 196, 197,
198.
brunneinucha, 197,
198.
chrysopogon, 198.
inornatus, 198,
latinuchus, 197.
taczanowski, 197.
torquatus, 197, 198.
tricolor, 197.
virenticeps, 198.
Bubalornis
niger, 491.
Bubo
magellanicus, 211.
maximus, 309.
INDEX.
Bubo
virginianus, 211, 309.
Bubulcus
coromandus, 15.
Bucephala
albeola, 527.
Bucorvus
abyssinicus, 313.
Bufo
agua, 559.
angusticeps, 546, 547,
564, 566.
arabicus, 558, 557.
boulengeri, 548, 553,
554.
calamita, 547, 548, 549,
550, 551, 552, 5538,
554, 555, 556, 557,
559, 565, 566.
carens, 547, 567.
cinereus, 560, 564, 569,
Bye
colchicus, 569.
commutatus, 569.
cruciatus, 547.
cursor, 547.
gargarizans, 569.
gartepensis, 564, 565,
566.
griseus, 569.
guineensis, 560, 568,
564.
hemprichii, 553.
japonicus, 569, 571.
maculatus, 560.
mauritanicus, 546, 557,
559, 560, 568, 564,
574.
melanostictus, 559.
nubicus, 560, 564.
olivaceus, 621.
palmarum, 569.
pantherinus, 557, 560,
563, 564, 566.
raddei, 547, 549, 5d1,
555, 556.
regularis, 547, 5
568, 564, 567, 5
574.
roeselii, 569.
rubeta, 569.
schreberianus, 558.
spinosus, 560, 563, 569.
taitanus, 547, 5738.
terrestris, 569.
terrestris fetidus, 547.
tuberosus, 547, 564,
572, 573.
variabilis, 553.
ventricosus, D69.
vertebralis, 567.
Bufo
viridis, 546, 547, 548,
549, 551, 552, 553,
555, 556, 557, 558,
559, 564, 574.
vulgaris, 547, 561, 569,
571, 572.
vulgaris japonicus, 569,
571.
Buliminus
(Chondrula) miso, 124.
(——) quadridens, 123.
(——) quadridens, var.
prolixa, 128.
Bulimus
cinereus, 124.
kirkti, 217, 346.
magilensis, 217, 219.
niloticus, 345.
obesus, 217.
ovoidea, 217.
punctatus, 217.
(Buliminus) ptychawis,
346, ay Be
(Pachnodus) dracken-
bergensis, 615.
(Stenogyra) linearis,
616
= turriformis, 615.
Buteo
vulgaris, 308.
Cacatua
cristata, 309.
galerita, 309.
leadbeateri, 309.
moluccensis, 309.
ophthalmica, 67.
Ceecilianella
acicula, 135.
eburnea, 135.
liesvillei, 185.
mauriana, 135.
* merimeana, 136.
Cairina
moschata, 511.
Calamoherpe
syrinx, 574, 575.
Callerebia
annada, 147, 148.
hybrida, 147.
nirmala, 147, 148.
scanda, 148.
Callichrous
bimaculatus, 226,
checkra, 226.
egertontt, 225.
pabda, 225, 231.
vittatus, 225,
Calliste
cyaneiventris, 146.
Calliste
festiva, 146.
melanonota, 146.
nigriviridis, 146, 194.
thoracica, 146.
tricolor, 146.
Callithrix
amicta, 634, 636.
cuprea, 394.
Callocephalon
galeatum, 309.
Caloramphus
hayi, 14.
Calorhinus
ursinus, 443.
Calornis
pacificus, 576.
Calotes
versicolor, 620.
Calyptomena
viridis, 381, 388.
Calyptorhynchus
funereus, 77.
Oamelus
bactrianus, 306.
dromedarius, 306.
Camptolemus
labradoricus, 528.
Campylorhynchus
balteatus, 190.
fasciatus, 190,
Cancrophagus
gutturalis, 491.
Canis
alpinus, 274, 275.
antarcticus, 248, 250,
253, 266, 267, 273,
286.
anthus, 248, 258, 255,
266, 272, 276, 277,
286.
argentatus, 248,
261, 265, 288.
aureus, 53, 248,
255, 256, 261,
276, 277, 286.
azare, 238, 240,
256, 256, a 266,
267, 268, 274, 288.
bengalenss, 265, 266,
272.
Lorbonidus, 280.
brachyotus, 71.
brasiliensis, 255, 264.
caama, 248, 261, 264,
265, 266.
cancrivorus, 248, 258,
254, 255, 259, 261,
INDEX.
263, 266, 267, 268,
270, 272, 280, 285,
286, 287.
Canis
chanco, 278, 279,
cinereo-argentatus, 248,
250, 251, 253, 261,
264, 265.
corsac, 264, 265, 266.
dingo, 248, 249.
domesticus, 248, 253.
dukhunensis, 274,
275.
famelicus, 248.
filholi, 281.
fulvicaudus, 266.
fulvipes, 252, 254, 266
267, 270, 288.
fulvus, 248, 265.
griseus, 268.
hodophylax, 274.
jubatus, 248, 253, 262,
266, 267.
lagopus, 248, 265.
laniger, 253, 278, 279.
lateralis, 276, 277, 450.
latrans, "248, 266, 267,
272, 273, 286.
littoralis, 248, 249, 250,
251, 252, 253, 261,
264, 265, 266, 288.
lupus, 53, 248, 249,
250, 258, 255, 260,
261, 272, 274, 278,
279, 286, 288, 304.
magellanicus, 248, 249,
266, 267, 268, 273.
megamastoides, 280.
mesomelas, 239, 264,
276, 277, 286.
niloticus, 248, 265.
nippon, 274.
occidentalis, 273.
pallipes, 278, 279.
primevus, 71, 248, 274,
275, 276.
procyonoides, 253, 259,
262, 273.
rudis, 266, 267.
rutilans, 274.
simensis, 248, 266, 276,
277
sumatrensis, 248, 274,
+
70.
velox, ae 261, 264,
265, 2
vetulus, 561, 266, 267,
virginianus, 250, 265.
vulpes, 53, 238, 241,
242, 243, 244, 245,
246, 247, 248, 261,
265, 288.
Canis
zerda, 248, 250, 260,
261, 262, 264, 265,
272, 288.
Capra
egagrus, 55,
Jjemlaica, 186.
Capreolus
caprea, 55.
Carbo
africanoides, 491.
Cardinalis
virgimanus, 313.
Cariacus
rufinus, 393.
(Coassus) nemorivagus,
400.
( ) rufinus, 400.
Carollia
brevicauda, 395.
Carpophaga
enea, 1,
oceanica, 576.
Casarca
leucoptera, 512.
rutila, 511.
tadornoides, 512.
Castor
Jiber, 60, 305.
Casuarius
bennetti, 27, 493.
galeatus, 315,
Cataclysta
elutalis, 683.
fraterna, 683.
nympha, 683.
ornatalis, 688.
seapunctalis, 684.
tolumnialis, 684.
Catamenia
inornata, 199.
Catephia
dubia, 678.
Cathartes
atratus, 308,
Catopsilia
chryseis, 669.
Cebus
apella, 643, 644.
capucinus, 302, 684,
642, 643, 644.
Celeus
spectabilis, 161.
tinnunculus, 161.
torquatus, 161.
Centropus
rufipennis, 469.
Cephalophus
mergens, 307.
726
Ceratamma
hobsoni, 689.
Ceratophrys
ornata, 648.
Ceratorhinus
sumatrensis, 69.
Cercocebus
collaris, 301.
fuliginosus, 301.
Oercoleptes
caudivolvulus, 897, 400.
Cercopithecus
griseoviridis, 301.
mona, 301. 3
rrhonotus, 639,
ele 301.
Cereopsis
nove-hollandie, 317,
497, 535.
Cerotoma
deyrollei, 606.
trifasciata, 606, 609.
Certhiola
magnirostris, 193.
Certhilauda
semitorquata, 491.
Cervulus
muntjac, 306.
Cervus
aristotelis, 307, 452.
axis, 307.
canadensis, 807.
dama, 54, 306.
elaphus,
306, 42)
equinus, 452.
luehdorfi, 420, 451.
poreinus, 307.
avanthopygus, 420.
Ceryle
cabanisi, 210.
Cherocampa
alecto, 670.
cretica, 411, 415,
oldenlandie, 670.
theylia, 670.
Cheetocercus
bombus, 206.
Cheetura
caudacuta, 1.
Chalcophana
buckleyi, 593, 608.
dimidiana, 593,
608.
effulgens, 593, 608.
role, 593, 608.
Chaleoplacis
rufiventris, 591, 608.
Chamzleo
pumilus, 188.
vulgaris, 188.
54, 95, 98,
INDEX.
| Ohameepelia
passerina, 314.
talpacoti, 314.
Chamzza
nobilis, 155.
| Charadrius
fulvus, 576.
minutus, 38.
pusillus, 38.
Charaxes
affinis, 148.
baya, 148.
watti, 148, 152.
| Chasmina
glabra, 675.
Chaulelasmus
conesi, 520.
streperus, 519, 534.
Chela
bacaila, 225, 230.
Chelys
JSimbriata, 648.
matamata, 648.
Chen
albatus, 501.
cerulescens, 501.
Chenalopex
egyptiaca, 317, 498,
534.
jubata, 499.
Chilo
chrysographella, 690,
Chiroderma
salvini, 465.
Chlamydophorus
truncatus, 8, 11.
Chloéphaga
canagica, 501.
magellanica, 502.
poliocephala, 503.
rubidiceps, 503.
Chloronerpes
callonotus, 209.
fumigatus, 209.
Ohlorophonia
viridis, 145, 1416.
Chlorospingus
berlepschi, 195.
castaneicollis, 195, 196.
superciliaris, 195.
Cholcepus
didactylus, 402.
hoffmanni, 402.
Cholopus
didactylus, 305.
Chondrostoma
aculeatum, 227.
wattanah, 226.
Chrysomitris
capitalis, 199.
columbiana, 199,
Chrysophanus
kasyapa, 149.
phiwas, 408.
stygianus, 408, 415.
timeus, 408.
Chrysophlegma
mystacalis, 16.
Chrysoptilus
abingoni, 491.
atricollis, 209.
bennettii, 491.
Chrysothrix
entomophaga, 395.
lunulata, 395.
nigrivittata, 395.
seiurea, 303, 395.
Chrysotis
bodini, 23.
celigena, 68.
dufresniana, 68.
erythrura, 23.
leucocephala, 311.
vittata, 311,
Chthoneis
apicalis, 608, 609.
Ciconia
alba, 316.
nigra, 316.
Cidaris
variegata, 37.
Cinnyris
mariquensis, 491.
talatala, 491.
Cirrhina
latia, 225, 226, 229,
230, 231.
mrigala, 230.
reba, 230.
Cirrochrista
etherialis, 690.
brizoalis, 690.
Cissopis
leveriana, 146.
Cisticola
hypoxantha, 624.
ruficeps, 66,
Clanculus
bicarinatus, 419, 420.
Clangula
albicola, 527.
glaucion, 527, 584.
aslandica, 527.
Clathurella
bicolor, 416.
erassina, 416, 420.
rufozonata, 415,
Clausilia
bizarellina, 101.
paulucciana, 132, 142.
punctata, 101.
solida, 100, 101, 131.
i Ai
Clausilia
viriata, 101.
(Delima) punetata,
131.
) viriata, 131.
(Iphigenia), sp., 132.
bizarellina,
132.
(Papillifera) solida,
131.
Ceeligena
warszewicet, 204.
Ceelogenys
paca, 401.
Coelomera
buckleyi, 606, 609.
cajennensis, 607, 609.
ruficollis, 607, 609.
violaceipennis, 607.
Colaptes
rupicola, 209,
stolzmanni, 209.
Colaspis
buckleyi, 591, 608,
609.
chlorites, 592, 608.
cruentata, 181.
foveicollis, 592, 608,
609.
fulvilabris, 592, 608.
lefevrei, 591.
nigripennis, 592, 608,
609.
Colaspoides
bicolor, 594.
cupreipemnis, 594,
608
elongatus, 595, 608.
Colias
edusa, 409.
erate, 409.
erate, var. pallida,
409
helichtha, 408.
hyale, 410.
hyale, var. sureptensis,
409
pallida, 409.
sareptensis, 409.
Coliphimus
concolor, 491.
Collocalia
sp., 67.
_ esculenta, 67.
Ffrancica, 14, 67.
Suciphaga, 67.
linchi, 67.
vanicorensis, 575.
Collonia
roseopunctata, 417,
420.
INDEX.
Colluricincla
rugensis, 575.
Colobus
angolensis, 68.
palliatus, 68.
Columba
leucocephala, 314.
Columbula
eruziana, 213.
Conchylodes
eriferalis, 684.
Conirostrum
sitticolor, 193.
Conoclypeus
anachoreta, 46.
leskii, 45, 47, 49.
sigsbet, 46, 47.
Oonothraupis
speculigera, 198.
Oontopus
punensis, 203.
Conurus
carolinensis, 310.
holochlorus, 310.
luteus, 310.
mitratus, 211.
Conus
albospira, 480, 485.
consanguineus, 478,
479, 485.
FSulvocinctus, 479.
neptunoides, 479, 485.
neptunus, 479.
taylorianus, 480, 485.
straturatus, 480.
Coracias
abyssinicus, 31, 32,
33.
caudatus, 31, 32, 33.
garrula, 467, 468, 472,
474,
indica, 468.
spatulatus, 31, 32, 33,
623.
Corbicula
africana, 618.
oliphantensis, 618, 619.
Corinea
emissella, 690.
impariguttata, 690.
niviguttella, 690.
Corvus
corax, 312.
orru, 65.
Corydon
sumatranus, 381, 382.
Corythaix
buffoni, 313.
persa, 313.
Cosmonetta
histrionica, 527.
727
Cosmophila
indica, 677.
Cotinga
porphyrolema, 155.
Coturnix
communis, 315.
textilis, 487.
Coua
gigas, 469, 470.
olivaceiceps, 469.
Crambomorpha
entella, 671.
Crambus
sabulinus, 689.
Craspedacusta
sowerbii, 454.
Crateropus
Jardinii, 490.
rax
globicera, 315.
Cricetus
accedula, 60, 61.
Srumentarius, 60.
nigricans, 60.
pheus, 61.
Crimissa
cruralis, 600, 609.
Criniger
gutturalis, 14.
Crithagra
brasiliensis, 311.
selbyii, 491.
Crocidura
leweodon, 51.
Crocodilus
palustris, 186.
Crossocheilus
rostratus, 226.
Crotophaga
sulcirostris, 210.
Cryptolechia
atropicta, 85.
contrariella, 85.
Cryptopterus
latovittatus, 225.
Cuculus
canorus, 469, 470,
Cyanocitta
cristata, 312.
Cyanocorax
cyanopogon, 312,
Cyclophorus
magilensts, 218, 219.
Cyclorhis
contrerast, 192.
Cyclostoma
elegans, 99, 100, 140,
141, 142.
kraussianwm, 617.
lutetianum, 99, 140,
141, 142,
728
Cyclostoma
physetum, 99, 101, 140,
141, 142.
subelegans, 142.
sulcatum, 140, 141.
zanguebaricum, 218.
Cyclothurus
didactylus, 403.
Cyclotus
alabastris, 619.
Cynalicus
melanogaster, 71.
Cynogale
venatica, 70.
Cygnus
americanus, 506.
atratus, 317, 507, 535.
bewicki, 507.
buccinator, 506.
coscoroba, 507.
davidi, 507.
ferus, 506.
immutabilis, 506.
minor, 507.
musicus, 506, 534.
nigricollis, 508.
olor, 317, 505, 506,
34.
Cymbirhynehus
macrorhynchus, 381,
382, 384,
Cymoriza
minima, 684.
Cynocephalus
anubis, 302.
babouin, 302.
hamadryas, 302.
leucopheus, 302.
sphinz, 302.
Cynodictis
azare, 281,
boriei, 281, 282.
cayluxi, 281.
crassidens, 281.
greyt, 281, 282.
intermedius, 281.
leptorhynchus, 281,
282.
vetulus, 281.
Cynopithecus
niger, 302.
Cyprea
decipiens, 452, 485.
thersites, 482, 483.
Cyprinus
gohama, 226.
sada, 226.
Cypselus
oT oem 14.
Cyrtophora
opuntie, 321.
INDEX,
Dacelo
gigantea, 313.
afila
acuta, 318, 515, 534.
bahamensis, 318, 516.
erythrorhyncha, 515,
534.
spinicauda, 515.
Damalis
egens, 672.
Danais_
chrysippus, 405.
ped 188, 185.
leonora, 183.
limniace, 183, 666,
669.
petiverana, 188.
plexippus, 405.
Danio
devario, 230.
Daphnella
fragilis, 416.
Daption
capensis, 164.
Dasyprocta
aguti, 305.
Dasypus
giganteus, 402.
gigas, 402.
maximus, 402.
Daudebardia
isseliana, 94, 102, 1438.
aubigena, 102.
rufa, 102.
Deilemera
evergista, 673.
maculata, 673.
mutabilis, 673.
Deilephila
cretica, 411.
dahlii, 412.
hippophaes, 412.
lathyrus, 412.
robertsi, 412, 415.
tithymali, 412.
Deiopeia
pulchella, 414, 671.
Delias
luzoniensis, 668, 669.
Dendrochelidon
mystaced, 6d.
Dendrocitta
sinensis, 312.
vagabunda, 312.
Dendrocyena
arborea, 509.
arcuata, 510, 584.
autumnalis, 509.
discolor, 509.
eytoni, 510, 535.
fulva, 508, 509, 510.
Dendrocyena
guttulata, 509, 534.
major, 510, 534.
vagans, 510, 534,
535.
viduata, 509, 584.
Dendrocygna
arborea, 509.
arcuata, 15, 510.
autumnalis, 509,
discolor, 509.
fulva, 509.
guttulata, 509.
major, 510.
vagans, 510,
viduata, 509.
Desmogramma
marginella, 600, 609.
Desmophyllum
cailleti, 42.
erista-galli, 42.
lamprotichum, 41, 42,
Deudorix
selira, 149,
Diabrotica
angulicollis, 604.
atriventris, 606, 609.
basalis, 605, 609.
dimidiata, 602, 609.
discoidalis, 603, 609.
divisa, 605.
eximia, 604.
flavonotata, 604, 609.
generosa, 605.
nigroplagiata, 604,
609.
puncticollis, 603, 609.
quadrimaculata, 605,
609.
regalis, 604.
translucida, 603, 609.
variolosa, 603, 609.
verrucosa, 603, 609.
Diadema
kezia, 667.
Diasemia
geometralis, 683.
Dicrurus
bimaensis, 15.
sumatranus, 15.
Dicte
coruscifasciella, 78
79
Didelphys
pe 403.
derbiana, 408,
murina, 403.
ornata, 403.
penicillatus, 459.
Diglossa
albilateralis, 198.
Diglossa
aterrima, 193.
personata, 193.
Diomedea
chlororhyncha, 165.
exulans, 165.
fuliginosa, 165.
Diphlogena
aurora, 204
warszewtczi, 204.
Diplopterus
nevius, 210.
Dircema
rufipennis, 607, 609.
Discognathus
lamta, 226.
Diucopis
speculigera, 198.
Docimastes
ensiferus, 204,
Doleschallia
comriez, 613.
dascon, 612, 613, 614.
dascylus, 612, 614.
Donacicola
spectabilis, 66,
Donyphora
albovirens, 597, 609.
alumna, 597.
ambigua, 597, 609.
batest, 596, 608.
buckleyi, 597, 608.
celsa, 596.
chapuisi, 597, 609.
connexa, 599, 609.
degaudei, 597, 609.
12-guttata, 598.
fabricii, 597, 609.
Festiva, 597, 609.
flavomarginata, 599,
flexuosa, 597, 609.
fulgora, 596, 608.
fulvicornis, 597, 609.
funebris, 597, 609.
hebe, 597, 609.
javeti, 597, 609.
marginicollis, 598, 609.
nympha, 597, 609.
pluviata, 597, 609.
princeps, 596, 608.
pulchella, 597.
punctatissima, 596,
rubropunctata, 596,
salvini, 598,
selecta, 599, 609.
sexguttata, 598, 609.
thomsoni, 597, 609.
trifasciata, 599.
vespertina, 597, 609.
INDEX.
Doththa
thermusalis, 682.
Dromzus
nove-hollandia, 315.
Drymocichla
incana, 626.
Dryotriorchis
spectabilis, 621
Dysithamnus
plumbeus, 158, 159.
subplumbeus, 158.
Dysporus
sula, 577.
Earias
insulana, 674.
Echinolampas
depressa, 46, 47, 357,
358.
hellei, 358.
orientalis, 357.
oviformis, 46, 47, 357,
358.
Echinus
carinutus, 34.
ovatus, 34.
unicolor, 34.
ventricosus, 222.
Eclectus
polychlorus, 65, 66.
Ectopistes
migratorius, 314.
Elainea
leucospodia, 203.
obscura, 203.
Elaphodus
michianus, 538.
Elephas
africanus, 306.
indicus, 306.
Elymnias
nigrescens, 667.
Elytrosphzra
Hlammigera, 600, 609.
Emballanura
semicaudata, 11.
Emberiza
impetuani, 491,
tahapist, 491.
Eminia
lepida, 625.
Ennea
anodon, 347.
crassilabris, 616, 619.
infans, 616, 619,
lata, 347, 352.
natalensis, 619.
papillifera, 347.
ujyiensis, 347, 352.
Epeira
ee 320.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1880, No. XLVIII.
—
Epinephele
davendra, 405.
hispulla, 406.
tnterposita, 405, 415.
pallescens, 406.
roxane, 405.
Epiodon
australis, 237.
chathamiensis, 236.
desmarestti, 237.
nove-zealandie, 236.
Equus
asinus, 2.
burchelli, 306.
caballus nanus, 306.
Ercheia
charon, 678.
eyllaria, 678.
fasifera, 678.
Erebia
kalinda, 147.
Ergolis
ariadne, 667, 670.
Erinaceus
europeus, 51,
Hriodes
frontatus, 302.
Erismatura
australis, 580, 535.
dominica, 530.
Serruginea, 530.
leucocephala, 530.
mocoa, 530, 534.
rubida, 530.
Erynnis
marrubti, 411.
Erythropygia
paena, 491.
pectoralis, 491.
Erythrura
prasina, 15.
trichroa, 576.
Esox
lucius, 448.
Kstrelda
lipiniana, 491.
sqguamifrons, 491.
Euchloé
daphalis, 151.
simplonia, 152.
venosa, 151, 152.
Euchromia
Ffraterna, 570.
orientalis, 670.
polymena, 670.
Eudocimus
ruber, 316.
Eudyoptis
pia Hs 685.
Eumelea
aureliata, 687.
48
730
Eumenis
thelephassa, 405.
Eumeta
pryeri, 674.
Eumolpus
prasinus, 594, 608.
surinamensis, 594,
608.
Euphonia
chlorotica, 146, 194,
312.
nigricollis, 194.
pectoralis, 146.
rufiventris, 146.
serrirostris, 194.
trinitatis, 146.
violacea, 144, 145,
146.
Eupithecia
sp. ine., 688.
implicata, 688.
tristrigosa, 688.
Euplea
letifica, 666, 669.
swinhoei, 666.
EKuplectes
afer, 313.
nigriventris, 476.
tuha, 491.
Euplocamus
vietlloti, 15.
Eupodotis
australis, 478.
denhami, 477.
edwardsi, 486.
Eurocephalus
anguitimens, 491.
Eurylemus
javanicus, 14, 381.
ochromelas, 381, 382,
383, 388.
Ruryope
batesi, 169.
minuta, Bee
nigripes, 169.
eee 169.
Eurystomus
gularis, 468.
Euscarthmus
fulviceps, 202.
Eusmerinthus
kindermanni, 418, 415.
Exanthemops
rosstt, 501.
Falco
feldegii, 449.
semitorquata, 490.
severus, 65.
Felis
caracal, 52.
INDEX.
Felis
catus, 52.
chaus, 52.
jubata, 52.
leo, 303.
lynz, 52.
macroura, 396.
pardalis, 396.
pardina, 52.
pardus, 51, 303, 358.
rufa, 380.
tigrina, 396.
tigris, 303.
tulliana, 51.
uneia, 51.
Ferussacia
abnormis, 1384, 135,
142, 665.
amblya, 133, 134.
barclayt, 664.
cylichna, 665.
olliculus, 134.
Sorbesit, 134.
gronoviana, 133, 134,
135, 142, 662, 664,
666.
hohenwarti, 665.
leacockiana, (65.
mitriformis, 664.
monodonta, 665.
procchia, 134.
procerula, O64.
pupeformis, 665,
subamblya, 133.
tornatellina, 665.
triticea, 664.
vescoi, 134.
Florisuga
mellivora, 204.
Fordonia
wnicolor, 648.
Foudia
erythrops, 312.
Fregata
aquila, 163.
Fregetta
melanogastra, 164.
Fringilla
nitens, 476.
Fuligula
affinis, 525.
americana, 526.
australis, 526, 535.
capensis, 526, 534.
collaris, 525.
cristata, 318, 524,
534.
ferina, 318, 525,
534.
marila, 525, 584.
meariloides, 525.
Fuligula
nationt, 526.
nove-zealandie, 527,
535.
nyroca, 526, 534.
rufina, 524, 533,
534.
valisneria, 526.
Fumarius
fasciatus, 190.
Gadirtha
impingens, 678.
Galago
moholi, 490.
Galictis
barbara, 396.
Gallinago
andina, 213.
Gallus
sonnerati, 315.
Ganoris
mannii, 411.
Garrulus
glandarius, 312.
Gazella
dama, 307.
dorcas, 55, 307.
subgutturosa, 5d.
Gecinus
viridis, 210.
Genetta
vulgaris, 53, 304.
Geobiastes
squamigera, 479.
Geopelia
striata, 314.
Geositta
tenuirostris, 200.
Geothlypis
equinoctialis, 191.
poliocephala, 191.
Geotrygon
frenata, 213.
Gerbillus
brantsii, 490.
erythrurus, 60, 64.
paeba, 490.
Geronticus
calvus, 356.
comatus, 356.
Girasia
burtit, 294.
brunnea, 294, 299.
erocea, 294.
extranea, 291.
293, 295,
297.
hookeri, 291, 292, 294,
297, 299.
magnifica, 294, 298.
Girasia
nagaensis, 294.
peguensis, 294.
problematica, 292.
radha, 294.
rutellum, 291.
shillongensis, 293, 294,
298, 299.
Glyphodes
bivitralis, 684.
itisalis, 684, 685.
lacteata, 685.
malayana, 684.
zelimalis, 685.
Glyphostoma
paucimaculata, 416,
420.
Godara
comalis, 686.
Gonorhynchus
brevis, 226.
Simbriatus, 226.
macrostomus, 226.
Grallaria
albiloris, 201.
dignissima, 160.
ruficapilla, 161, 201.
squamigera, 161.
Grammodes
ammonia, 679.
mygdon, 679.
Graphiurus
capensis, 40.
Grus
americana, 315.
antigone, 315.
reguiorum, 93.
Gubernatrix
cristatella, 313.
Gygis
alba, 577.
candida, 162,
163.
Gymnorhina
leuconota, 312.
yps
fulvus, 308.
Heematopus
ostralequs, 316.
Halcyon
sancta, 69.
Halia
priamus, 665.
Haliaetus
leucocephalus, 308.
Halmaturus
bennetti, 305.
Hapale
Jjacchus, 308.
pygmed, 395,
INDEX.
Haplocheilus
panchaxr, 230.
Harelda
glacialis, 527.
Helianthea
aurora, 204.
Helicarion
auriforme, 298.
bensoni, 298.
birmanicum, 298.
cassida, 298.
christiane, 298.
cuviert, 291.
edgarianum, 298.
extraneum, 298.
Slemingianum, 298.
gigas, 294.
heteroconcha, 298.
trradians, 298.
layardi, 298.
membranaceum, 298.
monticola, 298.
ovatum, 298.
planospira, 298.
prestans, 298.
resplendens, 294,
scutella, 298.
tennentiz, 298.
theobaldi, 291.
verrucosum, 298.
Heliochera
rubrocristata, 208.
Heliothis
armigera, 676.
succinea, 676.
Heliotrypha
viola, 205, 206.
micraster, 205.
Helix
@desima, 110.
alticola, 120.
ancone, 101, 115, 117,
118.
arbustorum, 290.
aspersa, 100, 101, 140,
290, 291.
benneti, 110.
bensoni, 292.
candidula, 122, 128.
cantiana, 117.
carthusiana, 117.
cemenclea, 101, 117,
118,
cespitum, 100, 101, 120,
121, 140.
ciliata, 118.
cingulata, 115.
colorata, 110, 116.
concreta, 119.
crassilabris, 119.
crassior, 110,
~I
ive)
—_
Helix
crimoda, 119.
delacourti, 118.
diega, 101, 118,
119.
dismasthia, 120.
Serneri, 120.
galloprovincialis, 117.
globosus, 619.
grimaldiensis, 1138.
quevarriana, 118.
hortensis, 290.
illuvinosa, 123.
alluviosa, 123.
kooringensis, 419.
lactea, 110,
lubrica, 665.
lucasi, 110.
lucida, 106.
luteofasciata, 123,
major, 123.
maritima, 122.
maureliana, V4.
mentonica, 110.% (27
minor, 123. :
monaecensis, 108.
moutoni, 118, 119.
mozambicensis, 216.
nemoralis, 101,110, 111,
112.
niciensis, 97, 98,
101.
obvoluta, 101.
edesima, 111.
olivoluta, 101.
paretiana, 99, 100,
105, 108, 110, 112,
1138, 116, 120, 121,
133, 139, 140, 141,
142.
planospira, 114.
pomatia, 290.
primitiva, 115, 116,
Oe
pyramidata, 123.
ramoriniana, 98.
robusta, 114,
rubella, 117.
silveri, 419.
spanias, 112.
speluncarum, 116.
subarenarum, 121.
subfossilis, 118.
subnemoralis, 112.
symmetrica, 614,
619..
telonensis, 118, 119.
terveri, 121.
turricula, 139.
usambarica,
219.
216,
732
Helix
ventricosa, 119.
ventrosus, 119.
vermicularia, 109.
vermiculata, 100, 113,
140.
williamsiana, 110.
zanguebarica, 217,
219.
zonata, 114.
(Ampelita) pereyana,
485.
(Campylea) cingulata,
101, 145.
(aay maureliana,
114.
(——) ramoriniana,
(Cochicella) acuta,
HID:
pi, barbara, 119.
(Hupeyeha) pisana,
(Frativicola) ancone,
117.
(——) cemenelea, 117.
( ) ciliata, 118.
( ) cinetella, 118.
(——) diega, 119.
(——-) gelida, 118.
(——) moutoni, 118.
) telonensis, 119.
(Gonostoma) obvoluta,
108.
(Macularia) niciensis,
(eas vermiculata,
113
(Patula) abietina, 108.
(——) pygmea, 108.
( ) rupestris, 108.
(Pella) planti, 614.
(Pomatia) aperta, 113.
( ) aspersa, 112.
(Rhagada) bordaensis,
419, 420.
(Tachea) bennetiana,
INDEX.
Helix
(Xerophila) pseuden-
halia, 122.
(——) pyramidata,
123.
(
12
(> terrestris, 122.
(—— ¢erveri, 121,
) sclera, 121.
) subcespitum,
0,
(—-) unifasciata, 123.
( ) variabilis, 122.
Helotarsus
ecaudatus, 308.
Hemipus
intermedius, 16.
picatus, 16.
Heniconetta
stelleri, 527.
Herpestes
ichneumon, 53, 304.
widdringtoni, 288.
Herpsilochmus
Frater, 159.
Hesperia
bada, 669.
bevani, 669.
democritus, 667.
malvarum, yar. mar-
rubii, 411.
matthias, 669.
plinius, 667.
strabo, 667.
Hesperomys
angouya, 696.
couest, 696.
panamensis, 11.
swumichrasti, 696.
Heterocercus
aurantiivertex, 157.
flavivertex, 157.
Heteronetta
melanocephala, 520.
Heterophasia
simillima, 16.
Hipparchia
diffusa, 147.
parisatis, 405.
Holochilus
sp. inc., 401.
Holopneustes
porosissimus, 439.
purpurascens, 439.
Homodes
thermesioides, 680.
Homopheeta
affinis, 173.
albofasciata, \74.
biteniatus, 173, 182.
militaris, 172, 173.
Hoplites
auriformis, 292,
heteroconcha, 292.
magnificus, 992,
peguensis, 292.
resplendens, 292.
solidus, 292.
Hyena
striata, 53, 303.
Hyalina
sp. inc., 107.
blauneri, 106, 107.
blondiana, 105, 106.
cellaria, 106.
eugyrus, 101, 106.
fodereana, 106,
107.
glabra, 105.
herculea, 100, 104.
leopoldiana, 104.
lucida, 106, 107.
maceana, 101, 106,
107.
macrobiota, 104.
mentonica, 107,
142.
olivetorum, 100.
paretiana, 104.
planorbioides, 106.
subincerta, 104.
ville, 106.
(Retinella) herculea,
104,
(——) likes, 105.
( ) olivetorum, 104,
(——) mentonica, 109. semele, 147. (Vitrea) tenebreria,
(——) nemoralis, 112. thelephassa, 405. 107.
(——) edesima, 110. Hipponoé Hydrillodes
( ) paretiana, 108, sardica, 35. indistincta, 681.
(——) williamsiana, Hirundo Hydrocampa
111. albiventris, 193. aquatilis, 685.
(Xerophila) cespitum, caudacuta, 1, Hydrocissa
120. eiris, 1. convexa, 14.
iets conspureata, leucopygia, 192. Hylophilus
128. Histrionicus Suscicapillus, 155.
(—— ) lineata, 122. torquatus, 527. semibrunneus, 155.
(—) neglecta, 122. Holacanthus Hymenia
(——) paladithi, 122. tricolor, 23, 356. aacigli 683.
Hymenolzmus
malacorhynchus, 527,
535.
Hypena
Seana 681.
subviolacea, 681.
Hyphantornis
personata, 313.
Hypochera
nigerrima, 476.
nitens, 312, 475.
Hypochroma
ruginaria, 686.
Hypochrysia
re 204.
Hypocnemis
lepidonota, 160.
pecilonota, 160.
stellata, 160.
theresa, 160.
Hypolimnas
+ ee 667.
misippus, 667.
Hyponomeuta
assamensis, 691.
circumdatellus, 691.
lapidellus, 86, 93.
multipunctella, 84, 85.
ordinatellus, 84.
Hypotenidia
striata, 15.
Hypoxanthus
brevirostris, 209.
Hypsa
eke, 672.
zebrina, 672.
Hypsiprymuus
ona: 305.
Hystrix
cristata, 64, 305.
Tanthocincla
lugubris, 15.
bis
ethiopica, 316.
Ichneumon
cauui, 490.
ratlamuchi, 490.
Icterus
mesomelas, 200.
Teticyon
crassivultus, '71.
major, 70.
venaticus, 70, 253, 268,
269, 288.
Ictonyx
zorilla, 53.
Idmais
tripuncta, 149.
Tlerda
androcles, 149.
INDEX.
Tlerda
sena, 149.
tamu, 149.
Incurvaria
solenobiella, 82, 92.
Trideria
exotica, 350.
nilotica, 350.
Ischiopachys
bicolor, 591, 608.
fulgidipennis, 591,
608.
Txias
agniverna, 150.
dharmsale, 150, 151,
152
Srequens, 151, 152.
marianne, 150.
watti, 151, 152.
Ixidia
leucogrammica, 15.
squamata, 14.
Jartheza
chrysographella, 690.
simplex, 690.
Katha
immaculata, 671.
intermiata, 671.
Labeo
ceruleus, 229, 230.
calbasu, 230.
diplostomus, 225, 229,
230, 231.
dyocheilus, 229, 230,
231.
rohita, 230.
sindensis, 230.
Lactica
macula, 172.
Lzemanotus
longipes, 188.
Lafresnaya
gayi, 204.
Lagoptera
dotata, 679.
Lagothrix
humboldti, 634,
infumata, 394.
Lama
peruana, 306.
Lamellaria
ophione, 416.
Lampides
betica, 406, 407.
enejus, 407.
contracta, 406, 407,
415.
democritus, 667, 669.
Lampides
dipora, 149.
galba, 407.
plinius, 667.
strabo, 667.
varunana, 667.
Lamprocolius
chalybeus, 311.
Lamprolenis
nitida, 611, 614.
Lampronetta
Jischert, 528.
Lampronia
oregonella, 91, 93.
rubiella, 92.
tripunctella, 92, 93.
Lamprosoma
cyaneum, 167.
guatemalensis, 168.
tgnicolle, 167.
politum, 168.
scintillans, 168.
speciosum, 168.
violaceum, 167.
Lamprotornis
eneus, 311.
Laniarius
atrococcineus, 623.
atrocroceus, 623.
Lanistes
farleri, 219.
Laphygma
bi facta, 676.
Larus
argentatus, 318,
canus, 318.
eburneus, 538.
marinus, 318.
ridibundus, 318.
Latirus
craticulatus, 482.
nagasakiensis, 482,
85
varicosus, 482.
Leadbeatera
warszewicei, 204.
Leda
patagonica, 351.
Lema
bipartita, 589.
cincta, 588.
degaudet, 589.
jlavicornis, 589, 608.
limbatipennis, 588.
semicyanea, 588, 608,
609.
viridana, 588, 608.
Lemur
albifrons, 803.
brunneus, 303.
leucomystax, 451.
734
Lemur
macaco, 451.
mongoz, 303.
nigerrimus, 451.
czanthomystax, 303.
varius, 308.
Leptoptila
rufaxilla, 212.
Leptoptilus
crumeniferus, 316.
Leptosoma
anthracinum, 672.
arcuatum, 6738.
assimile, 672.
clathratum, 673.
coleta, 6738.
discolor, 465.
flavescens, 6738.
herklotsti, 672.
inconstans, 673.
latistriga, 673.
leucostigma, 673.
luctuosum, 673.
ludekingii, 673.
macklotti, 6738.
marginale, 673.
miilleri, 673.
noviespunctatum, 673.
nubecula, 673.
pallens, 673,
quadriguttatum, 673.
scalarium, 6738.
Leptotarsis
eytoni, 510.
Lepus
caspicus, 64.
europeus, 6A.
syriacus, 64.
Lepyrodes
geometralis, 683.
Lesbia
gouldi, 206.
gracilis, 206.
Leucania
extranea, 675.
inferens, 674, 675.
insularis, 674.
loreyi, 674.
percussa, 674.
Leucochroa
candidissima, 100,
108.
Leucolia
pelzelni, 208.
Leucopternis
plumbea, 155.
Licmetis
tenuirostris, 76, 309.
Limax
sp. inc., 102, 103.
agrestis, 102.
INDEX.
Limax
(Krynickillus) mento-
nicus, 103.
( ) niciensis, 103.
Limenitis
trivena, 148.
Limicolaria
cailliaudi, 346.
nilotica, 345.
sennaariensis, 346.
Limnza
natalensis, 617, 619.
Limnocodium
victoria, 454.
Limonidromus
indicus, 15.
Limosa
melanura, 316.
Linaria
atrogularis, 491.
gularis, 491.
Liothrix
luteus, 311.
Liotia
crassibasis, 484, 485.
Lissotriton
punctatus, 544.
Lithoglyphus
zonatus, 344, 350.
Lonchoglossa
wiedi, 464.
Lovea
tornatellina, 132, 663.
Loxia
lathami, 491.
Lupus
pallipes, 278.
Lutra
vulgaris, 54, 304.
Lycena
argus, 407, 408.
ariana, 149.
bracteata, 407, 415.
tcarus, 407.
tcarus, var. persica,
407.
indica, 668, 669.
persica, 407.
sangra, 668.
Lycaon
pictus, 73, 248, 355.
Lymantria
bhascara, 673.
Macacus
cynomolgus, 301.
erythreus, 302.
inuus, 302.
leoninus, 587.
nemestrinus, 302.
radiatus, 301.
Macacus
rhesus, 588.
silenus, 302.
tcheliensis, 537, 538.
Machetes
pugnax, 316.
Macrochlamys
decussata, 297.
honesta, 289.
Macroglossa
nigrifasciata, 670.
stellatarum, 403.
Macroscelides
brachyrhynchus, 490.
intufi, 490.
Macularia
vermiculata, 100.
Majaqueus
equinoctialis, 164.
Malaconotus
australis, 490.
similis, 490.
Malacorhynchus
membranaceus, 524,
535.
Malacosoma
obsoletum, 607, 609.
olivaceum, 607, 609.
Mamestra
dolorosa, 676.
Mareca
albogularis, 519.
americana, 514.
castanea, 518.
chiloensis, 514.
penelope, 318, 514, 534.
sibilatrix, 514.
Margaronia
brizoalis, 690.
pomonalis, 685.
Margarornis
squamigera, 201.
Marmaronetta
angustirostris, 520,
538, 584.
Martes
foina, 58.
sylwatica, 53.
Maruca
aquatilis, 685.
Mastacembelus
armatus, 225, 230, 231.
Mastostethus
buckleyi, 589, 608.
chontalensis, 166.
modestus, 589, 608,
609.
rogersi, 166.
suavis, 590, 608.
thoracicus, 589, 608.
vicinus, 166.
Megaderma
cor, 462.
frons, 461, 462.
gigas, 420, 461,
465.
lyra, 461.
spasma, 461, 462.
Megalopterus
australis, 491.
Megalopus
armatus, 591, 608.
Megalotis
australis, 491.
verticalis, 491.
Megalurus
interscapularis, 65.
Melania
ferruginea, 219.
nassa, 344, 348.
zanguebarensis, 219,
Melanitis
amabilis, 610.
leda, 666.
Meleagris
ocellata, 537.
Meles
tavus, 53, 304.
Melita
balbita, 149.
didyma, 406.
persea, 406.
robertst, 406, 415.
Merganetta
armata, 530.
leucogenys, 531.
turner, 531.
Merganser
australis, 581.
Mergus
albellus, 531.
australis, 531, 535.
castor, 531.
cucullatus, 531.
merganser, 531.
octosetaceus, 532.
serrator, 531, 534.
Merops
philippinus, 14.
Merula
libonyana, 490.
litsitsirupa, £90.
obscura, 490.
Mespilia
globulus, 434.
Messaras
erymanthis, 667.
Metabolus
rugensis, 574, 575.
Metallura
smaragdinicollis,
207.
INDEX.
* Metaxyonycha
lefevrei, 591, 608.
rufolimbata, 181.
Metopiana
peposaca, 24.
Metopoceros
cornutus, 648.
Micra
derogata, 677.
Microcyphus
maculatus, 426.
zigzag, 426.
Microglossa
aterrima, 309.
Micronia
aculeata, 688.
gannata, 688.
Micropteryx
aurosparsella, 83, 92.
calthella, 84.
luteiceps, 83.
pardella, 83, 92.
pomivorella, 88.
unimacilella, 84.
Midas
illigeri, 395.
nigrifrons, 395.
Milax
n. sp., 103.
sp. ine., 103.
carinata, 103.
gagates, 108.
Miltochrista
sinica, 671.
Milvus
govinda, 14.
Mimus
longicaudatus, 190.
| Mirafra
africana, 491.
africanoides, 491.
sabota, 491.
Mitua
salvini, 155.
tuberosa, 315.
Modiana
scitivittalis, 689.
| Molossus
abrasus, 395.
Molothrus
purpurascens, 191, 197.
200.
| Monocesta
dimidiata, 607, 609.
splendida, 608.
Monticola
saxatilis, 311.
Munia
forbesi, 66.
hemimelena, 66.
malacca, 312.
735
| Munia
melena, 65, 66.
Murex
(Pteronotus) bednalli,
418, 419.
Mus
abbotti, 61.
bactrianus, 61, 62.
concha, 490.
decumanus, 11, 61.
exulans, 11, 138.
huegeli, 12, 13.
lehocla, 490.
major, 62.
marikguensis, 490.
minutus, 62.
musculus, 61.
mystacinus, 62.
pachycercus, 62.
rattus, 61.
sylvaticus, 62.
tomak, 62.
vitiensis, 13.
wagnert, 62.
Musecardinus
avellanarius, 40,
Muscicapa
Suscula, 626.
infulata, 626.
Musophaga
violacea, 313.
Mustela
putorius, 396.
sarmatica, 53.
vulgaris, 53.
Mutela
exotica, 345, 350.
Mycalesis
drusia, 667.
melanopis, 610, 614.
mineus, 667, 669.
mucia, 610,
orseis, 611.
Mycetes
niger, 393, 394.
palliatus, 394.
seniculus,394, 631, 642,
stramineus, 394.
Myiagra
albiventris, 576.
oceanica, 574, 575.
pluto, 576.
Myiarchus
nigriceps, 203.
semirufus, 203.
Myiobius A pe
cerypterythrus, '
pe ie a 203,
Myiochanes
cinereus, 157.
nigrescens, 157,
736
Myiodynastes
atrifrons, 203.
Myiophoneus
castaneus, 16.
dicrorhynchus, 16.
Myiozetetes
sulphureus, 28.
Myodora
albida, 583.
antipodum, 585, 587.
boltonii, 585, 587.
brevis, 580, 581.
compressa, 587.
convera, 583, 586.
crassa, 581.
curvata, 582.
Jluctuosa, 583.
nove-zealandie, 584,
587.
oblonga, 582, 587.
ovalis, 581.
ovata, 582, 583, 584,
587.
pandoriformis, 581,583,
585, 586.
plana, 582, 587.
proxima, 586, 587.
reeveana, 586, 587.
rotunda, 580.
rotundata, 580.
striata, 579, 6580,
585.
subrostrata, 584, 587.
tasmanica, 588.
tenuisculpta, 587.
tincta, 582.
triangularis, 586.
trigona, 582, 583, 586,
587.
Myoxus
dryas, 41, 60.
elegans, 40.
Javanicus, 41.
lasiotis, 40, 41.
Myrmecophaga
jubata, 403.
Myrmotherula
fulviventris, 159.
gularis, 159.
spodtonota, 159.
Myrtis
fanny, 206.
Myurella
belcheri, 481,
guayaquilensis, 481.
Myzomela
cineracea, 65.
rubratra, 575.
Naja
tripudians, 621.
INDEX,
Nanina
monticola, 114.
Nasiterna
pusio, 76.
pygmed, 76.
Nassa
labecula, 415.
lirella, 415.
Nasua
narica, 304.
nasica, 897.
rufa, 397.
Natalus
lepidus, 444.
micropus, 448, 444.
stramineus, 448, 444.
Nemacheilus
botia, 230.
Nemosia
chrysopis, 155.
tnornata, 195.
ornata, 195.
sordida, 156.
Neomys
panamensis, 11.
Neopus
malayensis, 14.
Neothauma
tanganyitcense, 344, 349,
302,
Neotragus
damarensis, 20, 21, 22.
kirki, 17, 19, 20 21,
99
as.
saltianus, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22.
Nephopteryx
hyemalis, 689.
seminivella, 689.
Neptis
mahendra, 148.
Nesonetta
aucklandica, 580, 535.
Nettapus
auritus, 505.
coromandelianus, 505.
pulchellus, 505.
albipennis, 505, 535.
auritus, 505, 534.
Nettopus
coromandelianus, 505,
pulchellus, 505, 535.
Neuria
retina, 676.
Neiirotrichus
gibbsii, 443.
Niltava
grandis, 14,
Noctua
armigera, 676.
Noctua
dotata, 679.
frugalis, 680.
Nola
candida, 671.
innocua, 671.
spreta, 671.
strigulalis, 672.
Nonagria
gracilis, 675.
Nothoprocta
curvirostris, 213.
Notopteris
macdonaldi, 11.
Numenius
pheopus, 576.
uropygialis, 576.
Numida
ellioti, 539.
pucherani, 539.
Nychitona
niobe, 668.
Nycteme 'a
baulus, 672.
Nyctereutes
procyonides, 73.
Nycticorax
caledonicus, 65.
manillensis, 577.
Nyctipithecus
rufipes, 634.
trivirgatus, 303, 394.
vociferans, 634.
Nyroca
australis, 526.
brunnea, 526.
ferina, 525.
leucophthalmos, 526.
Oceanites
oceanicus, 164.
Ochthodizta
fumigatus, 202.
Ochtheca
Sumicolor, 202.
lessoni, 202.
leucometopa, 202.
leucophrys, 202.
rufimarginata, 202.
stictoptera, 202,
(Edemia
americana, 529.
fusca, 529, 584.
nigra, 528.
perspicillata, 529,
velvetina, 529,
CEdionychis
abbreviata, 180.
bifasciata, 179, 180,
600, 609,
binotata, 177, 182.
Qidionychis
clavicornis, 175.
cosmogrammica, 180.
crucigera, 175, 182.
duodecimmaculata,
176.
INDEX.
Otis
ruficrista, 491.
tarda, 488.
Otoeyon
lalandii, 257, 258, 259,
260, 261, 262, 263,
| Papilio
daplidice, 410.
drusia, 667.
erithonius, 669.
erymanthis, 667.
fausta, 409.
godmani, 178.
laticollis, 181.
marginicollis. 180, 182.
nigricollis, 178, 182.
obscuripennis, 176,
182.
ornata, 174.
quinguemaculata, 177,
quinquevittata, 174.
salvini, 179.
septemmaculata, 600,
609
sexplagiata, 180, 182.
steinheili, 179, 182.
tredecimmaculata, 177.
variegata, 1'75, 182.
WMstrelata
arminjoniana, 163.
mollis, 164.
philippi, 164.
trinitatis, 1638.
Ophideres
fullonica, 679.
Ophiusa
arcuata, 679.
simillima, 679.
Ophiocephalus
aurantiacus, 230.
gachua, 225.
indicus, 225,
montanus, 225.
punctatus, 225.
striatus, 230.
Ophiodes
cuprea, 679.
triphenoides, 679.
Oreas
canna, 307.
Ornithion
tmberbe, 202.
Ortygis
lepurana, 491.
Ortygometra
cinerea, 577.
Oryx
leucoryx, 307.
Osculatia
sapphirina, 155.
Ossifraga
gigantea, 165.
Otaria
gillespit, 420.
Otis
afraoides, 491.
288.
Otolicnus
senegalensis, 303.
Ouakaria
calvus, 646.
melanocephala, 645,
647
rubicunda, 646, 647.
spixit, 638, 645.
Ovis
anatolica, 59.
aries, 308.
burrhel, 186.
campestris, 308.
cyprius, 59.
gmelini, 55, 56, 57, 58,
5g:
musimon, 59, 307.
ophion, 55, 59.
orientalis, 59.
strepsiceros, 307.
Pachyrhamphus
albogriseus, 203.
Pagodina
pagodula, 130.
Paladilhia
pleurotoma, 138.
Paleolampas
crassa, 48, 49, 357.
Paleorunis
alexandri, 309.
pondicerianus, 810.
torquatus, 309.
Paludina
colbeaui, 216, 219.
spekei, 484, 485.
Pamphila
bada, 669.
bevani, 669.
mesa, 670.
matthias, 669.
sunias, 669, 670.
Pandora
brevis, 580.
striata, 579.
Panoplitis
mathewst, 204.
Papilio
albinus, 614.
ariadne, 667.
beticus, 406.
cardut, 406.
chryseis, 669.
chrysippus, 405.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XLXIX.
folus, 669.
goldiei, 613, 614.
hecabe, 668.
leda, 666.
lesches, 614.
leucothoe, 613.
limniace, 666.
mesentina, 409.
mineus, 667.
misippus, 667.
plexippus, 405.
Paradisea
papuana, 420.
Paradoxurus
typus, 304,
Parmacella
palliorum, 290.
valenciennii, 290.
Parmarion
extraneus, 292.
infumatus, 292.
problematica, 292.
pupillaris, 292.
rangianus, 292.
rubrum, 292.
Paroaria
cucullata, 313.
dominicana, 313.
Passer
montanus, 194.
Pastor
roseus, dll.
Pauxis
galeata, 648.
Pelecanus
crispus, 318.
mitratus, 420.
737
onocrotalus, 318, 420.
Pelochyta
rhodopa, 670.
Peloperdix
rubrirostris, 16.
Pempelia
zinckenella, 689.
Perameles
lagotis, 305.
obesula, 355.
Perdix
cogui, 491.
levaillantoides, 491.
sephaena, 491.
swainsonii, 491.
Perga
bella, 373.
bicolor, 361, 371.
49
738
Perga
brullet, 364, 379.
cameronii, 367, 379.
christit, 366, 379.
cressonii, 368, 379.
dahlbomit, 371, 379.
dalmanni, 369, 379.
dorsalis, 360, 361, 362,
379.
esenbeckiit, 365, 879.
eucalypti, 362.
ferruginea, 861, 873,
374, 376.
Soersteri, 368, 379.
gravenhorstii, 366, 379.
guerinit, 367, 379.
halidati, 359, 3877,
379.
hartigii, 369.
Jurinet, 359, 878, 379.
‘kirbii, 361, 371, 377,
379.
hlugi, 363, 379.
latreillii, 361, 372,
379.
leachit, 359, 377.
lewisit, 360, 361, 374,
375.
macleait, 372, 379.
mayrit, 899, 378, 379.
newmannt, 370.
peletiertt, 370, 379.
polita, 361, 363.
ritsemet, 865, 379.
seabra, 376.
schiodtei, 361, 364,
79.
scutellata, 362.
smithii, 375, 379.
spinole, 371, 379.
ventralis, 373, 376.
vollenhovii, 365, 379.
walkerit, 361, 868,
379.
(Pseudoperga) ventra-
lis, 876
Perigea
dolorosa, 676.
allecta, 676.
Petasophora
anais, 204.
Phacellodomus
Frontalis, 200.
Phaethornis
griseogularis, 204.
Phaéton
eandidus, 577.
flavirostris, 163.
rubricauda, 577.
Phakellura
indica, 685.
INDEX,
Phalacrocorax
capensis, 163.
carbo, 318.
Phalena
ammonia, 679.
lotrix, 671.
mygdon, 679.
(Noctua) archesia, 680.
) hyppasia, 680.
(
(——) virbia, 680.
(Pyralis) fascialis,
683.
(Tinea) entella, 671.
haps
chalcoptera, 314.
Phascolarctus
cinereus, 355.
Phascologale
crassicaudata, 459.
lanigera, 454, 455,
459.
penicillata, 458, 459.
Phascolomys
wombat, 305.
Phasianus
colchicus, 420.
reevesi, 420.
Pheucticus
chrysogaster, 199.
chrysopeplus, 199.
Philepitta
castaned, 387, 388.
Phissama
transiens, 670.
Phlogeenas
erythroptera, 576.
Phlogopsis
erythroptera, 155.
Phoea, sp. ine., 54,
vitulina, 304.
Pheenicopterus
antiquorum, 446.
Phrygilus
gayi, 199.
Phyllomyias
rs pice 202.
Phyllornis
media, 14.
Phylloscopus
borealis, 14, 15.
Phyllostoma
astatum, 395.
Phycis
zinckenella, 689.
Physa
lirata, 617, 619.
Physezenura
panda, 183.
ptone, 183, 185.
Picolaptes
lacrymiger, 201.
Pieris
formosana, 669.
tranica, 410.
luzoniensis, 668.
ornytion, 613, 614.
vipasa, 410
Piezorhina
cinerea, 199.
Pipreola
sclateri, 155.
Pipridea
melanonota, 146.
Pitasila
bijunctella, 672.
guttulosa, 673.
énconstans, 672, 673.
leucospilata, 673.
Pithecia
chiropotes, 6438, 644,
5
645.
melanocephala, 645.
monachus, 394, 684,
636, 642, 648.
rubicunda, 646.
satanas, 629, 631, 634,
636, 637, 648, 644.
Pithys
melanosticta, 160.
Pitta
cyanura, 388.
melanocephala, 388.
Pitylus
fuliginosus, 146,
Plagiodera
quadrimaculata, 171.
seamaculata, 95, 608.
Planorbis
guadelupensis, 349.
sudanicus, 845, 349.
Platalea
leucorodia, 316.
Platycercus
eximius, 310.
pallidiceps, 310.
pennanti, 310.
zonarius, 310.
Platyrhynchus
rostratus, 156.
Platyrhynchus
senex, 156
Plecoptera
dolosa, 678.
Plectropterus
gambensis, 316, 498,
534,
niger, 498, 534.
rueppelli, 498, 534.
Plectrurus
aureus, 182.
a
Pleiodon
spekei, 344, 350.
Plesioneura
Solus, 669.
Plocepasser
mahali, 491.
Ploceus
dubius, 491.
tahatali, 491.
Plusia
ochreata, 677.
verticillata, 677.
Podabrus
macrourus, 459.
Podargus
cuviert, 472.
Peecilodryas
ethiops, 65, 66.
Pecilothraupis
lacrymosa, 194.
palpebrosa, 194.
Poephagus
grunniens, 308.
Polioptila
nigriceps, 191.
Polyommatus
sangra, 668.
varunana, 667.
Polysticte
quopopa, 491.
Pomatias
herculeus, 139, 140,
142.
patulus, 101, 139.
septemspiralis, 189,
simonianus, 140.
Pontia
mannii, 411.
niobe, 668.
poliocephalus, 315.
Porthetria
bhascara, 673.
Porzana
albigularis, 161.
enops, 161.
Pratincola
bimaculata, 66.
caprata, 66.
Precis
actia, 185.
amestris, 185.
Priodontes
maximus, 402.
Prion ;
desolatus, 165.
vittatus, 165.
INDEX.
Prionodera
elegans, 591, 608.
Prionops
talacoma, 490.
Procellaria
conspicillata, 164.
gigantea, 165.
hastata, 164.
mollis, 164.
Procyon
lotor, 304.
Prodenia
glaucistriga, 676.
infecta, 676.
retina, 676.
Prosicela
bicruciata, 596, 608,
609.
flavipennis, 595, 608.
simplicipennis, 595,
608, 609.
spectabilis, 595, 608.
Protoparce
orientalis, 670.
Psarisomus
dalhousie, 381.
Psecadia
albistrigella, 89, 93.
arctostaphylella, 88,
89, 93.
bipunctella, 88.
chrysopyga, 88, 90.
cupreonivella, 86, 93.
ermineella, 90, 93.
hockingella, 90, 93.
monticola, 87, 90, 98.
notatella, 85.
semilugens, 85.
subcerulea, 89, 93.
santhorrhoa, 85.
Psephotus
pulcherrimus, 310.
Pseudocolaptes
boissonneauti, 200.
Psittacula
cana, 310.
celestis, 211.
Pterocles
gutturalis, 491.
variegatus, 491.
Pteroglossus
torquatus, 314.
Pteromys
momoga, 305.
Pteronura
sandbachii, 396, 402.
Pterophanes
temmincki, 204,
Pteropus
medius, 303.
samoensis, 11.
Pteruthius
e@ralatus, 16.
cameranoi, 16,
Ptilochlorus
buckleyz, 158.
remigialis, 158.
* sguamata, 158.
Ptilopus
fasciatus, 577, 578.
hernsheimi, 577.
ponapensis, 576, 578.
Puffinus
obscurus, 577.
Pupa
angusta, 128.
biplicata, 128.
bourguignatiana, 128. ‘7
cafeicola, 215, 219.
ferraria, 130.
grimaldiensis, 129.
micheli, 127.
multidentata, 100, 126.
obesa, 127.
obliqua, 101.
plagiostoma, 128, 129,
142
polita, 126.
preciara, 129, 142.
prehistorica, 125.
quinquedentata, 98, 99,
100.
ressmanmi, 128.
speluncarum, 125.
toscani@, 128.
twmida, 128.
usambarica, 218, 219.
variabilis, 125.
(Orcula) doliolwm, 127.
(Pupilla) muscorum,
124.
(——) umbilicata, 124.
(Sphyradium) awste-
niana, 130, 142:
) bourguignati-
ana, 127, 142.
) golyana, 129,
142
(
(Torquilla) avenacea,
127.
(——-) grana, 127.
(——) multidentata,
125.
( ) obliqua,126,142.
(——) quinquedentata,
99, 125
( ) secale, 127.
( ) psarolena, 124.
(Vertigo) minutissima,
124
?
=) sinistrorsa, 618,
619. ‘
i
740
Purpura
anomala, 415.
Pyralis
sp. ine., 682.
farinalis, 682.
tenuis, 681.
thermusalis, 682.
Pyrameis
cardui, 406.
Pyranga
prae 195.
erythromelena, 146.
rubra, 312.
rubriceps, 195.
Pyrausta
absistalis, 682.
Pyrgita
diffusa, 491.
motitensis, 491.
Pyrocephalus
rubineus, 203.
Pyrrhocorax
alpinus, 312.
Pytelia
cinereigula, 476, 477.
eiterior, 477.
melba, 477.
wieneri, 476, 477.
Quelea
sanguinirostris, 313.
Querquedula
andium, 522.
brasiliensis, 523.
carolinensis, 521.
eircia, 817, 520, 534.
crecca, 817, 521, 534.
eyanoptera, 522.
discors, 521,
eatoni, 523.
falcata, 521.
flavirostris, 522.
formosa, 521.
gibberifrons, 519.
hartlaubii, 522, 534.
hottentotta, 522.
oxyptera, 212, 522.
puna, 522.
punctata, 522, 534.
torquata, 522.
versicolor, 522,
Quiscalus
lugubris, 311.
insignis, 65, 66.
pectoralis, 65.
rythyrhynchus, 213.
sulcirostris, 66.
INDEX.
Ramphastos
ambiguus, 356.
ariel, 313.
dicolorus, 314.
piscivorus, 314.
tocard, 356.
Ramphocelus
brasilius, 146, 312.
Jacapa, 146.
Ramphomicron
microrhynchum, 207.
ruficeps, 207.
ana
bufo, 569.
esculenta, 571, 621.
marmorata, 571.
mosaica, 560, 564.
rubeta, 569.
variabilis, 558.
Rangifer
tarandus, 306.
Recurvirostra
avocetta, 316.
Reithrodon
alstoni, 691, 692, 693,
694, 695, 696.
chinchilloides, 691, 692,
694, 695, 696.
cuniculoides, 691, 692,
694, 695.
typicus, 691, 694,
695.
Remigia
archesia, 680.
Srugalis, 680.
gregalis, 680.
optativa, 680.
wirbia, 680.
Renea
bourguignatiana, 138,
Rhea
americana, 315.
Rhinoceros
bicornis, 420.
keitloa, 490.
sondaicus, 420.
sumatrensis, 69, 188.
Rhinolophus
petersi, 462.
Rhipidura _
albicollis, 16.
atrata, 16.
JSusciventris, 16.
Rhodonessa
caryophyllacea, 520,
534,
Rhoicus
maculicollis, 600,
609.
trifasciaius, 600.
Rhynchea
capensis, 15.
Rhynchaspis
capensis, 523.
Rissoina
crassa, 416.
elegantula, 417, 420.
lirata, 417, 450.
Rita
buchanani, 231.
Rumina
decollata, 98, 100,
101,
Rupela
degenerella, 690.
Rupicapra
tragus, 307.
Salix
humboldti, 189,
Salmacis
bicolor, 427, 428, 431.
conica, 431.
dussumieri, 427, 429.
globator, 427, 481, 482,
440,
rarispina, 427, 429.
sulcata, 427, 480, 431.
Saltator
albicollis, 198.
laticlavius, 198.
magnus, 146.
Samea
dives, 682.
Sarcidiornis
africana, 510, 534.
carunculata, 510, 511.
melanonota, 510, 511.
melanota, 584,
Sarcoramphus
gryphus, 308.
Satyrus
brahminus, 147.
parisatis, 405.
Scaphiodon
aculeatus, 227, 231.
irregularis, 225, 226,
230, 231.
microphthalmus, 225,
227, 231.
watsoni, 229, 230,
231.
Scardamia
metallaria, 686.
Schismaderma
carens, 567.
lateralis, 567.
Schistochlamys
speculigera, 198,
Schizostoma
megalote, 464.
Scirpophaga
degenerella, 690.
prelata, 690.
Sciuropterus
volucella, 305.
Sciurus
estuans, 393, 400, 401.
estuans, var. hoffmanni,
401
cepapi, 490.
cinereus, 304.
griscogenys, 393, 400,
pa 401.
hudsonius, 304.
stramineus, 400.
syriacus, 59.
variegatus, 305.
vulgaris, 304.
vulpinus, 305.
Scolitantides
cashmirensis, 408.
Scopus
umbretta, 537.
Scytalopus
magellanicus, 202.
Secusio
distincta, 672.
mundipicta, 672, 673.
strigata, 673.
Semnopithecus
nasalis, 69.
Sepia
inermis, 354.
officinalis, 354.
Serilophus
rubropygius, 381.
Serphophaga
albogrisea, 156.
cinerea, 156, 203.
Sesamia
tranquillaris, 674.
Sesara
infrendens, 289.
Setophaga
bairdi, 192.
Sialia
wilson, 311.
Sieboldia
maxima, 544.
Sigmodon
hupides, 692, 693, 696.
Silurus
anastomus, 225.
kuggur, 225, 231.
lamghur, 225.
Simethis
pronubana, 687.
Simia
caraya, 394.
melanocephala, 645.
satyrus, 301
INDEX.
Siren
lacertina, 544.
Sirystes
albogriseus, 156.
Smerinthus
kindermanni, 413.
ocellatus, 414.
Somateria
mollissima, 528.
spectabilis, 528,
v-nigrum, 528.
rex
concolor, 490.
res
‘yphlus, 64.
Sp te
Pie dol.
tanganyicensis, 350,352.
Spatula
capensis, 523, 534.
elypeata, 523, 534.
platalea, 523.
rhynchotis, 523, 535.
variegata, 528, 535.
Spermophila
gutturalis, 199.
obscura, 199.
simplex, 199,
Spermophilus
citillus, 59, 305.
canthoprymnus, 59,
Sphenceacus
galactodes, 65.
Sphinx
alecto, 670.
oldenlandie, 670.
theylia, 670.
Spilosoma
transiens, 670,
Spintherops
phantasma, 414,
Spirula
australis, 352, 854.
reticulata, 352.
Spizaetus
nipalensis, 67.
orientalis, 67.
Spodoptera
erica, 675.
Starncenas
eyanocephala, 314.
Steatornis
caripensis, 208.
Stellio
caucasicus, 620.
Stenia
sp. inc., 683.
ornatalis, 683.
Stenogyra
decollata, 121.
(Rumina) decollata,
741
Sterna
bergit, 577.
macrura, 163.
melanauchen, 577.
virgata, 163.
vittata, 163.
Stictonetta
nevosa, 518, 5385.
Stictopleea
letifica, 666.
swinhoet, 666.
Stilodes
chapuisi, 169.
Fuscolineata, 170.
steinheilz, 170, 182.
Strepsiceros
kudu, 538.
Strepsilas
interpres, 576.
Streptostyla
flavescens, 135.
Strix
perlata, 212,
Struthio
camelus, 315.
Sturnus
unicolor, 311.
vulgaris, 311.
Succinea
delalandi, 617.
Sula
piscator, 163.
Sus
pliciceps, 306.
scrofa, 54, 306.
Sycalis
Jlaveola, 199.
Bynallaxis
antisiensis, 200.
Srontalis, 200.
Sruticicola, 200.
Synchloé
daplidice, 410.
tranica, 410, 415.
Syristes
albocinereus, 156,
Syrnium
aluco, 309,
Syrrhaptes
paradoxus, 314.
Systomus
bimaculatus, 225,
canius, 225.
Systropha
anriflua, 671.
Tachyeres
cinereus, 529.
Tachypetes
aguila, 577.
Tachyphonus
coronatus, 146.
742
Tachyphonus
eristatus, 146.
melaleucus, 143, 145,
146.
Tadorna
cana, 512, 534.
cornuta, 511.
radjah, 511, 535.
rutila, 317, 511, 538,
534.
scutulata, 512, 534.
tadornoides, 512, 535.
variegata, 512, 535.
vulpanser, 317, 511,
534,
Talegalla
lathami, 315.
Talpa
mizura, 441.
wogura, 441.
Tamandua
longicaudata, 403.
Tamias
striatus, 305.
Tanagra
abbas, 146.
celestis, 195.
darwini, 195.
episcopus, 146.
ornata, 146, 312.
palmarum, 146.
sayaca, 146.
vittata, 146.
Tanygnathus
muelleri, 310.
Taphrometopum
lineolatum, 620.
Tapirus
airdi, 187.
dowi, 187.
ecuadorensis, 400,
indicus, 420.
roulini, 893, 400.
Tatobotys
argillacea, 686.
Tatusia
kappleri, 402.
novemcincta, 402.
peba, 402.
Tegenaria
guyoni, 420.
Teius
rufescens, 648,
Temnopleurus
granulosus, 423, 424,
25
425.
hardwickii, 423, 424,
426.
reevesi, 423, 424, 425.
reynaudi, 423, 424, 425.
toreumaticus, 423, 424,
425, 426, 429, 430,
“INDEX.
Tenaris
chionides, 611.
Jamest, 611.
Teracolus
farrinus, 150.
faustus, 409.
Sulvia, 149.
tripunctatus, 149,
152.
Terebra
mariesi, 480, 485.
Terenura
callinota, 159.
humeralis, 159.
Terias
anemone, 669.
hecabe, 668, 669.
hobsoni, 668, 669.
unduligera, 668, 669.
Terinos
alurgis, 612.
terpander, 612.
Testacella
bisulcata, 101.
williamsiana, 101, 142
Tetrao
tetria, 314.
urogallus, 314.
Thalassidroma
melanogastra, 164.
wilsonii, 164.
Thalassornis
leuconota, 529, 534.
Thamyzophilus
albinuchalis, 201.
subfasciatus, 201.
Thaumasius
taczanowskii, 208.
Thaumastura
cora, 206.
Thecla
birapa, 149.
icana, 149.
odata, 149.
syla, 149.
Thermesia
reticulata, 680.
Thryothorus
selateri, 191.
Thyroptera
tricolor, 395.
Tigrisoma
salmoni, 212.
Timandra
aventiaria, 687.
Tinea
prelata, 690.
pulchella, 414, 671.
tapetzella, 691.
vinculella, 92.
Tinnunculus
alaudarius, 308.
Tipanea
ipunctifera, 690.
Tiphobia
horei, 344, 348, 352.
Toccus
erythrorhynchus, 313.
Todirostrum
cinereum, 202.
Toreumatica
concava, 427, 429.
granulosa, 425.
Tornatina
brenchleyi, 416.
Torquiila
avenacea, 101.
secale, 101.
Trachonitis
punctigera, 688.
Tragelaphus
gratus, 452.
spekit, 452.
Trichoglossus
mitchell, 420.
Tricholais
elegans, 624.
Jlavotorquata, 624.
Trichothraupis
quadricolor, 146.
Trigonodes
hyppasia, 680.
inacuta, 680.
Triton
cristatus, 544.
Troglodytes
audaxr, 191.
niger, 420.
Trogon
collaris, 210,
Trophon
stuarti, 481, 485.
Trupialis
loyca, 200.
Trypheromera
plagifera, 673.
Tubipora
hemprichii, 24, 25.
Turbo
tridens, 665.
(Pomaulax ?) taylori
anus, 483, 485,
Turdinus
marmoratus, 15.
Turdus
gigantodes, 190.
maranonicus, 189.
musicus, 311.
obseurus, 15.
pularis, 311.
sibiricus, 14, 15.
viscivorus, 190.
Turnix
pugnax, 15.
Tylognathus
barbatulus, 226.
Tyranniscus
nigricapillus, 203.
Tyrannus
albigularis, 28, 29.
apolites, 28.
carolinensis, 28.
dominicensis, 28.
griseus, 28.
luggeri, 28.
melancholicus, 28, 29,
3
0.
niveigularis, 28, 29, 30.
pipiri, 28.
Unio
burtoni, 344.
caffer, 618.
niloticus, 345, 351.
parreysstt, 351.
tanganyicensis, 351,
Upucerthia
serrana, 200.
Uranomitra
eyanicollis, 208.
Uromastix
acanthinurus, 445.
fasciatus, 445.
microlepis, 445.
ornatus, 445.
princeps, 445.
spinipes, 445.
Urotrichus
gibbsii, 440, 441.
talpoides, 440, 441,
443.
Ursus
americanus, 442.
arctos, 54, 304, 441,
442,
horvibilis, 442.
japonicus, 442.
maritimus, 304, 538.
ornatus, 442, 443.
syriacus, 54, 304.
Urubitinga
unicincta, 211.
INDEX.
| Vespertilio
alcythoé, 463.
aristippe, 463.
leucippe, 463.
nigricans, 464.
savit, 463.
Vesperugo
austenianug, 464.
kuhli, 51.
maurus, 462, 463,
464.
mordax, 464.
serotinus, 50, 464.
Vidua
hypocherina, 476.
nigerrima, 476.
nitens, 476,
principalis, 475, 476.
splendens, 475, 476.
superciliosa, 476.
(Hypochera) xétens,
476.
Vireosylvia
olivacea, 192.
Vitrina
gigas, 292, 294.
poeppigi, 615.
transvaalensis, 615,
619.
vandenbroeckii, 615,
619.
(Oligolimax), n. sp.,
102.
Volatinia
jacarina, 199.
Voluta
(Aulica) bednalli, 418,
419.
Vulpes
bengalensis, 286.
caama, 286.
cinereo-argentatus,
2
corsac, 287.
Sulvus, 286.
lagopus, 286.
littoralis, 286.
velox, 286.
zerda, 286.
a THE END.
743
Vultur
auriculayis, 308.
monachus, 308.
Wallago
attu, 230.
Xanthodes
impellens, 676.
Xanthopygia
cyanomelena, 14.
Xenorhynchus
senegalensis, 316.
Xenurus
lugubris, 402.
Xerophila
cespitum, 100.
terveri, 98, 99.
Yoldia
limatula, 351.
Ypthima
lisandra, 148.
ordinata, 148, 152.
Zanclopteryx
fragilis, 687.
Zebronia
abdicalis, 684.
Zenaida
auricwlata, 215.
Zenaidura
carolinensis, 514,
Ziphius
cavirostris, 237.
nove-cealandie, 232,
236, 237.
Zonites
algirus, 101, 103,
104.
maceana, 106.
Zonosoma
interlectum, 673.
Zonotrichia
africana, 491.
pileata, 199.
Zosterops
semperi, 575.
Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
eon. ws)
inal
er
2
a inn fl
~~ « 2
. tae ee
en
: rie
. 3 rh ye
g 7 > Ae lid
, A
/ * i i Ae
Y a Jo ty
, % _— ar “te 7
’ tees ee es, |
‘ r od
be v4 ‘ . i =
“3 ‘ he wy
SF oeP ells eat fF, i
a PS s mir of
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY |
OF LONDON, —
FOR FHE YEAR
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
JANUARY ann FEBRUARY.
JUNE ist, 1880.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, |
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :
“MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
" PATERNOSTER-ROW.
ss EP rice Twelve Shillings.] a
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART I.—1880.
January 6, 1880.
Prof. Newton. Remarks on a specimen of the ‘“Needle-tailed Swallow” of ge
(Chetura caudacuta), shot near Ringwood, Hants .........+4+..eeeeee ne agenears
Dr. Mulvany, R.N. Remarks upon the supposed moulting of the horny sheath of the beak
Ola Penp win oi. /ieczis/ce’-folsielemrsete baleen eral Wohae ip ciole eiotehejetelacaie ate (chert 4) altieio se Semen ae
1. Preliminary Notes on 1 Individual Variation in Equus asinus. By Joun Henry Steen,
M.R.C.V.S., F.Z.S., Demonstrator of Anatomy at the Royal Veterinary College -
2. Notes on Chlamydophorus truncatus. By EB. W. Wnuirr, F.Z.S. Lond., and F.ZS.
Relp. ATE) tee vis tis nes levee alee tisia\a ie’ pourae\e le elgueirieieie’s\s’*is/ea.e OREN uel?
3. Description of a new Species of Mus from the Fiji Islands. oe OLDFIELD pies:
F.Z.8., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum .
4. Contributions to the Ornithology of Sumatra,—Report on a Collection from the neigh-
bourhood of Ee ay R. G. Wanpiaw Ramsay, F. Z. S., 67th Regiment.
(Plate L.) ...+... aes sees rere WM We MBG = 2 8 la cjeselae are ==
ot
5. Description of two new Special of Dwarf Antelope ( (astraguey: By Dr. A. Génrusr,
F.Z.8
. January 20, 1880.
The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie ini December 1879,
and remarks upon two rare species of Chrysotis (Plate TTS) sie! 0, sapuie nie oes aeaenameeels
Dr. Giinther. Exhibition of a drawing of an example of Holacanthus tricolor, said to have
been obtained on the coast of the island of Lewes
Co], Heysham. Extract from a letter, addressed to the President, containing remarks upon
two cases of Elephants breeding in captivity ................05 oie siayels/ a silanes {
Mr. H.N. Moseley, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of sections of
DEBATES ofc fo aie c st avayetntul, siotarge Wala oleh sib wolv ais ao ereet os Bio tao ae eo oe
The Secretary. Exhibition of an egg of the Mooruk ..........-- ss eeeeeeeeeeeseees
Mr. F. Moore, F.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir on the Indian genera and species of the Tey
dopterous subfamily Ophidering ........ ccc cece eee e tence cect tee sete eteces
i. Remarks on some Species of the Genus Tyrannus. By P. L. gant M.A., Ph.D.,
F-.B.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plate TIL.) ....-....... sce eee ee cece erences
2. On a new Rigs? of Roller (Coracias) from the Zambesi. Roxtanp Trimen, FE, Be
F.Z.8.,, &c., Curator of the South-African Museum, Cape: town EEG > Tee
3. Note on some Points in the History of the Synonymy of Echini. By ALEXANDER
AGASSIZ, B\MAZ.S. sie ce ce ee ue hele
Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper. :
‘
ed Ce er ae
Page
ll
13
17
ConTENTs (continued). °
February 3, 1880.
- Pa
Captain W. V. Legge, R.A. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of specimens of v
Little Ringed Ployers fiom Ceylon and Central India........ Fab vieheie | eolermrete cvescree 38
1. On a new Species of Heron from Mohambo in Northern Madagascar. By Dr. G.
HARTLAUB ........006 pts hts, Salenais elsina coa'e) Asie’ a aibialsta veld sis smith Sart eat tales 39
2. On the Myoxus elegans of Temminck. By Ouprietp Tuomas, F.Z.8., Assistant in the
‘Zoological Department, British Museum ....... POLIS. Urn CAREC OREN at 40
3. Description of a new Species of Simple Coral. By H. N. Mosuury, F.R.S........... 41
4. On Palgolampas, a new Genus of the Echinoidea. By F. Jurrrny Bex, B.A., F.R.M.S.,
F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. (PlateIV.) 43
. On the Mammals of Asia Minor.—Part II. By Cuarnes G. Danrorn, F.Z.8., and
HOWARD, ATSTON, ulin, BciS., (Pinte Us)itere vac’ ds cs sleaasencce sun cues ot 50
6. On a Fifth Collection of Birds made by the Rey. G. Brown, C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York
Island and in its Vicinity. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society, (Plates VI.-VIII.).......... HOSE LG TORO GAD aide tare ratetate ofclats)sye's 65
on
-
February 17, 1880.
é The Seeretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1880, and
_-____ Exhibition of a drawing of an undescribed Parrot of the genus Chrysotis living in the
Society's Gardens. (Plate IX.) ...........0c0ceeces SIS GO OEE Soe tease iO 67
Mr, Sclater. Remarks upon the probable identity of Colobus palliatus, Peters, with
; eH OLETSEELSGL. octets tase vba watcsd'e alk a'e pido. 6 Mec eae Risky asitale Nath «ahem oe eb loias 68
- Mr. W. B. Pryer. Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, containing remarks on the
Pop, animals of Sandakan, N. Borneo .......-....0+.0. Slate dis.elatie “ape arm cere ereinee © 68
_ Prof. Flower. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a two-horned Rhinoceros
hy from Borneo ...... BITOSA iale To Siar aee Nanaia ete tia ahs 'efetahaieye el cle avhiave cei e ave''ss eieretere’s Tove 69
1. On the Bush-Dog (Jcticyon venaticus, Lund), By Witutam Hinry Fuowser, LL.D.,
eS. EZ5,. (Plate Xe) ass... vaaneee ele ve oie Bois iisiz anceisteta ths ein, ote SOROR ELK 70
2, On some Points in the Structure of Nasiterna bearing on its Affinities. By W. A.
: Forses, B.A., F.L.S., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to th
MOMS es vy sion toa casein S08 ROO eS ct Falta e's n'y seb ne tastes 1. 76
6. 3. On some new and little-known Species of Zineide. By Tuomas, Lord WatsiycHan,
Bev BAZS. (Plates XT, XIL).. wece.sceevecgeccceves ite oaieteiatet Sa icieacietre meas 77
' 4, On the Synonymy of the Kaffir Crane. By W. B. Teonrecrer, F.Z.8..........:. 000) 98
"83 5. On the Land-Shells, extinct and living, of the Neighbourhood of Menton (Alpes
BAS Maritimes); with Descriptions of a new Genus and of several new Species, By
- Georrrey Nzvitn, C.M.Z.8. (Plates XIII, XIV.) ............ slataysio,scc’pinin al Wein 94
LIST OF PLATES,
1880,
7
PARTI
Plate Page
I. " Myiophoneus castaneus........+s ss ss nese ee eeee Lis oo saath Sree (>)
TE. \:Chrysotis ‘erythruna) 257.1) s poop sien tenis ns bees eo eee 23==
III. Tyrannus niveigularis ...... MphY sea Ratan icici 28
IV. Palsolangpas crassa . 6.0.66. cscs veceseesteeruevae 4g i
V,/ Arvicola guenthori-s\¢. yp ces. + vat sads sans cis Ones Comes 50":
VI. Megalurus interscapularis ...-.5.......0+-eecnepeeeene ‘
VIL. Fig. 1. Pecilodryas xthiops. Fig. 2. Munia melena ...... 65
WILL --Rallus-ineipnis 0.52.57 stim eae swale os Caen inet ree te
IX. Fig. 1. Chrysotis cceligena. Fig. 2.0. dufresniana ........ 2. 68
K,-= Tetioxontsverbiopes tie: o5)-. ieee dc caso MER ec aes eee vi0)
an i New species -of Mineidse es: 2'./v/2. asta ay sate aoe eee eee 77
pits } Land-Shellsfrom Menton ........ Seine t eaten een ee ties 94
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts,
as follows :—
Part © |, containing papers read in January and February, on J une 1st.
Ly Hs % » March and April, on August lst.
Tr 5 s »» May and June, on October Ist.
IV. . Ss », November and December, on April 1st.
The price is 12s. per part for the edition with colonrets and 3s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates.
Hote
PROCEEDINGS —
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR
1880.
PARI 4.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MARCH ann APRIL.
AUGUST Ast, 1880.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON : :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,.
; i : PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings.
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART I1.—1880.
March 2, 1880.
—
. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part I. On the Structure of the
Stomach in certain Genera of Tanagers. By W. A. Fornzs, B.A., ELS, Scholar
of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society ..........+s.e00 seees 145
2. On new and little-known Butterflies from India. By Artuur G. Butter, aan
FVZB., 002 (Dlatie OVE) baspoic owls x oteys. aientei gis aisle £iclatee mSes pclae bi eteie hay ee ete 147
3. Description of a new Species of Orthopteron of the Genus Azostostoma from Mada-
gascar. By Artuur Garpiner Buruer, F.LS., F.Z.S. 0... ccec cece ee cen eeeceee 152
4. On new Birds collected by Mr. C. Buckley in Eastern Ecuador. By P. lL. Scuarer,
F.B.S., and O. Satvin, 1-R,.8.> (Plates XVij XVI)! 7... pecs cn omelette ee 155
5, On the Sea-birds obtained during the Voyage of Lord Lindsay's Yacht * Venus’ bis
Plymouth to Mauritius in 1874. By Howarp Saunprrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. . . 161
6. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous psa stackae By Martin Jacosy.
QD Tey A: VU) i. he Footie rec o's tenn talphvicher bela acacia neat woe) etetevmes ates ier otatu tate este oa sine ROG
«I
. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Plectrurus from Malabar. By Col. R. A. -
BEDUOME, OWNED. visio sce aioe ts 9.0 claveicce hc nlc ope Sau Sia Beis e «sta Sects eae eee 182
8. Descriptions of five new Species of HS phar from East Africa. By F, D. Gopman
and: WG. Drsrana).=(Plate Ray cease scree Oe tierce ciel abcde Ae eee 182
March 16, 1880.
The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in February 1880.... 186
Mr. W. K. Parker. Exhibition of, and remarks.upon, the eggs and embryos of some ~
forces NEE aee ne ioela Pan SOULE COM Boe SoaMat erat isace Cer oe «2.186
Mr. Edward R. Alston. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of Tapirus dowi .. 187
Mr. Edward R. Alston. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a remarkable and little-known
Australian Marsupial (Antechinomys lamigera)...... wid 2 GS [0 e's 0 0lthsis'vin Tinea 187
Mr. W. A. Forbes, F.Z. s. Notice of a Memoir on the male generative organs of the Suma-
tran Rhinoceros.............. seinen SECO ER Oe i istaie celeste» Selaterxtaid * visio apts kOe,
Mr. W.K. Parker. Abstract of a Memoir on the structure of the skull in the Chameleons 188
1, Liste des Oiseaux recueillis au Nord du Pérou par M. Stolzmann pendant les derniers
mois de 1878 et dans la premiére moitié de 1879. Par M. L. TAORANOWEES, C.M.ZS.
(Pinas Ree: RN AS og As eed sa kiys aha cee ae nee »+ 189
2. Description of three new Species of Land and Freshwater Shells from Nossi-Bé Island
(N.W. Coast of Madagascar). acs ALFRED EF. CRAVEN, F.R.G.S. F.G.S., = L. ie
WEN ke, CP lBte ALL) \ cisiutesatipnan seco bin on inte a. histo sae cies, 6
Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper.
Page ;
bpd ai en Fee Pee
ere Contents (continued).
BS March 16, 1880 (continued).
aa Page
8. On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells made during a short Expedition to the
Usambara Country in Eastern Africa, with Descriptions of seven new Species. By
Aurrep E, Craven, F.R.G.S., F.G.S., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &. (Plate XXII} A ee 216.
4, On the Names to be applied to certain Echinoidea, By F. Jurrrey Bett, B.A., F.Z.S. 220
-
. April 6, 1880.
iy. Arthur E. Brown. Letters from, relating to the birth of an Elephant in a menagerie
MERRILL SIND teaites cave hese as ghiiv-p ok t's sictale slaps "a arg prayeidiel aie vib ip-a.e vie ainivled ig’ elec wielocad 222
1. On the Fishes of Afghanistan. By Francis Day, F.Z.S.....0........0.ccceeeeeeee 224
McD On Ziphius nove-zealandie. By Prof. Junius von Haast, Ph.D., F.R.S., C.M.ZS.,
ae Director of the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand. (Plate XXIII.) 232
tay
3 On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the Canide. By T. H. Huxuey, F.R.S..:.. 288
ee
fi April 20, 1880.
sf The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1880 .... 288
Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.S. Notice of a Memoir on the new and little-known species of
PRRs PIMSELDI a) Sec 23 Sis ale ePet a) kl o's “oe tvwl a oho SO ds ohuhol caves s laces viele a's De sew site te 288
_ Dr. M. Watson. Notice of a Memoir on the female organs of the Proboscidea, as observed
ety Lin especimen)of the Indian: Mlephabt: 102. x. nes see ceey cle sieniss cue sicslemd esas 288
“
eh 1. On the Land-Molluscan Genus Girasia of Gray, with Remarks on its Anatomy and on
the Form of the Capreolus of Lister (or Spermatophore) as developed in Species
of _this Genus of Indian Helicide. By Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwry-Ausren, F.Z.S.,
he Pe CC CE tee PVR VLEs) A « .yerAsteyy a tees wisi voile cm dela a seed ch re oe 289
ag 2. On the Duration of Life of the Animals in the Zoological Garden at Frankfort-on-the
; Vat embysbarecusn Oy WEAK SCHMIDT. 2): cisco tvieers ce cele ten decker bec veins ss 299
3. On some new and little-known Spiders of the Genus Argyrodes, Sim. By the Rev.
Bh: _ O. P. Oamsrinee, M.A., C.M.Z.8. (Plates XXVIII-XXX.).......... Peet tater vers 320
eee
— £0n the Shells of Lake Tanganyika and of the Neighbourhood of Ujiji, Central Africa.
SemnnGAR ASM. (Dlate XRT.) OS 2; eetaae decd echoc asses seslegsdessbevces 344
es 5. On the External and Structural Characters of the Male Spirula australis, Lam. By
a. bProt.Owsn, C.B., F.RS.; F.Z.8., &e. (Plate KXXKIT.) 2... 000. cecccc ce eee see 352
~,
LIST OF PLATES,
1880. : ; eet
PART II.
: na
mai
Plate ; y Page es ,
XV. New Indian Butterflies ............ 66a" via, te' DNs ae Laie iss
XVI. Ptilochloris buckleyi, ad. et pull... ere Oe |
XVIt. Grallaria dignissima ........... no giev pb anus 6 siceccee eee at =
XVIII. New Phytophagous Coleoptera............00.eceeeceeers 166 om Bee
XIX, LEast-African Rhopalocera ........ dra\elelaipios oscccnd eels gurentOum
XX. Turdus maranonicus ...............00+ 6 oKines oe setae 189
XXI, Conothraupis speculigera ...........0..s. cece eee SS Lee
XXII. New Shells from Nossi-Bé Island and East ‘Africa « diekh. Caveat Cre
XXIII. Ziphius nove-zealandie .................05 diosa otis se Sos 7
XXIV ts
a Girasia and Austenia............. iy 2; oa Safa le ee onan ee
XXVIL ;
XXVIII, ; : pes:
EK EBITOOG (0.<5's = sales 256 Wacom oa vonere hes cum een Vance ee fy
XXXII. Shells from Ujiji and Lake Tanganyika - ve/ss 00k «>a ee oo. 44
XXXII. “Anatomy of Spirula .............. ieee ae ete aie os 2 ST EIS
re tec
NOTICE. : oe - PS
According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in fowr pms
as follows :-— ;
Part), eoabanias papers read in January and February, on June ist
ue,
=A 3 », March and April, on August 1st. gs aes
TTT: a =. »» May and June, on October Ist.
DV es a »» November and December, on April Ist.
‘The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates.
‘SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MAY ann JUNE.
=
“OCTOBER 1st, 1880.
. a” 4 ae z
2 <DONBON. 460
ANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
| PATERNOSTER-ROW.
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART III.—1880.
May 4, 1880.
Page
The Secretary. Report_on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in April 1880 ...... 355
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an Ibis (Geronticus comatus) ‘ 356
Dr. Giinther. Note respecting the Occurrence of Holacanthus tricolor in the Western
eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee er reo)
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an immature specimen of an
Kehinoid
ee ee ee te ac)
Mr. W. A. Forbes. Remarks upon the cause of death of a Leopard in the Society’s
Menagerie
Pee ee ee ee ee ee a ie oe
Prof. Flower. Remarks on the exhibition in London of an example of the Lesser Fin-Whale 358
1. A Monograph of the Sawflies composing the Australian Genus Perga of Leach. By
J. O. Westwoon, M.A., F.1.8., &. (Plates XXXTII.-XXXVII) ... .......... 359
2. On a supposed Instance of Hybridization between a Cat and a Lynx. By W. J.
Horrman, M.D......... :
ee i ee ee ee ei ey
3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part TI. On the Syrinx and other
Points in the Anatomy of the Ewrylemide, By W. A. Forsrs, B.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society .............- 380
4, Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part III. On some Points in the
Structure of Philepitta, and its Position amongst the Passeres. By W. A. Forsrs,
(BLAS -BTAS:, Prosector tothe Socteby 2+ » <7 aceisiss'ae oe ie etnies acme eigenen 387
5. On a new Entomostracon from Afghanistan. By Francis Day, F.Z.8. .............. 392
6. On Mammals from Heuador. By Ouprirep Tuomas, F.Z,.S8., Assistant in the Zoological
Department, British Museum. (Plate XXXYIII.)
a
=I
. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Candahar. By Arruur G. Bururr, F.L.S.,
F.Z.8., Assistant Keeper Zoological Department, British Museum. (Plate XXXIX.) 403
8. Further Additions to the Marine Molluscan Fauna of South Australia, with Descrip-
tions of new Species. By Grorcz Frencu Aneas, C.M.Z.S., F.LS., kc. (Plate XL.) 415
5 Descriptions of three Species of Marine Shells from Port Darwin, Torres Straits, dis-
covered by Mr. W. T. Bednall; and of a new Helix from Kangaroo Island, South —
_ Australia. By Gzorcr Frencu Angas, C.M.Z8., F.L8., &. (Plate XL.) ...... 418
wo
June 1, 1880.
Mr. Sclater. Remarks on animals observed in the Zoological Gard-ns of Berlin, Hamburg,
Amsterdam, The Hague, and Antwerp ......
The Secretary. Exhibition of a Spider of the Genus Zegenaria, forwarded to him from
Oape Lown; by dat. Payne oie. oo wa clsial ees trelereaiee Eis or Upstesiew.6# slave 42)
Contents continued on page 8 of wrapper.
ConTENTS (continued).
June 1, 1880 (continued).
en's Page
Mr. G. E. Dobson. Exhibition of a new Megaderma, proposed to be called M. gigas .... 421
Lord Lilford. Exhibition of some specimens of hybrid Pheasants ...... ...-...e000.. 421
vita Note on the Distribution of the Crayfish (Astacus) in Spain. By EH. W. H. Hotpsworrn,
ee FLS., ¥.ZS8., &........ Ca Rac See pes ROME eS Sikes Lie ith aioe eR ae ee > » 421
| 2. Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea.—III. On some Genera and Species
ip of the Temnopleuride. By F. Jerrrey Bett, M.A., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative
_ Anatomy in King’s College. (Plate XLT.) ......sseseeee see e cece ce ee eee eens 422
Fe Notes on some Japanese Mammalia, By Dr. A. Gtnruer, F.R.S., Keeper of the
Zoological Department, British Musson: (late RED) ssee pia sashen's ssp cleats 440
ve aneae of a new Species of the Genus Natalus (Vespertilionidse) from Jamaica.
ne Ukr DOBSON, MIVA. MBs, (Gp ais0cisie a's 2 ont ssi 0'te sy vive Psierieiseedalals arote's ate 445
5. Deseription of a new Species of Uromastic. By A. W. E. O’Suavcuyessy, Assistant
in the Natural-History Departments of the British Museum, (Plate XLII. re 445
mG: On the Breeding of the Flamingo in Southern Spain. By Tuomas Lyrrizroy, Lord
- MER DRE Attra e v2 &, Siapecece!. svete we. eleriive 6 Seicla nici cand Gaye opreiaters also ue 446
es oy > June 15, 1880.
fg ‘The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1880........ 450
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an apparently new Species of Antelope.
yer MPPs are SeU DIN, hc Nakaenc ta coisas wsscilcu, iste ceo cishe Rice pists e@in'n eleiule,esia see legen’ 452
Dr. Giinther. ‘Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of horns of Cervus equinus...... 452
: Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.Z.S. Remarks upon the Himalayan Marmots now living in the
‘ Society's ESE LY o_o eM BUSTA Sa i So SSE Ra 453
Prof, Mivart. Note on the discovery of living Meduse in the Botanical Society’s Gardens,
EAE MB DE OnE eL fee alto atl cel Reiserige Wie evasigisieray'n fla So eiceieteis hee doi we ees 454
On Antechinomys and its Allies. By Evwarp R. Auston, Sec. L.S., F.Z.S., &c. (Plate
ew SDI rae vate acereaaeetni st sharers ietnyetr eine a na¥-* «Fiala ehtlaelaitis Katee, wiaveaw’s yinini@aaiy, ule idee ia oe 454
2 On some new or rare Species of Chiroptera in the Collection of the Gottingen Museum.
See eaBy Gt. Fl. Dosson, M.A, M.B., &c. (Plate XLVI). .....0..0 cc ccesccceeesseces 461
ie +8. . On the Anatomy of Leptosoma discolor. By W. A. Forsrs, B.A., F.L.S., Prosector to
EES Oy SR aa BC? 465
. On to rare Ploceine Birds now or lately living in the Society's Menagerie. By W. A.
¥ ; Forszs, B.A., F.L.S., Prosector to the Society. (Plate XLVII.)................ 475
toy Eis on a Specimen of Denham’s Bustard (Hupodotis denhami). By W. A. Forzzs,
E. See eA BUD Gverosector to) the SOCieby — tad .t\s cs gs es cs ccs ec cae onscuc suave oe. ATT
a ‘Descriptions of twelve new Species of Shells. By Epear A. Smirn. (Plate XLVIII.) . 478
Ber. Notes on the Indian Bustard (Eupodotis edwardsi), with Sapecial reference to its Gular
f Pouch. By Sir Waurmr Euxior, K.C.8.1., FLRS., F.Z.8....... 00... ccc ee ee ee . 486
On the Dates of Publication of the Parts of Sir Andrew Smith’s ‘ Illustrations of the
Zoology of South Africa.’ By F. H. Warrrnovss, A.L.S., Librarian to the Society 489
. Description of a new Species of Anolis, with Notice of some other Species of that, Genus
from Ecuador. By A. W. E. O’Suaveunessy, Assistant in the Natural-History —
Departments, British Museum, (Plate XLIX.) omer te ESOC ao Ae UE 491
10. Field-notes on the Morroop (Casuarius bennetti) of New Britain. ByWitrrep Powe 493
5 a List of 1¢ certainly Inown Species of Anatide, with Notes on such as have been
e _ Inty duced into the Zoological Gardens of Europe, and Remarks on their Distri-
bution. By P.L. Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society ........ 496
LIST OPP ee
1880.
NX . c
Plate -
XXXIIL Details o vatralian: Species of Peng
XXXIV. ee ne
oe ‘Australian Species on Peng beret e renee :
AMET, = Bassaridyon-alleni - 25.cis acre vs «swine xe he's
XXXIX. Lepid re teat Oaddlabae ee itr ier ces,
XL. New Shells from Port Darwin and Soaik cstv Spot dis ‘
XLI. Tests of Temnopleuride ...........
XLII. Fig. A. Neiirotrichus gibbsii )
Fig. B. Urotrichus ee
. - XLIIT.-- Uromastix princeps..
Grae XLIV. Tragelaphus gratus..
XLY. Antechinomys lanigera ......-.-
XLVI. Macken in e000
XLVII. Fig. 1. Vidua splendens 1
Big. 2. Pytelia wieneri i Rae aR
- XLVIII. New Species of Shells from various Localities.
«- XULIx, eee Stee etree teeter eens
et on oy and ie on Oacue: —
ws é November and December, aes ste
meta
that stn auc Plates,
| MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PROCEEDINGS |
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE ~—
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
7 OF LONDON;
FOR THE YEAR
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
NOVEMBER anv DECEMBER.
APRIL Ist, 1881.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :
PATERNOSTER-ROW. |
[Price Twelve Shillings. ] aS
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART IV.—1880.
November 16, 1880.
Page
The fen Report on the agen to the Rosen: s Menagerie in June, July, August
September, and October, 1880 . A a Petit PIC Ae en ake ne cry 5
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of Nuwmida ellioti ...+..++.+...++. 539
Mr. G. E. Dobson. Exhibition of a malformed head of a Partridge........ iv bela so) oath + 589
Mr. W. A. Forbes. Exhibition of drawings of the horns of the Prongbuck, and remarks or
the shedding of the horns of this animal
a:0\s;ta Siem are eeeeeeee
Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mec e Barthaia’s Sand-— 4
piper, suppyused to Peye been killed in Lincolnshire ........ aiettenaey * 43 |
hax :
Mr. W. K. Parker. |
Abstract of a Memoir on the development of the skull i in the Urodele
Batrachians
—
. On the Palmartic and AXthiopian Speciesof Bufo. By G. A. Boviexorr, Aide-Naturaliste _
at the Royal Museum of Belgium. [Comunicated by Dr. A. Giinther.] (Plates L.-LII.) 545
2. A List of the Birds of the’ Island of Ruk in the Oentral Carolines.
ay Orro Finscu,
Ph.D., C.M.ZS., &e:
sie inatevie Ccume tigieetere dra Pguidts: cine o's cities cue /ee mas Reena eee
3. On two Species of Pigeons from the Caroline Islands. By Orro Finscu, rp D)., O.M. ZS,
&e., late Director of the sana Museum of Bremen
4. On the Genus Myodora of Gray. By Enoar A. Surrn. (Plate LIII.) .
5. On a Collection of Phytophagous Se et made ase ie at Hastern Ecuador.
By Marrin Jacosy. (Plates LIV., LV.) .
*eaH i
os B78.
sees eees
. Descriptions of some supposed new Species of aoa ain New Guinea. ae,
F. D. Gopman and O. Say, (Plate LVL) ....
. Cece we eres eet enens
=
November 80, 1880. =
1. On a Collection of Land- and Freshwater Shells from the Prank and Ovens ree
State in South Africa, with Descriptions of nine new Lee aed AuFreED HB. Craven,
ROS. H.S.; FRG-S; Ge... (Plate DV IL) .< cccscssassisws «eceee eects cameo naae
2. Description of three new Species of Land-Shells from Cape Ce F and shigesaay By ;
Atrrep E. Craven, F.Z.8., F.L.8., F.R.G.S., &. (Plate LVIL) .. oree Nc)
3. On a Collection of Reptiles and Amphibians from Baluchistan made oe Drs, Dike i an
ae and ‘sce 1877. By A. A. W. Husrecur. Witha Note by W.T. BLANFORD, ee
4 ae
. Note on the Immature Plumage of Dryotriorchis eee (Schleg,). sing J. us . Gunner, 8
(Plate LYIII.)
. on
Contents continued on page 8 of wrapper.
‘ae 2 _* Conrents (continued).
ae - November 30, 1880 (continued).
5 On an ‘undeseribed Laniarius from the Interior of Southern Africa. By Ro1axp
| Ten, F.LS., “ Z. cia ot Curator of the South-African Museum, Cape Town.
(Plate LIX.) .. De MRGN: Was erale hale tiavaia Eiciak oicha ayes eee 6 Saat lac ot cena epee
6. On: some new Birds discovered and collected by Dr. Emin Bey in Central Africa,
between 5° and 2° N, lat., and 31° and 32° E.long. By Dr. e: Harriavs.
Plate LT) 9 aelareey at Gpere siete oS any AE Be teenie aie Sia cinleiviacciem ste steatosis
7 On the External Characters and Anatomy of the Red Uakari Monkey (Brachyurus
____—- rubicundus) ; with Remarks on the other Species of that Genus. By W.A A. Forzgs,
. oe B.A., F.L.S., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge, ronal to the Society.
(Plates LXT-LX1I r=. main acim ssecals oc taraisinen es Pe nica b ete ton
— December 14, 1880.
The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1880 ..
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an example of Pawwis galeata ..........
Dr. Gimther. Notice of a memoir on some rare Reptiles and Batrachians now or lately
living in the Society’s Menagerie ...... ......--20. eee Rai dine nko Menictares ela
* a On the Application of the Laws of Evolution to the brennan of the Way ame
and more particularly of the Mammalia. By T. H. Huxuey, F.R.S
‘ ip. On the Anatomy of Ferussacia gronoviana, Risso, from Mentone. By Lieut.-Ool. H. H.
pes Gopwin-Avsren, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &. Concluding with a Note on the Classification —
4 ee of the Genus and its Allies, by GEoFrREY Nevit, C.M.Z.S. (Plate LXIV,) ...... 66
3 On: a-second Collection of Lepidoptera made in hog by H. E. Hobson, rs By
es: Arravr G, Boruzr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &. . Ti oiapes ala ah o aatal oh aechianeloy iets Viernes
Ps my Beri of a new Species of Reithrodon, with Remarks on the other Species of the
7 Tile page, List of Orda and their eer List of Plates, and . List of Woodeuts
____ in the Volume for 1880.
ayia ae OLDFIELD ee F.Z.S., British Museum ..........-...5 arenes 69
Page
623
624
627
648
666
723
ynot
: 1880.
PART IV.
Plate Page
by yBulepvigiding ac ..ce sche vane ts erie cela Ge fe ataes mae
ToL. “Bulo MAN ANIOUS' des 2.5 «pane Pe aide xcs cal ectise aaoee Cen ae 545.
ETT): BO eM ANAS ck asic 2 0Ree wv oper kane ey sce sna Seek
LITT. Species of Myodora........0.0+.0.- Rich utecy priate sea iets aaa eee 578
LIV. New Phytophagous Coleoptera ..............eeseeeceeeeees } 588
LY. New Phytophagous Coleoptera .........00e..ce ce ceeeeecees ;
LVI. New Butterflies from New Guinea ......00...ececcreeeeteees 609
BI At. Re PR ESOHNt (OHENNG exis eae ais Sq He vie ke bs eh eee 614
LVIII. Dryotriorchis spectabilis ......... ciel Pavalen pale mae Sete eects ee 621
GER RAMIATIUS ALTOGKOORTIBG ac Nece'ss oc -<cnie he cng ce ee Mee at. eeiee 623
LX. Fig. 1. Eminia lepida. Fig. 2. Drymocichla incana .......... 624
L&T. Brachy pres rubiowndasds. wisiew ces pt ccs Solve Hae Ewen oe
LXII. Head of Brachyurus rubicundus ..........-.00ceeuceeeee ee 27
LXIII. Brachyurus melanocephalus ........-...0++.2eeeee Bei asi sna
LXIV. Anatomy of Ferussacia gronoviana ..... GE OTPE Avefeperuethajvaire 662
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts,
as follows :—
Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.
March and April, on August Ist.
e ” ” ”
Iii. rc f », May and June, on October Ist.
TV. vs ee, » November and December, on April Ist.
The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates. Pe
A second Title-page and List of Plates are given with this Part, for the use
of those who prefer to bind up the Plates in a separate volume.
Rane ee YO es) wpe BE Ler +)
Ce 7 io iy oe raaee INE aed '
\ eel Far
=, Shes le Py ee
ae uns \
“10 Ae
~ x +
;
mt
n >
L a
‘h
4 :
. 5
— a
» .
di
Alt aes ‘ag
d i ae
apr: ;
1 3 7
= a _ ro a ik w
~ = ‘eo
5 oe,
wr
= ‘ic.
ee eh
: f 4 fl
4 ‘ ita 8
’ a ote coe Ou
h —— «
in , re oe )
Pt aie es ay
‘4 Tew
ey , ( ‘ , ie "s
‘ . f rl ‘ 1%
= : o
i i
’ ! Me *
Mi 5 We ifs ’ %
NM ing ‘|, We
ee a ay = :
ned as i
+ [ oe . r i Be
; w- A ——
‘ j i i ; =
- ‘ A he Al Ms
els ap 1 aoe
; ue es
5 a 7
ee ok
ve
iE eibesaits
ree
iis